Py Be i ‘te

; eIMRULL EL i

: ingh bates oH ee

oe Be

Ocenia My ip Rane i

é ‘ raeigin aati i ait

tas heiyesat

‘ ; rant

re rartit Oe is i

: alte ia

Tees eee tar gh

7 ete® i “ AY

. ed

' an 3

' Peat i i i

| a pas) anh ;

; 3 ante i

; at | ti ti

oo fH

4 4

; rine f Hi i

. i

3 fe sista

: at) i | ay r

i fat ee

i. H ant ae ve

| im

| | ata ne

a Alia} Mi at

' ; F 1 tia ie i

| son it 1

; welt ie

Meret ad

fin we hots

. ot i eran

we rai ne \

{iit rwuwediea §

| ripkey pap ibiel #

| rey Pleven era

¥ cia bepiy

| dite ste: ‘

abaya peas

ae ‘ aie

aia rie Bodie

yoeet wee

. Miatitate oie! ert

Sielatve t

;

we Wa Cay

: i

‘

‘ ’

rd wat

“

: i. : odes dige Tava tee

4 bss di aGeaens evi it

hale

ati! ante bh A

i aid as] Aire Abbie 1 heer A alibethe

y 4 At 4h Pag pete ‘

1! Pat Of ot LEA bia

: a) ”

Seta) f Sie

| ihe oH

| hye oe

. cae

| 4 ne

: ee

aed

nde

Hut

Mant

rt i The js i

ie ta

REBOUND /958

Hibrary of the Museum

COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY,

AT HARVARD COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE, MASS.

Founded by private subscription, in 1861.

SUaUatatatatet alata:

NOD. Si Sage

SULLY 3, 1E 03 — AY, SO, 1709

Pity,

igivele es

relay

‘yr )

THE ANNALS

Late ps

AND LWithS CA Pry

{\ {}

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

| '

\ es

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GHOLOGY.

(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITI LOUDON AND

CHARLESWORTH’S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’)

CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.B.S.,

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, sun., F.L.S.

VOL. XIJT.—SEVENTH SERIES.

a oa aad

}

‘TLONDON:

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

SOLD BY SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT, AND CO., LD, ;

BAILLIERE, PARIS: HODGES, FIGGIS, AND CO., DUBLIN ;

AND ASHER, BERLIN,

1903.

73570

“Omnes res !created sunt divine sapientiz et potenti testes, divitiz felicitatis

humanz :—ex harum usu Gonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini ;

ex cecénomiad in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis

elucet. . Harum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper sstimata ;

a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper

inimica fuit.”—Linnavs.

‘Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour

voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-

tent toutes ses opérations.’—Bruckner, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden,

1767.

oe eee eee ee ~~. Lhe sylvan powers

Obey our summons; from their deepest dells

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild

And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs

That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme

And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,

But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock

Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face

They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,

Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,

The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

All, all to us unlock their secret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818,

AUERE § YFLAMMAM,

CONTENTS OF VOL. XII. —

[SEVENTH SERIES. ]

NUMBER LXVII.

Page

I. Report on the Copepoda obtained by Mr. George Murray,

F.R.S., during the Cruise of the ‘Oceana’ in 1898. By Isaac ©.

Hxonspson, Fsbias. » (Ptates [L—VIL.) siti... eb sete esee ce ceeess Eee |

IL. On a Collection of Fishes from the Cameroon containing new

Species. By Dr. Ernar LOnnBERG, C.M.ZS. &e. ......-. RSS Ol

III. On the Hymenoptera collected by Mr. W. L. Distant in the

Transvaal, South Africa, with Descriptions of supposed new Species.

iPyeiuicut.-Colonel O21. BINGHAM loos cece toes teste c nctee ese s 46

IV. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of New Zealand

Weleepienie By Capt... BROUN, FEES. jeeue swe ee eee ves 69

V. Notes on the Natural History of East Finmark. By Canon

A. M. Norman, M.A., D.C.L,, LL.D., F.RS., F.L.S. (Plates VII.

LE LSS) 6 ota clo oi Ra ceeeuoentin aif, Ribineen GiGi Gein iacron acini nin irae 87

VI. Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews.—

No. XXV. By Prof. M‘Inrosu, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., &e. (Plates

PREM ame mite rit te Sess LAMA ake suk 0.0.6 OS UR POMC Oe PALO 128

VII. On some Points in connexion with the ordinary Develop-

ment of Vaucheria Resting-spores. By H. CHARLTON BasTIAN,

Dileep EID IS I Nespaltd Dash ae ad bite. INe) - arene secanoon oom cob 166

VIII. On the Relations between certain Diatoms and the Fission-

products of a Parasitic Alga (Chlorochytriuwm). By H. CoarLTon

ySemrAn MAL. DEA) RES he Ses (Ielatee Xe.) ctusasss netics 175

IX. Descriptions of Three new Batrachians from Tonkin. By

RE Nee TS ORT UTENT GEE OE Eee Shore” 3 trae ds cated gett sls coctroh as fy oieuates o/h wosien 9, « Perens 186

X. On Two new Muride from Smyrna. By OLpFIELD THomas. 188

New Book:—The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon and

Burma. Published under the Authority of the Secretary of

State for India in Council. Edited by W. T. BLranrorp.—

Hymenoptera, Vol. IJ. Ants and Cuckoo-Wasps. By

Wient.-Colonel C2 he BINGHAM.) acess heard a. eee 190

lV CONTENTS.

NUMBER LXVIII.

Page

XI. Descriptions of new Eastern Moths. By Colonel C. Swrynor,

McA. PALS 5 &¢. eau cou cs aes cob tui melons a. a ee 193

XII. New American Hymenoptera, mostly of the Genus Nomada.

By 2D sAS Cockerant Gn remarry tei eet SaSo0008 <0 ee 200

XIII. On a Collection of Batrachians and Reptiles from the

Interior of Cape Colony. By G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S8. (Plates

EXAVED FOG ONO WILLS) ceive cod ees oii ee ere ae 6 oie bisa waa Seen 215

XIV. Descriptions of Two new Fishes discovered by Major C.

Delmé Radcliffe in the Victoria Nyanza. By G. A. BouLENGER,

BRIS S co hdg. ats 2 gece rene ein eh Sanita aoe Ree a irik eee 218

XV. On a new Frog from Upper Burma and Siam. By G. A.

BOULENGER, ERIS.” 2 oc Rell eae cnn sete ao a2 eke 219

XVI. Descriptions of some new Species of Lepidoptera from

Tropical South America and one from North Australia. By

HERBERT DRUG, WG. O6Cs 955 wa weeps eainid sie eee tet een 220

XVII. Report on the Isopoda and Amphipoda collected by

Mr. George Murray, F.R.S., during the Cruise of the ‘Oceana’

in November 1898. By AtFrep O. WALKER. (Plates XVIII.

Se PRIOR) Bi rat tue iets teas wielave slelase ole also cha ta''n e\Gakele la elobeln ist tele ta neat 223

XVIII. Notes on Neotropical Mammals of the Genera Felis,

Hapale, Oryzomys, Akodon, and Ctenomys, with Descriptions of

new Species. By OLDFIELD THOMAS ........eeeeeee seen ree 234

XIX. Report on a Collection of Echinoderms from the Neigh-

bourhood of Zanzibar.—Part I. By F. Jerrnny Brry, M.A. .... 244

XX. Rhynchotal Notes—XVIII. Heteroptera. By W. L. Dis-

MAINT: eroleje we Ce NG es iis ae fot FR DAR OW CMEC he 248

XXI. Note on a Fossil Eel from the Scandinavian Chalk. By

A, SmitH WoopwarD, LL.D., FRB. 1... cece eee ete teens 254

XXII. Notes on Hippoboscide (Diptera Pupipara) in the Collec-

tion of the British Museum. By Ernest HE. AUSTEN .......... 255

XXIII. On some new Genera and Species of Parasitic Hymeno-

ptera from the Khasia Hills, Assam. By P. CAMERON ........+. 266

XXIV. Notes on Blattide &c., with Descriptions of new Genera

and Species in the Collection of the British Museum, South Ken-

sington.—No. II. By W. F. Kirpy, F.L.S., F.ES. ...........: 273

XXV. Notes on the Natural History of East Finmark. By Canon

A.M. Norman, M.A.,-D.0:L., LL.D; ER:S., EGS. .:... senna 280

New Book :—The Flora of the Presidency of Bombay. Part II.

Simarubacee to Leguminose (Papilionacee). Part III. [Legu-

minos@| Cesalpinee to Rubiacee. By Turopore Cooks,

Ca Ses Bet aah cate ais olen sighaldaiepie ee > tas ae ae te 286

Proceedings of the Geological Society... 0.0... cc cscs essen eeeees 287

A Matter of Nomenclature, by Edgar R. Waite ...ccsseeereeues 288

CONTENTS. v

NUMBER LXIX.

: Page

XXVI. Descriptions of Sixty-eight new Gastropoda from the

Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman, and North Arabian Sea, dredged by

Mr. F. W. Townsend, of the Indo-European Telegraph Service,

1901-1903. By James Cosmo Mrtvixt, M.A., F.LS., F.Z.8., and

RoBERT STANDEN, Assistant Keeper, Manchester Museum. (Plates

PRM NONGNNE en seca ees Gath a Pag STOR POD odas Fh de oD 289

XXVII. On new Species of Lycenide from West Africa. By

CroncH l BrrnuNn-DAKER, DEAS ZS... sence 0dene ees 324

XXVIII. On the Distribution of Mid-water Chetognatha in the

North Atlantic during the Month of November. By R. T. GUNTHER,

Ves eeprom (nl aitic cNONC Vira: sbehoyavaller otal < siallete ns ale o2ohe)pncho suavelone)s 304.

XXIX. List of the Ostracoda collected by Mr. George Murray,

F.R.8., during the Cruise of the ‘Oceana’ in 1898. By Dr. GzorGE

SRL ME ISON PES AD VANE, EMSS « classaiens. sie 0! sales ale oo ive! Pais wrerepe Soapses 307

XXX. New African Mammalia of the Genera Petrodrumus, Den-

dromys, Mus, and Lepus. By OLDFIELD THOMAS ...........+.. 339

XXXI. On a Collection of Fishes from the Azores. By C. Tarr

IREGAN,. B.A. i035 Be wRAR seh ae pater meee eee Wake nts 344

XXXII. On the Genus Lichia of Cuvier. By C. Tate Raean,

1B AC ee Soe 'd Obed NOES COO OMOCN Dee CCn Apa mee Crmereem he 348

XXXII. Descriptions of new Snakes in the Collection of the

rch) Museum, By G. A. BouLENGER, BLR.S. . 6c. cece ons: 300

XXXIV. List of the African Species of the Cyprinid Genus Labeo,

with a Key to their Identification, By G. A. BouULENGER, F.R.S. 3855

XXXV. Description of a new Silurid Fish of the Genus Clarias

from British Central Africa. By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S. .... 362

XXXVI. On some new Genera and Species of Parasitic Hymeno-

ptera from the Khasia Hills, Assam, By P. CAMERON .......... 363

New Books:—A Manual of Palearctic Birds. By H. E. Dresser,

F.LS., F.Z.S. Part I—The Fauna and Geography of the

Maldive and Laccadive Archipelagoes. Part I. Vol. I... 371, 372

NUMBER Lxx.

XXXVII. Notes on Blattide &c., with Descriptions of new Genera

and Species in the Collection of the British Museum, South Ken-

singtou.—No. HIT, . By W..F. Kirpy, PLLS., PES. ee es 373

XXXVIII. On the Origin of Bacteria and their Allies by Hetero-

genesis. By H. CHarLion Basrian, M.A., M.D., F.R.S. (Plates

oY CGS. SGN 0 ER er eee Peanvare Samves sare sik alayes ccoqatesce ome BETS 381

XXXIX. Notes on the Natural History of East Finmark. By

Canon A. M. Norman, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D. F.RS., F.LS.

BEDE OMA LNs). P55) vaca ate! o afer anaatep aba iraces we) ayant eratecar set acy is ehale ole als » 406

vi CONTENTS.

XL. On new Species of Histertde and Notices of others. By

GG atlGRNVIS; EOL Siiciteemcnmnns vib 0 ¥ slain RG ee auc ae ART

XLI. Descriptions of new Lizards in the Collection of the British

Museum. By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S...........00- 2 wes tele eee

XLII. Descriptions of new Freshwater Fishes from Southern

Cameroon. By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S. .......... PR wees 400

XLII. North-American Bees, and a new Homopteron. By

T. D. A. COCKERELL........ Sad amiGidio Nanton Vise or a).a oe eae, 442

XLIV. Notes on South-American Monkeys, Bats, Carnivores,

and Rodents, with Descriptions of new Species. By OLpFreLp

‘THOMAS

XLV. A new Mungoose from Namaqualand. By OLpFreLp

THHOANUAS) PEARS 2 hts eicte on tens Attala ons Menon PP te eee 465

New Bovk :—Geological Survey of Canada. (Dr. R. Bell, Acting

Director.)—Annual Report (New Series), vol. xii. Reports A,

13H Oy Er, ISSIR US Oy lia TS) eran Siemans 28 bis e = poelare eee ke eee 466

NUMBER LXXI.

XLVI. Rhynchotal Notes—XIX. By W. L. Distanr...... .. 469

XLVII. A Revision of the Genera of the ARANEZ or Spiders,

with Reference to their Type Species. By F. Pickarp-CaMBRIDGE,

BEA EAS See Se ee 481

XLVIII. Descriptions of Fourteen new Species of Marine Mol-

lusca from Japan. By G. B. SowERBY, FLAS, 0.0... e sec e eens 496

XLIX. Three new Species of Nyctinomus. By OLDFIELD

AIONGAS 1255 sta teleterateiel eye olelelel> tape fete le (oh sie iets nialetaltems

L. Notes on Irish Species of Fylais. By J.N.Harpert ...... 505

LI. Remarks upon the Morphology and Systematics of certain

Chilognathous Diplopods, By R. I. Pocock ................000 515

LI. Diagnceses of Four new Species of Barbus from the Nile. By

G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S.

LIII. On the Classification of the Thalassmidea. By L. A.

BorRaDAILE, M.A., Lecturer in Natural Sciences at Selwyn College,

@aprbrid ge: ois +6 wie ails eles te = al tole tole eile ate le fo7s ofa cists tele cee 584

LIV. Descriptions of new Batrachians in the British Museum.

By G. A. Boctencer, F.RS........ sci ste cles sy since eae 552

CONTENTS. vil

Page

LV. On Haddonella Topsenti, gen. et sp. n., the Structure and

_ Development of its Pithed Fibres. By I@mrna Souzas. (Plates

OGY XOXTX. J. see eee ee nes te Gis De IIE Re ree a AOE 557

LVI. Description of a new Genus of Heteromerous Coleoptera.

POA OL WATERHOUSE EB, gaise vslsie.o stl] veed vie va vce es .. 963

NUMBER LXXII.

LVII. On some new Genera and Species of Parasitic Hymeno-

ptera from the Khasia Hills, Assam. By P. CAMERON ......... . 565

LVIIT. On the Occurrence of Gobius capito, C. & V., in Cornwall.

By Freperick Pickarp-Camsrip@s, B.A., F.Z.S. (Plate XXX.) 584

LIX. On a new Species of Helictis. By J. Lewis Bonnors, M.A. 592

LX. Description of a new West-African Fish of the Genus

PACED, Cre AY, DOULENGER, ESO. a0 vis «oes cc's 0 0 ne cle oie ats . O04

LXI. Descriptions of Thirty-one Terrestrial and Fluviatile Mol-

lusea from South Africa. By James Cosmo Metvitt, M.A., F.L.S.,

and JoHN Henry Ponsonsy, F.Z.S. (Plates XXXI. & XXXII.).. 595

LXIL. New Hymenoptera Aculeata taken by the Swedish Zoolo-

gical Expedition to Egypt and the White Nile in the Spring of 1901,

ide TPS 1D AlWoveiren ol aR 8) SiS Ba ep RIND nt ani iret nine cans 610

LXIII. Notes on some Medusee from Japan. By R. Kirx-

RENEE Aes. (esate UX KOMI, esl ais geese esa eis sans ocoreie 4a onal 615

LXIV. Descriptions of new South-American Fishes in the Col-

lection of the British Museum, By C. Tare Reaan, B.A......... 621

LXV. Notes on Scapholeberis aurita (S. Fischer), a Cladoceran

new to Britain. By Ropertr Gurney, B.A., Sutton Broad Labo-

PDIORY pot dossn ape soocpEeudoe Dec 6 Cond DO Sm POU corn one oocrcicr

LXVI. Three new Bats from the Cameroons, discovered by Mr.

Goi, Bates: By OrprirupD THOMAS. 2.2... - 0... ee oMnerorece 633

LXVIL. Description of a new Species cf African Hespervine. By

PamEETON: He DRucE, B.S BoBIS. son ceo d soeteraieiss wisest sie amenae OSG

New Books:—J.H. Fasre. Souvenirs Entomologiques (Huitiéme

Série) : Etudes sur l’Instinct et les Mceurs des Insectes.—Index

Animalium, 1758-1800. A Caroto Davirs SHERBORN con-

POC EUSMMM ar aisccl shay ste tv efeharehe! ool acer sich abe! otha: «Ge leew! vjeistal iste! ofa 637, 638

On the Classification of the Thalassinidea, by L. A. Borradaile,

IL AUS Spee pelaglo 025 oc tic EMO OO OD a0 Cclnodn Cig One mrcmmay: 638

Index B78) 0:'0 0 1S (01.0 0.8: eooreeeeeveeort eee eer eveveseeeeeer eer eeevreeeeoevee eee 639

PLATES IN VOL. XII.

Prats’ 1.

pais

S aibk

eae Copepoda collected during the cruise of the ‘ Oceana.’

“vt |

“vi

snyagae

Y XE : as

“xz ( Species of Eunicide.

Xd,

“XIV. Development of Vaucheria resting-spores.

“XV. Fission-products of Chlorochytrium Knyanum.

“XVI. Bufo Granti.

* XVII. Testudo Seimundi. :

“XVIII. Munnopsis Murrayi and Cyphocaris anonyx.

VY XIX. Hyperioides longipes.

¥ XXI.( Gastropoda from the Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman, and North

¥X XII. Arabian Sea.

Polyzoa from East Finmark.

¥ XXIII.

“XXIV. Distribution of mid-water Chetognatha in the North Atlantic.

ee ole Development of Bacteria by heterogenesis.

“XXVII. Echinodermata from East Finmark.

Vee Haddonella Topsenti.

“ XXX. Gobius capito.

; Free South-African Mollusca.

’ XXXII.

“XXXII. Japanese Medusee.

42 4 | # as ey

Vol.12. §=§ SEVENTH SERIES. de

| ues TRE CANN AES ay ny

' ‘\S S*] a AND a ; ie ( n OGY)

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL BISTORY,

INCLUDING |

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY.

No. LXVII,

JULY 1903, Je ni |

ae “fff j }

CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S.,

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,

: AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, gun., F.LS.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE € ANNALS cf COMBINED WITH

MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH'S ‘‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”

WITH FIFTEEN PLATES.

LONDON:

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld. ; Bailliére, Paris:

Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, Berlin.

Double Number. Price Five Shillings.

Medium 8vo, price 10s. Parr III.

y dia hi THE PRESIDENCY OF BOMBAY.

eed (byt 'HEODORE COOKE, C.LE.,

MAL, LL.D., F.L.8., F.Z.8., &C.

FORMERLY PRINCIPAL OF THE COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AT POONA AND DIRECTOR

OF THE BOTANICAL SURVEY OF WESTERN INDIA, _

CHSALPINEA to RUBIACEZ.

Published under the authority of the Secretary of State —

for India in Council.

Tayior and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E. ¢.

THE FAUNA OF BRITISH INDIA,

-INCLUDING CEYLON AND BURMA. —

P ublished under the authority of the Secretary of State for India in sluts

Edited by W. T. Branrorp,

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous illustrations,

MAMMALIA. Price £1.

By W. T. BLANFORD, F.R.S.

FISHES.—2 Vols. Price £1 each.

By FRANCIS DAY, C.1.E., LL.D.

BIRDS.—Vol. L., £1: Vol. IL, 15s.

By E. W. OATES, F.Z.S.

P VOLS. III. and IV., 15s. each.

By W. T. BLANFORD, BRS.

REPTILIA and BATRACHIA. Price £1.

By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.

MOTHS.—4 Vols. Complete. Price £1 each,

By Sir G. F. HAMPSON, Barr.

HYMENOPTERA.—Vol. I. Wasps and Bees. Price £1.

With 4 coloured plates. .

Vol. II, Ants and Cuckoo-Wasps. Price £1.

With 1 coloured plate.

By Lieut.-Col. C. T. BINGHAM, F.Z.8.

ARACHNIDA. Price 10s.

By R. I. POCOCK.

RHYNCHOTA.—Vol. I. Heteroptera. Price £1.

By W. L, DISTANT.

TayLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, EC.

JUL 31 140993

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SEVENTH SERIES.]

Co or qnoannecocteo per litora spargite muscum,

Naiades, et circttm vitreos considite fontes:

Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores:

Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.

At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ;

Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco

Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas

Ferte, Dez pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.

N. Partheniit Giannettasi, Ecl, 1.

No. 67. JULY 1903. |

I.—Report on the Copepoda obtained by Mr. George Murray,

F.R.S., during the Cruise of the ‘Oceana’ in 1898. By

Isaac C. THompson, F.L.S.

[Plates I—-VIT.]

COPEPODA.

Tux Copepoda from the ‘Oceana’ collection were enclosed

in forty bottles, each representing a separate station. They

were all taken by tow-net at depths varying from the surface

to 1770 fathoms, and were at once preserved in formalin (5 per

cent. solution). The collection contained in all 89 species,

divided into families as follows :—

@alaundee os sc <4, '. es a0 Species:

Centropagidee:: gaia Fwy ay 20290, \,,

Pontellidze siete

Mormonillidz

Cyclopide

Harpacticidee

Onexide 3s.

Sapphirinide . .

Cory crite eis. (i.

S |

No} ©9 Go CO CO HY on

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 1

2 Mr. I, C. Thompson on the Copepoda

Of these, four species are new to science, viz, :—

Eucheta oceana.

Xanthocalanus Giesbrechti.

Scolecithrix chelifer.

Isocheta longisetosus.

The males of several species of which the females only were

hitherto known have been found, but many of them unfortu-

nately only in an immaturestage. The known geographical

range of a considerable number of species has been largely in-

creased through this collection. The tow-nets used were open

ones and were lowered to ascertained depths and then trailed at

the depth indicated and brought open to the surface. There-

fore some surface or near surface and intermediate forms

may probably have been captured during the descent and

ascent of the nets, and should be subtracted from the total

catch of the deeper nets. Mr. Murray’s method of using

the tow-nets during the ‘Oceana’ cruise is described in a

paper by him entitled “Exploration of the Intermediate

Depths of the Ocean” (Journal of the Royal Geographical

Society, vol. xi. p. 297, 1899). Some valuable particulars

as to the distribution of life at various depths are thus recorded.

On p. 6 a table is given showing the depth at each station

and also the number of species found. From this it appears

generally that the smallest number of species existed at or

near the surface, and the largest variety at a depth of

1070 fathoms. Between that and 1510 fathoms the numbers

are rather less, but average fairly ; while below that, possibly

as a coincidence, the numbers decline until the greatest depth

of 1770 fathoms was reached. Throughout the paper I have

mainly followed the excellent classification and nomenclature

of Dr. Giesbrecht, to whom I desire to express my sincere

obligations for much help; and | am also greatly indebted to

the works of my friends Dr. Brady, F.R.S., and Messrs. T.

and A. Scott for valued assistance.

List of Species and Stations of Occurrence.

Family CaLanipZ.

Calanus finmarchicus, G'unner.—2 b, 2d, 2e, 2f,4a,4d, 4f,49, 4h, 4),

eee 56, 5c, 5d, 5e, 5f, 5g, 5h, 57, 5k, 51, Ga, 6e, 6d, GF,

IG; d.

eristatus, K7vdyer.—5 h, 5k, 6 g.

gracilis, Dana.—2 c,4¢, 4h, 5e, 57, 59.

—— tenuicornis, Dana.—6 h.

Eucalanus elongatus, Dana.—b5 e, 5f, 59, 5h, 57, 5k, 51, 6g.

attenuatus, Dana.—2f, 2g,4a,4d,4f, 4h, 4k, 56, 5c, 5d, 5e, 54,

Dike, Oil, .

obtained during the Cruise of the ‘ Oceana.’ 3

Rhincalanus nasutus, Giesb—4 a, 4d, 4f, 4h, 47, 4%, 5d, 5e, df, 5h,

57, 5k, 51, ‘

cornutus, Dana.— h, 4j,4h, 50, 5d, 5e, 59,57, 5k, 6g.

Mecynocera Clausi, Thompson.—2 g, 5 6, 5 d, 5g.

Pseudocalanus elongatus, Boeck.—l a, 2a, 16, le, 26, 2d, 4c, 4d, 49,

Ak, 5a,56, 5¢, 66, 6d, 6e, 6h.

Spinocalanus abyssalis, G'vesb.—4).

AMtideus armatus, Brady.—2 9, 4h, 47, 4k, 5 e, 66.

Bradyidius armatus, Vanhéffen.—4.j, 4 k, 5b.

Gaétanus miles, Giiesb.—2 f, 29,44, 4d, 4f, th, 56, 5c, 5e, of, 5g, oh,

57, Ok, OF, 6g, Gh. ;

armiger, Giesb.—4 h, 5c, 5d, 5e, 5g, 5h, 57.

Gaidius pungens, G'tesb.—5 g.

Euchirella pulchra, Lubbock.—4 c, 4 g.

rostrata, Brady.—4g, 69.

ceurticauda, Giesb.— 4, 5c, 50, 5f, 5h, 57, 51, OF, 6g.

Eucheeta marina, Prestand.—2c,2d, 4c, 4d, 4h, 4j, 4k, 41, 5e, od,

5e,59, 5h, 57, 5k, 51, 6f, 6g.

acuta, Giesb.—4 f.

Hessei, Brady.—A4 g.

— oceana, sp. n.—4h, 5f, 5 k.

spinosa, Giesh.—d d, 5 e.

Scolecithrix Dane, Lubbock.—47.

Bradyi, Giesb.—5 f, 5h.

—— auropecten, (G'tesb.—5 2.

major, 7. Scott.—4 a.

— persecans, G'zesb.— h.

—— securifrons, T. Scott. d, 5 f, Of, 6g.

frontalis, Giesb.—4 d, 5e, 5, 6g.

— cristata, Gresb.— e.

— chelifer, sp. n.—5e,5/f.

Xanthocalanus Giesbrechti, sp. n.—57.

Phaénna spinifera, Claus.—2 c, 2e, 2f,4a,5¢, 5h, 5k.

Family CENTROPAGID A.

Centropages typicus, Krdyer.—2 a, 2d, 2e,2f, 4k.

Chierchiz, Giesb.—] a.

hamatus, Zzdlj.—1 a, 2a, 2b, 2c.

Metridia longa, Lubbock.—1 c, 2c, 2d, 2¢,2f,29, 4b, 4c, 4d, 4f, 49,

4h, 47, 4k, 41, 5a, 5b, 5e, 5d, 5e, Sf, 5g, dh, 57, 5K, 51

66, 6c, 6d, 6Ff, 6g, 6h.

—— venusta, Giiesb.— 47.

princeps, Giesb.d h, 5 k.

Pleuromamma abdominalis, Giesb,—2 c, 2d, 2e, 2f,29,46, 4¢, 4d, 4f,

4g,4h,4j,4h, 41,56, 5¢,5d,5¢ 57,59, 5h, 57, 5k, 51, 6d,

, 69.

gracilis, Claws.—4 7.

Lucicutia longicornis, Gvesb.—5 e.

flavicornis, Claus.—4 f, 47, 4h, 5c,5d, 5f, 5g, 57, 51, 6g.

longiserrata, Giesb.—4 f.

— Clausi, Giesb.—6 f.

Isocheta longisetosus, sp. n.—6 9.

Heterorhabdus spinifrons, Claws.—4h, 47,4h, 41, 5d, 5e, Sf, 5g, 5h,

57, 51, 6d, 6 Ff.

—— papilliger, Claus,—6 7.

—— abyssalis, Giesh—4 ce, 5e, 5f.

4 Mr. I. C. Thompson on the Copepoda

Heterorhabdus Clausi, Gesb.—5 h.

—— vipera, Gitesb.—5 d, 5h.

longicornis, Giesb.—5 7.

Haloptilus longicornis, Claus.—2f,4f, 49, 41.

ornatus, Giesb— 4k, 5c.

spiniceps, Giesb.—d 6.

Augaptilus filigerus, Claus.—4 d, 4 f.

palumboi, Gzesb.—5 e.

Rattrayi, T. Scott.—de.

hecticus, Gesb.—4 f.

longicaudatus, Claus.—5e, 57.

Arietellus setosus, Giesb.—5 6, 5 g.

Phyllopus bidentatus, Brady.—6 9.

Family PoNTELLIDZ.

Anomalocera Patersoni, Templeton.—] a.

Acartia Clausi, Giesb.—1 b, 2b, 2c, 2d, 2¢,2f,29,4k, 5a, 5b, 66, 6e,

6f, 6g, 6h.

—— longiremis, Lillj.—l a, 2a, 1e.

discaudata, Gzesb.—2 d.

— centrura, Giesb.—5 c.

Family MoRMONILLID.

Mormonilla phasma, Giesb.—4 f, 4j, 4k, 5c, 5d, 5e, 5h, 57, Ok.

Family CycLopip2.

Oithona similis, Claus.—1 a, 2a,16, 1e,26,2¢,2d,2¢e,2f, 29,44, 4},

4c,4d,4f,49,4h, 4), 4h, 41, 5a, 56, 5c, 5d, 5e, Sf, 5g, dh,

57, 5k, 51, 6b, 6e, 6e, 6f, 69, 6h.

nana, Giesb.—5 k.

Thorellia brunnea, Boeck.—2 6.

Family HarPacticip&.

Microsetella atlantica, Brady § Robertson.—2 b, 2c, 2d, 2e, 2f,29, 46,

4c,4d,4f,49,4h, 47, 4h, 5c, 5d, 5e,5f,59, 5h, 57, 5k, 5,

6a, 6b, 6e, 6d, 6h.

rosea, Dana.—47, 4k, 56, 5¢, 5d, 5e, 5f, 5g, 5h, 57, 6a, 6b, Ce

6d, Gf 64, 6%. DE) NG) IMs f,59, 5h, 5j, 6a, 6b, Ce,

Setella gracilis, Dana.—4 d, 4h.

Euterpe acutifrons, Dana.—d d.

Delavalia palustris, Brady.—5 e.

Clytemnestra scutellata, Dana.— d.

ARgisthus mucronatus, Giesb.—2 f, 29, 4f, 4h, 47, 6d, 6f, 69.

aculeatus, Gesb.—4 0.

Family OncmIDzZ.

Onceea mediterranea, Claus.—4 d, 4f, 49, 4h, 47, 4h, 5b, Be, 5f, 5g,

5h, 57, 5k, 51. :

minuta, Giesh.—4 d, 4 f, 6h.

Coneea rapax, Giesb.—2.d, 2c, 2f,29,40e,4d, 4f, 4g, 4h, 47, 4h, 54,

5d,5¢,5f,59, 5h, 5), 5k, 51, 6a, 6b, 6, 6d, 6F, 6g, 6h.

obtained during the Crutse of the ‘ Oceana.’

Family SAPPHIRINID#.

Sapphirina salpe, Claus.— c.

Lichomolgus liber, Brady § Robertson.—2 6.

Family CorycmID#.

Corina granulosa, Gvesb.—d b.

Coryceus venustus, Dana.—2 f, 2 9.

— anglicus, Lubbock.—2 b, 2 d.

Index to Genera and Species,

Acartia, Dana.

centrura, Guesbrecht ....

Clausi, Giesbrecht

discaudata, Gresbrecht ..

longiremis, Leldj.

Agisthus, Gresbrecht.

aculeatus, Giesbrecht....

mucronatus, Gesbrecht . .

Adtideus, Brady.

armatus, Brady ........

Anomalocera, Templeton.

Patersoni, Templeton....

Arietellus, Gesbrecht.

setosus, Giesbrecht......

Augaptilus, Gresbrecht.

filigerus, Claus .......-

hecticus, Giesbrecht ....

longicaudatus, Claus....

palumboi, Gresbrecht....

Rattrayi, T. Scott

Bradyidius, G'esbrecht.

armatus, Vanhdoffen ....

Calanus, Leach.

cristatus, Kroyer

finmarchicus, Gunner

CXACMIS ANG oe 2 aa.

tenuicornis, Dana

Centropages, Kroyer.

Chierchiz, Giesbrecht ..

Leas tey 1 SPW S011) Brann nee

typicus, Kroyer

Clytemnestra, Dana.

scutellata, Dana

Conea, Giesbrecht.

rapax, Giesbrecht

Corina, Guesbrecht.

granulosa, Gresbrecht....

Coryceus, Dana.

anglicus, Lubbock

venustus, Dana

Delavalia, Brady.

palustris, Brady....... :

eee sew

eee eeeoe

see eee

oer eee one

Page

390

19)

Page

Kucalanus, Dana.

attenuatus, Dana ...... 15

elongatus, Dana ...... 16

Kucheta, Philippi.

acuta, Giesbrecht ...... 18

Elesseie5 206 ear rari 18

Hessel, var. similis, 7,

COLE cropGh a faba eectes 18

marina, Prestand....... 18

oceana, Sp. M........... 19

spinosa, Giesbrecht...... 19

Kuchirella, Giesbrecht.

curticauda, Gresbrecht .. 18

pulchra, Lubbock ..... sane

rostrata, Claus ........ 18

Kuterpe, Dana.

acutifrons, Dana ...... 32

Gaétanus, Giesbrecht.

armiger, Gresbrecht .... 17

miles, Giiesbrecht ...... Ike

Gaidius, Gresbrecht.

pungens, Giesbrecht .... 17

Haloptilus, Giesbrecht.

longicornis, Claus ...... 28

ornatus, Giesbrecht - 28

spiniceps, Gresbrecht ..., 28

Heterorhabdus, Giesbrecht.

abyssalis, Giesbrecht .... 27

Clausi, Giesbrecht ...... 27

longicornis, Gvesbrecht ., 27

papilliger, Claus........ 27

spinifrons, Claus ...... 27

vipera, Giesbrecht ...... 27

Isocheeta, Giesbrecht.

longisetosus, sp.n....... 26

Lichomolgus, Thorell.

liber, Brady § Robertson. 34

Lucicutia, Claus.

Clausi, Giesbrecht ...... 26

flavicornis, Claus ...... 25

longicornis, Giesbrecht .. 25

longiserrata, Gtesbrecht,, 25

6 Mr. I. C. Thompson on the Copepoda

Page

Mecynocera, Thompson.

Clausi, Thompson ......

Metridia, Boeck.

longa, Lubbock

princeps, Giesbrecht ....

venusta, Gesbrecht ....

Microsetella, Brady § Roberts.

atlantica, Brady § Roberts.

HOSED, SOON re er cptane

Mormonilla, Giesbrecht.

phasma, Giesbrecht

Oithona, Bard.

nana, Guesbrecht........

similis. Clacsie eres ele

Onceea, Philippi.

mediterranea, Claus ....

minuta, Gesbrecht......

Phaénna, Claus.

spinifera, Claus ........

Pleuromamma, Claus.

abdominalis, Lubbock

gracilis, Claus ........

Pseudocalanus, Boeck.

elongatus, Boeck ......

Table of Stations, Depths, and number of Species found

at cach.

: f Number of Specie

Station. Depth (fathoms). FO SE OnE

| la. Surface. 6

| 2a. do. 5

| 16. 20 ;

ise 50 ;

2b, 270. 5

2c. 270 9

2d. 374 12

Oe 464 9

2 f. 620 14

Oy 650 12

Aa. Surface. 6

4a. 1170 12

4b, 790 5

de, 920 10

4d. 1065 at

4f 1275 au

Agel 1370 12

ah 1470 16

Mg 1570 22

Teh | 1670 24

Ath 1770 | 6

Page

Phyllopus, Brady.

16 bidentatus, Brady...... 29

Rhinealanus, Dana.

24 cornutus, Dana ...... ae 5,

24 nasutus, Gesbrecht 16

24 | Sapphirina, Thompson.

salpee, Claus ..... oe 2 Be.

2 | Scolecithrix, Brady.

32 auropecten, Gresbrecht .. 20

Bradyi, Giesbrecht...... 20

31 chelifer, sp. Ni =: jean 21

cristata, Giesbrecht .... 21

32 Dane, Lubbock ........ 20

32 frontalis, Gresbrecht .... 21

major, 7. Scott “oases 20

34 persecans, Giesbrecht.... 20

34 securifrons, 7. Scott .... 20

Setella gracilis, Dana ...... 33

23 | Spinocalanus, Gresbrecht.

abyssalis, Giesbrecht .... 16

25 | Thorellia, Boeck.

25 brunnea, Boeck ........ 32

Xanthocalanus, Gresbrecht.

16 Giesbrechti, sp.n....... 22

obtained during the Cruise of the * Oceana.’

; Number of Species

Station. Depth (fathoms). eat

5a. Surface. 5

Db, 500 i

de. 810 |

5 d. 950 ae

ies 1070 32

Bf 1190 21

5g. 1300 19

5h. 1410 24

5. 1510 25

5h. 1610 20

5. 1710 14

6a. 150 4

6 6. 230 8

ae 310 7

ery. 375 9

Ge. 440 2

6h 510 16

6g. 560 20

Gh. 610 Ty

O ',

la Station ce cee W. \ Surface. Nov. 19, 1898.

Anomalocera Patersoni,

Acartia longiremis,

Oithona similis.

Pseudocalanus elongatus.

Centropages hamatus.

— Chierchie.

Bye Ve jm :

2a SratTIon Tae ee ee \ Surface. Nov. 19, 1898.

Acartia longiremis.

Pseudocalanus elongatus.

Oithona similis.

Centropages hamatus.

typicus.

(Lat, 52° 4"5 N.

LB Sramon | ory. 11° 201 w.} 20 fath. Noy. 19, 1898.

Pseudocalanus elongatus. Oithona similis.

to}

Acartia Clausi.

1c Srarion {Tene 12 ay ws 50 fath. - Noy. 19, 1898.

Pseudocalanus elongatus. Acartia longiremis.

Metridia longa. Oithona similis.

OG EATiGs Lat. 52° 45 N.

Calanus finmarchicus.

Pseudocalanus elongatus.

Centropages hamatus.

Acartia Clausi.

Oithona similis. |

Da Sues Lat. 52° 45 N.

Calanus gracilis.

Eucheta marina.

Phaénna spinifera.

Centropages hamatus.

Metridia longa. |

oO Lik

ena Lat. 52° 4"°°5 N.

Long. 12° 27’ W. {

Calanus finmarchicus.

Pseudocalanus elongatus.

Eucheeta marina.

Centropages typicus.

Metridia longa.

Pleuromamma abdominalis.

Lat. 52° 4-5 N.

Long. 12° 27' W.

Calanus finmarchicus.

Phaénna spinifera.

Centropages typicus.

Metridia longa.

Pleuromamma abdominalis.

2e¢ Sration

Lat. 52° 4°°5 N.

Long. 12° 27’ W.

Calanus finmarchicus.

Eucalanus attenuatus,

Gaétanus miles.

Phaénna spinifera.

Centropages typicus.

Haloptilus longicornis.

Metridia longa.

2f Station

—

Lat. 52° 4"°5 N.

Long. 12° 27' W.

Eucalanus attenuatus.

Mecynocera Clausi.

Astideus armatus.

Gaétanus miles.

Metridia longa.

Pleuromamma abdominalis.

2 g STATION

Long. 12° 27' W.

Mr. I. C. Thompson on the Copepoda

\ 270 fath. Noy. 19, 1898.

Thorellia brunnea.

Microsetella atlantica.

Coryczeus anglicus. -

Lichomolgus liber.

\ 270 fath. Nov. 19, 1898.

Pleuromamma abdominalis.

Acartia Clausi.

Oithona similis.

Microsetella atlantica.

| 374 fath. Nov. 19, 1898.

Acartia Clausi.

discaudata,

Oithona similis.

Microsetella atlantica.

Coryczeus anglicus.

Conzea rapax.

\ 464 fath. Nov. 19, 1898.

Acartia Clausi.

Oithona similis.

Microsetella atlantica.

Conzea rapax,

\ 620 fath. Nov. 19, 1898.

Pleuromamma abdominalis,

Acartia Clausi.

Oithona similis.

Microsetella atlantica.

AXigisthus mucronatus.

Coryceeus venustus.

Coneea rapax.

\ 650 fath, Nov. 19, 1898.

Oithona similis.

Acartia Clausi.

AXgisthus mucronatus.

Microsetella atlantica.

Conzea rapax.

Coryceeus venustus,

obtained during the Cruise of the ‘ Oceana,

Lat. 52° 27'-6 N.

Long. 15° 40-0 W.

Calanus finmarchicus.

Mecynocera, Clausi.

Pseudocalanus elongatus.

Lat. 52° 27'-6 N.

Long. 15° 40':0 W.

Calanus finmarchicus. | Phaénna spinifera.

‘4a Station \ Surface. Nov. 20, 1898.

Centropages hamatus.

Pleuromamma abdominalis.

Oithona similis.

4 a Sration \ 1170 fath. Noy. 20, 1898.

Eucalanus attenuatus. Metridia longa.

Rhincalanus nasutus. Pleuromamma abdominalis.

Gaétanus miles. = Oithona similis.

Eucheeta marina. Conzea rapax.

Scolecithrix major. Microsetella atlantica.

Lat, 52° 27"6 N.

Long. 15° 40'-0 W.

Adgisthus aculeatus.

Microsetella atlantica.

2) Sama } 790 fath. Nov. 20, 1898.

Metridia longa.

Pleuromamma abdominalis.

Oithona similis.

Be 2G IN

dp Su Pie ecu wt 920 fath. Nov. 20, 1898.

Calanus gracilis. Pleuromamma abdominalis,

Pseudocalanus elongatus. Heterorhabdus abyssalis,

Euchirella pulchra. Oithona similis.

Eucheta marina. Coneea rapax.

Metridia longa. | Microsetella atlantica.

Lat. 52° 27'-6 N.

Long. 15° 400 wt 1065 fath. . Nov. 20, 1898.

4 d Station

Pleuromamma abdominalis.

Augaptilus filigerus.

Oithona similis,

Conza rapax.

Onczea mediterranea.

—— minuta.

Microsetella atlantica.

Setella gracilis.

Calanus finmarchicus.

Eucalanus attenuatus.

Rhinealanus nasutus.

Pseudocalanus elongatus,

Gaétanus miles.

armiger.

Eucheta marina.

Scolecithrix frontalis,

Metridia longa.

Lat, 52° 27'-6 N.

4f Sramon | TO a5 4070 ws 1275 fath. Nov. 20, 1898.

Calanus finmarchicus.

Eucalanus attenuatus.

Rhincalanus nasutus.

Gaétanus miles.

Eucheta acuta.

Metridia longa.

Pleuromamma abdominalis.

Lucicutia flavicornis.

longiserrata.

Haloptilus longicornis.

Augaptilus hecticus,

filigerus.

Oithona similis.

AXgisthus mucronatus.

Onceea minuta.

—— mediterranea.

Conzea rapax.

Microsetella atlantica.

rosea,

Mormonilla phasma,

10 Mr. I. C. Thompson on the Copepoda

Lat. 52° 276 N.

Lo ong. 15° AQ’: 0 W. \ 1370 fath. Nov. 20, 1898.

4g Sration {

Pseudocalanus elongatus.

Euchirella pulchra.

rostrata. |

Calanus finmarchicus. |

Eucheta Hessei.

Metridia longa.

4 h Station Lat. 52° 27"

Calanus finmarchicus.

evacilis.

Eucalanus attenuatus.

Rhinealanus nasutus.

cornutus.

Adtideus armatus.

Gaétanus armiger.

Eucheeta marina.

47 Station

Calanus finmarchicus.

Rhincalanus nasutus.

cornutus.

Spinocalanus abyssalis.

/iitideus armatus.

Bradyidius armatus.

Euchirella curticauda.

Eucheeta marina.

Scolecithrix Dane.

Metridia longa.

venusta,

Lat. 52° 27'-6 N.

Long. 15° 40"0 W.

4k Sration

Calanus finmarchicus.

Eucalanus attenuatus.

thincalanus nasutus.

cornutus.

Pseudocalanus elongatus.

Gaétanus miles.

Bradyidius armatus.

/Ktideus armatus.

Eucheeta oceana, sp. n.

marina.

Centropages typicus.

Metridia longa,

41 Srarion ee a

Eucheta marina.

Metridia longa.

Pleuromamma abdominalis.

Long. 15° es W.

Lat. 52° 27'-6 N.

Long. 15° 40"0 W.

| Long. 15° 40-0 W.

Pleuromamma abdominalis.

Haloptilus longicornis.

Oithona similis.

Conzea rapax.

Oneczea mediterranea.

Microsetella atlantica.

wy, p 1470 fat, Nov. 20, 1898.

Metridia longa.

Pleuromamma abdominalis.

Heterorhabdus spinifrons.

Oithona similis.

A®egisthus mucronatus,

Conzea rapax.

Onczea mediterranea.

Microsetella atlantica,

} 1570 fath. Nov. 20, 1898.

Pleuromamma abdominalis.

eracilis.

Lucicutia flavicornis.

Heterorhabdus spinifrons.

Mormonilla phasma.

Oithona similis.

Microsetella atlantica.

rosea.

Onczea mediterranea.

/Xgisthus mucronatus.

Conzea rapax.

} 1670 fath. Nov. 20, 1898.

Pleuromamma abdominalis.

Leucicutia flavicornis.

Heterorhabdus spinifrons.

Haloptilus ornatus.

Acartia Clausi.

Mormonilla phasma.

Oithona similis.

Microsetella atlantica.

rosea.

Setella gracilis.

Onceea mediterranea.

Conzea rapax.

i 1770 fath. Nov. 20, 1898.

Haloptilus longicornis.

Heterorhabdus spinifrons,

Oithona similis.

obtained during the Cruise of the ‘ Oceana.’ 11

Lat. 52° 18-1 N.

5 a STATION { Long. 15° 53-9 W. \ Surface. Nov. 21, 1898.

Acartia Clausi.

Oithona similis.

Calanus finmarchicus.

Pseudocalanus elongatus.

Metridia longa.

Lat, 52° 18"1 N. :

5b Stanton | 2 a3l.g wt 500 fath. Nov. 21, 1898.

Calanus finmarchicus. Haloptilus spiniceps.

Eucalanus attenuatus. Arietellus setosus.

Mecynocera Clausi. Acartia Clausi.

Bradyidius armatus. Oithona similis.

Pseudocalanus elongatus. Microsetella rosea.

Gaétanus miles. Onczea mediterranea.

Metridia longa. Conezea rapax.

Pleuromamma abdominalis. Corina granulosa.

Lat. 52° 18'-1 N.

Bele lero { lone 10 Bars wf 810 fath. Nov. 21, 1898.

Calanus finmarchicus. Haloptilus ornatus.

Eucalanus attenuatus. Acartia centrura.

Rhincalanus cornutus. Lucicutia flavicornis.

Pseudocalanus elongatus. Mormonilla phasma.

Gaétanus miles. Oithona similis.

armiger. Microsetella atlantica.

Euchirella curticauda. rosea.

Eucheta marina. Onecza mediterranea.

Metridia longa. Sapphirina salpee.

Pleuromamma abdominalis.

Tite 522 USN 1)

5d Sxatsos | Pore. 15° 501-9 w} 950 fath. Nov. 21, 1898,

Calanus finmarchicus. Lucicutia flavicornis.

Eucalanus attenuatus. Heterorhabdus spinifrons.

Rhincalanus nasutus. vipera.

cornutus. Mormonilla phasma.

Mecynocera Clausi. Oithona spinifrons.

Gaétanus armiger. Microsetella atlantica.

Eucheta marina. rosea.

spinosa. Euterpe acutifrons,

Scolecithrix securifrons. Clytemnestra scutellata.

Metridia longa. Coneea rapax.

Pleuromamma abdominalis.

Lat. 52° 18-1 N.

Be Sramon ) yor 59 53°9 w} 1070 fath. Nov. 21, 1898.

Calanus finmarchicus. Adtideus armatus.

gracilis. Gaétanus miles.

Eucalanus attenuatus. armiger.

elongatus. Euchirella curticauda.

Rhincalanus nasutus, Eucheta marina, ,

cornutus, —— spinosa.

12 Mr. I. C. Thompson on the Copepoda

Scolecithrix frontalis. Heterorhabdus spinifrons.

—— auropecten. Augaptilus longicaudatus.

cristata. palumboi.

chelifer. Rattrayi.

Phaénna spinifera. Mormonilla phasma.

Metridia longa. Oithona similis.

Pleuromamma abdominalis. Microsetella atlantica.

Lucicutia longicornis. rosea.

Heterorhabdus abyssalis. Conzea rapax.

longicornis. Delavalia palustris.

Lat. 52° 18-1 N. =

bf Sao | po a5? aa wt 1190 fath. Nov. 21, 1898.

Calanus finmarchicus. Metridia longa.

gracilis. Pleuromamma abdominalis,

Eucalanus elongatus. Lucicutia flavicornis.

Rhinealanus nasutus. Heterorhabdus spinifrons.

Gaétanus miles. —— abyssalis.

Euchirella curticauda. Oithona similis.

Eucheta oceana. Microsetella atlantica.

Scolecithrix Bradyi. —— rosea.

auropecten. Onceea mediterranea.

securifrons, Conzea rapax.

—— chelifer.

Lat. 52° 18"-1 N.

5g STATI0n Te saoeakG wt 1300 fath. Noy. 21, 1898.

Calanus finmarchicus. Pleuromamma abdominalis.

gracilis. Heterorhabdus spinifrons,

Eucalanus elongatus. Lucicutia flavicornis.

Rhincalanus cornutus. Arietellus setosus.

Mecynocera Clausi. Oithona similis.

Gaétanus miles. Microsetella atlantica.

armiger. rosea.

Gaidius pungens. Onceea mediterranea.

Eucheeta marina. Coneea rapax.

Metridia longa.

Lat. 52° 18"1 N.

5h SEATION | Lone. os ws 1410 fath, Nov. 21, 1898.

Calanus finmarchicus. Metridia longa.

cristatus. princeps.

Eucalanus elongatus. Pleuromamma abdominalis,

Rhincalanus nasutus. Heterorhabdus spinifrons.

Euchirella curticauda. Clausi.

Eucheta marina, vipera.

Hessei, var. similis. Mormonilla phasma.

Gaétanus miles. Oithona similis.

armiger. Microsetella atlantica.

Scolecithrix persecans. rosea,

Bradyi. Onczea mediterranea.

Phaénna spinifera. Coneea rapax.

obtatned during the Cruise of the ‘ Oceana.’ 13

le) is

5 j Srarion {ie 52° 18°1 N

Long. 15° 53'-9 wt 1510 fath. Nov. 21, 1898.

Calanus finmarchicus.

Eucalanus elongatus.

attenuatus.

Rhincalanus nasutus.

cornutus.

Gaétanus miles.

armiger.

Euchirella curticauda.

Eucheeta marina.

Scolecithrix frontalis.

auropecten.

Xanthoealanus Giesbrechti.

Metridia longa.

Toren cron Vas 52° 18"1 N.

Pleuromamma abdominalis.

Lucicutia flavicornis.

Heterorhabdus spinifrons.

longicornis.

papillig er.

Augaptilus longicaudatus.

Mormonilla phasma.

Oithona similis.

Microsetella atlantica.

rosea.

Onczea mediterranea.

Conzea rapax.

Long. 15° 53'-9 ws 1610 fath. Nov. 21, 1898.

Calanus finmarchicus.

cristatus.

Eucalanus elongatus.

attenuatus.

Rhinealanus nasutus.

cornutus.

Gaétanus miles.

Eucheta marina.

—— oceana.

Phaénna spinifera.

5 1 Srarion

Calanus finmarchicus.

Eucalanus attenuatus,

elongatus.

Rhincalanus nasutus.

Euchirella curticauda.

Eucheta marina.

Metridia longa.

6 a Station

Calanus finmarchicus.

Microsetella atlantica.

6 6 Srarion

Pseudocalanus elongatus,

/Etideus armatus.

Metridia longa.

Acartia Clausi.

atwole TSialh Ne

Long. 15° 53/9 Ww. 1710 fath. Nov. 21, 1898.

Lat. 52° 20’ N

Long. 15° 7'-9 W.

Lat. 52° 20’ N.

Long. 15° 7'-9 W.

Metridia longa.

princeps.

Pleuromamma abdominalis.

Lucicutia longicornis.

Mormonilla phasma.

Oithona similis.

nana.

Microsetella atlantica.

Oncza mediterranea.

Conzea rapax.

Pleuromamma abdominalis.

Heterorhabdus spinifrons,

Lucicutia flavicornis.

Oithona similis.

Microsetella atlantica.

| Onezea mediterranea.

Conzea rapax.

\ 150 fath. Noy. 22, 1898,

Microsetella rosea.

Conzea rapax.

\ 230 fath. Nov. 22, 1898,

Oithona similis,

Microsetella atlantica,

rosea.

Coneea rapax,

14 Mr. I. C. Thompson on the Copepoda

6 g anton { Lab. 52° 20' N.

ceria Long. 15° 7"9 W.

Calanus finmarchicus.

Metridia longa.

Acartia Clausi.

Oithona similis.

6 d Station Lat, 52° 20° N

Long. 15° 7'-9 W.

Calanus finmarchicus.

Pseudocalanus elongatus.

Metridia longa.

\ 310 fath. Nov. 22, 1898.

Microsetella atlantica.

rosea.

Conzea rapax.

\ 375 fath. Nov. 22, 1898.

Microsetella atlantica.

rosea.

AXgisthus mucronatus.

Pleuromamma abdominalis.

Conzea rapax.

Heterorhabdus spinifrons.

ats 2220 GN.

6 ¢ Station Long. 15° 7/-9 W. \ 440 fath. Nov. 22, 1898.

Pseudocalanus elongatus. | Oithona similis.

_ { Lat, 52° 20' N.

6 f Santon { Peco } 510 fath. Nov. 22, 1898.

Calanus finmarchicus.

Eucalanus attenuatus.

Gaétanus miles.

Eucheeta marina.

Euchirella curticauda.

Scolecithrix securifrons.

Metridia longa.

Lucicutia Clausi.

Heterorhabdus spinifrons.

Acartia Clausi.

Oithona similis.

Microsetella rosea.

Adgisthus mucronatus.

Conzea rapax.

Pleuromamma abdominalis.

O !

6 g STATION tee 4 se a 560 fath. Nov. 22, 1898.

Calanus finmarchicus.

cristatus.

Eucalanus elongatus.

Rhinealanus cornutus.

Gaétanus miles.

Euchirella curticauda.

rostrata.

Eucheta marina.

Scolecithrix frontalis.

securifrons.

6 A Srarion Lat. 52° 20' N.

Long. 15° 7-9 W.

Calanus finmarchicus.

tenuicornis.

Pseudocalanus elongatus.

Gaétanus miles.

Metridia longa.

Acartia Clausi.

Metridia longa.

Pleurcomamma abdominalis.

Lucicutia flavicornis.

Jsocheeta longisetosus.

Phyllopus bidentatus.

Acartia Clausi.

Oithona similis.

Microsetella rosea.

A‘gisthus mucronatus.

Conzea rapax.

\ 610 fath. Nov. 22, 1898.

Oithona similis.

Microsetella rosea.

atlantica.

Onczea minuta.

Conea rapax.

obtained during the Cruise of the ‘ Oceana.’ 15

Calanus finmarchicus, Gunner.

1765. Monoculus finmarchicus, Gunner, Skr. Kjébenh. Selsk. vol. x.

p. 175, figs. 20-23.

This, probably the most abundant and widely distributed

of all known Copepoda, occurred in twenty-five of the forty

stations and at all depths from the surface to 1710 fathoms.

Calanus cristatus, Kroyer.

1848. Calanus cristatus, Kroyer, Naturh. Tidsskr. n. ser. vol. ii. pp. 547,

553, 607. .

Three specimens only of this little-known species occurred

in three separate gatherings at depths from 560 to 1510

fathoms. All appeared to be immature females, which, as

Giesbrecht points out, is the only form known.

Calanus gracilis, Dana.

1849. Calanus gracilis, Dana, P. Amer. Ac. vol. ii. pp. 18, 24.

Its long graceful antenne easily distinguish this species

from all other Calani. It was sparingly found at six stations

at depths of from 270 to 13800 fathoms.

Calanus tenuicornis, Dana.

1849. Calanus tenuicornis, Dana, op. cit. vol. ii. p. 15.

One specimen was found at 6” Station at a depth of 610

fathoms, and two others at greater depth, the latter in an

immature state.

Eucalanus elongatus, Dana.

1849, Calanus (part.), Dana, op. cit. vol. ii. p. 10.

This large and easily recognized species occurred at seven

stations at from 560 to 1710 fathoms.

Eucalanus attenuatus, Dana.

1849. Calanus attenuatus, Dana, op. cit. vol. ii. p. 18.

Similar in appearance to LE. elongatus, but readily distin-

guishable from the latter by its three-jointed abdomen, that

species having four joints. It occurred at fifteen stations,

only two of them, however, being those where HH. elongatus

was found, although at similar depths—920 to 1710 fathoms.

16 Mr. I. C. Thompson on the Copepoda

Rhincalanus nasutus, Giesbrecht.

1888. Rhincalanus nasutus, Giesbrecht, Atti Acc. Lincei Rend. ser. 4,

vol. iv. p. 334,

One of the largest of known Copepoda. It was very

plentiful at the thirteen stations in which it occurred.

Rhincalanus cornutus, Dana.

1849. Calanus cornutus+ C. rostrifrons, op. cit. vol. ii. p. 19.

Less plentiful than R. nasutus, occurring at ten stations

and at similar depth to the latter—from 560 to 1710 fathoms.

Mecynocera Clausi, Thompson.

1888. Mecynocera Clausi, Thompson, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xx.

p. 150

A few specimens of this species, easily recognized by its

long delicate antennz, were found at four stations at depths

from 500 to 1300 fathoms.

Pseudocalanus elongatus, Boeck.

1864. Clausia elongata, Boeck, Forh. Selsk. Christian. p. 10.

One of the commonest species round our own shores. It

was present in nearly half the bottles of this collection, and

at all depths from the surface to 1710 fathoms.

Spinocalanus abyssalis, Giesbrecht. (PI. I. fig. 6.)

1888. Spinocalanus abyssalis, Giesbrecht, Atti Acc. Lincei Rend. ser. 4,

vol. iv. p. 235.

One specimen only, an immature male, was taken at 1570

fathoms. Fig. 6 shows the rudimentary fifth feet. The

male of this species has not been previously reported.

. Aitideus armatus, Brady.

1883. Atidius armatus, Brady, Rep. Voy. ‘ Challenger,’ vol. viil. p. 75.

Occurs at six stations at depths between 230 and 1670

fathoms. As remarked by Brady, ‘the strong curved

rostrum and the remarkably elongated, spiniform, posterior

thoracic segment distinguish this species at a glance from

any other with which I am acquainted.”

Bradyidius armatus, Vanhoften.

1878. Pseudocalanus armatus, Brady, Cop. Brit. Isl. vol. i. p. 46.

The hitherto recorded area of distribution of this species

obtained during the Cruise of the ‘ Oceana.’ 17

appears to be confined to British shores and as far north as

Greenland. It occurs three times in this collection at

depths of from 500 to 1670 fathoms.

Gaétanus miles, Giesbrecht. (Pl. I. figs. 3, 4, 5.)

1888. Gaétanus miles, Giesbrecht, Atti Acc. Lincei Rend. vol. iv. p. 385.

One or more of this readily recognized species occurred at

17 stations, almost all being females, and the few. males

found were immature. Noticing some slight variations

between my specimens and Dr. Giesbrecht’s figures, I sent

some to Dr. Giesbrecht for identification, and received from

him the following remarks upon them. He says :—“I

believe them to be identical with Gaétanus miles. There is

resemblance in alJl specific characters I made out for G. miles,

only the lamella on the basal joint of the maxillipeds is of

somewhat different form, and there is a greater number of

spiniform setz on the inner margin of basal joint of the

fourth foot in your specimen. My specimens of G. miles

eame from the Pacific, yours are Atlantic, so the named

differences will be geographical varieties.”

Gaétanus armiger, Giesbrecht.

1888. Gaétanus arnuger, Giesbrecht, Atti Acc. Lincei Rend. ser, 4,

vol, iv. p. 335.

Less plentiful than the preceding species, being found at

seven stations and very sparingly. Like the preceding, it

has been hitherto reported by Giesbrecht from the Pacific

Ocean and by Mr. T. Scott from the Gulf of Guinea only ;

so the known range of distribution of both is now widely

extended.

Gaidius pungens, Giesbrecht. (PI. I. fig. 7.)

1895. Gaidius pungens, Giesbrecht, Bull. Mus. Harvard, vol. xxv.

p. 349,

Oue specimen only was found at Station 5 y—an imma-

ture male,—at a depth of 1300 fathoms. As the first male, I

believe, recorded, it is unfortunate that it should be immature.

Giesbrecht’s previous record is the Pacific Ocean; so here

again we have a widely extended range.

Euchirella pulchra, Lubbock.

1856, Undina pulchra, Lubbock, Tr. Ent. Soc. n. ser, vol. iv. p. 20.

Two specimens only were found at depths of 920 and

1370 fathoms.

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 2

18 Mr. I. C. Thompson on the Copepoda

Euchirella rostrata, Claus.

1866. Undina rostrata, Claus, Cop. Nizza, p. 11.

Two specimens were found at 560 and 1370 fathoms

respectively.

Euchirella curticauda, Giesbrecht.

1888. Euchirella curticauda, Giesbrecht, Atti Acc. Lincei Rend. ser. 4,

vol. iv. p. 336.

Comparatively common throughout the collection, occur-

ring at nine stations at varymg depths from 810 to 1710

fathoms.

The crested head without rostrum, coupled with the

dwarfed abdomen and caudal segments, easily distinguish

this species.

Eucheta marina, Prestandrea.

1833. Cyclops marinus, Prestandrea, Effemeridi scientifiche e Jetterarie

per la Sicilia, Palermo, vol. vi. p. 12.

A very widely distributed species throughout the Mediter-

ranean and the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans, and occurring

in the present collection at eighteen stations and at varying

depths from 270 to 1770 fathoms.

Eucheta acuta, Giesbrecht.

1892. Eucheta acuta, Giesbrecht, F. Fl, Neapel, vol. xix. p. 246.

One specimen only, a female, was taken at 1275 fathoms.

It appears not to have been before reported except from the

Mediterranean.

Eucheta Hessei, Brady.

1883. Eucheta Hesset, Brady, Rep. Voy. ‘ Challenger,’ vol. viii. p. 63.

One specimen only apparently of this species was taken at

1370 fathoms. It had the strong prominent rostrum as

described and figured by Brady, but being an immature

specimen, a male, the fifth feet were not so complete as those

he figures.

Eucheta Hessei, var. similis, T. Scott.

1893. Eucheta Hessei, var. similis, T. Scott, Tr. Linn, Soc. ser. 2,

Zool. vol. vi. p. 58, pl. vi.

One specimen only, a male, was obtained at 1410 fathoms.

It agreed in all respects with Scott’s description of his

variety of H. Hesse.

obtained during the Cruise of the * Oceana.’ 19

Eucheta spinosa, Giesbrecht.

1892. Eucheta spinosa, Giesbrecht, F. Fl. Neapel, vol. xix. p. 246.

A few specimens of this species, all females, occurred at

twe stations at depths of 950 and 1070 fathoms.

Eucheta oceana, sp. un. (PI. II. figs. 1-9.)

Length 6 millim. Cephalothorax (fig. 1) ovate, 4-

jointed, first joint longer than the following three put

together. Aniteriorly there is a rounded central knob be-

tween the antenne. Rostrum arising dorsally and looking

hke a central thorn. Eyes prominent. Anterior antennze

of the male 21-jointed, the relative lengths being as follows :—

1234567 8 9 1011 12 18 14 18 16 17 18 19 20 21

are weer onlOnsn eon 4) on on 6. 6) IP 16No Sg

Short sete extend along the upper surface, with long stout

ones on the third, eighth, and twelfth joints. On the third

to eighth joints are triangular-shaped papille (fig. 2)—two

on each joint—a thin hair springing from the centre of

each, the apex having a granular appearance. ‘The branches

of the posterior antenne (fig. 3) are of nearly equal length.

Mazxilla (fig. 4) has numerous long stout bristles. Mandible

(fig. 5) altogether devoid of any biting part, as is also the

case with most species of Hucheta. First pair of foot-jaws

appear to be entirely absent, which is also a feature of the

males of other species of this genus. The outer branch of

the first four pairs of swimming-feet is 3-joiuted. Inner

branch of first pair (fig. 7} 1-jointed, second pair 2-jointed,

aud third and fourth pairs (fig. 8) 3-jointed. Fifth pair

long and prehensile (fig. 9) ; the inner joint of each foot is

1-jointed. The right outer branch is 3-jointed, terminating

in a strong spine. The left branch is 4-jointed, terminating

in a strong spine, with fine sete on the inner side near the

apex and a small spine. Abdomen 5-jointed, the first

segment very small. Caudal segments are rather longer

than the breadth, and have a pair of small rounded papille

between them.

Three specimens of this fine species (all males) were found

in three separate bottles taken at depths of 1190 to 1670.

fathoms. None appeared to be fully matured, the figures

being taken from the one most fully developed. The

rostrum, anterior antenne, and fifth feet are the chief

distinguishing features of this species.

20 ’ Mr. I. C. Thompson on the Copepoda

Scolecithrix Dane, Lubbock.

gab rt gee Dane, Lubbock, Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. n, ser. vol. iv.

p. 15.

The genus Scolecithrix has proved to be the best repre-

sented in this collection, furnishing nine species, one of

them (S. chelifer) being new to science. The species before

us—S, Dane—one of the most widely diffused throughout

the great oceans, occurs only once in the present collection

at a depth of 1570 fathoms.

Scolecithrix Bradyi, Giesbrecht.

1888, Scolecithrix Bradyi, Giesbrecht, Aiti Acc. Lincei Rend. ser. 4,

vol. iv. p. 337.

About as widely distributed as the previous species,

occurring here at two stations at depths of 1190 and 1410

fathoms.

Scolecithrix auropecten, Giesbrecht.

1892. Scolecithrix auropecten, Giesbrecht, F. Fl. Neapel, yol. xix.

p. 266.

One specimen (a female), agreeing in all respects with

Giesbrecht’s description, was found at 1510 fathoms. The

male remains unknown.

Scolecithrie major, T. Scott.

1893. Scolecithrix major, T. Scott, Tr. Linn. Soc. ser. 2, Zool. vol. vi.

p. 52.

This appears to be a very rare species, the only previous

record by Mr. Scott being one specimen from the Gulf of

Guinea, with which my only specimen taken at 920 fathoms

agrees.

Scolecithrix persecans, Giesbrecht.

1895. Meolecithrix persecans, Giesbrecht, Bull. Mus. Harvard, vol. xxy.

p- Q5Q

au.

One specimen (a male fully matured) was taken at

1410 fathoms. Its peculiar Jong prehensile fifth feet figured

by Giesbrecht are very diagnostic. The female is unknown.

Giesbrecht’s specimen was from the Pacific, mine from the

Atlantic, so increasing its known range.

Scolecithriz securifrons, T. Scott.

1893. Scolecithriv securifrons, T. Scott, Tr. Linn. Soc. ser, 2, Zool.

vol. vi. p. 47.

Several specimens of this species, easily recognizable by

obtained during the Cruise of the * Oceana.’ 21

its high median crested head, were found at four stations at

depths from 510 to 1190 fathoms.

Scolecithriz frontalis, Giesbrecht,

1895. Lophothrix frovtalis, Giesbrecht, Bull. Mus. Harvard, vol. xxv.

p. 254.

A few specimens were found at four stations at a depth of

from 560 to 1510 fathoms. All were females, the male

being unknown. It had previously only been reported from

the Pacific Ocean.

Scolecithrix cristata, Giesbrecht. (Pl. III. figs. 1-5.)

1893. Amallophora magna, T. Scott, Tr. Linn. Soc. ser. 2, Zool.

vol. vi. p. 55.

Two specimens (male and female) were found at two

separate stations at depths of 950 and 1070 fathoms. As

the male was hitherto unknown, its characteristic points are

appended.

_ Length 33 millim. Head has small but moderately long

crest (fig. 1) extending to almost between the eyes. Ante-

rior antenne (fig. 2) not quite so long as the cephalothorax,

the relative lengths of the twenty-two joints being about as

follows :—

123456789 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

Hersis ssa 425 2 4°45 5 5 6 58 9 38.38 8"

The two branches of the posterior antenne (fig. 3) are of

nearly equallength. ‘The first four pairs of swimming-feet

similar to those of the female. The fifth pair (fig. 4) two-

branched, prehensile, one having a secondary club-like

branch. The main branch of same has a long curved elabo-

rate apical termination (fig.5). A single small spine projects

from the outer side, the inner siding having first a raised

wedge-shaped surface bearing short sete, then four strong

teeth, and terminating in a series of transverse striations.

The other branch terminates with a long and a short strong

spine.

Scolecithriz chelifer, sp.u. (PI. V. figs. 1-9.)

Length6:0 millim. Cephalothorax (fig. 1) obtusely ovate,

4-jointed. Upper portion of head flattened, with sharp

double rostrum. Anterior antenne (fig. 2) 235-joited, the

proportional length of each joimt being about as follows :—

1283456789 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

pio ede 22°82 2° O° R*a ae - 5 56°59 FO 1404 +3 ° 4 °6.

22 Mr. I. C. Thompson on the Copepoda

Outer branch of posterior antennee (fig. 3) about 14 times as

long as the inner branch. Mandible (fig. 4) consists of a

large powerful rounded claw, bearing a spine on the outer

edge. One of the two branches bears a long 2-jointed

plumose spine, and, like the other branch, several long

slender spines. Anterior foot-jaw bears five branches, the

first having on the outer side nine or ten crook-shaped hairs ;

the others have two to six long apical spines. Posterior

foot-jaw (fig. 6) 4-jointed ; the second joint on outer side

fringed with numerous short spines; the fourth joint has

several apical long spines, two of them having lateral teeth on

one side. Outer branch of first to fourth pair of swimming-

feet 3-joimted, the inner branch of first pair 1-jomted, that

of the second pair (fig. 7) 2-joimted, and of the third and

fourth 3-jointed. A peculiarity of the second, third, and

fourth pairs consists in their having a partial second row of

tooth-lke serrations (fig. 8) on the terminal spines.

The only two specimens found were immature males, the

fifth pair of feet of one of them being represented (fig. 9).

Each of the two branches is composed of four jomts; they

are, however, asymmetrical, all the jomts of one, with the

exception of the ultimates, being considerably larger than”

the corresponding ones of the other branch. The terminal

joints of each have three apical spines, the central the

largest, and one mner lateral spine. The two specimens

were found at 1070 and 1190 fathoms. I have named the

species S. chelifer, on account of the remarkable claw on

the mandibles: the name must not be confounded with

Giesbrecht’s S. chelipes.

Xanthocalanus Giesbrechti, sp.nu. (Pl. IV. figs. 1-9.)

Female——Length 34 millim. Body lengthened ovate.

Rostrum absent. Cephalothorax (fig. 1) 5-jointed. Anterior

antenne (fig. 2) 25-jointed, the proportional lengths of the

joints being about as follows :—

1234567 8 9101112131415 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 924 95

711646551067 8 9 9 111011101058 Sez RomiOlsaee

Outer branch of the posterior antenne (fig. 3) about 14 times

as long as the inner branch. Mandible (fig. 4) 2-branched ;

basal segment has three long bristles on upperside; biting

portion with long narrow palp. Maxilla very setose (fig. 5).

Anterior foot-jaw (fig. 6) 5-branched, each terminating with

seyeral long plumed sete. Posterior foot-jaw (fig, 7)

obtained during the Cruise of the ‘ Oceana.’ 23

6-jointed. Outer branch of first to fourth pair of swimming-

feet 3-jointed. Inner branch of first pair 1-jointed, but

double-lobed, as in Gaétanus. Inner branch of second pair

(fig. 8) 2-joimted, and that of the third and fourth pairs

3-jomted. Fifth pair 2-branched (fig. 9), each 3-jointed,

including basal joint, the apical joint of the right branch

having four spines, the left three spines, the first two joints

of each branch having their inner edges lined with short

strong spines. Abdomen 4-joiuted, the last very small ;

caudal segments somewhat quadrate, nearly twice as long as

broad.

One specimen only (a female) was found at 1510 fathoms,

and it is with extreme pleasure that I name it after

Dr. Giesbrecht of Naples, whose colossal and magnificent

book, as well as his many lesser writings, and personal

friendship when at Naples on various occasions, have heen

of the greatest service to me.

Phaénna spinifera, Claus.

1863. Phaénna spinifera, Claus, Freileb. Cop. p. 189.

A fair number of this widely distributed species were taken

at seven stations, at depths varying from 270 to 1610 fathoms.

Centropages typicus, Kroyer.

1848. Centropages typicus, Kyoyer, Naturh. Tidsskr. n. ser, vol. ii.

p- 588.

This well-known British species, whose further known

range is the Mediterranean and the Atlantic Ocean, occurred

at five stations in this collection at depths of from 270 to

1670 fathoms.

Centropages Chierchie, Giesbrecht.

1889. Centropages Chierchie, Giesbrecht, Atti Acc. Lincei Rend.

ser. 4, vol. v. p. 811.

One specimen was taken by the surface-net. Its only

previous record is from the Straits of Gibraltar.

Centropages hamatus, Lill).

1853. Ichthyophorba hamata, Lill}. Clad. Ostr. Cop. p. 185,

Another of our common British species, also previously

recorded from the Atlantic and from its first-known habitat,

the Baltic. It occurs at four stations in the ‘Oceana’

collection, from the surface to 270 fathoms.

24 Mr. 1. C. Thompson on the Copepoda

Metridia longa, Lubbock.

1854. Calanus longus, Lubbock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. xiv.

p. 127.

One of the commonest species in the collection. Found

in thirty-three out of the forty bottles comprising the

collection, at depths from 50 to 1770 fathoms.

Metridia venusta, Giesbrecht. (Pl. VI. figs. 1, 2.)

1889. Metridia venusta, Giesbrecht, Atti Acc. Lincei Rend. ser. 4,

vol. v. p. 24.

One specimen only, and fortunately a mature male,

hitherto unknown, was taken at 1570 fathoms. ‘The general

characters agree with those of the female as described by

Giesbrecht, the anterior antennee and fifth pair of swimming-

feet being the main differences between the sexes.

The right anterior antenna is 26-jointed, the left 23-

jointed, the latter being geniculated between the seventeenth

and eighteenth joints ; both are very thin in the latter half.

The proportionate lengths of the joints of the left antenna

are as follows :—

The fifth pair of feet (fig. 2) are very elaborate ; each is

2-branched, the outer ones are 4-jointed and terminated by

strong spines, the left spine being more than double the

length of the right. The inner branch of each foot is

3-jomted, each apical joint having two lateral and four

terminal setz. A finely setiferous lateral lamella is attached

to the basal joint of each foot.

Giesbrecht’s specimens were from the Pacific; so the

known range of the species is now widely extended.

Metridia princeps, Giesbrecht. (Pl. VI. figs. 3, 4.)

1889. Metridia princeps, Giesbrecht, Atti Acc. Lincei Rend. ser. 4,

vol. v. p. 24.

Three specimens of this large and well-marked species

were found—one, fortunately a male, hitherto unknown, at

1410 fathoms, and two females at 1610 fathoms. The

important differences between the sexes, as with the last

species, are in the anterior antenne and the fifth pair of

swimming-feet.

Male (fig. 3).—Length 650 millim, The right antenna

obtained during the Cruise of the * Oceana.’ 25

is 25-jointed, that of the left 22. The comparative lengths

of the joints of the latter are about as follows :—

1234567 89 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

WII SO Ses Soule 18) 6) Gllskensl en a

The geniculation in the left antenna is between theseventeenth

and eighteenth joints. Fifth pair of swimming-feet (fig. 4)

each a single branch with four joints, the terminal joints

being long, stout, blunt spines, with a minute spine at the

end of each.

Much less perceptibly than in MW. venusta, the right caudal

segment is shorter than the left.

Giesbrecht’s previous records of this species are the

Pacific Ocean and the Gulf of Gascogne, so its range also is

much extended.

Pleuromamma abdominalis, Lubbock.

1856. Diaptomus (part.), Lubbock, Tr. Ent. Soe. vol. iv. p. 22.

Very common throughout the collection, occurring at

twenty-seven stations at depths from 270 to 1770 fathoms.

Easily recognized by its round lateral black pigment knob.

Pleuromamma gracilis, Claus.

1863. Pleuromma gracile, Claus, Freileb. Cop. p. 197.

A rare species, though widely distributed throughout the

world. One specimen only was found, at a depth of 1570

fathoms.

Lucicutia longicornis, Giesbrecht.

1889. Leuckartia longicornis, Giesbrecht, Atti Acc. Lincei Rend. ser. 4,

vol. v. p. 812.

One specimen was found at a depth of 1070 fathoms.

The only previous record of this species is the Pacific Ocean.

Lucicutia flavicornis, Claus.

1863. Leuckartia flavicornis, Claus, Freileb. Cop. p. 186.

A widely distributed ocean species. Occurred at ten

stations at depths from 810 to 1770 fathoms,

Lucicutia longiserrata, Giesbrecht.

1889. Leuckartia longiserrata, Giesbrecht, Atti Acc. Lincei Rend.

ser. 4, vol. v. p. 818.

One specimen was obtained at 1275 fathoms. Its only

record hitherto is the Pacific Ocean.

26 Mr. I. C. Thompson on the Copepoda

Lucicutia Clausi, Giesbrecht.

1889, Leuckartia Clausii, Giesbrecht, Atti Acc. Lincei Rend. ser. 4,

vol. v. p. 812.

A few specimens of this species were taken at 510 fathoms.

Its previously known range is the Mediterranean and Pacific

Ocean.

Isocheta longisetosus, sp.n. (Pl. VII. figs. 1-9.)

Female.—Uength 3°50 millim. Cephalothorax has five

segments. Rostrum appears to consist of two long, narrow,

ribbon-like bodies. Anterior antennz 23-jointed, the relative

lengths bemg much as follows :—

1234567891011 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 91 22 98

G289299999 8 BSB B8BAAA SL 4 EBs

They are sparingly setiferous. Hach antenna has a dark

brown seta on last jomt, The two branches of posterior

antennee (fig. 2) are of about equal length ; the outer branch

8-jointed, the fourth to seventh joints bemg a compound joint;

the eighth joint nearly as long as the other seven together.

From the compound joint spring a number of flat ribbon-lhke

hairs, which, like the apical hairs, appear to be filled with

very minute round granules. The inner branch springs

from the basal joint at right angles to the outer, and termi-

nates with six or eight very long ribbon-like setz, also dark

brown and granular. Mandible (fig. 3) has a main branch

of three joints, terminated by long, brown, flat sete, as

described above. Twosmall segments, each terminated by a

long slender spine, spring from the middle jot; from the

basal joint arisesashort stout branch, ending with spinous sete,

which appear to take the place of any biting-teeth. Maxilla

(fig. 4) consists of two small 2-jointed branches proceeding

from acommon base, their terminal joints ending in several of

the long granular setze as described above. Anterior foot-

jaws (fig. 5) long and broad, with two long spines at apex of

each of two protuberances on first jomt. Three very small

terminal joints are also provided.with long curved spines.

Posterior foot-jaws (fig. 6) 7-jointed, long spines springing

from each ; there are also several small spines on the third and

fourth joimts. Abdomen 4-jointed; the first joint is nearly

twice the size of any of the others; caudal setze without the

dark granular coloration. Outer and inner branch of the

swimming-feet (figs. 7 & 8) are all 3-jomted, with the ex-

ception of the fifth pair (fig. 9), the imner branch of which is

2-jointed.

ES ee

obtained during the Cruise of the ‘ Oceana.’ 27

One specimen only of this remarkable Copepod was taken

at 560 fathoms.

The long, brown, ribbon-like, granular setze on the ante-

rior and posterior antenne, as well as on the mandible and

maxilla, and the peculiar shape of the posterior antenne

readily distinguish this species from any other known to me.

Heterorhabdus spinifrons, Claus.

1863. Heterocheta spinifrons, Claus, Freileb. Cop. p. 182.

One of the most widely distributed species throughout the

collection, having been taken at fourteen stations in fair

abundance at depths from 375 to 1770 fathoms. It has been

reported from the Mediterranean and from both Atlantic

and Pacific Oceans.

Heterorhabdus papilliger, Claus.

1863. Heterocheta papilligera, Claus, Freileb. Cop. p. 182.

One specimen only, found at 1510 fathoms. Not before

reported from the Atlantic Ocean.

Heterorhabdus abyssalis, Giesbrecht.

1889, Heterocheta abyssalis, Giesbrecht, Atti Acc. Lincei Rend. ser. 4,

vol, v. p. 812.

Several specimens, all males (the female being still un-

known), were found at three stations at depths of from 950

to 1190 fathoms. Giesbrecht’s record was the Atlantic, but

at the great depth of 4000 metres.

Heterorhabdus Clausi, Giesbrecht.

1889. Heterocheta Clausti, Giesbrecht, Atti Acc. Lincei Rend. ser. 4,

vol. v. p. 812.

Found at one station only at 1410 fathoms. Its only

previous record was from the Pacific.

Heterorhabdus vipera, Giesbrecht.

1889. Heterocheta vipera, Giesbrecht, Atti Acc. Lincei Rend. ser. 4,

vol. y. p. 812.

A few specimens occurred at two stations at depths of

950 and 1410 fathoms. The Atlantic and Pacific are its

known range of distribution.

Heterorhabdus longicornis, Giesbrecht.

1889. Heterocheta longicornis, Giesbrecht.

One specimen only (a female) was found at 1710 fathoms.

28 Mr. I. C. Thompson on the Copepoda

Its very long slender antennz, taken in conjunction with its

still longer caudal sete, easily distinguish it. The Atlantic

and Pacific Oceans are its recorded habitats. The male

remains unknown.

Haloptilus longicornis, Claus.

1863. Hemicalanus longicornis, Claus, Freileb. Cop. p. 179.

Fairly common at three stations at depths from 620 to

1770 fathoms. Recorded from the Atlantic and Pacific

Oceans and the Mediterranean.

Haloptilus ornatus, Giesbrecht.

1892. Hemicalanus ornatus, Giesbrecht, F. Fl. Neapel, vol. xix. p. 84.

Found at two stations at 810 and 1670 fathoms. Pre-

viously known only from the Mediterranean.

A strong hooked spine and plumose hairs from the other

lobes of the anterior foot-jaws serve to distinguish this

species,

Haloptilus spiniceps, Giesbrecht.

1892. Hemicalanus spiniceps, Giesbrecht, F. F1. Neapel, vol. xix. p. 384.

One specimen only from a depth of 500 fathoms was

found. Its only previous record is the Mediterranean.

Augaptilus fiigerus, Claus.

1863. Hemicalanus filigerus, Claus, Freileb. Cop. p. 179.

A few specimens of this species were found at two stations

at depths of 1065 and 1270 fathoms. Like the last species,

its only previous record is the Mediterranean.

Augaptilus palumboi, Giesbrecht, (Pl. I. figs. 1, 2.)

1889. Augaptilus palumbu, Giesbrecht, Atti Acc. Lincei Rend. ser. 4,

vol. v. p. 813.

The only specimen found (fig. 1) was taken at 1070 fathoms,

and fortunately proved to be a male, hitherto unknown.

The chief differences between the male and female are in

the anterior antenne and the fifth feet ; the latter, however,

in this specimen (fig. 2) are unfortunately immature. The

right and left anterior antenne vary considerably (fig. 1).

The right is 14-jointed, the third, fourth, and fitth joints

being short and swollen ; the left is 19-joimted, the joints 2

to 6 being short and swollen. Waving sete are numerous

throughout the length of both antennz. Length of male

4 yillim.

Its only previous record is the Pacific Ocean.

obtained during the Cruise of the ‘ Oceana? 29

Augaptilus Rattrayt, T. Scott.

ee. perganelus Rattrayi, T. Scott, Tr. Linn. Soe. ser. 2, Zool. vol. vi.

p. 36.

One specimen only of this rare species, hitherto only known

through Mr. Scott’s excellent report on “ Entomostraca from

the Gulf of Guinea,” was taken at 1070 fathoms. The short,

crescent-shaped, flat-topped filaments which adorn the maxille

and foot-jaws are quite diagnostic of this species.

Augaptilus hecticus, Giesbrecht.

1889. Augaptilus hecticus, Giesbrecht, Atti Acc. Lincei Rend. ser. 4,

vol. v. p. 814.

A single male of this species was found at 1275 fathoms.

The elegant plumes near the extremity of the anterior

antenne and on the caudal sete, as shown by Giesbrecht,

were not present, probably lost. Previously known from

the Mediterranean, Gulf of Guinea, and Pacific Ocean.

Augaptilus longicaudatus, Claus.

1868. Hemicalanus longicaudatus, Claus, Freileb. Cop. p. 129.

A few specimens were found at 1070 and 1670 fathoms.

This species is easily recognized by the flat-topped button-

like filaments attached to the sete of the foot-jaws, similar

to those of A. Rattrayi, which, as before referred to, are

crescent-shaped.

Its hitherto known areas of distribution are the Mediter-

ranean, Gulf of Guinea, and Pacific Ocean.

Arietellus setosus, Giesbrecht.

1892. Arietellus setosus, Giesbrecht, F. Fl. Neapel, vol. xix. p. 415.

A male and female of this very handsome species were

taken at 500 and 1300 fathoms respectively. The beautiful

yellow coloured plumose caudal setz at once distinguish both

sexes. The Mediterranean and Gulf of Guinea are its

hitherto known range.

Phyllopus bidentatus, Brady. (Pl. III. figs. 6-9.)

1885. Phyllopus bidentatus, Brady, Rep. Voy. Chall. vol. viii. p. 78.

This species is known only from three specimens—first, a

female described by Brady from the ‘ Challenger’ Expedition

taken down to 2650 fathoms in the South Atlantic; the

second, also a female, by Giesbrecht at 1800 metres, from

the Pacific; and now the third, a male from the North Atlantic

at 560 fathoms, in the present ‘ Oceana’ collection.

30 Mr. I. C. Thompson on the Copepoda

The general agreement of my specimen with Giesbrecht’s

description and drawings clearly demonstrates it to be

P. bidentatus. The differmg characters of the male are as

under. Brady supposed his specimen to be a male, but, as

Giesbrecht points out, it certainly is a female. The latter

authority failed to find the “stout bidentate process” as

described by Brady as existing, produced ventrally, on the

last thoracic segment. My specimen certainly has this

process, though not so pronounced as in Brady’s drawings,

and only on the right side. The left side termination,

however, is not clearly defined, so the “ process” may have

been lost. Length 2°75 millim. (fig. 6). Right anterior

antenna (fig. 2) 24-jointed, the left (fig. 38) 20- “jointed, the

latter having a geniculation between the sixteenth and

seventeenth joints. In the right the joints after the twelfth

are less than half the width of the previous ones. The

relative lengths of the joints are in about the following

proportions :—

Right.

123456789 10 11 12 18 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 93 24

164 4644433 3°33 4°6' 678 10 12 1416 2a

Left.

1923456 7.8 990 1h 1213 14 15 16 17 le eee

2016161616 6 8493 ows ee i Once:

The fifth pair of swimming-feet (fig. 4) consists of two

branches, each 3-jointed, with one common basal joint. A

lamellated process projects from the inner side of the first

joint on the right, and a smaller one from the inner side of

the second joint on the left. The terminal joint of the right

consists of a strongly muscular chelate organ, that of the

left being rather smaller and apically obtuse and also very

rouscular.

Anomalocera Patersoni, Templeton.

1837. Anomalocera Patersonii, Templeton, Tr. Ent. Soc. vol. ii. p. 34.

It was rather surprising to find only one specimen of this

large brilliantly coloured species, well known as occurring

often in dense shoals round our coasts, and known also in

the Mediterranean and in the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans.

It was taken by the surface-net.

Acartia Clausi, Giesbrecht.

1863. Dias longiremis (part.), Claus, Freileb. Cop. p. 193.

One of our commonest British species. Well known in

obtained during the Cruise of the ‘ Oceana.’ al

the Mediterranean and Atlantic Ocean, and reported from

Puget Sound in the Pacific. It was found at fifteen stations

in this collection, from the surface to 1670 fathoms. As

ouly careful examination can readily determine this species

from the next, A. longiremis, some not so examined may

belong to the latter species.

Acartia longiremis, Lill.

1853. Dias longiremis, Lillj. Clad. Ostr. Cop. p. 181.

Considerably rarer than the last species, A. Clausi, being

hitherto known only round our own coasts and in the Baltic

and North Sea south of Greenland. The presence of a few

small spmes on the ahdomen and a difference in the fifth

pair of feet of this species constitute the chief difference

between this species and the preceding, 4d. Clausi. They

were formerly included as one species.

Acartia discaudata, Giesbrecht.

1881. Dias discaudutus, Giesbrecht, Zool. Anz. vol. iv. p. 257.

A few specimens were found at a depth of 374 fathoms.

Tt differs from the last two species in appearance by its

rounded short furcal segments. The Baltic, North Sea, and

our own shores have been hitherto its recorded habitats.

Acartia centrura, Giesbrecht.

1889. Acartia centrura, Giesbrecht, Atti Acc. Lincei Rend. vol. v.

p. 25.

One specimen of this rare species was taken at 810 fathoms.

Its small terminal spines lateral to the cephalothorax easily

distinguish it from the three preceding species. Its only

previous record is the Red Sea.

Mormonilla phasma, Giesbrecht.

1891. Mormonilla phasma, Giesbrecht, F. FI. Neapel, vol. xix. p. 532.

One of the more common species of the collection, occur-

ring at nine stations in fair quantity at depths from 810 to

1610 fathoms; and previously known only from a few

specimens reported by Giesbrecht from the Pacific, and by

T. Scott from the Gulf of Guinea. Its long, transparent,

slender form and thin, 5-jointed, setose antenne easily

distinguish it from any other known species.

32 Mr. I. C. Thompson on the Copepoda

Oithona similis, Claus.

1863. Otthona helgolandica, Claus, Freileben Cop. p. 104.

One of the commonest species in the collection, occurrmg

plentifully at twenty-eight stations at depths from the surface

to 1710 fathoms. It is abundant throughout the northern

seas, extending to the Mediterranean and the Canary Islands

and Atlantic Ocean.

Oithona nana, Giesbrecht.

1862. Oithona nana, Giesbrecht, F. Fl. Neapel, vol. xix. p. 549.

Only one specimen, from 1610 fathoms, was noticed,

though, possessing no strong mark for recognition, others

may have been passed over. Its blunt broad head is its

distinctive feature.

Thorellia brunnea, Boeck.

1864. Thorellia brunnea, Boeck, Oversigt over de ved Norges Kyster

iagt. Cop. p. 26.

A northern species occasionally found in British seas, but

apparently not hitherto recorded further south. One specimen

was found at 270 fathoms.

Microsetella atlantica, Brady & Robertson.

1873. Microsetella atluntica, Brady & Robertson, Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. ser. 4, vol. xii. p. 180.

Common throughout the collection, occurring at twenty-

eight stations at depths from 270 to 1710 fathoms. It is

common in our own seas, and I’. Scott reports it as plentiful

about the Gulf of Guinea.

Microsetellu rosea, Dana.

1847. Canthocamptus roseus, Dana, Proc. Amer. Acad. Boston, vol. i.

p. 150. ©

Although not so widely distributed throughout the collec-

tion as the preceding species, it was plentiful at seventeen

stations. Dana reported it from the Sulu Sea, Giesbrecht

found it in the Eastern Pacific, and T. Scott in the Gulf of

Guinea.

Euterpe acutifrons, Dana.

1847. Euterpe acutifrons, Dana, Proc. Amer. Acad. Boston, vol. i.

p. 150.

One specimen of this species, not uncommon round our

British shores, was taken at 950 fathoms. Dana’s habitat

obtained during the Cruise of the ‘ Oceana. 3d

was Rio Negro, and it has been reported from the Mediter-

ranean, North Sea, Canary Islands, &c. ; so it has a widely

distributed range.

Setella gracilis, Dana.

1852. Setella gracilis, Dana, Crust. U.S. Expl. Exped. p. 1198, pl. lxxxy.

This well-defined species occurred plentifully in two

gatherings, taken at 1065 and 1670 fathoms respectively.

Delavalia palustris, Brady.

1868. Delavalia palustris, Brady, Tr. Nat. Hist. Sec. Northumberland

and Durham, vol. iii. p. 134.

A fairly common species round our coasts in shallow rock-

pools, but seemingly out of place in this collection! A

single specimen was found at 1070 fathoms.

Clytemnestra scutellata, Dana.

1847. Clytemnestra scutellata, Dana, Proc. Amer. Acad. Boston, vol. i.

p. 150

The only specimen found was at 950 fathoms. This

species has a wide range. Dana obtained it in the China Sea,

Poppe in the Java Sea, and I have found it near Malta in

the Mediterranean.

Agisthus mucronatus, Giesbrecht.

1891. Algisthus mucronatus, Giesbrecht, I’. Fl, Neapel, Cop. vol. xix.

p- 573.

Several specimens of this species were obtained from eight

stations at depths of from 375 to 1570 fathoms. One

specimen was found by Giesbrecht in the Pacific Ocean near

the Galapagos Islands. ‘T’. Scott, in his excellent monograph

“ Hntomostraca from the Gulf of Guinea,” describes his

44. longirostris, which, from his description and drawings, I

believe to be 4. mucronatus, Giesbrecht (the species before

us). Scott says “they do not agree with 4. aculeatus,

Giesbrecht,” but he appears to have overlooked 44. mucro-

natus! Its long pointed rostrum is very diagnostic.

Abgisthus aculeatus, Giesbrecht.

1891. Ayisthus aculeatus, Giesbrecht, F, Fl, Neapel, vol. xix. p. 572.

Evidently much less common in the district traversed for

this collection, one specimen only having been obtained.

Giesbrecht’s two specimens were taken along with 4. mucro-

natus, from which the present species is easily distinguished

by its small sharp rostrum.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 3

34 Mr. 1. C. Thompson on the Copepoda

Oncea mediterranea, Claus.

1863. Antaria mediterranea, Claus, Die freileb. Cop. p. 159.

This appears to be a common and widely distributed

species, its range extending from Spitzbergen to the Medi-—

terranean, and to the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans. It

oceurred at fifteen stations im fair quantity at depths from

500 to 1710 fathoms. It is brilliantly coloured during life.

Oncea minuta, Giesbrecht.

1892. Oneeu minuta, Giesbrecht, F. Fl. Neapel, vol. xix. p. 591.

Much rarer than the last species. It occurred at three

stations at depths from 610 to 1275 fathoms. Its small

size is a distinguishing feature. The male appears to be

unknown.

Conea rapax, Giesbrecht.

1891. Conea rapax, Giesbrecht, F. Fl. Neapel, vol. xix. p. 608.

A common species throughout the collection, occurring at

twenty-eight stations. Giesbrecht found a few specimens in

the Pacific, west of the Galapagos Islands ; but I do not find

other records. Its known range is therefore now widely

extended.

Sapphirina salpe, Claus.

1849, Sapphirina iris, Dana, Proc. Amer. Acad. Boston, vol. ii. p. 8.

One specimen only of this species, and the only specimen

of the large genus Sapphirina, was taken at 810 fathoms.

Its known range extends over the Mediterranean and the

Atlantic and Pacific Oceans.

Lichomolgus liber, Brady & Robertson.

1875. Lichomolyus liber, Brady & Robertson, Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1875,

p. 197.

One specimen, probably a stray one, was found at 270

fathoms. Iam not aware that it has been previously reported

outside our British coasts.

Corina granulosa, Giesbrecht.

1891. Corma granulosa, Giesbrecht, F. Fl. Neapel, vol. xix. p. 645.

A rare species, closely allied to the genus Coryceus, but

differing in its abdominal segments. Only one specimen (a

female) occurred, at 500 fathoms. Giesbrecht also had only

one specimen (also a female). His was from the South

Pacific, mine from the Atlantic.

a ,

obtained during the Cruise of the ‘ Oceana.’ 35

Coryceus venustus, Dana.

1849. Coryceus venustus, Dana, Proc. Amer. Acad. Boston, vol. ii. p. 8.

A few specimens of this species were found at three

stations, extending in depth from the surface to 630 fathoms.

Dana’s habitat was Kingsmill Island, Brady obtained it in

the South Atlantic, and I have found it in the Mediterranean

and about the Canary Islands.

Coryceus anglicus, Lubbock.

1857. Coryceus anglicus, Lubbock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xx.

p. 401.

One of the smallest in size of the genus. Hitherto chiefly

known from Heligoland and about the western coasts of

Britain. It occurs at three stations in this collection at

from 270 to 374 fathoms. I have found it plentiful at times

about the surface off the south-west of Ireiand.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Pate I.

Augaptilus palumboi, Giesbrecht.

Fig. 1. Male.

Fig. 2. Fifth pair of feet of immature male.

Gaétanus miles, Giesbrecht.

Fig. 3. Posterior foot-jaw of male.

Fig. 4. Last joint of cephalothorax, and abdomen with caudal ap-

pendages of male.

Fig. 5. Fifth pair of feet of immature male.

Spinocalanus abyssalis, Giesbrecht.

Fig. 6. Fifth pair of feet of immature male.

Gaidius pungens, Giesbrecht.

Fig. 7. Fifth pair of feet of immature male.

PLATE II.

Hucheta oceana, sp. 2.

1. Male, dorsal view.

Fig. 2. Third to sixth joints of anterior antenna, showing papille.

. 3. Posterior antenna,

Fig. 4. Maxilla.

Fig. 5. Mandible. ,

Fig. 6. Posterior foot-jaw.

Fig.7. Foot of first pair.

Fig. 8. Fourth pair of feet.

Fig. 9. Fifth pair of feet. -

36 Mr. I. C. Thompson on the ‘ Oceana’ Copepoda.

PuaTE III.

Fig. 1. Scolecithrix cristata, Giesbrecht. Male.

Fig. 2. Anterior antenna.

Fig. 3. Posterior antenna.

Fig. 4. Fifth pair of feet.

Fig. 5. Termination of one of the fifth feet, highly magnified,

Fig. 6. Phyllopus bidentatus. Male.

Fvg. 7, Anterior antenna, right.

Fig. 8. Anterior antenna, left.

Fig. 9. Fifth pair of feet.

Puate LV.

Fig. 1. Xanthocalanus Giesbrechti, sp.n. Female.

Fvg. 2. Anterior antenna.

Fig. 3. Posterior antenna.

Fig. 4. Mandible.

Fig. 5. Maxilla.

Fig. 6. Anterior foot-jaw.

Fig. 7. Posterior foot-jaw.

Fig. 8. Second pair of feet.

Fig. 9. Fifth pair of feet.

PLATE Y.

Fig. 1. Scolecithrix chelifer, sp.n. Male.

Fig. 2. Anterior antenna.

Fig. 3. Posterior antenna.

Fig. 4. Mandible.

Fig. 5. Anterior foot-jaw.

Fig. 6. Posterior foot-jaw.

Fig. 7. Second pair of feet.

Fig. 8. Terminal spine of ditto.

Fig. 9. Fifth pair of feet, immature.

PuaTE VI.

Fig. 1. Metridia venusta, Giesbrecht. Male.

Fig. 2. Fifth pair of feet.

Fig. 3. Metridia princeps, Giesbrecht. Male.

Fig. 4. Fifth pair of feet.

PuateE VII.

Fig. 1. Isocheta longisetosus, sp.n. Female.

Fig. 2. Posterior antenna.

Fig. 3. Mandible.

ig. 4. Maxilla.

Fig. 5. Anterior foot-jaw.

Fig. 6. Posterior foot-jaw.

Fig. 7. Fourth pair of feet.

Fig. 8. Terminal spine of same.

Fig. 9. Fifth pair of feet.

On Fishes from the Cameroon. 37

II.—On a Collection of Fishes from the Cameroon con-

taining new Species. By Dr. Hrnar LONNBERG,

C.M.Z.8. &e.

Some time ago I received from my friend Mr. Gunnar Linnell

a collection of freshwater fishes brought together from three

different localities of the Cameroon territory, viz. :—

1. The river at Sanye (also spelt Suny?), not far from the

sea, but above the influence of the salt water.

2. Meme River, far inland.

3. Elephant Lake at the station Johann Albrechtshéhe.

This collection is not large, but as it contains several species

new to the territory and also some quite new to science I

venture to describe it here.

Isichthys Henry?, Gall.

Four specimens from the river at Sanye, the largest about

200 millim. Although known from Liberia to Mayumba,

French Congo*, this species does not seem to have been

recorded from the Cameroons before.

Marcusenius brachyhistius, Gill.

A single specimen from the river at Sanye.

Alestes nurse (Riippell).

Dorsal originating above ventrals. Sq. 25-26 2 1.

AL lO lGa, Wa 10:

Height of body 3-3} times in total length f. Length of

head nearly 4 times in total length. Head longer than high.

Snout longer than eye. Hye 32 in length of head. Inter-

orbital space 2}—-2} in length of head. Adipose eyelids

present. Mouth broader than eye, but the posterior end of

maxillary well in front of the vertical through the anterior

border of the eye. Height of caudal peduncle about 4 of its

length.

‘There are 16 teeth in the upper jaw, arranged as follows :—

8 form an inner continuous series; the 8 outer ones are remote

from each other, and 6 are placed just at the outer margin

of the jaw, viz. the 2 most median and the 2 most lateral

* See Boulenger, “ Revision of the Genera and Species of Fishes of the

Family Mormyridz,” Proc. Zool, Soc. London, 1898,

+ Without caudal.

38 Dr. E. Lénnberg on

or posterior on either side, the remaining 2 being situated

a little further inwards in the interspace between the median

and lateral pairs. The 8 outer teeth are tricuspid, the

8 inner of the uninterrupted series are much larger. Hach

tooth of the latter series has two transverse rows of cusps,

the outer usually consisting of two cusps and the inner of

three or more. The cusps of the inner row are larger, espe-

cially the middle one. All teeth are brownish. ‘There are $

pluri- (5-7-) cuspid teeth in an uninterrupted series in the

lower jaw, and behind these a pair of conical fangs. The

fangs are less brown than the large middle cusps of the

pluricuspid mandibular teeth.

The second infraorbital is longer than the diameter of the

eye. The pectorals are longer than the ventrals.

The tips of the pectorals are about as far from the base of

the ventrals as the tips of the latter are from the anus—that

is, about 14 centim. in the largest specimens. The distance

between the base of the pectorals and the snout is about half

of the measurement expressing the distance between the

snout and the base of ventrals. The caudal is deeply cleft,

the outer rays being more than twice as long as the middle

ones, or, in other words, the latter being only # of the former.

The colour of the preserved fishes seems to indicate that the

colour of the living fish may have been brownish olive above

and golden or silvery below. ‘There might have been a dusky

longitudinal band along the third row of scales counted from

above; but I am very uncertain about this, as it is most con-

spicuous in such places where the seales are lost, but hardly

visible where the scales remain. A black blotch situated on

the body behind the opercle on a level with the eye, and on

a vertical line drawn between the first and second third of the

pectoral, is well visible on all specimens. Caudal fin reddish

orange, perhaps with dusky border. Outer half of dorsal

reddish orange, its basal half probably dusky.

Five specimens, measuring from 178 to 210 millim. in

length, from the Meme River, far inland.

J am unable to find any features by which this fish could

be distinguished from Riippell’s species as it is described in

the literature. It thus appears to be widely distributed, as

it is known from the Nile, Lake Victoria, Lake Rudolf,

Senegal, Gambia, and Niger, but hitherto not from the

Cameroon.

Nannethiops uniteniatus, Gthr.

A specimen measuring 44 millim. in total length and

Fishes from the Cameroon. 39

another strongly mutilated, both from Meme River, far

inland.

This species does not appear to have been previously known

from the Cameroons, although recorded from Gaboon, the

Gold Coast, and Ubangi.

Clarias bythipogon, Sauvage.

Three specimens from the river at Sanye, the largest

measuring nearly 30 centim. in total length. It may thus

be the largest known specimen of its kind. In his work

‘ Les Poissons du Bassin du Congo’ Boulenger has recorded

23 centim.

Auchenoglanis guttatus (Lonnberg).

A specimen from the Meme River, far inland.

Malopterurus electricus (Gmelin).

Several specimens from Sanye and the Meme River.

Hlaplochilus infrafasciatus, Giinther..

Three specimens from the river at Sanye.

Ophiocephalus obscurus, Giinther.

A specimen from the Meme River..

Eleotris Bittikofert, Steindachner..

A young specimen from the Meme River most probably

belongs to this species.

Pelmatochromis Boxlengert, sp. n.*

Three (or four) inner series of small and an outer series of

larger teeth. Depth of body 23 to 3? times in total length,

Length of head 24 to 22 times in total length. Snout broad,

rounded, with straight profile much longer than eye, which is

contained about 24 times in length of snout and 42 times in

length of head, and nearly 14 (,%;) times in interorbital

width. Maxillary reaching about halfway between nostril

and anterior border of eye. Four or five series of scales on

the cheek; large scales on the opercle. Grull-rakers short.

Dorsal XVI 10-11; spines increasing to the last, which

measures ? to 3 of the length of head. Pectoral about #

* I take the liberty of dedicating this new species to Mr. G. A.

Boulenger, who has done more than anybody else to increase our know-

ledge of the West-African fishes.

40 Dr. E. Lénnberg on

length of head. Filamentous prolongation of ventral

reaching beyond anus, but not quite to origin of anal.

Anal III 7-8; third anal spine shorter, but stouter, than

last dorsal. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle deeper than

long. Scales smooth, 25 in a longitudinal series; trans-

verse series 32, 1. Upper lateral line 20, lower lat. line 5-10.

On the smallest specimen, about 130 millim., four dusky

transverse bars may be traced. All specimens have a black

opercular spot near the upper end of the hind margin of the

opercle. It seems as if the anal had been longitudinally

banded with a distal and a basal darker band and a lighter

(coloured ?) one between.

Three adult specimens from the Meme River, far inland,

the largest 140 millim.

In three young specimens, measuring from 47 to 63 millim.

in total length, the height of body equals the length of head,

and both are contained 22 times in the length of head and body

without caudal; but the eyes are, as usual in young fishes,

comparatively larger, and are only contained 3 times in length

of head, and the diameter of the eye is $ of the length of

snout.

In a seventh specimen, of intermediate size (80 millim.),

the relative dimensions have approached those of the adult,

the eye being contained 34 times in length of head and

about 12 in length of snout.

This species is no doubt most nearly related to Pelmato-

chromis Batesit, Boulenger*, from the French Congo, but

differs from that species in its relative dimensions, among

other things in its longer head, longer snout, smaller eye, one

spine more in the dorsal, shorter anal spines, fewer scales,

and (no doubt) different coloration.

In the following table some comparative measurements of

different stages of development of this fish are given :—

Total length without caudal fin.... 47mm. 63mm. 103mm, 110mm.

Length of headin °/, of total length. 388°3 38:0 38'8 38:1

Depthsotshody crs pe wae ee = 38°83 580 42°7 41:8

Distance from snout to anal fin..., 69:1 71:4 72:8 71:8

i “5 es ventral fin.. 40-4 4) 2 43°6 42-7

Length of ventrals ..........000. 27°6 30:1 28°1 80:0

ppt BPE CHOTAIS cietatac slely ol. min 51:9 28°5 28'1 29:0

Depth of caudal peduncle ,....... 17-0 15:9 16:0 15:4

Length of ,, te ee 14:8 11:9 111 11:3

Diameter of eye in °/, of length of

head aie ete hee Galerie ee 33'3 29'1 23°7 226

Length of snout ...scecsereseees 41°6 43°8 525 50

Interorbital breadth ,.:.....-..- Died 29:1 32'5 30:9

—————— SO oS

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vol, viii. (1901).

Fishes from the Cameroon. Al

From these measurements it will be seen that the relation

between head and body is almost the same, but the height

of body increases with age, which causes the distance from the

snout to anal and ventral fins to be comparatively larger in the

older specimens. The diameter of the eye compared with

the length of head decreases a good deal, but the snout is

enlarged with age *,

Tilapia lata, Gthr., var. camerunensis, nov.

A specimen from Meme River resembles 7. ata in almost

every respect except that it has a smaller number of scales,

so that only twenty-six can be counted in a longitudinal

series. In this respect it resembles 7. Rangit?, Duméril,

but differs on the other hand from that species in having

shorter pectorals, which do not extend even to the vertical

through the origin of the anal, still less beyond the same ;

but the pectoral is decidedly longer thanthe head. ‘There are

XVI dorsal spines and 12 soft rays. At the commencement

of the soft dorsal there is, as in 7’. data, a large black spot,

and behind it three blackish streaks which are nearly

vertical, but above the spot they curve forward and then

become more longitudinal. There is a black spot near the

upper end of the posterior margin of the operele, and this is

almost continued into a larger, less conspicuous, dark blotch

extending downwards on the opercle. Four dusky transverse

bands may be traced across the body. In other respects it

agrees with the descriptions of 7. lata f.

The specimen measures 128 millim. It was caught high

up in the Meme River.

This form seems to be intermediate between 7. lata and

T. Rangit; whether it deserves specific rank or not I am

unable to decide on only one specimen.

Tilapia microcephala, Bleeker.

Sq. 2741. Lat. lin. sup. 21; lat. lin. inf. 10-11,

1D), NOW Ee Ee ee ae

Height of body contained fully twice in the total length

* Since the above was in print Mr. G. A. Boulenger has described

another apparently nearly related species from the Niger Delta (Proce.

Zool. Soc. for Noy. 18, 1902) under the name P. Pellegrini. The latter

differs in having a larger number of scales (28-29) and a different colora-

tion, besides some other differences in the relative proportions, &e.

+ Conf. Boulenger, ‘A Rev. of the Afr, and Syr, Fishes of the Fam.

Cichlide,” Proc. Zool. Soc, 1899,

42 Dr. E. Lénnberg on

(without caudal). Length of head contained as nearly as

can be three times in total length. Diameter of eye about two

thirds the length of the snout. Interorbital space as broad

as the snout is long. Diameter of eye contained nearly four

times in length of head. Nineteen gill-rakers on lower part

of anterior arch.

The body is high and broad and the outline of the forehead

forms an even but steep curve from the origin of the dorsal to

the snout.

Tilapia (Gephyrochromis) Linnellit, sp. n.

Length of head longer than greatest depth of body; the

former is contained about 2# times in total length (without

caudal), or represents 414 °/, of the latter measurement in

the female (?); but in the male (?) the length of head is con-

tained about 2% times in total length, or represents more

exactly 43°2 °/, of the latter. Greatest depth of body is in

the female (?) contained about 22 times in total length, or

represents 36°3 °/, of that measurement, while in the male (?)

the corresponding figures are about 22, or 37:3°/,. This

greatest depth is found at the occiput, and the depth at the

origin of dorsal is about 2 millim. less. Snout and forehead

are very broad, and the profile slopes in an almost straight

line from occiput to end of snout. Diameter of eye is

contained fully twice (male) or a little more (female) in

length of snout and about five times in length of head. Inter-

orbital space not quite so broad as length of snout, but twice

as broad as diameter of eye in the female, not fully that in

the male. Maxillary extending about midway between

nostril and eye. About 100 long, conical, slightly curved

teeth form the outer comb-like series in the upper jaw, and

inside of this isa rather broad band of tricuspid teeth*. All

teeth have brown points. Two series of large scales on the

cheeks, still larger scales on the opercle. Sixteen short gill-

rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XV 12-13;

last spine longest, which does not, however, equal a third

(usually 2) of the length of head, but about two thirds of

longest soft ray. Pectoral measuring about 2 of length of

head and reaching beyond origin of anal. The filamentous

prolongation of ventral is rather short, not reaching anus.

Anal 1II 9-10; third spine longest, about equal to longest

dorsal. Caudal squarely truncate. Caudal peduncle about

* Although these teeth are quite plainly tricuspid, the lateral points

are not so sharp as those figured by Boulenger (Trans, Zool. Soc. London,

yol. xvi., 1901) from Gephyrochromis Moori.

Fishes from the Cameroon. 43

as long as deep. Scales 27-28 ,~, 1; lat. lin. sup. 17-20;

lat. lin. inf. 12-13. Peritoneum black.

The coloration appears to have been rather dark, but more

or less so in different specimens. It seems, however, probable

that the back and upper parts have been blackish, perhaps

bluish black. In the specimens J take to be males the lower

jaw, branchiostegal and jugular portions, ventrals and anal,

as well as the tract between those fins, seems to have been

(bluish) black. In those which I think are females the

jugular portion appears to have been orange, the ventrals

being not black, but only dusky, and only the basal half of

the anal being black. ‘he pectorals seem to have been light-

coloured in all specimens. The upper end of the hind

margin of the opercle is bordered with black in all specimens.

The number of specimens is eight, and their length (with

caudal) varies between 180 and 200 millim.

The dentition of all these specimens is perfectly identical

and of the same type as that of the fish from Lake Tan-

ganyika on which Boulenger established the genus G'ephyro-

chromis*, When examined with the aid of the keys elabo-

rated by Boulenger +, the fish from the Elephant Lake must

be referred to the genus Gephyrochromis. It happens, how-

ever, now and then that members of the genus Tvlapia vary

with regard to their dentition in such a way that they exhibit

an outer series of simple conical teeth. Sauvage has remarked

this about 7. Desfontainest, Lacép., and in his valuable book

on the Congo fishes Boulenger+ observes concerning 7’. micro-

lepis (also from Lake Tanganyika) that the lateral cusp of

the enlarged anterior teeth is very small and sometimes

absent. Certain specimens even approached FParatilapia so

nearly “that they could have been referred to that genus, if

one did not know that their teeth were bicuspid in a more

youthful stage.” A similar change may take place during

the development and growth of this species as well, because,

although in all specimens on hand the outer teeth have the

same general shape, there may on some few of these teeth

of the youngest specimen be found some slight traces of a

lateral cusp. In these circumstances the characteristic that

should distinguish Gephyrochromis from Tilapia loses con-

siderably in importance, and it seems almost necessary to

withdraw the genus Gephyrochromis unless other characters

besides the dentition are found to separate it from Tilapia.

Mr. G. A. Boulenger has kindly told me that he is of

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. vii.; Trans, Zool. Soc, London,

yol. xvi. pt. 3, p. 156, pl. xx.

+ ‘Poissons du Congo,’ Bruxelles, 1901.

A4 Dr. E. Lénuberg on

the same opinion. There is, however, another possibility,

namely, to regard Gephyrochromis as a subgenus of Tilapia

and unite under the former name such species of Tilapia

which, when fully adult, acquire an outer enlarged series of

simple, unicuspid, conical teeth. Iam uncertain, however,

if this would be suitable, because the development of such

teeth instead of the bicuspid TZi/upia-teeth is no doubt

an adaptation to a certain kind of diet* that could have

taken place quite independently several times, and in species

of Tilapia of a rather remote kinship. If this is the case,

a subgenus Gephyrochromis would include a number of

fishes similar in consequence of a parallel adaptive develop-

ment, but without close genetic affinity, and that would, of

course, be unsatisfactory. For want of material I cannot

express any certain opinion, but must leave the question open

for the present.

The genus Gephyrochromis, hitherto monotypic, was origi-

nally established on a fish discovered by Mr. J. HE. S. Moore,

and named after him G. Moor. The fish from the Hlephant

Lake, Cameroon, fully agrees with regard to the dentition on

which the generic diagnosis was founded, but differs in other

respects a good deal from the first-mentioned type. The

Cameroon fish has a larger head, longer snout, smaller eye,

smaller number of dorsal spines, but larger number of soft

rays, as well in dorsal as anal fins, and smaller number of

scales in a longitudinal series. ‘The general outline of the two

species is also different. Among the true Tilapie the fish

from the Elephant Lake most nearly approaches Tilapia

macrocephala. In addition to the distinguishing characteristic

deduced from the dentition the following differences may be

enumerated :—-Tvlapia (Gephyrochromis) Linnellit has a

larger head, the length of which is much longer than the

depth of the body, while in 7. macrocephala the opposite

is the case. The snout of 7. Linnellit is longer when com-

pared with the diameter of the eye, which latter, even in my

youngest specimen, is contained fully twice in the former, but

in ZT. macrocephala not more than 13 times. The eye of the

former is smaller, even in the youngest contained 5 times in

the length of the head, but only “4 to 43” in 7. macro-

cephala. The interorbital breadth of 7. Linnell is also

somewhat larger. Its last dorsal spine is the longest, but

comparatively much shorter thanin 7. macrocephala. In the

latter it is said to be 40 °/, (=#) of the length of the head,

but in the former it varies between 27:5 and 30 °/, of the

* Probably more carnivorous than that of other species of Tvlapia,

Fishes from the Cameroon. 45

same measurement. The pectoral of JZ. macrocephala is

decidedly longer than the head, but in 7. Linnellet a good

deal shorter than the head. On the other hand, the ventrals

are shorter in the latter, not reaching the anus.

Tilapia (Gephyrochromis) Linnellit seems accordingly to

be quite a distinct species. To allow further comparison I

append a table of comparative measurements of two specimens

(not the same as used for the diagnosis) :—

Total length without caudal fin ............ 163 mm. 147 mm.

Length of head in °/, of total leneth ........ 44-7 42:8

DEEHEGMO OCG ls siete scrsid ie fe arauilel cease asi 6s 38'0 38'°7

Distance from snout to anal fin.............. 74:8 74:8

o Fe rs VENETIAN era Wee ee 45°3 46:9

Mewoihsor pectoral. 2... Sccca deeds vetoes 06°1 36:0

; VOUT ken Can Ree OR Ne 22°7 24-4:

Mepriboimeaudal peduncle: ...5..5.2552 6s. 08 13'8 14:2

Length of ,, chm) eRe RRL O een 13:1 12:9

Diameter of eye in °/, of length of head...... 20°5 19:0

MeO GIIBONESTIOUG) ans-c0-tcrs w'cletc) 1a a -sidisie(p sare vs 42-4 39°6

Mimeroniialybreadth: wc. caine gs cee cue val cles 35°6 39'6

enotheor last dorsal spine “oss 05.5 cba ce 27-5 30'1

The specimens of Z%lapia (Gephyrochromis) Linnellit were

collected in the Elephant Lake, which is situated N.N.E. from

the Cameroon Mountain, 9° 22’ KE. long., 4° 39’ N. lat., and,

according to Andrée’s map of 1901, 320 m. above the sea.

The Swedish civil engineer P. Dusén, who has visited this

lake, puts its altitude above the sea-level at 285 m., and

informs us that itisa typical crater-lake*. Itis now drained

by a tributary to the Mungo River; the former finds its way

from the lake through the narrow Barombi cleft. In former

times, however, Mr. Dusén thinks that the lake was drained

through a now dry river-bed to the Meme River. The dis-

tance between the Elephant Lake and the sea along the Mungo

River and its tributary is probably about 90 or 100 kilo-

metres. In such a case this crater-lake seems to be rather

isolated, and its fauna must be of great interest from a

zoogeographical point of view.

Tn addition to the fishes described above, Mr. G. Linnell has

sent me some Crustacea from the Hlephant Lake, namely,

Potamonautes africanus (A. Milne-Edw.) and Palemon

(Bithynis) jamaicensis Vollenhovent (Uerklots). Both species

were represented by very large and beautiful specimens, and

seem consequently to flourish very well in the Hlephant Lake.

#* Geol, Foren. Forh, no, 155, Bd. xyi. (Stockholm, 1894),

46 Lieut.-Colonel C. T. Bingham on

Although these animals are quite interesting, especially the -

shrimp, I am afraid that they are of little or no value for the

explanation of the origin of the fauna of the Elephant Lake.

Both species occur in other fresh waters * in the Cameroons.

The crab may easily ascend a river, although its water should

run somewhat swiftly, and even cataracts might be avoided

by them in walking on land. The shrimp may not have the

same faculty, but my friend Professor Y. Sjéstedt, who, from

his two years’ stay in the Cameroons, is thoroughly ac-

quainted with the prevailing conditions, has told me that the

shrimps are much esteemed by the negroes, who catch and

eat them, transporting them alive in baskets from one place

to another. he possibility is therefore not excluded that

the shrimps have been introduced into the Elephant Lake by

the natives.

III.—On the Hymenoptera collected by Mr. W. L. Distant

an the Transvaal, South Africa, with Descriptions of sup-

posed new Species. By Lieut.-Colonel C. I’. BINGHAM.

[Continued from vol. x. p. 222.]

Family Eumenide (cont.).

Genus ODYNERUS (cont.).

Odynerus (Pterochilus) insignis, Sauss.

Pterochilus insignis, Sauss. Etud. Fam. Vesp. ii. (1856) p. 324, pl. xv.

fig, 12, 2.

A single male without locality. Described originally from

the Cape.

Genus Synacris, Latr.

Synagris cornuta, Linn.

Vespa cornuta, Linn, Syst. Nat. ed. xii. (1767) p. 951.

Apis cornuta, Drury, Illustr. Nat, Hist. ii, (1778) p. 88, pl. xlviil.

fig. 3.

Synagrus cornuta, Latr. Hist. Nat. Crust. et Ins. ii. (1802) p, 360.

Synagris cornuta, Latr. Hist. Nat. Ins. xii, (1805) p. 344,

One female, Isubu.

* Fyom the Meme River I received at the same time specimens of the

same species of shrimp, although not so large, together with examples of

P. (B.) acanthurus and Olfersi.

Hymenoptera from the Transvaal. Aq

This species is included in the collection from the Trans-

vaal, although the locality given (Isubu) is in West Africa.

Synagris mirabilis, Guér.

Synagrismirabilis, Guér., Lefebvre, Voy. Abyss. vi. (1848) p. 359, pl. viii.

fig. 8; Sauss. Etud. Fam. Vesp. 1. (1852) p. 82.

Seventeen females, nine males (typical), from Pretoria,

Masil Nek, Rustenburg, and Durban (Distant), and Johannes-

burg (A. Ross). Five females and four maies, Pretoria

(Distant), with the apical white segments of the abdomen

turning to red in certain lights.

Synagris analis, Sauss.

Synagris analis, Sauss. Ktud. Fam. Vesp. i. (1852) p. 86.

Four females, Pretoria (Distant); Fort Johnston, Nyasaland

(Rendall).

Synagris emarginata, Sauss.

Synagris (Hypagris) abdominalis, Sauss.

Five females, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall).

Family Vespide.

Genus BELONOGASTER, Sauss.

Belonogaster filiventris, Sauss.

Rhaphigaster filiventris, Sauss. Etud, Fam. Vesp. ii. (1853) p. 16, pl. il.

fig. 5

Belonogaster Jiliventris, Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. vy. (1857) p, 194.

Sixteen workers, Pretoria and Waterval-onder (Distant) ;

Barberton (Rendall & Harrison) ; Fort Johnston, Nyasaland

(Rendall); Durban (A. Ross).

Belonogaster grisea, Fabr.

Vespa grisea, Faby. Syst. Ent. (1775) p. 322; Oliv. Encycl. Méth., Ins.

vi. (1791) p. 673.

Vespa macilenta, Faby. Spec. Ins. i. (1781) p. 468; Guér. Linn. Syst.

Nat. ed. xiii. (1790) p. 2754.

Belonogaster rufipennis, Sauss. Etud. Fam. Vesp. ii. (1853) p, 235.

Belonogaster griseus, Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. vy. (1857) p. 94.

Twenty-one workers, Pretoria (Distant) ; Waterval-onder

(A. Ross); Zomba (Lendal/); Delagoa Bay (Distant) ;

Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall); Brak Kloof, Cape

Colony (Mrs. White).

48 Lieut.-Colonel C. T. Bingham on

Belonogaster juncea, Fabr.

Vespa juncea, Fabr. Spec. Ins. i. (1781) p. 468; Gmelin, Linn. Syst.

Nat. ed. xiii. (1790) p. 2754.

Rhaphigaster junceus, Sauss. Etud. Fam, Vesp. ii. (1853) p. 14,

pl. ii. fig. 2.

Belonogaster junceus, Gerst. Pet. Reise n. Mossamb., Zool. vy. (1862)

p. 468; Magr. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. xxii. (1884) p. 599.

Twenty-one workers, Durban (Loss & Distant); Barberton

(Distant & Rendall) ; Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall).

Genus IcariA, Sauss.

Icaria clavata, Sauss.

Icaria clavata, Sauss. Etud. Fam. Vesp. ii. (1853) p. 40,

A solitary % from Durban.

Icaria cincta, Lepel.

Epipona cincta, Lepel. Hist. Nat. Ins. Hym. i. (1836) p. 541.

Icaria cincta, Sauss. Etud. Fam. Vesp. ii. (1853) p. 39, pl. v. fig. 9;

Gerst. v. d. Decken’s Reise in Ost-Afr. (1873) p. 524.

A solitary rather small specimen of var. A (Saussure) of

the insect from Waterval-onder (Distant).

Genus Po.isres, Latr.

Polistes maculipennis, Sauss.

Polistes maculipennis, Sauss. Etud. Fam. Vesp. ii. (1858) p. 61, pl. vi.

fie. 4.

Five workers, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall).

Polistes marginalis, Fabr.

Vespa marginalis, Faby. Syst. Ent. (1775) p. 367.

Polistes marginalis, Faby. Syst. Piez. (1804) p. 272; Sauss. Etud. Fam.

Vesp. ii. (1853) p. 62, pl. vi. fig. 2; Gerst. v. d. Decken’s Reise in

Ost-Afr. (1873) p. 325; Grib. Amn. Mus, Ciy. Gen, xvi. (1881)

p. 238.

Polistes africana, Pal. Beauv. Ins. Afr. et Amér, (1821) p. 207, Hym.

pl. vill. fig. 4.

Hight workers, Pretoria (Distant) ; Zoutpansberg (Kess-

ner) ; Durban (A. Loss).

Polistes Smithi, Sauss.

Polistes Smithi, Sauss. Etud. Fam. Vesp. ii. (1853) p. 60, pl. vil. fie. 3;

Gerst. Peters’s Reise n. Mossamb., Zool. vy. (1862) p. 470; Grib. Ann.

Mus. Civ. Gen. xxi. (1884) p. 287; Sauss. Grand. Hist. Madagase.

xx. pt. i, (1891) p. 146.

Three workers, Pretoria (Distant).

LTymenoptera from the Transvaal. 49

Polistes fastidiosus, Sauss.

Polistes fastidiosus, Sauss. Etud. Fam. Vesp. ii. (1853) p. 60; Gerst.

Peters’s Reise n. Mossamb., Zool. v. (1862) p. 470; Magr. Ann. Mus.

Civ. Gen. xxi. (1884) p. 607.

Three workers from Cape Colony (Mrs. White & Schin-

land).

Tribe ANTHOPHILA.

Family Colletide.

Genus Prosopis, Fabr.

Prosopis perniz, sp. n.

?. Black; a broad vertical line on the clypeus, a spot at

the base of each mandible, the orbits of the eyes anteriorly

and posteriorly, broadly interrupted at the vertex, and a broad

short transverse line on the scutellum yellow; pilosity reddish

yellow, long and sparse except on the sides and front of the

pronotum, where it is dense and forms a broad transverse

streak ; head in front closely punctured, the punctures

shallow; the face round the base of the antenne slightly

concave, opaque ; vertex, occiput, sides of the head behind

the eyes, and thorax smooth, with a few scattered punctures ;

the cordate area at base of median segment above concave

and minutely rugulose; legs polished, pilosity fairly abun-

dant, dense on the posterior pair of tibiz and on the tarsi,

giving them a reddish appearance. Wings hyaline, slightly

fuscous; nervures, stigma, and tegule brown. Abdomen

slightly shining, covered somewhat thickly with small pili-

gerous tubercles and punctures, the apical margins of the

segments testaceous.

6. Similar in sculpture, form, and pilosity, but the man-

dibles are entirely yellow ; the vertical streak on the clypeus

broadens and coalesces anteriorly with the yellow on the

inner orbits; no transverse yellow streak on the scutellum.

Length, 2? 8-10, ¢ 7; exp., ? 16-19, ¢ 14 millim.

Hab. Recorded from Durban (A. Ross).

Twelve females and two males. One specimen (a female)

has the disk of the apical two abdominal segments red, but in

sculpture and form is identical with the rest.

Prosopis sandaracata, sp. n.

?. Black, the anterior four fifths of the clypeus, the poste-

rior margin of the pronotum broadly, a spot beneath the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 4

50 Lieut.-Colonel C. T. Bingham on

tegule, the basal half of the scutellum, and the apices of all

the femora bright yellow ; the tibia: and tarsi of all the legs,

the apical margins and sides broadly of the basal two, and

the disks of the remaining abdominal segments red. Wings

fusco-hyaline; nervures, stigma, and tegule brownish yellow.

Head posteriorly, the thorax, legs, and apical three abdominal

segments with yellowish-white pilosity, the hairs soft, rather

curled, and long on the back of the head and the thorax, and

short, stiff, rather oblique on the legs and abdomen; head

and thorax smooth and shining, with a few scattered minute

punctures; abdomen transversely finely rugulose, subopaque,

not shining.

Length, ¢, 65 exp. 12 millim.

Male unknown.

Hab. Recorded from Durban (A. Koss).

Nearest to P. purpurisata, Vachal, from Algeria.

Prosopis gracilis, sp. n.

9. Black, the clypeus with a T-shaped yellow mark, the

lateral arms of the T very short, the down stroke very broad,

the yellow not reaching the upper margin of the clypeus ;

head, thorax, and abdomen covered with a short, fairly dense,

soft, dingy, white pilosity, longer and stiffer on the tibiz and

tarsi of the posterior legs; the apical four joints of the tarsi

and the claws reddish yellow, entirely smooth, polished, and

shining, with a few scattered minute punctures. Head with

the front slightly concave. Thorax: the mesonotum convex,

with three short, longitudinally impressed, parallel lines ;

cordate area at base of median segment broad, concave, and

minutely rugulose within. Wings hyaline and iridescent ;

nervures, stigma, and tegule yellowish brown. Abdomen

strongly depressed and attenuate at base, clavate posteriorly.

Length, 2, 4°53; exp. 8°5 millim.

Hab. Recorded from Durban (A. Foss).

Family Apide.

Genus HALICTUS.

Halictus jucundus, Smith.

Halictus jucundus, Smith, Cat. Hym. B, M. i, (1853) p. 54; Sauss.

Grandid. Hist. Madagasc. xx, (1898) p. 51. ;

Four females, Pretoria (Distant) ; Durban (A. Zoss).

Hymenoptera from the Transvaal. 51

Halictus albidus, Lepel.

Halictus albidus, Lepel. Hist. Nat. Hym. ii. (1841) p. 281.

A solitary male from Pretoria (Déstant) answering entirely

to Lepeletier’s description.

Halictus terminalis ?, Smith.

Halictus terminalis, Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. i. (1853) p. 54, 2.

A single female from Durban (4. Foss).

I am somewhat doubtful about the identification of this.

The specimen agrees with the type in the British Museum

collection, but differs from Smith’s description in having the

antenne entirely black, not ‘‘ rufo-testaceous beneath,” and

the sides of the anal rima also black, not “ bright ferru-

ginous.”

Halictus communis, Smith.

Halictus communis, Smith, Descr. New Spec. Hym. Brit. Mus. (1879)

p. 33.

A solitary male, Pretoria (Distant).

Genus Nomi, Latr.

Nomia tridentata, Smith.

Nomia tridentata, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. (1875) p. 64.

Two males (typical) from Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Len-

dall).

Nomia armatula, Dalla Torre.

Heme ee Smith (nec Oliy.), Trans. Ent. Soc. (1875) p. 67, pl. i,

Nomia armatula, Dalla Torre, Cat. Hym. x. (1896) p. 164.

A single female, Pretoria (Distant).

Smith described and figured the posterior leg of the male.

This insect, which I take to be the female of Smith’s species,

resembles the male (the type of which is in the British Mu-

seum collection) in size, colour, sculpture, and pubescence,

differing only in the coxe, femora, and tibiz of the legs being

entirely black, and only the basal ¢wo joints of the flagellum

of the antenne being fulvous beneath.

Nomia crociseformis, sp. 1.

9. Black, the apical margins of the abdominal segments

1-4 with broad non-pubescent bands of bluish white above,

52 Lieut.-Colonel C. T. Bingham on

very widely interrupted in the middle; the whole head, the

pronotum posteriorly, sides of the thorax and of the median

segment, the outside of the tibiz and tarsi of the four anterior

legs, the femora, tibize, and tarsi of the posterior legs, and the.

apical two segments of the abdomen covered mostly with

rather long snow-white pubescence, turning to rusty yellow

on the apical margin of the clypeus and on the underside of

the tarsi; on the apical two abdominal segments it is yellowish

tipped with black. Head finely and rather closely punctured,

from the front circular, with the inner orbits of the eyes con-

vergent anteriorly; face rather flat, with a well-marked

medial carina, distinct under the pubescence, running from

the anterior ocellus to the base of the clypeus. Thorax and

the basal halves of all the abdominal segments finely and

closely punctured ; mesonotum large, gently convex ; scutel-

lum transverse, rounded and convex above, with a somewhat

spoon-shaped mucro on each side; postscutellum with a

broad concave double mucro at base, projecting backwards

and overhanging the rest of the postscutellum and the median

segment. Wings fusco-hyaline, the posterior wings clear

hyaline at base; nervures dark brown, black towards the

base ; tegule black. Legs black, the apical joint of the tarsi

reddish brown. Abdomen massive; segments 1-4 with a

deeply impressed transverse line, dividing each segment into

an anterior and posterior portion, the posterior halves smooth

or minutely rugulose.

g. Very similar, differing only in having the femora of

the posterior pair of legs incrassate, somewhat triangular in

outline, and the tibize strongly flattened, broad, with the

interior apical angle produced.

Length, 2 12, ¢ 13; exp., 2? 25, d 28 millim.

Hab. Two females from Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Ren-

dall); the male a solitary specimen in the British Museum

collection from Abyssinia.

The bluish-white lateral markings on the abdomen and

the dark fore with a hyaline hind wing give this insect a very

Crocisa-like appearance. ‘The neuration of the wings, the

form of the clypeus and legs, however, are those of the genus

Nomia.

Nomia scitula, sp. n.

g. Black, the scape of the antennee, the apical half of the

femora, the tibiz, and tarsi of the legs pale yellow; the

flagellum of the antenne red; the apical halves of the first to

fifth abdominal segments yellowish or ivory white; the face

with dense, the rest of the head, the thorax, and a fringe

Hymenoptera from the Transvaal. 53

along the apical margins of the abdominal segments with

somewhat sparse yellowish-white pubescence ; the head above,

the thorax, and the basal halves of all the abdominal segments

closely and not very finely punctured, opaque, the apical

halves of the abdominal segments nearly smooth, very minutely

transversely rugulose. Head from the front orbicular, the

vertex rounded, transverse, and short; thorax short and

massive; scutellum, postscutellum, and median segment

roundly and steeply sloped, the postscutellum without a

mucro. Wings hyaline, nervures and tegule reddish yellow.

Legs: the femora of the posterior pair of legs immensely

swollen, somewhat flat; the tibie very broad, with the inner

angle at apex produced and acute. Abdomen massive, some-

what elongate and oval.

Length, ¢, 12; exp. 24 millim.

Hab. A single male from* Fort Johnston, Nyasaland

(Rendall).

Nomia zonaria, Walker (var.).

Nomia zonaria, Walk. List Hym. Egypt, 1871, p. 43.

Two males from Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall).

I am a little doubtful as to whether these are identical with

Walker’s insect, but they so closely resemble the type of

N. zonaria in the British Museum that I prefer to consider

them merely a variety of that species. They differ in having

the inner angle of the enlarged and flattened tibize of the

posterior pair of legs acutely but shortly produced, and not

with a long curved spine.

Nomia amenula, Gerst.

Nomia amenula, Gerst. Arch. f. Naturg. xxxvii. i. (1870) p. 350, 3;

id. v. d. Decken’s Reise in Ost-Afrika, Glied. (1873) p. 321, 3,

pl. xiii. fig. 11.

A male and a female from Waterval-onder (Zoss).

Genus XyLocopA, Latr.

Xylocopa caffra, Linn.

Apis caffra, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. xii. (1767) i. 2, p. 959, @.

Apis olivacea, Faby. Mant. Ins. (1787) p. 800, 3. ;

Aylocopa caffra, Latr. Hist. Nat. Crust. et Ins. xiv. (1805) p. 62;

Lepel. Hist. Nat. Hym. ii. (1841) p. 197; Smith, Trans. Ent. Soe.

1874, p. 258; Sauss. Grandid. Hist. Madagasc. xx. pt.i. (1891) p. 33.

Xylocopa (Koptorthosoma) caffra, Gribodo, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. xxvi.

(1894) p. 272.

Nine females, three males, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland

(Rendall).

54 Lieut.-Colonel C. T. Bingham on

Xylocopa inconstans, Smith.

Xylocopa inconstans, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. (1874) p. 264; Radoszk.

Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. xii. (1876) p. 128 ; Gribodo, Ann. Mus. Ciy. Gen,

xvi. (1881) p. 233; Magretti, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. (1884) p. 629.

Twelve females, Pretoria, Waterberg, Masil Nek (Distant) ;

Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall).

Mr. Distant notes, under date Pretoria, August 1896,

‘‘ All procured from one old post.” The specimens from

Nyasaland have the pubescence on thorax posteriorly and

basal segment of abdomen yellow, not white.

Xylocopa olivacea, Spin.

Xylocopa olivacea (Klug), Spin. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. vii. (1838) p. 519;

Smith, Trans, Ent. Soe. (1874) p. 259; Gribodo, Amn. Mus. Civ. Gen.

(1881) p. 231; Sauss. Grandid. Hist. Madagasc. xx. pt. i. (1891) p. 32.

Xylocopa luteola, Lepel. Hist. Nat. Hym. ii. (1841) p. 199.

Three females, one male, Pretoria, Waterberg, Delagoa

Bay (Distant). Sixteen females, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland

(Rendall).

Xylocopa hottentotta, Smith.

Xylocopa hottentotta, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. Brit. Mus, ii. (1854) p. 349 ;

id. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 256; Gribodo, Ann. Mus, Civ. Gen, xxi,

(1884) p. 350.

Five females, Durban (Distant & A. Loss).

Xylocopa Sicheli, Vach.

NXylocopa Sicheli, Vach. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. [xvii. (1898) p. 92.

‘T'wo females, Pretoria (Distant) ; Barberton (Rendall).

Xylocopa tarsata, Smith.

Xylocopa tarsata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. Brit. Mus. ii. (1854) p. 348 ;

id. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 265.

A solitary female from Pretoria (Zutrzenka).

Xylocopa nigrita, Fabr.

Apis nigrita, Faby. Syst. Ent. (1775) p. 379.

Aylocopa nigrita, Faby. Syst. Piez. (1804) p. 340; Lepel. Hist. Nat.

Hym. ii. (1841) p. 179; Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 261.

Xylocopa conjuncta, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. Brit. Mus. ii. (1854) p. 350.

Aylocopa (Koptorthosoma) nigrita, Gribodo, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. xxvi.

(1894) p. 272.

Five females and one male, Durban (Distant) ; Zomba and

Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall).

Hymenoptera from the Transvaal. a)

Xylocopa modesta, Smith.

Aylocopa modesta, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. Brit. Mus. ii. (1854) p. 352;

id. Trans. Ent. Soc. (1874) p. 255.

Two females, six males, Barberton and Fort Johnston,

Nyasaland (Rendall).

Aylocopa flavorufa, de Geer.

Apis flavorufa, de Geer, Mém. Hist. Ins. vii. (1778) p. 605, pl. xlv.

fio. 1.

Xylecopa trepidu, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 1804, p. 340; Smith, Trans. Ent.

Soe. iil. (2) 1856, Proc. p. 130.

Xylocopa flavorufa, Lepel. Hist. Nat. Hym. ii. (1841) p. 177; Smith,

Trans. Ent. Soc. (1874) p. 254.

Xylocopa (Koptorthosoma) flavorufa, Gribodo, Bull. Soe. Ent. Ital. xxvi.

(1894) p. 272.

Seventeen females, Waterberg (Distant); Durban (A. Ross) ;

Zomba; Fort Johnston, Nyasaland; Barberton (Lendall) ;

Albany.

Aylocopa calens, Lepel.

Aylocopa calens, Lepel. Hist. Nat. Ins. Hym. ii. (1841) p. 196, 9;

Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. (1874) p. 261 ; Taschb. Zeits. f. d. ges. Naturw.

lii, (1879) p. 595.

Three females and ten males, Pretoria (Distant) ; Natal

border (4. Ross).

Xylocopa divisa, Klug.

Aylocopa divisa, Klug, Mag. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berlin, i. (1807) p. 264;

Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 259; Gribodo, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen.

xxi. (1884) p. 281.

Two females and a male, Pretoria, Durban (Distant & Ross).

Genus Popa.irtius, Latr.

Podalirius acraensis, Fabr.

Apis acraensis, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. (1793) p. 329.

Anthophora acraensis, Smith, Cat. Hym. Brit. Mus. ti. (1854) p. 348 ;

Gribodo, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. xxy. (1893) p. 283.

Two females, Barberton and Waterberg (Distant).

Podalirius plumipes, Fabr.

Apis plumipes, Fabr. Spec. Ins. i. (17 81) p: 480.

Anthophora atrocincta, Lepel. Hist. Nat. Hym. 11. (1841) p.35; Dours,

Mon. icon. Anthoph. (1869) p. 91.

Anthophora plumipes, Smith, Cat. Hym. Brit. Mus. ii. (1854) p. 334,

Podalirius plumipes, Dalla Torre, Cat. Hym. x. (1896) p. 282.

A single female, Waterberg (Wildes).

56 Lieut.-Colonel C. T. Bingham on

Podalirius concinnus, Klug.

Megilla concinna et crocea, Klug, Symb. Phys. dec. 5 (1845), Ins,

pl. xlix. fig. 11, g, and pl.1l. fig. 1, 9 ¢.

Anthophora coneinna, crocea et vestita, Cat. Brit. Mus. i. (1854) -

pp. 329, 330, & 334.

Anthophora concinna, Dours, Mon. icon. Anthoph. (1869) p. 180;

Radoszk. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross, xii. (1876) p. 126.

Nine females, two males, Pretoria (Distant); Zomba

(Rendall) ; Natal border (A. Foss).

Podalirius gonatus, Linn.

Apis zonata, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. x. (1758) i. p. 576.

Andrena zonata, Fabr. Syst. Ent. (1775) p. 377.

Axthophora zonata, Latr. Gen. Crust. et Ins. iv. (1809) p. 176;

Lepel. Hist. Nat. Hym. 11. (1841) p.25; Dours, Mon. icon, Anthoph.

(1869) p. 57.

Two females and a male, Barberton (Hurrtson & Rendall).

A beautiful variety, the transverse bands of blue scales on

the abdomen so broad as to give the entire abdomen a metallic-

blue appearance.

Podalirius fallax, Smith.

Anthophora fallax, Smith, Descr. New Spec. Hym. B. M. (1879) p. 120.

One female and two males, Pretoria (Distant); Cape

Colony (Mrs. White).

Podalirius rapidus, Smith.

Anthophora rapida, Smith, Descr. New Sp. Hym. B. M. (1879) p. 121.

Three females, four males, Pretoria and Waterval-onder

(Distant) ; Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall).

Podalirius bipartitus, Smith.

Anthophora bipartita, Smith, Cat. Hym. Brit. Mus. ii. (1854) p. 333 ;

Dours, Mon. icon. Anthoph. (1869) p. 81.

One female, one male, Pretoria (Distant).

Genus Crocisa, Jurine.

Crocisa scutellaris, Fabr.

Nomada scutellaris, Fabr. Spec. Ins. i. (1781) p. 487.

Melecta scutellaris, Latr. Hist. Nat. Fourm. (i802) p- 427.

Crocisa scutellaris, Jur. Nouv. Méth. class, Hym. (1807) p. 241; Tasch.

Hym. Deutscl. (1866) p. 259; Kirby, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iii.

(1884) p.412; Radoszk. Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscou (1898), p. 169, pl. iv.

fig. 9; Friese, Bienen Eur. i. (1895) p. 174.

Six females, eight males, Pretoria, Johannesburg, and

Hymenoptera from the Transvaal. 57

Waterberg (Distant); Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall) ;

Grahamstown.

Crocisa picta, Smith.

Crocisa picta, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. (1854) p. 277.

Two males, Barberton (Rendall) ; Durban, Natal.

This species is barely distinguishable from the Oriental

C. emarginata, Lepel.

Genus Mscacuize, Latr.

Megachile ceelocera, Smith.

Megachile celocera, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. i. (1853) p. 161.

Chalicodoma celocera, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. (2) iii. (1856) Proce.

p. 129; id. ib. (8) di. pt. 5 (1865), p. 399, g, pl. xxi. fig. 7.

Three females, Johannesburg (Cregoe); Barberton (Ren-

dall) ; Durban (A. Ross).

Megachile nasalis, Smith.

Megachile nasalis, Smith, Descr. New Spec. Hym. B. M. (1879) p. 61.

A solitary female from Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall).

Megachile consanguinea, Smith.

Megachile consanguinea, Smith, Descr. New Spec. Hym. B. M. (1879)

p- 63.

Three females, Pretoria and Johannesburg (Distant) ;

Barberton (Rendall).

Meyachile rufiventris, Guér.

Megachile rufiventris, Guér. Bélang. Voy. Ind. Orient. (1834) p. 502,

pl. iv. fig. 5, 9; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. i. (1858) p. 178;

Sauss. Grandid. Hist. Madagasc. xx, pt. i. (1891) p. 86, 2 6, pls. ii.

& i. figs. 21a & 21.

Megachile larvata, Gerst. Monatsber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. (1857) p. 461, 3.

Four females, four males, Pretoria (Distant); Zomba

(Rendall) ; Pemba Island (és. Burtt).

Megachile felina, Gerst.

Megachile felina, Gerst, Monatsher. Akad. Wiss. Berl. (1857) p. 461;

id. Peters’s Reise n, Mossamb., Zool. v. (1862) p. 454, pl. xxix.

fig. 9, 2.

Five females, Waterberg (Distant) ; Fort Johnston,

Nyasaland (Lendall).

58 Lieut.-Colonel C. T. Bingham on

Megachile cordata, Smith.

Megachile cordata, Smith, Descr. New Spec. Hym. B. M. (1879)

pool, 2:

Four females and three males, Pretoria, Lydenburg, and

Masil Nek (Distant) ; Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall).

Megachile maxillosa, Guér.

Megachile mazillosa, Guér. Iconogr, Régn. anim. vii, Ins. (1845)

p-. 449; Grib. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. xxi. (1884) p. 282.

Four females, one male, Pretoria (Distant); Durban

(A. Loss) ; Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall).

Megachile ap*formis, Smith.

Megachile apiformis, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. i. (1853) p, 162.

A female and male ? from Waterval-onder (Loss).

T am somewhat doubtful whether I have rightly identified

the male; a description of it is subjoined, Smith having only

described the female.

3. Black, finely and closely punctured all over ; pubes-

cence yellowish white on the head and abdomen, white on the

thorax and legs. Head broader than long; eyes very large,

their inner orbits convergent anteriorly ; mandibles rather

narrow, with the apical tooth long and acute; clypeus trun-

cate anteriorly, vertex broad and somewhat flat, the occiput

slightly emarginate. Thorax more or less globose, convex

above; the scutellum, postscutellum, and median segment

with a rounded curve posteriorly. Wings hyaline ; nervures

brown ; tegule black. Legs normal, the anterior tibiz not

dilated ; abdomen short and broad, the sides slightly con-

vergent posteriorly, the basal face of the first segment deeply

concave, the remaining segments depressed at their bases, the

apical segment with numerous teeth along its rounded poste-

rior margin.

Length, 6, 8:5; exp. 17 millim.

Megachile tricarinata, sp. n.

9. Black, very closely and somewhat coarsely punctured,

the punctures running into reticulations on the face in front,

on the vertex of the head, and on the scutellum ; the sides of

the face along the inner orbits of the eyes, the sides of the

thorax beneath the wings, a transverse line at the junction of

the mesonotum and scutellum, the median segment, and

narrow transverse bands, slightly broadened laterally, at the

base and apical margin of the first and on the apical margins

Hymenoptera from the Transvaal. 59

of the second to fourth abdominal segments covered with

snow-white pubescence ; pollen-brush yellowish white; the

legs with scattered snow-white hairs, the tarsi with shining

ferruginous pubescence. Head from the front nearly circular ;

eyes large, but not prominent ; face flat in front, the inner

orbits of the eyes parallel; mandibles grooved and punc-

tured, armed with four teeth ; clypeus broad, slightly con-

vex, truncate anteriorly, and with a well-marked medial

carina, which is produced upwards nearly to the anterior

ocellus ; starting one on each side of the anterior ocellus two

other vertical carinz run parallel to the medial one, but

terminate at the base of the clypeus. Thorax, the mesonotum

gently convex ; scutellum semicircular, with a sharp poste-

rior free margin overhanging the postscutellum and median

segment, the latter two smooth, shining, and polished, not

punctured. Wings hyaline; nervures dark brown; tegule

black. Legs stout, the apical joint of the tarsi and claws

deep yellowish brown. Abdomen rounded and very convex

above, the basal face of the first segment concave, smooth,

and shining.

Length, 9,8; exp. 17 millim.

flab. Pretoria (Distant).

Genus ANTHIDIUM, Fabr.

Anthidium modestum, sp. n.

@. Black, the legs dark castaneous brown; an oblique

spot on each side of the first, a transverse similar spot on

each side but more to the middle on the second, and an oval

larger macula on each side of the third, fourth, and fifth

abdominal segments yellow, these larger spots not in the same

line with the spots on the second segment, but more to the

middle of the disk of the segments; pilosity long and abun-

dant, whitish on the face and front, tinged with fulvous on

the legs and on the abdominal brush beneath, and rufo-

ferruginous on the thorax. Wings fusco-hyaline; a darker

streak along the upper half of the radial cell; nervures and

tegule dark brown; apical joints of the tarsi deep red.

Head, thorax, and abdomen minutely but closely punctured,

the former two opaque, the latter shining, the tibie on the

outer side more coarsely punctured than the rest of the body.

Length, ?, 11; exp. 23 millim.

Hab. A single specimen recorded from Pretoria (Zutrzenka).

This species very closely resembles A. nigriceps, Smith,

from the Polish Ukraine. It differs, however, in being more

stoutly built and in the slightly more close punctuation. he

yellow markings on the abdomen are also different.

60 Lieut.-Colonel C. T. Bingham on

Genus SERAPIS, Smith.

Serapis denticulata, Smith.

Serapis denticulatus, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. (1854) p. 218, 2 d,

pl. vii. fig. 2.

Three females, Transvaal, Natal border, and Cape Colony.

One bred in the Albany Museum.

Genus Eusaspis, Gerst.

Eusaspis abdominalis, Fabr.

Thynnus abdominalis, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. (17938) p. 245.

Anthophora gastrica, lig. Mag. f. Insectk. v. (1806) p. 118.

Stelis rufiventris, Lepel. Encycl. Méth., Ins. x. (1825) p. 480.

Anthidium abdominale et africanum, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. ii.

(1854) p. 209, 2 g, pl. vii. fig. 1.

Eusaspis abdominalis, Gerst. Monatsber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. (1857)

p. 461; id. Peters’s Reise n. Mossamb., Zool. vy. (1862) p. 403.

One female, no locality.

Eusaspis rufiventris, Gerst.

Eusaspis rufiventris, Gerst. Monatsber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. (1857) p. 461,

@ 3; id. Peters’s Reise n. Mossamb., Zool. v. (1862) p. 4538,

Ole SOC be IIS Hy ass teh Gio

One female, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall).

Genus Ca.ioxys, Latr.

Colioxys penetratriz, Smith.

Celioxys penetratrixz, Smith, Descr. New Spec. Hym. B. M. (1879)

jh VS) Qe

One male, Pretoria (Distant); one female, Barberton

(Harrison).

Smith described only the female. The male is similar,

black, with the legs red, the scutellar spines or teeth stout,

and the abdomen with narrow fascie of white pubescence

on the apical margins of the segments, but the abdominal

segments are strongly constricted at their bases, and the sub-

apical and apical segments are armed with spines or teeth,

the former with two, one each side on the apical margin

laterally, the latter with six, one on each side laterally at base,

four at apex, of which the upper ones are broad and

dentiform.

Length, ¢, 11:5 millim.

Hymenoptera from the Transvaal. 61

HETEROGYNA.

Family Formicidae.

Subfamily Dorrziwz.

Genus Dorytus, Fabr.

Dorylus helvolus, Linn.

Vespa helvola, Linn. Ludoy. Ulric. (1764) p. 412.

Dorylus helvolus, Faby. Ent. Syst. ii. (1793) p. 565 ; Lepel. Hist. Nat.

Ins. Hym. 1. (1886) p. 228; Emery, Bull. Soc, Ent, Ital. xix. (1887)

p- 390, pl. xi. figs. 1-6.

Six males, Pretoria (stant); Zomba, Barberton, Fort

Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall).

As is well known, the § of Dorylus differs so greatly from

the male that for a considerable time it was placed in an

entirely different genus—Typhlopone, Westw.

Dorylus juvenculus, Shuck.

Dorylus juvenculus, Shuck. Ann. of Nat. Hist. v. (1840) p. 318; Emery,

Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. xix. (1887) p. 350.

Typhlopone oraniensis, Lucas, Explor. Sc, Alg., Zool. iii. (1846) p. 302,

pl. xvi. fig. 11.

Four males, Pretoria (Distant).

Dorylus attenuatus, Shuck.

Dorylus attenuatus, Shuck. Ann. of Nat. Hist. v. (1840) p. 322,

Two males, Pretoria (Distant).

Dorylus (hogmus) fimbriatus, Shuck.

Rhogmus fimbriatus, Shuck. Ann. of Nat. Hist. v. (1840) p. 325;

Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. vii. (1859) p. 4, pl. i. fig. 2; Gerst. v. d.

Decken’s Ost-Afr. (1878) p. 347.

Four males, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall).

Subfamily Myrurera.

Genus CAREBARA, Westw.

Carebara vidua, Smith.

Carebara vidua, Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. vi. (1858) p. 179.

Carebara dux, Smith, /. ¢.

Carebara colossus, Gerst. Monatsber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. (1858) p. 263.

One male and five females, Pretoria (Zutrzenka) ; Barber-

ton (Rendall).

62 Lieut.-Colonel C. T. Bingham on

Genus MyrmicariA, W. Saunders.

Myrmicaria eumenoides, Gerst.

Heptacondylus eumenoides, Gerst. Monatsber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. (1858)

p. 263.

Physatta natalensis, Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. vi. (1858) p. 172.

Myrmicaria eumenoides, Mayr, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xvi. (1866)

p- 905.

A single worker, Barberton (Zendal/).

Subfamily Camuponorrm2.

Genus CicorpHYLLA, Smith.

Gicophylla smaragdina, Fabr.

Formica smaragdina, Fabr. Syst. Ent. (1775) p. 828.

Formica macra, Guér. Voy. Coq., Zool. 11. (1830) p. 202, pl. viii. fig. 1.

CEcophylia smaragdina, Smith, Journ. Linn, Soc. iv. (1860) Suppl.

p. 102; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. lx. (1891) p. 564

Four males, Pemba Island (Burtt).

Genus Formica, Linn.

Formica rufibarbis, Fabr.

Formica rufibarbis, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ti. (1793) p. 355; I. André, Rey.

et Mag. Zool. (3) ii. (1874) p. 185; id. Spec. Hym. Hur. ii. (1882)

p. 182, pl. ii. fig. 7; Forel, Bull. Soc. Vaud. sc. nat. (2) xx. (1884)

p- 379, pl. xi. figs. 8, 9, & 19.

Formica cunicularia, Latr. Ess. Hist. Fourm. Fr. (1798) p, 40; Smith,

List Brit. Anim. B. M. pt. 6, Acul. (1851) p. 116.

Three workers and a female, Pretoria (istant).

Genus Camponotus, Mayr.

Camponotus sylvaticus, Olivier.

Formica sylvatica, Oliv. Encycl. Méth., Ins. vi. (1791) p. 491.

Formica castaneipes, Leach, Zool. Journ. ii. (1825) p. 290.

Camponotus sylvaticus, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeit. vi. (1862) p. 291;

Emery, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen, xxiv. (1887) p. 212.

Several workers, two females, Pretoria (Déstant) ; Barber-

ton (Rendall).

Camponotus maculatus, Fabr.

Formica maculata, Faby. Spec. Ins. i. (1781) p. 491; Smith, Cat. Hym.

B. M. vi. (1858) p. 28. ‘

Formica thoracica, Faby. Syst. Piez. (1804) p. 397. "

Camponotus maculatus, Mayr, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xii. (1862)

p. 654; Forel, Grandid. Hist. Madagase. xx, (1591) p. 29.

Hymenoptera from the Transvaal. 63

Camponotus sylvaticus st. maculatus, Forel, Bull. Soc. Vaud. sc. nat.

(2) xvi. (1879) p. 64.

Several workers, males and females, Pretoria, Johannes-

burg (Distant) ; Barberton (Rendall).

A common and very variable species, found through a great

part if not all over Africa.

Camponotus cosmicus, Smith.

Formica cosmica, Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. vi. (1858) p. 34.0

Camponotus cosmicus, Mayr, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxxvi. (1836)

p. 895.

Two workers, Waterval-onder (foss).

Camponotus natalensis, Smith.

Formica natalensis, Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. vi. (1858) p. 113.

Camponotus natalensis, Roger, Verz. d. Form. (1863) p. 2; Forel, Bull.

Soc. Vaud. sc. nat. (2) xvi. (1879) p. 81; Mayr, Verh. zool.-bot.

Ges. Wien, xxxvi. (1886) p. 355.

A single worker, Pretoria (Distant).

Camponotus fulvo-pilosus, de Geer.

Formica fulvo-pilosa, de Geer, Mém. Hist. Ins. vii. (1778) p. 618,

pl. xly. figs. 15 & 14.

Camponotus fulvopilosus, Mayr, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien (1862),

p- 668; Forel, Bull. Soc. Vaud. sc. nat. xvi. (1879) p. 108; Emery,

Bull. Soe. Ent. Ital. xviii. (1886) p. 356.

Eight worker maj., four worker min., Tulbagh, Cape

Colony.

A remarkably handsome and conspicuous species.

Camponotus sericeus, Fabr.

Formica sericea, Faby. Ent. Syst., Suppl. (1798) p. 279.

Camponotus sericeus, Mayr, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xii. (1862)

p. 675, pl. xix. fig. 4; Forel, Bull. Soe. Vaud. sc. nat. xvi. (1879)

p. 94; André, Spec. Hym. Eur. ii. pt. 18 (1882) p. 149; Forel, Ann.

Soc. Ent. Belg. xxx. (1886) p. 192; id. Grandid. Hist. Madagasc.

xx. (1891) p. 56,

A single worker, Salisbury, Mashonaland (Marshall).

Genus PoLYRHACHIS, Smith.

Polyrhachis schistacea, Gerstacker.

Hoplomyrmus schistaceus, Gerst. Monatsber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. (1858)

Payrhackis schistacea, Gerst. v. d. Decken’s Ost-Afrika (1873) p. 342.

Several workers, Pretoria (Distant); Fort Johnston,

Nyasaland (Lendall).

64 Lieut.-Colonel C. T. Bingham on

TUBULIFERA.

Family Chrysidide.

Genus STILBUM, Spinola.

Stilbum cyanurum, Forst., var. splendidum, Fabr.

Chrysis splendida, Fabr. Syst. Ent. (1775) p. 357.

Chrysis spinole, Montrouzier, Ann. Soc. Linn, Lyon, (2) xi. (1864)

p. 249.

Stilbum variolatum, Costa, Ann. Mus. Zool. Napoli, ii. (1864) p. 67.

Stilbum splendidum, Rits. Tijdschr. v. Ent. xvii. (1874) p. 181; Mocs,

Monogr. Chrys. (1889) p. 193.

One male, six females, Pretoria (Distant); Transvaal,

Natal border (A. Ross) ; Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Zen-

dall).

The male is very dark, almost typical cyanurum.

Chrysis lyncea, Fabr.

Chrysis lincea, Faby. Syst. Ent. (1775) p. 357.

Pyria armata, Lepel. Encycl. Méth., Ins. x. (1825) p. 495.

Chrysis lyncea, Dahlb. Ckfvers. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Forh. vii. (1850)

. 141,

Cae (Hexachrysis) lyncea, Mocs. Monogr. Chrys. (1889) p. 582.

Nine males and twelve females, Pretoria (Distant) ; Bar-

berton and Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall).

A variable species. Two specimens—one from Barberton

and one from Nyasaland—are of a beautiful bright golden-

bronze.

Chrysts modica, Dahlb.

Chrysis mediocris, Dahlb. Despos. Méth., Hym. ii. (1845) p. 14 (nec

Dahlb. Hym. Eur. ii. 1854, p. 162).

Chrysis modica, Dahlb. Cifvers. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Forh, vii. (1850)

p. 140.

Chrysis (Hexachrysis) modica, Mocs. Monogr, Chrys. (1889) p. 556.

One male and one female, Pretoria (Distant) ; Fort John-

ston, Nyasaland (Lendall).

Chrysis stilboides, Spin.

Chrysis (Pyria) stilboides, Spin. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr, vii. (1838) p. 446.

Stilbum seadentatum, Guér. Rev. Zool. (1842) p. 145.

Chrysts nobilis, Klug, Symb. Phys. pt. 5 (1845), Ins. pl. xlv. fig. 2;

Dahlb. Hym. Eur. ii. (1854) p. 347.

Pyria stilboides, Gerst. Pet. Reise n. Mossamb., Zool. v. (1862) p. 519.

Chrysis (Hexachrysis) stilboides, Mocs. Monogr. Chrys. (1889) p. 590.

Two females and one male, Pretoria (Distant) ; Transvaal,

Natal border (Ross).

Hymenoptera from the Transvaal. 65

Chrysts spina, Brullé.

Chrysis spina, Brullé, Hist. Nat. Ins. Hym. iv. (1846) p.

Chrysis abyssinica, Radoszk. Hor. Soc. Mnt. Ross. xii, (i876) p. 148,

pl. iu. fig, 3,

Chrysis (Pentachrysis) spina, Mocs. Monogr. Chrys. (1889) p. 521.

A pair, male and female, Pretoria (Distant).

SUPPLEMENTARY LIST.

Since the commencement of this series of papers on the

Transvaal Hymenoptera Mr. Distant has received from time

to time, and kindly handed over to me for examination,

several additional specimens, A list of such as came to

hand too late for incorporation in the families and genera as

they were worked out is appended below.

Tribe FOSSORES.

Family Scoliida.

Genus Myzins, Latr.

Myzine capitata, Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. iti. (1855) p. 74.

Two males, Waterval-onder (Zoss).

Myzine sp.

A single broken specimen of an entirely black species,

possibly 1 new, Waterval-onder (Zoss).

Genus Scouia, Fabr.

Scolia (Discolia) hottentotta, Sauss. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (3)

vi. (1358) p. 206.

A single female (typical), Johannesburg (A. Loss).

Genus Enis, Fabr.

Elis (Dielis) undulata, Smith ; vide Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

(7) 1x. (1902) p. 348.

A single male from Barberton.

Ann. & Mag. N. Mist. Ser. 7. Vol, xii. 5

66 Lieut.-Colonel C. T. Bingham on

Family Pompilide.

Genus Pomriuus, Fabr. (sens. lat. apud Kohl).

Pompilus diversus, Dhlb.; vide Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

(7) ix. (1902) p. 348.

A male, Waterval-onder (A. Ross).

Pompilus vindicatus, Smith; vide Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

(7) ix. (1902) p. 349.

~ A female, Durban (foss).

Pompilus Distanti, Bingh.; vide Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

(7) ix. (1902) p. 349.

A female, Transvaal, Natal border. Not typical: the

clypeus and the apical half of the femora, the whole of the

tibiz and tarsi are reddish ; absolutely identical, however, in

form and sculpture with Saussure’s type of Homonotus ceru-

lans (nec Pompilus cerulans, Lep.).

Pompitlus festivus?, Klug, Symb. Phys. (1834), Ins. pl. xxxviil.

fig. 8.

A single broken specimen of a male from Johannesburg

(Ross), which, with some doubt, I refer to the above species.

Genus Satus, Fabr, (sens. lat. apud Kohl).

Salius (Hemipepsis) imperialis, Smith (Mygnemia), Cat.

Hym. B. M. ii. (1855) p. 188.

Five females, Barberton (Distant & Rendall) ; Waterval-

onder and Durban (Zoss).

Salius (Hemipepsis) atropos, Smith; vide Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. (7) ix. (1902) p. 353.

A single female without locality.

Family Sphegids.

Genus Liris, Fabr.

Liris diabolica, Smith ; vide Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) x.

(1902) p. 209.

A single female, Barberton (Rendall).

Hymenoptera from the Transvaal. 67

Genus Stizus, Latr.

Stizus tenuicornis, Smith; vide Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7)

x. (1902) p. 210.

A single female, Figtree Creek, Barberton (Rendall).

Stizus argentifrons, Smith ; vide Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7)

x. (1902) p. 210.

A fine female, in good condition, identical with the type,

Johannesburg (fry).

Genus CErcERIs, Latr.

Cercerts albifrons, Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. iv. (1856) p. 449.

A single female, Johannesburg (Fry). Identical with the

type in the British Museum.

Genus AMPULEX, Jurine.

Ampulex compressa, Fabr.; vide Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7)

x. (1902) p. 217.

A single female, Pemba Island (Burtt).

Genus AMMOPHILA, Kirby.

Ammophila hirsuta ?, Scop. Ent. Carn. (1763) p. 292, pl. xlii.

fig. 772.

A single female, Johannesburg (Ross), which seems iden-

tical with European examples, except that the colours are

brighter. Possibly a new species.

Tribe DIPLOPTERA.,

Family Eumenide.

Genus EUMENES.

Eumenes Lepeletiert, Sauss. ; vide Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

(7) x. (1902) :p. 219.

A single male, Johannesburg (oss).

Genus RHYNCHIUM, Spin.

Rhynchium cyanopterum, Sauss.; vide Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. (7) x. (1902) p. 221.

68 On Hymenoptera from the Transvaal.

Bhynchium laterale, Fabr. (Vespa) Spec. Ins. 1. (1781) p. 466.

A single male, Pretoria (Donovan). A small variety,

with the lateral yellow stripe along the abdomen reduced to

separate spots on each segment.

Genus ODYNERUS, Latr.

Odynerus hottentottus, Sauss. Etud. Vesp. iii. (1856) p. 244.

A single female, Johannesburg (/’ry).

Odynerus ewmenoides, Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. v. (1857)

Os 5

A single male, Johannesburg (fry).

Genus SYNAGRIS, Latr.

Synagris mirabilis, Guér. ; vide supra, p. 47.

Two females, Pretoria (Donovan); Pemba Island (Burtt).

Synagris analis, Sauss.; vide supra, p. Ae

Two females, Figtree Creek, Barberton (Rendall).

Synagris emarginata, Sauss.; vide supra, p. 47.

One female, Figtree Creek, Barberton (Rendall).

Synagris dentata, Sauss. Htud. Vesp. i. (1852) p. 80, pl. xiii. -

fig. 3.

A single female without locality.

Family Vespide.

Genus BELONOGASTER.

Belonogaster jiliventris, Sauss.; vide supra, p. 47.

Genus Poxistes, Latr.

Polistes fastidiosus, Sauss. ; vide supra, p. 48.

A single worker, Figtree Creek, Barberton (Rendall).

Genus IcariA, Sauss.

Icaria clavata, Sauss.; vide supra, p. 48.

A single worker, Figtree Creek, Barberton (Rendall).

On new Genera and Species of Coleoptera. 69

Tribe ANTHOPHILA.

Family Apide.

Genus XYLOCOPA.

Xylocopa olivacea, Spin. ; vide supra, p. 54.

A single female, Uganda (Crabtree).

' Genus PopA.inrivs, Latr.

Podalirius rapidus, Smith; vide supra, p. 56.

A single female, Johannesburg (oss).

Genus Crocisa, Jurine.

Crocisa scutellaris, Fabr.; vide supra, p. 56.

A single male, Figtree Creek, Barberton (Rendall).

Genus MEGACHILE, Latr.

Megachile consanguinea, Smith; vide supra, p. 57.

A single male, Johannesburg (ss).

1V.—Descriptions of new Genera and Species of New Zealand

Coleoptera. By Capt. T. Broun, F.E.S.

[Concluded from vol. xi. p. 618.]

Group Opatride.

Syrphetodes simplex, sp. n.

Opaque, fuscous ; sides of thorax and elytra, the legs, and

antenne rufescent ; densely clothed with variegate fuscous

and ochraceous setee.

Antenne rather elongate and slender, club densely pubes-

cent. Thorax nearly as long as broad, the anterior angles

project as far as the front of the eyes, but are not widely

distant from them; the broadest part is behind the middle; the

sides in front are nearly straight, but they are a little

sinuously narrowed towards the rectangular hind angles;

there is a slight median impression in front, and the disk

behind the middle is obtusely elevated. lytra ‘oblong,

70 Capt. T. Broun on new

shoulders and apices rounded, nearly twice the width of the

thorax; there are two elongate elevations on each near the

base and one on top of the posterior declivity, besides some

smaller ones ; the punctuation is coarse and irregular, but the

foveiform cavities along the explanate sides are serial. Legs

maculate.

This does not closely resemble any other species. Its

chief characteristics are the rather slender antenne and com-

paratively inconspicuous nodiform elevations.

Length 43, breadth 2% lines.

_ Picton.

Mr. J. J. Walker, during a recent collecting expedition,

secured three or four specimens, one of which he placed at

my disposal.

Group Gdemeride.

Thelyphassa fuscata, sp. N.

Elongate, depressed, infuscate.

Head finely punctured. Thorax longer than broad, widest

near the front, gradually narrowed behind, but with the basal

margin somewhat thickened and prominent ; its punctuation

is similar to that of the head; near the sides there is some

fine inconspicuous pubescence. Scutellum rather large.

Elytra dull, elongate, with rounded apices ; they are lightly

but closely punctured and have two indistinct dorsal lines on

each ; they are covered with fine greyish hairs.

When compared with 7. diaphana the opaque pale fuscous

surface first strikes the eye. ‘The thorax lacks the impressions

and raised central space. ‘The semicircular notch of the

terminal joints of the male palpi is rather smaller, but deeper,

and the inner margins are more swollen or angulate beyond

the middle.

The apical ventral segment is quite uncovered in both

Sexes.

Length 53-6, breadth 14-14 lines.

Westport.

One pair presented to me by Mr. J. J. Walker.

Techmessa longicollis, sp. n.

Elongate, moderately nitid ; head and thorax black ; elytra

bluish black and with decumbent greyish-yellow pubescence ;

antennze fuscous, but with the basal portion of each joint

rufescent ; legs and palpi yellow, tarsi infuscate.

Head rather broader than the thorax, coarsely punctate,

Genera and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera. 71

the punctures much closer behind... Epistome pallid. Thorax

a little longer than broad, rather wider just before the middle

than it is elsewhere, suboviform; without depressions, its

punctuation moderately coarse, quite dense near the sides; on

the disk there are slight irregular smooth spaces. Scutellum

closely but finely sculptured. lytra elongate, parallel-

sided, coarsely, moderately closely, and somewhat rugosely

punctured. Underside nigrescent.

fT. telephorotdes has the thorax “ distinctly wider than

long”; in this species the reverse obtains. There are differ-

ences in coloration, and the eyes are rather larger and more

prominent. The second joint of the antenne is barely more

than half the length of the third; this latter is only about

one third shorter than the fourth.

Length 22, breadth 3 line.

Tarukenga, near Rotorua.

One example in my own collection, found about eight

years ago.

Exocalopus antennalis, sp. n.

Elongate, subdepressed ; head and thorax glossy black ;

elytra dark violaceous, sparingly clothed with fine, erect,

intuscate hairs; legs and antennze fuscous.

Head, including the prominent eyes, broader than the

thorax, obliquely narrowed behind; there is an almost

diamond-shaped depression on the vertex, with slightly

raised smooth borders extending towards the antenne; the

rest of its surface is distinctly and rather closely punctured.

Thorax transverse, strongly rounded laterally ; its whole

surface is distinctly but not closely punctate and there is an

uregularly formed fovea-like impression at each side. Scu-

tellum punctate. lytra elongate-oblong, parallel-sided,

moderately coarsely, closely, and almost rugosely punctured.

Antenne almost as long as the body, with very short

pubescence; basal joint pyriform, second and third casta-

neous, transverse, and, conjointly, shorter than first ; joints

4-10 slender and equally elongate, each of these has a filiform

appendage quite twice the length of the joint itself; the

eleventh is about double the length of the preceding one.

Female.—The antenne attain the middle femora or just

beyond them, their second joint is bead-like; the third,

though distinctly longer than the preceding, is obviously

shorter than the following one; joints 4-10 are elongate and

moderately serrate, the eleventh elongate-oval. ‘l'his sex is

rather larger than the male; the thorax and head are more

coarsely punctured and the legs are paler.

72 Capt. T. Broun on new

This species is shorter than EZ. pectinatus, the head and

thorax are differently sculptured and have more limited

smooth areas. ‘The antennal appendages, instead of springing

from the middle of the joints, as they do in the typical form,

proceed from near the base and are twice as long ; the an-

tennee of the male therefore are even more elegant.

6. Length 23, breadth nearly 2 line.

Tarukenga, near Rotorua.

I found one male and two females about eight years ago.

Group Otiorhynchide.

Cecyropa linerfera, sp. n.

Robust, convex, opaque; densely covered with minute,

circular, depressed, grey and fuscous scales; those of the

latter colour occupy most of the dorsum; there are also

numerous short erect sete there; legs and antenne dark

ferruginous.

Rostrum less than half a line long, its apical portion rufo-

piceous, punctate, and nearly nude; along the middle a fine

groove extends as far as the back part of the eyes. Scape

slightly and very gradually incrassate; it bears grey squamze

and outstanding sete. uniculus sparsely setose, second

joint slightly shorter and obviously more slender than the

first, seventh larger than the intermediate ones; club quadri-

articulate, short-oval, finely pubescent. yes transversely

oval, the space between each and the thorax equal to its own

width. Thora# one third broader than long, its sides strongly

curved, the base evidently wider than the apex; it has an

ill-defined dorsal groove ; all other sculpture is concealed by

the squamosity ; along each side there are many elongate

grey sete. Hlytra broader than thorax, widest, and almost

prominent, a short distance behind the obliquely rounded

shoulders, much narrowed posteriorly ; three or four striz

are visible on each near the suture and four or five near the

apex, these have rather narrow and moderately distant

punctures ; towards the sides the punctures are serial, but

nowhere coarse. Legs stout, clothed with grey scales and

sete ; anterior tibize flexuous, their frontal or outer dilatation

overlaps the basal tarsal joint; third tarsal joint expanded to

more than twice the width of the second; claws small.

Metasternum and basal abdominal segment broadly impressed

along the middle.

Of about the same size as C. mardtima, but with a longer

rostrum, more convex eyes, and quite dissimilar sculpture,

Length (rostr. incl.) 33, breadth 14 lines.

Westport.

One example from Mr. J. J. Walker.

Genera and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera. 73

Cecyropa striata, sp. n.

Convex, opaque, covered with minute, dull, dark grey or

almost infuseate squamosity, the sides of thorax and hind

body with rather short erect setee; the elytral interstices bear

short, almost brassy sete ; legs and antenne rufescent.

Rostrum sparsely squamose, nearly bare in front, with a

well-marked linear impression nearly reaching the back part

of the head. yes obliquely oval. Scape but little thick-

ened apically, with a few grey squame and slender sete.

Funiculus finely setose, second joint about as long as the

first, but only about half as thick, seventh broader than the

preceding one; club short, oval, finely pubescent. Thorax

one fourth shorter than broad, its sides strongly rounded, the

apex rather narrower than the base, without evident sculp-

ture, but probably with punctures underneath the scales.

Elytra broader than thorax at the base, shoulders oblique;

the three punctated strie near the suture on each are fairly

well marked throughout; the external ones almost assume

the form of rather narrow serial punctures.

This can be best compared with the eastern C. setigera

(no. 1617); in that species, however, joints 3-7 of the funi-

culus are more transverse and moniliform, the thorax is more

gradually narrowed anteriorly and continues broad to within

a short distance of the base, the elytral strise are less distinct

and their punctures are still finer, the groove on the rostrum

is quite abbreviate, and the eyes are less convex. In

C. striata, moreover, the ocular lobes, though rather feeble,

are certainly more apparent than they are in C. setigera.

Length (rostr. incl.) 24, breadth % line.

Westport.

This is another of Mr. J. J. Walker’s captures during a

short stay in that neighbourhood. I have seen one individual

only.

Brachyolus albescens, sp. n.

Convex, subovate, completely covered with white and

brassy squame; these occupy irregular, somewhat trans-

verse areas, but do not form spots; antenne and tarsi ferru-

ginous.

Rostrum shorter than thorax, dark red and pilose in front,

squamose behind. Scrobes open above, curvate at the

sides, with a distinct squamose space between them and the

eyes. Scape very gradually thickened, clothed with scales

and short curled sete. Huniculus evidently longer than

scape, red, with fine grey sete; basal two joints about equal

in length, 3-7 almost moniliform. Club oval, infuscate.

74 Capt. T. Broun on new

Eyes oblique, not prominent, just free. Thorax with well-

developed ocular lobes, one fifth broader than long, widest

before the middle, rounded there, slightly narrowed but

straight behind; there is an ill-defined dorsal groove, an

oblique impression near each side in front, and one on each

side below ; the lateral margins near the base are somewhat

plicate, but the punctuation is invisible from above. lyira

broadly oval, shoulders so rounded that they scarcely exceed

the thorax in width; the series of punctures are coarser

towards the sides than those nearest the suture; the third

interstices are obtusely elevated near the base, nearly plane on

the disk, and end in nodosities on top of the declivity; there

is a swelling of each side outside these, but no nodosity.

There are a few grey sete on the thorax and on the sides of

the elytra, but no regular series.

Var.—2ix 1 line; this bears three fuscous spots on the

base of the thorax.

In B. elegans (no. 2115) the third interstices are raised

throughout, the nodosities are relatively larger and situated

higher up, and the suture is nodiform near the apex. The

serobes are shorter. No. 2386 (B. viridescens) has stouter

legs, broader tarsi, and a longer club. ‘The five species

described by Dr. Sharp all differ from this.

Length (rostr. incl.) 2, breadth % line.

Karori and Wadestown (Mr. G. V. Hudson).

Brachyolus cervalis, sp. n.

Opaque, densely covered with fawn-coloured scales above,

the posterior declivity with grey ; there are series of decum-

bent sete on the elytral interstices and others on the front

of the thorax, some of these are greyish ; antenne and legs

ferruginous. re

Rostrum shorter than the thorax, with a central carina,

along each side of the latter there is a broad shallow groove,

but the rostrum is not distinctly tricarinate. Scrobes short,

almost foveiform. Funiculus with fine grey sete, basal two

joints equal, the second but little more slender than the first,

third also elongate yet shorter than the preceding one, fourth

longer than broad. yes not contiguous with thorax, oblique,

broadly oval. Thora# subquadrate, slightly broader than it

is long, widest before the middle, its sides rounded there but

nearly straight behind, the surface uneven but without well-

marked sculpture. lytra, at the middle, nearly twice the

width of the thorax, almost parallel-sided there; shoulders

so narrowed as not perceptibly to exceed the breadth of the

Genera and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera. 75

thorax at the base, the posterior declivity much narrowed ;

apices slightly divergent; dorsum rather flat, with serial

punctures, the two sutural rows on each elytron are very

small; the third and fifth interstices are very indistinctly

elevated but terminate behind in horizontal projections, those

on the third much larger than the others, the suture is a

little raised at the summit of the hind declivity, and halfway

down there isa crest. Legs and tarsi stout.

B. posticalis is a smaller and more brightly coloured insect

with scattered, but conspicuous, white sete; joints 3-7 of

the funiculus are bead-like, and the whole sculpture is

different. Sharp’s B. punctipennis has the elytra wider than

the thorax at the base, and his B. longicollis (No. 2120) is

without nodosities.

Length (rostr. incl.) 22, breadth 14 lines.

Karori and Pakuratahi.

One example from Mr. G. V. Hudson.

Aphela pictipes, sp. n.

Subovaie, convex, slightly nitid, sparsely setose; pale

testaceous, the tip of the rostrum, tarsi, and extremity of the

tibie dark fuscous.

Rostrum a little contracted towards the antennal insertion,

longitudinally rugose, with irregular smooth spaces. Antenne

sparingly setose; first joint of funiculus thick, second rather

longer but more slender at base, joints 3 to 6 very short,

seventh broadest ; club compact, finely pubescent. Thorax

broader than it is long, apex truncate, base moderately

rounded so as to be closely adapted to the elytra, it is widest

before the middle, the sides, nevertheless, are but little

curved; its surface coarsely and rugosely punctured. Hlytra

slightly wider than thorax at the base, shoulders somewhat

narrowed; their grooves crenate rather than coarsely punc-

tate; interstices with short, erect, pallid sete, sometimes

appearing as if crossed with linear impressions.

Legs stout; anterior tibie expanded at the extremity.

Tarsi broad, basal two joints very short and widely emar-

ginate so as to be almost lunate, third deeply bilobed, fourth

as long as the preceding two conjointly, stout; claws short

and stout.

Length (rostr. incl.) 14, breadth 2 line.

Sumner.

Three examples from Mr. J. J. Walker.

The discovery of this species would seem to invalidate my

genus Stygeopetes. ‘he eyes are rather less convex than

76 Capt. T. Broun on new

these organs in Stygeopetes littoralis, so that the head seems

less abruptly broader than the rostrum ; the thorax is ob-

viously more transverse and its punctuation is not quite so

deep and less disposed in series. The front tibize at the

lower or inner extremity terminate in a short calcar. The

coloration is uniformly paler and never rufescent as is

sometimes the case in S. lttoralis. The dark tarsi are

distinctive.

Group Cylindrorhinide.

Anagotus pallescens, sp. n.

Opaque, black, densely covered with minute, depressed,

rounded, greyish squame, and a few coarse sete of an ochra-

ceous hue.

Rostrum dilated in front, of the same length as the thorax,

with an elevation at each side over the point of the antennal

insertion, the intervening space apparently concave, and with

a fine central carina extending as far as the eyes. Head

narrowed anteriorly. yes slightly convex, transverse, as

far apart above as they are distant trom the thorax. Thorax

just as long as broad, widest near the front, narrowed, yet

nearly straight-sided behind; there are two prominent elon-

gate tubercles on the middle of the front, two more rounded

ones close behind these, one on each side at the broadest part,

and a pair of smaller ones near the base. Scutellum sub-

triangular. lytra slightly wider than thorax at the base,

shoulders narrow, much narrowed posteriorly, sides almost

vertical but sloping inwards; each elytron with three large

tubercles near the suture, a rather smaller lateral one in line

with the third, which is situated at the summit of the poste-

rior declivity, a small one near the apex, two series near the

side, and two series of still smaller ones between these last

and the suture.

Scape gradually incrassate, touching the centre of the eye,

and bearing depressed elongate ochraceous scales. Funiculus

piceous, hispid, second joint distinctly longer than first, the

seventh longer and broader than the intermediate joints ;

club elongate-oval, densely and finely pubescent. Legs

elongate, simple; the femora with an indistinct pale band, on

each, beyond the middle. Tarsz slender, setose ; their third

joint broadly excavate above, but without obvious lobes.

Prosternum deeply emarginate. Ocular lobes moderately

developed. Abdomen elongate, second segment hardly as

long as the third and fourth conjointly. Near the tip of the

rostrum there are some outstanding yellow sete.

Genera and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera. 77

The smaller bulk, different squamosity, &c. distinguish

this from the typical species, No. 2144.

Length (rostr. incl.) 8, breadth 2? lines.

Te Oneroa.

I am indebted to Mr. Perey Seymour for the only specimen

I have seen.

SARGON, gen. nov.

Rostrum moderately elongate, subparallel, only slightly

dilated in front. Scrobes deep in front and visible from

above, they extend to the front of the eyes. Scape gradually

thickened, reaching just beyond back of eye. Funiculus

7-articulate, basal two joints about equally elongate. Club

elongate-oval. Hyes quite lateral, rotundate, moderately

convex, not angulate below. Thorax truncate at base and

apex, without distinct ocular lobes. Hlytra moderately long,

rather broader than thorax. emora medially incrassate.

Tibie flexuous ; anterior inwardly produced, with a short

ealear; the posterior dilated at extremity, with a narrow

groove between the double series of external cilia. Tars¢

normal.

Prosternum only slightly emarginate at apex ; coxe con-

tiguous. Intermediate come slightly separated. Basal

ventral segment longer than second; third and fourth equal,

each more than half the length of second.

Resembles Jnophleus inuus, but the scrobes, eyes, rostrum,

and abdomen differ, and as the type of Sargon is almost

destitute of ocular lobes it cannot be associated with

Inophleus.

Sargon carinatus, sp. 0.

Opaque, piceous, densely covered with small depressed

greyish scales.

Head and rostrum as long as the thorax; rostrum with an

abbreviated central carina. Hyes moderately convex, dis-

tinctly facetted, distant from thorax. Antenne nigrescent,

club densely and finely pubescent. Thorax subquadrate,

slightly wider before the middle than it is elsewhere, with a

well-marked dorsal furrow; the squame are nearly round,

and many exhibit a pinkish hue. Liytra a little rounded

towards the base, which, however, is slightly wider than that

of the thorax; disk nearly plane, posterior slope moderately

abrupt, sides nearly vertical but inclined inwards, apices

acutely rounded and divergent but not prolonged; they are

striate, the third and fitth interstices are gradually raised

backwards and end suddenly on the summit of the declivity

78 Capt. T. Broun on new

without forming nodiform elevations; the scales are more

elongate than those of the thorax. Legs stout, with elongate

squamee and sete.

Underside clothed like the upper surface but more rufescent,

the abdomen, however, bears hair-like squamosity.

Length (rostr. incl.) 7, breadth 23 lines.

Wanganui.

Two examples were given to me several years ago by

Mr. Marshall of the Collegiate School.

Group Rhyparosomide.

MEMES, gen. nov.

Body convex, subovate. Rostrum longer than thorax,

slightly arched, parallel, very slightly expanded just before

the middle. Scrodes straight, almost attaining the front of

the eyes, they begin near the apex (about one third of the

length of the rostrum) and at that part are open and visible —

from above. yes depressed, their greatest bulk is from

above downwards; they are widely separated, and not quite

free from the thorax. Scape moderately incrassate at the

extremity, it almost touches the eye. Funiculus rather

longer than the scape, basal articulation rather larger than _

the second, both longer than broad ; joints 3-7 transverse.

Club compact, oval, indistinctly articulated. Thorax about

as long as it is broad, with ocular lobes. Hlytra apparently

connate, humeral angles obtusely prominent, scutellar region

depressed. Legs long and stout. Femora slender near the

base, much dilated medially, arched above, with a strong

dentiform projection underneath. ’bdw flexuous; the ante-

rior deeply incurved, inwardly, near the base, broadly

expanded below, and terminating in a stout curvate frontal

spur. Zarsi slender, their third joint deeply excavate above,

with short lobes; claws small and slender.

Prosternum deeply emarginate. Front cowe contiguous,

middle pair moderately, the posterior widely separated.

Sternum longitudinally impressed. Abdomen with short

intermediate segments.

This genus should be located near Bantiades. Although

the legs are similar in both genera, yet there are other

material differences. Lantiades has a shorter and thicker

rostrum with deep polished scrobes, the antennal insertion

is subapical, the body is broader and more densely and

coarsely clothed, and the shoulders are not free.

Genera and Spectes of New Zealand Coleoptera. 79

Memes rufirostris, sp. 0.

Fuscous, slightly shining, sparsely setose ; the rostrum,

antenne, legs, and an ill-defined fascia in line with the

posterior femora more or less ferruginous.

Rostrum almost nude, punctate behind, its frontal sculpture

linear. Scape glabrous; funiculus with some slender grey

sete, club finely pubescent. Thorax truncate and somewhat

rufescent in front, this portion constricted, sides moderately

rounded ; there is an obscure, central, smooth space which

can scarcely be termed a carina, and a few inconspicuous

tubercular elevations, the rest of its surface has shallow

punctures and the middle of the base is depressed. Hlytra

wider than the thorax at the base, which is incurved, their

sides nearly straight, slightly wider near the hind thighs,

narrowed behind, shoulders reddish ; each elytron has five or

six series of .coarse discoidal punctures, but the posterior

sculpture assumes the form of striz; the clothing consists

principally of decumbent, slender, greyish or yellowish, sete,

which are somewhat concentrated near the top of the hind

declivity, whilst the basal half appears as bare as the thorax.

The legs bear short erect sete.

Length (rostr. incl.) 23, breadth @ line.

Westport.

Found by Mr. J. J. Walker; one example only.

Group Erirhinide.

XEROSTYGNUS, gen. nov.

Body moderately elongate, slightly convex, densely squa-

mose. Rostrum nearly as long as the thorax, a little arched,

subparallel, slightly wider in front than behind. Scrobes

extend from near the apex to the eyes, well marked through-

out, and at the antennal insertion are open and discernible

above. Hyes transverse, distinctly facetted, fringed with

sete behind, not prominent, just free from the thorax, widely

separated above. Scape slender, thickened at extremity,

almost touching the eye. Funiculus 7-articulate, first joint

rather larger than the second, seventh a little larger than

the preceding one. Club oval, three-jointed. Thorax sub-

quadrate, gently narrowed anteriorly, base feebly bisinuate,

apex truncate, with ocular lobes. Scutellum oviform. Hlytra

oblong, gradually attenuate posteriorly, shoulders oblique,

rather wider than the thorax at the base. Legs elongate.

Femora medially clavate, notched and grooved below near

the extremity. Tvbie somewhat flexuous, with a minute

80 Capt. T. Broun on new

calcar at the outer angle. Tarsz pilose underneath, basal

two joints cordiform, third bilobed; claws simple.

Prosternum deeply emarginate. Front cove prominent

and contiguous, the intermediate slightly separated, the

posterior widely. Metasternum scarcely longer than the

basal segment of the abdomen, second segment as long as

the following two taken together, the apical subconical.

Xerostygnus binodulus, sp. n.

Elongate-ovate, opaque, fuscous; uniformly and closely

covered with small, round, depressed scales of a tawny or

yellowish-grey colour, and with some fine sete; legs and

antenne rufescent, the tarsi sometimes piceous.

Rostrum stout, with a feeble central carina, its apical por-

tion nude, pitchy, and punctate. Thorax slightly narrowed

towards the front; there is a smooth linear space on the

middle, but the punctuation is quite concealed by the squa-

mosity. Scutellum elongate, oval, squamose. Llytra broader

than the thorax at the base, a little emarginate there; they

are punctate-striate, the punctures, however, are not easily

seen, there isa series of short greyish sete on each of the

interstices, and the fifth interstices terminate below the

summit of the hind slope in small nodosities, one on each.

Underside clothed with squame and decumbent sete, the

latter are almost confined to the abdomen and middle part

of the metasternum. ‘The basal two segments are broadly

impressed, and the terminal has a median depression at its

apeX.

~ Length (rostr. incl.) 33, breadth 1 line.

Auckland.

My first specimen, much mutilated, was received from

Dr. Harold Swale, and two others were afterwards given to

me by Mr. J. J. Walker. All were found frequenting

rushes at the margins of Lake St. John.

Stephanorhynchus pygmeeus, sp. De.

Opaque, nigrescent, the elytra and front of thorax reddish,

scutellum grey ; sparingly clothed with depressed grey sete.

Rostrum pavrallel-sided, rather shorter than the head.

Funiculus somewhat shorter than the scape, second joint

about half the bulk of the first, 3-7 transverse. Head

elongate, much contracted behind, rather coarsely and

closely punctured. Hyes large, widely separated above, placed

in front of the broad anterior part of the head. Thoraz

of nearly the same length and breadth, much narrowed

Genera and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera. 81

anteriorly, constricted there, its punctuation transverse and

rugose. Llytra oblong, nearly double the width of thorax at

the base, gradually narrowed backwards; they are striate-

punctate, each bears a small elevation in line with the hind

thighs, and another, nearer the side, near the top of the hind

slope. Femora clavate, the posterior with a large angulation

or tooth underneath. TJibie flexuous. Tarsi slender, the

anterior with very narrow basal articulations, third joint

expanded, with elongate lobes.

This is a minute member of the S. Lawsonz series. it

may be at once distinguished from S. nigrosparsa by its

small size, the slender second joint of the tarsi, and by the

entire absence of the broad groove along the middie of the

head.

Length (rostr. excl.) 14, breadth # line.

Mount Arthur.

One example from the collection made by Messrs. Cheese-

man and Adams.

Group Cerambycide.

DROTOTELUS, gen. nov.

Head \road, nearly vertical, and prolonged anteriorly, con-

tracted behind so as to form a short neck. yes distinctly

facetted, large, sublunate, deeply emarginate in front, their

greatest bulk in front. Antenne inserted in projections close

to the ocular emarginations, as long as the body; basal joint

stout, curvate, its length twice the breadth, second very short,

joints 3-11 filiform, third longer than first but shorter than

fourth, fifth to seventh each longer than fourth. Thorax

elongate, deeply constricted before and behind the obtusely

dilated postmedian part of its sides. Scutellum triangular.

Elytra with obtusely prominent shoulders, they taper gradu-

ally backwards, apices nearly truncate. Legs slender, pilose.

Tarsi setose above, anterior densely clothed underneath with

squamiform sete, and fringed laterally, basal joint rather

larger than second, the third cleft to the base, with long

slender lobes.

Front core prominent, situated at the base of the pro-

sternum, almost contiguous, being separated by the thin

margins of the cavities only. Metasternum convex, medially

canaliculate. Abdomen elongate and narrow, basal segment

hardly twice the length of the second, third and fourth de-

crease, fifth about as long as the preceding one, rounded and

ciliated at the extremity.

This seems to be a quite isolated form, It may be dis-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 6

82 Capt. T. Broun on new

tinguished from Calliprason and its allies by its broad per-

pendicular face, antennal prominences, attenuate elytra, &c.

Drotus has a similarly formed thorax, but, otherwise, is

essentially different. The nearest Australian genus is,

perhaps, Stenoderus, but here again the disparities are

important.

Drototelus politus, sp. n.

Elongate, almost. wholly nude, smooth and shining; head

and thorax castaneo-rufous; the dilated sides of the latter,

the forehead, base of femora, and hind tarsi pale yellow ;

antenne infuscate; legs reddish, the two front pairs of tarsi

fusco-castaneous ; elytra testaceous, irregularly stained with,

reddish.

Head with a deep inter-antennal channel, the parallel-sided

neck finely punctate. Thorax as broad as it is long, strongly,

yet obtusely, dilated at the sides just behind the middle,

deeply constricted near the base and in front of the lateral

prominences, apex truncate, base somewhat bisinuate ; at its

widest part, on the dorsum, there is a pair of moderate obtuse

elevations, the broad depression in front of these does not

extend backwards. lytra nearly truncate and twice the

width of the thorax at the base, humeral angles slightly

raised and obtusely prominent, the sutural margins almost

cariniform, lateral margins sharply defined, most distinct

behind the posterior femora, apical region slightly swollen.

Antenne dull, with very short pubescence, but the basal

joints are nearly glabrous, finely punctate and shining.

Length 44, breadth 14 line.

Karori, Wellington.

I am indebted to Mr. G. V. Hudson for my specimen.

Group Lamiide.

Flybolasius cognatus, sp. n.

Variegate, rufo-piceous, with yellowish-grey pubescence ;

the crests, and some patches on the hind slope, of the elytra

somewhat rufescent; antenne rufo-castaneous, with infuscate

hairs ; legs pitchy red, with grey villosity.

Head densely sculptured, with an inter-antennal depression |

and smooth frontal line. Thoraz almost as long as it is

broad, lateral tubercles distinct but rather small, behind these

it is constricted, the disk is a little uneven, depressed before

and behind, with its surface closely rugose. Scutellum

large, frmged with yellowish hairs. lytra convex, slightly

attenuate posteriorly, with obtuse but prominent shoulders ;

eee

Genera and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera. 838

near the base and suture there is a pair of strongly elevated

crests, and nearly in line with these, in front of the apical

slope, there is a pair of elongated swellings, between which

the suture appears a little thickened and carinate; their

punctuation is irregular, coarse on some parts and finer on

others, but it does not extend beyond the posterior inequali-

ties, the apices are reddish and strongly rounded. Femora

strongly dilated; the tibia, more particularly the inter-

mediate, bear short black hairs near the extremity; the tarsi

are darker than the legs. Antenne rather longer than the

body, basal joint strongly clavate and dark red, third rather

longer than fourth, the latter somewhat curvate, the following

joints differ but little.

This might be looked upon as a diminutive form of

H. cristus, the thorax, however, is relatively longer and

narrower, the punctures on the hind body are comparatively

coarser, and there are some other minor differences.

Length 24, breadth 3 line.

Wadestown, near Wellington.

One example from Mr. G. V. Hudson.

Fybolasius laticollis, sp. n.

Subdepressed, oblong; thorax and basal three joints of

antennz pale chestnut-red, the legs of a similar hue, but the

tibiz, like the remaining joints of the antenne, are infuscate

towards the extremity; elytra variegated with pale fuscous

and light green, the latter colour conspicuous at the sides

and base; the pubescence is rather scanty, decumbent, and

greyish, but the legs and first four joints of the antenne bear

outstanding, elongate, grey hairs.

Head finely sculptured, with a central linear impression

extending from the thorax to the muzzle, the antennal tuber-

cles are flattened so that the vertex seems plane. The ninth

joint of the antenne attains the apex of the elytron, their

basal joint is rather long and more oviform than clavate,

the third slightly exceeds the fourth in length. Thorax

strongly transverse, the width being double the length,

lateral tubercles small and inconspicuous; its surface is

slightly uneven, with rather fine ruge, and has a minute

polished nodule just behind the middle. Scutedlum medially

concave. Slytra but little broader than the thorax, mode-

rately coarsely punctured, the punctures are closer betore the

middle than elsewhere, and become quite distant and scat-

tered behind; near the base there is an obtuse rounded

swelling, on each, and an elongate one halfway between

84 Capt. T. Broun on new

the middle and apex. Femora moderately inflated, tibie

rather slender.

The remarkably broad and short thorax, peculiar colora-

tion, and inconspicuous antennal tubercles will enable this

species to be identified. We have no similar species.

Hi. viridescens is twice the bulk of this little beetle and has

well-developed thoracic tubercles and longer antenne.

Length 14, breadth 7 line.

Pipiriki, Wanganui River.

Mr. Hudson sent me a specimen under the number 405.

Flybolasius gracilipes, sp. n.

Elongate, subopaque, pitchy red, legs and antennz castaneo-

rufous; sparingly clothed with depressed, but not short,

yellowish pubescence, the legs and antennz with long upright

white hairs.

Antenne slender, longer than the body ; basal joint mode-

rately stout but not clavate and rather elongate; third and

fourth long, so that the latter reaches backwards to the hind

thighs. Thorax subquadrate, rather narrower in front than

it is behind, with a small obtuse nodosity at each side not

far from the base; its surface is a little uneven and appa-

rently densely punctate-granulate. Hlytra oblong, rather

closely and moderately coarsely punctured, they are wider

than the thorax at the base, with obtusely rectangular shoul-

ders, there is a pair of small nodosities near the base, the

central portion appears somewhat depressed, but there are no

distinct elevations besides the basal ones ; the pubescence

though irregularly distributed does not form spots, the apices

are infuscate red and closely punctured.

In some respects this species resembles HH. gnarus, but its

clothing is more conspicuous, its legs are more elongate and

slender, the thorax is slightly shorter, the humeral angles and

elytral elevations are more prominent, and the coloration is

brighter.

Length 23, breadth 2 line.

Pipiriki.

From the same source as the preceding species and bearing

the same number.

Hybolasius genalis, sp. n.

Elongate, subopaque, piceo-rufous, antenne uniformly

infuscate red, legs rutescent, the tibie blackish towards the

extremity ; pubescence variegated.

Genera and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera. 85

Head as wide as the front of thorax, closely sculptured,

with a distinct inter-antennal channel, its pubescence yellow;

within the emargination of the eye, and on the gena behind

it, there is some adpressed brassy pubescence. Thorax rather

broader than long, with an obtuse but distinct tubercle at

each side behind the middle, the basal region therefore seems

constricted ; the disk is not flat, it is closely punctured, and

its clothing is like that of the head. Scutellum small. Hlytra

parallel-sided to within a short distance of the apices, wider

than the thorax at the base, with two small obtuse promi-

nences there, their punctuation appears to be irregular and is

not easily detected; their surface is rather thickly covered

with yellowish-grey. decumbent hairs, but on the apical

portion there are about a dozen bare small reddish spots, and

between the posterior femora there is a broad fuscous fascia

which almost forms two sides of a triangle. The legs bear

upright grey hairs and the thighs are clavate; the tarsi are

dark brown. Antenne elongate, basal joint stout but not

clavate, with yellow pubescence; joints 3 and 4 about equally

long and slender.

H. fasciatus, No. 1321, though somewhat similar as re-

gards markings, is a broader and flatter insect, with a more

transverse thorax, much less prominent lateral tubercles, and

more acutely rounded elytral apices, and, moreover, it lacks

the distinctive ocular and genal pubescence of the present

species.

Length 12, breadth 3 line.

Pipiriki.

One individual kindly forwarded by Mr. G. V. Hudson,

also labelled No. 405.

Group Cryptocephalida. |

EUALEMA, gen. nov.

Antenne elongate, filiform, inserted close to the front part

of the eyes ; basal joint stout, curvate, second half the length

of the third. yes large, transverse, thicker below than

above, but not quite reniform. emora simple. Tibic

without spines, grooved at the extremity only. Tarsz with

triangular basal articulations, second rather shorter and more

slender at the base than the first, third transverse, not at all

lobate but slightly excavate above, fourth slender and elon-

gate, the hind tarsi nearly similar. Claws appendiculate or

thickened at their basal half.

86 On New Zealand Coleoptera.

Head immersed up to the eyes. Thorax strongly trans-

verse, being twice as broad as long, posterior angles rect-

angular, the anterior obtuse but prominent, apex widely

incurved. Scutellum distinct, triangular. Hlytra ample,

broader and five times longer than thorax.

Notwithstanding evident discrepancies, this genus should,

I think, be located near Alema in the New Zealand list. The

structure of the underside in the only mounted specimen

extant cannot, at present, be ascertained.

Eualema Walkeri. sp. n.

Suboblong, convex, nude, variegate, shining; head and

thorax irregularly fusco-testaceous; elytra testaceous, but

with a small detached spot on each shoulder, a broad oblique

space extending from each of these to the suture, an irre-

gularly formed mark at each side reaching from the shoulder

to just beyond the hind thigh, and a large space on the

posterior declivity glossy seneo-fuscous, all these marks of

more or less ragged outline, but always conspicuous ; legs

testaceous, but with a dark spot at the base of each tibia.

Head finely and rather indefinitely punctured. Antenne

finely pubescent, basal four joints piceous, but with the base

of each quite red, the others are nearly ferruginous. Thorax

very slightly uneven above, moderately finely and irregularly

punctured, finely margined throughout, its sides not quite

straight, being widest at the middle and a little narrowed

towards the front and base. Seutellum smooth. Llytra

wider than thorax at the base, the humeral angles rounded,

their sides very little curved, the posterior portion sinuously

narrowed so that the obtuse apices appear prominent: they

are not striate, but bear series of fine punctures; these, how-

ever, are almost entirely absent from the dark polished

lateral and apical marks.

Length 4, breadth 2 lines.

Westport.

This is without doubt the most conspicuous of the New

Zealand Phytophaga. I have named it after its discoverer,

Mr. J. J. Walker, F.L.S., of H.M.S. ‘ Ringarooma,’

Auckland, N.Z.,

16th Sept., 1902.

Notes on the Natural History of Hast Finmark., 87

Nic.

V.—Notes on the Natural History of East Finmark. By

Canon A. M. Norman, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S.

[Continued from vol, xi. p. 598. ]

[Plates VIII. & IX.]

POLYZOA (continued).

Genus Larnacicus*, gen. nov.

Type, Larnacicus corniger, Busk. (Pl. VIII. fig. 3.)

_ Membranipora cornigera, Hincks, Hist. Brit. Marine Polyzoa, p. 164,

pl. xxi. fig. 4, and pl. xxii. fig. 3.

Differs from Amphiblestrum: 1st, in the avicularia being

situated in distinct and separate cells from the zocecia (in the

type species they vary greatly in size: the larger are long,

ovate, contracted near the middle in the position of the

complete but easily broken bar; in the smaller the anterior

portion is loop-shaped and the posterior a mere slit); 2nd,

in the absence of pore-chambers (at any rate, I have not

succeeded in seeing any) ; 3rd, in the remarkable character

of the distal end of the zoccium, which is divided into

chambers by a transverse and usually one or two vertical

connecting-bars. These chambers most probably are in con-

nexion with the ocecium, which is well raised, globose, and

situated over the chamber just described. There are two or

three pair of spines, the lower pair forked at their extremity.

T illustrate the ocecium, which has not hitherto been figured.

Specimens of this species from 100 fathoms off Shetland,

and from the Hardanger Fiord, Norway, are in my collection.

Genus ANTROPORA J}, gen. NOV.

Type, Antropora (Membranipora) granulifera (Hincks).

(Pl. VIII. fig. 4.)

Membranipora granulifera, Hincks, “General History Marine Polyzoa,”

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vi. (1880) p. 72, pl. ix. fig. 4.

Zocecia triangular or subtriangular, but very irregular in

form. Calcareous portion of the area similar to that of Am-

* \dpva€, a chest or coffer, in allusion to the structure of the anterior

part of the zocecium. } :

+ dvrpov, a cave or hollow, with reference to the hollow in which the

oral opening lies. ,

88 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the

phiblestrum behind, but here also extending up the sides and

round the front, so that the membranous portion is completely

surrounded by it, and the calcareous portion sloping inwards

and downwards; the membranous portion with the oral

opening is situated in a deep hollow. On the distal margin,

in the place usually occupied by the oral spines, a pair of

avicularia, with their pomted mandibles directed inwards

in such a way so that their tips nearly meet in the middle.

There are three pair of lateral pore-chambers and several

(four usually) lucid spots in the hind wall.

Antropora is remarkable on account of the most unusual

position of the avicularia transversely situated above the oral

opening. Avicularia occur on the sides of the oral opening

and sometimes appear above it (as in Amphiblestrum Flem-

ingii), but in this latter case they belong to the bottom of the

zocecium above; here they are in the extreme upper part of the

zceecium. The back of the zocecium is characterized by three

pair of conspicuous pore-chambers, and on the anterior part

of the back wall, which is more thickened than the portion

posterior to it, are at the front two transparent bays, and

behind these a pair cf round lucid spots, behind which again

are sometimes seen two others of much smaller size (fig. 4).

The types were described by Hincks from specimens sent

to him from Madeira by Mr. J. Y. Johnson. In 1896 I

dredged it not rarely off that island in 70-100 fathoms,

encrusting small shells such as young Pectens, Venus medi-

terranea, Dentalium, &c., and it especially affected fragments

of the coral Madracis asperula. The polyzoon most commonly

associated withit was Onychocella antiqua, Busk. Thesespecies

often grew over each other, and were so curiously alike in

general form and appearance that the avicularia of Antropora

were the available character for separating them with a hand-

lens.

Genus AmmatorHorA™, gen. noy. (PI. VIII. figs. 5, 6, 7.)

Type, Ammatophcra (Membranipora) nodulosa (Hincks).

Membranipora nodulosa, Hincks, Hist. Brit. Marine Polyzoa, p. 170,

pl. xx. fig. 9.

Zocecia and ocecia depressed and flattened. Zocecia sub-

ovate ; a calcareous crest occupying about two-thirds of the

area, Oral opening at distal end of the membranous portion.

Walls thin, terminating at the oecium ina knob. Ocecium

entirely separable from the zocecium, resting on the knobs

just mentioned ; of unusual and varied form (see figures).

* dupa, a knot, and depo.

Natural History of Hast Finmark. 89

Surface of zoarium with raised nodulous processes. No

avicularia. No pore-chambers.

Ammatophora nodulosa is a rare species which I have only

seen from two localities—in deep water off the Antrim coast,

and in about 15 fathoms at Guernsey; in the former case on

a stone, in the latter on small valves of Pecten opercularis.

The living. zoarium is covered with a glistening yellowish

epitheca, which conceals much of the real structure. The

operculum in the Guernsey specimens is simple and the

margin but slightly thickened ; in the Antrim specimen it is

more highly chitinized, in form of half a circle, with the lower

corners slightly turned out. The nodulous processes consist

generally of one at the bottom of the zocecium or of two at the

angles of the bottom. The ocecium rests upon, but is not

firmly united with, the knob which terminates the side wall

of the zocecium. It is very difficult to understand the dif-

ferent forms which the occium assumes, and which will be

better understood from the figures (figs. 5,6, 7) than from any

description. The figures and generic characters are drawn

from specimens which have been boiled in liquor potassz, and

thus the epitheca have been removed. MHincks’s drawing

represents the zoarium in its natural condition. This is a

very curious species; in the process of boiling some of the

occia entirely separated themselves from the zoccia, and that

without any fracture. The granulated knob at the summit

of the side walls, and the knobs of the ocecium which rests

upon it, forcibly reminded me of the limb-joints in the

human body !

Genus Rossex1Ana, Jullien,

Rosseliana, Jullien, ‘Mission Scientifique du Cap Horn, 1882-1883,’

1888, p. 79.

Type, Rosseliana (Flustra) Rosselit (Audouin).

Membranipora Rosselii, Hincks, Hist. Brit. Marine Polyzoa, p. 166,

pl. xxii. fig. 4,

There are two, more rarely three, pair of lateral pore-cham-

bers and one large distal one—this last sometimes divided

into two or three ; but the chambers do not project beyond

the breadth of the walls. Ina specimen coating the inside of

a shell of Pecten opercularis, in that part which was attached

to the wavy portion near the edge of the Pecten, the back

wall of the zoarium was much thickened and every zocecium

was separately marked out (i. e. higher in the middle and

sloping at the sides); and each bore about three pustules

90 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the

(? rosette-plates), the appearance of which was exactly that

of those figured as characteristic of the genus Steganopora

(see d’Orbigny, Paléont. Franc., Terr. Crét. pl. decxxi. figs. 3,

7,11; and Jullien, ‘‘ Les Costulides,” Bull. Soc. Zool. de

France, 1886, pl. xvii. fig. 2 and pl. xix. fig. 2).

The Zoecium-building in Cribrilinide.

In describing the structure of Lepralia (Membraniporella)

nitida, Hincks wrote that “in its earlier condition it closely

resembles one of the spiniferous Membranipore. ‘The ribs of

the adult state are represented by suberect spines set round

the margin. As growth proceeds the spines bend inwards

and increase in size, and gradually take on the flattened rib-

like appearance. After a time the opposite rows meet in the

centre of the cell-area, and the extremities, which are often

enlarged, are soldered together, so as to form a well-marked

median line. In some instances the ribs unite laterally to a

great extent, and the front becomes a solid wall. In others

they continue quite separate.” In his account of Cribrilina

annulata he writes:—“In its earliest stage the zocecium

exhibits the simple Membraniporidan form—the area occu-

pying the entire front and being closed by a membranous

covering. The ribs which compose the frontal wall in the

adult are given off on each side as tubular processes from the

edge of the nascent.cell, and, gradually lengthening, meet in

the centre and unite, the line of junction giving the subcarinate

appearance of the zoccium. These tubular girders, which

are probably the equivalent of the marginal spines on many

of the Membranipore, are connected at intervals by lateral

outgrowths of calcareous matter; and in this way the porous

structure of the furrows is produced. The mode of formation

may be well studied in the thickened anterior margin of the

orifice, which is composed of two tubular pieces, the pointed

extremities of which in meeting often bend outwards and

give rise to the central mucro. Sometimes they are not

closely welded together, but overlap one another or remain

partially separate, so as to give a bifid appearance to the

mucro. Occasionally they do not unite at all, but continue

permanently free and detached.”

All this is im every particular correct as regards the

two species referred to; and the description of Cribrilina

annulata, of course, was intended to be applicable in a general

sense to the whole of the species which he placed in Gray’s

genus Cribrilina. My object in the following notes is to

go intothe question more minutely, for the purpose of showing

Natural History of East Finmark. 91

how the process of modification takes place and the various

forms are developed. As all the species cannot, in my

opinion, remain in the two genera to which Hincks assigned

them, I prefer to refer to them simply by their specific

names.

The majority of the Cribrilinidz are furnished with pore-

chambers, but the following are without them :—melolontha,

no pore-chamber and only two rosette-plates on the whole

side; nitido-punctata and figulina. Nitida has two pair of

large lateral pore-chambers and one distal, the last some-

times being divided into two. In annulata Levinsen has

figured (Zool. Dan. pl. v. fig. 24) the pore-chambers as very

irregular, one lateral pair and one or two distal, or two pair

lateral, the former of which meet in the middle of the distal

margin, and I have seen the same variations in British speci-

mens ; but in the var. spitsbergensis I have not seen any pore-

chambers in the example treated with liquor potasse, the side

walls are narrow and possibly the underlying pore-chambers

have been destroyed in the preparation: radiata and the form

innominata have four pair of lateral pore-chambers and one

(or two) distal; punctata has three pair lateral (and two

distal ?); eryptoccium has three or four pair lateral and two

distal ; Balzact has four pair lateral and Gattye three pair

lateral.

The eribriline portion of the front wall in Cribrilinide is

built up by bars, which would seem to represent the spines

of the so-called “Membraniporide.” The diagrams annexed

indicate the process of development. The dar A always has

its proximal end rounded, and this rounded end I shall call

the Joop, C: in most cases the loop has its origin in the side

wall, B, in the same manner as a spine; but in certain species,

as Gaitye, Balzaci, and figulina, in which the areolated or

cribriliform portion only occupies the central part of the front

wall, and is separated from the side wall by a considerable

unsculptured interval, the “loops” have their origin in the

front wall and not in the side. The bar is hollow, and in

92 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the

such a species as nitida this hollow or Jumen is very manifest ;

but in most cases the lumen is only indicated by a line seen

along the centre of the bar, which, whether actually visible or

not, may be called the Jumen-line. On this lumen-line there

are often openings into the lumen, which may be called

lumen-pores (see woodcut, line of C), at other times calcareous

matter is heaped up along the lumen-line, so that a strong 726

is formed. The side of the bar may be called the lateral

line, and the poral openings usually developed upon it may

be styled lateral lacunes*, and those at its extremity median

lacunes.

The great peculiarity in the structure of this group consists

in the curious fact that, while the openings along the centre

of the bars are simple pores or openings into the lumen, no

lacune, whether lateral or distal, is ever formed without the

combined assistance of two adjacent bars; and indeed in the

posterior portion of such a species as Gattye, where several

bars meet at one point, at that point three, or even four, bars

seem sometimes to contribute to the building up of the circle

of a single very small lacune. In the woodcut the semicir-

cular hollows which break the lateral lines indicate the portion

of as many lacunes which that line contributes to form, and

similarly the two distal hollows indicate the share which this

bar takes towards the structure of two of the median lacunes,

the remaining portion of which will be supplied by a bar or

bars which have their origin in the opposite wall of the

zoecium. A lateral lacune therefore consists of two parts

divided horizontally (see E), owing its origin to the lateral

walls of two adjacent bars; while a median lacune consists

of two vertical portions contributed by the distal extremities

of two opposite bars F.

‘The Cribrilinidan zocecia which are figured and described

here were thus treated :—After being boiled in liquor potassz

they were again boiled in water, the water poured off, and

the shell or stone dropped into cold water, when the zoarium

often at once detaches itself; and if it should not a slight

pressure with a scalpel at its edge will often suffice to dislodge

it. If this does not succeed the shell is held against the side

of the flame of a spirit-lamp in such a way that the surface

opposite to that to which the zoarium is attached is in contact

with the flame, and the shell, when it is extremely heated, is

suddenly dropped into cold water, when the zoarium is usually

liberated ; in obstinate cases the heating has to be repeated.

I undertook the following investigations from the desire

* Lacuna, a space not filled up.

Natural INstory of East Finmark. 93

to thoroughly understand the way in which C. nitido-punctata

assumed its unusual form, and this led on to the examination

of the entire family. _

Nitida (Pl. VIII. fig. 8).—Three bars are here represented.

It will be observed that they are of irregular form, the exact

character of which is decided by the necessity of forming

distal junction with their collateral and opposite neighbours :

the line of junction in this particular species has a waved

zigzag character. The bar at its commencement in the side

wall is a rounded loop. This is the first point of great

importance to note because the existence of such a loop in the

side or front wall of auu Cribriline leads us to understand the

building up of the zocecium in some obscure cases. The

second point of primary importance is the presence of a very

large lumen, which here occupies the whole of the interior

of the bar. In some forms we find that this lumen is only

indicated by a fine central line, or by the presence in that

line of a minute pore; or all trace of it may be obliterated

by the overgrowth of a rib, which is raised over the lumen-

line.

Melolontha (Pl. VIII. fig. 9).—The character of the bars is

similar to that of nitida. In the first bar which is drawn

there will be noticed a tendency of the lumen to divide and

form a fork. In other species it will be found that this is

carried further.

Annulata (P1. VIII. fig. 10).—The figure given is drawn

from an unusually simple form of the species * living on a

frond of Luminaria, but has some special characteristics.

The bars are only loosely attached and not cemented together;

and on boiling in liquor potassz the zocecium in many cases

broke up, the bars separating. The lacunes between the bars

in the zocecium illustrated are the result of the simple

contact of two bars here and there, and each bar retains its

own strongly marked margin; and thus we have the earliest

and simplest mode of formation of these lacunes,in the producing

of which two bars always take part. The bars themselves,

which in this specimen are more flattened than usual, have

the appearance, at first sight, from their opacity and brownish

colour, of being solid; but closer inspection reveals a pellucid

circle in the Joop of the bar within the marginal line of the

zocecium which indicates the end of the lumen, while at the

distal end of many of the bars there is a small pore, and the

conviction becomes almost a certainty that a lumen fills the

whole bar except the narrow marginal line. The ordinary

* Kindly given me by Dr. Harmer; he procured it at Goddsand, off

Tysnasd in Bjorne Fiord, Norway.

94 Canon A. M. Norman—Notes on the

British forms of this species, as will be seen by reference to

the figures of Hincks (pl. xxv. figs. 11, 12), come much nearer

to the following Arctic variety, except as regards certain

points which will be referred to when I come to describe that

variety. -

Annulata, var. spitsbergensis (Pl. VIII. fig. 11).— Here the

bars are closely consolidated together, the elevated ribs

indicate the bars, and along their middle a faint line may be

noticed with occasionally a very minute pore which makes

known the existence of the lumen below; lines of lateral

lacunes occupy the junction of the two adjacent bars, and

are formed, as always, by their joint participation in the

manner which has been already described.

Nitido-punctata (Smitt) (P). VILI. figs. 12, 13).—This beau-

tiful species possesses some very distinctive characters and

variations from the more normal forms, which are of much

interest. The bars (see fig. 18, which represents some bars

in the middle of the zocecium) are at first narrow and widely

separated, so that, instead of ordimary lacunes, there are

entirely open spaces between them; at about three-fifths of

the distance to the middle line the bar widens and forms half

an arch on each side to be met by half an arch from the

neighbouring bar to complete its formation at 6 and c, from

the points indicated by these letters the bar is projected

straight forward until it meets the median line of the zocecium

d, forming on its way, with the assistance of the adjoining

bar, a lacune ; the figure given represents a pair of completed

lacunes, which are divided by the median line, and belong

the one to two bars proceeding from the left, and the other

from two bars proceeding from the right side of the zocecium,

and below these is seen a pair not fully formed. It might

have been supposed, at first sight of their position in the

middle of the zocecium, that these were median lacunes,

but that is not so—they are lateral lacunes, horizontally

divided. A line is over the lumen at a, and has usually two

small pores, one of which is in the loop and the other beyond

the division into the half-arches. Fig. 12 represents the

building up of the bridge and the oral lip. The bar a bifur-

cates and the lumen shares the bifurcation and has three

pores, one at the base in the loop and the other at the end

of the lumen in each branch of the fork ; the lower branch of

the fork is on the same level as the rest of the zocecium, the

upper branch of the opposite bars is projected upwards and

outwards, and joining leave below them a large open foramen,

which they overhang, and on them the solid outspread bars 6

are attached, forming in front the lower lip of the oral

Natural History of East Finmark. 95

opening and leaving at the sides behind large lateral fora-

mina,d. The foramen c is ordinarily so much overhung by the

arch formed by the upper portions of the forked bars a that

it is hidden when the zocecium is viewed from the front (see

the figure of Smitt), but, so far as my observations go, it is

never closed ; and doubtless serves some special function.

Punctata.—The lacunes are ordinarily unusually large, and

they are all lateral lacunes: for median lacunes are rarely

present, the median line being occupied by a ridge running

down the centre of the zocecium and developed on the distal

meeting-line of the bars. The lumen seems always to have

a pore of somewhat larger size than usual just beyond the

expansion in breadth in the loop; and sometimes a second

minute pore much further in. Sometimes the lumen-line is

occupied by an elevated ridge (see Hincks, pl. xxvi. fig. 4),

and these bar-ridges unite with the central longitudinal ridge

as in Hincks’s figure, but in other cases they die out before

they reach that ridge. One pair of bars takes part in the

formation of the lower lip, and while its hinder margin con-

tributes its share to the formation of the foremost row of

lacunes, its front margin constitutes the lower lip, and the

lumen-line is usually raised in the form of a rib; the inner

front corners of the bars are either cemented together and

produce a simple rostrum, or they remain ununited at the

tips and constitute a bifid rostrum; both these forms of the

rostrum are shown in Hincks’s pl. xxvi. fig. 1. In this species

the ocecium is globose and somewhat elongated ; it remains

permanently exposed, but is subject to nodulous outgrowths,

and frequently bears an avicularium on its summit (see

Hincks, pl. xxvi. fig. 4). Ihave in my collection an interesting

specimen in which many of the zocecia, as well as the tuber-

culated ocecium with its avicularium, closely agree with the

figure just referred to with the following important additions :

there is a pair of lateral oral avicularia the direction of which

is perfectly horizontal and the raised ]umen-rib has at its

base a large pore (as in Cribrilina hippocrepis, Hincks,

‘© Polyzoa Queen Charlotte Islands,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 5, vol. x. 1882, pl. xx. fig. 6) and often a second more

distal smaller pore ; in some zoccia there is only one lateral

lacune (as in the figure of Hincks, Brit. Pol. pl. xxvi. fig. 4),

but in other zocecia there are two.

Cryptoecium, sp. n. (Pl. IX. figs. 1, 2).—The building up

of the zocecium is of the same character asin punctata. There

are usually not more than four large lacunes on the whole

breadth of the zocecium, nor more than five bars on a side;

96 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the

and as the posterior rows never have so many lacunes, four-

teen may be considered the usual full number.

Radiata and the species or variety innominata (Pl. IX. fig. 3,

innominata).—In these forms the bars in the youngest state

have a pore in the loop, but soon afterwards the lumen-line

is raised into a more or less prominent ridge, and the pore is

commonly obliterated. The lateral lacunes are generally

three or four in number: there are usually no median lacunes,

their place being occupied by a longitudinal central rib,

which is evident at an early stage of development, and to the

sides of which the lumen-ribs commonly afterwards unite

themselves. The oral opening is formed much in the same

way as in nitido-punctata, but in a more simple manner: the

lower bar does not fork as in that species, but its front margin

is outspread at the sides until it unites with the oral bar, but

leaves in the middle a single large lacune. The form radiata

differs from the innominata which I have just described in

having more numerous bars, more numerous lacunes, with a

few median lacunes occasionally to be seen; the lumen-ribs are

only slight, the longitudinal rib seldom developed. The junc-

tion of the oral and suboral ribs, instead of leaving only one

large central lacune, is indicated by from one to seven lacunes ;

though it is seldom that the number 1s confined to the single

lacune characteristic of innominata, and I have only seen such

instances of single lacunes in this position in the case of a

zocecium here and there in a zoarium. The radiata forms

which I have examined are from Birturbuy Bay, Ireland,

Guernsey, Naples, and Madeira. A very beautiful form of

the variety innominata occurs at Guernsey, all the ribs are

very much raised, the central longitudinal rib rises in front to

a much elevated process ; but the chief peculiarity consists

in spine-formed hollow processes which rise above the base

of the lumen-ribs just over the place where in the young is

seen the lumen-pore, and from which they doubtless take

their origin. I have now described the ordinary cribriline

structure in these two forms. But an entirely new feature

appears here. Hincks described a “very delicate setiform

appendage”’ as developed on each side of the lower margin

of the orifice, and in his description of the plate called these

organs “ vibraculoid sete.” Dr. Harmer has recently (“ On

the Morphology of the Cheilostoma,” Quart. Journ. Micr.

Sci. vol. xlvi. n. s. 1902, p. 326, pl. xv. fig. 7) traced the

matter further, and found these appendages in reduced size

present also at regular intervals along the side of the zocecium.

Dr. Harmer is of opinion that they not only represent

the spines of the ancestrula, which he figures, and that “ the

Natural Mistory of East Finmark. 97

base of each papilla is a pore in the calcareous front wall ” ;

but he adds: “ It has usually been assumed that the radiating

series of pores correspond with slits between the bars; but

in C. radiata there can be no doubt that the pores are in the

same radii as the membranous marginal spines.” ‘ The

lateral junctions of the frontal bars are indicated by prominent

radial ridges, each of which rises to a small tubercle just

inside the line of the membranous papille above described.

The pores consequently lie, as described by other observers,

in radiating furrows. That the union between the bars has

not been complete is indicated by the fact that a thin line of

air im some cases underlies the ridge.’ Thus Dr. Harmer

considers that this particular form totally differs from ordinary

Cribrilinide in that the line of lacunes is here the centre of

the bar, and that the ribs are its sides. My own conclusion is

different. I regard these papille as really in the line of junc-

tion of the bars. It is my endeavour to show in these notes that

all the different Cribrilinidan forms depend upon the different

structural building up of the bars which we first meet with

in their simplest form in Lepralia nitida, and that the dars

may be invariably recognized by their basal loop, which usually

has its origin in the side wall; but in cases where the Cribrili-

nidan structure occupies only the central part of the front wall

the loop of the bar will be found buried in that front wall. If

the illustration (PI. IX. fig. 3) which I have given of a portion

of the front wall of innominata be now referred to, it will be

seen that three bars are represented with their basal loops

situated in the side wall, that at the inner end of the loop

there is a minute pore, and a line passes down the centre of the

bar indicating the lumen beneath*. Between the bars (that

is, at their junction) is the usual line of lacunes; between the

loops of the bars, and excluded from the normal Cribrilinidan

structure by the fact that the arch which connects the bars

passes inside them, are the papille (a, 0, &c.), which are thus

in the line of, but really outside of the junction of the bars

which form, the lacunes. If an opening (ec), from which

the papilla has been removed, be examined it will be found

to be inside of the side wall, and that it is directed inwards

and downwards so as to pass into the body-cavity. Now if

the bars and their lumen represent the spines of what have

been called Membraniporide, and if the lacunes with the line

which passes through them be the junction- line of two adjacent

bars, then these papille cannot represent the spines. What

are they then? Their resistance in boiling liquor potassze

* The “thin line of air” which Dr. Harmer observed was, in my

opinion, in this lumen.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 7

98 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the

seems to prove that they are of chitinous structure, which

does not militate against the view entertained of them by

Smitt, who, writing of what he termed the “ pair of movable

bristles,” says: “as to their use, they seem to represent sensorial

vibracula. Very often they are laid down along the side

of the zocecium” (‘ Floridan Bryozoa,’ pt. 11. 1873, p. 22). .

They, at any rate, appear to be entirely independent struc-

tures ; and I trust that Dr. Harmer may have an opportunity

before long of throwing further light upon them. These

organs are not confined to radiata and its variety innominata ;

they are present also in M. Gattye, and also in figulina, where

they are represented in a similar position between the loops

of the bars by small slits; but though I have seen these

openings, I have only seen the papille themselves in radiata

and its variety and the frontal pair only in Gattye.

Gattye—The figure given (Pl. IX. fig. 4) will by itself,

after what has been already written, explain the structure in

the form which is usually found on red seaweed. PI. IX. fig. 9

is taken from a form encrusting a shell taken in Guernsey.

In this the papille-holes can be made out down the sides,

while in the red weed specimen it was only the first which I

could distinguish plainly. The former has a remarkable

peculiarity, the minute lacunes on the marginal line are in

pairs, which is a unique feature; the margin of each bar

appears to make a loop and then the interval between

them is filled in. The number of lacunes from the margin to

the centre is, moreover, double that of the other and more

usual form of Gattye. It may prove to be a distinct

species.

Balzaci (Audouin), Waters,= cribrosa, Waters olim, from

Madeira (Pl. IX. fig. 6), has usually only one large lacune

on the marginal line and some minute lacunes round the

middle.

Figulina (Pl. IX. fig. 7) has a very simple structure. A

row of comparatively small lacunes occupies the lateral line

aud runs right up to the median line, and there is a total

absence of median lacunes. The lumen-line has a remarkably

large pore in the loop, and between these large pores and a

little exterior to them there is a small, elongated, narrow

pore. I have figured this last pore as exterior to the Cribri-

linidan system, and in the place of the papille-pores of

radiata, and I think that I have done right in domg so; but

I do not feel quite certain upon the point, the thickness of the

shell in this species makes it difficult to trace the exact out-

line of the loops of the bars ; but, as well as I have been able

Natural History of Hast Finmark. 99

to determine, that margin passes inside and not outside of

these little elongate pores.

This species is, I think, entitled to generic rank; the

character of the front wall, with the Cribrilinidan portion not

extending to its margin, and the peculiar facies of that

portion, the vicarious avicularia, the well-developed operculum,

and perhaps, above all, the processes on the side of the oral

opening for the hingement of the operculum, seem to point

to the reasonableness of adopting Jullien’s genus Figularia

to receive it; and the same author’s genus Puellina (type

P. Gattye) might be adopted for these species which are

furnished with lateral papille.

«¢ LEPRALIA.”

When Johnston (Brit. Zooph. edit. 1. 1838, p. 277) insti-

tuted the genus Lepralia, after stating that Berenicea,

Fleming, had been previously employed, he added : “ Milne-

Edwards names the genus ‘ Eschareides, but neither this

nor Escharina, another of his names, can be adopted, since

some naturalists use the terminations -oddes and -ina as family

appellations. Moreover, what saith Linnzus? ‘ Generic

names including other generic names are unworthy of a

scientific nomenclature.’ And, again, ‘Generic names in

-oides are prohibited’ (see Young’s Med. Literature, p. 28).”

Here is his reason for giving a new name to his genus. It

was a valid reason at the time, though not according to

more recent usage. Lepralia is a name so old and so

familiar that it can hardly be dropped as a synonym; and

it would scarcely be justice to Johnston to omit its use.

In what sense, then, must it be employed? Here comes in

no small difficulty. It is a primary law of nomenclature

that some species which Johnston placed in it when he

instituted the genus must be the type. The species thus

included were as follows :—L. hyalina (Linn.), nitida (Flem-

ing), coccinea (Lamk.), Johnston, variolosa, Johnston, ciliata

(Pallas), trispinosa, Johnston, and ammersa (Fleming). The

name used as Smitt and Hincks employed it is not Lepralia,

Johnston ; and the definition of Hincks excludes from it

all Johuston’s species. As Jullien has written*: “Genre

Lepralia, Th. Hincks (not Johnston, 1838), 1880.—Cet

ancien genre de Johnston a été entiérement bouleversé par

Th. Hincks, et ne devrait plus exister aujourd’hui.” Of

the species which Johnston placed in his Lepralia, hyalina

* Miss. Scient. Cap Horn, Bryozoaires, 1888, vol i. p. 57,

100 Canon A. M. Norman—Notes on the

belongs to the earlier genus Hippothoa, Lamarck, and

coccinea is the type of the earlier genus LHscharoides,

Lamarck, as settled by Gray. Gray instituted a genus

Escharella, to which he removed variolosa and immersa;

and Hincks established three new genera, in which he placed

the three remaining species Membraniporella nitida, Micro-

porella ciliata, and Smittia trispinosa. We have seen that

Johnston’s L. hyalina has its place in the earlier described

genus Hippothoa; the second species in his work was

Lepralia nitida, and I would suggest that that species be

regarded as the type of his genus.

Genus Lerraia, Johnston.

= Membraniporella, Hincks (nee Lepralia, Smitt, nec Lepralia, Hincks)-

Type, Lepralia nitida, Johnston.

39. Lepralia nitida, Johnston. (Pl. VIII. fig. 8.)

Nordkyn (Nordgaard). Ihave not myself seen any speci-

men of this species from Norwegian or Arctic seas ; nor

would it appear that Smitt had met with it, since the only

localities he gives are Britain and Bahusia. The record of

this species, therefore, in East Finmark extends our know-

ledge of its range very considerably.

Genus GEPHYROTES *.

Type, Gephyrotes (Cribrilina) nitido-punctata, Smitt.

Bars narrow, and widely separated more than halfway to

the central line, leaving broad open intervals between them,

then bending to either side they unite with the adjoinmg

bars forming thus a regular arch, beyond this are large

lateral lacunes, few in number, no median lacunes usually

developed. The foremost bar but oneis forked, the lower limbs

of the opposite forks uniting transversely across the zocecium,

the upper limbs directed upwards and forwards and then

uniting, thus leaving a large opening below. Oral bars large

and solid, resting, as regards tbeir central portion, on the

upper limbs of the fork behind, and in front forming the

lower lip of the oral opening, and at their sides below two

large openings, but these are not equal in size to the central

opening already mentioned; the bridge thus formed by the

foremost bar and the front members of the second bar is

projected outwards and overhangs the rest of the zocecium

in such a way that the large central opening is often con-

cealed from sight when the zocecium is viewed from the front.

* yepipwrns, a bridge-builder,

Natural History of East Finmark. 101

A pair of avicularia with mandible pointing upwards are

often developed on the side walls of the oral opening.

Oocecia subglobose and imperforated. No pore-chambers.

Gephyrotes nitido-punctata (Smitt). (Pl. VIII. figs. 12, 13.)

1868. Escharipora figularis, forma nitido-punctata, Smitt, “ Kritisk

Forteckning, &c.” p. 4, pl. xxiv. figs. 2, 3.

1873. Cribrilina nitido-punctata, Smitt, Floridan Bryozoa, pt. 2, p. 22.

1895. Cribrilina nitido-punctata, Nordgaard, Bergen Mus. Aarbog,

1894-95, p. 19, pl. iv. fig. 3.

The type specimens of this fine species described by Simitt

were taken by Lovén in 40-60 fathoms at Hammerfest.

Examples in my own collection are from the Bergen Fiord,

where I found it to be not uncommon in 1878, and West

Greenland, ‘ Valorous,’ 1875*. Nordgaard has also re-

cordcd it from the Trondhjem Fiord.

Genus CrisriLina, Gray.

Type, Cribrilina punctata (Hassall).

Gray in instituting this genus placed only one species

in it, namely Lepralia punctata, Hassall, which, therefore,

must be the type of the genus. Yet, notwithstanding this,

Hincks, in his paper ‘On the Classification of the British

Polyzoa” (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Feb. 1879), substituted

“ Cribrilina, Gray. Type, C. radiata.’ The next step to

confusion was taken by Jullien, who, in his paper on “ Costu-

lides”’ (=Cribrilinidee), instituted a large number of genera,

and, describing Cribrilina, followed Hincks in making

C. radiata the type, and then gave to that genus characters

which would exclude the true type, C. punctata, from it!

Such is the unfortunate result here, as in so many other

instances among the Polyzoa, of the disregard of the simplest

laws of nomeuclature ! :

Cribrilina punctata, Hassall.—I have already noticed some

of the variations in the structure of the zocecium of this

species. The zoaria are of small size, rarely reaching as

much as half an inch in diameter. ‘The avicularia, when

developed, are usually only on one side of the oral opening,

rarely on both sides. Oral opening with lower hip not

greatly thickened but generally centrally produced, often

acutely so. Oral spines four. In cells bearing ocecia two

lateral spines often remain and attain a great size, arching

forwards and upwards. Ocecium large, globose (see Hincks,

#* On the same stone with a specimen of this species was also Rhab-

dopleura Normani, Allman, a genus which is an interesting addition to

the fauna of Greenland,

102 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the

pl. xxvi. fig. 1), and frequently carrying an avicularium at

its summit. ,

Specimens of C. punctata as here restricted are in my

collection from Naples; Salcombe, Devon ; Birturbuy Bay,

Ireland; Wick, 40 fathoms; Shetland, including the largest

zocecia I have seen of the species, from 120 fathoms ; and

Nantucket, N.E. America.

AO. Cribrilina cryptoecium; sp.n. (PI. IX. figs. 1, 2.)

1867. Escharipora punctata, Smitt, “Kritisk Forteckning, &c.” p. 4,

pl. xxiv. figs. 4-7.

1880. Cribrilina punctata, Hincks, Hist. Brit. Marine Polyzoa, p. 190

(partim), pl. xxiv. fig. 3, and pl. xxvi. fig. 3.

1894. Cribrilina punctata, Levinsen, Zool. Dan., Mosdyr, p. 61, pl. v.

firs, 13-18, &e.

1900. Cribrilina punctata, Waters, “ Bryozoa Franz-Josef Land,”

Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxviii. p. 62, pl. viii. fig. 22.

Front wall with lacunes of considerable size, arranged in

transverse rows, not usually more than four in a row,

between the marginal lacunes riblets may or may not be

developed in young zocecia on the lumen-line of the bars ;

lower lip of oral aperture considerably pouting outwards

and unusually thick; in the centre at the junction of the

bars the mucro may be single or double. No central longi-

tudinal keel. Ocecia in quite young cells with a strong

frontal arched rib, behind which the ocecium itself lies at a

lower level. Lateral avicularia with mandible pointing

upwards and slightly outwards, almost invariably present on

both sides of the oral opening.

Such is the character of zocecia just built up at the

edge of the zoarium. Only a few cells further in it will

be found that the whole ocecium, except the front arched

rib, has been hidden and buried under the nodulous growth

of what Levinsen would call a ‘‘ kenozocwcium,” and which

scems to be representative here of the avicularium often

developed in the same situation in C. punctata.

In old zooaria overgrowth has taken place in a very

remarkable manner, which, when fully developed, is only

faintly realized in such a drawing as my fig. 2. The appear-

ance assumed is extraordinary. The most prominent feature

is the great massive under lip, above this is the strongly

developed front rib of the ocecium, above this again another

transverse rib (sometimes divided across the middle imto

two), which is the outgrowth of the kenozocecium over the

ocecium concealed below. Then all the lumen-lines of the

bars have been raised into ribs of such a size that the

lacunes are almost entirely hidden between them.

Natural FTistory of East Finmark. 103

The very different characters of the occium and the

remarkable overgrowth are the most prominent of the dis-

tinguishing characters of this species, when compared with

C. punctata, with which it has hitherto been confused. It

is of much more vigorous growth than C. punctata; zoaria

usually exceeding half an inch in diameter and in some

cases one inch. It would seem to be essentially a littoral

form. In East Finmark I found it between tide-marks, at

Vads6 on stones and on the shell of Buccinum grenlandicum,

var. nuda, Norman; and it is no doubt this form which

Nordgaard has recorded as C. punctata from Nordkyn. I

have the species also from Guernsey (tide-marks) ; Birtur-

buy Bay, Ireland (tide-marks), Hebrides and Shetland (both

tide-marks) ; Bergen Fiord, Norway, 1878, and neler

Lofoten Islands, 1890.

41. Cribrilina annulata (Fabricius). (Pl. VIII. fig. 10.)

Mehavn, East Finmark (Nordgaard).

Figures 8 and 9 of Smitt represent a simple form of this

species ; although not so primitive a variety as that of which

I have represented some bars. The labial mucro is some-

times present, sometimes absent; when it is present it

appears, usually at any rate, to be the termination of a

central longitudinal keel of the zocecium, which keel may be

entirely absent or more or less prominent. Smitt figures

only a pair of lateral oral spimes, but besides these there are

ordinarily one or two distal spines (see Hincks, pl. xxxv.

fig. 11) ; the lateral lumen-ribs are either well pronounced,

as in the figure just referred to, or very conspicuous, as in

Hincks’s fig. 12. I have not seen any specimen in which

they are so few in number, so strongly developed, and all

converging forwards as in Smitt’s fig. 10. The ordinary

ocecium is represented in Hincks’s fig. 12, having the lateral

spines uniting and forming an arch in front of the ocecium,

but these spmes are often taken up by and built more

completely into the frontal wall of the ocecium.

Var. spitsbergensis, nom. nov. (PI, VIII. fig. 11.)

1900. Cribriina annulata, Waters, “ Bryozoa Franz-Josef Land,”

Journ, Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxvii. p. 64, pl. viii. fig. 21,

The form which Waters has figured in the paper quoted

above as occurring in Franz-Josef Land is a very marked

one, and worthy of a distinctive name. The zoccia are

about double the usual size, rather flat, without central

keel ; the series of riblets and pores cight or nine; the oral

‘104 Canon A. M. Norman—Wotes on the

spines are replaced by short flattened plates; the ocecium is

much larger than in the type, semiglobose, sparingly punc-

tate, with a longitudinal keel ; in fertile zocecia the flattened

plates just referred to do not nearly meet in the centre of

the ocecium, but form two outspread wings overhanging the

oral opening.

Iam not sure that this should not be regarded as a species

rather than a variety ; Mr. Waters gives the locality of the

Jackson-Harmsworth specimen as off a glacier between Cape

Flora and Cape Gertrude, Franz-Josef Land, in about

30 fathoms. The specimens in my own collection are from

Gray Hook, Spitsbergen, 90 fathoms (Smit), and off Hol-

steinborg, Greenland, 57 fathoms (‘ Valorous, 1875). It

would thus seem not only to be a high Arctic but also a

deep-water form, since I also possess the ordinary typical

form on shore-weed from both Greenland and Spitsbergen.

J. E. Gray (Cat. Brit. Anim. B. M. pl. i., Centronine,

p. 148) appears to suggest a generic name, Microstoma, for

this species. This name can never, however, be employed,

since it had previously three times been used for other

genera.

Genus RerrapEoneLta, Busk, 1884.

In his ‘Challenger’ Report, Polyzoa, pl. i. 1884, Busk

instituted a genus Reptadeonella, for the reception of the

Adeonean form Lepralia violacea, Johnston (= Microporella

violacea, Hincks). Three years later Macgillivray (Cat.

Marine Polyzoa of Victoria, 1887, p. 110) instituted a genus

Adeonellopsis with Adeonella distoma (=? Eschara cosci-

nopora, Reuss) as its type; and this last genus J. W.

Gregory (“British Palzogene Bryozoa,” Trans. Zool. Soc.

vol. xiii. 1893) united with Reptadeonella, Busk. But

Adeonellopsis has a distinct frontal area containing many

fimbriated pores, and is a group for which Levinsen, doubt-

less not remembering Macgillivray’s genus, has recently

suggested another name, Lobopora (“ Studies on Bryozoa,”

Vid. Medd. fra den Nat. Foren. 1 Kjobenhavyn, 1902, p. 24,

separate copy).

The dorsal view of the zocecium of Reptadeonella violacea

is very pretty and of unusual interest, for there are not less

than twenty-eight radii of alternating colour, darker or

lighter, arranged all round the cell, which indicate many

passages of communication between the zocecia.

Of the other British species which Hincks placed in Micro-

porella, Microporella Malusti, Audouin, has been made by

Jullien the type of a genus Fenestrulina (Miss. Scient. Cap

Natural History of East Finmark. 105

Horn, vol. vi. Bryozoaires, i. p. 37), and Levinsen has in his

“Studies on Bryozoa” mentioned a new genus Haplopoma,

to which he proposes to transfer Microporella impressa,

Audouin,

Genus Microporetta, Hincks, 1877.

Type, Microporella ciliata (Pallas).

42. Microporella ciliata (Pallas).

Sverholt (Nordgaard).

43. Microporella arctica, sp. n.

1869. Microporella ciliata, Smitt (partim), “Kritisk Forteckning, &c.,”

Gifvers. Kong], Vet.-Akad. Forhand. p. 6, pl. xxiv. figs. 13-16.

Zocecia of considerably larger size than is usual in

M. ciliata. In a young condition the whole front wall is

brightly glistening and covered with large pores (Smitt,

fig. 13) ; the crescentic suboral pore is scarcely, if at all,

larger than the other pores, and often cannot be seen at all.

The form of the oral opening is as in WV. ciliata, and closest

examination generally fails to give the slightest evidence of

oral spines; yet in the case of a few zocecia which were

situated in a very sheltered position, I have found four or

five very delicate spines. The ocecium is globose, and in

this early stage of growth is ornamented with radiating

riblets; lateral avicularia are very sparingly developed, a

large portion of the polyzoary often not exhibiting any at

all. The description just given is that of the young zocecia

of a thoroughly healthy colony, but in zocecia at a little

distance from the margin overgrowth rapidly takes place,

choking up all the pores and even the crescentic pore, and

smoothing over the ocecium in such a way that the polyzoary

assumes the aspect of Smitt’s fig. 14.

Another form is that represented in Smitt’s fig. 16. The

adult zocecia have the surface granulated more or less

roughly, the crescentic pore remains open, and the lateral

avicularium is very rarely developed.

The first form I have seen only on stones between tide-

marks at Vadsé, where it is accompanied by Cribrilina

cryptowcium, Harmeria scutulata, Porella minuta, &c.

The second form was taken by the ‘ Valorous, 1875, off

Holsteinborg, Greenland, in 57 fathoms, and was also sent to

me by Smitt very soon after the publication of his works as

“ Porina ciliana forma dura, Spitsbergen ”’*.

* It must be understood that these specimens were received thus

named before the publication of the last part (pt. v.) of his “Kritisk

106 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the

Genus DoryporE.ta, gen. nov.¥ —

Zocecia with front wall punctated, furnished with a median

pore, in front of which is a spine with spatulate or pear-

shaped head. Orifice somewhat horseshoe-shaped, being

slightly contracted at the sides and the proximal margin

quite straight, distal margin spined. Ovecia globose, punc-

tate. Avicularia at the sides of the oral opening.

Type, Doryporella spatulifera (Smitt).

44, Doryporella spatulifera (Smitt).

1867. Lepraha spatulifera, Smitt, “Kritisk Forteckning, &c.,” Cifvers,

Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Forhand. p. 20, pl. xxvi. figs, 94-98.

1900. Microporella spatulifera, Waters, “ Bryozoa from Franz-Josef

Land,” Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxviii. p. 87, pl. xii. fig. 6.

This is a very remarkable little species. The mother-cell

is short, ovate, with spined margins. In young zoccia the

pore is much larger in proportion than it is at subsequent

periods of growth; it is wide open, and the spine rises from

its anterior margin; in one instance I have seen this spatu-

late spine forked at the extremity and of excessive length,

At a later period of growth the pore is often covered over,

sometimes with a yellow membrane, sometimes with a calca-

reous lid. The oral opening has four spines, often of great

length ; in one case the lower spines were forked at the

extremity. In older zocecia an avicularium with oval

mandible is placed high up on each side of the oral opening ;

and in mature specimens the surface of the zocecium is

granulated.

On Hypothyris psittacea in Lang Fiord. Other specimens

in my collection are from Gray Hook, Spitsbergen, 90

fathoms, on stone (F. A. Smitt); “ Finmark” (fF. A. Smitt) ;

Greenland, off Holsteinborg, 57 fathoms, on Hypothyris and

Pecten islandicus (‘ Valorous,’ 1875) ; Greenland, on Hypo-

thyris (from Copenhagen Museum) ; Gulf of St. Lawrence,

on shell (Whiteaves). The species would seem to be

especially fond of the shell of Hypothyris psittiacea as its

dwelling-place.

Forteckning, &c.” in 1874. In that paper he restricted the term “forma

dura” to his figure 17, and called it Discopora cruenta (Norman).

It was not, however, my Lepralia cruenta, and Hincks subsequently de-

scribed it under the name Monoporella spinulifera (Ann, & Mag. Nat.

Hist. ser. 6, vol. iii. 1889, p. 481, pl. xxi. fig. 3, and vol. ix. p. 152, but

not var. preclara).

* Sdpu, a spear.

_ Natural History of Hast Finmark. . 107

Genus Harmurta, gen. nov.*

Zocecia ovate, thin, glassy, hyaline, with a scutiform or

ovate space on the front, distinctly cireumscribed by a raised

line, within which the surface is punctate. Oral aperture

semielliptic; lip straight in the younger stage, but after-

wards overhung by a suboral collar-like process with more

or less developed rostrum. No visible occia. No avicularia.

Type, Harmeria scutulata = Lepralia scutulata, Busk.

The mode of development im this genus is very remark-

able. The zocecia radiate from a centre, and the polyzoary is

in the form of around patch. It is only at the centre that

the zocecia attain their complete development and are fully

exposed, so that their unpunctured bases are entirely visible ;

with succeeding growth additional zocecia are continually

interposed laterally, and each zocecium is smaller in size

than the one which precedes it, and at the same time over-

laps its successor, so that at the circumference of the zoarium

they are seen to be heaped up one upon another. The

suboral rostrum differs much in size and sometimes assumes

great development.

45. Harmeria scutulata (Busk).

1855. Lepralia scutulata, Busk, “ Zoophytology,” Quart. Journ, Mic.

Sci. vol. iil. p. 255, pl. ii. figs. 1, 2.

1867. Discopora scutulata, Smitt, CGifvers, Kongl, Vet.-Akad. For-

hand. p. 25, pl. xxvii. figs. 160, 161.

1895. Cribrilina scutulata, Nordgaard, Bergens Museums Aarbog,

1894-95, p. 20.

1900. Cribrilina scutulata, Bidenkap, Fauna Arctica, vol. i. p. 512.

On stones and shells of Buccinum between tide-marks at

Vadso, and Nordgaard records it from the Laminarian zone

at Nordkyn. I also have it in my collection from 0-1

fathom, Smeerenberg Bay, Spitsbergen (Ff. A. Smitt),

These last specimens are on Laminaria, and it would seem

to be essentially a tide-mark or very shallow-water species.

Busk’s West Greenland types were “on fucus”; Smitt

speaks of the specimens he has seen as being “ in regione

algarum haud frequentem,’ and as “ Laminariz affixam,”

but Bidenkap gives 16-20 metres.

*,* From this pot I do not propose to attempt any re-

arrangement of the rest of the Cheilostomata, and shall only

refer to existing genera. I had already written the greater

* Dedicated to my friend, Dr. S. F. Harmer, who is doing such

admirable work in the study of the Polyzoa.

108 Canon A. M. Norman—Notes on the

part of that which precedes as relates to new genera, and also

contemplated the formation of some others relating to groups

further on, when I received from Herr G. M. R. Levinsen

his “ Studies on Bryozoa.”” From that short paper I learnt

that he was engaged on the rearrangement of the Polyzoa,

and that he had made very extensive observations, and was

thus in an excellent position to undertake the task. To him,

therefore, I leave it as regards the rest of the Cheilostomata.

But as I feel that I cannot use, as though they were my own,

many associations of generic and specific names which have

been employed, I shall signify my doubts as to the allocation

of the species by printing the generic name within commas ;

at the same time I would have it to be understood that this

only implies doubt, as in many cases I have not subjected

the species to special critical examination.

Genus Hirrotnoa, Lamouroux, 1821.

= Celleporella, Gray, 1848,= Diazeuzxia, Jullien, 1888.

Type, H. dwaricata, Lamouroux.

The genera of Gray and Jullien were founded on the same

type, Cellepora hyalina, Linné.

In my paper, “ A Month on the Trondhjem Fiord” (Ann.

& Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xii. 1894, p. 130), I wrote :—

“Since Jullien declines even to place them [1. e. Celleporella

(Diazeuxia) and Hippothoa] in the same family, it is better to

wait for his further views rather than at once merge Celle-

porella in the earlier genus Hippothoa.’ Death has deprived

us of Jullien’s further opinion, and, for the reasons stated in

my paper referred to, I now employ the genus Hippothoa.

Levinsen has expressed the same opinion, though he “ puts

the cart before the horse ” when le writes “the species of

the genus Hippothoa, I think, must be merged in Diazeuzia”

(‘* Studies on Bryozoa,” Videns. Medd. Naturh. Foren. 1902,

p. 23, separate copy) ; and Waters has (Journ. Linn. Soc.,

Zool. vol. xxviii. p. 70) placed C. hyalina in Hippothoa.,

46. Hippothoa hyalina (Linne).

On shells of Buccinum, Neptunea, &c. throughout the

district *.

* In my Shetland Report of 1868 I recorded two Polyzoa of very

small size and little character under the name Celleporella lepralioides and

Celleporella pygmea, The former is the same species which Hincks

subsequently described under the name Lagenipora socials, the latter may,

I think, perhaps be placed in the genus Phylactella.

Natural History of East Finmark. 109

Escnartna, H. Milne-Edwards, 1836.

= Herentia, Gray, 1848 (first species H. Hyndmanni),= Mastigophora,

Hincks, 1877 (type M. Hyndmannt).

Type, EH. vulgaris, Moll.

Levinsen (“Studies of Bryozoa,” p. 26) removes Alderi

into Mastigophora, and I have now heard from him that he

would also place in it vulgaris, which, with its keyhole-

shaped oral opening and vibraculoid avicularia, which are

situated unusually low down on the zocecium, comes very

near Hyndmanni. When Hincks made his genera he ought

to have employed Herentia and Escharina, instead of estab-

lishing Mastigophora and Schizoporella ; but the taking vel-

garis into the same genus with Hyndmanni will throw them all

into the old genus Escharina (cf. Lamarck, Hist. ed. 2, p. 231,

and Gray, List Brit. Radiata Brit. Mus. 1848, p. 123).

47, Escharina Alderi, Busk (=Schizoporella Alderi, Hincks).

Sverholt (Nordgaard).

Genus ScuizoporEenua, Hincks, 1877.

Type, Schizoporella unicornis, Johnston.

Schizoporella embraces an extraordinary assemblage of

species, as Levinsen has said the same form of oral opening

occurs “ within a number of different families, and it is im-

possible to put up sharply separated types of orifice. So, for

instance, the forms of orifice regarded as characteristic for the

genera Leprala and Schizoporella are connected by a number

of transitional forms not only with each other, but also with

the orbicular and suborbicular orifice.” The only species I

have to record here will doubtless he removed by Levinsen

from association with Schizoporella unicornis.

48. ‘ Schizoporella”’ sinuosa (Busk).

Sverholt (Nordgaard).

The following British Schizoporelle have already been

removed into other genera :—

hyalina into Hippothoa.

Alderi and spinifera by Levinsen into Mastigophora;

and as I have now heard from him that he would also

remove vulgaris with the above, the genus will become,

as I have already pointed out, Escharina.

venusta into Trypostega, Levinsen, MS.

110 Canon A. M. Norman— Notes on the

Genus Lerescuara, M. Sars.

[‘“‘ Beskr. over nogle norske Polyzoer,” Videns.-Selskab. Forhand. 1862,

p. 17 (separate copy). |

Type, Leteschara coarctata, M. Sars.

I do not think that this genus, with its entirely different

oral opening and its avicularia, can be united with the pre-

viously described Myriozoon (Donati), of which the type is the

common Mediterranean species M. truncatum, Pallas.

49. Leieschara plana (Dawson).

1860. Lepralia plana, J. W. Dawson, in Durban (W.S8. M.) and Bell

(R.), ‘Contributions to Canadian Natural History ” (from Report

Geological Survey for 1858), Montreal, p. 33.

1867. Myriozoon crustaceum, Smitt, ‘ Kritisk Forteckning, &e.” p. 18,

pl. xxv. figs. 88-91.

1878. Leteschara crustacea, Smitt, “ Recensio Bryozoarium ad insulas

Novaja Semlya, &c.,” CHfvers. K. Vet.-Akad. Forhand. p. 20.

1886. Schizoporella crustacea, Lorenz, Bryozoén von Jan Mayen, p. 5,

pl. vii. fig. 2.

1887. Leteschara crustacea, Levinsen, Dijmphna-Togtets zool.-bot. Ud-

bytte, p. 317.

1892. Myriozoon planum, Hincks, ‘ Polyzoa of the St. Lawrence,”

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. ix. p. 157.

1900. Schizoporella crustacea, Waters, ‘‘ Bryozoa of Franz-Josef Land,”

Linn. Soe. Journ., Zool. vol. xxviii. p. 64, pl. vii. figs. 11-13.

1901. Myriozoon planum, Whiteaves, “ Cat. Marine Invert. of Eastern

Canada” (Geol. Surv. Canada), Ottawa, p. 99.

It will be seen that Smitt, who had first placed this species

and its allies in the genus Myriozoon, subsequently trans-

ferred them to Leieschara. Dawson’s description of Lepralia

plana was very inadequate; but I have seen specimens named

by him, and there can be no doubt as to the species which

he intended.

Varanger Fiord, 120-150 fathoms. I also have specimens

from Parry’s Island, Spitsbergen, and Beeren EHiland Banks,

15-40 fathoms (F. A. Smitt); and Greenland, ‘ Valorous,’

1875.

The Genus Eschara.

In 1724 John Ray described, in his ‘Synopsis methodica

stirpium Brittanicarum,’ p. 31, Eschara retiformis from the

south-east coast. He thought that it was vegetable, yet the

few words of description make it clear that he meant the

species described by Pallas. Ray, as pre-Linnean, cannot be

the authority for the specific name.

Ellis (‘ Nat. Hist. Corallines,” 1745, p. 71, pl. xxx. figs. a,

A, B, C) describes and figures our “ Hschara foliacea,” those

Natural History of Hast Finmark. 111

two words being merely the pre-Linnean commencement of

his diagnosis ; he gives also a figure 6, “ a piece of an Italian

coral.” Ellis refers to Ray as ‘above.

Linné, in the tenth edition of the ‘ Systema Nature,’ 1758,

has an “ Eschara foliacea,”’ but this is what we now know as

Flustra foliacea, and at p. 790 Ray and Ellis’s species appears

under the name Millepora cellulosa. In his ‘ Fauna Suecica,’

edit. altera, 1761, he drops the genus Hschara altogether,

and substitutes Flustra for certain species.

Pallas, in his admirable ‘ Elenchus Zoophytorum,’ 1766,

restores Eschara, blaming Linné for having substituted

Flustra: ‘‘ Eschare nomen uuper ab IIl. Linnzo, sine nulla

necessitate, cum Flustre nova appellatione commutatum est

(Faun. Suec. ed. 1i.). Ego vero idem servare malui, cum

antiquitate et communi “autorum consensu ita innotuisse

videatur, ut nulla confusio inde oriri possit, saltem non tanta,

ut ad molestam et damnosam nominum arbitrariam commu-

tationem ideo confugiendum esse credam.” In Pallas’s work

we have Ellis’s species under the name EHschara fuscialis,

with two varieties, (a) the Mediterranean fascialis, (b) the

broad-lobed British form lamellosa.

Linné, in Syst. Nat. ed. xii. 1768, gives us the name

Millepora fascialis.

In Solander and Ellis, 1786, we find Millepora foliacea,

and Millepora fascials, Linn., as a synonym.

Lamarck (‘Systéme des Animaux sans vertébres,’ 1801,

p- 375) re-established Eschara, giving as his first species

Eischara foliacea, with references to Ellis and Solander and

Ells.

Moll, in ‘ Eschara’ (or ‘ Die Seerinde ”), 1803, gives us on

pl.i. excellent figures of what he names Eschara fascialis

and its variety lamellosa.

From the time of publication of Lamarck’s work of 1801

our largest British Cheilostomous Polyzoon has been known

as the type of the genus Hschara (a genus dating back to

1724, when it was supposed to be of vegetable origin). But

as used by Pallas in company with Cellularia these two

genera included almost all the Cheilostomous Polyzoa known

to him, and EHschara embraced such creeping forms as

Eischara (Electra) pilosa and Eschara (Microporella) ciliata,

The genus was restricted by Lamarck, and if, in his characters,

he inserted one which was not in accordance with our present

existing ideas, the characters should have been emended, not

the genus destroyed ; if genera were so treated none would

exist after some years. ‘Two forms described by Pallas of

his Hschara fascialis I believe to be really varieties, and not

112 Canon A. M. Norman—WNvtes on the

species. The Mediterranean form generally assumes a

different mode of growth, that of narrow thongs instead of

broad fronds, and the sides of the oral opening incline

inwards in the middle (see Milne-Edwards, ‘ Recherches sur

les Eschares, pl. i. fig. 1a; Waters, Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. ser. 5, vol. ui. pl. xv. fig. 8; Hincks, pl. Ixvi. fig. 4=

Eschara bidentata, M.-Edwards, /. c. pl. i. fig. 2a). I felt

some doubt whether the Mediterranean and British forms

should be regarded as one species, but that doubt was re-

moved when an examination of their respective opercula

proved them to be absolutely identical, showing that the

difference in the oral opening was entirely superficial. It

would appear therefore that our British form must be called

Eschara fascialis, Pallas.

Var. foliacea, Ell. & Sol. (=var. lamellosa of Pallas

and Moll),

and such of the species of Hincks’s Lepralia as may be

regarded as congeneric with this species must be styled

Eschara.

But had there been no genus Eschara to claim precedence,

could the name Lepralia have been employed in the sense in

which Hincks used it, for reasons which I have already given

under Lepralia, Johnston, = Membraniporella, Hincks?

Genus Discopora, Lamarck.

= Umbonula, Hincks.

Type, Discopora verrucosa, Lamarck.

Harmer has investigated the organization of this species

(Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. n. s. vol. xlvi. p. 293, pl. xv.

figs. 11, 12), and has placed Mucronella pavonella, Alder, im

the same genus. He does not refer to the rosette-plates, so

I may mention that there are only two in pavonella, but four

which are multipored in verrucosa.

Genus Poretua, Gray, 1848.

Type, Porella compressa (Sowerby).

50. Porella concinna (Busk).

Varanger Fiord, 120-150 fathoms.

51. Porella aperta (Boeck).

1861. Lepralia aperta, Boeck, Forh, Vid.-Selsk. Christiania, p. 50 (fide

Smitt).

Natural History of Hast Finmark. 113

1868. Porella levis, Smitt, partim, “ Kritisk Forteckning, &e.” pt. iv.

p. 21, and in description of plate “ Lepralia aperta, Bueck,”

figs. 112-113.

1900. Porella inflata, Waters, “Bryozoa Franz-Josef Land,” Journ.

Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxviii. p. 83, pl. x. figs. 6, 7.

Waters appears to have overlooked the fact that this

species had been described by Boeck, whose type Smitt had

figured.

Lang Fiord. I have also in my collection specimens from

Spitsbergen given me by Smitt under the name “ Porella

levis,” and others collected by Principal Dawson in Gaspé

Bay, Gulf of St. Lawrence. ;

52. Porella struma (Norman).

Sveerholt (Nordgaard). I did not myself meet with this

species in Hast Finmark. Specimens in my collection are

from Shetland, Greenland, Gulf of St. Lawrence; “ Cashes

Ledge,” N.E. America, as “Eschara verrucosa (cervicornis) ?,”

from U.S. Nat. Mus.; and Bergen and Hardanger Fiords,

Norway, where I found it to be not uncommon.

53. Porella minuta (Norman).

On stones between tide-marks at Vads6 in company with

Cribrilina cryptoecium, Norman, and Harmeria scutulata,

Busk ; also in Bog and Lang Fiords, 0-3 fathoms.

Porella minuta has very small zocecia, which are arranged

in unusually regular lines radiating from the centre of the

colony. Zocecia imperforate, more or less minutely granular,

moderately raised; oral opening rounded above, straight at

the sides, and straight lower lip (unless, as sometimes is the

case, interrupted by the avicularium) ; the avicularium with

rounded mandibles either within the oral opening, when a

tooth-like process appears in front of it, or situated on the

lip itself, and in the latter case more markedly there is a

swelling on the zocecia below the lip indicative of the avicu-

larian cell. Ocecium semiglobose, imperforate. In old

specimens there is some filling up of the spaces between the

parallel lines of zocecia, which are often bridged over by bars

of calcareous growth (see Hincks, pl. xxix. fig. 1).

The Vads6 specimens, which agree in every other respect,

differ from those previously in my collection in having the

surface of the zocecia ornamented with slightly raised lines

converging from the sides; similar to the common condition

of the zocecia in Escharella immersa.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 8

114 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the

54. Porella proboscidea, Hincks.

1888. Porella proboscidea, Hincks, “The Polyzoa of the St. Lawrence,”

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. 1. p. 223, pl. xiv. fig. 4.

1895. Porella proboscidea, Nordgaard, “Systemat. forteg. Norge

Marine Polyzoa,” Bergens Mus. Aarbog, 1894-95, no. 2, p. 25, pl. 1.

fig. 4.

Nordgaard records this species from Mehavn and Nordkyn.

55. Porella levis (Fleming).

Mehavn (Nordgaard).

I take the opportunity of describing a Greenland Porella.

Porella princeps, sp. un. (Pl. IX. figs. 8-11.)

1892. Monoporella spinulifera, var. preclara, Hincks, ‘ The Polyzoa of

the St. Lawrence,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. ix. p. 152,

pl. viii. fig. 3.

-Zocecia of immense size, the largest known to me, measur-

ing 1 millim. long and 0°6 to 0°7 broad, ovate or oblong,

moderately convex, with deep separating sutures; shell-

substance very massive and surrounding the oral opening

like a collar; no oral spines; frontal surface punctate all

over; origelles of slightly larger size are round the base.

Oral opening well arched above, truncate below, but in old

zocecia sometimes subrotund. A large round avicularium

within the lip and not rising quite to its level, so that it

might be overlooked. The operculum (Pl. IX. fig. 10) has

the form of three fifths of an oval, being rather longer than

broad, abruptly truncate below, the angles shghtly rounded

off; from the angles proceeds a bar, for the attachment of

the muscles, which bends a little inwards and then passes

two thirds of the length of the operculum upwards, at some

little distance from the margin. Colour rich rosy red.

A peculiarity of this species is the frequent presence of

many aborted cells; in one case two zocecia unite with one

oral opening ; but the usual abnormality consists in zocecia

having no room to grow among their large surrounding

brethren, and consequently reduced in size, squeezed into all

sorts of irregular shapes; many of these have an oral

opening, many are quite “ blind” ; there may be as many as

seven to ten blind zocecia around and including the primary

zocecium (Pl. 1X. fig. 9), as well as many others scattered

throughout the zoarium. Ocecium buried below the surface

(Pl Xe ie a)

Natural [istory of East Finmark. 115

I have given Hincks’s Monoporella spinulifera, var. pre-

clara, as a synonym, under the assumption that he over-

looked a deep-seated avicularium, the presence of which,

however, appears to be indicated by the umbo-like swelling

below the oral opening which he described and figured.

Taken by the ‘ Valorous,’ 1875, off Holsteinborg, W. Green-

land, in 57 fathoms.

Genus Monoporetia, Hincks, 1881.

Type, Monoporella nodulifera, Hincks.

Monoporella spinulifera, Hincks.

1889. Mucronella spinulifera, Hincks, ‘The Polyzoa of the St. Law-

rence,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. iil. p. 451, pl. xxi. fig. 3,

and Monoporella spinulifera, vol. ix. p. 152 (but not var. preclara).

Hincks was quite right in making Discopora cruenta,

Smitt (but not Schzzoporella cruenta (Norman)), a synonym

of this species, which I have in my collection from the Gulf

of St. Lawrence (Whiteaves) ; Greenland, off Holsteinborg,

57 fathoms (‘ Valorons,’ 1875) ; and Spitsbergen, lat. 76° 41’

N., long. 10° E., im 100-120 fathoms, as ‘“ Discopora cru-

enta,”’ from Smitt; and other specimens from Spitsbergen

named “ Porina ciliata, forma dura,” from Smitt. I cannot

understand how Mr. Waters (“ Bryozoa Franz-Josef Land,”

Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxvii. 1900, p. 73) can have

reverted again to Smitt’s mistaken name, and included

Monoporella spinulifera under Lepralia cruenta ; apart from

all other differences, the front wall of the former is always

entire and imperforated, the latter at all ages of growth has

the front wall punctate, its oral opening is quite different,

and it never has the little spine-point on the lower lip, which,

though so insignificant in size, is a very marked characteristic

of spinulifera.

Cryptic Owcia.

I have in this paper described an ocecium in Cribrilina

cryptocecium which becomes completely covered with over-

growth except the frontal arch, and Levinsen (“ Studies of

Bryozoa,” p. 12) refers to other species which have what he

terms “‘ ocecia covered by kenozocecia”’ ; but in all these cases

the ocecia are in the early stage on the surface of the zoarium

and clearly seen. ‘The character of the ocecia I am about to

call attention to is entirely different. They belong to species

of which no occia were previously known, and can only be

found by partial decalcification of the frontal wall, when they

116 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the

are discovered to be buried beneath it. The avicularium of

Porella princeps cannot be seen from the front, and in order

to have it revealed more clearly I decalcified the upper layers

of this very strongly walled massive species. The result was

that I not only laid bare the avicularium, but also an ocecium

of normal form over a zoccium (Pl. IX. fig. 11). This

led me to treat in a similar manner two other species remark-

able for the massiveness of their front wall, and of which no

ocecia were known; the result was the revelation of a very

similar buried ocecium in Schizoporella ceruenta (Norman)

(Pl. IX. fig. 13) and in Monoporella spinulifera, Hincks

(Pl. IX. fig. 12). These occia cannot be rare in these

species, inasmuch as in each case the treatment of a single

small fragment of the species sufficed to make known their

existence.

« HsCHAROIDES,” “ EScHARELLA,” “ MucRONELLA.”

Escharoides, H. M.-Edwards (Lamarck, ed. 1836, pp. 218

& 259), embraced many species. Of these species Gray, 1848,

made Cellepora coccinea, Abildgaard, the type (Cat. Brit.

Radiata, p. 124). Authors are not agreed as to the species

which Abildgaard described, somesupposing it to be ventricosa,

Hassall, or immersa, Fleming (=Peachii, Johnston), while

others regard it, as English authors have done, as the appensa

of Hassall. But there can be no doubt as to the species

intended by both Milne-Edwards and Gray, since both give

references to the coccinea of Fleming and of Johnston.

Therefore in any division of the genus Mucronella, Hincks,

which removes coccinea (=appensa) from it, that species

should be placed in the genus Escharoides.

Escharella, Gray, 1848 (not Escharella, dOrbigny, 1850,

nor Escharella, Smitt), contained ‘three species—immersa,

Fleming (= Peachii, Johnston), violacea, Johnston, and vario-

losa, Johnston; the first and third of these point to this

genus as another which had claim to have been used by

Hincks when he instituted the genus Mucronella, which thus

at the time of its creation was a synonym of two other

genera which he insluded within it. Mucronella is a pecu-

liarly appropriate name for the tmmersa section, but unfor-

tunately it must yield to the earlier Yscharella.

As long ago as 1879 Verrill saw the necessity of breaking

up the genus Mucronella (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1879, p. 195),

and proposed to use /scharoides for the ventricosa section

and Mucronella for appensa (coccinea) and allies; but such a

use of Hincks’s genus Mucronella cannot be made, since he

ve a eee

Natural History of East Finmark. 117

specially placed all the species of the ventricosa section first,

both in his original creation of the genus in 1879 and in his

work ; and we have seen that Hscharoides can be used for

the appensa section, but could not be used for the other.

Genus Escuare.ya, Gray, 1848.

= Mucronella, Hincks, 1879.

Type, LEscharella immersa (Fleming) (=L. Peachi

Johnston).

Zocecia convex or somewhat flattened ; front wall strongly

calcareous and granulated, generally imperforated on all the

central portion; round the base a row of pores. Oral

Opening semicircular or nearly so, a mucro on the lower lip,

and within it a simple or bifid denticle and a “ well-developed

oral bow” (Levinsen). Operculum membranous. Ocecium

semiglobose, imperforated. No avicularia. Rosette-plates

very numerous (about 18-24) and carried round the distal

margin, of the same character as those of the lateral margins.

The passages of communication between the walls of the

zocecium in this genus makea pretty appearance on the back.

Levinsen’s figure of the back of J. immersa (Zool. Dan.

pl. vi. fig. 3) is illustrative of all the species, though each

has a character of its own. As regards the number, I shall

count the number of the upper half of a side of the zocecium

to the centre of the distal margin, and the rosette-plates for

a whole side will therefore be double that of the number given :

ventricosa, 8-10; immersa, 5-7; variolosa, 10-12, the wall

very thin; adbyssicola, about 10.

Of species which should be excluded from Escharella—

appensa, Hassall (=coccinea auct., but * Abildgaard).—

The back as well as the front of the zocecium is utterly

different from that of the true Hscharelle. It is like that of

a Callopora or Lepralia (= Membraniporella), for there are

one distal and two lateral pore-chambers exactly as in those

genera. This species should, I think, be regarded as the

type of Milne-Edwards’s genus Fscharoides. Levinsen

(“Studies of Bryozoa,’ p. 26) has created a genus Peristo-

mella for it.

pavonella, Alder, is equally removed as the last from

ventricosa; for the whole side of the zocecium there are only

two rosette-plates. Harmer would place it with verrucosa

in the genus Umbonula, or, as I should say, Discopora.

microstoma, Norman.—I have not satisfied myself as to

the position which this species should take; the semierect

mouth, which is very small and round, and the ocecium tilted

back off the zoccium, seem to point to alliance with such

a species as sincera.

118 Canon A. M. Norman—wNotes on the

56. Escharella immersa (Fleming).

1828. Berenicea immersa, Fleming, Hist. Brit. Animals, p. 533.

1847. Lepralia Peachii, Johuston, Hist. Brit. Zoophytes, edit. 11. p. 319,

pl. ly. figs. 5, 6.

To remove any doubt as to this synonymy, I may state

that I have examined Johnston’s specimens of Lepralia im-

mersa in the British Museum, and they are undoubtedly the

same as his L. Peachit.

Taken at Nordkyn (Nordgaard).

57. Escharella abyssicula (Norman).

Sveerholt (Nordgaard).

58. “ Mucronella”’ sincera (Smitt).

1867. Discopora sincera, Smitt, “ Kritisk Forteckning, &e.” p. 28,

pl. xxvii. figs. 178-180.

1876. Discopora sincera, Norman, ‘ Valorous’ Report, Proc. Roy. Soe.

vol. xxv. p. 208.

1877. Lepralia sincera, Hincks, “ Polyzoa Iceland and Labrador,”

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xix. p. 102, pl. xi. fig. 2.

1880. Hemeschara sincera, Busk, “ Polyzoa North Polar Exped.,”

Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xv. p. 237.

1880. Mucronella simplex, Hincks, “ Hydrozoa and Polyzoa of Barents

Sea,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vi. p. 280, pl. xv. fig. 7.

1900. Mucronella sincera, Nordgaard, Norwegian N. Atlan. Exped.

xxvili. Polyzoa, p. 14, pl. i. figs. 13-15,

Bég Fiord, East Finmark, in 120 fathoms (4. M. N.);

Sveerholt (Nordgaard). Other specimens in my collection

are from Spitsbergen (Smitt); off Hare Island, Waigat

Strait, Greenland, 175 fathoms (‘ Valorous, 1875); also

Greenland (Copenhagen Museum), and Proven, Greenland

(Smitt) ; and the form Mucronella prelucida, Hincks, Gulf

of St. Lawrence (Whiteaves).

The oral opening is subject to considerable variation; the

lower lip is often more or less produced, commonly evenly

(see Nordgaard’s figure 15), more rarely acutely (as Nord-

gaard, figs. 13, 14), and the last condition seems to be the

Mucronella simplex, Hincks, and hence it has been placed by

himself and Nordgaard in the genus Mucronella; but with

this genus it has no connexion, for the oral point is a mere

projection of the margin, and, as Hincks himself wrote, “ the

oral denticle is wanting.” The form of the oral opening is

also subject to considerable variation. In zocecia without

ocecia the outline is circular or subcircular, but in other

cases (Spitsbergen examples) it is nearly of the form assigned

by Hincks to his genus Lepralia. Oral spines are unknown,

Natural History of East Finmark. 119

Avicularia I have seen sparingly developed, but only on

Spitsbergen specimens and on one side of the zocecium, as

figured by Smitt. Nordgaard, however, illustrates a zocecium

with two avicularia, which were developed on a specimen

from a “ place unknown.”

Nordgaard has referred the Mucronella prelucida of

Hincks * with a ? to this species. With respect to the Queen

Charlotte Islands type specimens I think that there may be

some doubt, but I am very much inclined to refer the

St. Lawrence form to M. sincera. I have a specimen from

that locality the zocecia of which exactly correspond with the

left-hand zocecium of Hincks’s illustration ; but the oral lip

processes are none of them truncate as drawn on the other

three occia. I consider my specimen to be M. prelucida (of

St. Lawrence), a variety of M. sincera in which the zocecia

are shorter than usual.

59. “ Mucronella”’ labiata (Boeck ).

1867. Discopora coccinea, forma labiata, Boeck MS., Smitt, “ Kritisk

Forteckning, Xe.” p. 27, pl. xxvii. fig. 176.

Lely a labiata, Smitt, Gifvers. Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Forhand.

1880. Phylactella (?) grandis, Hincks, “ Hydrozoa and Polyzoa Barents

Sea,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vi. p. 280, pl. xv. figs. 4, 5.

1887. Mucronella labiata, Levinsen, Dijmphna-Togtets zool.-botan.

Udbytte, p. 323.

1900. Phylactella(?) labiata, Waters, “Bryozoa from Franz-Josef

Land,” Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxviii. p. 90, pl. xii. tigs. 3, 4

(illustrations of the larva).

Varanger Fiord, in 120-150 fathoms, on shell of Astarte,

and Nordgaard has kindly sent mea specimen from Sver-

holt. This last specimen is developed on Hornera lichenoides,

a habitat which the species seems especially to affect, as fine

examples were dredged upon it in 175 fathoms off Hare

Island, Disco, Greenland, by the ‘ Valorous’ in 1875.

It would seem that Smitt a: first included more than one

form under the term “forma Jladiata,’ since a specimen

received from him just after he had finished his work is

undoubtedly a variety of Escharella ventricosa with produced

lip; but I think that there can be no doubt that his figure

176 represents the species which was subsequently named by

Hincks Phylactella (?) grandis.

It would be quite possible that Hscharella abyssicola might

be mistaken for this species. There is a very general resem-

* “ Polyzoa Queen Charlotte Islands,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. xiii. p. 26, pl. iv. fig. 1; and “ Polyzoa St. Lawrence,” Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. i. p. 225, pl. xv. tig. 3.

120 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the

blance, especially when the oral lip is more than usually

produced, as in the specimen figured by Hincks (pl. xxxvii.

fiz. 1); but that species may be at once distinguished by

the presence of a bitid denticle within the mouth ; this den-

ticle is deeply seated and is not shown in the figures given

by Hincks, though his description is entirely accurate.

Genus Patmicenzaria, Alder.

60. Palmicellaria Skenei (Ellis & Solander).

The variety bicornis (Busk, Crag Polyz. pl. vil. figs. 6, 7)

has been recorded by Nordgaard from Sverholt.

Genus SMITTINA, noy. nom.

= Snuttia, Wincks, 1879 (partim), nec Smzttia, Holmgren, 1874 (Diptera),

= Escharella, Smith (partim, nec Zscharella, Gray).

Type, Smittina Landsborovii, Johnston.

Some of the following species, as well as others which

have been described, will not be allowed to remain, in my

opinion, in this genus, which no doubt Levinsen will revise ;

such species are those in which there is an absence of the

“lyrula” or tooth-like process behind the avicularium (which

is a product of the primary orifice), and there is an absence

of the “origelles’? at the base of the zocecium, and other

material differences.

61. Smittina Jeffreysi, Norman.

1876, Lepralia Jeffreysi, Norman, “ Biology of ‘ Valorous’ Cruise,”

Proc. Roy. Soe. vol. xxv. p. 208.

1877. Lepralia trispinosa, var., Hincks, “ Polyzoa of Iceland and

Labrador,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xix. p. 160, pl. xi.

fie. 1,

1887. Escharella trispinosa, var. arborea, Levinsen, Dijmphna-Toetets

zool.-bot. Udbytte, p. 820, pl. xxvii. figs. 7, 8.

1897. Smittia trispinosa, var. arborea, Bidenkap, “ Bryozoen von Ost-

Spitsbergen,” Zool. Jahrbiicher, vol. x. p. 619.

1900. Smittia trispinosa, var. arborea, Nordgaard, Norweg. N. Atl.

Fixped., Polyzoa, p. 13, pl. 1. fig. 9.

1900. Smittia trispinosa, var. lamellosa, Smitt, Waters, “ Bryozoa

Franz-Josef Land,” Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxviii. p. 88, pl. xii.

figs. 19-21.

This form or species has has been recorded from the Por-

sanger Fiord by Nordgaard.

It is a common form in the Arctic seas, and very generally

rises in free hollow cups or tubes, often branching. Among

other characters, this northern form is remarkable for the

abundant distribution of oval avicularia on the zocecia, as

Natural History of Hast Finmark. 121

well as one of larger size and acute mandible ; but the most

important difference is the form of the oral opening, which

in this northern form, whether it be tubular or encrusting,

is wider below than above and has a straight underlip.

In my cabinet are specimens from off Disco, Greenland,

100 fathoms (‘ Valorous,’ 1875); Gulf of St. Lawrence

(Whiteaves) ; Cashes Ledge, N.E. America(Verrill, as “Escha-

rella Jacotini”’).

I am indebted to Smitt for a specimen of his var. lamel-

losa from Spitsbergen, which certainly has not the characters

of the foregoing form, nor does d’Orbigny’s figure (Pal.

Frang. Crét. pl. decxxii. fig. 1) of his Semieschara lamellosa,

to which Smitt refers, bear any resemblance to it ; it is wholly

without avicularia.

62. Smittina arctica, Norman.

1869. Escharella porifera, forma majuscula, Smitt, “ Krit. Forteck. &c.”

pt. iv. p. 9, pl. xxiv. figs. 86-38, and forma minuseula, fies, 33-35.

1888. Smittra Landsborovit, form porifera, Hincks, “ Polyzoa St. Baw

rence,’ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. i. p. ‘295, pl. xiv. fig.

1894. Smittia arctica, Norman, ‘“ A Month on the Trondhjem i ion,”

Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist, ser. 6, vol. xiii. p. 128.

1895. Smittia arctica, Nordgaard, “System. fortegn. Norge Marine

Polyzoa,” Bergens Mus. _Aarbog, NOs) 2, Pa 20 Pla te Hoe

1900. “Smittia Landsbor ovit, var. , Waters, cg Bryozoa Franz-Josef Land,”

Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxviii. p. 90, pl. xii. fig. 7.

This is a very pretty form, the front wall regularly punc-

tate all over; the avicularium on or just below the lower

lip of the oral’ opening with round mandible and a very

slender lyrula behind it, which, however, can seldom be seen

except on young specimens; sides and upper lip of oral

opening raised ; the ocecium, which is imperforated, generally

but not always falls back from the raised upper margin of

the oral opening.

I do not understand the transverse and circular lines which

Nordgaard represents on the occium; Waters’s figure is

characteristic, but the upper lip and the attachment of

ocecium are rather more marked in their special character

than usual.

On an annelid tube in Bog Fiord in 100-120 fathoms.

63. “ Smittia”’ porifera (Smitt).

1867. Escharella porifera (typica), Smitt, “ Kritisk Forteckning, &e.”

p- 9, pl. xxiv. figs. 80-32.

1877. Lepralia porifera, Hincks, “Polyzoa of Iceland and Labrador,”

Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. A, vol. xix. p. 102, pl. x. figs. 1, 2.

122 Canon A. M. Norman-—WNo¢tes on the

1895. Smittia porifera, Nordgaard, “ System. fortegn. i Norge Marine

Polyzoa,” Bergens Mus. Aarbog, 1894-95, p. 26, pl. ii. fig. 1.

1900. Lepralia porifera, Waters, “ Bryozoa Franz-Josef Land,” Journ.

Linn. Soce., Zool. vol. xxviii. p. 75, pl. vill. figs. 14, 15.

Waters has figured the operculum, which I have not

myself examined.

Mehavn, East Finmark (Nordgaard).

Specimens in my collection are from Spitsbergen (Smtt),

Gulf of St. Lawrence (Principal Dawson), and West Green-

land (‘ Valorous,’ 1875).

Smitt, in his work on the Floridan Bryozoa, separated his

forme majuscula and minuscula from porifera, and regarded

his typical porifera as more nearly related to palmata and

the other forms to Landsdorovit.

64. “ Smittia” lineata, Nordgaard. (PI. IX. figs. 14, 15.)

1895. Smittia lineata, Nordgaard, ‘‘System. fortegn. i Norge Marine

Polyzoa,” Bergens Mus. Aarbog, 1894-95, no. 2, p. 27, pl. 11. fig. 2.

This recently described species has been known to me for

years, and has been regarded as an undescribed form.

The types of Nordgaard were taken by him off Nordkyn,

and I am indebted to him for a specimen which enables me

to be certain of its identification; and I also found the

species in another East Finmark locality—namely, encrusting

Escharopsis rosacea dredged off Vadso.

Other specimens in my collection are one received from

Smitt taken at Spitsbergen, and named Escharella auricu-

lata; others from the Gulf of St. Lawrence (Whiteaves), and

off Holstemborg, Greenland, in 57 fathoms (‘ Valorous,’

1875).

This, in my opinion, cannot remain in the present genus,

and is more nearly related to auriculata, as Smitt considered

it. I have figured the operculum of auriculata (Pl. IX.

fig. 16) for comparison with that of lineata (fig. 15).

65. “ Lepralia” reticulato-punctata, Hincks.

1867. Escharella porifera, forma edentata, Smitt, “ Krit. Forteck., &c.”

pt. iv. p. 9, pl. xxiv. fig. 39.

1877. Lepralia reticulato-punctata, Hincks, “ Polyzoa Iceland and

Labrador,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xix. p. 103, pl. x.

figs. 3, 4.

1887, Escharella reticulato-punctata, Levinsen, Dijmphna-Togtets zool.-

bot. Udbytte, p. 318, pl. xxvii. fig. 4 (the operculum).

I dredged this species in 100-120 fathoms in Bog Fiord,

and Nordgaard records it from Sverholt. I have it also

from Spitsbergen (Smitt), Jan Mayen (Austro-Hungarian

Natural History of Hast Finmark. 123

Exped.), Gaspé, Gulf of St. Lawrence (Principal Dawson),

and West Greenland (‘ Valorous,’ 1875).

It is probable that Smitt’s figure of “forma cancellata”’

(figs. 40, 41) may also belong to this species, but I have not

seen any specimens identical, that is, having the projecting

point on the under lip. Kirchenpauer, in 1874, named this

last form Hemeschara(?) contorta (‘Die zweite deutsche

Nordpolarfahrt, vol. 11. p. 422).

Levinsen, who figures the operculum, says rightly of the

avicularia : “ avicularia in plurimis desunt; ubi adsunt, paulo

sub peristomia varie deposita.”

I may mention here another species which has been often

described and would appear to be allied to some of the pre-

ceding forms.

“ Lepralia”’? Smitti, Kirchenpauer.

1867. Escharella Legentilii, forma prototypa, Smitt, “ Kritisk Forteck.,

&e.” p. 10, pl. xxiv. figs. 47-49.

1874. Lepralia Smitti, Kirchenpauer, Die zweite deutsche Nordpolar-

fahrt, vol. ii. p. 420,

1887. Escharella reticulata, Levinsen, Dijmphna-Togtets zool.-bot.

Udbytte, p. 519, pl. xxvii. figs. 5 & 6.

1892. Schizoporella cincta, var., Hincks, “ Polyzoa St. Lawrence,” Ann.

& Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. ix. p. 154, pl. vii. fig. 2.

1897. Smittia reticulata, Bidenkap, “ Bryozoen von Ost-Spitsbergen,”

Zool. Jahrbiicher, vol. x. p. 622, pl. xxv. fig. 3.

1900. Schizoporella Harmsworth, Waters, “ Bryozoa Franz-Josef

Land,” Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxviii. p. 65, pl. ix. figs. 10-12.

The known localities of this species are Spitsbergen (Smtt),

East Greenland (Kirchenpauer), Gulf of St. Lawrence

(Hincks), Kara Sea (Levinsen), and Franz-Josef Land

(Waters) *.

Genus Escuaropsis, Verrill f.

= Escharoides, Smitt, Hincks, &c. (uec H. Milne-Edwards).

Type, Escharopsis lobata, Lamouroux,= LE. Sarsii, Smitt.

66. Escharopsis rosacea (Busk).

Not uncommon near Vads6 and in the middle of the

Varanger Fiord down to 100-120 fathoms; also recorded by

Nordgaard from Sveerholt in 80-40 fathoms.

Other localities from which examples are in my cabinet

* Since this paper was sent to the printer, Zepralia Smitti has received

yet another name, viz. Smittia Levinsent, Nordgaard, ‘ Die Bryozoen des

westlichen Norwegens,’ 1903, p. 92.

+ Verrill, Proc. U.S, Nat. Mus. 1879, p. 196.

124 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the

are Greenland, off Holsteinborg, 57 fathoms (‘ Valorous,’

1875); Brandewyne Bay, Spitsbergen (Smtt); Orphan

Bank, Gulf of St. Lawrence (Smitt); Loch Fyne, Scotland

(A. M. N.). .

Genus Pssvporiustra, Bidenkap *.

Type, Pseudoflustra solida, Stimpson.

67. Pseudoflustra solida (Stimpson).

1853. Flustra solida, Stimpson, Invert. of Grand Manan, p. 19, pl. i.

figs. 12a, b.

1862. Eschara palmata, M. Sars, “ Beskr. over nogle norske Poly-

zoer,” Vidensk. Selsk. Forhand. 1862, p. 8 (separate copy).

1867. Escharella palmata, Smitt, ‘‘ Krit. Forteck., &c.” CEfvers, K.

Vet.-Akad. Forhand. p. 10 (separate copy), pl. xxiv. figs. 42-46.

1879. Flustrimorpha solida, Vervill, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. p. 191.

1880. Flustra solida, Hincks, “ Hydroida and Polyzoa from Barents

Sea,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vi. p. 282, pl. xv. figs. 2, 3.

1882. Eschara solida, Vigelius, “ Cat. Polyzoa of ‘ Willem Barents’ in

1878 and 1879,” Niederl. Archiv f. Zoologie, p. 15, figs. 2 & 3a, 6.

1887. Escharella palmata, Levinsen, Dijmphna-Togtets zool.-bot. Ud-

bytte, p. 318, pl. xxvii. fig. 3.

1892. Flustra solida, Hincks, “ Polyzoa of the St. Lawrence,” Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. ix. p. 149, pl. vil. figs. 1 & 1 a-e.

1897. Pseudoflustira solida, Bidenkap, “ Bryozoen yon Ost-Spitshergen,”

Zool. Jahrbicher, vol. x. p. 618.

1900. Snuttia palmata, Nordgaard, Norweg. N. Atl. Exped., Polyzoa,

1900. Pseudoflustra palmata, Waters, “‘ Bryozoa from Franz-Josef

Land,” Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxviii. p. 71, pl. viii. figs. 7-8

(operculum and avicularium).

I have given this list of references, only omitting those

which relate solely to the record of a locality, to show how

this unfortunate species has been thrown from genus to

genus. Let us hope that it will now find a resting-place in

a genus of which it is made, and, I think, rightly made, the

type. In the latest paper in the list above given Mr. Waters

discards Stimpson’s specific name solzda, and uses the later

palmata. He does this upon the ground that it is not clear

that Stimpson’s description refers to this species, and then he

proceeds not only to give a reference to Stimpson without

any mark of interrogation, but also inserts Stimpson’s

locality as one of the habitats of the species. ‘That the

European Arctic species belongs to the same genus, and is

apparently only a slight variation of the species described by

Stimpson, is, I think, quite clear from the fact that the

description and figure in the ‘ Invertebrata of Grand Manan,’

* Bidenkap, “ Bryozoen yon Ost-Spitsbergen,’ Zoolog. Jahrbiicher,

vol. x. 1897, p. 618.

Natural History of Hast Finmark. 125

though not minutely accurate, can apply to no other genus ;

and, secondly, because Stimpson’s form is well known in the

district where he found it and also in the Gulf of St. Law-

rence. Pseudoflusira is perhaps hardly a happy name to

have given to the genus, but becomes expressive when the

specific name solida is added to it.

The following differences are seen in the specimens in my

collection :—

a. Cashes Ledge, N.E. America, 70 fathoms (Prof. Verrill).

—The form described by Hincks in his St. Lawrence paper,

p. 150. The growth is in narrow strips, which at the same

time are somewhat thicker and more solid-looking than the

other varieties. The avicularium is nearly round (see

Hincks, fig. 1) ; a slight sinus is more or less evident on the

lower margin of the oral opening, but this sinus is not

evident on ocecium-bearing zocecia. Length of a frond

25 millim., greatest breadth 4 millim.

6. “ Escharella palmata, Sars, Spitsbergen,’ from F. A.

Smitt.—Zocecia narrow and greatly elongated; avicularium

linguiform (as Smitt, fig. 43).

c. Varanger Fiord, 100-150 fathoms.—Frond very thin

and broad, 18 millim. long, 13 millim. broad. Zocecia of

much larger size than from the other localities, not much

produced ; avicularia linguiform (as Smitt, fig. 44).

It was also taken by the Norwegian North-Atlantic Expe-

dition off Vard6 (Stat. 262).

Genus RuHAMPHOSTOMELLA, Lorenz.

Type, Rhamphostomella scabra (Fabricius), Smitt.

68. Rhamphostomella costata, Lorenz.

1867. Cellepora scabra, Smitt (partim), “ Krit. Forteckning, &e.” p. 30,

pl. xxviil. figs. 186-188.

1886. Rhamphostomella costata, Lorenz, Bryozoen yon Jan Mayen,

p. 12, pl. vii. fig. 11.

1892. Rhamphostomella costata, Hincks, “ Polyzoa St. Lawrence,’

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. 111. p. 426, pl. xxi, figs. 6-8.

Varanger Fiord, in 120-150 fathoms, and Nordgaard

records it from Mehavn, and it was dredged by the Nor-

wegian North Atlantic Expedition off Porsanger Fiord

(Stat. 260).

69. Rhamphostomella plicata, Smitt.

1867. Cellepora scabra, forma plicata, Smitt, 1. c, p. 30, pl, xxviii.

figs, 189-191, 195.

126 Canon A. M. Norman— Notes on the

1877. Cellepora plicata, Hincks, “ Polyzoa Iceland and Labrador,” Ann.

& Mage. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xix. p. 106, pl. xi. figs. 3, 4.

1886. Rhamphostomella plicata, Lorenz, J. e. p. 12.

I dredged this form in 120-150 fathoms in the Varanger

Fiord ; also found at Nordkyn (Nordgaard).

Genus Crextuepora, Fabricius.

Type, Cellepora pumicosa (Pallas), Linné.

70. Cellepora pumicosa, Pallas.

Varanger and Lang Fiords and Vard6. Nordgaard records

it from Sveerholt.

71. Cellepora ramulosa, Linné.

Mehavn (Nordgaard).

Genus Rerrrora, Lamarck.

Type, Retepora reticulata (Imperato), Lamarck.

Retepora Beaniana, King.

Bog Fiord, in 120 fathoms ; also Sveerholt (Nordgaard)

and Vads6 (Danielssen).

72. Retepora cellulosa, Linné.

1867. Retepora cellulosa, Smitt, “ Krit. Forteck., &c.” p. 35, pl. xxvii.

figs, 229-295,

1895. Retepora cellulosa, Waters, “Mediterranean and New Zealand

Retepore,” Journ, Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxv. p. 259, pl. vi. figs. 17 &

19, pl. vii. fig. 12.

In Bog Fiord, 120 fathoms, and also in Lang Fiord, in

20-30 fathoms (4. AZ. N.); Mehavn and Nordkyn (Nord-

gaard).

73. Retepora Wallichiana, Busk.

1867. Retepora cellulosa, forma notopachys, var. elongata, Smitt,

“ Kritisk. Forteckning, &c.” p. 36, pl. xxvill. figs. 226-252,

1877. Retepora Wallichiana, Busk MS., Hincks, “ Polyzoa from Ice-

land and Labrador,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xix. p. 107,

pl. xi. figs. 9-15.

1878. Discopora elongata, Smitt, “ Recensio Bryoz. Nov. Semlya,”

(Efvers. K. Vet.-Akad. Forhand. p. 25 (separate copy).

1887. Retepora elongata, Levinsen, Dijmplina-Togtets zool.-bot. Ud-

bytte, p. 323, pl. xxvii. fig. 12.

Lang Fiord.

In examining this species the descriptions of Hincks and

of Levinsen should be consulted in addition to Smitt’s work.

Natural History of Eust Finmark. 127

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

N.B.—The description of figures 1 and 2 in this Plate, Callopora nigrans,

will be found in the preceding part of these papers, vol. xi. p. 593.

PuaTeE VIII.

Fig. 1. Callopora nigrans, Hincks. a, young zocecium ; 6, with avicularia;

ce, an unusual form of ocecium in a part where growth is very

rapid and there are no avicularia. These zocecia, and also those

of fig. 2, not developed side by side, but brought here together

for illustration. Fig. 6 resembles state illustrated by Waters

from Franz-Josef Land.

Fig. 2. Callopora nigrans, Hincks. a, early stage of development of

ocecium; 6, the usual form of owcium; c, a form of which I

have only seen two or three examples (it is this form which is

figured by Hincks).

Fig. 3. Larnacicus corniger, Busk, with ocecium, and the chambers in the

situation usually occupied by an ocecium.

Fig. 4. Antropora granulifera, Hincks. View of the back of a zocecium:

a, openings resulting from the avicularia; below these are seen

the pair of lucid bays, and below again the lucid spots.

Fig. 5. Ammatophora nodulosa, Hincks. This and the following two

figures have been taken from specimens in which the epitheca

has been removed in order to show the structure. The form of

the ocecium represented in fig. 5 is seldom seen.

Figs. 6 & 7. Ammatophora nodulosa, Hincks. The more usual forms of

the ocecium: fig. 6 the younger, fig. 7 the mature condition.

Fig. 8. Lepralia nitida, Fabricius. Three bars of the zocecium, to show

their structure.

Fig. 9. Lepralia melolontha, Landsborough. Three front bars, to show

the structure.

Fig. 10. Cribrilina annulata, Fabricius. Three bars of the zocecium of a

very simple form of this species.

Fig. 11. Cribrilina annulata, var. spitsbergensis, Norman. Anterior por-

tion of a zocecium.

‘ig. 12. Gephyrotes nitido-punctata, Smitt. The anterior portion of a

zocecium, to show the structure of the bridge and oral opening.

Fig. 13. Gephyrotes nitido-punctata, Smitt. Middle bars of the zocecium.

PLATE IX,

hig. |. Cribrilina eryptoecium, Norman. Zocecium with ocecium in

earliest stage of development as seen at the edge of a zoarium.

. The same. An older zocecium, with the ocecium except the

front arch concealed beneath overgrowth, and a transverse rib

developed over it.

. Cribrilina innominata, Couch. Three bars of zocecinm: Gp lop

lateral papillae ; ¢, the opening outside the arch of the bars and

into the body of the Polyzoon, which a papilla has occupied.

Fig. 4. Cribritna Gattye, Busk. Anterior portion of a zocecium of the

ordinary form.

Fig. 5. Cribritima Gattye. Variety on shell from Guernsey, with inter-

esting duplicated lateral lacunes.

Fig. 6. Cribritina Balzact (Audouin), Waters, from Madeira.

Fig. 7. Cribrilina figularis, Johnston, showing the very large lumen-pore

on the base of the bars, the small lateral lacunes, and narrow

chinks (? openings for papillae) between the loops of the bays,

128 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

Fig. 8. Porella princeps, Norman.

Fig. 9. The same, to show the number of blind zocecia (“ kenozocecia,”

Levinsen) and irregularly shaped zocecia around the ancestrula.

Fig. 10. The same, operculum.

Fig. 11. The same, in which the thick outer calcareous wall has been

removed by acid, and a previously entirely concealed ocecium

and the oral avicularium have been exposed to view.

Fig. 12. Monoporella spinulifera, Hincks. A zocecium which has, like

the last, been partially decalcified, and an ocecium has been

brought to view.

Fig. 18. Schizoporella cruenta, Norman. A zocecium which has been

similarly treated, as the two previous species, with nitric acid,

and an ocecium of which the existence was previously unknown

has been brought to light.

Fig. 14. Smittia lineata, Nordgaard.

Fig. 15. The same. Operculum and outline of margin more magnified.

Fig. 16. Schizoporella auriculata, Hassall. Operculum, for comparison

with the preceding.

VI.—Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews.

No. XXV. By Prof. M‘Inrosu, M.D., LL.D., F.BRS., &c.

[Plates X.-XIII.j

1. On the Eunicide dredged by H.M.S. ‘Porcupine’ in 1869 and

1870.

2. On Canadian Eunicide dredged by Dr. Whiteaves, of the Canadian

Geological Survey, in 1871-1873.

3. On Norwegian Eunicide collected by Canon Norman, D.C.L.,

Ieee

1. On the Eunicide dredged by H.M.S. ‘ Porcupine’

in 1869 and 1870.

A species of Diopatra was procured in the Expedition of

1870, at Station 50, off the Algerine coast, near Cape Tenez,

in 7-51 fathoms, which most closely approaches Diopatra

neapolitana, Delle Chiaje.

It consisted only of a fragment of a small example, about

half an inch long, and comprising the head and about thirty

of the anterior segments. The head is characterized by the

great size of the tentacles, their enlarged ringed cerato-

phores, and the presence of two short, spindle-shaped, frontal

tentacles. The palpi have a tuberculated anterior border.

The eyes have disappeared, whereas in the Neapolitan ex-

amples they are present. The body is rounded in front,

the first segment—which is no wider than the sueceeding—

being devoid of feet. From its anterior border project the

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 129

two slender subulate tentacular cirri, which are nearer each

other than the corresponding organs in Eunice. In contrast

with the Neapolitan examples, the specimen procured by the

‘ Porcupine’ is much smaller, its tentacles rather longer,

the branchial spirals have shorter pinne, and its coloration

less deep.

The dental apparatus in examples of Diopatra neapolitana

from Naples and that from the ‘ Porcupine’ is very closely

allied. In both the colour is pale chocolate, with a dark

brown bar separating the maxillz from the posterior appen-

dages, a dark brown spot at the posterior end of each great

dental plate, and a narrow, slightly fusiform, brown belt

bounding the curved anterior plates and appearing on the

ventral surface. The curvature of the maxille is the same

in both, and the tips, which leave the horizontal plane, are

more deeply tinted than the rest. The posterior appendages

form together a spatula-shaped structure with a notch

between them posteriorly, and a constriction where they

join the maxillary suture. In proportion to its size the

spathulate enlargements of these processes are shorter and

broader in the Neapolitan form, and a distinct flange a

short distance from the inner edge just in front of the

articulation with the posterior appendages is present on

each maxilla. The small size of the example from the

‘ Porcupine” may, however, account for the indistinctness

of such a structure. The left great dental plate in the

Neapolitan has eight teeth ; in the ‘ Porcupine’ form there

are ten. The azygos plate in the former has six teeth—a

portion posteriorly having a smooth edge; in the latter

seven or eight. The right great dental plate in the former

has seven teeth, and, like the plate of the opposite side, an

additional slight elevation ; in the latter this plate has seven

teetn, an adjoining elevation, and a longer bare margin

posteriorly. The left anterior curved plate has five teeth in

the Neapolitan; in the other apparently the same number.

The former has a horny plate externally, with a single tooth

and a small plate behind; the latter also shows a horny

point on a small plate, but the specimen is incomplete. In

the former the right anterior curved plate has eight teeth,

and the outer plate a single tooth; in the latter the right

anterior curved plate has at least seven teeth, and an outer

plate with a horny tooth.

The dentary edge of the mandibles in the Neapolitan form

shows a larger foliate outer tooth, a middle stout conical

tooth, and an inner rounded ridge. A dark brown touch

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 9

130 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

marks the end of the shafts externally, and a small black

speck is near the inner margin. The shafts are brown and

of moderate length. Unfortunately the mandibles in the

‘Porcupine’ form were broken, but sufficient remained to

show that the dentary edge, though slightly sinuous inter-

nally, was more or less entire. The small size of the

example probably accounts for this variation.

Other examples from Naples show variations in the num-

ber of teeth on the several plates, so that the divergencies

indicated are not of essential importance.

The first four or five feet are larger than the succeeding,

from the elongation of the proximal region, and this is

especially the case with the first three, which are directed

forward and outward, and to a less extent with the fourth.

All these appear to be developed for special functions, and

they are very vascular, a network of anastomosing vessels

occurring from base to tip. The first is the longest and

largest, bearing dorsally a cirrus of considerable propor-

tional size, and which arises towards the tip from a basal

enlargement. A group of slender spines, as in Eunice,

passes through the basal segment to the cirrus itself.

Beneath is a bluntly conical setigerous region with a long

subulate papilla at its extremity. The ventral cirrus is

somewhat fusiform in outline—constricted at the base, then

enlarged, and finally tapering to the tip. The setigerous

region is supported by two pale spines, and has superiorly

rather stout dorsal bristles, none of which project beyond

the tissues, but they appear to be simple with a short

tapering region at the tip and winged. ‘The ventral bristles

(passing below the spines) have a feebly marked articulation

and a long tapering terminal piece, which has a bifid claw

guarded by wings.

The 2nd, 8rd, and 4th feet are similar to the Ist, but

the bristles, especially the ventral, are stronger (Pl. X.

fig. 1). The 5th foot has a branchial process of full-size,

arising from the site of the dorsal cirrus, but so large is it

that the cirrus appears to be a mere process of its outer

wall. Every succeeding segment in the preparation has a

stem, the slender spines of the region traversing their origin

and going beyond into the cirrus for three-fourths of its

length, in the posterior feet of the fragment.

The feet of the Neapolitan and ‘ Porcupine’ forms agree

in general contour, and in being double—that is, having a

dorsal and a ventral division, as indicated by a group of

spines which penetrate the base of the dorsal cirrus, and in

having bifid bristles, In the Neapolitan form the Ist foot

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. LS IL

has about six strong spines with tapered tips supporting the

setigerous lobe, which bears a series of translucent yellowish

bristles which have a slight curvature at the tip and diminish

a little towards the pseudo-articulation. The tip varies in

length, and ends in a bifid hook with a pair of pointed

wings, which spring from the sides where the tip begins to

be differentiated. These bristles are also found on the

2nd and 8rd feet; but on the 4th, where the first

branchial process is, they are replaced by simple bristles

with winged tips. The secondary spur below the terminal

hook is often very slender and appears to be readily abraded,

since many show no trace of it.

In the example from the ‘ Porcupine’ the bristles of the

first four feet (that is, one more than in the Neapolitan)

have a similar outline, but the bifid tip has its secondary

process more distinct. In this, as in the Neapolitan form,

the developing bristles show the respective differentiations

as clearly as those fully formed, the tip being the first part

to appear. The spines supporting the setigerous region are

fewer, viz. about four. The simple winged bristles which

supplant the foregoing special bristles appear in the 5th

foot, which bears the first branchial stem.

At the 10th foot of the Neapolitan form the bristles are

stout, have tapering tips with narrow wings finely serrated

at the edges, the central region being striated. The brush-

shaped forms have slender shafts and about seven rather

broad teeth distally. The spines pass to the front of the

foot; the bristles are superior and in two groups, which

diverge slightly from each other—with the cirriform lamella

beneath—in the centre. In the example from the ‘ Porcu-

pine’ the spines are fewer, the bristles proportionally more

slender, but also with narrow serrated wings, and the tips

of the brush-shaped forms are longer and narrower, and

the six or seven teeth appear to be more slender. In this

form, moreover, the great inferior hooks begin about the

12th foot, whereas in the Neapolitan they do not appear

till the 14th or 15th. In contrasting the hooks of the

20th foot, both have an upper more elongated and an in-

ferior broader and stouter kind; but those of the ‘ Porcu-

pine’ form are considerably broader and shorter than in the

Neapolitan. In the latter, both bristles and hooks extend

to the posterior end of the body, three of the latter often

occurring in a foot.

The gill in full development (Pl. X. fig. 2) forms a

slender tapering pyramid with whorls of short pinnules from

base to apex, and with two large blood-vessels, which also are

132 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

spiral in the preparation. A deep notch separates the basal

segment of the cirrus from the distal. The setigerous region

forms a short cone with the pointed lamella projecting

obliquely backward behind it. It is stiffened by three fairly

stout spines and bears superiorly a group of strong tapering

winged bristles, the longest being dorsal. Bristles of the

same kind with shorter and broader tips occur below the

others. The ventral cirrus does not now project in profile,

but has merged into the opaque glandular elevation running

inwards from each foot, a short papilla in two of the suc-

ceeding feet, however, being present as a rudiment.

The change from the bifid ventral bristles with their

indistinct articulation is coincident with the appearance of

the branchia on the 5th foot, in which the branchial stem

is remarkably large.

At the posterior part of the fragment from the ‘ Porcu-

pine’ the branchial stems are smaller, the dorsal cirri longer

and more tapered, a straight powerful hook has appeared

below the inferior bristles, and just above the slight pro-

jection marking the ventral cirrus is a still more powerful

curved hook, also bifid and winged, which slopes obliquely

downward and outward from the spines (Pl. X. fig. 3) and

the separate hook (Pl. X. fig. 4).

It is not possible to contrast the entire series of branchiz

of the two forms, for that procured by the ‘ Porcupine’ had

only about thirty bristled segments, on the last of which the

branchie still presented a spiral formation. In the Nea-

politan specimens Grube gives fifty to fifty-six pairs as the

number of the branchiz, those examined in the present

instance having respectively fifty-one, thirty-eight, and fifty,

several of the last being simple filaments. Grube*, more-

over, states that the branchize arise on the 5th foot, whereas

in all examined they began on the 4th foot. Claparéde f,

again, observes that the occurrence of the branchie on

the 4th foot (fifth segment) is exceptional, just as their

absence on the 5th foot is. As Claparéde states, the first

three feet bear long ventral cirri, the appearance of the

branchia on the 4th being coincident with the presence of

* Sitz. d. nat. Sect. Schles. Gesellsch., 20th June, 1877, Sep. Abd.

walle

- + Annél. Chét. Nap. p. 123. By the kindness of Mr. Cyril Crossland,

an opportunity of examining six examples from Naples and others which

he procured at Zanzibar was afforded. Considerable variation in the

number of the branchiz, their origin anteriorly, and in the occurrence of

additional ventral cirri was evident. Mr, Crossland will probably allude

mote Pe to these features in his account of the “ Annelids of

Zanzibar.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 133

the ventral pad (the first being a small one). The ventral

cirrus, however, is represented by a minute conical process

in front of the pad in the two following feet. In the same

way the example from the ‘ Porcupine’ has four long ventral

cirri in front instead of three.

It is clear therefore that the small example procured by

the ‘Porcupine’ is only a variety of Delle Chiaje’s fine

species, so abundant at Naples and elsewhere in the

Mediterranean.

Onuphis (Diopatra) brevibrachiata*, Ehlers ?

Dredged in 358 fathoms ; also east of Cape de Gatte, six

miles off shore, in 60 to 160 fathoms. In the ‘Porcupine’

Expedition of 1870 the Station is not given, but it probably

was between Stations 46 and 47.

A form having the appearance of Hyalinecia, but readily

distinguished by the presence of tentacular cirri and the

condition of the branchiew, which, however, rather lean to

the type seen in Eunice.

The two frontal tentacles arise close together in the

median line and form two rounded and somewhat flattened

lamella in spirit. The five tentacles have the normal

position, but they are much shorter than in D. neapolitana,

though they also have an enlarged base, which is ringed.

The tentacular cirri arise from the anterior border of the

segment, are wide apart, and have a slightly fusiform outline

—from a contraction at the base. The palpi form two

flattened bosses on the ventral surface.

The first segment of the body is about the breadth of the

succeeding. The dental apparatus is pale, a dark brown

touch occurring at the tip of the posterior appendages of

the maxillz, whilst at the junction of these parts a triradiate

band is present. The tips of the maxilla and the teeth of

the great dental plates are slightly brownish. The maxille

are strongly curved, sharp-pointed, and rather abruptly

swollen a little behind the middle. The posterior appen-

dages are half-spoon-shaped, with a constriction at the base.

The great dental plates have each about ten teeth. The

azygos plate has ten. The right anterior curved plate has

five; the left appears to have a larger number, but is

broken. The mandibles have an oblique smooth edge ante-

riorly, and at the junction of this with the shaft, externally,

is a projection.

The branchiz commence on the 12th foot as a simple

- * Zeitsch. f. w? Zool. xxv. p. 49, Taf. iii. figs, 11-21.

134 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

filament attached to the dorsal cirrus a little above its base.

As far as the 16th foot it remains a simple, long filament.

The 17th foot has a branched branchial process, and at the

20th it has a single filament above the cirrus, and the ter-

minal part is dichotomously divided—a feature of the

species. At the 30th foot three divisions occur above the

cirrus, which they considerably exceed in length, and

then the tip is dichotomously divided into two still longer

processes. The specimen terminated at the thirty-fifth seg-

ment, and on this, so far as could be seen in the injured

preparation, the number of gill-filaments was not less.

The first three feet are much larger than the succeeding,

and directed forward and outward as well as flattened

laterally. Dorsally the 1st foot has a large and rather thick

dorsal cirrus, which is bent downwards ; into its base pass

three spines. A bluntly conical setigerous region follows,

having a short tapering papilla at the tip. No bristles are

present. The ventral cirrus is of considerable size, some-

what fusiform in outline, and shifted so that it adjoins the

side of the mouth.

The next two feet (2nd and 3rd) are similar in general

structure, the size slightly increasing, and the ventral cirrus

of the 3rd foot is both larger and more flattened. In none

do bristles project beyond the skin, though they occur

internally below the spines.

The 4th foot, like the foregoing, is more or less ventral

in position. Its dorsal cirrus is large and subulate, the

setigerous region has short bristles projecting from its edge,

and the ventral cirrus is a lanceolate or conical lobe imme-

diately beneath it.

A marked change occurs in the 5th foot, for conspicuous

glistening bristles project from the setigerous region. The

dorsal cirrus is somewhat less though still prominent, the

setigerous region has a posterior flap, and the ventral cirrus

is visible inferiorly as a short process. The dorsal bristles

are translucent and finely tapered, with narrow wings and

serrated edges, as in the feet behind. he ventral are

equally translucent, have their shafts slightly curved and

dilated at the bevelled end, from which a long tapering

blade extends distally. The ventral cirrus is included in the

low glandular pad behind the foregoing region, and the

dorsal cirri diminish in size.

The 10th foot (PI. X. fig. 5) has a subulate dorsal cirrus

with a ventral “ bite,’ followed by a swelling, from which

it tapers to the point. It is supported by a group of slender

spines. The setigerous region has two strong spines, the

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 135

blunt points of which pierce the tissues. A short flap also

projects posteriorly. Superiorly is a group of long, trans-

lucent, very slightly curved, finely tapered bristles with narrow

wings, which are serrated at the edge (Pl. X. fig.6). The

ventral bristles are equally translucent, have slightly curved

shafts which are enlarged and bevelled at the ends for articu-

lation with the long tapering terminal piece, which at the

base is fully the breadth of the enlarged end of the shaft

Gere XN fie. 9).

At the 20th foot these jointed bristles have disappeared,

and their places are taken by two powerful yellowish hooks

with bifid winged tips (Pl. X. fig. 10), which in outline

resemble miniature pliers. The dorsal bristles have shorter

tips with a more distinct bend at the end of the shaft. The

two brown spines have increased in strength.

The 30th foot (Pl. X. fig. 7) presents little change on

the foregoing, except in the branchie and the slightly

increased slenderness of the dorsal bristles. The brush-

shaped bristles (Pl. X. fig. 8) offer little peculiarity.

From the posterior end of the fragment projected a series

of fibres, apparently formed by the glands of the annelid,

and enveloped in a translucent matrix. The secretion is

probably allied to that of Panthalis.

The example procured off Cape de Gatte had the same

tough fibres projecting from its posterior (broken) end as

in that form. Moreover, Loxosome occurred on many of

the branchial processes.

This species approaches the Diopatra brevibrachiata of

Ehlers, though no spiral line appeared on the branchiz.

Ehlers states that the first segment is broader than the

succeeding, but in this form little difference between them

was observed. The number of teeth on the dental plates is

greater. It differs from Onuphis Panceri, Claparéde, in the

form of the anterior feet and other particulars.

A species apparently identical with Onuphis Grubei,

Marenzeller, was dredged at Station 10 off Cape Finisterre

in 81 fathoms during the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition of 1870.

The examples retained their madder-brown coloration in

spirit. Thus the first five segments have each two bold

touches of purplish brown on the dorsum, those on the first

segment being double, viz., a large patch towards the anterior

border of the segment with a smaller behind it. The spots

in the others le on each side of the middle line of the

dorsum and towards the posterior border of the segment.

A considerable number of segments following these have

136 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

four spots, also situated towards the posterior border of the

segment, the outer on each side, generally the most con-

spicuous, being thus between the feet. Posteriorly the two

median show a tendercy to fuse, a pattern being by-and-by

formed in the centre, whilst the lateral dark spots are as

before. In some, three distinct bands are thus formed,

as De St. Joseph * observes.

A species which closely approaches the foregoing (Onuphis

Grubei) comes from 92 fathoms on ‘* Adventure Bank 7” —

the shallow between the eastern and western basins of the

Mediterranean, and extends between the African coast and

Sicily—in the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition of 1870.

In external appearance it presents certain differences.

Thus there are eight of the anterior segments with nine

prominent feet instead of five or six. The tentacles and

their long ringed ceratophores, however, have similar

outlines and proportions to those of O. Grubei. The frontal

tentacles appear to be somewhat larger, but the palpi agree.

The direction and proportions of the 1st foot agree with

those of O. Gruber, and it carries a slender branchia on the

dorsal cirrus. Dorsally are one or two simple tapering

bristles, the wing of which is indistinct. A characteristic

feature is present in the large inferior bristle, viz., the

occurrence of two teeth below the bifid terminal region

(Pl. XI. fig. 11). The pseudo-articulation of the tip and

other features are similar to those in the more widely

distributed form.

At the 10th foot the dorsal cirrus carries a branchia con-

siderably longer than itself. The setigerous region forms

a small cone, whilst the ventral cirrus is represented by a

large projecting granular pad. The bristles are simple

tapering forms without distinct traces of wings, though in

some further back (Pl. XI. fig. 12) these are indicated.

The great hooks (PI. XI. fig. 14), which by-and-by appear,

have a powerful chief fang and a smaller superior fang, pro-

tected by wings. The middle of the hook is dilated. One

of the feet from the middle of the body is shown in

Pl. XI. fig. 14.

In the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition of 1869 an example of

Eunice fasciata, Risso, was dredged in 80-110 fathoms

on muddy sand with pebbles, probably off Valencia, though

no Station is given. The same form-was obtained at

Station 10 in 81 fathoms off Cape Finisterre in the Expedi-

* Ann, Sc. Nat. 7° sér, v. p. 198, pl. viii. figs. 57-58 (1888).

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. Yaa

tion of 1870, and again off Cape Guardia. Eunice vittata,

Delle Chiaje, was dredged in 92 fathoms on Adventure Bank,

and in 45 fathoms off Cape Sagres in the Expedition of 1870.

A form allied to Hunice pennata, O. F. M. (= E. norve-

gica, L.), was dredged in 539 fathoms on the Channel slope

(Station 9) in grey mud in the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition of

1870. The chief points of divergence from the Norwegian

examples are the more distinct eyes, the commencement of

the brauchiz as a minute process on the 4th foot, and their

cessation about the 34th foot. The small branchial process

becomes bifid on the 6th foot, and continues more or less

bifid to the 28rd foot, and ceases about the 34th foot. The

shape of the foot also differs, and the separate small spines

for the dorsal cirrus are more distinct. The two large brown

spines of the setigerous region are longer and project more,

and the ventral cirrus is longer. The dental apparatus

agrees in appearance, colour, and structure with that of

E. pennata.

Eunice Jeffreysii, sp. n.

Habitat. Dredged in 30 fathoms in Tangiers Bay on

2nd July, 1870. In the bottle beside it was a portioi of

the membranous tube, like that of a Terebellid, covered with

minute sand-grains, fragments of shells, spines, and similar

calcareous structures.

The head is distorted in the preparation by the extrusion

of the proboscis, but it has a marked fissure between the

A, view of the right, and B, view of the-left side of the anterior

region of Eunice Jeffreys. Enlarged.

palpi in front. The tentacles are normal in position, but

they are remarkable for their slenderness. Two small but

138 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

distinct black eyes occur externally to the base of the

longer posterior lateral tentacle.

Body probably three or four inches in length, but only

about an inch and a quarter of the anterior end and a

fragment half an inch long of the posterior region are

present. It is flattened, like that of a Marphysa, and the

segments are narrow. Little diminution seems to occur

anteriorly. The first segment (peristomial) is broad, and is

followed by a narrow one bearing the tentacular cirri, which

are rather short and subulate.

Proboscis.—In extrusion (woodcut, fig. 1) the maxillz are

chocolate-brown, curved in a semicircle, and when viewed in

profile they are sinuous and bend upwards at the tip. The

great dental plates have four teeth, the first being longest,

a large part of the edge behind being smooth. The antero-

lateral plates have a blackish-brown patch externally in

protrusion. The right has a long median fang with a bifid

denticle ventrally, and a long tooth dorsally next it, besides

a separate denticle or two dorsally. A single large blackish-

brown patch occurs at the base. On the left are two small

semicircular blackish-brown touches, the ventral being

smaller than the dorsal. Dorsally are two long curved

teeth attached to a separate base; then a curved lamina

with a long curved fang and a smaller denticle beneath it,

representing the azygos plate.

The mandibles have somewhat thick calcareous anterior

plates with oblque cutting-edges sloping forward and

outward from the middle line to the pomt, the outer slope

being downwards and outwards.

The branchiz commence on the 28th foot as a single

short filament on each dorsal cirrus. Jn the anterior frag-

ment of the body, comprising about 63 feet, they never

attain more than two divisions, which are slender. In the

posterior fragment three filaments exist in each.

Looked at generally, the feet are closely arranged—a

feature due to the narrowness of the segments. The anterior

dorsal cirri are thicker and more conspicuous than those to

which branchiz are attached, or apparently than those on

the posterior region.

The 1st foot has a somewhat thick, subulate, dorsal cirrus

of considerable length, a small bluntly conical setigerous

process bearing a few short dorsal bristles above the spines,

and below the latter are short compound bristles with

moderately long tips. The conical ventral cirrus is pro-

portionally long. Two dark brown spines support the

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 139

setigerous region, which appears to have a small papilla

above it.

Whilst the dorsal cirrus, as mentioned, continues for some

distance of considerable length and thickness, the ventral in

the 2nd foot has diminished to a short conical process with

a thickened base, and it is still further reduced posteriorly.

At the 10th foot (Pl. XI. fig. 15) the dorsal cirrus forms

a long subulate organ, supported by several (three) pale

slender spines which enter its base. At this region also

ventrally is a slight prominence, which indicates the papilla

developed in the subsequent feet. Two powerful brown

spines, the tips of which project through the tissues, occur

in the setigerous region, which in lateral view presents an

oblique edge, sloping from above downward and inward—a

feature largely due to the development of the posterior lobe

or flap. Superiorly is a small clavate papilla which is

directed forward and outward. It carries dorsally a series

of rather stout, long, winged bristles of a pale brownish or

dull yellow hue (Pl. XI. fig. 16). A slight bend occurs

below the tip, which is comparatively short and abruptly

tapered. They extend rather beyond the tip of the dorsal

cirrus in the preparation. At their bases are a few brush-

shaped forms (Pl. XI. fig. 17). The ventral bristles are

paler (translucent and faintly yeilowish), have a short thick

shaft with a very slight bend, a faint articulation, and a

long slightly tapered distal piece (Pl. XI. fig. 18). So

far as observed this condition is characteristic of Morphysa,

but is rare in Lunice. The ventral cirrus forms a short

conical process at the tip of the large glandular ventral

enlargement.

The 20th foot agrees with the foregoing, except that the

papilla at the ventral base of the dorsal cirrus is larger,

Two spines support the organ. ‘The setigerous region has

three black spines. The tips of both dorsal and ventral

bristles are somewhat shorter. The edges of the terminal

pieces of the ventral bristles are finely spinulose.

The outline of the 30th foot (Pl. XI. fig. 19) consider-

ably differs. Branchiz have now appeared. ‘The dorsal

cirrus is more slender, and opposite the papilla at its base

ventrally a short branchial process projects dorsally, with a

conspicuous afferent and efferent vessel. The setigerous

region is now acutely conical, with a smaller rounded flap

posteriorly. The tips of three strong dark brown spines

project at the upper part. The dorsal bristles are more

slender and longer, and with a slight bend below the

140 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

abbreviated tip. The brush-shaped bristles are distinguished

by the great length of the teeth or processes at the tip, and

one side is longer than the other. The ventral are similar

to those in the 20th foot, the tips being minutely spinulose.

The 40th foot has a single pranehial process, the dorsal

bristles are more elongate, and the tips of the ventral bristles

are knife-shaped, being short and acutely pointed. The

serrations are less distinct. Twoblack spines support the foot.

The 50th foot has two divisions in the branchial process ;

the dorsal bristles are even more elongate, and the tips of

the ventral shorter (Pl. XI. fig. 20). A strong bifid winged

hook now projects above the ventral cirrus. A single black

spine supports the foot. The glandular pad internal to the

ventral cirrus is of large size. The tips of the dorsal bristles

appear to be as minutely spinulose as those of the ventral,

and the wings are marked by the usual striz.

In the fragment of the posterior region of the body the

male elements distend the parts. The feet have a rounded

outline and three branchial filaments, the ventral papilla

opposite their origin still being present. The foot has a

single large spine, the tip of which pierces the surface

between the dorsal and ventral bristles, a little above the

short ventral cirrus. The dorsal bristles have longer and

more slender tips, whilst the ventral have increased in

strength, but no perfect example can be found. The foot

thus possesses the strong simple spine and the strong bifid

hook as levers, in addition to the bristles. The brush- like

forms still have the same character as in front.

The Lysidice multicirrata, Claparéde*, from the coast of

Normandy, has compound bristles with taperimg tips, but it

seems rather to lean to Morphysa.

In the ‘Porcupine’ Expedition of 1869 a form was

dredged in 173 fathoms between Galway and the Porcupine

Bank, which approaches the Eunice amphihelia of Roule +,

but as there are certain divergencies it is necessary to go.

into detail. The head has the palpi deeply severed in front,

and with a marked fold at their middle and the demarcation of

an inner portion. ‘The tentacles are unusually long, but

retain their several proportions to each other. The median

extends backwards to the tenth segment in the preparation.

The tentacular cirri are about twice the antero-posterior

diameter of the first or peristomial segment. They appear

* Beobach. p. 60, Taf. xiv. figs. 23-26.

+ “Campagne. du ‘Caudan,’” Ann. de l’Uniy. de Lyon, 1896, p. 146,

pls. xix., ¥X., xxiii, and xxv.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 141

to have been smooth during life. They are thus all con-

siderably longer than in Roule’s form.

The body is probably about 10 or 12 inches in length,

rounded anteriorly and somewhat flattened posteriorly where

it tapers to the tail, which has two long and strong caudal

cirri. The dorsal cirri are conspicuous anteriorly for their

size and length.

The branchize commence on the 7th foot as a tuft of three

processes. At the 10th there are by dichotomous division

five or six filaments proceeding from a common stalk, and

thus differing from the semi-pinnate type. At the 20th foot

nine divisions occur, the 25th eight, but three are formed by

a bifurcation of the tip of one of the longer processes. The

30th has six, and they are now arranged in a semipinnate

manner ; the 40th has five; 50th, three; 60th, three; 70th,

two; that before and that behind three ; 80th, three. In the

posterior region, again (of a separated fragment), an increase

seems to occur, since four is the average number till within

about half an inch of the tail. These branches spring from

a common stem, and in the preparation spread over the

dorsum, though sometimes three arise together and one

separately. They continue almost to the posterior end, the

3rd foot in front of the tail having a single short branchial

process.

In Roule’s form the branchi# commence on the fourth

segment, and in the 40 to 50 anterior segments have about

seven branches. In the segments behind these they diminish

to four, three, and two to the posterior end. ‘There are thus

considerable differences in the number and arrangement of the

branchiz in the two forms, both anteriorly and posteriorly.

The maxille (woodcut, fig. 2) have a flat curve, only well-

marked at the tips. They are deep chocolate-brown, and

are boldly separated from the flattened spathulate appendages

posteriorly. A double interlocking apparatus exists pos-

teriorly, and the inner edge of each blade is sharp. Each

fits into a hollow in the great maxillary plate, and thus the

rigidity of the parts after seizing prey is maintained. The

great plates have five strong teeth anteriorly, followed by

one or two minor points, the edge behind (about half the

length of the organ) being smooth. The left azygos plate

has nine teeth, the curved plate in front of it five teeth, and

the two continuation-plates a denticle each. The anterior

curved plate on the right has ten teeth, and the continuation-

plates—larger and smaller—a denticle each. The mandibles

have two strong shafts which are slightly movable on each

other, and are coloured blackish brown externally, paler

142 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

and marked by longitudinal veins internally. A marked

shoulder occurs anteriorly, over which (ventrally) the cutting-

plate extends backwards. On the inner (dorsal) surface the

shoulder is boldly marked, the cutting-plate rising from

each as a broadly lanceolate process with crenations on the

anterior edge. The cutting-plates in certain examples seem

to be easily detached, as if they were shed at intervals and

renewed.

Dental apparatus of Eunice phylocorallia, F, Buchanan, Enlarged.

In Roule’s description of the dental apparatus of Z. am-

phiheliea, Marion, the great dental plates agree in the number

of the teeth (five). Unfortunately the nomenclature of the

other parts is not conducive to perspicuity, for he adds that

there are three denticles on each side, the anterior small and

the posterior small, and that the anterior is devoid of teeth ;

the middle carries five and the posterior eight. As no

mention is made of the azygos plate, considerable dubiety

remains.

The anterior feet are characterized by the length of the

dorsal cirri and the comparative length of the ventral in

the first seven or eight. Thereafter the ventral become

short processes of the great glandular mass at their base.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 143

At the 10th foot (Pl. XII. fig. 21) the dorsal cirrus is

still long, with a filamentous tip. It bears a branchial pro-

cess of five divisions. The setigerous lobe forms a short

cone, stiffened by two strong brown spines, the tips of which

are free. ‘The ventral cirrus is a short lobate process pro-

jecting from the thickened glandular mass internally. The

dorsal bristles (Pl. XI. fig. 22) are simple winged forms

rather abruptly pointed and with fine strie and serrations

on the edges. The brush-shaped bristles are characterized

by their comparatively small terminal spikes (Pl. XI.

fig. 23). The ventral bristles (Pl. XI. fig. 24) have shafts

enlarged at the distal ends, bevelled and marked by oblique

striations. The terminal piece is somewhat short with a

bifid tip and wings.

At the 30th foot the setigerous region has two dark brown

spines and six branchial filaments.

About the 33rd foot the great bifid ventral hook is ob-

served piercing the surface, and at the 40th three powerful

spines project from the setigerous region. The hook, which

continues to the posterior end, is dark blackish brown, with

a main fang and a small process or point on the crown ~

(Pl. XI. fig. 24a).

The great blackish-brown spines continue to the caudal

region, where two only occur. In this region the large

black ventral hook is present and has the same structure as

in front. The dorsal bristles are very slender and elongate,

and the brush-shaped forms are likewise long, though their

structure does not differ. The jointed ventral bristles are

similar to those in front, the tips being somewhat shorter.

The ventral cirrus, like the dorsal, is comparatively long.

This caudal region seemed to be in process of reproduction.

It is difficult to institute a comparison with the bristles

figured by Roule, since the style of plate adopted, viz. black

and white, does not lend itself to minute detail. A general

agreement is all that can be said.

Accompanying the annelid were several fragments of

a tough, pale, parchment-like tube minutely dotted under a

lens. In structure it was minutely fibrillar, the result of

fibrillation of the secretion.

Eunicea labidognatha nuda of Ehlers,

Ninoe Kinbergi, Ehlers.

Habitat. Dredged in the ‘ Porcupine’ Expcdition of 1870,

at Station 10, off Cape Finisterre, in 81 fathoms. Head

forming a blunt cone, comparatively broad posteriorly and

occasionally slightly grooved inferiorly.

144 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

Body slightly tapered anteriorly, and more distinctly so

posteriorly. Segments numerous and somewhat narrow in

front, the first two devoid of feet, the second being narrower

than the first. The form is readily discriminated from its

allies by the remarkable condition of the feet to the 34th,

and especially from the 6th to the 24th, since they project

much further outward than usual and, moreover, show a

digitate arrangement of the tip in the majority.

The proboscis has a pair of powerful curved maxille, which

have a step externally and a contraction before the some-

what tapered posterior region. The great dental plates have

seven sharp recurved teeth on one side and six on the other.

A prominent curved fang is on the end of each of the

antero-lateral plates. From the second (posterior) lateral.

plate a long horny band passes backward to the side of the

great dental plate.

The mandibles are similar to those in the Canadian form.

The Ist foot has a short conical and vascular lobe and

three brown spines. It bears a group of brownish winged

tapering bristles. The second has similar spines and groups

of brownish winged tapering bristles, which, like those of the

lst foot, are strong. The 8rd has three black spines and

two groups of the same bristles. The lobe of the foot is

lanceolate. The 4th foot presents four black spines and two

groups of similar bristles, the dorsal, as usual, being some-

what longer. The lanceolate lobe of the foot (PI. X. fig. 25)

is now bifid at the tip, so that it resembles a partially split

pear. In Verrill’s N. nigripes a bifid process also occurs on

this foot (8rd). The 5th has the separation between the

two lobes better marked, and the upper lobe is longer, both,

like the previous lobes, being vascular, a network of smaller

branches connecting the larger and forming a reticulated

central region in each lobe. The lower lobe, though shorter,

is considerably broader than the upper.

At the 7th foot the bristles and spmes remain the same.

The upper lobe is larger, and the broad lower lobe has split

into two at the tip, the upper being somewhat longer.

The 8th foot also has three lobes, the 9th and 10th four,

but they vary in the several specimens, some at the 9th

having only an elongated dorsal, and a short, broad, ventral

lobe with signs of division at the tip; whilst the 10th foot

had but three lobes. Four lobes are found at the 15th foot,

with similar groups of tapering bristles, and four black spines.

Moreover, about this foot two long winged hooks make

their appearance between the dorsal and the ventral groups

of bristles,

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 145

‘The 20th foot (Pl. XII. fig. 26) has five lobes, four black

spines and two winged hooks between the groups of brownish

bristles. The lobes appear to be modifications of the pos-

terior lobe seen in other forms. The dorsal division or lobe

is considerably larger and more massive than the others, and

the rest form a slightly diminishing series, the two lowest

springing from the same basal stem. ‘The anterior lobe of

the foot forms a truncated cone, the outline of which crosses

the bases of the posterior lobes in lateral view. ‘The elon-

gated hooks (Pl. XII. fig. 27) have a moderately developed

winged region, a short neck, a small main fang, and several

minute points on the crown. In Ehlers’s specimens only two

black spines occur in this region. In Verrill’s N. nigripes

the lobate processes extended only to the 28th foot.

The 30th foot has six lobes, a dorsal considerably larger

and longer than the others, a slightly diminishing series

below, and a common trunk inferiorly which soon splits into

two. ‘Their vascular supply follows the arrangement seen in

front, viz., a large marginal vessel with transverse branches

and meshes. The dorsal bristles form two groups—an upper

with moderately tapered tips, and a lower with very attenuate

tips. One of the second series of the dorsal bristles is shown

in Pl. XII. fig. 28. These are followed by the two winged

hooks, and, lastly, two bristles with somewhat short tips

occur inferiorly, and there are three black spines.

The 38rd foot has six lobes and two black spines; the 34th

four lobes, two spines, and a hook; the 35th five lobes (the

lower being small), one hook, and two spines.

The lobes diminish to three in the 36th foot, viz., an upper

and two small inferior lobes. The upper dorsal group con-

sists of about two winged bristles with moderately elongated

tips, a lower series (two or three) with elongated and very

finely tapered tips, one or two hooks, and a lower bristle ;

three spines are present. The 38th foot has only a single

lobe and three black spines; two hooks are generally

seen. The 39th foot has also a small lobe which becomes

minute in the 40th foot, and both have only two black

spines ; the tips of the hooks are now shorter.

At the 50th foot only a blunt papilla indicates the upper

(posterior) lobe. Dorsally the two kinds of tapered bristles

are represented, and the winged hooks (three) are stouter

aud have shorter and broader winged regions. A minute

chief fang occurs, then above it a series of still more minute

points—trom five to seven in number,

Coincident with the change in the posterior lobes, the feet

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xi. 10

146 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

become less prominent and assume the condition seen in

other forms.

Every specimen represented only the anterior third or

less of the body, so that it would appear to be a dweller

in mud or in a tube. The presence of largely developed

glands at the bases of the feet would also seem to show

that a special secretion is furnished either for a tube or for

lining a tunnel.

The genus was established by Kinberg * from specimens

procured off the coast of South America. All the species

he and subsequent observers (Ehlers and Verrill) have

described have been American. ‘This is the first appearance

of the genus in European waters. Further remarks will be

made under the Canadian examples.

Lumbriconereis acutifrons, sp. n.

Dredged in the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition of 1870, though

the locality is not stated.

A small and imperfect specimen, distinguished by the

attenuated conical snout (Pl. XII. fig. 29), which from a

base of the normal breadth tapers to a delicate extremity.

In lateral (profile) view it is even thicker at the tip than

when seen from above, for the dorso-ventral flattening is

less marked than in ordinary types.

The body is very little diminished anteriorly, and remains

of the same diameter to the fractured region, the whole

measuring about three-quarters of an inch. The dental

apparatus is of a translucent madder-brown hue by trans-

mitted light. The maxille are somewhat broad posteriorly

with a concave border, but taper in front to strongly

curved and sharp points. Their posterior appendages are

narrowed after the articulation, then expand into somewhat

long processes, having a straight inner edge and a convex

outer edge; the whole appendage is thus unusually long.

The great dental plates appear to have six strong, recurved

teeth, each of which is connected by a canal with a brown

band externally. These correspond respectively with the

central canal of the tooth and the layer of odontoblasts of

the dental matrix of Pruvot and Racovitza +, as shown in

their account of Lumbriconereis coccinea. In front the

preparation showed only a single plate with a tooth. The

translucent mandibles were ankylosed in front, then split

into the oblique dental edge which was tipped externally

# Annul. nova, Frege. Eugen. Resa, p. 566, Taf. xviii. figs. 32 & 33

+ Arch. Zool. Expér. 5° sér, vol. ii, p. 880, woodcut, fig. 3,

en ee a Te

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 147

with brown. Nearly parallel lines passed from these blades

into the shafts, where they converged. The apparatus had

been injured. In glancing along the sides the feet project

evenly, forthe basal part forms (when looked at from above)

a cylindrical process, the setigerous lobe forming the anterior

or median region of the tip, whilst posteriorly is a short

subulate papilla or lobe, sometimes probe-pointed, which is

longest in the anterior feet.

The bristles are translucent and brittle, so that compara-

tively few remain on the specimen. The spines, of which

there are four or more in the anterior feet, are also pale

and translucent, the tips only being russet-brown. The

dorsal bristles (Pl. XII. fig. 30) are slightly curved at the

end of the shaft, the tip then dilating in the usual manner

with its wings and tapering distally to a fine point, which in

some is considerably prolonged. A few bristles, again, are

of a more slender structure, dilating little at the end of the

shaft, and being continued as a very attenuate hair-like

tip (Pl. XII. fig. 31).

The hooks are likewise translucent and appear to be absent

from the most anterior feet, though, as mentioned, they

might have been removed. ‘The shaft is curved backwards

towards the tip and gradually dilates to the beginning of

the neck of the hook, which (neck) is short (Pl. XII. fig. 32).

The main fang in this region of the body is small, and the

crown above it has several small teeth.

The form is peculiar, and probably came from a con-

siderable depth.

Lumbriconeress brevipes, sp. n.

Habitat. Dredged at Station 10, in 81 fathoms, off Cape

Finisterre, in the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition of 1870. A frag-

ment of about 40 bristled segments.

Head, as in other forms, conical, and with a median and

two lateral grooves inferiorly.

Body gently tapered in front, the first two segments

broader than the succeeding, and the first only very little

broader than the second. The trim condition of the feet is

a feature of moment, for the small posterior lobe is scarcely

noticeable. The bristles stand stiffly outwards beyond the

line of the feet.

Proboscis.—The maxille (woodcut, fig. 3) are curved in

the usual manner and dark brownish. Posteriorly they are

articulated to two processes which together form a broad

spear-head, a constriction marking off the region near the

148 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

articulation. The great dental plates are well defined

externally and posteriorly, the outer border in front having

a projection so that, as the first tooth is opposite it, the

apparatus is hammer-like. Each plate has three large and

widely separated teeth which apparently interlock. The

antero-lateral plates have each a single tooth, and the

anterior plate is large, and by transmitted light is dotted

with minute granules. The same dotted or file-like arrange-

ment is seen in the band passing backwards from these to

the lateral region of the maxille and great plates.

Fig. 3.

Dental apparatus of Lumbriconereis brevipes.

The anterior lateral plates are displaced. Enlarged.

The mandibles form broad, flattened cutting-plates, the

anterior edge of which is symmetrically notched, so that it

resembles the tail of a fish. Dark pigment occurs on each

outer section ; longitudinal lines internally and looped lines

externally mark its surface. The posterior processes are

slender.

The anterior feet have a bluntly conical anterior lobe,

whilst the posterior forms a small conical process which

projects superiorly beyond the rest. ‘Two or occasionally

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 149

three black spines support the foot. In the specimen only

slightly brownish, long, tapering, winged bristles were

present ; but as all the inferior were broken, their condition

is uncertain (Pl. XII. fig. 33).

About the 40th foot the posterior lobe or papilla becomes

somewhat less, though of a similar outline, and the pale tips

of the two black spines pierce a conical papilla anteriorly.

Above the spines are two brownish winged tapering bristles

as before, whilst beneath are three long hooks, the terminal

winged region being rather short (Pl. XII. fig. 34). The

crown of the hook is little developed and the main fang in

this region is small; it probably increases in size posteriorly.

The Lumbriconereis parva-pedata of A. lL. Treadwell *

from Culebra comes near this form ; but as no description of

the dental apparatus is given, the relationship is uncertain.

2. On Canadian Eunicide dredged by Dr. Whiteaves, of

the Canadian Geological Survey, in 1871-1873.

Three species of Onuphididz were procured: one, Onuphis

conchilega, Sars (the O. hyperborea of Hansen), occurred

in considerable abundance in 125 fathoms off Cape Rosier

Lighthouse in the Gulf of St. Lawrence in 1871, and also

on Orphan Bank in 1873. As a rule, the branchize com-

menced on the llth foot. The tubes are composed of

coarse gravel and flat fragments of Echinoids firmly fixed

to the tough lining of secretion. Those from Orphan

Bank are smaller and the fragments composing the tubes

less coarse.

Onuphis quadricuspis, Sars +.

Dredged in 150 fathoms off Cape Rosier Lighthouse, Gulf

of St. Lawrence, 1871, and between Cape Rosier and Cape

Gaspé in 75 to 80 fathoms on a stony bottom, in 1872.

The head generally resembles that of other forms, but is

eyeless in the preparations. The frontal tentacles are small

and ovoid in outline. A patch of pigment occurs in the

middle line posteriorly. The palpi form two prominent

bosses inferiorly. The ceratophores of the tentacles are

ringed, and the median is considerably shorter than the

adjoining lateral.

* “ Polychetous Ann. of Porto Rico,” U.S. Fish Com. Bullet. for 1900,

p. 198 (1901).

+ Sersk. aftrykl af Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhandl. 1871, p. 407; and

Bidrag til Kundskaben om Christianiafjordens Fauna, iii. p. 16, tab. xv.

figs. 7-19 (1873).

150 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

The body is conspicuously banded with pigment, which

was probably reddish brown during life, a bar occurring

dorsally in the middle of each segment, generally with a

darker spot m the centre. The first segment is somewhat

narrower than the succeeding, and bears two subulate ten-

tacular cirri at the anterior border.

Proboscis—The whole apparatus is comparatively short,

pale greyish in hue, niarked with characteristic blackish-

brown lines.

The maxille (woodcut, fig. 4) are remarkably broad poste-

riorly, curving almost from the latter border to the hook-like

tip. A dark curved line indicates a separate edge or element

at their posterior end, bounded posteriorly by another line

running outward from the bold dark bar separating the

maxille from their spathulate appendages, which have a

median notch posteriorly. The great dental plates have

Fig. 4,

Dental apparatus of Onuphis quadricuspis, Sars. Enlarged.

each about six well-marked teeth directed backward. ‘The

right anterior curved plate has nine or ten teeth; the left

has fewer, apparently about six.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 151

The mandibles have an uneven sloped edge anteriorly and

tapering shafts. A black pin-shaped bar occurs at the

mner edge of each anteriorly. In one example, a new maxilla

was developing after the manner of a new bristle or hook.

The point is short and strongly curved. The functional

maxilla of that side was perfect.

The next segment carries the first pair of feet, which are

considerably shorter than in such types as Hyalinecia tubi-

cola and O. conchylega, and pass transversely outward instead

of sloping forward to the anterior border of the head as in the

forms mentioned. The dorsal cirrus is well developed and

subulate; the button-shaped tip is minute, whilst a long

subulate papilla extends from the posterior edge. The

ventral cirrus projects as a subulate process ventrally.

The setigerous region forms a short cone, supported by a

group of spines with slender tips. The bristles (Pl. XII.

fig. 35) are pale and appear to be hollow (or with fluid

internally), have a distinct bend, and an incurvation on

the concave side at the tip, which is bifid with long tapering

guards or wings. Such a condition indicates a tendency to

form a jointed tip. A few simple tapering bristles are also

present.

The 2nd foot differs little from the Ist, though it and the

ord have a more slender dorsal cirrus. The 4th foot has

its ventral cirrus in the form of a pad. The four segments

bearing the feet described form a region of the body

characterized by broader and shorter segraents. The suc-

ceeding segments are narrower and longer from side to side.

The branchiz commence as a simple filament on the

6th foot*. At the 10th foot there are two branchial

filaments, and the setigerous region has now become a short

cone. Dorsally is a tuft of simple tapering bristles with a

slight wing, and inferiorly are two strong bifid hooks.

The 20th foot (Pl. XIII. fig. 36) has four branchial

divisions, a tuft of slightly brownish dorsal bristles with a

narrow wing at the tapering tip, and three strong bifid hooks

beneath. In shape these differ from those found in Onuphis

conchylega and H. tubicola. The shafts are powerful and

both processes at the tip are strong, the secondary, however,

being the more conspicuous. They are also winged (Pl. XIII.

fig. 37). The highest number of branchial filaments seems

to be four.

The 30th foot is less prominent and has two branchial

processes. The dorsal bristles are considerably longer and

* Sars does not mention the foot on which these begin,

152 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

there are two strong bifid hooks. The branchiz cease about

the 31st foot.

The posterior feet project little, forming smoothly rounded

processes with simple attenuate dorsal bristles and two strong

bifid hooks beneath. Only a single tail in process of repro-

duction was present, and it bore a single cirrus; but on this

no reliance can be placed. Sars describes four anal cirri—

two long superior and two shorter inferior cirri.

This species approaches so closely the Diopatra socialis *

of Ehlers from the ‘ Porcupine, that, though Ehlers shows

a strong bifid hook with the shorter prong broken (thus

comparison is difficult), I am inclined to agree with Grube in

uniting them. It shows also certain relationships to the

Onuphis eremita, Aud. & Edwards, though in the latter the

branchiz arise on the 2nd foot.

In the bottle was a firm tube of reddish mud, lined by a

tough mucous secretion, but it was empty. It probably was

that inhabited by the species.

The bifid, or, as he calls them, bicuspid capillary bristles

of the three anterior segments mentioned by Sars + have not

been observed, but what he refers to is in all probability

the tips of the tapering guards or wings of the special bristles _

shown in fig. 35, Pl. XIII.

This species is probably the Nothria opalina of Prof.

Verrill ft.

None of the American species described by Ehlers seem to

approach this form, for if the bristles are similar the

branchiz are absent, and vice versa.

The third species, which may be the Onuphis holobranchia

of Marenzeller, appears to approach Onuphis Grubei, Maren-

zeller, a form which comes near Nothria tenuisetis of the

‘Challenger,’ especially in the structure of the bristles, though

there are certain differences, such as the origin of the

branchiz. It was dredged between Cape Rosier and Cape

de Gatté, in 70 to 80 fathoms, amongst stones, in 1872, and

in 100 to 212 fathoms off Anticosti, in the Gulf of St. Law-

rence, in 1871 and 1873.

The head is characterized by the great length of the ten-

tacles, the median, however, being shorter than the adjoining

long posterior lateral. The anterior or short external lateral

are, on the other hand, thick, with a marked distal filament,

which is abruptly narrowed. This tentacle, moreover, is

* Zeit. f. w. Zool. Bd. xxv. p. 46, Taf. ii. figs. 5-10.

t+ Op. cit. pl. xv. figs. 16, b, ¢.

{ Amer. Journ, Sci. & Arts, y., Feb. 1878, p. 102.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 153

divided by the long ceratophore into two nearly equal halves.

All the others have long ringed ceratophores. The frontal

tentacles are somewhat ovate and the pedicle is narrow.

The palpi are separated by a distinct interval from the ante-

rior border of the snout, and form two prominent, almost

cylindrical bodies which have freer motion than usual.

Body probably 3-4 inches in length, somewhat like that

of H. tubicola in contour, though differing in detail. The

first segment is slightly narrower than the second and bears

a slender tentacular cirrus at the anterior margin in each

lateral region, the distance between them being proportionally

great. Like the succeeding five segments it is narrower and

more rounded than those of the flattened region following.

The five feet and their processes are also larger and more

conspicuous than the succeeding.

The proboscis is generally pale, with dark touches on

maxille, accessory posterior plates, and other parts. The

maxille (woodcut, fig. 5) have sharp, curved, dark points,

Fig. 5.

Dental apparatus of Onuphis near holobranchia, Marenzeller. x 35.

and their accessory posterior plates are constricted, then

dilated and pointed, so as to give them a regularly spathulate

appearance. A bar of pigment separates them from the

maxillz in front, another is between them, and a shade also

occurs at the constricted region. The great dental plates

are boldly toothed ; the right has eight teeth and the left

seven. The accessory or azygos left plate has six teeth.

154 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

The anterior curved plate has nine teeth on the right, five or

six on the left. A small isolated process with a tooth occurs

externally. The oblique anterior edges of the mandibles

have in some specimens irregular denticulations and a notch

on each side internally with a dark band; in others the edges

seem to be smooth. The shafts are slender and pointed.

The 1st foot has dorsally an elongated tapering dorsal

cirrus, springing rather beyond the middle of the short foot,

and which has a group of slender spines projecting into its

base. Beyond the tips of these spines a long, slender,

tapering (branchial) process arises from the dorsal edge, and

is shorter than the cirrus, which, like the setigerous region,

is permeated by a network of fine blood-vessels. None of

the latter were seen in the branchial process. The setige-

rous region forms a blunt cone supported by four tapering

spines, and with a long lanceolate papilla projecting from

its posterior edge. The bristles are similar to those of

Onuphis quadricuspis, but not identical, having hollow shafts

(Pl. XIII. fig. 38) with a bend and wrinkles at the com-

mencement of the terminal region, which has a hook at the

end, followed closely by a secondary process, and then a

single spike—two tapering wings which project beyond the

tip guarding the whole. A subulate ventral cirrus arises

near the base of the foot ventrally.

In its progress backward the dorsal cirrus has a tendency

to diminish, whilst the branchial filament has a tendency to

increase. Thus at the 10th foot (Pl. XIII. fig. 39) the

branchial process is now the longer, though the cirrus has

the larger base, a condition due mainly to the shrinking of

the dorsal cirrus, for some of the branchial. processes in front

are really longer than that of the 10th foot. The setigerous

region is now almost adnate, with a dimple in the centre,

apparently the separation between the actual setigerous region

aud the adnate ventral cirrus. The papilla from the poste-

rior border of the tip is also much reduced. Simple tapering

bristles with scarcely a trace of a wing only appear. A group

of spines pass to the dorsal cirrus as in front and the setige-

rous region has two strong spines.

So far as the specimens showed, the branchial filament

increased in size, being the most conspicuous process of the

foot, and still retained pre-eminence to the posterior end of

the longest fragment, the dorsal cirrus being much smaller.

Both diminished im size posteriorly, but the proportions held.

At the 20th foot the branchia is nearly twice as long as

the cirrus, and its vascular trunks are conspicuous. ‘The

foot forms a slightly rounded projection, a dimple separating

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 155

the setigerous region from the pad formed by the ventral

cirrus. Three strong spines with acute tips support the

setigerous region. Dorsally is a group of simple bristles

with a few brush-shaped forms, while ventrally are two

strong hooks which have a stout shaft, and a large main

fang with a process above it similar to that in the previous

species.

The chief changes in the posterior feet are the diminution

of both branchia and cirrus, the elongation and slenderness

of the dorsal bristles, the increased strength of one spine, the

point of which projects beyond the surface, and the occur-

rence of only a single powerful bifid hook.

It is noteworthy that the branchiz do not attain great

bulk in any part of the body, even the longest being rather

slender, but their number probably compensates for their

size.

This species constructs a tube of its tough secretion and

envelops it with soft, greyish, and probably sticky mud.

The Northia iridescens, H. P. Johnson *, dredged by Prof.

Herdman at Victoria, B.C., so far as the description and

figures go, is not distinguishable from this species.

The foregoing differs from the French examples of Onuphis

Grubei by the absence of six or eight eyes behind the ten-

tacles, by the fact that the branchiz commence on the Ist

foot, whereas in O. Grudez of the French coast they begin on

the 4th segment. ‘The alteration of the ventral cirrus in the

Canadian form appears to be similar to that of the French,

for the 7th foot has a truncated cirrus which soon becomes a

rounded boss. The Canadian further differs in the number

of teeth on the azygos plate and in other parts of the appa-

ratus. DeSt. Joseph states that the bidentate strong hooks

begin on the tenth segment. The relationship of this form

with Marenzeller’s Onuphis holobranchia is still undecided,

as no opportunity of comparing the specimens has yet been

available. It would appear to be closely allied, though having

longer tentacles and apparently shorter branchiz.

Eunice ?

Dredged at Station No. 11, 1872, 30 miles N.E. of Cape

Rosier, and at a depth of 200 fathoms.

A species of considerable size, but only a fragment of the

anterior region, comprising about thirty bristled segments

with the head, has been received.

* Proceed. Boston Nat. Hist. Soc, vol, xxix, no. 18, p. 408, pl. viii.

figs, 86, 87, pl. ix. figs. 88-92.

156 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

The head is typical, with five moderately elongated ten-

tacles and an eye of considerable size in the normal position

on each side. The palpi are soldered, with the exception of

a median notch in front and a deep furrow inferiorly. The

first segment is about once and a half the breadth of the

average anterior segment.

Proboscis—The maxille (woodcut, fig. 6) from above

Fig. 6.

Dental apparatus of Eunice P Enlarged.

present a moderate curvature, whilst in lateral view only a

slight sinuosity occurs, the tips, however, rising clearly above

the horizontal. The right great dental plate has ten teeth,

the left eleven, but three of these were on a depressed region,

probably indicating fracture and renewal. The azygos plate

(left) has tenteeth. The left anterior curved plate had seven

teeth, the right nine or ten teeth. Thesingle accessory plate

(anteriorly and externally) had one denticle. A marked

shoulder separated the maxillz from the posterior processes,

which were spathulate in outline. The mandibles have large

foliate dentary processes, with two or three small denticles on

the oblique avterior edge. The shafts or roots are pale

dorsally, with wavy lines as in sections of wood, whilst ven-

trally they are marked by a broad dark brown band. The

colour of the apparatus is chocolate-brown with lighter parts

here and there:

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 197

The second segment is slightly less than the others and bears

the two tentacular cirri, which also are of moderate length.

The third and fourth segments have feet devoid of branchie.

The third foot has a branchial process of three divisions.

The next branchia has more than double the number of pro-

cesses, and they steadily increase till, at the tenth, their

number is about twenty-six, at the twentieth twenty-nine

(Pl. XIII. fig. 40). The last segment of the fragment, viz.

the thirty-first, had branchiz with twenty-eight divisions.

The upper or last divisions of the branchia are more slender,

especially the terminal process, which is only about half the

diameter of the average filament. The main stem of the

branchia is once and a half the diameter of the base of the

dorsal cirrus. The dorsal cirrus is of considerable length,

extending beyond the tips of the branchial divisions, but its

diameter is less than that of the branchial stem. The seti-

gerous region (Pl. XIII. fig. 40) forms a short cone with the

edge sloping inward and downward.

The dorsal bristles are translucent, tapered, and curved at

the tip, which has feebly developed wings.

The ventral bristles are also translucent and the end of

the shaft is slightly curved, dilated, striated, and bevelled.

The terminal piece is of some length and its base is less

bevelled than usual in such forms (Pl. XIII. fig. 41), so that

with the gentle narrowing at the tip (front edge) the process

is somewhat spindle-shaped. ‘The tip is peculiar, for after a

notch it seems to taper away to a knife-point, a condition

apparently due to injury. In certain views a differentiation

into a bifid condition (extremely translucent) is clearly

visible, the wings terminating in a delicate tapering point.

The dorsal division of the fork is the longer and more robust.

The great brittleness of these bristles is a feature of note,

comparatively few being perfect, and even these seem to

have been recently regenerated. The majority present a

fissured imperfect tip, the hooks having been removed. In

some the tip, from splitting, is brush-like, in others the

fracture of the terminal piece is abrupt (below the bifid

region) and from the fractured end extends a simple process

of the ventral edge.

The ventral cirrus forms a conical process projecting from

the enlarged base (ventrally).

The head is irregularly four-lobed by a fold in the middle

of the palpus in front of each antero-lateral tentacle, so that

the form may fall under the Eriphy/e of Kinberg as possessing

tentacular cirri and a four-lobed frontal region, and thus its

relationship to E. violacea is closer. The branchiz have two

158 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

(the first) to thirty branches. It differs, however, in that

the branchize begin on the 3rd foot, whereas in E. violacea

they are absent on the first five. ‘They lean to the type seen

in Eunice aphroditois and E. Rousseaut.

This species also comes near Hunice violaceo-maculata,

Ehlers, from Tortugas, but the head does not appear to be

simply bilobate, the branchial filaments are longer and more

numerous, and the number of teeth on the various plates is

greater. The bristles, again, are quite different.

Lumbriconereis fragilis, O. ¥. Miller.

Great numbers, some of large size, were dredged in 1873

off Port Hood, Cape Breton; also in Gaspé Bay, 1873; some of

these were also of large size. In one, the largest, the maxil-

lary plates only had three teeth, the posterior apparently

having been abraded, and the edges of the anterior were

white. The anterior feet had the posterior lobe considerably

modified, so that in lateral view it had a deep vertical edge

instead of the more pointed condition in the ordinary forms.

The black spines are also more numerous. ‘There is, indeed,

much variation in this respect and in the length of the

bristles, but it seems unnecessary to do more than to draw

attention to these differences.

Lumbriconereis near assimilis, M‘I., but with pale spines.

A small species was dredged in 200 fathoms south of

Anticosti in 1871 which had rather prominent feet, with a

small posterior lobe, the tip of which in the sole example

projects backward rather abruptly. The spines throughout

are pale, and the bristles (Pl. XIII. fig. 42) do not offer cause

for remark. ‘The winged hooks occur on the first segment

and are continued to the posterior end of the example, which

is fragmentary. At the 20th foot the tips of the winged

hooks are long and tapering (Pl. XIII. fig. 43), the crown of

the hook having minute spines which do not much differ

from the lowest or chief fang. Posteriorly the winged region

is shorter and the chief fang of the hook better differentiated

from the smaller upper spines of the crown. —

This species comes near the L. robusta of Ehlers *, though

the spines in the latter are black.

The dental apparatus of this form had been crushed, and

all that can be said is that the maxillze had the normal

outline, the curve being rather flat, and their posterior

* Florida Annel. p. 104, Taf. xxxi. figs, 1-6,

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 159

processes were short and spathulate in outline, thus differing

from the allied Lumbriconereis zonata of H. P. Johnson *

from Puget Sound. Each great dental plate had five strong

recurved teeth, the first being the largest. The anterior

plates had each a single tooth, the rest of the plate being

minutely granular. The mandibles had broad, wedge-shaped,

anterior plates with oblique edges and narrow fangs or poste-

rior processes. The broad anterior plates were marked with

curved lines.

Ninee Kinbergi, Ehlers.

Dredged in considerable numbers off Port Hood, in 1873 ;

probably m muddy reddish clay.

A small Lumbriconereid, probably about 4 inches in length,

though none of the fragments measured more than 2 inches,

with a diameter at the widest part in front (across the feet)

of about 3 millim. The shape of the body is characteristic,

since by the great breadth of the anterior feet a fusiform

region is formed. The feet gradually increase in prominence

from the Ist to the 6th or 7th, remain of considerable breadth

to the 23rd or 24th, and again diminish.

The head forms a pointed cone, with a few wrinkles

posteriorly, two of which are often conspicuous. The two

succeedirig segments and the rest of the body conform to the

type in Lumbriconereis. The Ist foot has a setigerous

process besides a short conical lobewith three brown spines and

a dorsal group of simple winged bristles which slightly dilate

beyond the shaft and taper to a fine pomt. Below the spines

are two attenuated winged hooks, tapering towards the tip.

The maxille (woodcut, fig. 7) have a gentle curve and end

in sharp poits. The great dental plates have about six

powerful recurved teeth. ‘The two antero-lateral plates have

each a single curved tooth, and at its base two small

crenations, aud a greater belt externally. These anterior

plates have a different character from those in Hunice and

Lumbriconereis, being folded flatly onthe sides of the gape,

the larger in front and the smaller behmd. The posterior

proces-es of the maxille have a constriction, then enlarge,

aud again taper off to a point externally.

The mandibles are shaped like a battle-axe, with a denticle

towards the suture, the edge sloping obliquely outward and

forward from this. The shafts are long and slender.

On the whole they resemble the European form and also.

the Ninoe Kinbergi of Ehlers from American waters ; but the

* Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. vol. xxix. no. 18, p. 408, pl. ix. fig, 94,

160 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

dental apparatus differs from the latter in respect to the

antero-lateral plates, which are described and figured by the

author as curved plates having ten minute teeth, and with a

granular band externally. Whether this difference is due to

Fic. 7.—Dental apparatus of Minoe Kinbergi. The points of the right

anterior plates have been pushed to the right. Enlarged.

Fig. 8.— Anterior dental plate of Ninoe Kinberg:. Magnified.

structure or to a misinterpretation is an open question.

Certainly the forms closely resemble each other, and the

discrepancy is probably due to the difficulty in getting a good

view of the parts. The base of the long pointed tooth in

each plate seems to be flanked by a series of small teeth

(woodcut, fig. 8).

The 2nd foot has a finger-like process extending beyond

the posterior lobe, but the bristles conform to the arrange-

ment already mentioned. The 38rd foot is similar; the 4th

has three digitate processes, the upper being the longer ;

the 5th and 6th have each three processes; the 10th foot

has six processes, the dorsal being the larger, and the foot 1s

supported by three brown spines. The dorsal bristles are

somewhat stout, have broad wings, and a short finely tapered

tip; those of the inferior group have shorter tips. ‘The hooks

with the long tapered tips are as before.

The 15th foot presents posteriorly a long and somewhat

subulate dorsal process and four shorter processes beneath it.

In front is the setigerous lobe, which bears two groups of

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 161

the winged bristles, the tips of which have now become very

attenuate. The winged hooks have still somewhat tapered

and slightly bent tips. There are five brown spines.

There are some minor differences in the number of spines

in the feet of the Canadian examples, but it has been thought

unnecessary to repeat what has been given under those from

the ‘ Porcupine.’

The 30th foot has three spines and six lobes, the upper

being the larger. The cuticle on these seems to be specially

thick. The dorsal bristles (Pl. XII. fig. 28) have a compa-

ratively short winged region at the end of the shaft and a

slender attenuate tip—which is almost as long as the shaft—

beyond it. The inferior winged and tapering bristles are

little altered.

At the 50th foot there are three brown spines supporting

the setigerous region and a single short papilla representing

the dorsal lobe. ‘The tips of the dorsal bristles are still very

attenuate and the winged region short. The hooks project

far, have a broad and short winged tip, the widest part being

just below the neck of the hook (Pl. XII. fig. 27), which is

short. The main fang is little larger than the five or six

points above it.

The species secretes abundant mucus, which mixes with

the brownish mud amongst which it dwells. The secretion

may readily line the tunnel in the mud.

Ehlers observes that all the examples of the genus procured

by Kinberg and himself came from American waters.

Besides the Canadian specimens the ‘ Porcupine’ obtained

others.

It is probable that the forms described by Ehlers and that

by Verrill may have closer connexion than the former

supposes. Verrill observes that the first two setigerous

segments have branchiz, whereas in the present the lobe

appears on the second foot. His specimens came from Vine-

yard Sound and Buzzard’s Bay, on muddy ground.

Drilonereis canadensis, sp. n.

Dredged off Port Hood, Gulf of St. Lawrence, 1873. A

fragment of apparently the same form occurs in a bottle with

Nematonereis in the British Museum, having been dredged.

in 40 fathoms off the coast of Cornwall by Laughrin

(G7 7ls 7429):

Head (Pl. XIII. fig. 44) when viewed from the dorsum

forms a,blunt cone, but laterally it is flat. Posteriorly the

line of the head is convex, for it passes into a shallow crescent

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 1

162 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

cut out of the first segment. Inferiorly a median groove

occurs. Body 5 or 6 inches long, very little narrowed ante-

riorly, remaining of nearly uniform breadth for a considerable

distance, and then diminishing towards the tail, which is

absent in the examples. The two segments behind the head

agree with the Lumbriconereid type, the first being narrower

Fig. 9,

Dental apparatus of Drilonerets canadensis. a, maxille and dental

plates; 6, mandible. Enlarged.

dorsally (from the concavity in the centre anteriorly) and

wider ventrally, where it has a series of Jongitudinal wrinkles,

In spirit the body is rigid and moniliform, the feet projecting

at the widest or median part of each segment.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 163

The proboscis has superiorly a pair of short and strongly

curved maxillz (woodcut, fig. 9, a), which have the inner edge

of the base posteriorly serrated, four or five points being

present. ‘They are continuous posteriorly with a short broad

plate of the same blackish-brown colour, and marked off by a

slight indentation, which again articulates behind with two

triangular smaller pieces, continuous, after a constriction,

posteriorly with two greatly elongated slender bars, slightly

tapered posteriorly. ‘The great dental plates are bar-like

from above and are shorter than the curve of the maxille,

though a process goes forward to the anterior plates. They

have six recurved teeth, the anterior being longest.

The small antero-lateral plates are three in number, each

with a prominent tooth, the larger proximal one having a

shoulder below the tip.

The mandibles (woodcut, fig. 9, 0) are triangular, blackish,

broad horny plates which lie considerably in front of the

anterior plates and ventralwards. The wide anterior end is

rounded and they do not always touch each other.

The armature of the proboscis thus in many respects agrees

with that in Drilonerets, which in all the examples seen

possessed mandibles. The maxillz are brittle, especially at

the wide base.

The Ist foot has a small setigerous lobe in front and a

conical lobe posteriorly. A pale stout spine pierces the upper

part of the former. The bristles are broken.

At the 10th foot the setigerous region is better developed

and bears a series of stout winged bristles with a marked

curvature beyond the shaft and a tapering tip (Pl. XIII.

fig. 45). A single powerful spine or hook-like spine projects

inferiorly, the tip being simple. The tips of the winged

bristles project inferiorly. The posterior lobe is now some-

what lanceolate in outline, its inferior border being convex.

The shape of the foot is little altered at the 30th, and the

tips of the inferior bristles are as in front, viz., just projecting

in profile beyond the posterior lobe. The tip of the great

simple spine is conspicuous inferiorly.

At the 50th foot the posterior lobe is somewhat diminished

(Pl. XIII. fig. 46), so that the tip of the great spine and the

bristles are more prominent. The wings of the bristles are

also narrower and the tips proportionally longer.

Posteriorly, whilst the tips of the bristles are more slender,

the great spine has rather increased in size.

It is a very tough species, the cuticle resisting even con-

siderable force, so that the bristles are apt to be injured in

removing a foot.

ike

164 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

This form comes near the Drilonereis longa of H. E.

Webster *, from the Virginian coast, though the concavity at

the anterior border of the first segment and certain details

of the dental apparatus differ. How much such differences

are due to imperfection in figures is an open question.

It approaches the Drilonereis Elisabethe of the British

seas, though differing in details of the dental apparatus, in

the broader wings to the less tapered bristles, in the shape of

the head, and in the presence of the crescentic hollow at the

anterior border of the first segment.

3. On Norwegian Kunicide collected by Canon Norman,

D.C.L., F.RS.

The Eunicide in this collection are in considerable numbers

and of much interest, were it enly for comparison with the

British representatives. Onuphis conchylega, Sars, is not

uncommon, yet O. quadricuspis, Sars, does not appear in the

series, though it stretches to the shores of Canada and was

formerly procured in Norwegian waters. The examples of

Hyalinecia tubicola are of medium size and show the occa-

sional occurrence of a tentacular cirrus as an abnormality.

The most abundant Eunicid is Eunice pennata, O. F. M., and

several varieties occur. Amongst these is a small series in

which the branchiz commence on the 38rd foot. A single

branchial filament is on the 8th foot, whilst the 12th branchia

has 4 divisions, the 20th has 6 or 7, and the 30th 5 divisions,

whilst the last, on the 39th foot, is a simple process as in

front. The highest number of divisions observed was 10.

This form seems to abound on shell-gravel, and it constructs

tubes. Hunice amphihelia, Roule, is likewise common in its

parchment-like tubes. Lastly, Lumbriconereis fragilis, O. F.

Miller, is very generally distributed and of average size.

Besides the foregoing, six or seven fragments pertaiming to

the group were dredged.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE X.

Fig. 1, Ventral bristle of the second foot of Diopatra neapolitana. x Zeiss

oc. 2, obj. D.

Fig, 2, Anterior (10th) foot of the same. The finely spiral branchia is

not in good condition. Enlarged.

* Trans. Albany Inst. vol. ix. p. 40, pl. vii. figs, 84-88,

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 165

. Foot of the same species behind the foregoing (about 20th).

Enlarged.

: Fovertul (lower) winged hook of the same foot. X Zeiss oc. 2,

obj. D.

. 10th foot of Onuphis brevibrachiata, Ehlers. Enlarged.

. 30th foot of the same. Enlarged.

. Brush-shaped bristle from the anterior region of the same.

xX Zeiss oc. 4, obj. D.

. 6. Dorsal bristle of the same. x Zeiss oc. 2, obj. D.

. Ventral bristle of the same. Zeiss oc. 2, obj. D.

10: Winged hook of the same from the 20th foot. Enlarged.

. 25, 4th foot of Minoe Kinbergi, Ehlers, the first of each group of

bristles only being shown. x Zeiss oc. 2, obj. D.

PuaTEe XI.

. 11. Bristle of the 1st foot of Onuphis from Adventure Bank, allied

to O. Grubet. X Zeiss oc. 2, obj. D.

. 12. Dorsal bristle of the same. Similarly magnified.

. 18. Great winged hook of Onuphis from Adventure Bank. X as

before.

. 14. Posterior foot of Onuphis Grubet, Marenzeller, ‘ Porcupine,’ °

1870. Enlarged.

. 15. 10th foot of Hunice Jeffreys. Enlarged.

. 16. Dorsal bristle from the same foot. x 100.

. 17. Brush-shaped bristle of the same. xX 100.

. 18. Ventral bristle of the 10th foot of the same. xX Zeiss oc. 2,

obj. D.

. 19. 30th foot of the same species. X 28 diam.

. 20. Ventral bristle from the 50th foot of the same. xX Zeiss oc. 2,

obj. D.

. 22, Dorsal bristle of Eunice amphiheie, Roule. X Zeiss oc. 2,

obj. D.

. 23, Brush-shaped bristle from the same. Similarly magnified.

. 24, Compound bristle of the same from the 10th foot. Similarly

magnified.

ig. 24a. Jointed bristle from the 30th foot of the same. Similarly

magnitied.

- Pirate XII.

. 21. 10th foot of Eunice amphihehe, Roule. Enlarged.

. 246. Great winged hook behind the 50th foot of Eunice amphi-

heli.

. 26. 20th foot of Ninoe Kinbergi, Ehlers. x 70 diam.

. 27. Long winged hook of the same from the 20th foot. x Zeiss

oc. 2, obj. D.

. 28. Dorsal bristle of the same (50th foot).. Similarly magnified.

. 29. Dorsal view of the anterior region of Lumbriconereis acutifrons.

Enlarged.

. 30. Dorsal bristle of the same from the anterior region. X Zeiss

oc, 2, obj. D+3 in. draw-tube.

. 31, One of the more slender series from the same region of the body.

Similarly magnified.

. 32. Shorter winged hooks from the middle of the body. Similarly |

magnified.

. 83. Foot of Lumbriconereis brevipes. The dorsal edge is to the left.

x Zeiss oc. 2, obj. D.

g. 34, Long winged hook of the same. Similarly magnified.

166 Dr. H. Charlton Bastian on the

PLATE XIII.

Fig. 35. Bristle of the 1st foot of Onuphis quadricuspis, Sars. It is

accidentally curved. » Zeiss oc. 2, obj. D.

Fig. 36. 20th foot of the same. Enlarged.

Fig. 87. Powerful winged and bifid hook from the posterior region of the

same. X as before.

Fig. 88. Bristle of the 1st foot of Onuphis near holobranchia, Maren-

zeller. X as before.

Fig. 39. 10th foot of the same. Magnified.

Fig. 40. Foot (about 20th) of Eunzce from Cape Rosier. Enlarged.

Fig. 41. Ventral bristles of the same. X as before.

Fig. 42. Upper bristle of Zumbriconereis assimilis. X as before.

Fig. 48. Winged hook of the same. as before.

Fig. 48 a. Head and anterior end of the foregoing. Enlarged.

Fig. 44. Anterior end of Drilonereis canadensis. Enlarged.

Fig. 45. Upper bristle of the same. X as before.

Fig. 46. 50th foot of the same. x 70 diam.

VII.—On some Points in connexion with the ordinary Deve-

lopment of Vaucheria Resting-spores. By H. CHARLTON

Bastian, M.A., M.D., F.R.S., F.L.S.

[Plate XIV.]

COMPARATIVELY few persons have probably followed the

development of the resting-spores of Vaucheria, owing to the

length of time they remain in a dormant condition. I have

long been familiar with these bodies and with various changes

that are from time to time apt to occur therein, but until the

summer of 1901 I had never seen them germinate and give

rise to young Vaucheria plants.

The only description of their germination that I have been

able to find is that given by Pringsheim*. He says:—“‘ The

spore remains for some time longer, without being thrown off

from the parent tube on which it was produced; but the

colour of its contents, which was at first green, gradually

becomes paler and paler; the spore is at last rendered quite

colourless and presents in its interior only one or more largish

dark brown bodies. When it has lost all its colour it is

detached from the parent tube in consequence of the decay of

the membrane of the sporangium enclosing it. After some

* “On the Impregnation and Germination of Alge.”’ Translation in

Quart. Journ. Microsc. Science, 1856, p. 63, pl. iii. figs, 17-20, The

figures, a8 reproduced in the Journal, and as copied in Cooke’s ‘ British

Freshwater Algze,’ are very crude, aud even erroneous in several respects ;

this is especially the case with fig. 17.

Development of Vaucheria Resting-spores. 167

time (in my experiments after about three months) the spore,

which is readily recognizable by the red-brown nuclei in its

interior, suddenly resumes its green colour, and immediately

thereupon grows into a young Vaucheria, exactly resembling

the parent plant. Close observation shows that the innermost

layer, elongating, breaks through the thick outer membrane

and becomes the young tube exactly in the same way as I

have described the process of development in the germinating

spore of Spirogyra.”

On May 8th, 1901, I had under examination a quantity of

one of the larger Vaucherta which had been gathered a

fortnight previously and placed with water in a shallow dish.

Much of the weed had died, but on and among the filaments I

found a very large number of resting-spores. A quantity of

these were on this day placed in a small wide-mouth bottle,

loosely covered with a screw cap, merely to exclude dust and

diminish the amount of evaporation. The bottle was half-

filled with water, and was then left, not far from a window, on

the end of a mantelpiece in my study.

The bottle was at first opened only on two or three occa-

sions for a brief examination of its contents. The spores

were soon found to be undergoing the common kind of change

—that is, were becoming decolorized into a whitish-grey

mass of granules and vesicles, containing in its midst from

one to four aggregations of pigment-granules. The pigment-

heaps in this case were of a reddish-brown or reddish-orange

eolour, though very frequently the tint is found to be of a

blackish green.

After an interval of several weeks, on July 4th, I examined

_ the contents of this bottle again, and in the first portion of

the deposit taken up with a pipette I found a number of the

resting-spores germinating and giving birth to filaments.

They were associated with other spores in their ordinary

condition and others still in which different changes had been

taking place.

Both the resting-spores themselves and the filaments that

had grown from them were lined, sometimes pretty thickly

and at others very sparsely, with bright green chlorophyll-

corpuscles. In regard to the filaments, the most common

arrangement was that the single process sent out almost

immediately divided into two at a very obtuse angle; at

other times the division took place at some distance from the

spore, while occasionally two filaments were seen coming off

from the spore itself close to one another. Subsequently

they branched and changed in diameter in a very iregular

manner.

168 Dr. H. Charlton Bastian on the

The most remarkable facts, however, about these germi-

nating resting-spores have had reference to the contained

heaps of pigment, loosely spoken of in the foregoing transla-

tion from Pringsheim as “nuclei.” The facts observed were

so remarkable that I was anxious to repeat my observations

in the following year, and this was done.

On June 8th, 1902, I found a quantity of Vaucheria race-

mosa, growing at the edge of a pond, which was absolutely

crowded with resting-spores. Some of this plant was kept in

water in a shallow dish, and after a day or two numbers of

the spores were placed in a small stoppered bottle half-full of

water. Another large quantity of spores was placed with

water in a tumbler, and merely covered loosely, so as to

exclude dust.

On July 24th—that is, only six and a half weeks from the

date of gathering—many of the resting-spores within the

stoppered bottle were found to have germinated, though at

that date none of the spores in the tumbler could be found in

this condition. Subsequent examinations made it clear that

germination took place more rapidly in the closed bottle than

in the open tumbler. I have no record of the date when I

first found them germinating in the tumbler, but I can say

that at the expiration of three and a half months hundreds of

these spores were germinating, and that the process was seen

occurring in others of them during the next two months.

It may not be out of place to say a few words now con-

cerning the condition of these resting-spores in the long

interval that occurs between decolorization and germination.

For a long time they remain, without apparent change, of

a greyish-white colour, owing to the presence of an intimate

mixture of colourless granules and corpuscles, the latter

seeming to be derivatives or remainders from the green

corpuscles with which the spores were originally packed.

More or less in the centre a large mass of pigment-granules,

mostly of a blackish-green colour (Pl. XIV. fig. 1, A, x 250),

but sometimes of a red-brown or red-orange tint, as in V. race-

mosa, 18 to be seen. Three or four, or even more, smaller

pigment-heaps, instead of one large one, are very common in

this latter species. The largest number I have ever found is

shown in B(x 250). It seems perfectly clear that these

heaps of finely granular pigment are merely refuse products

left over during the process of molecular transformation that

the spore has undergone in becoming decolorized. Micro-

scopical examination shows that they are mere heaps of fine

granules, unsurrounded by any bounding membrane,

Development of Vaucheria Resting-spores. 169

Now comes the question, what changes are undergone by

the resting-spore in its ordinary condition, such as is shown

in A, previous to its germination? It is very difficult to be

certain as to this, but my impression, formed after the exami-

nation of very large numbers of these bodies, is that in the

normal course of development the corpuscles indicated in A

almost completely disappear and that the general substance

of the spore becomes resolved into a uniform mass of very

minute granules. The spore has then a rather glistening

silvery-white appearance, such as was seen in B. In the

specimen represented in C there was much the same silvery-

white appearance, but there were indications that a new set

of rather smaller spheres was forming, leading on to the

production of small glistening spheres of protoplasm such as

are shown in D. Thereafter these small spheres seem to

become green and converted into small chlorophyll-corpuscles.

A specimen of this kind is shown in E, but in an early stage,

as the corpuscles were still only of a very pale green colour.

Pringsheim speaks of ‘‘ the innermost layer elongating,” and

says it “breaks through the thick outer membrane, and

becomes the young tube.” ‘These two layers are distinguish-

able in H, which is, I believe, a spore becoming green and

just about to germinate, while in fig. 8, D, the split in the

outer membrane is recognizable.

Pringsheim further intimates that these latter changes are

rapidly brought about. He says, after a time the spore

“suddenly resumes its green colour, and immediately there-

upon grows into a young Vaucheria exactly resembling the

parent plant.” As to the rapidity of these latter processes,

my own observations do not enable me to make any definite

statements,

I now come to the most interesting and important point of

all in connexion with the germination of the Vaucheria

resting-spore, namely, as to the fate of the pigment-heaps

which all along have been such prominent objects in the

resting-spores. During my first examination of these germi-

nating spores and on all subsequent occasions I have found

either in the green spore itself or in one of the filaments

issuing therefrom one or more of the blackish-green or red-

brown pigment-heaps now appearing (when not pressed

together or squeezed within a filament) as perfect spheres

with sharply defined outlines, such as are shown in fig. 2

(x 250). The most surprising thing at first was to see these

pigment-spheres in the filaments, as in D and in H. -The

latter body is ouly enlarged half as much as the others, in

170 Dr. H. Charlton Bastian on the

order to show the three unequal pigment-masses far away

from the spore itself, and jammed together in the filament *.

Many of the spheres have been seen very much further away

in the filaments than this, and many also have been seen just

emerging from the spore, as in C, where the middle body is

much compressed between the other two.

To casual observation these bodies all appear to be motion-

less; but after exposure for a little while to the light and

heat from the microscope-lamp, very faint and more or less

imperceptible movements can be detected in most of them.

During my first study of these bodies, while examining a

spore containing two of them, as in B, I saw one of the

spheres moving forwards and backwards over a space scarcely

equalling its own breadth without any visible change in

shape, and with a slow gliding movement like that of an

Actinophrys. But through the walls of the spore no rays of

any kind could be detected then or since, though I have

repeatedly watched their very slow movements taking place

when these spheres have been within the spores and also

within the filaments. Sometimes there has been a distinct

interval between the forward and the backward movements ;

at other times it is clear that the movements of the pigment-

spheres must be more continuous in one direction.

In October last I had under observation a spore in which

within and just outside there were four unequal pigment-

spheres, and also two others some distance away within the

filament. Thisspecimenisshown in Pl. XIV. fig.3, A ( x 125),

though the two spheres close together in the filament are

very indistinct, owing to their being out of focus. After I

had taken this photograph, with a short exposure, I noticed

that the movements of the spheres within and near the spore

were more marked than usual. I left the specimen therefore

exposed to the light and heat of the lamp (I was using no

screen at the time) for exactly fifteen minutes, and then I

took the photograph represented in B (x 250), with an expo-

sure of three minutes. ‘The results shown are most interesting.

Dnring the fifteen minutes’ interval the lowest sphere had

evidently moved considerably, though from the sharpness of

its outline it is clear that it can scarcely have moved at all

during the taking of the photograph. The small upper

sphere had evidently moved less, though very perceptibly,

during the interval, and had oscillated during the three

minutes in which the photograph was being taken, as its

* One of the two smaller bodies is flattened against the upper wall of

the filament.

Development of Vaucheria Resting-spores. 171

outline is so hazy and indistinct. The other small and the

large sphere had moved comparatively little.

A rather large sphere of red-orange colour which was a

long way out in a filament is shown in C (x 375) after it

had been killed by a weak solution of formalin. The sharp-

ness of its outline shows that all movements had been stopped.

In some of the large spheres a very rudimentary development

takes place. They no longer have the appearance shown in

C; they seem to have grown somewhat, since around the

heap of pigment-granules there is a rim of brownish-yellow

protoplasm, such as is to be seen in D (x 250). This body

is situated in an empty spore, whose outer membrane shows

the rupture produced during germination.

On a single occasion only have I seen one of these pigment-

spheres encysted. It was situated outside a filament from

which it had been liberated *. This specimen was in the

first stock of these germinating resting-spores that was

examined, and was found after the spores had been in my

possession in a small bottle for five months. The cyst

showed a rough tuberculated margin as in E (x 500), and

the contents were of a blackish-green colour. Although this

body was outside the filament, there was no room for doubt as

to its nature.

I have now examined two or three hundred germinating

resting-spores of Vaucheria, and in every one of them the

original pigment-heaps have been seen in one or other of the

conditions just described—each of them, that is, has been

found to be included in a small mass of protoplasm which

has been formed around it in some way during the stages

immediately preceding the germination of the spore. So long

as the spore has not sent forth any filaments we see more or

less ill-defined aggregates of pigment-granules, this being the

case even up to the stage almost immediately preceding germi-

nation, such asis shown in Pl. XIV. fig. 1, Dand HE. Onthe

other hand, as soon as germination has taken place we find

these pigment-heaps, spherical, sharply defined, enclosed within

ascanty amount of protoplasm, and exhibiting slight powers of

independent movement, which, as with other low organisms,

are destroyed by weak solutions of formalin or osmic acid.

There cannot be a doubt, in fact, that we have to do with

* The liberation is easily accounted for, as it very commonly happens

that after a time the spore itself and one or more of the proximal seg-

ments of the filament die. All the chlorophyll-corpuscles of such

segments disappear, while the membranes often become soft and disinte-

grated. The tormation of dissepiments in both young and old filaments

of J aucheria is by no means uncommon,

172 Dr. H. Charlton Bastian on the

the generation within the resting-spores of Vaucherta of inde-

pendent forms of life of a very low order, resembling Am@bee

or the simplest forms of Actinophrys, but forms of life which.

are so heavily freighted with indigestible matter as to give

them but a poor chance of undergoing further development.

March 20, 1903.—During the last three or four days I

have again examined many specimens taken from the second

batch of developed Vaucheria resting-spores contained in the

open vessel, These examinations have been made after a

long interval, and during this time much of the water had

evaporated. Though rather more than ten months had

elapsed from the date when the resting-spores were gathered,

many of them were found to be still undeveloped. They

were mixed with much débris from dead - filaments, with

empty cases of resting-spores, and with a large quantity of

pale green Vaucheria filaments emanating from resting-spores

which had germinated. Some of these filaments were still in

continuity with, though others were separated from, the spores

from which they had issued.

Each of the resting-spores in connexion with living fila-

ments contained one or more of the pigmented Ameeboid

spheres. ‘These were now found to be almost motionless, and

none of them had wandered out into the green filaments.

They were therefore probably some of the resting-spores that

had recently developed, after long confinement under un-

favourable conditions, with the result that the pigment

Amebe were less active than those which had been produced

at an earlier period.

On the other hand, many of the spores and filaments were

dead, and from them all, or almost all, the chlorophyll-cor-

puscles had disappeared, though these filaments contained

one, two, or more of the spherical Am@be, and many of them

were in a more fully developed condition than any I had

previously seen. The specimens had lapsed into a resting-

stage and were perfectly motionless; but they were seen to

possess a wider and more distinct border of protoplasm, stained

of a slightly brownish colour, but free from pigment-granules,

Some of these specimens, as in Pl. XIV. fig. 4, A (x 875),

showed clear indications of a commencing segmentation of

this peripheral protoplasm, while in others, as in B (x 375), —

segmentation had actually occurred into a number of minute

monads, whose movements had to be arrested with a dilute

solution of osmic acid before the photograph could be taken.

Two or three of these monads (rather out of focus) may be

Development of Vaucheria Resting-spores. 173

seen just escaping after rupture of the limiting membrane of

the sphere.

In other specimens the change that occurred in these more

developed pigment Amebe was different. No peripheral

pigment-free protoplasm was developed, but a central nuclear

mass of protoplasm, such as may be seen in C and D (x 875),

was produced.

All these specimens, as I have said, were found in other-

wise empty filaments—that is, in filaments denuded of chloro-

phyll-corpuscles. It is probable therefore that they were

relatively old and were relicts of some of the earlier germi-

nations.

I have only found a single specimen of the pigment

Amcbe in one of these more developed states while still con-

tained within an old resting-spore. ‘This specimen is shown

in fig. 4, HK (x 375), and it may be seen to represent a

rather abortive attempt at the formation of one of the central

nuclear masses.

Both these changes in resting Amabe are very familiar to

me. ‘They occur frequently in some other kinds of large

Amebe which are apt to swarm in cells of Nvtelle and in

Vaucheria filaments when these plants have been kept for a

short time under certain unnatural conditions. These parti-

cular Amebe, however, grow most rapidly, while gorging

themselves with chlorophyll-corpuscles. They then pass into

a resting condition, and in the course of twenty-four hours or

less many of them begin to segment peripherally into flagel-

late monads, while others, lying side by side with them, and

therefore under similar conditions, for some mysterious reason

go through the alternative process—that is, each of them

gives rise to a single central sphere of protoplasm, which

becomes surrounded by a membrane, and then remains in a

quiescent condition for three or fourmonths. After this long

period the substance of the central mass of protoplasm also

undergoes simultaneous segmentation into a number of

minute flagellate monads or zoospores *.

It seems clear, therefore, that the sluggish Amebe whose

origin has been traced from the mere heaps of pigment-

granules always present within the resting-spores of certain

species of Vaucherza tend, after comparatively long periods,

to pass through developmental phases of a kind so definite

as to remove all doubt as to the fact of their being independent

* These changes in Mitella and Vaucheria will be fully described

in Part IV. of my ‘Studies in Heterogenesis, to be published about

December next, :

174 On the Development of Vaucheria Resting-spores.

animal organisms, even though they have taken origin from

the substance of the plant.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV.

Fig. 1. A. Anordinary decoloured Vaucheria resting-spore.

B. A resting-spore of V. racemosa with many pigment-heaps and

the substance generally composed of fine granules.

C. A spore very much like the last, but in which vesicles seem

beginning to form again from the granular substance.

D. Another spore, in which the new vesicles are small and dis-

tinct, but colourless. ;

E. A spore almost ready to germinate, in which the small vesicles

have taken on a pale green colour and the pigment-mass

has become more defined in outline.

All X 250.

Fig. 2. A. A spore which has germinated lined with small chlorophyll-

corpuscles and containing a single pigment-organism.

B. A spore with two pigment-organisms and scarcely any chloro-

phyll-corpuscles.

C. A spore with three pigment-organisms making their way out

into the filament.

D. A spore and filament, showing a large pigment-organism in

the latter compressed into an ovoid shape.

E, Another germinated spore, showing a large and two small

pigment-organisms far out into the filament and com-

pressing one another, one being flattened against the upper

border of the filament.

A, B, C, D, x 250; E, x 125.

Fig. 8. A. Aspore thickly lined with chlorophyll-corpuscles and con-

taining four unequal pigment-organisms.

B. The same spore, more highly magnified, after an interval of

fifteen minutes, in order to show indications of the move-

ments of the organisms during the interval, during the

period when this photograph was being taken, or during

both these periods.

C. A large pigment-organism, far out in a filament well lined

with chlorophyll-corpuscles, after it had been killed by a

solution of formalin.

D. A more developed pigment-organism within an old spore,

which, as well as the filament, was devoid of chlorophyll-

corpuscles.

E. One of the pigment-organisms which has become encysted

outside a filament.

A, X 125; B, x 250; ©, x 375; D, * 250; EH, x 500.

Fig. 4. A. Two pigment Amebe in an otherwise empty filament, with a

distinct margin of brownish protoplasm, showing some

indications of approaching segmentation.

B. One of the Amcebe in which peripheral segmentation into

monads has taken place.

C & D. Two pigment Amebde in which a central nuclear mass of

protoplasm has been formed.

EB. An old resting-spore, containing a pigment Amada in which

there is an abortive attempt at the formation of a similar

nuclear mass of protoplasm.

All x 375,

On Diatoms and a Parasitic Alga. 175

VIIL—On the Relations between certain Diatoms and the

Fisston-products of a Parasitic Alga (Chlorochytrium).

By H. Cuartton Bastian, M.A., M.D., F.R.S., F.L.S8.

[Plate XV.]

Muc# interest was excited in 1872 owing to the discovery by

F’. Cohn * of an alga existing as a parasite in the thallus of

the ivy-leaf duckweed (Lemna trisulca). This was followed

in 1877 by the discovery of another parasitic alga by Prof.

Perceval Wright } infesting various marine alew. Since this

time several other forms have been discovered, and rather an

extensive literature has grown up concerning Chlorochytrium

and allied genera. A key to some of this literature will be

found in de Tonis’s ‘ Sylloge Algarum,’ vol. i. (1889) p. 636,

in which an attempt was made to classify the various species

then known.

Among the new forms there is one, Ch. Knyanum, found in

Lemna gibba and in L. minor, which was examined and

figured by G. Klebs ft in 1881. This is evidently the alga

that I have of late met with very abundantly in both these

species of duckweed, and to which my present remarks will

refer.

I find during autumn and winter among duckweed from

various localities many dead and decolorized leaves, having a

greyish-white and somewhat gelatinous appearance. Such

leaves may be easily picked out by spreading some of the

duckweed in a thin stratum of water over a white dish. It

will be found that the decolorized leaves are all devoid of

rootlets, and possibly this loss of the rootlets may have been

the main cause leading to the premature death and change

in the appearance of the leaves.

Examination with a hand-lens, magnifying eight or ten

diameters, will show in many of such leaves that the upper

greyish-white surface is flecked with minute specks of an

emerald-green colour, sometimes abundantly and sometimes

sparsely, while examination of these or other leaves under

the microscope will often show an abundance of the early

stages of such bright green specks, so minute as to have

been invisible with the mere hand-lens.

It is best to pick out the smaller leaves for microscopical

* ¢ Beitrage zur Biologie der Pflanzen,’ Heft xi. p. 87,

+ Trans. Roy. Irish Acad. vol. xxvi. p. 13.

t Botan. Zeitung, 1881, p. 248, t. iii. figs. 11-165,

176 Dr. H. Charlton Bastian on Diatoms and the

examination, and even then (especially with ZL. gibba) the

examination can often only be satisfactorily carried out by

placing one of the leaves in water on an excavated glass slip

(taking care that its upper surface is uppermost), and gently

compressing the leaf, if necessary, with the cover-glass.

An examination of a very large number of these infected

leaves has enabled me to ascertain the following facts :—

The very active spores of the Chlorochytrium penetrate to

some of the intercellular spaces of the leaf through the

stomata. Single spores or such bodies after a primary

fission may be seen just within the stomata (Pl. XV. fig. 1, A).

Sometimes the entire spore or the segments of the once or

twice divided spore will grow considerably before undergoing

any further fission (as in B), though more commonly division

goes on so as to produce eight or more cells (C), which, as

they grow, soon become tightly packed within the now

dilated substomatal space (D). Hxamination of the surface

of the leaf over one of these patches will always reveal a

stoma greatly dilated and almost circular in shape *.

The mode of infection in L. minor and L. gibba is there-

fore altogether different from that described by Cohn as

occurring in L. trisulea. In that species of duckweed there

is, curiously enough, an absence of stomata. The average

shape and appearance of the patches of Chlorochytrium in

L. trisulca is also rather different from that of the patches in

the other two duckweeds, and the latter patches also lack the

distinct and often thick bounding membrane which occurs

round the patches in L. trisulca.

In each of the forms the tendency is to an ultimate pro-

duction of minute spherical or ovoidal zoospores, which, after

exhibiting a swarming movement, may make their way out

of the space in which they have been developed. It often

happens, however, in each of these forms of Chlorochytrium

that the zoospores may, either in whole or in part, not succeed

in escaping, but come to rest within their respective cells or

spaces (fig. 2, B, x 375).

What I have further to say refers especially to Oh. Knya-

num, and to this form as it occurs in L. gibba.

In some of the smaller patches composed only of two or of

four enlarged cells it may occasionally be seen that segmen-

tation of the contents of one of the cells only has occurred,

while others have remained unaltered. This same kind of

independence in the life of the cells occurs also in larger

* All the components of figs. 1,2, and 3 have been magnified 250

diameters except fig. 2, B; this latter, as well as all the components of

figs. 4, 5, and 6, have been taken at a magnification of 375 diameters.

Fisston-products of a Parasitic Alga. 177

aggregates, some of the individual units of which may often

be seen entire and undivided, while the contents of others are

in different stages of fission down to the final stage of spore-

formation.

It seems probable that sometimes the swarm-spores are

formed by a simultaneous segmentation of the cell-contents

into the brood of spores, but in other cases, as was clearly

shown by G. Klebs* for Ch. Lemna, the cells undergo

successive processes of fission till the swarm-spores are pro-—

duced. This latter kind of process I have found to occur

very abundantly in Ch. Knyanum.

Multitudes of partially empty spaces may be seen con-

taining large or small specimens of these intermediate fission-

products, those within the same space being either all of one

size (fig. 2, C) or of very different sizes. Other spaces may

be seen still full and distended with Chlorochytrium, the

constituent cells of which exhibit very different degrees of

segmentation (fig. 2, A). Some have become resolved into

the minute zoospores (tig. 2, B), while others have remained

as fission-products varying much in size. Some writers

have spoken of some of the larger forms as being probably

* resting-spores.”’

It seems to me, however, that it can only with certainty be

said that the Chlorochytrium cells undergo processes of divi-

sion to a variable extent, so as to yield fission-products of

very different sizes, and that, presumably under the influence

of some unfavourable conditions in their environment, some

of the products at each of these stages may undergo no further

changes of a normal kind, and thus may never give rise to

Chlorochytrium spores.

This brings me to one of the important points which this

communication is destined to make known, which is, that in

the later stages of the life of Ch. Knyanum the fission-products

within the intercellular spaces of the leaf are often found to be

more or less intermixed with diatoms, varying not a little in

size and in shape.

This association is met with sometimes in spaces none of

the contents of which have escaped, and then the contrast is

great between the beautiful emerald-green of the algoid cells

aud the brownish-yellow colour of the diatoms mixed there-

with. At other times partially empty spaces are seen con-

taining the fission-products of the alga alone (PI. XV. fig. 2,C),

diatoms alone (fig. 2, D), or a mixture of the two kinds of

units (fig. 3, A, B, C, D).

* Loe. cit. Taf, iii. figs. 10, a, 5, ¢.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 12

178 Dr. H. Charlton Bastian on Diaioms and the

More rarely spaces are found densely packed with brownish-

yellow diatoms only, in different stages of growth and deve-

lopment, except perhaps for the association of one or two

minute algoid corpuscles (fig. 4, A, B, C, D) *.

In regard to the diatoms themselves, these are sometimes

very small and rudimentary (as in fig. 3, A, and in the upper

part of D), but at others they are much larger (as in fig. 3,

B,C, D). These larger sizes are either fairly broad and

ovoid, like Navicwle, or else narrow and elongated, like

Nitzschie (fig. 4, C, D).

In almost all cases, however, the diatoms have the appear-

ance of being immature; they have ill-developed siliceous

envelopes and are all quite full of brownish-yellow endo-

chrome. There are also at times indications that growth and

multiplication of these immature forms is or has been taking

place, looking to the way in which they are occasionally

ranged side by side in short rows in some of the half-empty

spaces (as in fig. 8, A, and in the upper part of D).

The substomatal spaces which have been tenanted by the

Chlorochytrium are characterized, as | have said, by a greatly

distended and almost circular stoma, and often by having

their walls stained of a more or less distinct rust-colour.

Indications of the latter change are to be seen in fig. 2, OC, Df. _

It is a fact of much importance that diatoms are never to

be found in any of the substomatal spaces except in those

which either actually contain or bear marks of having been

previously tenanted by Chlorochytrium.

- Unfortunately I have found it very difficult to photograph

some of the most remarkable specimens I have met with.

This has been due to a combination of causes. It has been

partly owing to the light having to pass through the whole

thickness of the leaf, partly because of the staining of the

walls of the spaces, partly because the photograph yields no

discrimination in shade between the emerald-green colour of

the alga and the characteristic brownish yellow of the diatom,

and at other times owing to the diatoms being so densely

packed within their little subepidermal pockets that their

individual forms cannot be clearly shown, as in fig. 4, in

which two of the spaces (C and D) were closely packed with

* The specimens shgwn in this figure looked much more densely

packed before the leaves from which they were taken were immersed ii

elycerine in order to facilitate the taking of the photographs. All the

other photographs have been taken from leayes immersed in water only,

except fig. 6, A, which was also taken from a specimen in glycerine. ~

} Of course these two characteristics, belonging to different planes,

van neyer be seen together in the same photograph,

Fission-products of a Parasitic Alga. 179

small but long and slender diatoms like Nitzschiv, while

fig. 3, C, D, contained broader and more ovoid organisms of the

Navicula type.

It occasionally happens that the spores of the Chloro-

chytrium force their way from a closely packed space in

which they have been produced, whence exit is not easy, in

between various of the contiguous sub-epidermal cells, and

occasionally in these situations I have also found diatoms.

Spores in these situations between the spherical cells are

shown on the right side of fig. 1, D.

There is another point of much interest to be mentioned.

Sometimes one of the epidermal cells, of zigzag outline,

will here and there be found filled by a light green alga

having the appearance of being a species of Chlorochytrium

(fig. 5, A). Other of these cells may be found in which

such bodies seem about to undergo fission into several smaller

cells (fig. 5, B), and others still in which the original cell

has divided into small green ovoid products (C) or into a

number of more minute zoospores. In one case such zoospores

were seen to have assumed a yellow colour and some of them

seemed to be elongating, as was the case with some of the

segments shown in fig. 5, D. Many other of these isolated

epidermal cells have been found containing either small ovoid

diatoms only (fig. 5, F) or a mixture of such diatoms with

green fission-products as in fig. 5, E—just as I have found

the two kinds of bodies associated in the much larger sub-

stomatal spaces.

The diatoms in the epidermal cells are always small, com-

monly of about the same size, but not invariably so, and

mostly having the appearance of being minute Navicule.

How the Chlorochytrium spores obtain an entry into the

epidermal cells I am unable to state; but being actively

motile, it would clearly be much easier for them to get in

than for the diatoms to do so.

It seems most probable that it is the spores of Ch. Any-

anum which infect these epidermal cells, and it seems possible

that they may penetrate them from a substomatal space, as I

have often, though by no means invariably, found such

infected epidermal cells just over, or by the side of, one of

these spaces.

What interpretation is to be given concerning the associa-

tion of the diatoms with the Chlorochytrium fission- products ?

Only two possibilities seem to present themselves :—

(a) The diatoms have, like the alge, obtained entry to the

subepidermal spaces through the stomata. Ae

180 Dr. H. Charlton Bastian on Diatoms and the

(5) The diatoms have been produced zn situ by a trans-

formation of the fission-products of the alga.

The first of these possibilities it will be convenient to speak

of as the Infection Hypothesis and the second as the Trans-

formation Hypothesis.

(a) Infection Hypothesis.—The difficulty in accounting for

the facts seems to me to be extreme in accordance with this

supposition, especially if we bear in mind what is authorita-

tively known concerning diatoms. ‘The important points are

these :—

1. No motile spores are known, and previous to 1896 there

was no certain knowledge concerning the existence of spores

of any kind in diatoms. ‘The important discovery by George

Murray of undoubted spores or germs, originating by a pro-

cess of rejuvenescence, in species belonging to three marine

genera * constitutes all that is certainly known at present on

this subject.

2. It is commonly stated by writers that individual diatoms

do not increase in size}, increase in bulk of diatoms being

only brought about asa result of ‘ conjugation,” which is

admitted to be a comparatively rare process.

3. Previous to the above-mentioned discovery by George

Murray diatoms were said to be formed only (a) by a process

ot ‘ conjugation ” or rejuvenescence, or (0) by fission, which

is the common process, and one that involves a very slight

diminution in size of the products f.

Such facts concerning diatoms in general must be borne in

mind in conjunction with these others more specially bearing

upon the question now under consideration.

4, The substomatal spaces which either are or have been

tenanted by Chlorochytrium probably constitute much less

than 10 per cent. of those existing on most leaves of the

duckweed, yet no diatoms are ever to be seen in the other

90 per cent. of the substomatal spaces,

5. The purposeless to-and-fro movements of some diatoms

when free in a fluid, and their absence of movement when

lying on the surface of a leaf, seem quite incompatible with

the notion of their selective penetration through certain

special stomata only.

6. A point of still greater importance is the fact that

* Proc, Roy. Soc. Edinb. 1896-97, p, 207.

+ Wolle, ‘ Diatomaceze of North America,’ 1890, p. 11; Smith’s

‘ British Diatomacee,” vol. i. 1853, p. xxiv, and 1856, vol. ii. p. vii; and

Pritchard, 4th ed. 1861, pp. 58, 61-63.

t Wolle, doc. cat. p. 11,

Fission-products of a Parasitic Alga. 181

diatoms are never to be seen in the spaces in which the

Chlorochytrium is in one of its early stages of development ;

they are to be found only in association with its later stages,

where some of the final segmentations have been taking

place, and often where the patches are so old that the walls

of the spaces containing them are stained of a rust-colour.

7. None of the diatoms found either within the spaces or

within their ramifications between surrounding cells have

ever been seen to move.

8. Moreover, where the diatoms exist they are often inti-

mately intermixed with the algoid cells; they are also to be

seen in the peripheral regions of spaces, even when these are

still full, and small specimens are likewise to be found between

the spherical subepidermal cells contiguous to the invaded

space. Such facts are incompatible with an entry of diatoms

from without, especially if we bear in mind what has been

said under the last two heads.

9. Again, where the diatoms exist they not only vary much

in size and shape in different spaces, but even within different

regions of the same space.

Taken as a whole these various facts seem to me abso-

lutely to negative the Infection Hypothesis as a means of

accounting for the association of the diatoms with the fission-

products of Chlorochytrium in the subepidermal spaces.

(b) Transformation Hypothesis.—The facts which are so

incompatible with the foregoing hypothesis will be found

either to offer no difficulties to, or to be capable of receiving a

ready explanation in accordance with, the transformation

hypothesis. This hypothesis is also strengthened by other

facts not previously reterred to.

1. The absence of the diatoms from the 90 per cent. of

the substomatal spaces which are not infected by the alge is

explained.

2. The absence of movements on the part of the diatoms in

question affords no difficulty.

3. The absence of the diatoms from the Chlorochytrium

spaces during the early stages of the development of the alga

affords no difficulty and is explained.

4, The variation in the size of the diatoms is explained, in

the main, by the varying size of the fission-products of the

aloa. The two kinds of units very commonly coexist, and

where the algoid cells are small the diatoms are small, where

they are of medium or larger size the diatoms are similarly of

medium or larger size. Such variations in the size of the

algoid cells are very common within the same infected space,

182 Dr. H. Charlton Bastian on Diatoms and the

and then, when diatoms are present, they are also of various

SIZes.

5. Old, partially empty, spaces are often to be seen con-

taining the Chlorochytrium iission-products, small or large;

others may be found containing diatoms, small or large; and

others again partially empty, but containing a mixture of the

algoid fission-products with diatoms of a corresponding size.

6. Other spaces still densely filled will show, with the

algoid cells, diatoms either packed in their midst or occupying

the boundaries of the spaces, and often differing greatly in

size in the two situations. They are likewise to be found

occasionally in the narrow spaces between contiguous

spherical cells, where, as I have said, algoid spores from the

parent brood not unfrequently penetrate.

7. In the spaces where the algoid cells and the diatoms are

mixed some of the cells may be seen to have assumed the

brownish-yellow colour of the diatoms, and some of such cells

may also be seen more or less elongated and apparently deve-

loping into diatoms.

8. The majority of the diatoms have an immature appear-

ance. ‘Ihe siliceous envelope in the great majority of them

seems to be either absent or very imperfectly developed, and

unmistakable evidence that multiplication of these immature

diatoms has taken place is frequently to be seen”.

There is no probability, and no one, I think, is likely to

maintain, that diatoms are normal phases in the life-history

of this parasitic alga; and as a careful consideration of the

evidence as a whole appears utterly irreconcilable with the

infection hypothesis, we seem unavoidably driven to the con-

clusion, which is so congruous with all the facts, that the

diatoms in question are heterogenetic products actually pro-

duced by the transformation of the cells of the alga, alike in

the substomatal spaces and in the epidermal cells.

I include the epidermal cells in this statement, because

* Some of the differences in size, apart from differences in the size of

the algoid fission-products from which the diatoms have originated, may

be due to increase in bulk of these immature organisms. Although this

is at variance with commonly received views, it is in accord with the

observations of George Murray, who says (Joe. cit. p. 216) that young

diatoms formed within a parent by a process of rejuvenescence when

liberated by “the separation of the parent valves at the girdle may grow,

divide, and multiply before fully attaining the characteristic external

sculpturing and adornment of the parent.” Young diatoms originating

in fresh water may find silica in all pond-water. The ammonia con-

tained in main-water, like other alkalies, easily dissolves silica or

aluminium silicate when in a finely pulverised state, and one or other

of these compounds is to be found in all soils (see Prof. Edwards, “ On

the Solubility of Silica,” ‘The Chemical News,’ Jan, 1896, p. 13).

Fission-products of a Parasitic Alga. 183

almost all that has been said against the infection hypothesis

and in favour of the transformation hypothesis as accounting

for the presence of the diatoms in the substomatal spaces

holds good also in regard to their presence in the epidermal

cells. In one respect the argument is even stronger in its

application to them, since there is much evidence to show

that diatoms are only found in those epidermal cells which

are or have been tenanted by the alga, and such infected cells

never constitute more than the smallest fraction per cent. of

those existing on the whole upper surface of a leaf.

A further point of extreme importance is to be found i in the

very great differences in the size and shape of the diatoms,

according as they originate from the small or the larger

algoid fission- products. Yet these variations, for which no

ether contributory cause is apparent to us, are 80 great that

botanists unaware of the origin of the diatoms, and finding

them in the Chlorochytrium spaces, would almost certainly

regard some of them as belonging to different species of the

same genus, and others even as representatives of distinct

genera. This, however, is a subject which must be left for

future investigation.

It was suggested to me by a distinguished botanist, to

whom I showed some of the specimens of duckweed containine

in their substomatal spaces and epithelial cells mixtures in

various proportions of Chlorochytrium segments and diatoms,

that their association might be explained by the Infection

Hypothesis, backed by the assumption that Ckemotaxis had

been in operation, which in this case would mean that the

physico-chemical processes associated with the growth and

multiplication of the alge within the spaces were capable of

giving rise to products exercising au attractive influence upon

the diatoms.

It was not pretended that there was any direct evidence in

favour of this assumption; it was advanced as a possible

explanation and merely to stave off the conclusion, otherwise

inevitable, that the diatoms had been produced by. the trans-

formation of the cells of the alga.

A careful and unbiassed consideration of the following

facts will, however, I think make it plain that the evidence

is overwhelmingly against Chemotaxis and the Infection

Hypothesis :—

1. Chemotaxis can only be supposed to operate at short

distances; but such diatoms as are found within the spaces

are never to be seen on the surface of the duckweed.

2. The diatoms that are commonly met with on the surface

184 Dr. H. Charlton Bastian on Diatoms and the

of the thallus (a comparatively large Navieula and a Cocconezs)

are never found within the substomatal spaces or the epithelial

cells.

3. Chemotaxis implies a direct power of movement in

response to an attractive influence; but none of the diatoms

on the surface of the duckweed within the spaces or within

the epithelial cells have ever been seen to move.

4, The diatoms in the spaces are found intimately inter-

mixed with the algoid cells, and generally in situations to

which they could not be supposed to have the power of

penetrating.

5. The diatoms can often be seen to have replaced algoid

cells rather than to have pushed them aside.

6. Finally, in places, the algoid cells can be seen elon-

gating into the forms of the diatoms and at the same time

changing from a bright green to a yellowish-brown colour.

Moreover, since making these observations on L. gibba and

L. minor I have ascertained that similar transformations of

some of the fission-products of the Chlorochytrium which

infests LZ. triésulca are also to be met with in that species of

duckweed. ‘The diatoms found in this species have been

almost always very small and of the Navicula type—no

Niteschie having ever been seen in association with the

segmentation-products of this particular variety of Chloro-

chytrium, although the duckweed bearing it has been taken

from one of the same ponds from which I have obtained my

supplies of L. gibba and L. minor. In fig. 6 (x 3875) some

of the combinations that have been met with are shown. In

A four small spaces are shown: in the upper one algoid

segments and diatoms were intermixed; in the one on the left

young diatoms were seen forming, the contents of this space

being distinctly paler than those of the other two spaces, in

which the diatoms were more fully formed and more closely

packed. In B two or three fused contiguous spaces are shown

in which algoid cells and diatoms, together with various inter-

mediate forms, were intimately intermixed; while C is the

only space that I have yet found in ZL. trisulca containing

diatoms as large as are there represented. ‘They were mixed

with Chlorochytrium cells and other minute diatoms, though

the latter are not recognizable in the photograph.

It is worthy of note that in Lemna trisulca there are no

stomata. The active algoid spores penetrate, as F. Cohn

showed, by boring between the epithelial cells into subjacent

spaces, where they increase and multiply in practically closed

cavities and become also surrounded by a kind of capsule.

Subsequently their active spores make their way out through

Fission-products of a Parasitic Alga. 185

very minute apertures which they themselves form; but in

this species of duckweed there are no widely dilated stomata

through which in earlier or in later stages, should they

attempt it, diatoms would be free to enter.

Another point is also of much importance, and that is the

frequency with which diatoms may be seen around the peri-

phery of spaces still densely crowded with Chlorochytrium-

products which have not yet begun to emerge. These

diatoms therefore make their appearance within closed cavities

and often in regions far removed from the original point of

entry of the active algoid spore. No infection hypothesis,

even backed by a further hypothesis of chemotaxis, is, I

submit, capable of explaining the presence of these diatoms.

They are evidently formed where they are found by a trans-

formation of the algoid cells, and different stages of the

process may often be clearly recognized, the spherical cells,

as I have said, becoming elongated and changing from a

bright green to a brownish-yellow colour as they take on the

forms of the diatoms *.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV,

All the components of figs. 1-3 have been photographed at a magnifi-

cation of 250 diameters except fig. 2, B; this, as well as all the compo-

nents of figs. 4, 5, 6, have been taken at a magnification of 375 diameters.

Fig.1. A, shows two stomata of Lemna gibba which have been pene-

trated by spores of Chlorochytrium Knyanum; in the lower one

the spore has divided. B, a group of Chlorochytrium cells within

a substomatal space. C, another group (older) in which the

cells are more closely pressed together. D, astill older patch of

Chlorochytrium that has begun to yield spores, some of which

have passed out and are lodged between the spherical cells

situated underneath the epidermis.

Fig. 2, A, several contiguous patches of Chlorochytrium, showing fission-

products varying much in size. B,asingle large Chlorochytrium

cell which is full of spores. C, a partially empty sub-stomatal

space containing fission-products of medium size. D, a similar

partly empty space containing diatoms of medium size. The

wall of the space was distinctly more brown in D than in C.

Fig. 3. A, a mixture of fission-products and of diatoms of different sizes

within a space. 8B, another space containing rather larger

fission-products mixed with rather large diatoms. C, like the

last, only with a much larger number of diatoms than of fission-

products. D, a space containing larger diatoms still, together

with some very minute ones in an upper extension of the space.

The diatoms shown in this figure are probably different kinds

of Navicule.

* In my ‘Studies in Heterogenesis,’ Part iii. Sec. xiii. p. 181, I have

described and illustrated the origin of diatoms from other algoid cells which

are often to be found on the surface and in the substomatal spaces of the

different species of duckweed,

186 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

Fig. 4. A and B, two spaces containing a mixture of small Chlorochy-

trium segments and of developing diatoms. C and D, two other

spaces with very few green fission-products, but with many

much elongated diatoms of the Mitzschia type.

Fig. 5. A, an epidermal cell full of Chlorochytrium. B, two other cells

containing Chlorochytriwm which seems about to divide into

fission-products. C, another epidermal cell containing Chloro-

chytrium which has divided into several nearly equal segments.

D, an epidermal cell containing many small segments which

had assumed a yellowish colour and were beginning to elon-

gate. E, an epidermal cell containing diatoms mixed with

some green fission-products. IF, another epidermal cell con-

taining a number of diatoms, but only twe green Chlorochytrium

fission-products. All these diatoms resembled small Navicule.

Fig. 6 shows diatoms developing from the fission-products of Chloro-

chytrium Lemne. A, four contiguous spaces, of which the

upper one contained a mixture of minute fission-products and

of diatoms, that on the left diatoms in an early stage of deve-

lopment, while the other two were densely packed with more

mature Navieule. B, two large contiguous spaces containing

an intimate mixture of fission-products and of developing

diatoms. C, another space containing some fission-products

and a number of diatoms larger than are usually to be found

within the sub-epidermal spaces of the ivy-leaf duckweed.

1X.—Descriptions of Three new Batrachians from Tonkin.

By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S.

A COLLECTION made by Mr. H. Fruhstorfer, of Berlin, in the

Man-Son Mountains, Tonkin, altitude 3000-4000 feet, and

purchased from him by the Trustees of the British Museum,

contains, in addition to several little-known frogs (Lepto-

brachium carinense, Bler., L. pelodytoides, Blgr., Hyla

simplex, Bttgr., Rana Guenthert, Blgr., R. graminea, Bler.,

R. nigrovittata, Blyth, R. Ricketti, Blgr., Oxyglossus Mar-

tensti, Peters, Rhacophorus verrucosus, Blgr.), examples of

three new species, one of which is even entitled to be regarded

as the type of a new genus,

OPHRYOPHRYNE, gen. nov.

Pupil horizontal. Mouth small, toothless, inferior. Tongue

pear-shaped, adherent, entire, swollen and cup-shaped behind.

Tympanum distinct. Fingers free, toes nearly free, the tips

not dilated. Outer metatarsals united. Omosternum carti-

laginous ; sternum with a slender bony style. Sacral vertebra

with very strongly dilated diapophyses and one condyle for

articulation with the coccyx.

Like Cophophryne, Blgr., this genus presents an interesting

Batrachians from Tonkin. 187

combination of characters, agreeing with the Bufonide in the

absence of teeth, whilst in other respects it shows such remark-

able points in common with Pelobatide, e. g. Leptobrachium

and Megalophrys, that one must regard it as on the whole

nearer to the latter than to the true toads: another instance

of the over-estimation of dentition as a character by which

to define families in the Batrachia.

Ophryophryne microstoma.

Head small; snout very short, obliquely truncate, pro-

jecting considerably beyond the mouth; canthus rostralis

distinct, loreal region vertical; interorbital space as broad as

the upper eyelid; a horn-like dermal appendage on the super-

ciliary edge; eye rather small, a little larger than the very dis-

tinct tympanum. Limbsslender; fingersand toes with slightly

swollen tips, without subarticular tubercles; first finger not

extending quite as far as second ; palmar and plantar tubercles

indistinct. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the shoulder

or the tympanum. Skin with small warts; above with

delicate symmetrical glandular lines, which form two V’s on

the head and anterior part of the back and an H on the poste-

rior part. Greyish, with darker symmetrical markings ;

black spots on the sides of the body and limbs; a white wart

on each side of the breast.

Four specimens, the largest (a gravid female) measuring

55 millim. from snout to vent.

Rana nasica.

Vomerine teeth in two short oblique series between the

choane. Head a little longer than broad, strongly depressed,

with pointed, very prominent snout; canthus rostralis sharp,

loreal region deeply concave; nostril equally distant from

the eye and the tip of the snout; interorbital space nearly

as broad as the upper eyelid ; tympanum very distinct, 2 to 2

diameter of eye. Fingers rather slender, first extending

beyond second ; toes entirely webbed ; tips of fingers and toes

dilated into well-developed disks; subarticular tubercles

small but very prominent; a small oval inner and a very

small round outer metatarsal tubercle. 'Tibio-tarsal articula-

tion reaching the tip of the snout or a little beyond. Skin

smooth, granulate on the pelvic region ; a narrow glandular

dorso-lateral fold. Greyish olive or brown above, with or

without blackish spots; canthus rostralis, temple, and outer

edge of glandular lateral fold blackish ; upper lip from below

188 Mr. O. Thomas on

the nostril white; tympanum reddish ; limbs with numerous

regular dark cross-bars ; lower parts white, uniform or dotted

with brown. Male without humeral gland, with a large

external vocal sac on each side of the throat.

From snout to vent 46 millim.

Four male specimens.

Closely allied to &. alttcola, Blgr., which differs in the less

prominent snout and the less deeply concave loreal region.

Rhacophorus corticalis.

Vomerine teeth in two small oblique groups between the

choane. Head large, very strongly depressed; snout

rounded, with prominent canthus, and very oblique slightly

concave loreal region ; interorbital space as broad as the

upper eyelid; tympanum as large as the eye. I ingers free,

ending in very large disks; toes entirely webbed, the disks

smaller than those of the fingers. ‘Tibio-tarsal articulation

reaching the anterior border of the eye. Skin above very

rough with large irregular warts studded with small granules ;

lower parts granular; large conical tubercles on the back of

the thighs near the vent. Dark olive above, marbled with

blackish ; sides and lower parts yellow, spotted or marbled

with black ; limbs with dark bars, extending across the lower

surface of the leg. Male without vocal sac.

From snout to vent 70 millim.

Two specimens, male and female.

Very closely allied to R. leprosus, Schleg.; distinguished

by a still more depressed head, a larger tympanum, and the

presence of conical warts on the back of the thighs.

X.—On Two new Muride from Smyrna.

By OLpFIELD THOMAS.

Tue British Museum is indebted to Mr. W. Griffith Blackler

for examples of a mouse and a gerbille from Smyrna which

appear to represent new forms of their respective genera.

Mus mystacinus smyrnensis, subsp. n.

Similar to the typical MZ. mystacinus, Danf. & Alst.*, and

to the very closely allied M. epimelas, Nehr.t, but with a

pure white belly. ;

*-P, Z.S. 1877, p. 279.

+t SB. Ges. nat. Fr. Berl. 1902, p. 2.

new Muride from Smyrna. 189

General colour above rather paler and less blackened than

in mystacinus and epimelas, which in this respect are precisely

similar to one another. Head and fore-back greyer than the

buffy or drab hind-back. Sides clearer drab. Under surface

from chin to anus pure snowy white, sharply defined laterally,

the hairs white throughout except a few on the chest, which

have their extreme bases slaty. ars large, thinly haired,

greyish. Outer side of forearms and of legs drab, similar to

the sides, not markedly greyer as in theallied forms. Hands

and feet pure white. ‘Tail well-haired, sharply bicolor,

blackish above, pure white below.

Skull closely similar to that of mystacenus, but the palatal

foramina rather longer, reaching to the level of the front of

m’, and the interpterygoid fosse (instead of being parallel-

sided) narrowed at their centre by the bowing-in of the

pterygoids, as is also the case in epimelas.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh by Mr.

Blackler) :—

Head and body 116 millim.; tail 136; hind foot (s. u.)

25; ear 20.

Skull: greatest length 31°3; basilar length 24:4; length

of nasals 12°2; interorbital breadth 4°7; palate length 13°7;

diastema 83; palatal foramina 7-1x2°4; length of upper

molar series 4°8.

Type. Old male. B.M. no.3.6.1. 3. Original number 9.

Collected 25th February, 1903.

*‘ Caught in a cave, at an altitude of about 300 feet.”

Dr. Nehring distinguished the Grecian Mus epimelas from

M. mystacinus on certain discrepancies which his type showed

as compared with Danford and Alston’s description of the

Asia Minor species. But, as a matter of fact, these discre-

pancies all disappear on the examination of a number of

specimens, and our excellent series of “epimelas” from

Montenegro and Albania contains examples agreeing exactly

with the cotypes of mystacinus in all the characters mentioned

by Dr. Nehring. But the European form seems always to

have rather larger molars than the Asiatic one, and as smyrn-

ensis occurs between the two, the former might, I think, be

best regarded as a subspecies of mystacinus. ‘lhe new sub-

species is readily distinguishable from both by its pure white

belly.

Meriones Blackler?, sp. n.

A fairly large species with small bullee and white-tufted

tail.

General colour pale greyish fawn, paler and more greyish

190 Bibliographical Notice.

than in most members of the group; anterior back approxi-

mately “‘drab-grey”’ of Ridgway, posterior back more fawn-

coloured. Sides lighter grey, edged below with an indistinct

buffy line. Whole of under surface pure white to the roots of

the hairs. Centre of face fawn-grey; cheeks greyer and a

marked clear grey patch present between eye and ear. Lars

rather large, the fine hairs of their outer surface fawn ante-

riorly, brown posteriorly, but the hinder margin both outside

and in is edged with white. A marked white postauricular

patch present. Outer side of forearms and lower leg buffy,

hands pure white; feet white, mixed proximally with buffy.

Tail dull buffy for its basal two thirds, then on its subterminal

sixth the crest-hairs above are tipped with black, while the

long-haired terminal sixth is abruptly pure white all round.

In a younger specimen the white tip, though present, is much

shorter.

Skull rather delicately built for its size. Teeth small and

narrow. Bulle unusually small for this group,

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh by Mr.

Blackler) :—

Head and body 137 millim.; tail 151; hind foot (s. u.) 33;

ear 18.

Skull: greatest length 38:7; basilar length 30°5; zygo-

matic breadth 21; length of nasals 16; interorbital breadth

59; diastema 11; bulle 12x8; length of upper molar

series 0'2.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 3. 6.1.1. Original num-

ber 5. Collected 5th January, 1903, and presented by

Mr. W. G. Blackler.

‘‘Tn an open field. Alt. 400 feet.”

This fine gerbille is readily distinguishable from any of its

allies by its pale greyish colour and white-tipped tail.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon and Burma. Pub-

lished under the Authority of the Secretary of State for India in

Council. Edited by W. I. Buanrorp.—Hymenoptera. Vol. II.

Ants and Cuckoo-Wasps. By Lieut.-Colonel C. T. Binenam.

London, 1903. 8vo. Pp. xix, 506. 1 coloured plate; xiii. &

161 figures in the text.

Tr is less than a year since the first volume of Mr. Distant’s

monograph on the Indian Rhynchota in the present series of works

Bibliographical Notice. 191

came under our notice for review, and we have now the pleasure of

welcoming the second volume of Col. Bingham’s work on the Hy-

menoptera Aculeata of India, comprising the important families of

Formicide and Chrysidide, and thus completing the best-known

and most interesting, though not the most numerous, section of the

order—the Aculeata, or Stinging Hymenoptera: the Bees, Wasps,

and Ants.

We are very pleased to see that the claims of entomology are so

fully recognized by those who are responsible for the issue of this

valuable series of publications. A volume by Mr. Gahan on Longi-

corn Coleoptera and a second volume by Mr. Distant on Rhynchota

are announced as nearly ready for press, and works on the Land-

Mollusca and on the Butterflies of India (the latter by Col. Bingham)

are likewise in preparation. It is much to be wished that the

colonies in general would follow the good example set them by

India, and undertake the preparation of a similar series of works

dealing with their own natural productions. For instance, we have

not even a comprehensive work on the Butterflies and Moths of the

British West Indies, though these insects are admired by every one,

and the West Indian species are fairly well known to specialists.

Nevertheless the amateur or the beginner would find nothing like

a comprehensive account of even the Lepidoptera of Jamaica in any.

accessible form; and less still on other orders of insects. This

should not be.

It will be seen that such a reproach no longer exists in regard to

India, for we may reasonably hope that all the orders of insects

will ultimately be treated as fully as those already in course

of publication. But even as regards the British Islands we

have no sufficiently comprehensive scientific or popular works at

present on the Diptera and a portion of the Hymenoptera, though

Mr. Verrall has commenced a series of volumes on the former

order and Mr. Claud Morley has promised us a volume on the

Ichneumonide.

To those who are acquainted with Col. Bingham’s previous work

it will only be necessary to say that the volume before us is executed

in his usual careful manner and according to the plan which has

been uniformly followed in all the volumes of ‘ The Fauna of British

India” He has described 577 species in the volume before us,

498 Formicide and 79 Chrysidide. Among these are a few new

species. The number of British species known in 187J—2, according

to the catalogues of Smith and Marshall, and not greatly increased

since, stood at 31 Myrmicide and 22 Chrysidide. This will

serve to illustrate the difference between a temperate and a tropical

fauna.

192 Geological Society.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

March 25th, 1903.—Prof. Charles Lapworth, LL.D., F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. ‘On a New Species of Solenopsis from the Pendleside Series

of Hodder Place, Stonyhurst (Lancashire).’ By Wheelton Hind,

MED ECs EGss.

This specimen of a perfect left valve was found by the Rev. Charles

Hildreth, in shales belonging to the Pendleside Series, which have

yielded the following fossils :—Phillipsia Van der Grachtvi, Ph. Pollen,

Prolecanites compressus, Glyptoceras spirale, Gil. reticulatum, Gl. platy-

lobium, Orthoceras annulosolineatum, Posidonomya Becheri, Solen-

opsis major, and a few brachiopods.

2. ‘ Note on some Dictyonema-like Organisms from the Pendleside

Series of Pendle Hill and Poolvash.’ By Wheelton Hind, M.D.,

F.R.C.S., F.G.8.

Mr. D. Tate discovered a specimen, in the shales and limestones

in the Angram Brook, which had some resemblance to a Dictyonema ;

and he afterwards found another similar specimen, on or about the

same horizon, at Poolvash. These are referred to distinct species, and

doubtfully assigned to the genus Dictyonema. A piece of shale from

the Bishopton Beds in Glamorganshire has somewhat similar, but

less distinctly reticulate markings.

May 13th, 1903.—Edwin Tulley Newton, Esq., F.R.S., °

Vice-President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

‘ Description of a Species of Heterastrea from the Lower Rheetic

of Gloucestershire.’ By Robert F. Tomes, Esq., F.G.S.

The specimen described was obtained by Mr. L. Richardson from

Lower Rheetic Beds at Deerhurst (Gloucestershire). It occurred

a little way above the bone-bed; it is specifically new and gene-

rically new to the Rhetic, and it displays Jurassic relationships.

Tt differs from the several Liassic species in the small size of the

corallum and of its calices. Remarks on some other Madreporaria

from the Rhetic and from the basement of the Lower Lias are

appended. It has always been the Author’s opinion that the

Sutton Stone containing Rhetic Madreporaria should be classed

as Rheetic; indeed he believes that it is really Upper Rhetic; and

in view of the very close affinity of its organisms with those of the

Lower Jurassic, and bearing in mind the great importance of the

ammonite-zones as a means of classification of the Liassic deposits,

he asks whether the zone of Ammonites planorbis should not be

taken as the bottom of the Lias.

THE LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN

‘PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE

AND

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE.

A JOURNAL DEVOTED TO PHYSICS, ASTRONOMY, MECHANICS,

CHEMISTRY, MINERALOGY, AND THE ALLIED SCIENCES.

MONTHLY, PRICE 2s, 6d.

Complete sets (unbound) may be obtained at the following

prices :-—

The First Series, in 68 volumes, from 1798 to 1826. A few imperfect

copies only on hand—prices on application.

The Second Series, in 11 volumes, from 1827 to 1832. Price £2 4s.

. The Third Series, in 37 volumes, from 1832 to 1850. Pepa oy,

The Fourth Series, in 50 volumes, from 1851 to 1875. speeoe

TAYLOR and FRANcts, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE

NATURAL HISTORY,

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY.

MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d.

Complete sets (unbound) may be obtained at the following

prices :—

The First Series, in 20 volumes, from 1838 to 1847, Price £10.

The Second Series, in 20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857. 9g: ohO,

The Third Series, in 20 volumes, from 1858 to 1867. 1 By

The Fourth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1868 to 1877. a EES:

The Fifth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1878 to 1887. Pde 9

Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

a Upepot 0 on the Copepoda reek by.

_E.RS., during the Cruise of the fs Oceana’ ia

IV. ee (of new, "Genes an

ies By ae T Paps ae F. E.S. -

No. ‘XxV. By Prof. Menon, ML D., i

5 i 3

oes

: of oben ia By H, Cuan

Bere Pas ie pane

ore Bounexozs, ERS.

“4

ee a eee

4 On Two new Muride from Bo es ; Re ie

“ished under the Aung of ae 2 Sessa of State 6

Council. Edited by W.T. Brsxronn.—Hymenoptera,

ce and Hepes i Lieut. falons 1 C. T

eological Society MA ere te AiG

i ‘ ai oi yi <

#,* Iti is pas that all | Communications for this Work th

PASAY

pes a +@/) 13

SEVENTH SERIES. No. 68,

Rc THE ANNALS

AND

: al OP NATURAL HISTORY,

| trekonind |? Z00LOCY,

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY) nb (GROLOGY.

- No, LXVIIL

AUG. 1903.

‘conpuctED BY

ALBERT C. TG GUNTHER, M.A: M.D., Pa. D., FBS;

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, OE na E.LS., E.G.S:,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, TNs F.L.S.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “ANNALS” COMBINED WITIT

MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL WISTORY.’

WITH FOUR PLATES.

‘lugtrative of Mr. G. A. Boulenger’s Paper on Batrachians and Reptiles from

‘Cape Colony, and Mr. A. O. Walker's on the ‘Oceana’ Isopoda and

at aida ;

Ai {

LONDON:

“ PAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Oo., Ld. ; Bailliére, Paris:

} Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, Berlin.

fey ie ike a

- FLORA OF THE pe SENG oF BOMBAY a. "

M.A. MiA.T., Li.D., ¥.L.8, F.Z.8., ‘or

FORMERLY PRINCIPAL OF THE bod LE a OF SCIENCE AT POONA AND pmperon va.

ra rT BO DN Oh aye he, (Phy /WESTERN INDIA, .

Part I. SC aeahuiel to RUTACER. Price Ss. he

Part Il._SIMARUBACEH to LESUMINOSi (Papilionacez). Price 9 9s. mS E: .

Part IIL. __CHSALPINEE to RUBIACER. Price 10s,

Published under the authority of the Secretary of State ee i “he

for India in Council. ety

Tayror and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C:

Royal 8vo,, price 12s.

CATALOGUE

OF TIE SPECIMENS ILLUSTRATING THE Pe rN ae

OSTEOLOGY OF VERTEBRATE ANIMALS _

IN THE

MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF e ENGLAND. _ ¥ |

Part 3.—Aves.

By R. B. SHARPE, LL.D., &e.

Price 2s. each.

Apprnpicrs 5 to 9 to the Second Edition of the ©

DESCRIPLIVE CATALOGUE OF THE ee ya

PATHOLOGICAL SPECIMENS

CONTAINED IN THE

us if

iQ.

pa 4

Pe 4

I Rt

Wiss |

7 ey Mel

whe |

0 pel

Pah a |

MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAN D. Wh

By J. H. TARGETT.

Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

Second editicn, Vols. 1. & II. Royal 8vo, price 12s, net, each.

CATALOGUE

OF THE

PHYSIOLOGICAL SERIES OF COMPARATIVE ANATOMY

IN THE

- MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND.

By Pror. C. STEWART, LL. D., F.RS., &e.

Tayior and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C,

DB Nie Wee

SEP 14 1908

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SEVENTH SERIES.]

No. 68. AUGUST 1903.

XI.—Descriptions of new Hastern Moths.

By Colonel C. Swinuos, M.A., F.L.S., &e.

Family Deilemeride.

Deilemera sangira, nom. nov.

Deilemera distincta, Swinh. Trans, Ent. Soc. 1903, p. 58, pl. iv.. fig. 4.

Sangir.

I find this name must be changed, because Walker had

already used it for a species of this genus in 1854, Cat.

vol. 11. p. 392.

Family Arctiide.

Pericallia accensa, nov.

?. Palpi crimson, last joint black ; frons and top of head

white, frons with black hairs on each side; thorax and fore

wings crimson-ochreous, a crimson stripe on thorax in front:

fore wings with a black basal spot on costa, a larger one

before the middle, with a minute dot below it; a long costal

spot beyond the middle, with a round one below it; a large

spot on hinder margin before the middle, with another

obliquely above it ; a macular oblique band from vein 5 to

hinder margin beyond the middle, the spots nearly square and

increasing in size hindwards; a short subapical black streak :

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 13

194 Col. C. Swinhoe on

hind wings crimson, with a large black spot at end of cell:

abdomen crimson, with a medial row of small black spots.

Underside: both wings paler crimson, with most of the spots

as above; body white; legs black, streaked with crimson ;

abdomen with a double row of black spots on each side.

Eixpanse of wings 2; inches.

Dili, Sumatra (fruhstorfer) .

Family Lymantriide.

Orygia nigriplaga, nov.

' @. Antenne grey, shafts ochreous; palpi, head, thorax,

and fore wings olive-ochreous or chestnut-ochreous, varying

much in shade of colour, and generally becoming paler

towards apex; a blackish-brown patch in the upper disk,

varying much in size in different examples, but always con-

nected by a thin bartd to a smaller patch on the hinder margin

beyond the middle: hind wings uniform blackish brown.

Underside blackish brown, with ochreous costal, apical, and

outer borders; abdomen brown above and below; thorax

below and legs brown.

Expanse of wings 1 inch.

N. Borneo, five examples (Fruhstorfer).

Allied to nigrocrocea, Walker; there is an example in the

B. M. unnamed from Perissiu, Borneo, in Lymantrid drawer

no. d2.

Rajacoa antra, nov.

g. Sordid white; wings semihyaline; costal border of

fore wings pinkish grey, the grey broadening at the apex and

runs down the outer margin, narrowing hindwards: hind

wings with outer margin narrowly grey; a very slight

pinkish-yellow tinge on the wings: antenne grey, shafts

white; body white above, yellowish beneath ; frons white ;

legs very pale yellowish, nearly white.

Expanse of wings 1,5 inch.

Humboldt Bay (Doherty).

Allied to Forbest, Druce, but that species is larger, has no

border, and the wings are yellow at the base.

Huproctis anna, nov.

2 9. Pale yellow, frons partly white; palpi black at the

sides: fore wings covered with minute brown irrorations ;

indications of two pale transverse lines before and beyond

the middle, rather close together, both curving towards each

new Eastern Moths. 195

other, and bending apart again on to the hinder margin:

hind wings suffused with black; cilia yellow. Underside

pale uniform dull yellowish, without markings.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 1,8, 2 2 inches.

Kina Balu.

Euproctis gentia, nov.

?. Palpi, antenne, head, and fore part of the thorax bright

orange-ochreous, rest of thorax and abdomen blackish brown,

anal tip with some ochreous hairs: fore wings dull yellow,

some blackish suffusion on the basal third; a large blackish

spot in the middle of the disk and another near the hinder

angle: hind wings dull black, outer margin broadly yellow.

Underside: legs yellow; body brown; wings dull pale

yellowish ; fore wings with the inner portions and hind wings

with the basal third suffused with blackish.

Eixpanse of wings 1,5 inch.

Kina Balu.

Huproctis sexmacula, nov.

9. Palpi, head, and fore part of thorax bright orange-

ochreous, rest of thorax, abdomen, basal third of fore wings,

and basal half of hind wings black, remainder of both wings

uniform bright orange-ochreous: fore wings with three

unusually large black spots in a sort of triangle—one at the

end of the cell, another in a straight line beyond it near

the outer margin, and the third near the hinder angle ; two

black dots accompany the second spot—one above it and the

other on its inner side. Underside: body black; legs sordid

yellow ; wings as above, but on the fore wings there is only

one very large black spot at the end of the cell.

Expanse of wings 13 inch.

Kina Balu.

Euproctis civitia, nov.

3. Palpi brown; frons, antenne, and collar ochreous ;

thorax and fore wings chocolate-brown ; the ground-colour

really is a kind of ochreous-white, but the entire wing is so

thickly irrorated with chocolate-brown atoms as to give it an

appearance of that colour; two transverse pale lines, both

elbowed outwardly in the middle, the colour between darker

than the rest of the wing, forming a broad median brown

band ; some pale spots on the outer margin and yellowish

cilia: hind wings blackish, outer margin broadly pale yel-

lowish : abdomen black, anal tuft bright ochreous. Under-

toe

196 Col. C. Swinhoe on

side whitish ; hind wings with the abdominal portion suffused

with blackish.

Expanse of wings 1,%, inch.

Kuching, Borneo.

Euproctis récraba, nov.

& ?. Palpi ochreous, brown on the upperside; frons

ochreous ; antenne, thorax, and fore wings pale chocolate-

brown: fore wings with two pale transverse sinuous lines—

ante- and postmedial—both single in the male, but in the

female the former is single and bent inwards on the hinder

margin, the latter double; a brown spot, very indistinct, at

end of cell, in the male; a very prominent small black spot

in the female ; the male has some white patches on the outer

margin; the female has the marginal space rather broadly

whitish, with the chocolate-brown colour elbowed into it in

two or three places: hind wings white, a little chocolate-grey

suffusion towards the abdominal margin: abdomen black,

anal tuft ochreous. Underside: body, legs, and wings

whitish, without markings.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 135, 2 1% inch.

Java.

The female much resembles £. atripuncta, Hmpsn., from

the Khasia Hills, but both lines in that species are double

and terminate close together on the hinder margin, and the

male is differently shaped and has a prominent black small

spot at the end of the cell.

Euproctis renifera.

Euproctis renifera, Swinh. Trans, Ent, Soc. 1895, p. 12.

Khasia Hills.

‘The type from Cherra Punji now in the B. M. is a female.

I have lately received five males from the same locality, and

as there is much difference between the two sexes, the following

description will be useful :—

g. Ochreous brown; palpi with some blackish-brown

hairs ; antenne blackish, shafts whitish: fore wings with

the outer portions pale and suffused with ochreous; an ante-

medial, nearly straight, double brown line, with the inner

space ochreous ; this line is outwardly oblique from one third

hinder margin to middle of costa, crossing a large brown

blur, almost effacing a brown spot at the end of the cell; a

discal sinuous brown band and some marginal black marks,

new Eastern Moths. 197

including two prominent spots above the middle, as in the

female: hind wings blackish brown; cilia of both wings

ochreous.

Expanse of wings 58, inch.

Euproctis barbara, nov.

$. Antenne, palpi, head, thorax, and fore wings bright

dark ochreous, palpi blackish brown on the upperside: fore

wings with a black round spot at the end of the cell and a

discal macular blackish-brown thin band, divided by the

veins into small squarish spots: hind wings blackish brown,

outer marginal area and cilia pale ochreous. Underside pale

whitish ochreous; fore wings with a brown spot at the end

of the cell; hind wings with the abdominal area blackish

brown ; abdomen above and below blackish brown, anal tuft

ochreous ; legs dark ochreous; tarsi whitish.

Eixpanse of wings 1,4 inch.

Kuching, Borneo.

Allied to #. zeboe, Moore, from Java.

Euproctis mayna.

Somena magna, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1891, p. 479.

The type was a female from the Khasia Hills, one of

several received from my collector. I have now received

two males, which I think should be described.

$. Paler than the female, the black irrorations on the fore

wings less dense, the yellow marginal band narrower and

whiter ; besides the pale discal line visibie in the female, there

is a pale inner line, which is acutely bent outwards above the

middle, then downwards with an inward bend, ending on the

hinder margin not far from the origin of the discal line; the

hind wings, with hardly any brownish suffusion, nearly pure

white; abdomen with a golden-brown anal tutt.

Expanse of wings 1;'5 inch.

Dasychira strigata.

Dasychira strigata, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 58 (1879).

Dasychira niveosparsa, Butler, Ul, Het. v. p. 59, pl. xci. fig. 7 (1880).

The types from Simla and Darjiling, both females, are in

the B. M.; the male has hitherto been unknown, but I have

lately received both sexes from the Khasia Hills and a male

from Masuri, six males in all, and therefore describe it.

6. Palpi black, whitish at tip; frons, head, thorax above

198 Col. C. Swinhoe on

and below, and legs grey: fore wings with the ground-colour

grey, with several transverse, brown, very sinuous lines—

first subbasal, second antemedial and double, the space

between dark; an ear-shaped brown mark at the end of the

cell, with a dark diffused band through it, to the middle of

the hinder margin; a duplicate recurved discal line; a sub-

marginal lunular line and a marginal line: hind wings orange-

ochreous, greyish on outer areas; a discal grey band.

Expanse of wings 2 inches.

I have taken the Masuri example as the type; the Khasia

Hill examples are, however, identical.

Dasychira magnalia, nov.

3 ¢. Olive-brown, shining; palpi and frons chestnut-

brown; head, thorax, and fore wings dark olive-brown: fore

wings with a brown ear-shaped mark on an ochreous ground

at the end of the cell; basal, antemedial, and postmedial

transverse, blackish-brown, sinuous, and semidentate lines,

the first and second erect, the third recurved ; a discal, highly

sinuous, ochreous line, rather close to the margin; small

ochreous marginal lunules: hind wings brown, an indistinct

mark at the end of the cell and indications of a discal band.

Underside dark brownish grey, tinged with pink; a trans-

verse brown band across the disk of both wings, angled out-

wardly on the hind wings, which also have a brown spot

at the end of the cell ; legs black.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 1,5, @ 1% inch.

Khasia Hills.

Is a distinct and good form, allied to nothing I know of.

Lymaniria silea.

& ¢. Antenne ochreous, shafts whitish; palpi whitish,

brown on the upperside ; head, thorax, and fore wings very

pale ochreous buff, very slightly tinged with pink; some

brown marks on the costa, very indistinct ; a few brownish

dots on the outer margin and a few scattered here and there

over the surface of the wings; in some examples there is a

brown dot at the end of the cell, in one example it is a fairly

sized spot: hind wings white, without markings; both wings

very thinly clothed, almost semihyaline. Underside white,

without markings; legs slightly tinged with ochreous.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 14%, 2? 14% inch.

Fergusson Island.

There are three males and a female from Fergusson Island

and New Guinea in the B. M. unnamed Lymantrid drawer

no. 00).

new Hastern Moths. 199

Family Notodontide.

Pydna postrubra, nov.

6. Antenne ochreous red, shafts whitish; palpi, frons,

body beneath, and legs white, palpi deep black on the upper-

side; head, thorax, and fore wings above greyish ochreous,

the fore wings minutely irrorated with grey atoms, leaving

some pale elongated streaks in the disk and lower portions of

the wing; a submarginal row of short black streaks, two or

three of them duplicated, all caused by clusters of black

scales ; abdomen and hind wings dull red, ochreous-tinged ;

cilia of both wings pale yellow. Underside: wings uniformly

pale yellowish white, the space on the fore wings below the

median vein of a kind of glazed fawn-colour.

Expanse of wings 2,6, inches.

Sumatra, Solok (fruhstorfer).

Family Geometride.

Obeidia lucifera.

Obeidia lucifera, Swinh. Ann. & Mae. Nat. Hist. (6) xii. p. 155 (1893).

Obeidia tigridata, Thierry-Mieg, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xlii. p. 20 (1899).

The types are marked “ India” in the O. M._ I have it in

my own collection from Sikkim and the Khasia Hills;

Thierry-Mieg describes it from the same localities ; Hampson

(‘ Meths India,’ iii. p. 309) has sunk it to the Chinese form

tigrata, Guen., but it has nothing to do with that species.

Sterrha rufula, nov.

@?. Fore wings pale flesh-colour, with the lines deeper

tinted; first basal line nearly straight, second median, outcurved

at middle; exterior and submarginal lines bent outwards

below middle; all the lines diffuse and ill-defined ; costa near

base deeper coloured; fringe concolorous: hind wings with

three indistinct lines. Underside paler; thorax and abdomen

like wings; face and vertex dark brown-red.

Eixpanse of wings 75 inch. .

Labuan, Borneo.

Family Noctuide.

Polydesma prasina, nov.

9. Palpi brown, tips of the joints white ; head, thorax, and

fore wings bright green, variegated in parts with paler green ;

reniform and orbicular large and whitish, the former round,

200 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on

the latter oblong ; a large purplish-brown patch on the costa

near the base, its outer margin continued in a brown sinuous

line to the hinder margin; a smaller spot at the middle, its

inner edge connected with a transversal sinuous line which

touches the inner side or the reniform; a small spot on costa

beyond the middle, continued into a discal sinuous transverse

line which skirts the outer edge of a large spot in the disk ;

this is followed by a similar line and a submarginal line;

the marginal space inside these two last-mentioned lines

black, with a green space running through the lower half;

marginal lunules green: hind wings purple-brown, paling

towards the base, with some green submarginal spots and

indications of a central band ; cilia of both wings brown, with

green spots on fore wings and whitish spots on hind wings:

abdomen brown, with green dorsal scales. Underside brown ;

fore wings with some whitish marks on the costa; the space

below the median vein whitish and indications of two discal

bands on both wings, and a lunular mark at the end of the

cell of hind wings; abdomen and legs ochreous grey; tarsi

brown, spotted with white; fore legs covered with bright

green hairs.

Expanse of wings 1,% inch.

Jaintia Hills, Assam.

Nearest to virens, Butler.

XI1.—New American Hymenoptera, mostly of the Genus

Nomada. By T. D. A. CocKERELL.

Ichneumonide.

FPortzon Viereckt, sp. n.

¢ .—Length about 9 millim.; wings about 53 millim.

Head black, with the orbital margins broadly, the man-

dibles except tips, and a small triangle on each antero-lateral

margin of clypeus yellowish white ; eyes purplish; black

area above clypeus strongly punctured, with a central rounded

eminence; scape swollen, pale, tinged with ferruginous;

flagellum long, very dark brown; antenne 41-jointed ;

thorax black, closely punctured ; mesothorax shining, with

subdorsal longitudinal depressions; tegule white; meta-

thorax areolate with raised lines. Wings strongly milky,

iridescent, nervures white; stigma triangular, very dark

new American Hymenoptera. 201.

brown, its extreme base white; coxe and trochanters white

marked with black. Femora ferruginous, anterior ones with

a white stripe; anterior and middle tibie pale reddish, with

a white stripe ; hind tibiz blackish, with more or less of a

‘white stripe; spurs white, middle tibiee with two spurs;

tarsi whitish, black or nearly so at tips; first abdominal

segment black, grooved laterally, its extreme hind margin

slightly ferruginous; second segment dorsally black, with its

apical margin broadly red ; beneath, the segment is yellowish

white ; remaining segments bright orange-ferruginous.

Hab. Arroyo, 10 miles west of La Luz, New Mexico, at

light, Aug. 23 (C. H. 7. Townsend).

I sent some account of this insect to Mr. H. L. Viereck,

who was kind enough to look it up in the Cresson collection.

He reports it very like Portzon hyalinipennis, Cresson, from

Texas. It will be known from P. hyalinipennis by the paler

markings, very milky wings, and clypeus largely black.

These insects differ from typical Portzon by not having the

femora or tibiz swollen and having the basal joint of hind

tarsus slightly longer than the two following ones united.

The hind tibia is very much longer than the basal joint of

hind tarsi. ‘The eyes are oval, their anterior margins almost

parallel.

Ceratinide.

Ceratina Titus?, sp. n.

? .—Length about 8} millim. (the type specimen has the

head thrust forward, and so appears longer).

Head, thorax, and legs black, the only metallic colour being

a slight greenish tint on prothorax, hind border of meso-

thorax, postscutellum, and metathorax ; a longitudinal mark

on middle of clypeus, narrow and sharply pointed above, a

narrow stripe on anterior orbits up to level of antenne, its

inner edge very irregular, and a stripe behind each eye pale

reddish (possibly yellow altered by cyanide) ; abdomen black,

with a hardly perceptible greenish tint; antenna black,

flagellum pruinose. ‘legule shining very dark brown, with

lighter margins. Wings strongly infuscated, nervures and

stigma very dark brown; second submarginal cell narrowed

above, third very broad above. Head and thorax strongly

punctured ; mesothorax with the usual smooth space and five

impressed lines; basal margin of metathorax shining, with

numerous little ridges, but the greater part of the basal area

dull and microscopically tessellate; abdomen with the first

segment smooth, the second and third strongly punctured,

202 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on

the others rugose. Pubescence white (except on tarsi behind,

where it is orange), quite abundant on hind legs, pleura, and

sides of metathorax. Mouth-parts greatly elongated; galea

about 6 millim., second joint of labial palpus fully 4 millim.,

the third and fourth joints extremely minute ; maxillary palpi

six-jointed, the first joint long, stout, and dark-coloured, the

last four short and subequal, these palpi not enlarged ; man-

dibles black, bidentate at apex, produced into a tubercle

outwardly near base and into atooth beneath. Legs ordinary ;

spurs of hind tibie black, one longer than the other.

Hab. Bartica, British Guiana, May 21, 1901 (R. J. Crew).

Sent by Mr. E. 8. G. Titus, and named after him in

recognition of his work on bees. Allied to C. pubescens,

Smith, but differs in the colour of the wings and thorax.

C. Titusi, by reason of the greatly produced mouth-parts

and the peculiar mandibles, will form the type of a new sub-

genus, which may be called Crewedla.

Ceratina Crewt, sp. n.

? .—Length slightly over 7 millim.

Shining dark blue-green (Prussian green), the clypeus with

a large, upright, wedge-shaped, cream-coloured mark, but no

light colour on orbital margins or cheeks; antenna: short,

black, flagellum slightly reddish beneath; head and thorax

strongly punctured, mesothorax with the punctures small and

close; arather small, more or less U-shaped, smooth area ;

extreme base of metathorax longitudinally plicatulate ; pleura

with short white hair; tegule shining very dark brown ;

wings subhyaline, dusky, nervures dark, stigma narrow,

second submarginal cell much contracted above ; legs black,

the femora more or less bluish, hind femora keeled and sub-

angulate beneath ; extreme tips of tarsi ferruginous ; abdomen

with the first segment smooth except on the apical middle,

where it is roughened; second to fourth segments punctured,

the punctures smallest and closest on second, largest on

fourth; fifth and apical segments rugose.

Hab. Bartica, British Guiana, May 21,1901 (2. J. Crew).

Sent by Mr. Titus. Closely related to C. dupla, Say, but

the scutellum is much more closely punctured in the middle

than in that species, and there are other differences in detail.

At Georgetown, British Guiana, March 28, 1901, Mr. Crew

took a specimen of Ceratina bicolorata, Smith, a species

hitherto recorded only from Brazil.

new American Ilymenoptera. 203

Nomadide.

Nomada erythrochroa, sp. n.

2? .—Length about 83 millim.

Rather light orange-ferruginous, without black or yellow

markings; abdomen rather elongated, subfusiform, very

minutely yet distinctly punctured. Distinguished from the

allied species by the following combination of characters :—

Mandibles simple; third joint of antenne shorter than

fourth, but more than half its length; flagellum wholly ferru-

ginous ; mesothorax dull, the punctures as close as is possible ;

scutellum prominent, conspicuously bilobed. Wings smoky,

with the usual light spot ; stigma dark ferruginous; nervures

piceous ; second submarginal cell very broad above; third

submarginal cell greatly narrowed above, less than half width

of second on marginal nervure. Tegule large, ferruginous,

punctured. Sides of metathorax with conspicuous white

hair.

Hab. Pasco, Washington State, May 25, 1896 (Trevor

Kincaid).

Nomada Grayi, sp. n.

? .—Length about 9 millim.

Similar in form and colour to N. erythrochroa, but a little

duller, with the front, region of ocelli, sides of prothorax,

median stripe cn mesothorax, large hourglass-shaped mark

on metathorax, very broad band trom wings to middle and

hind coxe, all the coxe behind except at apex, spot at extreme

base of first four femora beneath, posterior part of cheeks,

and extreme base of first abdominal segment all black. The

only yellow about the insect is a rather large spot on each

side of the second abdominal segment. Mandibles bidentate.

Third antennal joint as long as fourth or nearly so; antenna

whoily ferruginous. Wings fairly clear, the apex dusky ;

stigma dark ferruginous, nervures piceous, second submar-

ginal cell little narrowed above. Cheeks and sides of meta-

thorax with conspicuous white hair. Tegule light amber-

colour.

Hab. Corvallis, Oregon, May 7, 1898.

Received from Mr. H. L. Viereck. Named after Capt.

Robert Gray, the explorer.

Nomada Clarkit, sp. n.

? .—Length about 94 millim.

Form ordinary, with oval abdomen, which is extremely

204 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on

finely punctured; rather dark ferruginous, with a curved

stripe beneath each antenna, a large patch above antenna,

joiming a patch enclosing ocelli, cheeks behind, sides of pro-

thorax, space behind tubercles, area between wings and the

four hind cox, coxee behind except at apex, extreme base of

first four femora and underside of hind femora, stripe on

mesothorax, broad in front, area on each side of scutellum

and sutures between scutellum and mesothorax and _post-

scutellum, median stripe on metathorax, base of first abdominal

segment, suffused spots at sides of first three segments near

hind margin, and three bands on ventral surface of abdomen,

not reaching sides, all black. There is no yellow about the

insect. Antenne wholly terruginous. Mandibles simple.

Tegule reddish amber. Wings moderately dark, stigma dark

ferruginous, nervures piceous, second submarginal cell very

broad above. First joint of anterior tarsi with a rounded

excavation on the underside near the base, its proximal side

produced into a sort of tooth, which is larger than in some

allied species.

Hab. Corvallis, Oregon, April 6.

Received from Mr. H. L. Viereck. Named after William

Clark, the explorer.

Nomada Howleri, sp. n.

9 —Length about 83 millim.

Form ordinary, abdomen long-oval; head and thorax

black, quite densely clothed with pale brownish-grey or dirty

white hair; facial quadrangle broader than long; narrow

anterior margin of clypeus and mandibles dull ferruginous ;

mandibles simple, rather strongly curved; the only yellow

about the insect is a small patch at the extreme lower corners

of face, next to the eyes; scape black; flagellum black above,

bright ferruginous beneath ; third antennal joint long, almost

er quite as long as fourth; scutellum neither prominent nor

bilobed ; tegulz shining ferruginous, not punctured. Wings

dusky, especially on apical margin, the light spot neither

conspicuous nor well defined; nervures and stigma piccous ;

second submarginal cell very broad above, third narrowed

almost toa point. Legs ferruginous, the cox and trochanters,

the anterior femora mcre or less behind, the middle and hind

femora at base in front, and behind except at apex, anda

stripe on the outside of the anterior and middle tibize black ;

middle and hind tarsi blackish, the tips of the joints red;

hair on inner side of basal joint of hind tarsi very pale golden ;

abdomen dark chestnut-red above and below, basal half of

new American Hymenoptera. 205

first segment black, the red intruding into the black as a

double notch.

. Hab. Corvallis, Oregon, April 15, 1897.

Received from Mr. Viereck. Named after Mr. C. Fowler,

who has revised the Californian species of Nomada.

Nomada Lewist, sp. n.

2 .—Length 8 millim.

Form ordinary ; ferruginous, the extreme lower corners of

face, a very small spot on each side of first abdominal seg-

ment (sometimes absent), a large spot on each side of second

and third segments (often with a minute spot adjacent on the

inner side), two spots and a band or four spots on fourth

segment, and two spots on fifth segment bright yellow; patch

enclosing ocelli, hindmost part of cheeks, spot on sides of

prothorax, stripe on mesothorax, stripe on metathorax, stripe

from wings to middle coxze, middle femora beneath at base,

and hind femora and tibie behind suffusedly, all black.

Mandibles simple; hair of face white in the middle, golden

at sides; antennze entirely red, third joint barely shorter

than fourth ; mesothorax dull and extremely closely punc-

tured; scutellum not noticeably bilobed; tubercles and

teoule reddish amber. Wings smoky, the pale patch distinct ;

stigma ferruginous; nervures piceous; second submarginal

cell much broader above than third. Hair on inner side of

basal joint of hind tarsi mouse-colour ; abdomen with minute

close inconspicuous punctures, its first joint without any

black, its ventral surface without markings.

Hab. Corvallis, Oregon, May 7, June 5; three specimens.

Received from Mr. Viereck. Named after Meriwether

Lewis, the explorer,

Nomada oregonica, sp. n.

9 .—Length 7-8 millim.

Form ordinary ; dark ferruginous, a very minute mark at

each lower corner of face, a spot on each side of second, third,

and fourth abdominal segments (sometimes only on the second,

or on the third and fourth and nearly obsolete on the second),

two faintly indicated discal spots on the fifth, and two or four

small spots on the ventral surface near the end yellow ; pattern

of black markings as in N. Lewis?, but there are three black

stripes on the mesothorax, the outer ones occasionally failing

posteriorly, and the base of the first abdominal segment is

black ; on the underside of the abdomen there are often three

206 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on -

transverse stains, not amounting to distinct black bands;

mandibles simple ; flagellum entirely ferruginous ; third an-

tennal joint not very much shorter than fourth ; head trans-

versely oval; mesothorax very densely punctured ; tegule

yellowish ferruginous, well punctured. Wings moderately

smoky; stigma very dark ferruginous, nervures piceous.

Scutellum not obviously bilobate ; abdomen practically im-

punctate.

Very similar to N. Sayz, Rob., of the Kastern States.

¢ .—Length about 64 millim.

Head and thorax black instead of ferruginous; antennz

long, flagellum black above; narrow anterior margin of

clypeus, lower corners of face, and mandibles except tips dull

reddish yellow ; labrum the same colour, with the middle

blackish ; tubercles with a reddish spot, but no other marks

on thorax, which is quite hairy ; abdomen with a black mark

on each side of second segment near base; yellow spots on

sides of second, third, and fourth segments, and subdorsally

on fifth and sixth; apex strongly emarginate; on the ventral

surface basally is a large obcordate black patch. ‘The ante-

rior and middle femora and tibiz have a very distinct black

stripe behind, on the hind legs the black is more abundant

and more suffused.

Hab. Corvallis, Oregon: 5 9, May 21 to June 7; 1 @,

April 27.

Received from Mr. Viereck.

Nomada ultima, sp. n.

? .— Length 8 millim.

Like WN. oregonica, but the third antennal joint is very

much shorter than the fourth and the first abdominal seement

above has black only at the sides of basal half, never in the

middle. The anterior and middle femora and tibie are red,

entirely without markings, but the hind femora have a black

stripe behind. ‘The ventral surface of the abdomen is red,

wholly without transverse blackish stains. Mandibles simple.

Hab. Corvallis, Oregon: 6 ¢, May to June 7.

Received from Mr. Viereck.

Nomada Astori, sp. nu. (vel ultima, vay. ?).

? .—Length about 73 millim.

Red, with black markings; mandibles simple; abdomen

without black bands or yellow spots; yellow at lower corners

of face; third antennal joint half length of fourth; sides of

abdomen inclined to be black-spotted. Antenna entirely

new American Hymenoptera. oAU yi

ferruginous. Superficially similar to WV. oregonica, but besides

the characters just given differs as follows :—Yellow streak

on lower anterior orbits longer ; sides of thorax with much

less black ; mesothorax with only one black band; abdomen

with only the sides of first segment showing black (this as in

ultima) ; dorsal surface of abdomen bright, but not shining

coppery red, except in certain lights, when it has a silvery or

even purplish lustre (in oregonica it is shining and ordi-

nary). ‘The head is transversely oval, as in N. oregonica.

The abdomen in N. ultima has the same peculiar appear-

ance as that of N. Astor?; it is possible that the latter is a

variety of the former, but in my material JV. ultima is easily

distinguished by the three black bands on mesothorax and

the yellow spots of the abdomen.

Hab. Corvallis, Oregon: 1 ¢, June; var. a, May 20, ?.

Named after John Jacob Astor. Received from Mr. Viereck.

The specimen taken in May is smaller and has three bands

on mesothorax and the first segment of the abdomen black

right across at base; the third antennal joint is even shorter

than in the type, being less than half the length of fourth.

The abdomen is quite without yellow spots. This looks like

a distinct species, but I leave it with this mention for the

present.

Nomada corvallisensis, sp. n.

? .—Length about 8 millim.

Dark ferruginous, with black markings ; no yellow any-

where. Mandibles simple. Resembles N. Astori, but

certainly a different species, readily distinguished by having

no yellow at lower corners of face; having the third antennal

joint at least as long as the fourth; the sides of the dark red

abdomen without black marks, and the surface of the abdomen

very distinctly punctured, which is not at all the case in

Astort. Maxillary palpi with the fourth joint longest, but

the third almost as long; the fifth and sixth very slender,

the fifth conspicuously shorter than the fourth and the sixth

than the fifth. Face with short white hair; occiput with

tawny hair ; scape black above apically ; front and region of

ocelli suffusedly blackened ; mesothorax with a single broad

median black stripe; scutellum and postscutellum dark red,

but metathorax black ; tegule shining coppery red, with very

sparse punctures. Wings fairly clear, the broadly darkened

apical margin strongly contrasting ; stigma very dark reddish,

nervures piceous ; second submarginal cell broad above. Legs

red, with little black, but the middle femora at base and the

208 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on

hind femora behind are conspicuously blackened; hair on

inner side of basal joint of hind tarsi pale golden ; a trilobed

black mark at base of first abdominal segment.

Hab. Corvallis, Oregon, May 24.

Received from Mr. Viereck.

Mr. Viereck has called my attention to a character of the

venation which is useful for separating closely similar species

of Nomada. Applied to the species above described it gives

these results :—

(1) Transverso-medial nervure joining discoidal

nervure some distance from its base*...... N. Clarki, N. Grayt,

NV. oregonica.

(2) Transverso-medial nervure joining discoidal

neryure very near to or at its base ......., N. Lewisi, N. Astori,

NV. corvallisensis, N.

ultima, N. erythro-

chroa, N. Fowlert.

Nomada aquilarum, sp. n.

$ —Length hardly 6 millim.

Black, with cream-coloured markings; abdomen broad

and quite small. Facial quadrangle square, the orbits

parallel ; eyes pale grey; anterior half of clypeus, triangular

lateral marks short and blunt above, and broad base of man-

dibles cream-colour; mandibles simple; labrum dark, very

densely punctured ; antenne dark brown above, ferruginous

beneath; third jointa little longer than fourth, paler and less

shining than rest of flagellum ; cheeks wholly black; meso-

thorax extremely densely punctured; the cream-coloured

tubercles offer the only light marking on thorax; scutellum

hardly bilobed; tegule testaceous, with a small cream-

coloured spot. Wings irregularly stained with brown ; ner-

vures dark; transverso-medial nervure joining discoidal at

its base. Legs black, anterior femora and tibiz in front and

anterior tarsi pale ferruginous; middle and hind tibiz at

base, spot near apex of middle tibie, and large wedge-shaped

mark on apical portion of hind tibiz cream-colour; hair on

inner side of basal joint of hind tarsi very pale golden. Abdo-

men with shallow punctures ; first segment black, second to

fourth with a large wedge-shaped cream-coloured mark on

each side, fifth and sixth with bands; posterior margins of

third and following segments reddish ; apical plate not at all

# This is true also of the following species in the Cresson collection, as

reported by Mr. Viereck :—W. grandis, superba, Edwardsit, affabilis, jocu-

laris, Morrisoni, civilis, electa, bella, lepida, vincta, vicinalis, bisignata,

maculata, perplexa, pygmea, melhiventris,

new American Hymenoptera. 209

emarginate ; apical portion of venter with three light bands,

the first two very broadly interrupted in the middle.

The markings of the hind tibia and the immaculate meta-

a suggest IN. verecunda, which, however, is a different

thing.

Hab. South Fork of Eagle Creek, White Mountains, New

Mexico, about 8000 feet, at flowers of Erigeron macranthus,

Aug. 18 (0. H. T. Townsend).

Nomada beulahensis, sp. n.

3 .—Length 6-8 millim.

Similar to WV. aquilarum, but larger, and differing from the

above description as follows :—Light markings bright lemon-

yellow ; anterior margin of clypeus only, and that notched in

the middle, yellow; lateral marks narrowly pointed above,

often produced some distance up orbital margin; a yellow

band beneath eyes, not always developed ; labrum yellow;

scape yellow beneath; third antennal joint obviously shorter

than fourth; tubercles black or with a ferruginous spot;

scutellum usually with two ferruginous spots ; tegule shining

coppery ; wings more uniformly smoky, but only the apex

really dark; not only the anterior, but also the middle femora

and tibize, ferruginous in front ; apices of hind femora and

tibize reddish; no yellow markings on legs; hair on inner

side of basal joint of hind tarsi greyish brown; yellow bands

on fourth and fifth abdominal segments with a rounded notch

sublaterally behind; yellow on venter extending in spots and

interrupted bands as far forwards as the second segment ;

apical plate strongly notched.

Allied to N. interruptella, Fowler.

Hab. Beulah, New Mexico, 8000 feet, August 1902, 4 9

(Cockerell) ; Chicorico Cafion, near Raton, N. M., Aug. 25,

1 2 (Cockerell).

Nomada neomexicana, sp. n. (vel texana, subsp. ?).

? .—Length about 8 millim.

Black, with yellow markings and bright ferruginous legs.

Almost exactly like JV. tevana, Cresson (a Texas specimen

sent by Mr. Fox compared), but differs as follows :—Meso-

thorax more coarsely sculptured (more like N. modesta) ;

tegule orange-ferruginous; light markings pale lemon-

yellow (considerably lighter than in N. modesta) ; ventral

surface of abdomen wholly dark, except for two very short

and minute light linear marks. ‘The metathorax is without

the yellow spots of WV. modesta. Mandibles simple; third

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 14

210 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on

joint of antenne longer than fourth; transverso-medial

nervure meeting basal, but a little on the externo-medial

side.

g.—Length about 9 millim., but more slender.

Differs from the male of N. modesta (a Colorado specimen

sent by Mr. Fox compared) as follows:—Ventral surface of

abdomen with no pale bands, but only four very inconspicuous

short pale lines, on segments 3 and 4; yellow markings

paler ; no yellow spots on metathorax ; band on second abdo-

minal segment more narrowed in the middle; apical plate

only feebly notched ; legs red, the only light markings being

cream-coloured spots on hind coxe and hind tibize at apex ;

wings with a more distinct apical cloud.

Perhaps I ought to regard this as a subspecies of JV. tex-

ana, but, though very close, it is readily distinguishable, and

no intermediate specimens have been seen.

Hab. Deming, New Mexico, at flowers of Verbesina ence-

lioides, July 9 (Cockerell); Rincon, N. M., at flowers of

Prosopis glandulosa, July 5 (Cockerell). The first-mentioned

locality produced the female, the second the male.

It is rather remarkable that in the N. modesta series the

southern forms differ from the northern by the absence of the

spots on the metathorax; thus, on the Pacific coast, the

southern LV. formula, Viereck, is essentially N. swavs without

the metathoracic spots. I had arrived at this conclusion from

a study of N. formula and the description of suavis ;

Mr. Viereck has now confirmed it by comparing the actual

types.

Nomada grindelie, sp. nu.

¢ .—Length about 63 millim.

Shining black, entirely without markings, but with short

silvery-white hair, dense on face, labrum, pleura, middle and

hind tibie, and patches at sides of abdomen. Mandibles

largely ferruginous, simple, but broad at end. yes greyish

black ; facial quadrangle practically square ; flagellum short

and stout; third antennal joint longer than fourth; sides of

vertex and of mesothorax smooth and shining; tegule dark

brown. Wings nearly clear, with the apical margin broadly

dusky ; stigma black; transverso-medial nervure meeting

basal ; abdomen smooth and shining ; apical plate broad and

rounded, not in the least notched.

Allied to N. pilosula, Cresson, but the front is not narrowed

above and the size is smaller.

Hab, Lincoln, Nebraska, on Grindelia flowers, Sept. 2,

1901 (J. C. Crauford).

Received from Mr. Viereck.

new American Hymenoptera. 211

Nomada aztecorum, sp. n.

? .—Length 11 millim. or rather more.

Black, with bright yellow markings. Head broad, but

facial quadrangle not far from square ; anterior half of clypeus,

not extending to sides, yellow; yellow lateral face-marks

broad below, narrowing upwardly to form a band on orbital

margins reaching above level of antenne as far as two thirds

length of scape ; no yellow below eyes, on cheeks, on labrum,

or mandibles, but the latter have a ferruginous mark; a very

small yellowish-red dot at summit of each eye; mandibles

simple; labrum densely punctured, with a median smooth

band, slightly elevated on the margin; face and front densely

punctured ; first three joints of antenne (except the apical

half of scape above) and apex of last joint bright red, the rest

black, in strong contrast; third antennal joint barely longer

than fourth ; thorax extremely densely punctured, especially

the dull mesothorax ; margin of prothorax above, tubercles,

spot on pleura, two pear-shaped spots on scutellum, post-

scutellum, and two very small spots on metathorax yellow ;

scutellum not bilobed ; tegulz bright ferruginous, punctured.

Wings strongly smoky, especially on apical margin; stigma

dark reddish, nervures piceous; third submarginal cell un-

usually broad above; transverso-medial nervure meeting

basal. Legs black and red, the tibiee and tarsi with light

golden pubescence ; a spot on middle coxe and a very broad

V on hind coxe yellow; femora largely black, tibie and

tarsi red, the hind ones blackened behind; abdomen with a

minute hardly noticeable punctuation, appearing rather as a

minute roughening; black, with five yellow bands, the first

narrowed to a point in the middle, the second narrowed about

half; venter black, with two large yellow triangles, touching

in the middle line, on second segment.

Hab. Amecameca, Mexico, September (Barrett).

Sent by Mr. Viereck, who received it trom Mr, Titus. A

very fine and distinct species.

Nomada Vierecki, sp. n.

9.—Length about 7 millim.

Black and ferruginous, marked with cream-colour; man-

dibles simple; third antennal joint longer than fourth; trans-

verso-medial nervure entering the end of the externo-medial.

This has been erroneously recorded as N. modesta, but it

differs conspicuously as follows :—Size smaller; light mark-

ings cream-colour instead of yellow; no light ae on meta-

PAL Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on

thorax ; clypeus black or dark reddish ; lower corners of face

often reddish ; lower part of prothorax, a variable amount of

pleura, and metathorax except enclosure red; abdomen with

a variable amount of red, always including the base of first

segment dorsally and basal half of venter; punctures of

mesothorax well separated on a shining ground; ventral

surface of abdomen with two light bands, on segments 3 and

4; cream-coloured marks on hind coxe and hind tibie at

apex, and sometimes at base. Also similar to N. Hezlig-

brodtiz, Cresson, but smaller and differing in various details.

3 -—Length 7 millim. Similar to the female, but some

yellowish white on scape beneath and at apex of hind femora ;

face up to level of antenne, and higher at sides, yellowish

white; apical plate deeply notched.

flab. Juarez, Mexico, May 12, 1 & (Cockerell): Las

Cruces, New Mexico, 2 ¢, May 10, 11; 1 g, May 11

(Zownsend): Mesilla, N. M., July 25, 1897, at flowers of

Aster spinosus, 1 } (Cockerell): Mesilla Park, N. M., May 7,

at flowers of Dithyrea Wislizenti, 1 9, 2 63; May, 1 6

(Townsend) ; May 9, on foliage of poplar, 1 ¢ (Cockerell).

Named after Mr. H. L. Viereck, in recognition of his work

on New Mexico bees.

Nomada crucis, sp. n. (vel tewana, subsp. ?).

¢.—Length 7 millim.

Black, with bright yellow markings and red legs; quite

like N. Viereck, except in the colour of the markings, the

coarsely, densely, and confluently sculptured mesothorax,

the longer antenne, and the strongly testaceous hind margins

of abdominal segments 2 to 5. The only red about the

thorax is on the hind part of the metathorax. Apical plate

of abdomen deeply emarginate. Also formerly confused with

N. modesta, but is smaller and without the metathoracic

spots.

Nab: Las Cruces, New Mexico, August 11 &e., 4 ¢

(Townsend); Deming, N. M., at flowers of Verbesina enceli-

otdes, July 9 (Cockerell).

This may possibly be a variety of N. neomexicana, but it

is smaller and more compact, with a shorter abdomen, the

ventral surface of which has two pale bands. By the latter

character it agrees with NV. tevana, to which it is extremely

similar; but although the insect is smaller, the mesothoracic

punctures are larger (from middle line to margin near tegula

11 or 12 in crucis, 14 or 15 in texana), and not so close on

the disk. In MN. crucis the transverso-medial nervure joins

new American Hymenoptera. 213

the end of the externo-medial ; in tevana it exactly meets the

basal.

It is proper to state that my interpretation of tevana depends

upon a specimen from the collection at the Philadelphia

Academy, which to all appearances is one of the original

fourteen from which Cresson described. However, my

specimen has the venter of abdomen black, with a red spot

on first segment and conspicuous, narrowly interrupted,

yellowish-white bands on segments 3 and 4; whereas Cresson

says “venter varied with ferruginous, the third segment

generally with a yellow spot on each side.”

Nomada sophiarum, sp. un.

6 .—Length 83 millim.

Black, with very pale yellow markings and red legs; more

hairy than usual, the pubescence silvery white, dense and

appressed on face, and giving the abdomen a pruinose appear-

ance. Facial quadrangle longer than broad, slightly narrowed

below ; eyes light green; mandibles except tips, labrum, and

face up to level of antennze (except a little black below an-

tenne) light yellow, the lateral marks ending abruptly at

level of antenne ; the usual small spots on margin of clypeus ;

no yellow behind eyes; mandibles simple, extremely broad

at base; scape cylindrical, much swollen, black above, light

yellow beneath ; third antennal joint conspicuously shorter

than fourth; flagellum orange, black or blackish above on

joints 3, 4, 5, and 11, joints somewhat crenulated, the apical

one (18) pointed; mesothorax with extremely dense large

punctures, much covered by hair in front; margin of pro-

thorax above, tubercles, irregularly semilunar mark below,

tegulz, two small spots at anterior corners of scutellum, and

two small marks on postscutellum light yellow. Wings un-

usually clear, the apical margin dusky, and the light spot

distinct; stigma ferruginous, nervures fusco-ferruginous ;

second submarginal cell broad above; transverso-medial

nervure meeting basal. Legs light red, hind coxe and

femora black behind except at apex; hair on tarsi pale

golden; abdomen rather long, first segment red, with the

base black, and a pair of small black marks about the middle

subdorsally; remaining segments black, with very broad

pale yellow bands, not or hardly narrowed in the middle ;

punctures of abdomen close and distinct; apical plate red,

very feebly notched ; venter red, with much biack on first,

fourth, and fifth segments.

Hab. Mesilla Park, New Mexico, April 16, at flowers of

Sophia (Cockerell).

214 On new American Hymenoptera.

The Sophia was probably S. andrenarum, but perhaps

S. halictorum ; the two species had not then been distin-

guished.

Nomada lippie, sp. n.

3 .—Length about 84 millim.

Black, with very pale yellow markings and red legs ; only

slightly pubescent, the face shining, with well-separated

punctures, and quite bare. Facial quadrangle somewhat

broader than long; eyes grey; broad base of mandibles,

labrum except blackish stain in middle, clypeus except poste-

rior margin, square supraclypeal spot (surrounded by black),

lateral face-marks, and minute spot at top of eyes behind

light yellow; the lateral face-marks are broad, ending

abruptly halfway between level of antenne and tops of eyes,

and nearly divided below by a black stripe running from the

clypeus towards the eye; antenne slender, ferruginous below

and black above; scape unusually long and narrow; third

antennal joint very much longer than fourth; mesothorax

closely punctured, but shining ; upper margin of prothorax,

tubercles, a minute anterior and a large posterior spot on

pleura, two large contiguous spots on scutellum, and band on

postscutellum very light yellow; tegule light red, with a

cream-coloured spot. Wings with lower half almost clear,

upper half dusky except at base, very strongly so apically ;

stigma ferruginous, nervures fuscous; transverso-medial

nervure meeting basal, but a little on the externo-medial

side. Legs bright red, shining; a spot on hind tibie at end

and a stripe on basal joint of hind tarsi cream-colour ; hair on

hind tarsi silvery ; abdomen rather long and tapering, shining,

but distinctly punctured, brown-black, with very pale yellow

bands on segments 1, 2, 4, and 5, that on 4 much narrowed

and slightly interrupted in the middle; third segment with a

transversely oval spot on each side and a dot mesad of it;

apical plate dark brown, rounded, not in the least emargi-

nate ; ventral surface very dark brown, with a transverse

yellowish band on segment 3, not produced to the sides.

fab, La Cueva, Organ Mts., New Mexico, about 5300 feet,

at flowers of Lippia Wrightii, Sept. 5 (C. H. T. Townsend).

East Las Vegas, New Mexico, U.S.A.,

April 15, 1903.

P.S.—Myr. Viereck writes that all the specimens of

Nomada_ from Corvallis, Oregon, were collected by Prof.

Arthur B. Cordley and his students. Prof. Cordley sent

them to Mr. Bradley, who handed them to Mr. Viereck.

On Batrachians and Reptiles from Cape Colony. 215

XIII.—On a Oollection of Batrachians and Reptiles from the

Interior of Cape Colony. By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S.

[Plates XVI. & XVII.]

Amone the zoological collections made by Messrs. HE. C. H.

Seimund and C. H. B. Grant at Deelfontein, and presented

to the British Museum by Colonel Sloggett, the series of

batrachians and reptiles is of considerable interest. Deel-

fontein, a camp in the Richmond district, 32 miles below

De Aar and 25 east of Victoria West, is situated in the middle

of a barren region extending for miles in every direction, with

nothing but brushwood and thorns, and very little water

except immediately after rains. There are, however, a few

springs or wells, in which frogs and toads are found. Under

such conditions a list of the batrachians and reptiles cannot

be expected to be a long one, and it is a surprise to me that

two of them should prove to be undescribed.

BATRACHIA.

ECAUDATA.

1, Xenopus levis, Daud.

2. Bufo Granti, sp.u. (PIL. XVL)

Crown without bony ridges; snout short, blunt; inter-

orbital space as broad as or a little narrower than the upper

eyelid ; tympanum very distinct, one half to three fourths

the diameter of the eye. Fingers short, blunt, first not

extending or extending but little beyond second ; toes short,

webbed at the base; subarticular tubercles of toes simple,

sometimes with a tendency to division; two moderate meta-

tarsal tubercles; a more or less distinct tarsal fold. The

hind limb stretched forwards does not extend or extends but

little beyond the end of the snout ; the tarsc-metatarsal articu-

lation reaches the axil, the shoulder, or between the shoulder

and the tympanum. Upper parts with large, more or less

prominent, flat warts ; parotoids moderately prominent,

elliptic or reniform, rather variable in length, parallel or

diverging posteriorly ; belly granular, at least posteriorly.

Greyish or pale olive above, with large brown or dark olive

spots or marblings much as in B, viridis. Male with an

internal subgular vocal sac,

216 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Batrachians

&. From snout to vent 75 millim.; hind limb 80.

ey) 1) » 90 5 9» 97 «8D.

Numerous specimens were obtained by Mr. Grant in

December on the sides at the bottom of a well at Deelfontein,

where they could be seen in the daytime squatting in or near

the water ; others were taken on the veldt in March, April,

and December, and in camp in November.

In its shorter hind limbs this species differs from B. regu-

laris much as our B. calamita differs from B. viridis; it also

has the inner finger shorter as compared with the second.

3. Rana angolensis, Bocage.

4, Rana Delalandit, D. & B.

REPTILIA.

CHELONIA.

1. Testudo Seimundi, sp.n. (PI. XVII.)

Shell very convex, twice as long as deep, the dorsal shields

somewhat swollen and separated from one another by deep

furrows ; lateral marginals divided by a very deep groove;

shields strongly striated concentrically ; six vertebral shields,

fifth smallest, all except the first much broader than long;

12 marginals on each side; nuchal small, longer than broad ;

supracaudal single, strongly incurved. Plastron large, flat

(male), the gular shields forming a narrow rounded projection

in front, the hind lobe deeply notched; suture between the

gulars longer than that between the anals; suture between

the humerals longer than that between the femorals, nearly

four times as long as that between the pectorals; axillary

small, inguinal large. Head moderate, with very convex,

swollen forehead and strongly hooked beak; upper head-

shields very small, with the exception of three preefrontal

shields in a transverse row; alveolar ridge of upper jaw

very feeble. Anterior face of fore limb with very large

bony scutes or tubercles as in T.. tentorta; a very large bony

tubercle on the back of the thigh. Yellowish horn-colour

above, with short or interrupted blackish - brown striz

radiating from the centre of each shield; plastron similar,

with mere traces of the dark radiating strive; soft parts

yellow, head with a few dark brown specks.

Length of shell 98 millim.

A single male specimen was picked up by Mr. Seimund

under a Karroo bush in veldt 8 miles east of Deelfontein, about

300 yards from a small rise or kopje.

This new tortoise is to be placed near 7’. tentorva, Bell,

from which it differs in the shape of the gular extremity of

and Reptiles from Cape Colony. 217

the plastron, in the longer suture between the gular shields,

in the less convex carapace with deep furrows between the

shields, and in the coloration.

2. Testudo tentoria, Bell.

3. Homopus areolatus, Thunb.

4, Pelomedusa galeata, Schcepff.

A remarkably large specimen, the shell measuring 260

millim.

LACERTILIA.

5. Pachydactylus capensis, Smith.

6. Agama brachyura, Bier.

7. Agama aculeata, Merr.

8. Agama atra, Daud.

9. Zonurus polyzonus, Smith.

10. Pseudocordylus microlepidotus, Cuv.

11. Varanus albigularis, Daud.

12. Nucras tessellata, Smith.

13. Hremias undata, Smith.

14. Hremias pulchella, Gray.

15. Mabuia trivittata, Cuv.

16. Mabuia varia, Ptrs.

17. Mabuia sulcata, Ptrs.

OPHIDIA.

18. Trimerorhinus rhombeatus, L

19. Psammophis notostictus, Ptrs.

20. Aspidelaps lubricus, L.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PuatTe XVI,

Bufo Granti, female, natural size, with side view of head.

Puate XVII.

Testudo Seimundi, natural size, side view and lower view.

218 On new Fishes from the Victoria Nyanza.

XIV.—Descriptions of Two new Fishes discovered by Major

C. Delmé Radcliffe in the Victoria Nyanza. By G. A.

BouLENGER, F.R.S.

Barbus Radcliffit.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 3? times in total

length. Snout rounded, not projecting beyond the mouth,

23 in length of head ; diameter of eye 62 times in length of

~ head, interorbital width 22; mouth terminal, its width }

length of head; lips much developed, somewhat produced in

the middle, the lower continuous across the chin; barbels

two on each side, anterior 2 diameter of eye, posterior as long

as eye, the distance between them greater than the diameter

of the eye. Dorsal III 9, last simple ray strong, bony, not

serrated, straight, } length of head; the edge of the fin

slightly emarginate ; its distance from the occiput equals its

distance from the caudal. Anal III 5, longest ray 2 length

of head. Pectoral acutely pointed, ? length of head, not

reaching ventral; latter below anterior ray of dorsal. Caudal

deeply forked. Caudal peduncle 13 as long as deep. Scales

finely striated longitudinally, 31-32 i 2 between lateral line

and root of ventral, 12 round caudal peduncle.

The skin on which I establish this species, most nearly

related to B. labiatus, Blgr., measures 560 millim. and is

uniform brown, the lower parts and the fins lighter, yellowish.

Mastacembelus Victorice.

Depth of body 13 to 14 times in total length, length of

head (without rostral appendage) 7} to 9 times; vent equally

distant from end of snout and base of caudal ; length of head

3 to 34 times in its distance from vent and 4 in its distance

from first dorsal spine. Snout 4 times as long as eye, ending

in a trifid dermal appendage, which is longer than eye; cleft

of mouth extending to below nostril ; no preeorbital or pre-

opercular spines. Vertical fins united with rounded caudal.

Dorsal XX XITI-XXXYV, circa 100, last spine nearly + length

of head. Anal IJ, cirea 100. Scales very small, about 20

between origin of soft dorsal and lateral line. Dark brown

above, yellowish beneath, sides with small light spots; head

pale brown, spotted or marbled with darker and with a wavy

dark lateral band, passing through the eye; a series of large,

round, dark brown spots may be present along the lower edge

of the caudal region.

Total length 330 millim.

On a new Frog from Upper Burma and Siam. 219

Two specimens are in Major Delmé Radecliffe’s collection,

and | have examined a third (a young), also from the Victoria

Nyanza, forming part of a small series of fishes purchased by

the British Museum from Mr. Baxter in 1894. This young

specimen had been provisionally referred by Dr. Giinther to

his M. shiranus, which differs in having fewer dorsal spines

and soft fin-rays.

XV.— On a new Frog from Upper Burma and Siam.

By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S.

TEN years ago, when describing the Batrachians collected in

Upper Burma by the late Signor L. Fea*, I noticed the

characters of some frogs from Yado and Thao, Karin Hills,

which I took to be males of Rana Guentheri, Blgr., a species

established upon female specimens from Amoy, China.

Having recently had the opportunity of examining a good

series of specimens of Rana Guenthert from Annam and

Tonkin, I have discovered my error in the determination of

the male frogs from Yado and Thao, the males of R. Guen-

thert being provided with large external vocal vesicles on the

sides of the throat as well as with a humeral gland. The

allied frog, in which the vocal sacs are internal, is an un-

described species, and as I have lately had further specimens.

for examination, collected by Dr. Mortensen on Koh Chang

Island, in Siam, for the Copenhagen Museum, I cannot do

better than propose for it the name of

Rana Mortensen.

This species is closely related to Rh. Guwenthert, but differs

in the more posterior position of the vomerine teeth, which

form two oblique series or oval groups beginning in the

middle between the choanze and extending posteriorly more or

less beyond them, in the shorter snout, in the shorter foot, in

the larger terminal expansions of the toes, and in the thicker

and more prominent dorso-lateral glandular fold.

In coloration the two species are very similar, but 2. Guen-

thert has a more or less distinct whitish posterior border to

the tympanum, which does not exist in 2. Mortensent.

* Ann, Mus. Genoya, (2) xiii. (1893).

220 Mr. H. Druce on some

XVI. — Descriptions of some new Species of Lepidoptera

from Tropical South America and one from North Australia.

By Hersert Druce, F.L.S. &c.

Fam. Nymphalida.

Subfam. Acrzrmz.

Actinote sarsanda, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antennez, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdo-

men black, the sides of the abdomen slightly yellowish.

Primaries and secondaries brownish black, the veins all black,

the basal third of the primaries greyish. The underside very

similar to the upperside, but considerably paler in colour and

the veins more distinct.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. Kicuador, Chimbo (Rosenberg, Mus. Druce).

This species is very distinct from any other known to me.

Actinote elatus, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antenne, collar, tegule, and thorax black ;

abdomen reddish yellow, each segment edged with black.

Primaries and secondaries deep black; primaries with a large

oval-shaped band, partly in the cell and extending nearly to

the anal angle; the fringe of both wings black. Underside

of the primaries brownish black, the basal half of the wing

dull yellow ; two yellowish lines near the apex of the wing:

secondaries brownish black, yellowish close to the base, the

veins black.

Eixpanse 2 inches.

Hab. Ecuador, Paramba (Rosenberg, Mus. Druce).

Actinote chea, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antenne, collar, thorax, and abdomen black.

Primaries black, the basal half red, crossed by the black

veins: secondaries black, with a rather wide reddish band

from the middle of the cell almost to the outer margin.

Underside of the primaries very similar to the upperside, but

paler and browner in colour at the apex and along the outer

margin: secondaries reddish brown, the veins black; an

indistinct submarginal greyish band extends from the apex

almost to the anal angle; the interior of the cell pinkish.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. Interior of Colombia (Mus. Druce).

new Species of Lepidoptera. 221

Subfam. Nywpxariv 2.

Callithea lugens, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdo-

men black. Primaries very similar to those of C. optema,

but much brighter blue, the apical black border much wider :

secondaries much brighter blue than in C. optima, the blue

colour extending right up to the base, asin C. Whitelyz; the

greenish outer margin is also rather wider. The underside is

similar to C. optima, but without the black lines and with

very much less red at the base of the secondaries, but with

much more red than in C. Leprieurit; a large round red

spot at the end of the cell; the primaries have a submarginal

row of five rather large black spots.

Expanse 22 inches.

flab. Peru, Cuzco (Mus. Druce).

A very distinct species between C. optima and C. Le-

prieurtt.

Fam. Papilionide.

Subfam. Parzrzronr z.

Papilio Rosenberg?, sp. n.

Male.—Vead, thorax, upper and under sides of the abdomen

black, the sides yellow ; tegule black, with a white spot at

the base; antenne yellow for two thirds from the tip, the

remaining part black; legs black. Primaries black, with a

streak and a large roundish spot at the end of the cell pale

yellow ; beyond and below the cell are four elongated yellow

spots ; three yellow spots near the apex, the first and third

elongated, the second oval; a marginal row of small round

dots extends from near the apex to the anal angle; the fringe

black: secondaries pale yellow, shaded with orange- -red in

the cell and near the anal angle; the costal and outer margin

broadly black ; the veins black ; a marginal row of small

oval yellow spots extends from the apex “to the anal angle ;

the fringe white. Underside of the primaries very similar

to the “upperside, but much paler; secondaries with the

marginal row of yellow spots considerably larger and much

paler in colour, and above the row of yellow spots a row of

small white dots extending from the apex to the anal angle.

Expanse 43 inches.

Hab. Ecuador, Paramba, 3500 feet, dry season (fusen-

berg) ; eight specimens (Mus, Druce).

222 On some new Species of Lepidoptera.

This species is closely allied to Papilio ascolias, Felder,

from which it constantly differs in the band of spots being

much more elongated and not extending beyond the cell; it

is also a smaller insect. I have no doubt it is a distinct

southern form or so-called subspecies, the same as Papilio

calates is the northern form of P. ascolvas, both being easily

distinguished from the Colombian P. ascolvas.

Fam. Arctiide.

Phragmantobia viridis, sp. n.

Male.— ead, collar, tegule, and thorax bright pale green ;

antennee yellowish ; palpi bright red; abdomen pale brown.

Primaries pea-green, crossed from the costal to the inner

margin by two black lines—the first near the base, > -shaped,

the second very much curved in the middle; a short black

line extends from the costal margin to the end of the cell;

the fringe green. Underside pale green, the costal margin

edged with red from the base nearly to the anal angle; the

black line from the costal margin to the end of the cell the

same as above, beyond which is a small black dot; second-

aries paler than the primaries, with a faint black spot at the

end of the cell and a faint dusky submarginal line; the fringe

yellowish green on the underside; close to the costal margin

are four black spots.

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. 8... Peru, Santo Domingo (Mus. Druce).

This species is allied to Phragmantobia rubricosta, Dogn.

Fam. Liparide.

Euproctis Meeki, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antenne, thorax, and abdomen chrome-

yellow; legs chrome-yellow; anal tuft white. Primaries

chrome-yellow, somewhat brownish near the base, the veins

yellowish white, in some specimens quite white; the fringe

yellow: secondaries paler chrome-yellow, without any

markings. ‘The underside of both wings pale yellow.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. N. Australia, Cooktown (Meek, Mus. Druce).

This species is also in Mr. Bethune-Baker’s collection from

British New Guinea.

On ‘Oceana’ Isopoda and Amphipoda. 223

XVIT.—Report on the Isopoda and Amphipoda collected by

Mr. George Murray, F.R.S., duriny the Cruise cf the

‘Oceana’ in November 1893*. By Atrrep O. WaLKER.

[Plates XVIII. & XIX.]

Contents of Tubes.

IsopopDa.

No. of Net, &e.

4a. Nov. 20. 1170 fath.*

4c. ~ 920 fath.

4f. 35 1275 fath.

4h, - 1470 fath.

5h. Nov. 21. 1410 fath.

51. nF 1710 fath. )

)

| In each of these tubes there was one (in

| 5h two) specimen of the Munnopsid

a described below. In net 4f there was

| also an Epicarid larva.

AMPHIPODA.

Lat. 52° 4"5 N.

Long. 11° 20':1 W.

la. Nov. 19. Surface.

Parathemisto oblivia (Kroyer). 5 or 6 young.

1d. s 20 fath.

Parathemisto oblivia (Kroyer). Q and young.

ie. % 50 fath.

Parathemisto oblivia (Kroyer). 4 young.

Lat. 52° 4"5 N.

Long. 12° 27' W.

2a. Nov.19. 270 fath.

Brachyscelus sp. 1 young.

2d. a o74 fath.

Phronima atlantica, Guérin-Mén. 1 young.

Die rf 620 fath.

Phronima atlantica? Too young for identification.

Scina Rattrayi, Stebbing. 1 young.

29. a 650 fath.

Lrachyscelus mediterraneus (Olaus). 2.

Lat. 52° 27"6 N.

Long. 15° 400 W.

4b. Nov. 20. 790 fath.

Vibilia armata, Bovallius. 1.

Le. os 1170 fath.

Phronima atlantica. 1.

Af. 8 1275 fath.

Vibiha sp. Too young.

4h, 5 1470 fath.

Brachyscelus sp. 1 young.

* See Journ. Geograph. Soc. vol. xiii. no. 2, Feb. 1899, where the

method of capture, by open tow-nets in series, is described,

224 Mr. A. O. Walker on the Isopoda and Amphipoda

No. of Net, &c.

47.

4k...

58.

5d.

Be.

5g.

5h.

5k.

51.

bs,

69.

Noy. 20.

”

Noy. 22.

1570 fath.

Orchomenopsis abyssorum (Stebbing). 1.

1670 fath.

Epicarid larva. 2.

Scina Rattrayi, Steb. 4.

Cyphocaris anonyx, Boeck. 1 young.

Lat. 52° 181 N.

Long. 15° 53"9 W.

500 fath.

Sema Rattrayt. 2.

Brachyscelus mediterraneus? Too young.

810 fath.

Epicarid larva.

950 fath.

Hyperia Latreillet, M.-Edwards. 1 young.

1070 fath.

Scina Rattrayt. 2.

Lanceola sp. 1 young.

1300 fath.

Cyphocaris anonyx, Boeck.

1410 fath.

Epicarid larva. 1.

Scina Rattray. 1.

Orchomenopsis abyssorum (Stebbing). 1.

1610 fath.

Orchomenopsis abyssorum, 1.

1710 fath.

Phronima sedentarna, 1.

1510 fath.

Epicarid larva. 1.

Scina Rattray. 1.

Lat. 52° 20' N.

Long. 15° 79 W.

150 fath.

Hyperia longipes, A.O. W. 1.

Brachyscelus sp.? 1 young. Length 1 millim.

510 fath.

Scina marginata (Boyallius). 1.

Scina Rattrayt. 3.

Vilila armata, Bovallius. 1.

Hyperia longipes, A,O. W. 1.

Cyphocaris anonyx, 2.

560 fath.

Sema Rattrayt. 2.

Lanceola sp. 1 young.

The following remarks on the distribution of the genera

of Amphipoda taken in the tow-nets may not be without

interest :—

collected during the Cruise of the § Oceana.’ 225

Hyperia, Latreille, 1823, as defined by Bovallius, 1887.

Universal ; from the Arctic to the Antarctic seas.

Parathemisto, Boeck, 1870.

Bovatrius: Arctic and Northern temperate regions (P. OBLIVI4) ;

North temperate and subtropical Pacific (P. japonica); Ant-

arctic region (P. Batei); Pacific, lat. 18° §., long. 124° W.

(P. rubescens).

Srespine: Pacific, lat. 35° 20’ N., long. 153° 39’ E. (P. pacifica).

Phronima, Latreille.

The distribution of this genus according to Stebbing (‘ Challenger’

Report, pp. 1358-61) is from lat. 60° N. in the Atlantic to lat.

50° 1’ S. in the Southern Ocean, and all round the world from east

to west.

Brachyscelus, Sp. Bate, 1861,=Thamyris, Claus, 1878.

Srespine (‘Challenger’ Report): N. Pacific, lat. 24° 49’ N., long.

138° 34' E. (B. cruscutvm); N. Pacific, lat. 35° N., between

Japan and Honolulu (B. cruscuztum): Celebes Sea, lat. 6° 20'

N., long. 123° 18' E. (B. inequipes): 8. Pacific (B. latipes) ;

S. Pacific (B. Bovallii); Pacifie (B. acuticaudatus); off

St. Vincent, Cape Verde Islands, lat. 16° 49’ N., long. 25° 14’

W. (B. wepirerRANEUS). All the above were taken on or

near the surface. Lat. 58° S., long. 172° W. (B. antipodes) ;

Cape of Good Hope (B. rapax); Zanzibar (B. globiceps) ;

Naples (B. wzpiTERRANEUS); Atlantic (B. elegans).

Noruan: Faroe Channel, in “towing-net at a depth of several

hundred fathoms ” (B. cRuscULUM).

Scina, Prestandrea, 1833,= Tyro, H. Milne-Edwards, 1840.

Bovatttus: the Atlantic (S. cornigera), and lat. 1° N., long. 18° W.

; (S. gracilis); North, tropical, and South Atlantic (OS. Sars) ;

South Atlantic, Indian Ocean (S. atlantica); Pacific, lat.

18° 10’ S., long. 126° W. (S. longipes); Lofoten Islands, west

coast of Norway (S. borealis ; also G.O.Sars) ; North Atlantic,

lat. 62° N., long. 15° W. (S. Clausiz) ; Mediterranean (S. mar-

ginata); off Cape Horn (S. Z'ullberge); Corinto, Nicaragua

(S. pacifica).

Sreppine (‘ Challenger’ Report): South Atlantic, lat. 19° 6’ S.,

long. 35° 40’ W., and New Hebrides (S. cornigera).

Sresppine (Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. xiii. part x. pp. 849-371, pls. 51—-

54): Atlantic, 7° 54’ N., long. 17° 25’ W. (S. acanthodes) ;

Atlantic, lat. 7° 1’ N., long. 15° 54’ W. (S. stenopus and

S. adicarpus) ; lat. 1° 55’ N., long. 5°55’ H. (S. Rarrrayi) ;

Jat. 4° 26' S., long. 10° WE. (S. concors) ; lit. 3° OF N., long.

7° 43' W. (S. similis) ; lat. 7° 54’ N., long. 17° 25’ W. (S. un-

cipes); lat. 5° 88' N., long. 14° 20’ W. (S. cornigera) ; lat,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. KS

226 Mr. A. O. Walker on the Isopoda and Amphipoda

7° 11'N., long. 15° 54’ W. (S. atlantica); lat. 4° 26'S., long.

10° 18’ E. (S. " pacifica).

The above species are recorded from ‘‘ near the surface” to a

depth of 360 fath. (S. RaTTRAYI).

Lanceola, Say, 1818, as defined by Bovallius.

Boyattius: Gulf-stream (LZ. pelagica); North and South Atlantic

(L. Sayana); Davis Strait (Z. serrata and L. Lovéni); South

tropical Atlantic (L. felina); Baffin’s Bay, lat. 72° N. (ZL.

Claus).

Sreppine: Pacific, lat. 85° 41' N., long. 157° 42’ E. (ZL. pacifica) ;

lat. 85° 45’ S., long. 18° 31’ W. (Z. sp.); lat. 87° 29’ S., long:

83° 7’ W. (LZ. sp.); off Banda Island (Z. sp.); lat. 1° 47’ N.,

long. 24° 26’ W. (LZ. estiva); lat. 42° 8’ N., long. 68° 39’ W.

(L. Suhmi); lat. 50° 1'S., long. 128° 4’ KE. (L. australis).

For Mr. Stebbing’s interesting remarks on distribution and

depth see ‘Challenger’ Amphipoda, p. 1317. The specimens

taken appear to have come from depths ranging from 360 fath.

to 2300 fath.

Norman (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Jan. 1900): North Atlantic,

lat. 56° 8’, long. 13° 34’ W. (LZ. Sayana); Faroe Channel, in

tow-net sunk 640 fath. (LZ. Murray).

Vibilia, H. Milne-Edwards, 1830.

Boyattius: Seas of Asia (V. Peroni); Atlantic and Mediterranean

~(V. Jeangerardi); Java (V. affinis); South Atlantic, lat.

43° 30' §., long. 9°50’ W. (V. macropis) ; lat. 17° 30’ S., long.

2° 30' W. (VY. gibbosa); North Atlantic, tropical Atlantic

(V. robusta); coast of Scotland (V. borealis); west coast of

Greenland (V. Kréyeri) ; South Atlantic, Pacific (V. longipes) ;

near the Powell Islands (V. Hdwardsi); North and South At-

lantic, Pacific, and Indian Oceans (V. viatria); tropical Pacific

(V. gracilis); tropical and South Atlantic (V. armaTa); .

tropical Atlantic (V. pyrapes).

Sreppine: lat. 25° 30’ N., long. 188° KE. (V. propinqua) ; South

Atlantic (V. Milne) ; lat. 37° 29’ &., long. 27° 31' W. (V.sp.);

Cape York (V. viator); lat. 48° 18’ §., long. 130° 4’ E. (V.

australis) ; lat. 52° 4'8., long. 71° 22' EH. (V. anitaretica) ;

lat. 52° 20’ S., long. 72° 14’ E. (V. sp.).

Cuevrevux: Mediterranean (V. erratica) and North Atlantic

(V. Jeangerardi, V. hirondeller, V. dentata, and V. grandi-

cornis), (Campagnes de ‘1’Hirondelle ’),

Bonnier: Gulf of Gascony (VY. Bovalliz).

All the ‘Challenger’ specimens of which the depth is recorded

were taken on the surface, as also were V. erratica and V. Jean-

gerardi by Chevreux.

collected during the Cruise of the ‘ Oceana.’ 227

GAMMARIDEA.

Lysianasside.

Cyphocaris, Boeck and Liitken.

This singular genus has been recorded from the west coast of

Greenland (C. avonyx, Boeck) by Hansen, and by Stebbing in the

‘Challenger’ Report from Tristan d’Acunha, lat. 32° 24’ S., long.

13° 5' W., off west coast of South America, lat. 38° 7’ S., long.

94° 4’ W. (C. micronyx), and 400 miles north of the Sandwich

Islands (C. challenger). As the latter author informs me that he

has now merged C. micronyx in C. ANONYX, this species has a truly

enormous range. The ‘Challenger’ specimens were taken at a

depth of 1425 and 1500 fath. respectively. Also taken by the

Prince of Monaco in lat. 47° 38’ N., long. 22°13' W., depth 13800 m.

(Chevreux, Camp. de ‘ l’Hirondelle, 1900, p. 165).

Orchomenopsis, G. O. Sars, 1895*.

This genus was separated by G. O. Sars from Orchomene on

account of slight differences in structure. It includes two, and

perhaps all three, of the ‘ Challenger’ species, and one (0. robusta,

Sars) from the coast of Norway in 100 fath. The localities of the

‘ Challenger’ species are as follows :—South of Japan, lat. 26° 29'N.,

long. 137° 57’ E., 2425 fath. (O. musculosus); east of Buenos

Ayres, lat. 35° 39’ §., long. 50° 47’ W., 1900 fath. (0. aByYsso-

kum); Kerguelen Island, Betsy Cove, surface, and off Cumberland

Bay, 127 fath. (0. excavatus). O. abyssorum is also recorded by

M. Chevreux from lat. 48° 24’ N., long. 20° 38’ W., depth 2200 m,

(Camp. de ‘l’Hirondelle,’ p. 23).

List oF SPECIES.

ISOPODA.

Fam. Munnopside.

? Genus Munnopsis, M. Sars, 1860.

Munnopsis? Murrayi, sp.n. (male). (Pl. XVIII. figs. 1-6.)

Anterior division of the body little wider than and about

the same length as the posterior.

* Since the above was written, the author has met with two new

species in a collection made by Mr. Fougner during the ‘Southern Cross’

expedition to the Antarctic Seas in 1899-1900, and described in a paper

read before the Linnean Society on Dec. 18, 1902. These are O. nodi-

manus, Cape Adare, lat. 71° 18’ S., lone. 170° 9' W., dredged in 26 fath.,

and O. Rossi, from lat. 78° 35’ S., long. 164° 32' W., taken near the

surface. M. Chevreux also has described (Bull. Soc. Zool. de'France,

1903, tome xxviii. pp. 98-96) two new species from the N. Atlantic,

228 Mr. A. O. Walker on the Isopoda and Amphipoda

Head having a triangular projection, on which is a tubercle,

behind the bases of the upper antennz; these have the last

joint of the peduncle more than twice as long as the penulti-

mate. Lower antennz wanting in all the specimens. Man-

dibles with a prominent molar expansion and divided cutting-

edge as in M. longicornis, Hansen; palp very large and

prominent, with a jiamellar terminal joint. Maxillipedes with

a prominent lobe on the outer margin of the inner plates ;

palp with the fourth joint large and rounded.

First body (mesosome) segment rather wider than any of

. the succeeding three; coxal plates rather large, widening

distally, so as to conceal the ends of thesegments. ‘The first

of the last three segments (metasome) with a large oval

tubercle on each side of a central cleft; the two following

segments widening successively and marked by a transverse

division ; the last has also a diagonal depression across each

hinder angle. All the segments are rugose.

All the ambulatory legs are wanting except the first joints ;

these in the first pair of legs are twice as long and half as

thick as those of the succeeding three pairs. The natatory

legs have the fourth joint much expanded posteriorly and

more than twice as large as the fifth joint, which is furnished

with a small dactylus.

Telson cordate, with a blunt carina; margins smooth.

Uropods small and slender, 2-jointed, the second joint

three times as long as the first.

As G. O. Sars has pointed out (‘ Crust. of Norway, Isopoda,’

p. 133), Munnopsis longicornis, Hansen (‘ Isopoden &c. der

Plankton Expedition,’ p. 8, pl. ii. fig. 1), differs in the struc-

ture of the mandibles from the generic description, as does

the present species. This also differs from both in the struc-

ture of the maxillipedes and in the swimming-legs being

provided with a dactylus; so that doubtless a new genus is

required for its reception. As, however, it is impossible to

define a genus satisfactorily from imperfect specimens,

M. Sars’s genus must stand provisionally. Unfortunately it

rarely happens that these Isopods are taken with their long

and brittle appendages perfect.

Seven specimens, probably all males. Length 7 millim.

Net 4a, 1170 fath.; 4c, 920 fath. ; Af, 1275 fath.; 4h,

1470 fath. ; 5 h, 1410 fath. (2 specimens) ; 5/, 1710 fath.

The only other Isopods in the collection were a few

Kpicarid larvee.

collected during the Cruise of the ‘ Oceana.’ 229

AMPHIPODA.

Tribe HYPERIIDEA.

Genus Hyrverta, Latreille.

Hyperia Latreillei, M.-Edw.

This species is now referred both by G..O. Sars and A. M.

Norman to H. galba (Mont.).

One young. Length 3 millim. Net 5d, 950 fath.

Genus Hypzeriotpes, Chevreux, 1900.

Hyperioides longipes, Chev.* (Pl. XIX. figs. 7-13.)

Head very large, as long as the first five body-segments

united, the frontal outline rather concave, the sides produced

downwards in two lobes, of which the lower margin is trun-

cate, with rounded angles. ‘The eyes occupy nearly the whole

upper part of the head, and consist of dark red transverse

bands.

Mesosome shorter and rather narrower than the metasome,

all the segments distinct except the first and second, which

are dorsally united, the seventh the widest. Metasome

deeper than mesosome, the third segment having the hinder

angle bluntly rectangular.

Antenne short and simple, the tips of the lower reaching

just below the produced cephalic lobes.

The first and second gnathopods are almost alike, the

second being slightly the larger; the first joint is broad and

as long as all the remaining joints, the carpus is produced to

about the middle of the propodos; dactylus rather long and

slender.

The pereeopoda are unusually long and slender for this

genus ; the first and second are about as long as the fifth, the

dactyli long, slender, and slightly curved; the third and

* Since the above description was written, Mons. Cheyreux has

described the species under the above name in the ‘ Resultats des Cam-

pagnes scientifiques de l’Hirondelle,’ fasc. xvi. 1900, p. 143, pl. xvii.

fig. 2. The ‘ Oceana’ specimens, however, differ in the form of the telson,

which is bluntly triangular. The palp of the first maxillee is also im-

perfectly figured, being well developed, with a truncate and spinous

terminal margin, The inner plate is armed at the end with strong teeth

and sete, much as in Hyperiella, Boyallius, as figured by Stebbing under

H, dilatata (Chall. Amph. pl. clxxi.). From this genus it differs only in

being more laterally compressed. Chevreux’s two specimens were taken

in lat. 47° 38’ N., long. 22° 14' W., in 1300 fath., and lat. 47° 43’ N.,

long. 19° 30° W., in 781 fath,, both in Sept. 1888.

230 Mr. A. O. Walker on the Isopoda and Amphipoda

fourth are about the same length and much longer than the

fifth; the first joints of all are long and narrow, with parallel

mar gins, those of the third and our th are as long as the

next three joimts together and about equal to the fifth joint;

all the dactyh rather long.

The peduncles of the third uropods are nearly four times

as long as the rami, which are about equal to the telson.

The nearest allies of this species are H. schizogeneios,

Stebbing, and H. crucipes, Bovallius; it differs from both in

having only two of the mesosome segments coalesced and in

the greater length of the perzopoda, the form of their first

joint, &e. It is possible that Lestrigonus rubescens, Dana,

may be the male of this species.

Two females with ova. Length 4°5 millim.

Net 6a, 150 fath.; 6, 510 fath.

Parathemisto oblivia (Kroyer).

Several young, the largest being 7 millim. long.

Nets 1 a, 16, 1c, surface to 50 fath.

This is a common species in the young state on the west

coast of Ireland.

Phronima sedentaria, Forskal.

One female. Length 20 millim. Net 5/, 1710 fath.

Phronima atlantica, Guérin-Ménéville.

One female. Length 12 millim. Net 4 e, 1170 fath.

One young. 2 7 oe) oy) 2f; 620 oy)

5) 29 29 2 d, O74 2)

The last specimen agrees very nearly with P, tenella,

Stebbing. All the above, including P. tenella, are referred

by Chun to P. sedentaria. This author (Bibliotheca Zool.

vol. vil. 1894-6, Heft xix. p.110) has the following remarks :—

“The young Phronimas leave the protecting ‘house’ at the

beginning of summer and sink to great depths. They grow

to a length of 10 mm., when the females, after obtaining a

‘house’ of Pyrosoma, Salpa, or Siphonophora, rise to the

surface in the course of the winter. When sexually mature

—in spring in the Mediterranean, but in January at the

Canary Islands—the males also rise to the surface and visit

the females in their ‘ houses,’ reaching the length of 12 mm.

and rapidly acquiring their perfect antennz. They never

attain the size of the females, which sometimes measure

40 mm.’

collected during the Cruise of the § Oceana.’ 231

Tt will be observed that the size of the ‘Oceana’ specimens

increases with the depth, which would seem to indicate that

in November the young were still descending. None of the

specimens was provided with a “ house.”

Brachyscelus mediterraneus (Claus).

Six young, the largest 8 millim. long, from 650 fath. The

type specimen measured 2 inch.

Net 2 a, 270 fath. ; 2g (2 specimens), 650 fath.; 4h, 1470

fath.; 56, 500 fath.; 6 a, 150 fath.

This species is considered by Canon A. M. Norman (Ann.

& Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. v., Jan. 1900, p. 184) to be

identical with B. crusculum, Sp. Bate.

Scina Rattrayi, Stebbing.

Scina Raittrayi, Stebbing, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, 1895, vol. xiii,

p. 358, pl. lili. a.

Several specimens, the largest being 4 millim. long, in-

cluding the upper antenneze.

The specimen described by Mr. Stebbing (who has kindly

verified these for me) was taken “ from a depth of 360 fath.

mer Oe Mei lat. Wo 55! N.. long. 59 55’ K. Its nearest

ally is S. Tullbergi (Bovallius), taken off Cape Horn. It

may be distinguished from the northern species as follows :—

From 8. Sarst (Bov.) by the comparative shortness of its

upper antenne, and from S. Clausii (Bov.) and S. borealis

(G. O. Sars) by the second joint of the third pekegyous

(fifth legs) being serrate on the Aind margin only.

Nets 2f, 44,5 6,5, 5h, 5s, Of, 69, 500-1670 fath.

Also taken by the Prince of Monaco in 1888 in lat. 47° 42’

N., long. 19° 30’ W. (Chevreux, Amphipodes de ‘l’Hiron-

delle,’ p. 123), depth 781 m. .

Scina marginata (Bov.).

One young, length including antennz 3°5 millim.

Distinguished by the few teeth on the front margin of the

stout second joint of the third perzeopods and by the thick,

“almost tumid” (Bov.), distal joints and short curved

dactyli of the last two pairs.

Previously recorded only from Messina (since the above

was written recorded by Chevreux, /. ¢., from lat. 47° 38’ N.,

long. 22° 13’ W., depth 1300 m.).

232 Mr, A. O. Walker on the Isopoda and Amphipoda

Lanceola sp.

Two specimens too young for identification, viz. :—Net 5 e,

1070 fath., 6 millim.; net 6g, 560 fath., 4 millim.

Most of the species of this genus are very large; those

described by Bovallius range from 10-13 millim. (L. felina)

to 42 millim. (L. Sayana). A species figured in the ‘ Chal-

lenger’ Report from a drawing by Willemoes-Suhm is

supposed to have been 70 millim. in length.

Vibilia armata, Bovallius.

Net 46, 790 fath. 1 specimen, 9 millim.

PB) 6f, 510 33 1 oP) 9 Oe)

ese eee. 1 0 Oona Too young to

be identified.

V. erratica, Chevreux, from the Mediterranean, is very

near to this species, but has the last two segments of the

urosome distinct, while in V. armata they are coalesced.

Tribe GAMMARIDEA.,

Cyphocaris anonyx, Boeck. (Pl. XVIII. fig. 14.)

(=C. micronyx, Stebbing.)

Four specimens, of which one from 1300 fath. appears to

be-an adult male.

4k, 1670 fath. J young.

5g, 1800 fath. 1 adult male, 1] millim.

6f, 510 fath. 2 young, 24 and 3 millim.

There can, I think, be no doubt that Boeck overlooked

the very small dactylos of the second gnathopods, the appa-

rent absence of which gave rise to its specific name. ‘The

principal apparent difference between this species and

C. micronyz is that the distal extremities of the first and

second perzeopods are somewhat more dilated in the latter.

Orchomenopsis abyssorum (Stebbing).

Three specimens, all females.

47, 1570 fath. 1.

5h, 1410 fath. 1.

5k, 1610 fath. 1.

I have to thank Mr. Stebbing for verifying this species

and Scina Rattrayi.

Since the above was written, Fascicule xvi. of the Prince of

collected during the Crutse of the ‘ Oceana.’ 233

Monaco’s ‘ Campagnes Scientifiques,’ containing the Amphi-

poda taken by the yacht ‘ Hirondelle’ in 1888, and worked

out by Mons. E. Chevreux, has appeared. It is interesting

to compare the extract given below, relating to neighbouring

parts of the N. Atlantic, with the ‘ Oceana’ results.

Station 253. Sept. 8. Lat. 47° 38’ N., long. 22° 13’ W.

Depth 1300 metres.

- Cyphocaris micronyz, Steb. ; Scinamarginata, Bov.; Scina

incerta, sp. n.; Phronima atlantica, Guérin ; Hyperia galba

(Mont.) ; Hyperioides lonyipes, gen. et sp. n.; Huprimus

macropus (Guérin) ; Brachyscelus mediterraneus (Claus).

St. 256. Sept. 9. Lat. 48° 24’ N., long. 20° 38’ W.

Depth 2200 m.

Orchomenopsis abyssorum (Steb.) ; Hyperia galba (Mont.) ;

Hyperioides longipes, Chev.; Brachyscelus mediterraneus

(Claus).

Sim 200: Sept. 10) Lat. 47° 42" N., long. 19°°30’ W.

Depth 781 m.

Scina Rattrayi, Steb.; P/wonima atlantica (Guérin) ;

Hyperia schizogenetos, Steb.; Hyperioides longipes, Chev. ;

Euprimno macropus (Guérin).

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE XVIII.

Fig. 1. Munnopsis? Murrayi, sp.n. The male seen from above.

Fig. 2. Posterior lip.

Fig. 3. Maxillipedes seen from both sides.

Fig. 4. Pleopod. 4a. The end of the fifth joint and dactylus.

Fig. 5. End of the operculum.

Fig. 6. Uropod.

. Cyphocaris anonyx, Boeck. End of propodos of second gnatho-

pod, showing the dactylus.

PLATE XIX,

Fig. 7. Hyperioides longipes, Chevreux, 9.

Fig. 8, First gnathopod.

Fig. 9. Second gnathopod.

Ing. 10, Telson and third uropods.

Fy. 11. First maxille.

Fg. 12. Ditto, showing palp from another side, the plate folded back,

tg. 13, Second maxillee.

234 Mr. O. Thomas on Neotropical Mammals.

XVITI.—Notes on Neotropical Mammals of the Genera Felis,

Hapale, Oryzomys, Akodon, and Ctenomys, with Descrip-

tions of new Species. By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

THE SpoTTeD TIGER-CATS OF BRAZIL.

AMONG his recent collections Mr. A. Robert has sent home a

certain number of small spotted cats, these being animals

very badly represented in most Museums, and with their

_literature and determinations in a great state of confusion.

Of this group Hensel distinguished three species in Rio

Grande do Sul, viz. “‘ Felis macroura, Wied,” “ F. guigna,

Mol.,” and a new species he named /’. guttula. Mr. Robert

obtained ali these three, and, by the kindness of Dr. Matschie,

skulls of his specimens have been directly compared with

those of the Hensel collection in Berlin, so that there can be

no deubt about their determinations.

At the same time it should be noted that specimens ob-

tained together, and clearly conspecific, show an extraordinary

amount of variation both in marking and skull-characters ;

so that the study of the group is beset with quite unusual

difficulties.

The three types referred to may be briefly distinguished

as follows :—

I. Size larger. Fur soft and thick. Nape-hairs generally

reversed forwards, at least in part. Skull broadly

rounded, with a large smooth brain-case and short

face.

To this type belong the Mexican and Central-American

tiger-cats, £, Wiedii, Schinz (f. macroura, Wied), and

many others, including F’. glaucula, sp. n., described below.

Cuvier’s F. mitis would also probably come here, but being

without locality is not certainly determinable and should be

ignored. The same may be said of Lesson’s F’. elegans *.

II. Size rather smaller. Fur harsher. Nape-hairs not

reversed. General colour darker. Skull long and

narrow, somewhat resembling that of the Jagua-

rondi, with narrow brain-case and elongated face.

I’, guttula, Hens.

III. Size smallest. Fur medium or harsh. Nape-hairs

not reversed. Skull small and delicate, with smooth

brain-case and short face.

F. nardinotdes, Gray (F. guigna, Mol., of Hensel).

* Cent. Zool. p. 69, pl. xxi. (1880).

Mr. O. Thomas on Neotropical Mammals. 235

In addition the small-spotted F. Geoffroyd, with its little

ally F. salinarum, sp. n., makes yet a fourth Neotropical

section of the group; while a fifth appears to be formed by

the true /. tigrina*, judging by a small cat from Cayenne

which may be assigned to that species, and is distinguished

by its small size, bright colouring, and delicate skull; but

it is in too imperfect a state for me to describe it more fully.

Felis glaucula, sp. n.

The Mexican representative of Group I. General charac-

ters as above described. Colour grey instead of fulvous or

tawny.

Size about as in /. Wedd. Fur fine and soft, rather

short; hairs of back (April and May specimens) about

17 to 18 millim. Fur of nape reversed forwards, in some

cases from behind the withers on to the crown. General

ground-colour pale drab-grey, very different to the strong

tawny of the South-American members of the group. Linear

markings narrow, and on the sides enclosing elongate spaces

so as to recall the pattern found in the ocelots. Lower cheek-

line less developed than usual. Nape with two strongly

defined and two less defined lines outside them, but all are

very narrow, and in some cases, as in the type, the central

pair are themselves longitudinally split by a pale line.

Black markings of posterior back forming a double series of

broken lines one to three inches in length on each side of the

pale middle line. lLiaterally the markings take the form of

rosettes, rounded on the shoulders and hips, obliquely elon-

gate on the flanks; the bordering lines of these markings are

deep black, sharply defined, and rarely more than about + inch

in diameter. Central space of rosettes also grey, slightly

darker than the general ground-colour. Under surface white,

a prominent black line across below jaw, another less promi-

nent across chest (in the type this latter is replaced by two

lines of spots), and a number of round black spots on belly.

Limbs buffy grey on outer, white on inner aspect, the spots

continued down to the proximal part of the hands and feet.

Tail marked with 11 or 12 black and buffy-white rings, the

dark and the light about equally broad.

Skull in general shape like that of F. Wiedii, but more

heavily ridged. Brain-case smaller, narrower, more con-

stricted behind the postorbital processes, and more parallel-

* Schr, Siug. pl. evi. (1775). The publication of this plate antedates

that of the text, and as it is a copy of Buffon’s plate, the animal figured

by the latter—which is from Cayenne—may be taken as its type.

236 Mr. O. Thomas on Neotropical Mammals.

sided, so that its breadth measured across its frontal region

more nearly approaches that of its greatest parietal breadth.

Upper profile of skull gently and evenly convex, not

markedly more rounded at the vertex.

Dimensions of the type, measured in skin :—

Head and body (overstretched, c.) 600 millim.; tail 410;

hind foot 108; ear 48. (Of another specimen, male, measured

by P. O. Simons in the flesh: head and body 559; tail 333;

hind foot 110; ear 50.)

Skull: greatest length 94:5 ; basal length 82; zygomatic

breadth 63 ; nasals, length in middle line 16°5 ; interorbital

breadth 18; tip to tip of postorbital processes 49; postorbital

constriction 30°53; breadth of brain-case on frontals 38;

ditto across parietals 43 ; palate length 35; length of bulla

20°5; length of p* 11.

Hab. of type. Beltran, Jalisco, Mexico. Other specimens

from Tatemales, Sinaloa (S¢mons), and N. Yucatan (Gau-

mer).

Type. Female. B.M. no. 90.1.4.1. Collected 25th April,

1889, by W. Lloyd, and presented by F. D. Godman and

O. Salvin.

This grey Mexican representative of the F. Wiedit group

contrasts markedly in colour with the tawny forms found to

the south of it from Costa Rica to 8. Brazil.

I can find no tenable name applicable to this species, that

of F. meaxicana, de Sauss., bemg antedated several times

over in other groups of the genus. Its earliest use appears

to have been by Kerr in 1792, who applied it to an ocelot.

In Group ITI. the following is a description of two fresh

specimens apparently assignable to the little-known F. pardi-

noides, Gray, to which Hensel’s “ F. guigna, Mol.,” should

also be referred :—

Size comparatively small. Fur rather harsh and close.

General colour dark, owing both to the dark tone of the

ground-colour and the closeness of the spotting. Ground-

colour along dorsal area light fulvous, becoming markedly

lighter on the sides and white on the belly. Face with the

usual white supraorbital line, interrupted black frontal lines,

and the two black lines running back on the cheeks to below

the ear. Back of ears black, with the usual whitish patch

small but well defined. Top of neck with an indistinct black

median line, outside which there are two pairs of strong

clearly defined black lines, and a third less defined one on

the level of the outer base of the ear. ‘The narrow central

Mr. O. Thomas on Neotropical Mammals. 207

black lines are continued interruptedly down the back on to

the rump, but laterally and on the shoulders the lines change

into rosettes, which are about an inch in diameter, with dene

fulvous centres. ‘Then below on the belly and on the limbs

the rosettes again pass into black spots. Chin, chest, and

groins white, with but little spotting ; belly heavily spotted.

Limbs dull yellowish fulvous, the spots getting smaller ter-

minally, being only about 3 inch in diameter on the meta-

podials and disappearing on the digits. ‘Tail rather short,

with 11 to 13 black rings, which are slightly broader than

the light spaces between them.

Skull small and delicate, very smooth, and without any

trace of ridges or crests, with the usual exception of the

lambdoid crest, and even this is low and little developed.

Face short. Nasal region pinched in, but not markedly

convex above, the profile running in an even scarcely convex

line to the vertex. Postorbital processes small and weak,

the brain-case but little constricted behind them. Bulle

high and well inflated.

Dimensions of the male, measured in the flesh :—

Head and body 500 millim.; tail 255; hind foot 105 ;

ear 38.

Skull: greatest length 83; basal length 71:5 ; zygomatic

breadth 49°5 ; nasals, length in middle line 16°5; greatest

breadth 11:6; middle breadth 5:2; interorbital breadth 14-2;

tip to tip of postorbital processes 32 ; intertemporal breadth

25; length of brain-case from between postorbital processes

1; breadth of brain-case 39 ; palate length 31 ; length of

bulla 17: length of upper incisive row 10; length of p* on

outer edge 9°6, of m, 8.

Hab. Espiritu Santo. Coll. A. Robert.

Compared with this, the Central-American representative

of the group may be distinguished as follows :—

Felis pardinoides oncilla, subsp. n.

Size and general characters as in true Ff. pardinotdes,

Fur of about the same length, and similarly directed back-

wards on the nape, but much softer and richer throughout.

Ground-colour much richer and deeper, and scarcely lightening

on the sides or limbs; it is something near Ridgway’s clay-

colour, but darker and glossier. Black lines of head and

nape very strong, but the indistinct median dark nuchal line

not present. Posterior back with a strong central black line,

outside which rosettes begin to form at once. Lateral

rosettes but little elongated, their centres much darker than

238 Mr. O. Thomas on Neotropical Mammals.

the general ground-colour. Under surface brownish clay-

colour, dull whitish on the chin; chest and groins scarcely

lighter at all, instead of the white of true pardinoides.

Hands and feet dull brownish clay-colour, some fine spots

present on the metapodials. Tail much blacker above than in

the southern form, the black rings very broad, and the light

ones (of which about 8 or 9 may be counted) very narrow ;

below, on the other hand, it is clay-colour for three fourths its

length, with indistinct black annulations, the tip broadly

black-ringed.

Dimensions of the type, measured in skin :—

Head and body 505 millim.; tail 290; hind foot 105 ;

ear 39.

Hab. Volean de Irazu, Costa Rica.

Type. B.M. no. 78. 7.6.3. Collected by Mr. Rogers and

presented by F. DuCane Godman, Esq.

The skull of this cat is unfortunately lost, but as its

relationship to /. pardinoides is quite clear, I nevertheless

venture to describe it. It differs from that animal by its

much darker and richer general colour, especially its darker

underside and darker limbs, its softer fur, and the great

breadth of the black bands of the upper surface of its tail.

Felis pardinoides andina, subsp. n.

Intermediate in general colour between /. p. oncilla and

the typical pardinoides, the upper surface and limbs more as

in the former, though slightly lighter, the under surface with

the white chin, throat, chest, and groins of true pardinoides.

Fur quite soft, markedly softer and richer than in pardi-

noides. ‘Tail coloured about as in pardinoides, not with the

broad black bands of oncilla.

Skull decidedly larger than in pardinotdes ; nasals longer ;

frontal region broader ; mesopterygoid fossa longer, mainly

owing to the palate ending rather further forward, almost

level with the back of the molar ; bulle: comparatively small.

Teeth, especially carnassials, large and heavy.

Dimensions of the type, measured in skin :—

Head and body 520 millim. ; tail 290; hind foot 109 ;

ear 41.

Skull: greatest length 86 ; basal length 73°5 ; zygomatic

breadth 53°5 ; length of nasals 18; interorbital breadth 14 ;

tip to tip of postorbital processes 36 ; postorbital constriction

28; breadth of brain-case 41; palate length 30; outside

length of p* 10°7.

Type. (Apparently) male. B.M. no. 77. 4.3.4. Collected

by Mr. Clarence Buckley.

Mr. O. Thomas on Neotropical Mammals. 239

Hab. Jima, Province of Azuay, Ecuador. Altitude 2400.

metres.

This Andean form of the group may be distinguished from

pardinoides by its softer fur and larger skull, and from oncilla

by its lighter underside and light narrowly ringed tail.

Felis salinarum, sp. n.

Generally similar to F. Geoffroy7, but much smaller.

Fur thin and shaggy. MHairs of nape not reversed.

General colour sandy buff. Spots very numerous, quite

small, not connected into lines, except on the nape. Cheek-

lines narrow and inconspicuous. Lars large, the white patch

on their backs large, and extending downwards to their outer

base. Nape with two narrow continuous black lines on each

side of the middle line, and two more interrupted and less

well-marked lines outside them. Chin white ; throat buffy ;

chest and groins white, belly sandy ; a black line across the

interramia, another on the throat, and a number of black

spots, larger than those on the upper surface, on the belly.

Limbs sandy on their outer, whiter on their inner surfaces,

strongly banded proximally, the spots dying away on the

metapodials. ‘Tail sandy, irregularly marked above only

proximally, ringed terminally.

Skull scarcely exceeding in length that of F. oncilla,

consequently much smaller than that of F. Geoffroyi. Post-

orbital processes well developed. Brain-case broadly rounded,

but more contracted anteriorly than in the #. Wredii group.

Dimensions of the type, measured in the flesh :—

Head and body 435 millim.; tail 265; hind foot 97;

ear 37.

Skull: greatest length 84:5 ; basal length 71 ; zygomatic

breadth 56°5 ; length of nasals in midlle line 17 ; inter-

orbital breadth 15:5 ; tip to tip of postorbital processes 38 ;

postorbital constriction 26°5; breadth of brain-case 41°d ;

palate length 32 ; length of upper incisive row 10; length

of p* on outer edge 10°7.

Hab. of type. Cruz del Hje, Central Cordova. Alt.

600 m.

Type. Female. B.M. no. 2. 2.5.10. Original number

1713. Collected 28th November, 1901, by the late P. O.

Simons. One specimen.

This is a small northern representative of F. Geoffroy?,

and was rightly distinguished as such by Dr. Matschie *,

* SB. Ges. nat. Fr, Berlin (1894), p. 59.

240 Mr. O. Thomas on Neotropical Mammals.

who records examples from Jujuy and Tucuman, using

for it the name of F. guigna, Mol. But Molina’s animal,

fist described from “ Chili,’ was afterwards identified by

Philippi * with a cat from Valdivia, in the southern part of

that country, which may therefore be taken as its type

locality. Now it is inconceivable that, while on the eastern

side of the Andes a northern and a southern form are found,

separated at about lat. 32°S., the Valdivian one, at nearly

40° 8., should be the same as the northern one of the two

eastern forms. On the other hand, it is by no means

unlikely that F. gu‘gna and F. Geoffroyt will prove to be

the same, as in the south the Andes do not present the same

faunistic barrier that they do further north.

Fapale fluviceps, sp. n.

General characters of HH. penicillata, with which it shares

the size, grizzled body-colour, with its tricolor fur, the sup-

pressed banding of the back, the distinct ringing of the tail,

and the whitish or yellowish hands and feet. But the whole

of the head is buffy yellow, rather whiter on the muzzle, and

the preauricular tufts are practically absent, being replaced

by long tufts of yellowish-white hairs situated on the inner

aspect of the ear-conch. Throat yellowish. Middle line of

belly and anal region black.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 248 millim.; tail 298; hind foot 65;

ear 23.

Flab. Engenheiro Reeve, Espiritu Santo.

< elles Female, Original number 1220. Collected 11th

February, 1903, by Alphonse Robert. ‘Three specimens.

Oryzomys sublineatus, sp. 0.

A northern representative of O. dorsalis, Hensel, with

harsher fur, broader skull, and concave anterior zygoma-

root.

Size about as in O. dorsalis, or rather larger; tail shorter

in proportion. Fur comparatively harsh and short; hairs of

back about 8 millim. in length. General colour above dull

erizzled greyish or “ bistre,” coarscly lined with buffy.

An indistinct blackish line along the posterior half of the

spine. Cheeks and sides slightly more buffy than the back.

Under surface short-haired, dull buffy whitish, not very

sharply defined on the sides; bases of hairs slaty. ars

* Arch. f. Nat. xxxix. p. 8 (1873).

Mr. O. Thomas on Neotropical Mammals. 241

short, finely haired, brown. Outer sides of arms and legs

greyish, inner sides whitish ; hands and feet wholly white.

Tail rather short for this group, finely haired and scaled,

greyish brown above, rather whiter below.

Skull broad and flattened, with widely expanded zygomata.

Interorbital region smoothly rounded laterally, flattened

above, without any trace of ridges; anterior edge of zygo-

matic plate concave, with a projecting point above, an

unusual structure in this group; palatal foramina large and

widely open, not reaching back to the level of m’; back of

palate level with the hinder edge of m’.

Dimensions of the type, measured in the flesh :—

Head and body 140 millim. ; tail 111; hind foot, s. u. 27,

c.u. 29; ear 19.

Skull: tip of nasals to back of frontals 23; zygomatic

breadth 18; length of nasals 13; interorbital breadth 5:1 ;

palate length 14-2 ; diastema 9°2; palatal foramina 7-2 x

3°1; length of upper molar series (much worn) 4°8.

Hab. Kngenheiro Reeve, Inland of Victoria, Prov. Espiritu

Santo, Brazil. Alt. 500 m.

Type. Old male. Original number 1224. Collected 14th

February, 1903, by Mr. Alphonse Robert. One specimen.

This coarse-haired Oryzomys is allied to the O. dorsalis of

Rio Grande do Sul, to which it shows its affinity by its

dark dorsal line and smooth interorbital region, but from

which it differs by the details above mentioned.

Akodon suffusus, sp. n.

Closely allied to A. hirtus, Thos., but the general colour

stronger, the belly lighter, and with certain cranial differ-

ences detailed below. .

Fur close, soft, and thick, about 11 millim. long on the

back. General colour of the dorsal area grizzled olivaceous

yellow (rather darker than Ridgway’s “tawny olive’’), this

colour running forwards on to the crown, but passing on the

cheeks and sides into cinereous grey. Under surface whitish,

lighter and more sharply defined than in A. hirtus ; the bases

of the hairs slaty as usual. Lars short, well-haired, brown,

an inconspicuous whitish spot at their bases. Hands and

feet white. ‘Tail well-haired, sharply bicolor, dark brown

above, white below.

Skull in general shape like that of A. hirtus, not elongated

as. in A. longipilis. But it is rather lower and flatter

throughout, less rounded and convex along the middle line,

especially in the interorbital region. Anteorbital plate nar-

row (width 1°7 millim. as against 2°1). Palatal foramina

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 16

242 Mr. O. Thomas on Neotropical Mammals.

comparatively short. Hinder edge of palate some distance

behind last molar. Molars small and light.

Dimensions of the type, measured in the flesh :—

Head and body 110 millim.; tail 77; hind foot, s. u. 22,

c.u. 24; ear 14.

Skull: greatest length 27°5 ; basilar length 21°3; greatest

breadth 14; nasals 11; interorbital breadth 4°8; breadth of

brain-case 12°2; palate length 11:2; diastema 7; palatal

foramina 6°1; length of upper molar series 3°4.

Hab. Valle del Lago Blanco, Southern Chubut (Cordillera

region).

Syne Male. Original number XVI. Collected 6th

August, 1900, by Mr. J. Koslowsky. About forty specimens

examined.

Akodon (Chelemys, subg. 1.) vestetus, sp. ne

[CHELEMYS*, subg. n.

General characters, skull, and dentition as in Akodon, but

the claws, especially the anterior ones, very large, fossorial.

Type, Akodon megalonyx, Waterh.

Now that the known species have been so considerably

multiplied, it seems convenient to have a subgeneric name

by which to designate what have been hitherto termed the

“ Jong-clawed Akodons.”’]

General appearance and proportions very much as in

A. (C.) macronyx, Thos., but colour darker, tail more

distinctly bicolor, and skull broader and flatter.

Fur very long, close, and woolly ; hairs of back about

10-11 millim. in length. General colour above darker

than in A. macronyz, approximately resembling Ridgway’s

“ sepia”’ or “olive.” Sides paler, approaching ‘ broccoli-

brown.” Underparts dull white, well defined on the sides

for such a thick-furred animal, the slaty bases to the hairs

showing through. lars short, scarcely projecting above the

fur, well-haired, brown. Arms and inner sides of legs

greyish white; hands and feet wholly white. ‘Tail well-

haired, distinctly and sharply bicolor, dark brown above,

white below.

Skull, as compared with that of A. macronyx, broader,

more flattened, and less cylindrical, with more widely ex-

panded zygomata; interparietal rather smaller. ‘Teeth as in

the allied species.

* xnAn, a hoof or claw.

Mr. O. Thomas on Neotropical Mammals. 243

Dimensions of the type, measured in the flesh :—

~ Head and body 127 millim.; tail 57; hind foot, s. u. 23,

€.u. 25+ ear 15.

Skull: greatest length 30; basilar length 24:4; zygo-

matic breadth 17; nasals 11:1; interorbital breadth 4°7;

breadth of brain-case 14 ; palate length 12°8; diastema 7°8;

palatal foramina 7; length of upper molar series 5:3.

Hab. Valle del Lago Blanco, Cordillera region of Southern

Chubut Territory, Patagonia.

Type. Male. Original number I. Collected 28th Sep-

tember, 1900, by Mr. J. Koslowsky. ‘Ten specimens ex-

amined.

This species is the southern representative of A. macronyz,

Thos., to which it is no doubt very nearly allied; but the

fresh series now available indicates that it should have a

name of its own.

In company with the series of A. vestitus there are two

examples of the other long-clawed southern group Notiomys,

distinguishable by its very small and comparatively brachyo-

dont molars from the more or less hypsodont Akodon, but I

cannot definitely determine their species. From the descrip-

tions given it seems not impossible that both ‘‘ Hesperomys

(Acodon) Michaelsent,’ Matschie, and ‘‘ Oxymycterus micro-

tis,’ Allen, belong to Noécomys, as their long claws, short

tails, and very small molars agree precisely with what is

found in that group.

Ctenomys Azare, Thos.

Ctenomys Azare, Thos. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) xi. p. 228 (1903).

The locality of this animal proves unfortunately to have

been wrongly given in the above description.

The specimens were presented to the British Museum by

Sefior Maximo Hopff, of Buenos Ayres, who handed them

to the British Consulate there for transmission home. It

happened, however, that a collection of Mr. W. Foster’s was

coming home by the same intermediary, and Mr. Hopff’s

specimens, which were not labelled, got placed with the

latter and were considered to be part of it.

Now, however, enquiry shows that the specimens were

obtained in the Province of Buenos Ayres, on the central

pampas, lat. 37° 45’ S., long. 65° W., 780 kilometres south-

west of the capital, a region from which no examples of

Ctenomys had previously been recorded.

16*

244 Prof. F. J. Bell on Echinoderms from

XIX.—Report on a Collection of Echinoderms from the Neigh-

bourhood of Zanzibar.—Part I. By F. Jerrrey BELL,

M.A.

THE zeal for the study of natural history which distinguishes

H.M. Agent at Zanzibar, Sir Charles Hliot, K.C.M.G., led

that diplomatist to obtain the assistance of Mr. Crossland,

B.A., who made, inter alva, a collection of Hchinoderms.

As reports on various groups are being or have been made,

it seems well that there should be one on the Echinoderms ;

but I am bound to be brief, since in 1899 a very complete

account of the Echinoderm fauna of this area was given by

Prof. Ludwig *, who enumerated 127 species as being known

from the district.

It will probably be convenient if on this occasion I adopt

the systematic order of Prof. Ludwig’s memoir. The Cri-

noidea and Holothurioidea will be dealt with in the second

half of this report.

ASTEROIDEA.

Astropectinide.

1. Astropecten Hemprichii, M. Tr.

Zanzibar Channel, 8 fath.

2. Astropecten polyacanthus, M. Tr.

Zanzibar, 3-5 fath.

3. Luidia Savignit, Audouin.

Wasin, 10 fath.

Pentagonasteridez.

4. Goniodiscus yg.

There are several specimens differing in size and in some

important points ; we have really no knowledge of the growth-

changes of species of this genus, and our collections must

be much larger before we make any new species.

5. Pentaceros Lincki, de Bl.

This is the form catalogued by Prof. Ludwig as P. muri-

catus of Linck, but that zoologist was not a binominalist.

Zanzibar shore.

* “Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der Reisen in Madagascar u. Ost-

Afrika . . . von Dr. A. Voeltzkow. i. 4, Echinodermen des Sansibar-

gebietes,’ Abh. Senckenb, Ges. xxi, 4 (1899),

the Neighbourhood of Zanzibar. 245

6. Pentaceros hiulcus, M. Tr.

Zanzibar.

7. Pentaceros yg., ? hiulcus.

Wasin.

8. Culeita pentangularis, Gray.

Zanzibar.

Asterinidz.

9. Asterina cepheus, Val.

Zanzibar, 10-20 fath.

Linckiide.

10. Ophidiaster fuscus, Gray.

This species is not in Prof. Ludwig’s list, and, so far as I

know, the only author who has discovered specimens of it

since Gray described it is Prof. Studer, who has given an

account of his examples in the report on his ‘ Gazelle’

Asteroids (see Phys. Abhand. Berl. Akad. 1884, p. 29). I

am permitted to say that in the statement that there are eight

rows of plates on the arms the figure 8 was misprinted for 3.

Zanzibar, 3-5 fath.

11. Letaster coriaceus, Peters.

Wasin.

I am indebted to Dr. Meissner, of the Berlin Museum, for

kindly comparing the’ specimens in Mr. Crossland’s collection

with Peters’s types. Peters’s description and that given and

illustrated by M. de Loriol * were almost sufficient for me ;

but I thought it better to ensure accuracy by making a call

on Dr. Meissner’s kindness.

12. Linckia Ehrenbergi, M. Tr.

Zanzibar.

13. Linckia marmorata, Michelin.

Zanzibar, 10 fath.

14, Nardoa variolata, Retzius.

Zanzibar, shore.

* Mém. Soc. Phys. Genéve, xxix. 4 (1885), p. 87, pl. xiii,

246 Prof. F. J. Bell on Echinoderms from

Pterasteridx.

15. Retaster cribrosus, v. Martens.

Zanzibar, shore, and Wasin, 7 fath.

Echinasteride.

16. Mithrodia clavigera, Lamk.

Wasin, 10 fath.

“17. Echinaster purpureus, Gray.

Wasin.

OPHIUROIDEA.

It is very curious that there should be only three Ophiu-

roids: of these one is of great rarity ; it was described from

specimens collected by H.M.S. ‘ Alert.’

18. Ophioplocus imbricatus, M. Tr.

Zanzibar.

19. Fragments of what appeared to be Ophiomyzxa australis,

Liitken.

20. Ophioteresis elegans, Bell.

Found nestling in the arms of a many-armed Actinometra

from Zanzibar.

ECHINOIDEA,

Cidarida.

21. Cidaris metularia, Lamk.

Zanzibar ; Wasin, 7 fath.

22. Leiocidaris verticillata, Lamk.

Wasin, 10 fath.

23. Letocidaris baculosa, Lamk.

Wasin, 10 fath.

Diadematida.

24, Diadema saxatile, L.

Wasin, 10 fath.

the Neighbourhood of Zanzibar. 247

25. Astropyga radiata, Leske.

Wasin, 10 fath.

Echinide.

26. Salmacis bicolor, Ag.

Zanzibar ; Wasin, 10 fath.

27. Salmacis sulcata, Ag.

Zanzibar, 5 fath.

28. Hipponoe variegata *, Leske.

Zanzibar, 4 fath.

29. Tripneustes gratilla, L.

Zanzibar.

30. Lchinostrephus molare, de Bl.

Zanzibar.

Echinometride.

31. Echinometra oblonga, de Bl.

Zanzibar, shallow water.

32. Parasalenia gratiosa, A. Ag.

Wasin, 10 fath.

Clypeastride.

33. Clypeaster reteculatus, L.

Wasin, 10 fath.

34. Laganum depressum, Lesson.

Wasin, 10 fath.

35. Echinodiscus auritus, Leske.

~ Wasin.

Cassidulide.

36. Echinoneus cyclostomus, Leske.

Zanzibar and Momba.

* Misprinted by Prof. Ludwig's printer “ variegosta.” .

248 Mr. W. L. Distant on Heteroptera.

Spatangide.

37. Maretia planulata, Lamk.

Zanzibar, 10-20 fath.

38. Lovenia elongata, Gray.

Wasin, 10 fath.

39. Schizaster gibberulus, Ag.

Wasin, 7 fath.

This is an addition to Prof. Ludwig’s list.

XX.—Rhyxchotal Notes.—X VIII. Heteroptera.

By W. L. Distant.

THE following descriptions of new genera and species of

Heteroptera are based on specimens recently acquired by the

British Museum. They are principally from the Malayan

Archipelago, and were all collected by the late Mr. Doherty,

except two species from Key Island received through another

source.

Order RHYNCHOTA.

Suborder HETEROPTERA.

Family Pentatomide.

Subfam. Prarasprpiv az.

Coptosoma mirabilis, sp. n.

Luteous ; two large central spots at base of head, a large

subcruciform fascia on anterior area of pronotum, three longi-

tudinal fasciz united posteriorly and widened anteriorly on

posterior area of pronotum, the lateral pronotal angles, two

transverse discal fascize, and the lateral and apical margins of

scutellum black, shining ; the scutellar area between the two

discal fascize coarsely brownly punctate; sternum slaty grey,

margin of prosternum and legs luteous; abdomen black,

lateral margins broadly and inwardly dentately luteous ;

antenne luteous, apex fuscous. Head short, broad, moderately

rounded between the eyes; lateral margins of pronotum emar-

ginate in front of the lateral angles; scutellum without a basal

callosity; body broad, widened posteriorly.

Long. 4 millim.

Hab. Walmaheira (Doherty, Brit. Mus.).

Mr. W. L. Distant on Heteroptera. 249

Subfam. ScvrerLerin az.

Brachyaulax majuscula, sp. n.

Head and pronotum black ; anterior and posterior margins

of anterior pronotal lobe, a discal anterior spot on each side

of posterior lobe, and the hind margins of posterior angles

pale bluish, a large marginal spot on anterior half of posterior

pronotal lobe, equally continued beneath into base of proster-

num, sanguineous; scutellum pale bluish; basal discal eleva-

tion connected medially with a broad submedial fascia which

does not reach margins except posteriorly by the aid of a

small marginal spot, a subapical fascia reaching margins and

centrally sinuated anteriorly and posteriorly, and the apex

black ; body beneath and legs black, pilose, lateral areas of

sternal and abdominal segments streaked with pale bluish,

lateral margins enclosing black stigmatal spots and inwardly

irregularly dentately sinuate, sanguineous; rostrum and

antennze black, the last finely pilose.

Long., 2, 204 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 94 millim.

Hab. Key Island (Brit. Mus.).

Allied to B. rufo-maculata, Stal, which it much resembles

above, but differs by its much greater size and by the different

colour of the abdomen beneath; in the last character and size

it most agrees with B. Kiikenthali, Bredd., from which it is

at once separated by the characters of the upperside.

Philia Doheriyi, sp. n.

Black ; head, anterior area of pronotum, and basal and

subapical areas of scutellum shining cupreous; lateral and

apical margins to head, anterior lateral margins of pronotum,

and lateral margins of scutellum pale olivaceous green ; coxe,

trochanters, femora, basal margin of metasternum, first and

second joints of rostrum, and very broad lateral margins to

abdomen luteous; head and prosternum pale olivaceous green;

abdomen tinged with cupreous on posterior segmental margins;

-antenne black ; pronotum with a transverse series of coarse

punctures posteriorly defining the anterior cupreous area ;

scutellum finely punctate, the punctures coarse on anterior

lateral margins; rostrum passing the posterior coxe; the

broad lateral luteous margins to the abdomen moderately

erosed interiorly.

Long. 124 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 7 millim.

Hab, Islands Jobie and Salawati (Doherty, Brit. Mus.).

250 Mr. W. L. Distant on Heteroptera.

Calliphara lanceolata, sp. n.

Sanguineous ; head, above and beneath, lateral angles and

a broad central longitudinal fascia to pronotum, a central

basal longitudinal spot and apex of scutellum, connexivum,

and basal lateral margin of corium shining olivaceous green ;

base of head, the sternum and femora pale ochraceous; apices

of femora, tibie, tarsi, and apex of abdomen olivaceous green ;

rostrum and antenne black ; second, third, and fourth joints

of antenne subequal in length; membrane projecting a little

- beyond abdominal apex; rostrum just passing posterior coxee ;

lateral margins of corium exposed for about one-third the

length of the scutellum.

Long. 17 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 83 millim.

Hab. Tenimber Island (Doherty, Brit. Mus.).

Calliphara rostrata, sp. n.

Sanguineous; head, pronotum, exposed basal marginal

area of hemelytra, a very broad central fascia to scutellum,

which is produced and biangulate anteriorly and subtruncate

posteriorly, two subapical small central contiguous spots,

head beneath, rostrum, antenna, legs, and apex of abdomen

bluish black; body above sparsely and finely punctate ;

abdomen beneath finely centrally sulcate, containing the ros-

trum, which reaches the base of the apical abdominal segment ;

tibiz suleated above; abdomen beneath without lateral

punctures.

Length 183 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 9 millim.

Hab. Key Island (Brit. Mus.).

Allied to the group of species represented by C. Billardierit,

Fabr. ; to be distinguished by the very long rostrum, &ce.

Subfam. Pewr4aromur.2.

BARACELLUS, gen. nov.

Head longer than broad at base behind eyes, anteriorly

concave, the lateral lobes upwardly reflexed, a little longer

than central lobe, antenne five-jointed, first joint passing

apex of head, second joint but slightly longer than third ;

rostrum just passing the intermediate coxe ; pronotum with

the lateral margins serrate, the posterior angles longly pro-

duced and also serrate ; scutellum elongate, subtriangular,

the apex prominently narrowed; corium nearly reaching the

apex of the fifth abdominal segment; abdomen obscurely

centrally sulcated, apical angles of the sixth abdominal seg-

ment acutely produced ; legs unarmed.

I place this genus near Coccoteris.

Mr. W. L. Distant on Heteroptera. 251

Baracellus lanceolatus, sp. n.

Head, antenne, rostrum, and body beneath luteous; head

sparingly darkly punctate, eyes black; pronotum olivaceous,

sparingly coarsely darkly punctate, posterior lateral margins

and a central levigate spot on anterior disk ochraceous,

posterior margin reddish ochraceous, lateral angles longly

spinously produced, black, their anterior margins ochraceous,

apices reddish ochraceous, coarsely granulate, subacute, their

margins longly laterally serrate; scutellum pale reddish

ochraceous, coarsely darkly punctate, with an olivaceous spot

before apex, which is finely punctate; corium olivaceous,

coarsely punctate ; membrane pale ochraceous, semihyaline,

tinged with reddish ochraceous at base, just passing abdominal

apex ; posterior area of prosternum, posterior margin of meta-

sternum, and spots near coxe pale olivaceous ; legs greenish

ochraceous ; apex of rostrum piceous.

Long. 27 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 123 millim.

Hab. Island of Jobie (Doherty).

Family Lygeide.

Subfam. Lrezrmz.

Melanotelus timorensis, sp. n.

Dull sanguineous, greyishly pilose ; head, antenna, a sub-

quadrate spot at each lateral angle of the pronotum, anterior

margin and two small discal spots to scutellum, membrane,

head beneath, rostrum, sternum, legs, and apical segment of

abdomen black or piceous; membrane with a broad apical

spot and narrow basal margins greyish white; lateral margins

of sternum dull sanguineous; head, pronotum, and corium

pilose, scutellum glabrous; membrane not quite reaching the

abdominal apex; legs rather longly pilose.

Long. 5 millim.

flab. Timor (Doherty).

Subfam. Brrsszvz.

Macropes Humboldtt, sp, n.

Piceous ; basal joint of antenne, apex of head, rostrum,

legs, and extreme lateral margins of abdomen reddish ochra-

ceous; corium pale yellowish white, membrane creamy white,

the veins dark piceous ; head, pronotum, scutellum, abdomen

above, and body beneath thickly greyish pilose; a central

discal fascia and a narrower subbasal fascia to pronotum

252 Mr. W. L. Distant on Heteroptera.

glabrous black; antenne with the basal joint moderately

incrassate, short, but passing apex of head, second joint longer

than third, remainder mutilated ; anterior femora prominently

incrassated, granulate, finely spined beneath.

Long. 8 millim.

Hab. Humboldt Bay (Doherty).

Subfam. CoroBarHRisTINeZ.

Artemidorus ornatus, sp. 0.

Head, pronotum, scutellum, rostrum, and body beneath

indigo-black ; two large discal elongate spots on posterior

pronotal lobe, apex of scutellum, and three Jarge spots on each

lateral abdominal margin luteous ; corium luteous, coarsely

blackly punctate, suffused with piceous about centre and near

apex; membrane black, its base obscure luteous; legs ochra-

ceous, apices of the posterior femora and tibiee black ; antenne

mutilated. Pronotum coarsely and sparingly punctate, lateral

margins distinctly hirsute and centrally sinuate, transverse

impression profound, lobes of about equal length, posterior

margin moderately concavely sinuate, lateral angles subnodu-

lose, posterior lobe obscurely centrally carinate ; scutellum

long, not quite half the length of corium, with a discal cari-

nation, its apex subacute ; membrane just passing abdominal

apex. :

Long., 2, 11 millim.

Hab. Bonthain Peak (Doherty).

Artemidorus sobrinus, sp. 0.

Above ochraceous, darkly punctate; head, anterior lobe of

pronotum (excluding anterior margin), base of scutellum, and

body beneath black; femora and tibie ochraceous; apex of

scutellum, coxee, trochanters, bases of femora, basal joint of

tibie, and three spots on each lateral margin of abdomen, of

which the central is the smallest, pale luteous; posterior

femora (excluding base), intermediate and posterior tibize, and

apices of the tarsi black or piceous ; antennee brownish ochra-

ceous. In structure much resembling the preceding species,

A. ornatus, but membrame not reaching the abdominal apex,

posterior pronotal lobe distinctly centrally carinate, more

coarsely punctate than anterior lobe; scutellum and corium

sparingly but profoundly punctate, apices of corium piceous ;

membrane cupreous, its base piceous, margined with greenish

opalescence.

Long., 9, 8 millim.

Hab. Bali (Doherty).

Mr. W. L. Distant on Heteroptera. 253

Family Reduviide.

Subfam. Luxzsrvz.

Myiophanes pilipes, sp. n.

Pale luteous ; head, antenne, posterior lobe of pronotum,

meso- and metasterna, basal annulation to abdomen, a central

and marginal series of linear spots and apex to abdomen

beneath, rostrum, a broad basal and subapical annulation to

anterior coxe, three very broad annulations to anterior femora,

anterior tibiee (excluding bases), dark fuscous ; intermediate

and posterior legs brownish ochraceous, apices of femora and

bases of tibies creamy white; anterior legs rather lonely

pilose ; intermediate and posterior legs and abdomen very

longly and thickly pilose on each side; antennz with the

first joint about equal in length to intermediate femora and

longly pilose on each side, second joint equal to first and

much more shortly pilose; hemelytra and wings pale brownish

ochraceous.

Long. 173 millim.; exp. hemelytra 32 millim.

flab. Australia; Richmond River (Brit. Mus.).

EUGUBINUS, gen. nov. -

Elongate, apterous ; head globose on disk, anteocular area

shorter than postocuiar, base constricted and somewhat pedun-

culate at base, eyes large and prominent; rostrum reaching

the anterior coxe, first and second joints incrassated and

almost subequal in length, basal joint strongly curved, second

joint passing eyes; antenniferous tubercles long, slender ;

antennee slender, first joint about as long as head and pro-

notum together; pronotum with the anterior lobe shorter than

the posterior, broadest and truncate anteriorly, attenuated

posteriorly but not pedunculate, posterior lobe elongate,

margins subparallel ; anterior coxe shorter than anterior tibiz,

which are about one-third shorter than anterior femora, the

last finely spined for almost their entire length with a promi-

nent spine near base; posterior femora passing abdominal

apex; posterior tibiz considerably longer than the femora ;

anterior tarsi short, rigid, two-jointed, basal joint shortest.

This genus belongs to the division Hmesaria, Stal.

Hugubinus araneus, sp. n.

Pale obscure ochraceous; head (excluding apex) black ;

pronotum with brownish marks and suffusions; antenne, legs,

and rostrum pale creamy white, somewhat thickly annulated

254 Dr. A. 8. Woodward on a Fossil Eel.

with brown; intermediate and posterior coxze, trochanters,

and spots to apical segment of abdomen piceous; anterior

coxe and femora each with two broad brown annulations,

anterior tibie with three annulations, apex of anterior tarsi

and the intermediate and posterior tarsi fuscous; rostrum with

the second joint annulated with brown ; antenne, intermediate

and posterior legs much and closely annulated with brown.

Long. 83 millim.

Hab. Urun, near Bombay (Aitken, Brit. Mus.).

Found living in nest of a spider (Theridium sp.).

XXI.—WNote on a Fossil Eel from the Scandinavian Chalk.

By A. Smita Woopwarp, LL.D., F.R.S.

THERE is no longer any doubt that well-differentiated eels

occur as fossils in the Chalk. Nearly complete skeletons

from two formations in the Lebanon * exhibit only one essen-

tial difference from a modern generalized eel, namely, the

presence of a separate caudal fin, which has subsequently

disappeared. Well-preserved remains of the head from the

English Chalk + show that the cranial osteology of the

Cretaceous fish is identical with that characteristic of the

suborder Apodes in the existing fauna.

It is curious that so highly specialized a type of fish as the

eel should date back to the Cretaceous period. It is still

more remarkable that it should prove to have been widely

distributed at that remote time. Continual discoveries,

however, seem to indicate that it was an essential element of

the later Cretaceous fish-fauna. I have recently examined a

new specimen which extends its known range to Scandinavia.

This interesting fossil was obtained from the Danian Chalk

of Limhamn, near Malmé, in Southern Sweden, and is now

preserved in the Museum of the University of Lund, where

Prof. J. Christian Moberg has kindly permitted me to study

it. It was originally mentioned by Dames} as _ possibly

belonging to the family Gadide, and was subsequently

* Urenchelys avus and U. hakelensis, A. S. Woodward, Catal. Foss.

Fishes B. M. pt. iv. (1901) pp. 337, 338, pl. xviii. figs. 1-3.

+ Urenchelys anglucus, A. S. Woodward, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. [7]

vol. v. (1900) p. 321, pl. ix. fig. 1.

t W. Dames, “Ueber Vogelreste aus dem Saltholmskalk von Lim-

hamn bei Malmo,” Bihang k. Svensk, Vet.-Akad. Handl. vol. xvi. sect. iv.

no. 1 (1890), p. 3.

Mr. E. E. Austen on Hippoboscide. 259

described by Davis *, as one of the Cretaceous Dercetide,

under the name of Dercetis limhamnensis. Both these deter-

minations are undoubtedly erroneous, and the characters of the

fossil, so far as preserved, are those of an Apodal fish.

As shown by the description and figure published by Davis

(Joc. cit.), this specimen comprises only the head, clavicle, and

anterior part of the vertebral column of a long and slender

fish. The head-bones are obviously thick and of open tex-

ture, quite unlike those of the Dercetide 7; while the occipital

and otic regions are sufficiently well preserved to indicate that

they are eel-like and totally different from those of any known

Gadide. All the remains, however, are in a crushed and

broken condition, so that the details of the osteology are only

vaguely observable. ‘The teeth are very small and blunt.

The vertebre of the abdominal region are exposed from above

or below, and chiefly remarkable for the large size of their

transverse processes, which are laminar in form and taper to

a point at their free end. ‘These processes were correctly

recognized by Lundgren and Dames, but were mistaken by

Davis for scutes crushed upon the vertebral centra. The

ribs are not preserved. A sigmoidally bent clavicle, exactly

like that of an eel (described and figured by Davisas scapula),

is displaced at some distance behind the head. There are no

seales or scutes.

It is obvious that so imperfect a fossil cannot be satisfac-

torily determined either generically or specifically. The

specimen, however, needs a name for reference. As it exhibits

no characters separating it from the Urenchelys of the

Lebanon Chalk, it may be provisionally referred to that

genus. It is therefore to be regarded as representing a

species, Urenchelys limhamnensis (Davis), which awaits

adequate definition. It indicates a larger fish than the

Lebanon species, and approaches U. anglicus in size.

XXII.—WNotes on Hippoboscidee (Diptera Pupipara) in the

Collection of the British Museum. By Ernest E. Austen.

THE following notes, which are chiefly concerned with syno-

nymy and include no descriptions of new species, embody the

conclusions at which the author has arrived while re-arranging

* J. W. Davis, ‘On the Fossil Fish of the Cretaceous Formations of

Scandinavia,” Trans. Roy. Dublin Soe, [2] vol. iv. (1890) p. 491, pl. xlv.

figs, 1, 2.

+ A. 5S. Woodward, Catal. Foss. Fishes B. M. pt. iv. (1901) p. 185,

pl. xii. fig. 4.

256 Mr. E. E. Austen on

the Hippoboscide: in the British Museum (Natural History).

Within the last few weeks the Museum has received from

Mr. F. D. Godman the final instalment of the great collection

of Central American Diptera worked out in the ‘ Biologia

Centrali-Americana,’ including the Hippoboscide described

by the late F. M. van der Wulp (cf Biol. Centr.-Amer.,

Diptera, vol. ii. pp. 429-432, April 1903). An examination

of these shows that van der Wulp’s determinations in many

cases need revision, as indicated below under the genera

concerned. The present paper is printed in the hope that

it may prove of some slight service to other workers at this

interesting family of Diptera, which, although previously

much neglected, has within the last few years been so

fortunate as to receive attention at the able hands of

Dr. P. Speiser.

Hippososca, Linn.

Hippobosca equina, L.—In this species the amount of

yellow on the scutellum varies very much, and sometimes

this portion of the thorax is nearly all yellow, as shown in

certain specimens in the British Museum collection from the

neighbourhood of Biskra, Algeria (Rev. A. H. Haton). The

colour of the scutellum, therefore, cannot be used as a

character to distinguish H. equina, L., from H. Prancillont,

Leach, for which purpose the colour of the veins of the wings

must be relied upon.

This species must be added to the list in van der Wulp’s

‘ Catalogue of the Described Diptera from South Asia’ (The

Hague: Martinus Nijhoff, 1896), since the Museum collec-

tion contains a male from Celebes (purchased from E.Gerrard,

jun., 1896) and a female from “ Bengal ” (no further details) 5

while a male from Kalewa, Upper Burma, March 1893, “ found

on pony ” (Capt. H. Y. Watson), apparently represents a pale

variety. A male from Noumea, New Caledonia, June 1900

(J. J. Walker, R.N.), was recently presented by Mr. G. C.

Champion.

Hippobosca Francilloni, Leach: Memoirs of the Wernerian

Natural History Society, vol. ii. (1818), p. 554, tab. xxvi.

figs. 8-10.—According to Speiser (Zeitschr. £. Hymenopt. u.

Dipt., ii. Jahrg. Heft 3 (1 May, 1902), p. 174), this species

(of which ZH. canina, Rond., is a synonym)=W/. capensis,

v. Olfers, the type of which, from the Cape of Good Hope,

is in the Museum fiir Naturkunde, Berlin. Von Olfers’s

Hippoboscidee cn the British Museum. 257

species was published in 1816 *; the paper in which Leach’s

Species was described, though read on April 10, 1810, was

not published until 1818. Thus, strictly speaking, von

Olfers’s name has two years’ priority over Leach’s; but since

Leach was certainly not responsible for the delay of eight

years in publishing his paper, the stringency of the law of

priority may well be relaxed in his favour in this instance,

and the name Francillont may be allowed to stand.

HI, Francilloni, which is well known in India and Ceylon

as a pest of dogs, must be added to van der Wulp’s catalogue

already referred to. The Museum collection includes speci-

mens from Kant, near Shahjahanpur, North-West Provinces,

India, 29. xi. 1900 (Lieut.-Col. Giles); and others from

Trincomali and Kanthalla, Ceylon (Lieut.-Col. Yerbury).

We also possess specimens from Japan (8. Bligh), and a

male from Seoul, Korea, 17. vii. 1900 (Hon. EH. Scarlett),

“caught on a Japanese dog.”” The species also occurs in

Africa, and we have recently received a series of specimens

from various localities, including Voi, Ndi, Mbuyuni, Ma-

kumbu, and Samburu, in British East Africa; in addition to

these we possess specimens from “the interior of South

Africa,” presented in 1843 by the Earl of Derby. From

North Africa we have specimens from Suez, Nov. 1901 (/.

Morey). In 1901-1902 the species was obtained in Cyprus

(Troodos, about 4500 feet, and near Ktima) by Miss D. M.

A. Bate. It may be worth while to add that the Museum

collection contains a female bearing the label “ Francilloni”’

in Leach’s handwriting, but it is impossible to say with cer-

tainty that this specimen is the actual type.

Hippobosca camelina, Leach: op. cit. p. 556, tab. xxvii.

figs, 11-14.—The name Hppobosca dromedarina has recently

been proposed by Dr. Speiser (loc. ctt. p. 176) for H. camelina,

Rond. (nec Leach), but I venture to think that the form

referred to is not really distinct. The British Museum col-

lection includes a long series of specimens of H. camelina,

Leach, as also of H. maculata, Leach, and in both of these

species there is a considerable variation (from ferruginous to

deep brown) in the ground-colour of the thorax. Moreover,

as shown by our specimens, in the case of H. camelina at any

rate, the dark and light forms may occur in the same locality.

* Not 1815, as stated by Speiser (Joc. cit.): Hippobosca capensis was

described in von Olfers’s pamphlet, ‘De Vegetativis et Animatis Cor-

poribus in Corporibus Animatis Reperiundis Commentarius,’ pars i.

(Berolini: in Taberna Libraria Maureriana), p. 101.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii, yi

258 : Mr. E. E. Austen on

Speiser follows Rondani in relying on the coloration of the

hair on the clypeus and apex of the abdomen, and he uses

these characters to distinguish what he now calls H. drome-

darina from what he regards as the true H. camelina, Leach ;

but he also considers that the two supposed species may be

distinguished by the colour of the thorax, the paler form

being H. camelina, the darker H. dromedarina, Speiser. It

is curious that Speiser should come to the conclusion, from

the examination of Leach’s original description and figure,

that camelina was based on the pale form, since a glance at

the coloured figure (in the Museum copy of Leach’s paper,

at any rate) is sufficient to show that it represents the dark

and not the pale form. A still better argument, however, is

supplied by the type itself, which is in the Museum collection

and bears a label in Leach’s handwriting. This specimen (a

female, as indicated by Leach’s figure) belongs to the dark

form, but has pale hair on the clypeus and abdomen. Accord-

ing to Speiser, the true H. camelina, Leach, is pale brown in

eolour, with pale hair on clypeus and apex of abdomen ;

while what he calls H. dromedarina is dark blackish brown,

with black hair on the clypeus, and on the abdomen black

hairs mingled with the pale ones. A series of specimens in

the Museum collection, from Algeria (Rev. A. HL. Eaton),

with one exception agree with the type in belonging essen-

tially to the dark form, although the hair on clypeus and

abdomen is pale. The specimen which constitutes the excep-

tion also has the ground-colour of the thorax dark, but the

clypeus is fringed with black instead of with pale hair, and

the apex of the abdomen is clothed with hair which is black

at the base instead of entirely pale; it may be added that

this specimen was bred and is accompanied by its puparium.

In two females from Shaik Othman, near Aden, Arabia, 4. iii.

1895 (Lieut.-Col. Yerbury), which belong to the dark form,

the hair fringing the clypeus is certainly dark brown at the

base, but that on the abdomen is as light-coloured as in the

pale form ; on the other hand, in a. male from Arabia (J. K.

Lord) belonging to the dark form the hair on clypeus as well

as abdomen is entirely pale. It is to be hoped that enough

has now been said to show that we are here dealing with but

a single species, which is variable as regards the ground-

colour of the thorax, and sometimes as regards the colour of

the hair on the clypeus and abdomen, and that Hippobosca

dromedarina, Speiser, like H. bactriana, Rond., must be con-

sidered a synonym of H. camelina, Leach.

The Museum collection includes a series of some thirty-

three specimens of EH. camelina, Leach, from various localities

Hippoboscides tn the British Museum. 259

ranging from Somaliland to Algeria and from Aden to Trebi-

zond. We also have a female from Chaman, S. Afghanistan,

28. vii. 1880, “ collected at mess, at 11.0 P.M.” (Col. Swinhoe),

so that the species constitutes a further addition to van der

Wulp’s South Asia catalogue.

Hippobosca maculata, Leach: loc. cit. p. 553, tab. xxvi.

figs. 11-13.—This species must also be added to van der

Wulp’s catalogue. The Museum possesses a series of some

twenty-seven examples, chiefly from various localities in

India and Ceylon, but also including specimens from Arabia

and Egypt, and I have recently seen a female from W. Africa

(Abutshi, R. Niger). The type of the species—a female,

labelled in Leach’s handwriting—is also in the Museum

collection.

Hippobosca rufipes, von Olfers: De Vegetativis et Ani-

matis Corporibus in Corporibus Animatis Reperiundis Com-

mentarius, pars i. (1816), p. 101.—In addition to a consider-

able number of specimens of this species from various localities

in South Africa, the British Museum possesses a female from

Bembe Mines, Angola, W. Africa, lat. 7° 22’ S. (J. J. Mon-

tetro), and a male and female from the Congo (A. Curror).

FHippobosca struthionis, Janson: in Miss EK. A. Ormerod’s

‘Notes and Descriptions of a Few Injurious Farm and Fruit

Insects of South Africa’(London: Simpkin, Marshall, & Co.,

1889), p. 56, fig. 23.—This species is of peculiar interest,

since it was described as parasitic on ostriches in Cape Colony.

It is true that the typical specimen of HHippobosca rufipes,

von Olfers, was found by Lichtenstein on an ostrich at the

Cape of Good Hope, but it was suggested by von Olfers that

the true host may have been the quagga, which was fre-

quently to be met with among the ostrich-flocks (¢f von

Olfers, loc. cit.). In the case of H. struthionis, however, the

flies were stated to be in “ thousands” on ostriches at Mount

Stewart, Cape Colony, in May 1886, and to have increased

in numbers to such an extent in the two preceding years as

to render it probable that the ostrich-feather industry might

suffer owing to the irritation to the birds caused by the dies

(cf. Ormerod, op. cit. p. 58). Whether Hippobosca struthionis

is still a pest on South-African ostrich-farms I am not aware,

but that the species is not confined to South Africa is shown

by the fact that we have recently received a series of speci-

mens from British East Africa, viz.: two males and two

females from Makumbu and Athi-ya-Mawe, Feb.—-May 1899

(C. S, Betton); and a female from Ukamba, Machakos

260 Mr. E. E. Austen on

(Capt. R. Crawshay). Janson’s figure of FT. struthionis is

of no value for purposes of determination, but since the

typical specimen is now in the British Museum I have been

able to determine the material from Hast Africa with certainty.

fTippobosca struthionis is a well-marked species, which cannot

be confused with any other known to me: the yellow mark-

ings on thorax and scutellum are sharply defined against a

dark-brown ground. The Hast-African specimens show two

small lateral yellow dots on the scutellum, one on each side

of the median fleck ; these lateral spots are wanting in the

type, but it is impossible to consider the Hast-African speci-

mens as belonging to a distinct species, especially since the

lateral spots vary greatly in size in different individuals. In

one or two of our specimens they are extremely small, and

thus their absence altogether is doubtless merely due to indi-

vidual variation.

flippobosca tasmanica, Wesché: Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 7, vol. xi. no. 64 (April 1903), p. 385, figs. 1-4 p. 384.—

‘his species, of which, through the courtesy of Mr. Wesché,

the type and two other specimens are now in the Museum

collection, belongs to the genus Ortholfersia, Speiser (Zeitschr.

f. syst. Hymenopt. u. Dipt., 11. Jahrg. Heft 3 (1 May, 1902),

p. 152—typical species, Ortholfersia phaneroneura, Speiser,

loc. cit., from New South Wales. Ortholfersia tasmanica 1s

said to swarm on diseased wallabies (Macropus rujficollis)

near Launceston, Tasmania.

In the ‘ Agricultural Gazette of New South Wales’ for

Dec. 1900, pp. 1090-1091, W. W. Froggatt describes, under

the name of ‘‘ the wallaby fly (Olfersta Macleayi, Leach),” a

fly which is said to infest all the wallabies in the district of

Port Macquarie, New South Wales. It is stated that “in

the Australian Museum there are specimens taken upon Hal-

maturus | Macropus | ruficollis and H. Perryi.” ‘The fly is

figured in a plate (figs. 3 & 4), and it is evident that it

belongs to the genus Ornithomyia. The species was subse-

quently described by Speiser (Termés. Fiz. xxv. (1902),

p-. 331) under the name Ornithomyia perfuga. The existence

ot Hippobosca struthionis, Jans., upon a bird is thus paralleled

by the occurrence of an Ornithomyia upon mammals.

Liporrena, Nitzsch.

Lipoptena cervi, L.—The British Museum has just received

a specimen of this species from Modderfontein Factory, 14

miles south of Johannesburg, Transvaal. The insect (a male

which has cast its wings) was taken, with others of the same

Hippoboscide: tn the British Museum. 261

species, in Fepruary 1901, by Mr. P. 8. Stammwitz on him-

self, after carrying with him on his horse a dead * Duikerbok ”

(? Cephalophus sp.), which he had shot. The occurrence of

the European Lipoptena cervt in South Africa is certainly

remarkable, but having carefully compared this specimen

with others (presented by the late J. C. Mansel-Pleydell)

from Whatcombe, Dorsetshire, from roe-deer, I am satisfied

as to its specific identity. Of course, it is possible that the

Lipopiena may originally have come from a horse, and not

from the Duiker. At the time referred to, Mr. Stammwitz

was serving in the South-African Constabulary, and the horse

that he was riding when carrying the Duiker was an

“ Argentine,” so that it is scarcely likely that the Lipoptena

came from this particular horse. But it is conceivable that

some time during the late South-African Campaign these flies

or their parents may have been introduced with remounts

from Europe. Although normally parasitic on roe- and red-

deer and on elk *, Lipoptena cervi sometimes strays on to

horses. The Museum collection includes a specimen from

Whatcombe, Blandford, Dorset (J. C. Mansel-Pleydell),

which was ‘‘ taken from a horse after passing through hazel-

bushes ”’ in a wood frequented by roe-deer, on Oct. 17, 1895.

As we know, various species of Hippobosca are capable

of existing on more than one species of host, and it is just

possible that specimens of Lipoptena that have strayed on to

horses may afterwards be carried with them to other countries.

If this explanation is not the true one in the present case, it

may be suggested as an alternative hypothesis that Lépoptena

cervt has been a parasite of African antelopes as well as of

Kuropean deer since the Tertiary period, when, as is well

known, direct land-connection existed at various times between

Europe and Northern Africa.

In addition to Lipoptena cervi, the Museum collection

includes two specimens of a distinct and much smaller species

which is as yet undetermined, from Orizaba, Mexico (Sallé).

ORNITHOMYIA, Latr.

Ornithomyia avicularia, L.—Ornithomyia remota, Walk.

(List Dipt. iv. (1849), p. 1144), from Tristan d’Acunha, and

OV. opposita, Walk. (¢bed. p. 1145), trom New Zealand, are

synonyms of O. avicularia, Linn. Feronia Macleay?, Leach

(loc. cit. p. 558), is also in all probability a synonym of O.

* Of. J. P. BE. F. Stein, “Zur Naturgeschichte der Lausfliege, Zepoptena

cervi, Nitzsch,” Deutsche entomologische Zeitschrift, Jahrg. xxi. (1877),

pp. 297-298,

262 Mr. E. E. Austen on

avicularia ; at any rate, the specimen called by Walker (List

Dipt. iv. p. 1141) Olfersia Macleayt belongs to this species.

Ornithomyia avicularia, van der Wulp (nec Linn.: Biol.

Centr.-Amer., Diptera, vol. 11. (April 1903), p. 431), is in

reality very distinct from O. avicularia, Linn., and belongs

to Ornithomyia varipes, Walk. (List Dipt. iv. (1849), p. 1146),

the type of which is from Colombia (Goudot). Other speci-

mens of QO. varipes in the British Museum collection are:

a female from Huamachuca, Peru, 3000 metres, Nov. 1899

(Stmon) ; a second female from Orizaba, Mexico (Sal/é) ;

and a third from the mountains of Molokai I., Sandwich Is.,

3000 ft., 12. v. 1893 (Perkins). The latter is the specimen

mentioned by Speiser (‘ Fauna Hawaiiensis,’ Diptera, Supple-

ment, p. 89).

In‘ Természetrajzi Fiizetek,’ vol. xxv. (1902), pp. 327-331,

Dr. Speiser divides the genus Ornithomyta into three genera,

viz.: Ornithomyia, Latr., sens. strict. (typical species Hzppo-

bosca avicularia, Linn.) ; Ornithoctona, gen. nov. (typical

species Ornithomyia erythrocephala, Leach); and Ornitheza,

gen. nov. (typical species Ornithomyia Gestrot, Rond.).

O. varipes, Walk., would appear to belong to Ornitheza ;

nevertheless Ornithomyia obscurata, Walk. (Journ. Proc. Linn.

Soc. v. p. 270), from Tondano, Celebes (A. &. Wallace),

which, in spite of the great difference in locality, appears to

me to be probably identical with O. varipes, Walk., is assigned

by Speiser (doc. cit. p. 829) to Ornithoctona.

Ornithomyia robusta, v. d. Wulp (op. cit. p. 431, tab. xiii.

figs. 5, 5a, 5b, 5c) =O. (Ornithoctona) erythrocephala, Leach.

The shape of the antennary processes is better represented

in the coloured figure (5) than in the outline drawing (5a).

The five specimens are all females, and not as stated by

van der Wulp.

Ornithomyia pilosula, v. d. Wulp: op cit. p. 432, tab. xiii.

figs. 6, 6 a.—This species closely resembles O. vartpes, Walk.,

in size and general appearance. The antennary processes,

however, although large and lanceolate, are narrower than in

that species, more elongate, and more pointed at the tips.

Their apical halves are somewhat divergent, and the species

should probably be assigned to the genus Ornitheza, Speiser.

It is stated by van der Wulp that O. pilosula “ agrees in

most respects with the European O. avicularia”; but the

shape of the antennary processes is entirely different. ‘The

figure of the head (tab. xii. fig. 6) is misleading, since it

gives no idea of the true shape of the orbital margins, which,

like those of O. varipes, are greatly expanded posteriorly.

Hippoboscidee in the British Museum. 263

Ornithomyia batchianica, Walk. (Journ. Proc. Linn. Soe.

v. p. 300), from Batchian,=O. (Ornithoctona) nigricans,

Leach (op. cit. p. 558, tab. xxvii. figs. 7-10).

Ornithomyta (Ornithoctona) erythrocephala, Leach: op. cit.

p. 559, tab. xxvii. figs. 4-6.—The type of this species, bearing

a label in Leach’s handwriting, is in the Museum collection.

Ornituoica, Rond. |

Cf. Speiser, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genov. ser. 2, vol. xx. (1899),

pp. 555.—For synopsis of species, see Speiser, ebed. pp. 558-

559, and Természetrajzi Fiizetek, vol. xxv. (1902), p. 332.

Ornithomyta vicina, Walk. (List Dipt. iv. p. 1144), from

Jamaica, on Ephialtes grammicus and Psittacus leucocephalus,

belongs to this genus, and may be identical with O. ({Orni-

thomyta) confluenta, Say.

Ornithoica beccartina, Rond. (Ann. Mus. Civ. Genov. xii.

(1878), p. 160), the type of the genus Ornithoica, from

Amboyna, on Ardea alba, is identical with O. (Ornithomyia)

exilis, Walk. (Journ. Proc. Linn. Soc. v. (1861), p. 254), from

Dorey, New Guinea. In spite of the great difference in

locality, O. eatlis is possibly identical with O. vicina, Walk. ;

if so, the latter name has priority. It has just been pointed

- out, however, that O. weina, Walk., perhaps= O. confluenta,

Say, in which case O. beccartina, Rond., and O. exilis, Walk.,

are also synonyms of O. confluenta, Say. My knowledge

of this group is unfortunately insufficient to enable me to

decide this question, and all I can say is that after carefully

comparing our specimens of O. confluenta, vicina, and exilis,

I have been unable to discover any characters which would

warrant a positive assertion of their distinctness.

ORNITHOPHILA, Rond.

Ornithomyia simplex, Walk. (Journ. Proc. Linn. Soc. v.

p. 263), from Menado, Celebes (A. &. Wallace), belongs to

this genus; as also does an undetermined specimen from

Natal (Guecnzius), and another, with unusually long palpi,

from Port Molle, Queensland (H1.M.S. ‘ Rattlesnake’; collected

by Macgillivray), trom Tallegalla Latham,

STILBOMETOPA, Coquillett.:

This genus was founded (Canad. Ent. xxxi. (1899), p. 336)

for Ornithomyia fulvifrons, Walk. (List Dipt. iv. p. 1145),

from Jamaica, of which, including the type, we have five

264 Mr. E. E. Austen on

specimens, from the following hosts: Ortyx virginiana, Sauro-

thera vetula, Geotrygon sylvatica, G. montana, and Tityra

Leuconotus.

A single female from St. Domingo (Tweedie) belongs to a

distinct species, which I have not as yet determined.

According to Speiser (Zeitschr. f. syst. Hymenopt. u. Dipt.

i. Jahrg. Heft 3 (1 May, 1902), p. 163), Olfersia impressa,

Bigot (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1885, p. 237), from California,

belongs to this genus.

OLFERSIA, Wied.

The type of Feronia americana, Leach (op. cit. p. 557,

tab. xxvii. figs. 1-3), which has been adopted as the typical

species of this genus, is in the Museum collection, and bears

a label in Leach’s handwriting.

Ornithomyia plana, Walk. (Journ. Proc. Linn. Soc. v.

p. 254), from Dorey, New Guinea, is an Olfersia.

Ornithomyta intertropica, Walk. (List Dipt. iv. (1849),

p- 1144), is also an Olfersia. The type of this species was

obtained (with three other specimens) by Charles Darwin in

the Galapagos Is.; the other examples of O. intertropica

contained in the Museum collection include one male and two

females from Honolulu, Sandwich Is. (H. Pease), “ from the

ear of an owl”; a female from Orizaba, Mexico (Sallé) ;

and two females from Bahia, Brazil.

Olfersta acarta, Speiser (Zeitschr. f. syst. Hym. u. Dipt.,

ii. Jahrg. Heft 3, p. 149; see also Fauna Hawaiiensis,

Diptera, Supplement, p. 87), appears to me, after comparing

three of the specimens obtained by Perkins on short-eared

owls in Kona, Hawaii, which were determined by Speiser

and are now in our collection, to be identical with O. znter-

tropica, Walk. It may be worth while to note that the actual

type of O. acarta, Speiser, is in the Bremen Museum (ef.

Speiser, Zeitschr. f. syst. Hym. u. Dipt., ii. Jahrg. Heft 3,

p- 151).

Olfersia vulturis, v. d. Wulp: op. cit. p. 429, tab. xiii.

figs. 1, 1 a.—This species has the clypeus greatly elongated,

and consequently belongs to the genus Pseudolfersia, Co-

quillett (Canad. Ent. xxxi. (1899), p. 336). The figure of

the head gives no indication of the shape of the clypeus, and

is quite misleading ; the venation, as represented in the figure

of the wing, is also incorrect in details ; the posterior basal

cell is complete, though the anterior basal transverse vein is,

Hippoboscide: in the British Museum. 265

as usual, non-chitinized immediately before joining the fourth

vein.

The typical specimens are male and female.

Olfersia coriacea, v.d. Wulp: op. cit. p. 430, tab. xiil.

figs. 2, 2a.—Two specimens are mentioned by the author—

one from Presidio, Mexico (Forrer), the other from Mirandilla,

Guatemala (Champion). The former specimen (a male)

belongs to Olfersia propinqua, Walk. (List Dipt. iv. p. 1141

(1849)), the type of which is from Jamaica. ‘The specimen

from Mirandilla, on the other hand, which is also a male, and

must be regarded as the actual type of O. coriacea—since it

is the specimen figured, while, from internal evidence, the

description appears to have been based upon it,—is a Pseud-

olfersea, Coquillett, under which genus it has been placed in

the Museum collection. Van der Wulp having apparently

relied upon this latter specimen in preparing his description,

there is no necessity to cancel the species, which may there-

fore be allowed to stand as Pseudolfersia coriacea, v. d. Wulp.

In tab. xiii. fig. 2, the drawing of the clypeus is misleading,

and conveys no idea of its true length; details of the venation

(fig. 2 a) are also inaccurate.

The British Museum collection contains two other speci-

mens, previously undetermined, that I have referred to the

present species—a female from Orizaba, Mexico (Sallé), and

another from the Rio Tapajos, Brazil (W. Bates).

Olfersia angustifrons, v. d. Wulp: op. cit. p. 430, tab. xiii.

figs. 3, 3a.—This is a true Olfersza, belonging to the group

in which the palpi are proportionately elongate. A third

specimen (a gravid female) from Oajaca, Mexico (Sallé), is in

the Museum collection,

PSEUDOLFERSIA, Coquillett.

Pseudolfersia (Feronia) spinifera, Leach: op. cit. p. 557,

tab. xxvi. figs, 1-3.—As has been suggested by Speiser

(Zeitschr. f. syst. Hym. u. Dipt., i. Jahrg. Heft 3 (1 May,

1902), p. 147), Ornithomyta unicolor, Walk. (List Dipt. iv.

p- 1144), from Jamaica, is a synonym of this species.

According to Walker (loc. cit.), the type of O. unicolor and

a second specimen from Jamaica were found on Lphialtes

grammicus and on Fregata aquila. Our other specimens of

Pseudolfersia spinifera include a male from Pard, Brazil,

23.iv.1899 (W. A. Churchill), from Catharistes urubu ; a female

from Ascension (7. Conry); a female from Little Aden,

Arabia, 6. iv. 1895 (Lt.-Col. Yerbury), “ taken on a booby ”

266 Mr. P. Cameron on new

(Sula jiber); two males from Abd-el-Kuri, near Socotra,

23.11. 1899 (W. BR. Ogilvie Grant), “ from Sula sula” ; two

males from Christmas I. (4.IL.8. ‘ Flying-Fish’) ; one male

and two females from Adele I., N.W. Australia, 2. v. 1891

(J. J. Walker, R.N.).

For remarks on the association of this species with the

frigate-bird (fregata aquila, L.) and its wide distribution,

see Speiser, Zeitschr. f. syst. Hym. u. Dipt., u.Jahrg. Heft 3

(1 May, 1902), pp. 146-147. It is stated by Speiser (Joc. cit.

p- 147) that the fly met with by Darwin on St. Paul’s L.,

Atlantic Ocean *, evidently belongs to this species. The two

specimens obtained by Darwin on this remote islet are in the

British Museum collection, and were doubtfully referred by

Walker (List Dipt. iv. p. 1143) to Ornithomyta (Hippobosca)

nigra, Perty (Del. Anim. Art. p. 190, pl. 47. fig. 15), which

is in reality a Pseudolfersia. It seems to me that Walker’s

provisional determination is correct, and that Darwin’s speci-

mens really belong to Pseudolfersia nigra, Perty, which is

very possibly merely a synonym of Pseudolfersia spinifera,

Leach. Nevertheless, I prefer for the present to keep the

two supposed species distinct, especially since Darwin’s speci-

mens, in addition to being smaller than the average size of

Ps. spinifera, are algo in bad condition.

XXIII.—On some new Genera and Species of Parasitic Hy-

menoptera from the Khasia Hills, Assam. By P. Cammron.

J OPPINI.

ACHAIUS, gen. nov.

Apex of abdomen bluntly pointed; the keel on segments

1-4. Mandibles unequally toothed, the upper much larger

than the lower. Clypeus not distinctly separated from the

face, its apex transverse. Labrum projecting. Scutellum

convex. Median segment completely areolated, its apex

with an abrupt oblique slope; the areola distant from the

base, large, longer than broad, extending to the top of the

apical slope; it is bluntly rounded behind, its apex slightly

rounded backwards. The sides of the segment bear stout,

longer than broad, teeth; the spiracles linear. Legs longish,

* Cf. Darwin’s ‘Journal’ (ed. 1889), pp. 7-10: the geographical

position of St. Paul’s I., on which the booby and the noddy were the only

birds found, is 0° 58’ N. lat., 29° 15’ W. lone.

Hymeneptera from the Khasia Hills. 267

the tarsi spinose; the apex of the hinder femora reaches to

the middle of the third segment. The transverse basal

nervure is interstitial; the stump of a nervure on the disco-

cubital is longer than usual. The base of the median

segment is broadly obliquely depressed in the middle; it is

smooth, flat, and shining, and is bordered on the top by a

distinct keel.

There are two lateral arez on the base of the median

segment; the spiracular area is bounded by a not very

distinct keel. The second abdominal segment is striated.

Belongs to the Joppini, and comes near to Trogus. I

unfortunately only know the male.

Achaius flavo-balteatus, sp. n.

Black ; the greater part of the head, the edge of the pro-

notum, a mark in the middle of the mesonotum, the scu-

tellums, tegule, the areola and posterior median areze on the

metanotum, the lower part of the propleuree (broadly behind,

narrowly in front), a large mark (irregularly narrowed be-

hind) on the lower half of the mesopleurz at the base, an

oblique mark under the hind wings, and a large mark on the

base of the metapleure (extending beyond the middle) lemon-

yellow. Legs yellow, the lower part and sides of the hinder

coxee, the hinder trochanters, the base and apex of femora,

and apex of tibiz, black. Abdomen black ; the apices of the

first and second segments, two large marks on the apex of

the third, two smaller ones on the apex of the fourth, the

ventral keel, and the apices of the second and third ventral

segments, lemon-yellow. Wings violaceous hyaline, the

stigma and nervures black. <¢.

Length 17 mm.

Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

Antenne black; the scape yellow below; the flagellum

yellowish beneath and for the greater part above to near the

middle. Front and vertex broadly in the middle, the occiput,

and the upper half of the outer orbits, black. Face and

clypeus closely and rather strongly punctured all over and

covered with short white pubescence ; the ocellar region and

the upper part of the front in the middle are stoutly obliquely

striated. Mandibles black, the base obscure yellow. Palpi

lemon-yellow. Mesonotum closely punctured all over,

Pleurz closely punctured, the apex of the propleure striated ;

the mesopleure striated in the middle and stoutly crenulated

behind ; the apex of the metapleurz stoutly rugose; the lower

part smooth and projecting into a keel. Petiole above

268 Mr. P. Cameron on new

closely transversely striated, the postpetiole with the sides

obscurely punctured. Gastroceeli and base of second seg-

ment longitudinally striated.

Amblyjoppa rufocincta, sp. 1.

Black; the scape of the antennz beneath and the ninth

to fifteenth joints white; the face, clypeus, labrum, a trian-

gular mark on the base of the mandibles, the inner and outer

orbits below to the mandibles, a line on the pronotum, a

- transverse one on its base, two short lines on the apex of the

mesonotum (sharply narrowed at the base), the scutellums,

two marks (narrowed gradually towards the apex and occu-

pying the apical two thirds of the are on the metanotum),

the tubercles, the greater part of the lower half of the meso-

pleurze (the mark widely but not deeply incised at the tip),

and two large marks on the apex of the petiole, yellow.

Wings fusco-violaceous, paler on the basal half. Legs black,

the hinder red ; the four front coxe and trochanters yellow,

The second and third segments of the abdomen red. ¢?.

Length 25 mm.

Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

Face strongly and closely punctured; the clypeus above is

more sparsely and less strongly punctured; the vertex

sparsely punctured, On the face is a broad black mark,

narrowed above (where it is divided into three parts, a large

central reaching to the top and a smaller lateral) ; below it

extends to the clypeal foveze. Mesonotum closely, almost

rugosely punctured, the scutellum less closely punctured.

Median segment rugose ; areola horseshoe-shaped, irregularly

closely reticulated (longitudinally in the middle, obliquely

laterally) ; the posterior median area coarsely, irregularly,

transversely striated, the striz stout and waved ; the apical

half of the spiracular area is closely, stoutly, obliquely

striated. Pleurs closely punctured, the propleure stoutly

striated at the apex and obliquely down the centre. Petiole

depressed in the middle above and transversely striated ; the

postpetiole closely longitudinally striated in the middle, the

sides sparsely, the apex in the middle rugosely punctured ;

the second, third, and fourth segments are closely punctured,

the middle of the second longitudinally striated; the basal

slope of the gastrocceli stoutly striated.

Agrees closely with ¢ébialis ; may be separated from it by

the areola being clearly defined, by the apex of the petiole

not being red, by the hinder tibiz being red (not white), and

by the scutellum only being black on the apex.

Hymenoptera from the Khasia LHills. 269

Amblyjoppa flavo-ornata, sp. n.

Black ; the face and clypeus (except for a triangular black

mark on the former and an hourglass-shaped mark on the

latter), the inner orbits to the top of the eyes, the outer

narrowly below, the malar space, a triangular mark on the

base of the mandibles, a broad band on the pronotum, two

lines on the apex of the mesonotum, the scutellum, the apex

of the prosternum, the tubercles, lower half of the meso-

pleurze, and an oblique mark on the apical half of the meta-

pleurz, yellow. The basal three segments of the abdomen

ferruginous. Legs ferruginous, the four front coxe and

trochanters, the upper part of the hinder coxe at the base

and obliquely down the middle, yellow. Fore wings uni-

formly fuscous violaceous, the hinder paler in tint. The

tenth to twentieth joints of the antenne white. 9°.

Length 21-22 mm.

Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

Face and centre of clypeus strongly but not closely punc-

tured and sparsely covered with short white pubescence.

Mesonotum closely but not strongly punctured. Scutellum

sparsely punctured. Postscutellum rufous, minutely punc-

tured between the foveree. Areola open at the apex, which is

irregularly reticulated, its inner side hollowed; the base of

the posterior median area is irregularly reticulated, the apex

irregularly transversely striated. Pleure for the most part

closely punctured. The petiole is sharply and stoutly keeled

down the sides ; the postpetiole in the middle finely longitu-

dinally striated, its apex closely punctured. The second and

third segments are closely punctured, at the base closely,

longitudinally striated in the middle. Gastrocceli large,

deep, the base with five stout strie.

The male is similar ; the yellow marks on the pleure are

greatly reduced ; the hind cox have no yellow; the flagel-

lum in the middle has a brownish band.

Amblyjoppa violaceipennis, sp. 1.

Black; the head rufous, tinged at the sides with yellow ;

a pale rufous line on the pronotum, two obscure marks on

the apex of the mesonotum aud two similar marks on the

apex of the mesosternum, the greater part of the abdomen,

and the scape of the antenne, rufous. Legs rufous, the fore

coxze above in front, the middle entirely above, the hinder

trochanters, the apex of the hinder tibize, and the hinder

270 Mr. P. Cameron on new

tarsi, black; the posterior tarsi infuscated. Wings uni-

formly dark fuscous violaceous. <6.

Length 22 mm. .

Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

Face and clypeus strongly and closely punctured, sparsely

pilose. Clypeal fovea large and deep. lLabrum closely

punctured. Vertex strongly punctured, the centre across

the ocelli to the eyes, the lower part of the front and the

upper part of the occiput, and the malar space, black. Meso-

’ notum closely and strongly punctured; its outer edge has a

bordering furrow; the scutellum not so closely punctured,

especially at the apex. Median segment coarsely transversely

striated. Areola flat, smooth and shining; the posterior

median area coarsely transversely striated; the striz in the

centre curve downwards and are more irregular than below ;

the supraexternal arez are sparsely punctured, smooth on

the inner side, the lower closely rugosely reticulated, the

spiracular closely punctured in the middle, the sides stoutly

striated. Pleurze closely punctured, the metapleurze more

closely than the mesopleurx ; the lower part of the propleurze

closely obliquely striated. Postpetiole closely and strongly

punctured; the second, third, and fourth segments are

closely punctured. Gastrocceli large, deep, and smooth, the

part between them longitudinally striated. The second

segment is entirely black above, the second and third narrowly

at the base in the middle.

Amblyjoppa varipes, sp. n.

Black ; the head (the face and clypeus lighter in tint), the

mandibles (except at the apex), the mesonotum (except for a

black line opposite the tegule), the upper half of the pro-

pleuree, and a narrow line on their lower edge, rufous. The

front legs entirely fulvous, slightly yellowish in front, the

middle black, their coxee obscure testaceous below ; the femora

fulvous, lined with black below and behind ; the tibiz dark

fulvous in front; the hinder legs entirely black. Wings

uniformly dark fuscous, with a violaceous tint; the stigma

and nervures black; the tegule rufous, the tubercles of a

darker rufous colour. 6.

Length 22 mm.

Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

Antennee not much longer than the abdomen, black, the

scape rufous beneath; the apical joints serrate. Face and

clypeus strongly but not very closely punctured, the clypeus

thickly covered with long pale fulvous hair. Mandibles

Hymenoptera from the Khasta Hills. 271

thickly covered with pale fuscous hair. Mesonotum closely

and uniformly punctured and thickly covered with short

pubescence. Scutellum closely punctured, its apex broadly

projecting and slightly incised in the middle. Pleurz closely

punctured ; the hollowed centre of the propleurz bears six

perpendicular distinctly separated keels. Median segment

rugosely punctured; the areola is much wider than long, is

rounded behind, and almost transverse in front; its base and

apex aciculated, the centre irregularly rugose, and with three

irregular hollows; the posterior median area coarsely trans-

versely striated ; the spiracular rugose, its apical half with

some stout oblique keels. The curved keel below the middle

of the metapleurz is stout and is furrowed below, the furrow

being indistinctly crenulated. The postpetiole is strongly

punctured, the second, third, and fourth segments are strongly

and closely punctured. Gastrocceli deep, the middle behind

with a broad striated band.

Amblyjoppa tibialis, sp. n.

Black ; the ninth to thirteenth joints of the antennz white ;

the inner orbits broadly below, more narrowly above, the

outer from shortly above the middle of the eyes, narrow

above, becoming gradually wider below, the labrum, the sides

of the clypeus, an oblique yellow mark on the upperside of

the mandibles at the base, the palpi, a line on the pronotum,

roundly and broadly incised on the lower side, two small

lines behind the middle of the mesonotum, the scutellar

keels broadly, the apex of the scutellum (the mark with a

triangular incision at the base), the postscutellum, two marks

on the apex of the metanotum covering the spines, the

tubercles, an irregular rounded mark on the lower side of

the mesopleure (extending on to the propleure), pale yellow.

Mesonotum closely and distinctly punctured ; the scutellum

not quite so closely punctured, its basal half with short, the

apical with longer, pale hair. Areola irregularly reticulated,

surrounded by a flat, broad, smooth keel, which is widened

at the base; the posterior median area transversely irregu-

larly striated, much more coarsely at the base than at the

apex; the outer areze have a few stout curved keels. Pro-

and mesopleure closely punctured, the former stoutly

obliquely striated in the middle; the metapleure closely rugose,

the punctures running into reticulations; the part above

the spiracles coarsely, obliquely, rugosely reticulated. The

abdominal petiole and the second and third segments entirely

rufous, the petiole for the greater part strongly punctured,

272 On new Hymenoptera from the Khasia Fills,

the middle of the postpetiole longitudinally striated; the

second, third, and fourth segments closely punctured, the

base of the second stoutly longitudinally striated in the

middle. Gastrocceli large, deep, smooth. The apical three

segments have a distinct bluish-violaceous tinge. The four

front legs black ; the coxe, trochanters, the greater part of

the fore, the apical half of the middle femora in front, and

the tibiz in front, yellowish white ; the hinder legs black ; the

trochanters, and the basal three fourths of the tibiz, yellowish

white ; the femora rufous, the base slightly, the apex more

broadly black ; all the legs are thickly covered with white

hair; the calcaria yellowish white. Wings fuscous viola-

ceous, paler at the base. 9.

Length 14 mm.

Hab, Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

Hadrojoppa forticornis, sp. n.

Black ; the upper inner orbits to the end of the eyes, the

lower half of the outer (narrowly above, broadly below), the

face (except for an interrupted black line in the middle),

the clypeus (except for a somewhat triangular black mark in

the centre), a line on the pronotum, two short lines in the

middle of the mesonotum, the scutellums, two irregular marks

on the median segment on the sides in the centre, the

tubercles, the lower half of the mesopleurz, an irregular

mark on the metapleurz, and the apex of the petiole, yellow.

Legs pallid yellow, the femora (except for a line in front of

the middle), the hinder at the base and more broadly at the

apex, the front tibize behind, the middle at the apex behind,

the apex of the hinder tibiz, and the apices of the tarsal

joints, black. Wings yellowish hyaline, their apex broadly

fuscous violaceous. Antenne with the ninth to eighteenth

joints white, the scape thickly covered with short fuscous

hair, closely punctured, and with a narrow yellowish line in

the middle beneath. 9.

Length 27 mm.

Hab. Darjeeling and Khasia, Coll. Rothney.

Face closely, the clypeus more sparsely punctured and

thickly covered with white hair ; the lower part of the ocellar

region and the upper part of the front strongly and distinctly

punctured ; the front raised, furrowed down the centre, the

sides of the raised part transversely punctured, but not very

closely or distinctly. Mandibles black, yellow at the base ;

the palpi yellow. Mesonotum closely, uniformly, and rather

strongly punctured; the scutellum is less closely punctured.

Mr. W. F. Kirby—WNotes on Blattide. 273

The areola has a stout, flat, smooth bordering keel all round,

the posterior part wider than the rest ; it is roundly narrowed

behind, being there only one half the width of the base, aud

is transverse ; it is distinctly longer than wide, inside it is

coarsely irregularly aciculated ; the posterior median area

is coarsely transversely rugose; the lateral basal arez are

coarsely punctured, the others coarsely rugose. Pleurz

punctured, the mesopleurz more strongly than the rest and

the meta- more strongly than the propleure.

May be known from H. annulitarsis by the first abdominal

segment only being marked with yellow, by the stronger

more robust antenne, by the larger areola (which is net

marked with yellow), by the yellow marks on the metanotum

being smaller and by those on the metapleure larger.

[To be continued. j

XXIV.—WNotes on Blattide dc., with Descriptions of new

Genera and Species in the Collection of the British Museum,

South Kensington—No. Il. By W. F. Kirsy, F.L.8.,

F.E.S.

Two large genera of Blattide are greatly in need of sub-

division—Phyllodromia and Epilampra. I have not touched

the former, but have detached several sections from the latter

which appear to be sufficiently distinct to rank as genera,

and some of these will perhaps admit of further subdivision

when we have more species to classify.

BLATTIDA.

PHYLLODROMIINAL

Genus PsEUDOMOpPS, Gerv.

Pseudomops Walkeri, n. n.

Pseudomops flavipes, Walk. Cat. Blatt. B. M. p. 79. n. 10 (1868),

Differs from P. flavipes, Burm., in the presence of two

broad parallel black stripes occupying most of the reddish

art of the front of the pronotum, and connected behind by a

broad blackish crescent, separated from the border of the

pronotum by a narrow space. Also allied to P. enclusa, Walk.,

but the pronotum of the latter has two slender parallel blackish

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 18

274 Mr. W. F. Kirby—Wotes on Blattide.

stripes, connected below into a U shape, and throwing out a

short branch on each side at the lower extremity.

Hab. Tejuca, Brazil (Rev. H. Clark).

Genus DURYODANA, nov.

Allied to Allacta, Sauss. & Zehntner, but easily distinguished

by the very large palpi, with the second and third joints

greatly dilated. .

Type Blatta palpalis, Walk. (Phyllodromiapalpata, Bruun.),

from Borneo.

EPrILAMPRINZ.

Genus Motyrtrtia, Stal.

Molytria imperatriz, sp. n.

Long. corp. 55 millim.; exp. tegm. 118 millim.; lat.

19 millim.

Female.—Head yellowish grey, vertex with three parallel

light brown lines; labrum with a brown band at base, followed

by two brown dots; pronotum much broader than long, the

lateral extremities obtusely rounded, and the hinder extremity

with a slight obtusely rounded projection in the middle ;

pronotum and tegmina shining yellowish grey, the pronotum

rather darker and edged by a paler yellow line ; in the middle

is a large irregularly subquadrate scutcheon, broadest and

subangulated in front, and throwing out a broad obtusely

rounded projection in front; the sides slope to the hinder

extremity, the angles of which are rounded off; the colour is

black, obsoletely and narrowly edged outside with reddish

yellow; in the middle is a dull red line, and the centre on

each side of this is varied with dull red and with black

markings. Tegmina obsoletely shaded with brownish, and

with broad yellow nervures, bordered with slender blackish

lines formed of continuous dots, and with some larger blackish

or pale brown spots; anal area of the left tegmen thickly

punctured in rows between the numerous parallel nervures ;

right tegmen with the covered part brown, varied with irre-

gular pale markings, and shading outwards into the pale

ground-colour of the tegmen. Wings smoky subhyaline,

darkest at the base and along the costa to the apex. Abdo-

men brown, darkest towards the extremity, and with a few

short longitudinal carine, the base paler, especially at the

Mr. W. F. Kirby—Notes on Blattidee. 275

incisions ; terminal lamine and lateral angles of the segments

conspicuously pale. Antenne, legs above, and spines reddish

brown ; under surface of body and legs (except spines) pale

yellowish.

Hab. Tonkin (Fruhstorfer).

Allied to WZ. amplipennis, Walk., from Silhet, but much

larger, and easily distinguished by the markings of the pro-

notum. A difficult insect to describe.

Molytria Shelfordi, n. n.

|| Epilampra polyspila, Walk. Cat. Blatt. B. M., Suppl. p. 183 (1869),

nec Cat. Blatt. p. 197 (1868), which is synonymous with M. macu-

lata, Brunn.

In the Oxford Museum from Sarawak, from the Saunders

collection (type of polyspila, Walk., 1869), and in the British

Museum from the same locality (Shelford).

Genus HomMaLopreryx, Brunn.

Homalopteryx Templetonii, n. n.

|| Epilampra ecribricollis, var. (?), Walk. Cat. Blatt. B. M. p. 195 (1868).

Hah. Ceylon (Templeton).

A very distinct species from Epilampra lucida, Burm.

(cribricollis, Serv.), from Java, Borneo, &c., and without the

large and conspicuous punctures on the pronotum which gave

rise to Serville’s name.

Genus CALOLAMPRA, Sauss.

Calolampra Tepperi, n. n.

|| Epilampra propria, Tepp. Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Australia, xvii. p. 64

(1893).

Hab. Kangaroo Island, South Australia.

The types of Walker’s Polyzosteria propria are ordinary

females of Calolampra irrorata, Fabr. (=gracilis, Brunn.,=

atomifera, Walk., and probably also=/fornicata, Sauss.), and

therefore the species described by Tepper requires another

name. Lpilampra, as characterized and understood by

Tepper, = Calolampra.

Genus PSEUDOPHORASPIS, nov.

Pronotum rhomboidal, arched, covering the vertex.. Teg-

mina about twice as long as broad, smooth and shining as if

L3e

276 . Mr. W. F. Kirby—WNotes on Blattidee.

polished, broadly and obtusely rounded at the extremity ;

nervures of the tegmina well marked, especially in the costal

cell; anal area reticulated.

Will include Epilampra nebulosa, Burm., type (=jaspidea,

Brunn.), sctta, congrua, and deplanata, Walk., and perhaps

also conformis, Walk., the type of which is missing.

Genus RHABDOBLATTA, nov.

Pronotum elliptical, broader than long, nearly concealing

the head ; tegmina densely reticulated, the costal area with

numerous slightly oblique transverse nervures, the outer ones

bifurcated ; costa strongly arched, apex produced into a strong

but short projecting angle, below which the hind margin

forms first a shallow concavity, and then a long narrow con-

vexity, which passes gradually into the inner margin.

Type Epilampra precipua, Walk., from Ceylon.

Genus HETEROLAMPRA, nov.

Pronotum rhomboidal or elliptical, leaving the head more

or less uncovered and often entirely free; tegmina twice or

thrice as long as broad, and often more, the costal cell always

with more or less distinct transverse nervures, at least towards

the extremity.

Epilampra dilatata, Brunn. (=laticollis, Walk.), from

Australia, being an easily recognizable species, may be indi-

cated as the type.

This genus will require further subdivision, and has there-

fore been provisionally characterized in a somewhat elastic

manner. For the present it is proposed to include in it all the

Old-World species described under Epilampra, and not yet

separated under other names.

Burmeister’s name Epilampra may be retained for the

American species, with £. brasiliensis, Fabr., as the type.

They differ from the Old-World species in the usually rather

small costal cell of the tegmina never containing transverse

nervures, even towards the extremity, nor are any visible in

the large species separated by Stal as Pwciloderrhis (type

verticalis, Burm.).

Fleterolampra puncticollis, Walk.

Epilampra puncticollis, Walk. Cat. Blatt. B, M. p. 74. n, 28 (1868).

Hab. Sarawak.

Mr. W. F. Kirby—WNotés on Blattide. 277

Fleterolampra Steli, n. un.

|| Epdlampra puncticollis, Stal, Gifv. Vet.-Akad. Foérh. xxxiv. (10) p. 34

1877).

flab. Philippines.

Heterolampra Saussure?, n. n.

|| Epelampra puncticoliis, Sauss. Rev. Suisse Zool. iii. p. 859 (1895).

Hab. China.

Heterolampra monticola, sp. n.

Long. corp. 25-27 millim.; exp. al. 71 millim.

Female.—Head prominent, pale yellowish grey below the

antenne ; above thickly punctured with black. Pronotum

yellowish grey, with traces of a more yellow longitudinal

line, very broad behind; lateral borders subhyaline. The

whole surface crowded with small brown or black, sometimes

confluent, punctures; a row of short black streaks on the

hinder border, a row of small black dots near the lateral

margins, and a few larger scattered ones nearer the centre.

The rest of the upper surface liver-coloured, but darkening

into blackish towards the extremity of the abdomen; abdo-

men with 4 oblong pale spots at the base of each segment,

and a few small raised carine towards the extremity of some

of the hinder ones ; terminal laminze and lateral angles of

the segments pale, sete reddish, with a black line above.

Under surface pale yellowish grey, tips of spines and claws

darker ; a row of black dots towards the end of each segment

of the abdomen. ‘Tegmina pale yellowish grey, with a

number of scattered blackish dots in the costal cell, which is

small and rather indistinctly veined, and 8 or 10 brown

blotches on various parts of the tegmina, the 5 or 6 largest

being beyond the middle. Covered part of the right tegmen

separated by a broad, whitish, oblique streak, ceasing at

about two thirds of the distance to the costa. Wings sub-

hyaline, with pale nervures, more or less yellowish, and

dotted with black towards the costa.

Hab. Matton Mountains, Tonkin, April and May (Fruh-

storfer).

Resembles H. luctda, Burm., in shape, but the pronotum is

narrower and much more closely punctured. Received under

the name of parvicollis ; but Hpilampra parvicollis, Walk., is

a species of Hedaia.

278 Mr. W. F. Kirby—Notes on Blattide.

Heterolampra pallida, sp. n.

Long. corp. 37 millim.; exp. al. 77 millim.

Female.—Very similar to the last species, of which I

theught at first it might be a variety; but the head, pro-

notum, and tegmina of a much paler and more uniform grey.

Head and pronotum very thickly marked with black punctures,

clearly defined, though showing a tendency to run together

into groups ; pronotum with a few larger black dots, chiefly

towards the hinder extremity. Tegmina with the principal

nervure marked with black on the basal third of the tegmen;

costal area pale, somewhat more distinctly veined than in the

last species ; tegmina not otherwise spotted, but the covered

part of the right tegmen brownish below the rather indistinct

oblique whitish streak. Wings brownish hyaline, darkest

towards the costa, with a clearer hyaline space towards the

tip. Abdomen dark brown, lighter towards the base of the

segments, and with numerous short, raised, blackish carinze

towards their extremity. Terminal lamine pale. Under

surface grey; legs more yellowish ; abdomen beneath with

rather indistinct black dots towards the extremity of each

segment, and a row of large black spots on each side.

Hab. Tonkin (same remarks as last species).

Leterolampra Ridleyt, sp. n.

Long. corp. 47 millim. ; exp. al. 116 millim.

Female.—Wead brownish chestnut above, passing into

yellowish tawny below; antennal pits slightly bordered with

brown in front; pronotum leaving the head only slightly

free, elliptical, much broader than long, the lateral angles only

slightly rounded, reddish brown, rather darker in the middle,

but not towards the extremity, with numerous shallow black

punctures, and a few rather larger black dots, chiefly towards

the hinder extremity ; front with slight transverse ridges in

the middle ; meso- and metanotum yellowish brown (perhaps

discoloured) ; abdomen very broad, orange tawny, with a

slight central carina, and slight raised concolorous carinze

at the extremities of the segments; terminal lamine very

long, brown, except at the base. Tegmina light grey, with

numerous pale spots and spaces, largest and most numerous

towards the tips; costa arched, covered part of right tegmen

yellowish brown beyond the pale yellowish oblique line.

Wings smoky brown along the costa, this colour extending

towards the tip as far as the fold; between this and the base

Mr. W. F. Kirby—WNotes on Blattide. 279 |

is a long, narrow, triangular, yellowish space; apex and the

whole of the wings below the foldsubhyaline. Under surface

of body reddish brown, shading into black towards the extre-

mity of the abdomen ; pleura and front coxe slightly pruinose-

grey ; legs blackish above, reddish brown below.

flab. Singapore.

One of the largest species of the Epilamprine, and not

closely allied to any other. I am glad to have the oppor-

tunity of naming this conspicuous insect after Mr. H. N.

Ridley, to whom the Museum is indebted for so many

valuable specimens.

Genus HEDAIA, Sauss.

Hedaia abdominalis, sp. n.

Long. corp. 15 millim.; exp. al. 65 millim.

Female.—Head free, liver-coloured above the antennz, with

very large pale yellow ocelliform spots; mostly pale yellow

below the antenne. Pronotum rather small, moderately

produced behind; pale yellow, darker in the middle, very

thickly speckled with brown, and with a few larger and more

distinct black dots, especially along the front border. Abdo-

men yellowish tawny. Under surface with a rather broad

black median stripe. 'Tegmina rather long and narrow, with

the apex rounded off, brown, speckled with yellow, and with

several larger yellow (sometimes whitish) spots. Wings

brown along the costal area, brownish hyaline below.

_ Hab. Tonkin.

Allied to H. olivacea, Sauss., from Cochin China, but

differs in the colour of the abdomen &c.

Hedaia immaculata, sp. n.

Long. corp. 35 millim. ; exp. al. 74 millim.

Female.—Head free, black, ocellar spots large, pale yellow,

and mouth-parts below the clypeus yellowish at the sides,

darker in the middle. Pronotum black, finely transversely

striated, the sides towards the borders slightly subhyaline

reddish in front; two slight impressions near the middle.

Tegmina rather long and narrow, brown, rather paler towards

the extremities, where they are obtusely rounded off. Wings

as in H. abdominalis. Abdomen and underside yellowish

tawny ; legs blackish above.

Hab. Tonkin, Matton Mountains, April or May (H. Fruh-

storfer).

Allied to 1. olivacea and H. abdominalis.

280 Canon A. M. Norman— Notes on the

Fedatia horologica, sp. n.

Long. corp. 85 millim.; exp. al. 81 millim.

Female-—Head free, light reddish brown in the middle,

yellowish grey behind and below the eyes, on the front of the

vertex, and on the sides and lower part of the face, the dark

part terminating in a short blackish transverse stripe at the

base of the labrum; pronotum light tawny, the sides sub-

hyaline grey, mottled, spotted, and punctured with black ; a

black hourglass-shaped spot behind the middle, the front of

which is occupied by two large punctures surrounded with

black about the middle of the pronotum ; abdomen tawny,

blackish towards the extremity of the hinder segments above,

paler and granulated with black below ; a row of blackish

sublateral spots both above and below. ‘Tegmina yellowish

grey, mottled with light ferruginous brown; covered part of

the right tegmen broadly ferruginous. Wings brownish sub-

hyaline, with whitish cross-nervures; costal area purplish

brown.

Hab. Khasia Hills.

Allied to H. procera, Brunn. (Borrez, Sauss.), but has

more superficial resemblance to Molytria maculata and Shel-

fordi, from which its free head, narrow wings, &c. amply

distinguish it.

[To be continued. |

XXV.—WNotes on the Natural History of East Finmark. By

Canon A. M. Norman, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S.

{Continued from p. 128.]

ANNELIDA POLYCH ATA.

Proressor M‘Intosu kindly determined for me many of the

Polychzeta which I collected ; these included several species

not previously recorded from this district. The list of Poly-

cheta has been made as far as possible complete by adding

the Annelida collected by M. Sars, Esmark, Danielssen, and

others in this district. I have gone through a large number

of papers with care. All that was known of Norwegian

Polycheta up to 1894 as regards species, though not fully

with respect to habitats, will be found in Olaf Bidenkap’s

Natural History of East Finmark. 281

“Systematisk oversigt over Norges Annulata Polycheta,”

Christ. Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhandl. 1894. Dr. Armauer

Hansen’s Report on the Annelids in the Norwegian North-

Atlantic Expedition also gives many Aunelids of Hast Fin-

mark from Stats. 160, 161, and 162.

The following particulars with regard to the distribution of

Annelids on the Norwegian coast are derived from Bideukap’s

lists :—

1. Total number of species of Polycheta known in Norway .. 207

2. Species found on the south coast ........6... 0000 ee Bp alle)

3. Species found on the west coast up to Trondhjem ........ 1650

4, Species found in the Trondhjem Fiord.............00005 94

5. Species found in the Lofoten Islands sea..............-. 97

6. Species in the whole of Norway north of the Lofoten Islands. 108

(recorded here trom: Hast Bimmarks 9) 05.0.8 ses sree 80

The areas represented by these figures are very variable in

size, 4, 5, and 7 beimg much smaller than the others; 7 1s,

of course, a part, and only a very small part, of 6.

Twenty years ago G. W. R. Levinsen published his

“‘ Systematisk-geografisk Oversigt over de nordiske Annulata,

Gephyrea, Chetognathi og Balanoglossi” (Vidensk. Meddel.

fra den naturh. Foren. i Kjébenhavn, 1882 and 1883). Since

that time additions have been made to the several faunas ;

but it remains the most recent summary of the annelidan

fauna of the northern countries.

1D Yekah Aeehre cca eae aR ag ela Renee tine a eon aL a 138

DWC CLETINsicasts Roney Meanclnral wrren Mea Rana 6 SARA Sere Mc RR 147

INOW AV s sro-Sooaets ater ae hale ae ceed wees 191

Novaja Zembla and Kara Sea.............005 97

prbeniasand -Beries Stvalti a. se oleae sty nell 66

PUTS Wer gens Wes ware sett foo whist ete RANTS A els 82

Ar OCwlS aM Ss, 5 warut serena ex oielars whee aa nous 64

Iceland ...... Bie Sepa cet alinsawardin aes Ob eee EDL eR TOTO 71

Greenland see cae ei Mote a od ALS g aoe 109

North-east AMeriCauys sian ese seus aan 106

Unfortunately we have no recent complete work on

British Polychzta or even anything like a catalogue of the

species. At the present time many British species have

merely been indicated by perhaps a few lines in the midst of

a paragraph. The fullest local catalogues we have are those

of Dr. J. F.Gemmill of the Clyde District *, which contains 121

* ‘Fauna, Flora, and Geology of the Clyde Area,’ Glasgow, 1901.

(Published by Local Committee of the British Association.)

282 Canon A. M. Norman—WNvotes on the

species, and of Dr. M‘Intosh of the fauna of St. Andrews *,

which embraces 109 species. I made a MS. list of British

species a few years ago, and, adding more recently described

and recorded forms, I do not think I shall be far wrong if I

estimate the British Polycheta at over 260,

Harmothoe rarispina, M. Sars.

Sarsi, Malmgren.

nodosa, M. Sars.

imbricata, Linné. In all the fiords.

Lepidonotus squamatus, Linné.

ctrrosus, Pallas. Lang Fiord.

Aphrodite aculeata, Linné.

Leetmonice filiformis, Kinberg.

Leanira tetragona, Orsted. N. N. A. Exped., St. 261.

Eulaha viridis, Miller. Vadso; Lang Fiord, 2-5 fathoms.

Phyllodoce maculata, Miller.

Nephthys Malmgren, Théel,=M. longisctosa, Malmgren. Bog

Fiord, 100-125 fathoms.

ciliata, Miller. Klosterely Fiord.

Hombergi, Aud. & Edw. N.N. A. Exped., Stat. 262.

Glycera capitata (Orsted), M. Sars. Bég Fiord, 100-125 fathoms.

alba, Rathke.

Goniada norvegica, Orsted. N.N. A. Exped., Stat. 261.

maculata, Orsted. See G. O. Sars, ‘ Bidrag til Kundskaben

om Christianiafjordens Fauna,’ iii. 1873, p. 30. “ Vadsd.”

Lumbriconereis fragilis, Miller. Varanger Fiord.

Onuphis conchylega, M. Sars. Varanger Fiord.

hyperborea, A. Hansen. Varanger Fiord, 100-125 fathoms.

Ceratocephale Lovéni, Malmgren.

Nereis pelagica, Linné. Klosterely Fiord.

Laodice norvegica (Linn.), Savigny. Vadso Harbour.

Syllis Blomstrandi, Malmgren.

armillaris, Orsted. Varanger Fiord.

Ephesia gracilis, H. Rathke. Varanger Fiord.

* M‘Intosh (W. C.), ‘The Marine Invertebrates and Fishes of St, An-

drews,’ 1875, pp. 115-182,

Natural History of Hast Finmark. 283

Spio cirratus, M. Sars. Klosterely Fiord, 3-5 fathoms.

Spiocheetopterus typicus, M. Sars.

Cheetopterus norvegicus, M. Sars.

*Chetogone setosa, Malmgren. Svolver, Lofoten Islands.

Cirratulus cirratus, Miller. Klosterelv and Lang Fiords.

Scolophos arnuger, Miller. Klosterelv Fiord, 3-5 fathoms.

Ammotrypane aulogaster, Rathke. Varanger Fiord.

Travisia Forbest, Johnston. Varanger Fiord.

Ophelia limacina, Rathke.

Flabelligera affinis, M. Sars,

Trophonia plumosa, Miller.

hirsuta, A. Hansen.

glauca, Malmgren.

Brada villosa, Rathke. Lang and Klosterelv Fiords.

granulata, Malmgren. Lang Fiord, 15—25 fathoms.

Euphrosyne borealis, Orsted.

Spinther arcticus, M. Sars.

Scalibregma inflatum, Rathke. Klosterelvy Fiord.

Notomastus latericeus, M. Sars. Svolveer, Lofoten Islands(A. M. V.);

Vads6 (Danielssen),

Aremcola marina, Linné. Sydvaranger Fiord.

Clymene Miilleri, M. Sars.

pretermissa, Malmgren. N.N. A. Exped., Stat. 260.

gracilis, M. Sars.

Nicomache lumbricals, Fabricius. Varanger Fiord.

Maldane biceps, M. Sars.

Owenia assimilis, M. Sars.

Pectinaria hyperborea, Malmgren. Lang Fiord, 10-30 fathoms.

~— belgica, Pallas.

Melinna cristata, M. Sars.

Sabellides octocirrata, M. Sars. N.N. A. Exped., Stat. 261.

— borealis, M. Sars. Klosterely Fiord, 3-5 fathoms.

Amphicteis Gunneri, M. Sars. Lang Fiord, 5-30 fathoms.

Leucariste albicans, Malmgren.

Terebellides Stroma, M. Sars. Klosterely Fiord.

Thelepus circinnatus, Fabricius. Varanger Fiord.

Amphitrite cirrata, Miller. Varanger Fiord.

grenlandica, Malmgren,

Terebella debilis, Malmgren,

Leena abranchiata, Malmgren.

284 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the

Amphicora Fabricit, Miller. Varanger Fiord.

Euchone papillosa, M. Sars. Lang and Klosterely Fiords.

Chone infundibuliformis, Kroyer.

Dasychone infarcta, Kroyer.

Sabella Fabric, Kroyer.

Potamilla neglecta, M. Sars.

rentformis, Miiller.

Leptochone Steenstrupw, Kroyer,

Filograna implexa, Berkeley.

Apomatus globifer, Lovén.

Potamocerus triqueter, Morch.

Placostequs tridentatus, Fabricius.

Spirorbis borealis, Linné.

spirillum, Linné.

—— granulatus, Linné.

GEPHYREA.

Fam. Sipunculide.

Genus PHascotosoma, Leuckart.

Phascolosoma eremita, M. Sars.

1850. Sipunculus eremita, M. Sars, Mag. for Naturvid. p. 77, and Nyt

Mag. f. Naturvid. 1857, p. 197.

1857. Phascolosoma eremita, Diesing, “ Revision der Rhyngoden,” Sitz.

d. mathem.-naturw. Cl. der k. Akad, der Wiss. vol. xxxvii. p. 760.

1865. Phascolosoma boreale, Keferstein, Nachricht. d. k. Ges. d. Wiss.

Gottingen, p. 206, and Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. vol. xv. 1865, p. 4387,

pl. xxx. fig. 7, & pl. xxxiil. fig. 33.

1875. Phascolosoma boreale, Théel, Bihang till K. Svenska Vet.-Akad.

Handl. vol. iii. no. 6, p. 10.

1877. Phascolosoma eremita, Koren & Danielssen, Fauna litt. Norvegie,

pt. iii. p. 134, pl. xv. fig. 45.

Found at Vads6 and in Sydvaranger.

Phascolosoma margaritaceum, M. Sars.

1851. Sipunculus margaritaceus, M. Sars, Nyt Mag. for Naturvid.

vol. vi. p. 196.

1865. Phascolosoma margaritaceum, Keferstein, Nachricht. d. k. Ges. d.

Wiss. Gottingen, vol. iv. p. 201, and Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. p. 480,

pl. xxxi. fig. 9, & pl. xxxii. figs. 28, 29.

1865. Phascolosoma Cirstedii, Keferstein, Nachricht. d. k. Ges, d. Wiss.

Gottingen, p. 205, and Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. p. 436, pl. xxxi. fig. 8,

& pl. xxxiil. fig. 39.

1871. Phascolosoma Girstedi, Ehlers, Sitzungsber. d. phys.-med. Soc. zu

Erlangen, vol. iy. p. 83.

Natural Mstory of East Finmark. 285

1875. Phascolosoma Crstedii, Théel, Bihang till K. Sv. Vet.-Akad.

Handl. vol. 11. no. 6, p. 9.

1877. Phascolosoma margaritaceum, Koren & Danielssen, Fauna litto-

ralis Norvegie, pt. ili. p. 135, pl. xv. figs. 43, 44.

In 100-120 fathoms, Bog Fiord.

Phascolosoma albidum and Phascolosoma fulgens of 'Théel

are also referable to this species.

Genus Puascotion, Théel.

Phascolion Strombi (Montagu).

I lump under this name a number of forms varying in size,

amount of development of tubercles of the surface, &e. The

genus requires more careful working out than it has hitherto

received, notwithstanding the papers of Théel and others.

Some of the East-Finmark specimens are referable to var.

verrucosa, Kor. & Dan. Phascolion was found imhabiting

tubes of Serpula and shells of Trophon truncatus, Admete

viridula, Pyrene rosacea, Bela (species), Macheroplax

verrucosa, Margarita grenlandica, young Fusi, Dentalium,

Trichotropis, Cylichna alba, and Lacuna quadrifasciata.

Fam. Priapulide.

Genus Priarutus, Lamarck.

*Priapulus caudatus, Lamarck,

I dredged this species at Svolver, Lofoten Islands, but

not at Hast Finmark.

: :

Genus Priarutopsis, Koren & Danielssen, 1875.

Priapulopsis typicus, Koren & Danielssen.

1868. Priapulus bicaudatus, Danielssen, Forhand. Skand. Naturfors

fiend Made, p. 542 (fide Kor. & Dan’), Mee ee

1875. Priapulopsis typicus, Koren & Danielssen, “Bidrag til de norske

Gephyreers Naturhistorie,” Nyt Mag. Naturf. vol. xxi. p. 28 (sepa-

rate copy).

1877. Priapulotdes typicus, Koren & Danielssen, Fauna litt. Norvegi

pt. iii. p. 147, pl. xvi. tigs. 10-14. me

1881. Priapuloides typicus, Danielssen & Koren, Norwegian North-

dees Exped, 1876-1878, Gephyrea, p. 18, pl. iii. fio, 1-12, &

Pp: Ee of rd

The two type specimens described in the ‘ Fauna littoralis

Norvegiz’ were found in the Varanger Fiord in 120 fathoms

on a clay bottom. It was taken in the same district by the

Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedition at Stat. 262, lat.

wn,

286 Bibliographical Notice.

70° 36’ N., long. 32° 35! E., in 148 fathoms. Koren and

Danielssen, when they instituted Priapuloides, appear to

have forgotten that they had previously named the genus

Priapulopsis.

Genus Haticryprtus, Siebold, 1849.

Halcryptus spinulosus, Siebold.

1849. Halicryptus spinulosus, Siebold, Neue preuss. Provincialblitter,

Konigsberg, vol. vii. p. 184.

1859. Halicryptus spinulosus, Diesing, “ Revision der Rhyngoden,”

Sitzb, d. mathem.-naturw. Cl. xxxvyil. Bd. no. 21, p. 779.

1862. Halicryptus spinulosus, Siebold, Zeitschy. f. wiss. Zool. vol. xi.

. 413.

1862. Halicryptus spinulosus, Ehlers, Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. vol. xi.

p. 401, pl. xxiv.

1870. Halcryptus spinulosus, Sanger, ‘The Baltic Representatives of

Gephyrea; Halicryptus and Priapulus,” Trans. Second Congress of

Russian Naturalists in Moscow, p. 207 (in Russian).

1871. Halicryptus spinulosus, Willemoés-Suhm, Zeitschr. f. wiss, Zool.

vol. xxi. p. 385.

1871. Haleryptus spinulosus, Willemoés-Suhm, Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. ser. 4, vol. viii. p. 148,

1871. Haleryptus spinulosus, Ehlers, Sitzungsbericht d. phys.-med.

Soc. zu Erlangen, vol. iii. p. 84.

1885. Halicryptus spinulosus, Apel, Beitrag zur Anat, und Histol. des

Priapulus caudatus und des Halicryptus spinulosus.

1885. Halicryptus spinulosus, Scharff, “Skin and Nervous System of

Priapulus and Haleryptus,” Quart. Journ. Micros. Sci. n.s. vol. xxv,

p- 198, pl. xiv. figs. 3, 4, 5, 11.

Not uncommon; dug between tide-marks in Klosterelv

Fiord. So far as I am aware it has not previously been

found in Norway. Its localities are best given by Théel as

Spitsbergen and the Baltic, where it occurs not further north

than Braviken or further south than Ystad (Théel, “ Etudes

sur les Géphyriens inermes des Mers de la Skandinavie, du

Spitsberg et du Groénland,” Bihang till K. Svensk. Vet.-

Akad. Handl. vol. 11. 1876, p. 24).

[To be continued. |

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

The Flora of the Presidency of Bombay. Part Il. Simarubacee to

Leguninose (Papilionacee). London: Taylor & Francis,

1902. 8vo. Pp. 193-408. 9s.—PartIII. [Leguminose| Cesal-

pinee to Rubiacew. 1903. Pp. 409-626. Indexes, pp. 627—

645. Title & Preface, pp.ix. 10s. By Tuxroporz Cooxy, C.L.E.

&e. Published under the Authority of the Secretary of State for

India in Council.

T'ueRE is no occasion to repeat what has already been published in

these columns (Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. ix. (1902) p. 75),

Geological Society. 287

inasmuch as the author has continued his work on the same lines

and with the same success as in his first part. It is very pleasant

to record our satisfaction that, roughly speaking, about one third

of this flora is now in the hands of the public, and there is every

reason to suppose that it will be finished in a reasonable time

from now. It is easy to see how much the author’s labours have

been eased by the preliminary results achieved by Sir Joseph Hooker

and his co-workers in the pioneer work, the ‘Flora of British

India,’ but it is none the less gratifying that such good use has

been made of these preliminary studies by Dr. T. Cooke.

We notice a few names make their appearance here for the first

time ; in Part II. these are Vitis Woodrowi, Stapf, and Flemingia

nilgiriensis, Wight, with Indigofera Dalzellii, Eleiotis trifoliolata, and

Phaseolus Dalzellii, for which the author is responsible. In

Part ILI. we have noticed only two, they being Kalanchoe Bhider

and Plectronia Wightir.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

May 27th, 1903.—Edwin Tulley Newton, Esq., F.R.S.,

Vice-President; in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

‘Two Toarcian Ammonites.’

By 8. 8. Buckman, Esgq., F.G.S.

Two ammonites, belonging to the family Hildoceratide, found by

members of the Cotteswold Naturalists’ Field-Club, are described

and named. The allies of both species have been figured in the

‘Monograph of Inferior-Oolite Ammonites.’ One is near to Denck-

mannia torquata, but the degenerative change begins at an earlier

age, and it soon shows marked decline of ornament of which that

species gives little information. Its date of existence is probably

hemera Variabilis. The other is a platygyral costate degenerative

of Chartonia binodata; the inner whorls should be the morphic

representations of that species, the outer whorls show a costate

stage which is the general rule of decline from a tuberculate stage.

Notes are given explaining the technical terms employed,

288 Miscellaneous.

MISCELLANEOUS.

A Matter of Nomenclature. By Enear R, Waite.

In a recent paper * I proposed the generic name Prosoplismus for

Histioptcrus recurvirostris, Richardson. Since the publication of

this paper I have purchased some parts of Stemdachner and Doder-

lein’s ‘“‘ Beitrige zur Kenntniss der Fische Japan’s ” f.

In this work I find the name Pentaceropsis applied to H. recurvi-

rostris and H. labiosus, Giinther ; it therefore has precedence of my

name. I cannot admit an alliance of these two species ; the latter

should either re-enter Histiopterus or be made the type of a new

genus, with H. Farnelli, Waite, as an associate, such being a name

to replace Richardsonia, Castelnau (preoccupied).

In the absence of the actual work on the fishes of Japan, my

action was unavoidable, for the genus Pentuceropsis was omitted

from tbe ‘ Zoological Record,’ though Histiopterus, under which it

occurs, was duly noted (Zool. Rec. 1883, p. 19). It is naturally

also omitted from the new ‘ Index Zoologicus.’ This omission is

responsible not only for my name Prosoplismus, but also for the

re-application (in 13889) of Pentaceropsis by Sladen to a genus of

Echinodermata, which cannot, of course, be maintained.

In drawing attention to the omission from the ‘ Zoological Record’

I do not desire to attach blame to the Recorders: such is really

merited by the authors—first, for naming a genus in what is practi-

cally a footnote, without distinctive heading.; and, second, for intro-

ducing into a work on Japanese fishes the deseription of an Austra-

lian species. ‘These two points are covered by the later recommen-

dations proposed in the second report of the British Association

Committee on Zoological Bibliography and Publication (1897).

Art. 6 reads :—‘‘ That new names should not be proposed in irrele-

vant footnotes or anonymous paragraphs” (p. 361). Pentaceropsis

occurs as a footnote, and is irrelevant to the title and scope of the

work,

Pentaceropsis naturally suggests Pentaceros, which also occurs (p. 8)

in the work cited. This name has been considered as applicable to

fishes, because its earliest use, by Linck in Echinodermata (1733),

is pre-Linnean. It did not appear in ichthyological literature until

1829 (Cuvier and Valenciennes), whereas Schulze used it in 1760,

and thus established the name for the Asteroidea. A statement of -

the case will be found in Sladen’s Report on the Asteroideat. I

am not aware that any name has yet been proposed to’ replace

Pentaceros in ichthyology.

Australian Museum, Sydney,

May 26, 1908.

* Rec. Austr. Mus. v. 1903, p. 58, pl. vi.

+ Denk. Akad. Wien, xlviii. 1883, p. 13 (footnote), pl. yi.

{ ‘Challenger’ Report, xxx, 1889, p. 343,

_ WORKS PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

The ‘London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine.

~ Monthly. "Os, 6d.

‘The Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Monthly. 2s. 6d.

The Observatory, Monthly Review of Astronomy. 1s,

Aelfric Society’s Publications. 15 parts. 37s. 6d.

Aéronautics, by Brewer and Alexander. 6s.

Aitchison’s Catalogue of Plants of the Punjab and Sindh. 10s. net,

Anderson’s Fauna of Mergui Archipelago. Vol, I. 50s., Vol. IL. 15s,

Baird’s Manual for Tidal Observations. 7s. 6d.

Belville’s Manual for Thermometer. 1s.

Blakesley’s Table of Hyperbolic Sines and Cosines. 1s.

Chimmo’s Natural History of Euplectella aspergillum. 4s.

Cooke’s Flora of the Presidency of Bombay. Part I. 8s., Part II. 9s.,

Part TI. 10s:

Cunningham’s Binary Canon. lds.

‘Daubeny on Volcanos. 21s.

Davis's Crania Britannica, £6 10s. Thesaurus Craniorum, 20s.

Denning’s Great Meteoric Shower of November. is.

Denning’s Telescopic Work for Starlight Evenings. 10s.

Douse’s Introduction to Gothic of Ulfilas. 10s. 6d.

English Poetry in use at Charterhouse School. 3s. 6d.

Examination Papers set by Examining Board of Physicians and

Surgeons. 6d.

Ditto for Diploma in Public Health. 6d.

Faraday’s Experimental Researches in Chemistry and Physics. lis.

Fauna of British India. Edited by W. T. Buanrorp, F.R.S,;

“Mammalia. 20s.—Fishes. 2 vols. 2Us. each.— Birds. Vol. I. 20s.

Vols. Il., IIL, and IV. 15s. each Reptilia and Batrachia. 20s.—

Moths. 4 Holes 20s. each.k— Hymenoptera. Vol. I.: Wasps anp

Bess. 20s. Vol. I1.: Anrs anp Cuckoo-Wasps. 20s.— Arachnida. 10s.—

Rhynchota. Vol. I.: HErRRopTERA. 20s.

_ Geological Record. 1874-1884. 8vols. 20s. net.

_ Glaisher’s Barometer Tables, ls. Diurnal Range Tables, ls. 6d,

- Glaisher’s Hygrometrical Tables. 2s. 6d.

Glaisher’s Factor Tables for Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Millions, 20s. each.

- Hopkins’s Geology and Terrestrial Magnetism. 8vo. Cloth. 16s.

Ditto. Dlustrated Introduction to. 8yo. Cloth. 4s,

-Joule’s Scientific Papers. Vol. 1. 20s. Vol. II. 12s.

Kelvin’s (Lord) Tables for facilitating Sumner’s Method at Sea.

yi 10s.6d. Forms for ditto. Sun, 1s. Srans, ls.

“a Kennedy, C. A few Chapters in Astronomy. 2nd ed. 3s. 6d.

Lehfeldt, R.A. A List of chief Memoirs on Physics of Matter. 2s. 6d.

Lewis's Catalogue of Japanese Coleoptera. 2s.6d.; on one side, 3s, 6d.

London Hospital Pathological Catalogue. 7s. 6d. ‘net.

-M‘Intosh’s Marine Invertebrates and Fishes of St. Andrews. 21s.

Phillips’s Geology of Yorkshire. 2 vols. 30s.

Physical Abstracts. Vols. lto5. 17s. 6d. each.

Physical Memoirs, translated from foreign sources. Vol. I. Part I. 4s.,

Part II. 7s. 6d., Part III. 6s.

Reade’s Origin of Mountain-Ranges. 21s.

“Royal College of Surgeons :

Calendar. ls, net.

Catalogue of Specimens illustrating the Osteology of Vertebrate

Animaisin Museum. Part 3. Aves. 12s. net.

Catalogue of Teratological Series. 5s, net.

Dermatological Collection. 3rded. 4s. net,

Physiological Series. Vols. I. andII. 2nded. 12s. net each.

Appendices 5, 6,7, 8,and 9 to the Second Edition of Descriptive

Catalogue of the Pathological Specimens in Museum. 2s. each.

' Examination Papers for Diploma of Fellow and Licence in Dental

Surgery. 6d.

Sharp’s Staphylinide of Japan. 3s. 6d.

Taylor’s Scientific Memoirs. Ser. 1, £6 6s.; Ser. 2, £1 4s.

Univ. Coll, London Calendar, 2s. 6d. Pathological Catalogue, Parts 1

to 3,2s. each; Part 4, 1s. Library Catalogue, 3 Vols. 7s. Gd.

‘Univ. Coll. Medical and Biological Catalogue. 2s. 6d.

Wheatstone’s Scientific Papers. 1ds.

Wollaston’ s Notes on Lepidoptera of St. Helena. 3s. 6d.

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, LONDON, EC,

aus BO ie ever eee eee teense seen

Danie, FIUS, Seen ee ea, os

a Species. ‘By Ovprierp Tuomas ...........

‘ e ourhood of Zanzibar. —Paxt ibe ee F. o BFFEEY B

XL Deseriptions of new « Bastorn Moth y Col Dy

RIVES SDenninione of To 3 new Fiches disc

Delmé Radcliffe in the Victoria N yanza. By G.

; ‘XY. Ona new Frog. from te Burma anc

Bovrencxr, ERS. Paar ata v6

Tropical South America and one from

XVII. ‘Report on . the canes oi

x George Murray, F.R By: during the Cruise 0: the ‘O

1898. By Atrrep O. Wacker. (Plates XVIII

XVIII. Notes on Neotropical - Mammals

E sanale Oryzomys, Akodon, aud. Ctenomys, \ i

ATK Report on a Collection. of ‘Bohinod rms vom th

. XXII. ee on es Dink:

tion of the British Museum, ‘ ee Boos De 5!

NE HSA

3 es from the Rhea Ts Assam, Bee wae ON

and. ae in the Gotieouen a ee British

sington.— No. Aa By W. F. Kumsy, F LS.,

XXY. Notes on the N atural History of East ae

A. a es, pa D.C.L., LL. muivics pont ee Be ce

lena inonaid: pant TIL ee inosce

pinee to Htubiacee. By Tazopore Cooxn, C.LE. &.

PROCEEDINGS oF ‘imarwnp SOOTEITES.

Geological Society vee eee see c ee ee sree eee

e@eee oe

Fite ee

Ae" ¥

*,* It is hanapieed that all Aare for this W. fic may | he

post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. ‘Taylor and reid Pri

Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London. ee ohn

{ ¥

, ri ‘4 f ae hat as

‘One

‘ MAS

SEVENTH SERIES. No. 69,

a THE ANNALS(((

* “siasie ass on ius eR 200 | (0

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL ‘HISTORY,

INCLUDING

“ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

No. LXIX.

SEPT. 1908.

Wi SS Den

Sx IGS

hy Mea Ws

P Ak

St USO er Snes S

CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT ©. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S.,

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F-.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, TUN. ue

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “ANNALS” COMBINED WITH

MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’ 8 “MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’

WITIL FIVE PLATES.

- IMustrative of Messrs, Melvill and Standen’s Paper on new Gastropoda from

the Persian Gulf, &c., and Mr. R.T. Giinther’s on the Distribution of

Mid-water Cheetognatha i in the North Atlantic.

oe : FT LONDON | |

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Oo., Ld.; Bailliére, Paris:

Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, Berlin.

(ESL Ss SI ESS ah 2 MOVER VE BR DIS BE en a wn NFS POSER SR EO SEO YER Y POLARS SDE PAD OE SRE A SSE UET AE EE SDP ESEE SETS FETS LIES SOR EET ET OSES

re aie

Wott

No.I. A Summary of THE AMERICAN —

DIGEST A JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, 165

Fe { 1&72, 54 pages, 8vo, 1901, 6s. net.

MALAGOLOGICA No. II. A Summary of THE ANNALS

“AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL ~

BY if _ HISTORY AND ITSFORBRUNNERS,

E. R. SYK ES ~~. Parr l. (1829-1863), 84 PREP: 5 Ba a

1903, 9s. net. Bea sh

An index to all the papers on recent and fossil molineey in. ie :

periodicals, the general arrangement being that of the “ ZOOLOGIC AT

RECORD.”

WILLIAM WESLEY AND SON, 98 Hssox Strect, Strand, London.

Medium Syo. Se eA | ;

THE

FLORA OF THE PRESIDENGY OF BOMBAY.

By THEODORE COOKE, C.LE., | :

M.A., M.A.I., LLD., E.L.8., F.Z.8., &¢. 5

FORMERLY PRINCIPAL OF THE COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AT POONA AND DIRECTOR

OF THE BOTANICAL SURVEY OF WESTERN INDIA. hs

pater

Part I—RANUNCULACEE to RUTACEH. Price Be, tae

Part IL—SIMARUBACEZ to LEGUMINOSAE (Papilionacez). Price 29s! , ae

Part 11—_CHSALPINE to RUBIACER. ee 108. soe Ne

Published ey the authority y of the Secretary of State

for India in Council.

Tayior and Francts, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C. ‘

Demy 4to, pp. 186, with 9 Plates, price 21s. erase as’

THE MARINE daa eis ota AND FISHES i

SL. ANDREWS. One

ay W. O. MINTOSH, MD., RSE, BLS, 6. 9 0m

Tayior and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, B.C. — ae

Second editicn, Vols. 1. & Il. Royal 8vo, price 12s. net, each,

eA AN OuG UT

OF THE

PHYSIOLOGICAL SERIES OF COMPARATIVE ANATOMY

IN THE “Ss

MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND. a

Tayior and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SEVENTH SERIES.]

No. 69. SEPTEMBER 1903.

XX VI.—Descriptions of Sixty-eight new Gastropoda from the

Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman,and North Arabian Sea, dredged

by Mr. F. W. Townsend, of the Indo-European Telegraph

Service, 1901-1903. By James Cosmo Mutyvitn, M.A.,

F.L.S., F.Z.8., and RopertT STANDEN, Assistant Keeper,

Manchester Museum.

[Plates XX.-XXIII.]

Two years ago we published a Catalogue * of the Mollusca

of the Persian Gulf, &c. (Cephalopoda, Gastropoda, and

Scaphopoda only), mainly collected by Mr. ‘Townsend in

1893-1900, and enumerating 935 species. In the interim

further large consignments have been frequently forwarded

by the same energetic collector from many different stations

and depths, including especially the results of one particu-

larly profitable dredging on 7th April, 1903, in the Gulf of

Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ H., at 156 fathoms, which,

it is no exaggeration to say, positively teems with novelties.

All this has naturally delayed publication of the second

portion—to contain the Pelecypoda—of the above-mentioned

Catalogue.

At the present opportunity we offer descriptions of many

Gastropoda, mostly of small size, though a tew—e. g., Murex

* Proc. Zool. Soc. 1901, vol. ii. pp. 827-460.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 19

290 Messrs. J. C, Melvill and R. Standen on

Marjorie, Trichotropis pulcherrima, and the highly sculptured

and unique Plewrotoma navarchus—are more conspicuous.

The Scale * are enumerated elsewhere.

Amongst the “ minutiora ” we would eall especial attention

to the two new species referred to Homalawxis, the H. cornu-

Ammonis, especially, being entirely evolute from the apical

whorl and exactly like a microscopic ‘‘ ram’s-horn.” Cyclo-

strema euchilopteron, prominulum, and Emarginula undulata

are very wonderful in their sculpture. A Flucina, the first

recorded from the Old World, and the curious Rissoina regi-

stomoides are both noteworthy. So is a new species of Metula

(M. daphnelloides) and many Pleurotomide, this family ever

having the pre-eminence in abyssal waters. The Kleznella

symptesta, also near akin to K. cancellaris and sulcata of

Adams, belongs to a genus which has not before been known

to exist in the Arabian Sea or Persian Gulf.

To Mr. Edgar Smith, I.8.0., and Mr. E. R. Sykes we must

express our best thanks for assistance, likewise to Mr. G. B.

Sowerby, and Mr. W. Neville Sturt, of the India Office.

Emarginula undulata, sp.n. (Pl. XX. fig. 1.)

E. testa parva, delicata, albida, oblonga, apice multum recurvo,

marginem posticum fere superimpendente; radiis costalibus ad

40, majoribus cum minoribus seepius alternantibus, posticis crassis,

firmis, ceteris delicatis, undulato-crenatis, undique transyersim

elegantissime et arcte concentrice liratis, liris undulatis, con-

tinuis ; fissura angusta (in longitudine 24 mm.); cicatrice fissurali

vel septo conspicuo, circa 30-loculato, loculis crasse foraminatis ;

apertura oblonga, intus alba, margine crenulato.

Long. 5°50, alt. 2°50, lat. 3°75 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E.,

156 fathoms.

A particularly delicate species, with wavy crenulate rays,

crossed by very characteristic, concentric, close-meshed lire,

continuously covering the rays and whole surface.

Emarginula Camilla, sp.n. (Pl. XX. fig. 2.)

E. testa ovato-oblonga, depresso-conica, delicata, alba, apice supra

medium recuryo, superficie omnino pulchre radiata vel costulata ;

costulis ad 45, leevibus, nitidis, gemmato-nodulosis, majoribus cum

minoribus seepe alternantibus, liris undique spiraliter conjunctis ;

interstitiis quadratulis, profunde foraminatis ; fissura antica an-

gusta (in longitudine ad 2 mm.), septo inconspicuo; apertura

ovato-oblonga, intus alba, margine multicrenato.

Long. 6°50, lat. 4°50, alt. 3 mm.

* Journ. of Conch. x. pp. 340 sqq.

new Gastropoda from the Persian Gulf, &e. 20

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E.,

156 fathoms.

Of thesame character superficially as H. candida, Ad., from

Japan, elongata, Costa, &c., but differing from all in greater

delicacy and fineness of sculpture.

Cyclostrema henjamense, sp.n. (Pl. XX. fig. 3.)

C. testa parva, depresso-discoidali, delicata, albida, profunde sed

anguste umbilicata; anfractibus 5, quorum duo apicales leves,

mamillati, vitrei, ceteris apud suturas paullum excavatis, ultimo

spiraliter septem-carinali, carinis duabus ad peripheriam quam

maxime conspicuis, undique longitudinaliter arctissime et oblique

costulatis, costulis supra coronulatis et gemmatis, regione umbili-

carl circa marginem carinata, deinde costulis longitudinalibus

perspective delabentibus ; apertura subrotunda, intus alba; peri-

stomate crassiusculo, continuo.

Alt. 3, diam. 6 mm.

Hab. Persian Gulf, Henjam Island, 10 fathoms, amongst

coarse sand and broken shells.

A little species, which appears on the borderland between

Cyclostrema and Liotia, the mouth-characters being Cyclo-

stremoid. It is a particularly attractive species, the seven

keels on the last whorl being closely longitudinally inter-

sected by oblique riblets, these being gemmulate at the points

of junction.

Cyclostrema supremum, sp.n. (Pl. XX. fig. 4.)

C. testa minuta, planato-discoidali, alba, nitidula, profunde umbili-

cata; anfractibus 5, apud suturas excavatis, quorum duo apicales

multum canaliculati, levissimi, vitrei, ceteris depressiusculis,

penultimo uni-, ultimo tricarinato, undique arctissime oblique

costulato; costulis levibus, interstitiis spiraliter tenuistriatis,

costularum numero ultimum apud anfractum circa 28, infra peri-

pheriam et circa regionem umbilicarem leeviore, costulis ad basim

fere evanidis ; apertura oblique ovali, intus alba, labro paullum

incrassato.

Alt, 1:50, diam. 4 mm,

Hab. Persian Gulf, near Fao. Likewise off Bunder Abbas,

5 fathoms, mud bottom.

A most exquisite species, beautifully cancellate and sculp-

tured, though more or less smooth below the periphery and

around the narrow but deep umbilicus. he whorls are all

channelled at the sutures, this with a lens being very distinct

at the apex. |

Ughe:

292 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and R. Standen on

The nearest ally is, perhaps, C. eburneum, Nevill (Journ.

As. Soc. Bengal, xliv. part 2, p. 101, pl. vill. figs. 21, 22),

which is, however, a larger shell, with coarser sculpture

proportionately.

Cyclostrema annellarium*,sp.n. (Pl. XX. fig. 5.)

C. testa parva, discoidali, profunde umbilicata, supra plana, alba,

solidula; anfractibus tribus, quorum ultimus magnopere aliis ex-

superans, rotundatus, undique costis longitudinalibus circularibus,

numero ad quinque et viginti, preeditus, interstitiis pulchre

striatis ; apertura rotundata, labro continuo, crassiusculo.

Alt. 1, diam. 2 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E.,

156 fathoms.

Exceedingly small, but well marked, being deeply um-

bilicate, flattened above, three-whorled, the last whorl large,

provided with about twenty-four rounded longitudinal ribs.

We know no species exactly comparable, C. conicum, Boog

Watson, being, perhaps, the nearest, from Pernambuco

(‘ Challenger’ Expedition) ; but this, as its name implies, is

conical in form. The interstices between the ribs are, as

in C. conicum, beautifully spirally striate.

Cyclostrema prominulum, sp.n. (Pl. XX. fic. 6.)

C. testa depresso-discoidali, delicata, alba, minutissima, profunde

umbilicata; anfractibus quatuor, quorum duo apicales perleves,

subvitrei, ceeteris duobus spiraliter undique multiliratis; liris

levibus, simul ac interstitiis, ultimo permagno, ad peripheriam

acuticarinato; carina prominente, deinde ad basim lateribus

obliquis, basi tumidula; apertura rotunda, labro tenui.

Alt, 1, diam. 2 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E.,

156 fathoms.

A very minute species, deeply umbilicate, white, with the

surface uniformly multilirate, the lira at the periphery being

metamorphosed into a strong, very prominent, and acute keel.

Cyclostrema euchilopteront, sp.n. (Pl. XX. fig. 7.)

C. testa parva, profunde umbilicata, albo-lactea, subpellucida, tenui,

nitidiuscula, discoidali; anfractibus quatuor, apicali vitreo, levi,

* Annellus, a small ring.

+ ev, xethos, wrépov, from the winged process in connexion with the

lip.

new Gastropoda from the Persian Gulf, &e. 293

omnibus, preter ultimum, depressis, undique concentrice tenui-

liratis, ultimo recto, tribus carinis acutissimis preedito, prominulis,

quorum superiore carina extra labrum projecta porrectionem

trialatam prebente; apertura rotunda, labro extus tricarinato,

intus simplici.

Alt. 2, diam. 3°50 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Qman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E.,

156 fathoms.

A wonderful little form, which seems from the description

to come nearest to C. Verreauxii, Fisch., from California.

It is a discoidally depressed, deeply umbilicate species, the

last whorl furnished with three very prominently ridged keels,

acutely projecting, and terminating in a triangularly winged

extension of the upper part of the outer lip. Several

examples, but by no means so abundant as C. quadrt-

carinatum, M. & S., which was in thousands at the above

locality.

Liotia romalea*, sp.n. (Pl. XX. fig. 8.)

Z. testa ovato-rotunda, parva, solida, anguste umbilicata; anfracti-

bus 5, ad suturas excavatis, quorum duo apicales leves, margari-

tacei, ceteris, antepenultimo uni-, penultimo bi-, ultimo tricarinato,

undique longitudinaliter arcte costatis, costis crassis, interstitiis

striis longitudinalibus arcte preeditis, basim versus, circa umbili-

cum, costis magnopere tumescentibus, spatio interstitiali spiraliter

profunde fenestrato; umbilico profundo, perspectivo; apertura

rotunda, intus albescente; peristomate albo, multum incrassato,

obscure quinquangulari, continuo.

Alt. 5, diam. 5 mm.

Hab. Persian Gulf, Sheikh Shuaib Island, 10 fathoms ;

Maskat, 10-15 fathoms ; also Gulf of Oman, lat. 23° 30’ N.,

long. 57° 10' H., at 10 fathoms.

Several examples of a typical Lzotea, coarser and smaller

than L. echinacantha, but beautifully sculptured and with

conspicuously thickened peristome, which is seen with the

aid of a lens to be very obscurely five-angled.

Inotia echinacantha, sp.n. (Pl. XX. fig. 9.)

L. testa globosa, anguste sed profunde umbilicata, pallide straminea,

robusta ; anfractibus quatuor, quorum apicalis depressus, plana-

tus, ceteris pulcherrime et arctissime sculpturatis, antepenultimo

duobus, penultimo tribus, ultimo sex squamarum ordinibus pree-

dito, squamis echinatis, spinarum instar, cavis, anfractu ultimo

* pwpaheos, robust.

294. Messrs. J. C. Melvill and R. Standen on

(et penultimo) ordine superiore, squamis incurvis, magis con-

spicuis, arctissime accincto, infra peripheriam, circa umbilicum,

tribus ordinibus multe minoribus; apertura rotunda, intus mar-

garitacea ; peristomate crassiusculo, umbilico corneo, multispirali.

Alt. 6, diam. 7°50 mm.

Hab. Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman, Maskat, 10-15 fathoms.

A very beautiful little shell, not very near any of the

genus with which we are acquainted. ‘The scaly spines are

characteristic, being fluted, hollow, and profusely covering

the surface, thrice-ranked on the penultimate, six-ranked on

the last whorl; but three, however, of them are conspicuous,

more particularly the one in both whorls just below the sutures.

Around the umbilicus the three rows are not so highly deve-

loped. ‘The operculum is horny and multispiral.

Enida persica, sp.n. (Pl. XX. fig. 10.)

E. testa parva, depresso-conica, solidula, profunde sed anguste um-

bilicata, albo-straminea, hic illic, preecipue apud peripheriam,

spiraliter pallide rubro vel brunneo maculata ; anfractibus 6, apud

suturas gradatulis, quorum duo apicales vitrei, canaliculati, leeves,

cateris, preecipue ultimo, spiraliter liratis, simul ac infra, juxta

suturas, forti carina preeditis (ultimo anfractu apud peripheriam

bicarinato), longitudinaliter obliquissime sed obscure costulatis,

costulis apud ultimum szepius fere evanidis, ad juncturas lirarum,

preecipue supra, gemmulatis, infra peripheriam usque ad umbili-

cum spiraliter pulcherrime tenuiliratis ; lira majore interdum cum

minore alternante, undique minute gemmulatis; apertura sub-

quadrata, labro paullum incrassato, regione umbilicari excavata.

Alt. 3, diam. 5 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E.,

156 fathoms.

Allied to the type of the genus LE. japonica, Ad., but

differing in both size and form. It is not so large or hand-

some as the recently described H. Townsend, Sowb., from a

neighbouring locality. ‘The sculpture is elaborate for so small

a shell; the liree and carine on the last whorl number

together six above the periphery, while below it there are

ten, all being more or less granulate; the base is flattened,

umbilical region somewhat excavate, mouth squarrose; the

painting is pale red blotching, of a trigonal shape round

the last two whorls, and most conspicuous at the periphery.

Many examples occurred at the very prolific dredging-

station mentioned above”

new Gastropoda from the Persian Gulf, &e. 295

Euchelus Townsendianus, sp.n. (Pl. XX. fig. 11.)

£. testa oblongo-conica, straminea, solidula; anfractibus 7, quorum

tres pallide straminei, apicales minute crenulati, subhyalini,

ceteris spiraliter fortiter costatis; anfractu penultimo, simul ac

antepenultimo, costis quatuor, ultimo novem (quorum quinque

supra, usque ad peripheriam) undique gemmulatis, interstitiis

favulosis, quadratis; apertura ovato-rotunda, labro regulariter

brunneo-zonulato, intus multiplicato, margine columellari sinuoso-

crenulato.

Alt. 11, diam. 6°50 mm.

flab. Persian Gulf; Gulf of Oman, Maskat, 15 fathoms ;

also at lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ H., 156 fathoms.

An Euchelus of somewhat familiar aspect, but not precisely

comparable with any species either in our National Collection

or mentioned in existing monographs.

Solariella zacalles*, sp.n. (Pl. XX. fig. 12.)

S. testa depresso-conica, profunde et late umbilicata, pernitida, levi,

solida, lete rufo-brunnea, flammis fulgetrinis maculisque spiralibus

hic illic depicta; anfractibus 6, quorum apicales 13 crystallini,

leeves, ceteris ventricosulis, supra, juxta suturas, regulariter spira-

liter gemmatis, dein concentrice tenuiliratis, interstitiis perlevibus,

ultimo infra peripheriam nitido levissimo, intus umbilicum

pulchre multilirato, liris arcte gemmato-crenulatis, circa umbili-

cum ipsum radiatim breviter multisulculoso ; apertura obliqua,

subrotunda, intus margaritacea, labro tenui, columella simplici,

nequaquam reflexa.

Alt. 4, diam. 9 mm.

Hab. Persian Gulf; Gulf of Oman, Maskat, 10-15 fathoms;

also in lat. 24° 55’ N., long. 57° 59’ E., 37 fathoms, sand and

mud, and lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E., 156 fathoms.

We at first considered this species (and so inserted it in

our Catalogue +) as identical with JLinolia gilvosplendens,

Melv., from the Philippines{; but, though extremely

similar, there exist some very salient points of distinction.

The latter is far more conical and the body-whorl obscurely

bicarinate at the periphery, the umbilical sculpture in both

being identical, this sculpture being, in fact, the chief point

of difference between the species under discussion and

* Caxa\Ans, extremely beautiful.

+ Proc. Zool. Soe. 1901, vol. ii. p. 349.

¢ Journ. of Conch. vi. p. 407, pl. ii. fig. 8 (1891).

296 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and R. Standen on

Solariella radiata, Phil., from the Agulhas Bank, which is

perfectly smooth and simple as regards its umbilical region.

The species of Solartella and Minolia are in great con-

fusion, and monographs of these two genera are much

wanted. The Rev. Dr. Gwatkin is devoting much time to

the anatomy of the various forms, and finds many vital

differences in the radula of some whose shells are nearly

allied. We trust he may be induced some day to publish

the results of his researches.

Calliostoma thrincoma*,sp.n. (Pl. XX. fig. 13.)

C. testa conico-pyramidali, imperforata, solida, sculpturata, pallide

straminea, spiraliter fusco-maculata, vel unicolore ; anfractibus

octo, apicali vitreo, globulari, cacteris stramineis, ad suturas im-

pressis, tegulatis, spiraliter undique pulcherrime granoso-liratis,

supra, juxta suturas, carina prominula decoratis, ultimo anfractu

ad peripheriam bicarinato; apertura quadrata, margine colu-

mellari triangulatim incrassato.

Alt. 11, diam. 9 mm.

Hab. Persian Gulf; Gulf of Oman, near Maskat, lat.

23° 30/ N., long. 57° 50’ E., 88 fathoms.

Near C. stmdlare, Reeve. A highly chased and sculptured

species, though of small dimensions, and conspicuously

keeled around every whorl just above the sutnre, the last

whorl at the periphery being bicarinate.

Leptothyra rubens, sp.n. (Pl. XX. fig. 14.)

L. testa globosa, parva, imperforata, solida, nitidula, infra levissima,

pallide straminea, flammis castaneis decorata; anfractibus 4-5,

quorum 13 apicales apice ipso vitreo-albo, mamillato, ceteris

gradatulis (ultimo rotundiore), undique infra medium leyibus,

nitidis, supra arcte spiraliter sulculosis, ultimo ad peripheriam

pallide spiraliter zonato, infra ad basim pulchre rubente; aper-

tura rotunda, labro vix incrassato, nisi marginem apud columel-

larem albo-callosum, nitidum.

Alt. 4, diam. 4°50 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E.,

156 fathoms. *

A highly coloured little shell, which occurred somewhat

plentifully at the above locality. The many specimens we

have seen agree in sculpture and coloration almost uniformly.

Near L. leta, Montr.

Trichotropts pulcherrima, sp.n. (Pl. XX. fig. 15.)

T. testa tenui, supra pergracili, attenuato-fusiformi, alba vel stra-

minea, ochracea epidermide contecta; anfractibus octo, quorum

* Opiyxopa, a battlement.

new Gastropoda from the Persian Gulf, &e. 297

duo apicales hyalini, leves, ceteris multum apud suturas im-

pressis, spiraliter acute bicarinatis, ultimo quadricarinato, epider-

mide quasi-costulas longitudinales setulosas arcte preebente; aper-

tura late ovata, in typico specimine aurantia, in minore alba,

labro effuso, tenui, columella fere recta.

Alt. 24, diam. 12 mm. (sp. maj.).

Hab. Gulf of Oman, on telegraph-cable, lat. 27° 12’ N.,

long. 51° 50’ E., 25 fathoms.

We have already * described another species of this usually

Arctic genus from the Gulf of Oman, viz. 7. Townsendi—a

much smaller form. The present is far handsomer, being

conspicuous for its graceful, rapidly attenuate whorls, much

impressed suturally, the upper whorls twice, the lowest four

times carinate. ‘I'wo examples so far only obtained, the

perfect larger example orange-mouthed, the smaller white. A

third species, as yet undescribed, has lately been found to

occur in small quantity in the dredging at 156 fathoms in the

Gulf of Oman.

Solarium (Torinia) cerdaleum {, sp. n.

(Pl. XX. fig. 16.)

S. testa anguste umbilicata, solida, pulchre sculpturata, depresso-

conica, fusco-straminea; anfractibus 5, quorum 1% apicales

pallide rufi, nitidissimi, hyalini, ceteris quatuor ordinibus gem-

marum spiralium, interstitiis minute unistriatis, preeditis, quorum

inferi regulariter hic illic brunneo-maculati, in penultimo et

ultimo anfractu ordine summo, juxta suturas, magno, gemmulato,

ultimo ad peripheriam tribus carinis conspicuis brunneo-maculatis,

simul ac infra, apud basim, septem ordinibus spiralibus deco-

rato, duo circa umbilicum gemmulas maximas crenelliferas pre-

bentes, interstitiis spiraliter unistriatis; apertura obscure quadrata,

intus subochracea, nigro-brunneo zonata, labro angulato, tenui,

marginem ad columellarem nitido, albo, incrassato, spiraliter

tornato.

Alt. 5, diam. 8°50 mm.

Hab. Persian Gulf, Fao, on telegraph-cable, November

1902.

Of the same alliance as S. dorswosum, Uinds, cylindraceum,

Mighels, &c., but differing in the several characters as above

given.

Solarium abyssorum, sp.n. (Pl. XXI. fig. 1.)

S. testa parva, perdepressa, acutissime carinata, profunde umbili-

cata, tenui, albescente ; anfractibus quatuor, quorum apicales 14

* Proc. Zool. Soc. 1901, vol. ii. p. 360.

T xepdddeos, advantageous.

298 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and R. Standen on

tumidi, perleves, hyalini, ceteris apud suturas anguste canalicu-

latis, supra, juxta suturas simul ac infra, spiraliter liratis, inter-

stitiis utrinque arcte gemmulatis, deinde superficie media nitida,

irregulariter longitudinaliter oblique striata, ultimo anfractu circa

peripheriam acuticarinato, carina utrinque plano-marginata, infra,

basim versus, spiraliter unilirato, dein superficie intermedia longi-

tudinaliter rudicrenata, circa umbilicum ipsum duobus gemmu-

larum ordinibus instructa, umbilico pulchre scalari; apertura

trigonali, labro tenui, umbilicum nequaquam obtegente.

Alt. 3, diam. 6 mm. (spec. maj.).

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E.,

156 fathoms.

A great many examples, but no live specimens occurred,

and but few in perfect condition. Allied to S. owytropis,

A. Ad., in form, but not in sculpture.

Fluzina Dalliana, sp. n. (Pl. XXI. fig. 2.)

F. testa perminuta, albo-hyalina, immaculata, depresso-discoidali,

umbilicata; anfractibus 4, quorum apicalis globosus, mamillatus,

subimmersus, ceteris ad suturas canaliculatis, ventricosulis,

levissimis, ultimo ad peripheriam acuticarinato, carina marginata,

sub lente elegantissime et minutissime crenellifera, basi convexi-

uscula, circa regionem umbilicarem paullum excavata, umbilico

angusto, sed profundo, scalari, margine acuto, simplici; apertura

subquadrata, columella recta, supra umbilicum triangulatim

reflexa.

Alt. °75, diam. 1°50 mm. (sp. min.).

”? 1, 9 2 2 (sp. maj.).

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ H., at

156 fathoms.

One of the most minute of recent shells; it agrees, how-

ever, in many particulars with Mlueina discula, Dall*,

dredged in the ‘ Blake’ Expedition off Dominica, W.I., at

982 fathoms. This, however, is nearly five times as large

as our species, which was very rare in the above station.

We venture to dedicate this very interesting addition to

the Oriental fauna to Dr. W. H. Dall, of Washington,

who has done perhaps more than any other author to eluci-

date the benthal Molluscan fauna, and is the founder of the

genus Fluaxina.

Homalaxis cornu-Ammonis, sp.n. (PI XXI. fig. 4.)

H. testa minuta, alba, omnino eyoluta, delicata, depressulo-discoi-

dali; anfractibus quatuor, quorum duo apicales connexi, vitrei,

* Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool, Harvard College, vol. xviii. p. 273 (1889),

new Gastropoda from the Persian Gulf, &e. 299

globosi, duobus ultimis hexagonis, utrinque tri-carinatis, squamo-

sis, carinis sex minute et formosissime echinulatis, undique

longitudinaliter tenuiliratis, liris arctis, inconspicuis; apertura

sex-angulata, intus alba, labro tenui.

Alt. 2, diam. 5 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E.,

156 fathoms.

A very extraordinary, though minute, species, the chief

peculiarities consisting in the completely evolute hexagonal

whorls, the keels being most beautifully echinulate, the

spaces also between the carine are longitudinally lirate.

In form it is discoidally depressed, with two glassy globular

apical whorls. We cannot exactly follow the reasons which

prompt Dr. Fischer (Man. de Conch. p. 714) to propose a

subgenus Pseudomalaxis for H. zanclea, Phil., and consider

all the true Homalaxis, Desh., tertiary fossils. In our

opinion both the species now described belong to the typical

genus, and it would be impossible to disassociate H. pernam-

bucensis (Wats.), described as a Bifrontia, from them. In

the latter the last whorl is partly evolute.

The Rev. R. Boog Watson (Report ‘Challenger’ Exped.

xv. p. 137) would allow the barbarous term Omalazxis, Desh.,

1832 * (atterwards altered to Homalawis), to lapse, it being

derived from two languages, and institute Bifrontia, also of

Deshayes, 1833. But we fear that very many terms used in

Zoology, and accepted, are likewise of hybrid origin, and

Homalazis must therefore stand, in spite of its disadvan-

tageous origin.

Hlomalaxis rotula-catharinea, sp.n. (PI. XXI. fig. 3.)

H. testa minuta, depresso-discoidali, alba, delicata, semievoluta ;

anfractibus quatuor, rectis, utrinque bicarinatis, apicali immerso,

simplici, antepenultimo levi, parum nitente, penultimo, simul

ac ultimo, pulcherrime sculpturatis, evolutis, utrinque bicarinatis,

carinis—preecipue externis—apud margines minute echinato-

erenulatis; apertura quadrata, labro tenui, margine columellari

paullulum reflexo,

Alt. 1, diam. 3 mm,

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E.,

156 fathoms.

A most exquisite shell, in many points resembling /Z. zan-

clea, Phil., but more delicate in every detail. JH. disjuncta,

Lam., a tertiary fossil from Grignon, is very much larger

* Deshayes, Encyclop. Méthod. vol. iii. p. 659,

300 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and R. Standen on

indeed, but comes in the same category as our species, which

occurred frequently at the above locality. It bears, in

miniature, an almost exact resemblance to a catherine-wheel,

hence the specific name.

Cerithium verecundum*,sp.n. (Pl. XXI. fig. 5.)

C. testa parva, solidiuscula, eleganter fusiformi, attenuata, pallide

straminea; anfractibus decem, quorum apicales duo fusci, non

hyalini, ceteris apud suturas multum impressis, tumidulis, tribus

liris spiralibus, ultimo quatuor, omnino accinctis, longitudinaliter

costulis obliquis decoratis, ad juncturas costularum lirarumque

gemmuliferis, gemmulis levibus, nitidis, anfractibus hic illic

variciferis; apertura oblonga, labro paullum incrassato, apud

basim prolongato, columella fere recta.

Long. 4:20, lat. 1 mm. (sp. maj.).

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E.,

156 fathoms.

A fairly abundant little species, which may be distinguished

by its pale straw-colour, irregular varices, channelled sutures,

and gemmuled lire. The most frequent form, however, is

smaller than that selected for the type, the apex and general

shape being the same, while the whorls are less ventricose,

and there is rarely to be seen any trace of varices. ‘This

small form may possibly be a separate, very nearly allied

species ; if so, the line of demarcation is almost too slight to

permit of verbal differentiation.

Scissurella etheria, sp.n. (PI. XXI. fig. 6.)

S. testa parva, heliciformi, angulatim ovata, obtecte umbilicata,

supra depresso-conica, undique alba, delicatissima, eleganter

sculpturata ; anfractibus 4, quorum apicalis parvus, mamillatus,

ceteris infra, juxta suturas, bicarinatis, undique longitudinaliter

oblique tenuiliratis, et spiraliter obscure striatis, sub lente ad

juncturas pulchre et minutissime gemmulatis, ultimo ad peri-

pheriam bicarinato, inter carinas ad labrum sinu perlongo,

angusto; apertura subrotunda, intus alba, labro ad sinum paul-

lum effuso, margine columellari supra umbilicum angustum

extenso.

Alt. 1:28, diam. 2 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E.,

156 fathoms.

One of two species of Scissurella extracted sparingly

from shell-sand gathered at the above rich locality, in com-

pany with what we are inclined to consider S. aédonia,

* Verecundus, modest.

new Gastropoda from the Persian Gulf, &e. 301

Watson (cf. ‘Challenger’ Report, xv. p. 114, pl. vil.

fig. 3, a, 6).

The species before us is exceedingly beautiful and delicate,

the surface finely sculptured, with the anal slit narrow and a

millimetre in length. There is some affinity to S. aédonia,

Watson, from Pernambuco, but our species is far more

ly conical and the outer lip more prolonged at the

ase.

Fossarus (Couthouyta) unicarinalis, sp. n.

(Pl. XXL. fig. 7.)

F, testa minuta, anguste umbilicata, oblonga, nivea, pulcherrime

sculpturata; anfractibus quinque, quorum duo leves, vitrei, globosi,

apicales, ceteris turritis, undique longitudinaliter tenuiliratis,

simul ac spiraliter delicatissime striatis, anfractu penultimo

cum ultimo infra, juxta suturas, conspicue unicarinato; carina

etiam conspicua circa umbilicum, usque ad basim peristomatis,

in quo immergitur, succingenda; apertura ovata, peristomate

nitido, candido, incrassato, planato, margine columellari quoque

incrassato.

Long. 3, lat. 2 mm.

Hab. Arabian Sea, off Bombay, lat. 18° 48’ N., long. 71°

45! K., 40 fathoms.

An excessively small pure white Couthouyia, but of most

distinctive character, the sculpture being remarkably ornate

and fine. The last two whorls are sharply keeled, and on

the body-whorl another keeled projection surrounding the

narrow umbilicus merges at the base with the white,

thickened, and flattened peristome. Aperture ovate, columel-

lar margin thickened.

Adeorbis axiotimus*,sp.n. (Pl. XXI. fig. 8.)

A, testa paullum depressa, profunde umbilicata, alba, delicata,

subpellucida; anfractibus 4, quorum apicalis fere immersus,

minutus, huic proximus anfractus magnopere inflatus, nitidulus,

ultimo ceteros multum exsuperante, undique, cum penultimo,

tenuissime longitudinaliter striato; apertura magna, ovato-

rotunda, labro tenui, simplici, continuo.

Alt. 75, diam. 2 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E.,

156 fathoms.

Very delicate and subtransparent ; the apical whorl is

almost immersed and depressed owing to the tumidity of the

next, which is shining and almost smooth, the last whorls

being beautifully and finely striate.

* a&idrios, worthy of honour.

302 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and R. Standen on

Erato recondita*, sp.n. (PI. XXI. fig. 9.)

E. testa parva, nitida, alba, levissima, tenui; anfractibus 53,

apicali obtuso, mamillato, ceteris levibus, immaculatis, ultimo

magnopere exsuperante ; apertura angusta, labro supra paullum

effuso, nitido, albo, incrassato, intus minute denticulato.

Long. 5, lat. 3 mm. (sp. maj.).

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E.,

156 fathoms.

Var. (vel sp.?) haplochila, nov. (PI. XXI. fig. 10.)

E. testa ut supra, sed labro intus simplici, plano, nequaquam

denticulato.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, cum precedente.

Although this var. is not denticulate in the inner side of

the lip, we cannot disassociate the two forms of this in-

teresting Hrato. It is evidently benthal in its habit, and

the discovery of more specimens may furnish links to bind

these two forms yet closer together.

Eulima decagyra, sp.n. (PI. XXI. fig. 11.)

E. testa minutissima, candida, polita, fusiformi, superne multum

attenuata; anfractibus 10, apicali obtuso, diaphano, pernitido,

ceeteris applanatis, politis, ultimo basim versus oyato, solidius-

culo; apertura parva, ovata, labro paullum incrassato; columella

declivi, apud basim angulatim incrassata, nitida.

Long. 2°75, lat. 1 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54! E.,

156 fathoms.

A shining, white, polished species, noteworthy for its

gradually attenuate spire, ovate thickened base, and aperture

proportionately small. We do not know any Hulima exactly

comparable nor, we may add,so minute. We are indebted to

Mr. Sykes for having extricated two examples from a mass

of shell-sand.

Rissoina isosceles +, sp.n. (Pl. X XI. fig. 12.)

R. testa eleganter attenuato-fusiformi, cinereo-alba, solidula; an-

fractibus 9, quorum 3 apicales hyalini, bulboso-globulares,

ceteris longitudinaliter arcte costulatis, apud supernos magis

fortibus, paucioribus, undique sub lente spiraliter tenuissime

striatis, infra peripheriam ultimi anfractus angulatam eyanidis ;

* Reconditus, hidden.

Tt icockedjs, from the basal shouldered angles.

new Gastropoda from the Persian Gulf, de. 303

apertura ovata, labro effuso, basim versus paullum producto,

incrassato ; columella obliqua.

Long. 5:25, lat. 2 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58! N., long. 56° 54’ E.,

156 fathoms.

An attenuate graceful species of the typical section of the

genus, angled below the periphery, nine-whorled, the three

globularly bulbous apical whorls being distinctive, the longi-

tudinal ribs on the fourth and fifth whorls being fewer and

more pronounced than on the lower—indeed they become

obsolete below the periphery of the body-whorl. With a

lens the delicate spiral striation is discernible. Mouth

triangularly ovate, outer lip produced at the base.

ftissoina (Zebina) registomoides, sp.n. (Pl. XXI. fig. 13.)

A. testa perminima, globulari, solidula, levissima, nitida; anfracti-

bus 5, quorum apicalis obtusus, vitreus, ceteris apud suturas

subimpressis, ventricosulis, ultimo paullum effuso, obliquato ;

apertura ovato-rotunda, labro incrassato, albo, nitente.

Long. 2°25, lat. 1:50 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54! E.,

156 fathoms.

Very minute, but extremely interesting. We are indebted

to Mr. EK. R. Sykes for its discovery, while sorting shell-

sand received from the above most rich dredging. It is

much smaller and more globose than any Zebina yet de-

scribed; the peristome is wonderfully incrassate for so small

a shell and quite simple, never dentate, thus being unlike

any of the numerous varieties of R. tridentata, Mich., =

Hulima curta, Sowb. The facies is eulimoid, but it possesses

the apex of a Azssoina, and we are satisfied as to its location

here. ‘The trivial name is suggested by its form, when

magnified, though more globular, somewhat resembling the

terrestrial Registoma fuscum, Gray.

Eulimella carmanica, sp.n. (Pl. XXI. fig. 14.)

E. testa minuta, fusiformi, albo-lactea, levissima, polita, tenui;

anfractibus 8-10, quorum apicales heterostrophi, hyalini, lactei,

ceteris fere rectis, apud suturas leniter canaliculatis, supernis

paullum gradatis, ultimo recto, prolongato; apertura quadrato-

rotunda, labro recto; columella obliqua, simplici.

Long. 4, lat. 1°20 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ H.,

156 fathoms.

304 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and R. Standen on

A pure white, polished, fusiform species, very slightly

attenuate; upper whorls gradate, all slightly channelled

suturally, more or less straight. Mouth somewhat square,

outer lip porrect, squarely produced at the base. Columella

oblique, simple. Several specimens occurred. Not so elegant

as HH. katsensis, Melv., the only other of the genus yet

recorded from this region. “ Carmania,’’ from whence the

specific name is taken, is the ancient name of that portion

of Persia impinging on the northern shores of the Gulf

of Oman.

Syrnola mussandamica, sp.n. (Pl. XXII. fig. 1.)

S. testa parva, candida, nitida, polita, semipellucida: anfractibus

duodecim, quorum duo apicales heterostrophi, bulbosi, cateris

apud suturas haud profunde canaliculatis, nitidis, politis, ultimo

longitudine penultimum et antepenultimum anfractum exequante;

apertura ovata, labro haud effuso, tenui; columella obscure

uniplicata.

Long. 5°50, lat. 1°50 mm. (sp. min.); long. 7, lat. 2 mm. (sp. maj.).

Hab. Gulf of Oman, Mussandam, 47 fathoms.

A shining, white, polished shell, somewhat excavate at the

sutures, twelve-whorled, of which the five lowest are much

the same girth. The apical whorls are heterostrophe, in

common with all of the Pyramidellide. There is no Syrnola

very near this in the North-Indian fauna; indeed, it seems

to impinge closely on Hulimella.

Mormula persarum, sp.n. (Pl. XXII. fig. 2.)

M., testa pergracili, attenuato-fusiformi, ochraceo-brunnea, tenui ;

anfractibus 12, quorum apicalis heterostrophus, levis, albo-

vitreus, ceteris ventricosulis, apud suturas impressis, arcte longi-

tudinaliter costatis ; costis obtusis, crassis, 1nterstitiis spiraliter

liratis, liris supra seepe evanidis, obscure undique infra suturas

ad medium uni- vel bi-albizonatis, ultimo anfractu infra peri-

pheriam ad basim planato, simpliciter spiralilirato, anfractibus

interdum varicosis ; apertura rotundo-ovata, labro tenui, dorsali-

ter varicoso, albo-stramineo vel brunneo ; columella alba, recta.

Long. 12°50, lat. (ad aperturam) 3°50 mm.

Hab. Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman, Maskat, 15 fathoms.

Allied to M1. Macandrew, A. Ad., but with more regular

whorls and ribs, the varices being fewer and less pronounced.

The colour also is more uniform, being of a warm fuscous

chestnut, and the outer lip not denticled within. A remarkably

elegant shell.

new Gastropoda from the Persian Gulf, ke. 305

Acteopyramis letitia*, sp.n. (Pl. XAT. fig. 3.)

A. testa parva, oblongo-fusiformi, alba, nitidiuscula, solida; anfracti-

bus 5—6, quorum apicalis heterostrophus, levis, vitreus, ceteris

apud suturas gradatulis, pulcherrime cancellatis et decussatis,

costis ad juncturas sulcorum spiralium nitidis, gemmulatis ;

apertura ovata, labro paullulum incrassato; columella fortiter

uniplicata.

Long. 3, lat. 1 mm.

Hab. Persian Gulf, Mussandam, 47 fathoms.

Of the same character as A. granulata, A. Ad., from the

Philippines, but only half the size (3 as against 6 mm.).

There appears to be a close connexion between certain of

this genus and some included at present in Miralda, A. Ad.

It is often hard to draw any precise lines of demarcation

between these genera.

Acteopyramis brevicula, sp.n. (Pl. XXII. fig. 4.)

A. testa minutissima, abbreviata, alba, compressiuscula, solida; an-

fractibus quatuor, quorum apicalis heterostrophus, vitreus, levis,

ceteris suturis gradatulis, longitudinaliter crassicostulatis, spira-

liter undique rudiliratis; apertura ovata, apud basim paullum

incrassata ; columella uniplicata.

Long. 1°75, lat. 1 mm.

Hab. Persian Gulf, Sheikh Shuaib I., 15 fathoms.

Very minute, but characterized by its compressed abbre-

viate form and rude sculpture, the whorls all gradately

angled at the upper part. ‘Vhe figure hardly shows the ribs

sufficiently prominently, and there is no decussation or granu-

lation to speak of.

Pyrgulina manore (Melv.). (Pl. XXII. fig. 5.)

Turbonilla (Pyrgostelis) manore, Mely. Mem. Manch. Soc. vol. xliii.

(1898), no. 4, p. 23, pl. 1. fig. 22,

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E.,

156 fathoms.

We have caused this species to be again figured on a highly

magnified scale, the result being to decide us that it should

be considered a Pyrgulina, allied to Hdgari7, Melv., and

interstriata, Souv., in spite of the apparent absence of the

columellar plait. ‘he original specimens came from off

Manora Point, Karachi, where they were plentitully dredged

at a slight depth by Mr. Townsend.

Scala (Constantia) intertevia, sp.n. (Pl. XXII. fig. 6.)

M, testa gracili, fusiformi, albida, delicata; anfractibus 10, quorum

apicales tres parvi, vitrei, leves, cylindrici, ceteris ad suturas

* Letitia, delight, gladness,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 20

306 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and R. Standen on

multum impressis, pulcherrime regulariter decussatis, ad junc-

turas lirarum spiralium cum costulis fimbriolatis, ultimo anfractu

paullum prolongato ; apertura obliquiovata, labro effuso ; colu-

mella paullum incrassata, simplici.

Long. 7, lat. 1°75 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54! E.,

156 fathoms.

Rarely has a small mollusk caused such perplexity as in

the present instance. Two examples alone have occurred,

but both have the apex perfect, this being non-heterostrophe,

though in most other particulars the form and texture recall

such pyramidelloid genera as Mormula, Pyrqulina, or Mu-

miola, especially one species of the latter genus—W/. sprrata,

A. Ad.—which also occurs in the same seas.

Mr. Edgar Smith considers Onoba egregia, A. Ad. (which

should be removed from that genus), the nearest approach to

our shell, and suggests that it might, at all events provi-

sionally, be located in Aclis. In lip-characters it assimilates

this genns, while resembling in the decussating sculpture a

Cirsotrema, e. g. dentiscalpium, Wats. But perhaps the

subgenus Constantia of Scala is best fitted for its reception,

for it seems comparable with C. Standenz, Melv.*, also from

the Gulf of Oman, in more than one point.

Nassa (Alectryon) himeroessat, sp.n. (Pl. XXII. fig. 7.)

N. testa minuta, ovata, albo-vitrea, delicata, apud basim et szepe ad

suturas pallide stramineo-suffusa, vel zonata; anfractibus 6-7,

quorum 32 apicales leves, vitrei, spiraliter unicarinati, ceteris

apud suturas gradatulis, longitudinaliter arcte levicostatis, inter-

stitiis undique tenuiliratis; apertura fere rotunda, intus alba,

labro incrassato, intus spiraliter striato; columella paullum ex-

cavata, canali brevissimo.

Long. 5, lat, 2 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, at several dredging-stations in lat. 23°

to 25° N., long. 57° to 59° KE.

Depth ranging from 7-156 fathoms.

We at first confounded this species with N. babylonica,

Watson, and most probably the latter does not occur in the

Persian Gulf region. The present species is locally very

abundant, and the fine smooth ribs, small size, subpellucid

substance, and less graduate whorls will serve to distin-

guish it.

Tritonidea Sowerbyana, sp.n. (Pl. XXII. fig. 8.)

T. testa ovato-fusiformi, solidula, epidermide setulosa tenuiter con-

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. iv. pp. 92, 98, pl. i, fig. 11.

+ ipepdes, pleasing,

new Gastropoda from the Persian Gulf, &c. 307

tecta, albida, infra, juxta suturas et infra medium anfractus

ultimi castaneo-zonata; anfractibus 8-9, quorum apicales 34

pellucidi, levissimi, czteris ventricosis, multum apud suturas

impressis, longitudinaliter costatis, costis crassis, numerosis

(ultimo anfractu apud 10), omnino spiraliter arctissime liratis ;

apertura rotundo-ovata, alba, labro arcuato, crassiusculo, intus

albo, multicrenulato; columella recta, operculo corneo, tenui,

nucleo apicali, canali brevi, paullum recurvo.

Long. 31, lat. 18 mm.

flab. Gulf of Oman and Mekran Coast, especially between

Gwadfr and Jask, from 25-30 fathoms, “usually occurring

with Murex malabaricus”’ (F, W. 'T.).

Also lat. 25° 20' N., long. 58° 50! E., at 90 fathoms, in

company with Lattrus pagodeformis, Melv., June 1903.

This beautiful species was first pointed out to us as distinct

by Mr.G. B. Sowerby. It is near the old Buccinum hgneum,

Reeve, =Tritonidea Cecillei, Phil. It differs in being of

stouter build, with the whorls not so scalate. There is like-

wise an affinity with 7. erythrostoma, Reeve, but the lip is

never coloured in the slightest degree.

Metula daphnelloides, sp.n. (Pl. XXII. fig. 9.)

M. testa eleganter fusiformi, albida, delicata, mitrali; anfractibus 9,

quorum 43 apicales albo-vitrei, leves, spiraliter circumcarinati,

supernis una, inferis duabus carinis preeditis, ceteris apud suturas

gradatulis, undique longitudinaliter pulcherrime et arcte costatis

(ultimi anfractus ad 46), costis rectis, levissimis, nitentibus,

interstitiis spiraliter liratis, infra, juxta suturas, plica spirali

conspicua sepe preedita, superficie hic illic obscure stramineo

maculata et depicta, ultimo anfractu (11 mm. in longitudine)

gracili, paullum producto; apertura anguste oblonga, intus alba,

nitida, labro paullulum effuso, crassiusculo, intus multidenticu-

lato ; columella incrassata, pernitida, simplici, basi lata.

Long. 17, lat. 5°50 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54! E.,

156 fathoms.

Two species of the genus occurred together, the above

being mitriform, elegantly spindle-shaped, and white; the

other is the Buccinum metula, Hinds, = Metula Hindsii, Adams

and Reeve, which should properly, we consider, be known by

the duplicated name of Metula metula (Hinds). ‘This last is

larger, with coarser ribs and spiral liration, and does not

possess the obscure straw maculations of the M. daphnelloides.

The apical whorls are well worth examination. Four or

five in number, out of a total of nine in all, they are glassy

vitreous white, the extreme apex mamillate, small, the next

20*

308 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and R. Standen on

whorl with one keel, the others twice spirally carinate, the

remainder of the whorls being closely longitudinally ribbed ;

ribs smooth and shining, white, the interstices closely spirally

lirate. The mouth and lip of the new form resemble those

of Metula Hindsii, but are finer, and the inner labral

denticulations more numerous. f

Murex (Ocinebra) Marjorie, sp.n. (Pl. XXII. fig. 10.)

M. testa solida, ovato-oblonga, albo-cinerea ; anfractibus sex, undique

costatis, costis percrassis, varicosis, sex-fimbriato-squamatis,

numero anfractum apud ultimum quinque, ad medium anguli-

feris, spiraliter squamato-liratis, liris rudibus, crassis; apertura

rotundo-ovata, labro extus pulcherrime multifimbriato, albo vel

stramineo, crasso, intus nitido, 9-10-crenulato, canali brevi-

rostrato, fere clauso.

Long. 25, lat. 13°50 mm.

Hab. Persian Gulf, Sheikh Shuaib Island, 15 fathoms.

An exceedingly elaborately frilled species, the fimbrize

being thick and squamate, with fluted processes. In form

this shell recalls I. coceineus, A. Ad.; the outer lip is

either white or straw-coloured, the canal is shortly rostrate,

almost closed. 4. cyclostoma, Sowb., is a near ally; we

have Erythrean specimens of this, but the form is much more

rotund and the fimbriations in no way so elaborate.

Peristernia corallina, sp.n. (Pl. XXII. fig. 11.)

P. testa solida, parva, ovato-fusiformi, cinereo-albescente ; anfracti-

bus 6, apicali levi, simplici, ceteris longitudinaliter crassicostatis,

costis paucis, in ultimo apud 7, undique spiraliter rudiliratis ;

apertura anguste ovata, pallide punicea vel carnea, labro intus

denticulato, margine columellari paullum reflexo; columella

quadriplicata, canali brevi, recuryo.

Alt. 13, lat. 9 mm.

Hab. Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman, near Maskat, 10 fathoms.

A somewhat solid, small, but well-grown Peristernia,

unlike any species known to us, being superficially similar

to a Coralliophila; indeed, as suggested by the specific name,

we should imagine it would be found ultimately inhabiting

corals. The surface is chalky-ash, longitudinally rudely

ribbed, crossed by equally coarse spirals; mouth pale pink,

ovate, outer lip thickened, seven-denticled within, columella

four-plaited.

Mitra (Costellaria) diaconalis *, sp.n. (Pl. XXII. fig. 12.)

M. testa fusiformi, solidula, albo-straminea, apicem versus at-

tenuata; anfractibus 12, quorum apicales tres fusco-hyalini,

* Diaconus, a deacon,

new Gastropoda from the Persian Gulf, &e. 309

perleyes, ceteris apud suturas paullum gradatis, arcte longi-

tudinaliter costatis, costis levissimis, albis, nitidis, interstitiis

spiraliter sulculosis, nitentibus, undique hic illic stramineo vel

ochraceo, preecipue juxta suturas et apud peripheriam maculatis

et infra, depictis; apertura anguste oblonga, intus striata,

ochracea, labro tenui, paullum effuso; columella quadriplicata.

Long. 13, lat. 4°25 mm.

Hab. Persian Gulf, Sheikh Shuaib Island, at 15 fathoms,

among coral-sand.

A Costellaria allied to M. scitula, Ad., which, however,

possesses the whorls more scalate and with darker macula-

tions and shading; it is, moreover, a smaller species. To

M. impressa, Reeve, known to us only by a figure, there is a

resemblance: this shell, however, is of a uniform dark hue,

and the ribs seem more incrassate. The number of longi-

tudinal coste in our species on the body-whorl is from

26 to 28.

Marginella (Glabella) alchymista*, sp. n.

(PISO, fies l3:)

M. testa parva, fusiformi, nitidissima, subdiaphana, delicata; an-

fractibus quinque, lvissimis, apud suturas paullum impressis;

apertura oblonga, labro nitido, incrassato, intus supra conspicue

unidentato, superficie omni dorsaliter levi; columella quadri-

plicata.

Var. a. chrysalchyma, nov.

Testa aureo-straminea, dorsaliter, cum labro, omnino rufo-suffusa,

vel spiraliter bizonata.

Long. 5, lat. 2°50 mm.

Hab. Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman, Maskat, 10-15 fathoms.

Var. b. leucalchyma, nov.

Testa major, omnino candida, immaculata; labrum candidum,

nitens.

Long. 6, lat. 3 (sp. maj.).

Hab. Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman, Maskat, 10-15 fathoms ;

also at 156 fathoms, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E., and at

205 fathoms, lat. 24° 5’ N., long. 57° 55’ E.

A very pretty, shining Gabedla, its spire more elongate

than fustformis, Hinds, with which it has been hitherto

confounded, and as which it is inserted in our Catalogue f,

It is comparable with J/. alta, Wats. (Challenger? Expe-

dition), from Cape York, N.E. Australia.

* Alchymista, an alchemist.

+ Proc. Zool. Soc. 1901, vol. ii. p. 425,

310 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and R. Standen on

If slightly local, it is very abundant where it occurs. The

colour in the var. @ is a subdiaphanous golden brown or

straw, and there is a very conspicuous suffusion just behind

the outer lip of deep rufous brown, bifureating over the

labrum itself. The commoner form is var. 8, larger as a rule,

and pure milky-white throughout, very smooth and somewhat

shining. In one or two examples an intermediate form

seems to occur, the last whorl being here white, obscurely

bizoned with two clear chestnut lines, or, indeed, occasionally

trizoned. In fact it is a variable species.

Terebra helichrysum *, sp.n. (Pl. XXII. fig. 14.)

T. testa gracillima, multum attenuata, aciculata, nitente ; anfracti-

bus 22, quorum 34 apicales leves, vitrei, ceteris paullum apud

suturas gradatis, lete stramineis, supra, juxta suturas, zona

callosa spiraliter preeditis, hic illic regulariter albo et rufo

maculatis, deinde, inter costas breves, longitudinales, obtusas,

nitidas, profunde interstitialiter foraminatis et sulcatis, costis

anfractus ultimi ad basim evanidis; apertura ovata, parva, labro

tenui, canali brevi.

Long. 24, lat. 5 mm.

Hab. Persian Gulf, Mussandam, 47 fathoms.

A most elegant species, the tumid callous zone just below

the sutures delicately variegated spirally with white and pale

rufous, then obtusely ribbed, the interstices, especially the

upper row, being deeply pitted.

Pleurotoma (Gemmula) navarchus fF, sp. n.

(Pl XOXxa teal»)

P. testa eleganter fusiformi, solida, paullum nitente, pallide cinereo-

brunnea; anfractibus tredecim, quorum duo apicales nitidi,

hyalini, perleeves, caeteris apud suturas impressis, ventricosulis,

infra suturas spiraliter pulcherrime et arcte nodoso-cingulatis,

nodulis hie illic rufo-maculatis, deinde fortiter uniliratis, simul

ac infra, juxta suturas, bisulcatis, superficie intermedia lata,

nitida, longitudinaliter obliquissime costulata, ultimo anfractu

ceeteros exeequante, infra cingulum liramque spiralem usque ad

peripheriam levi, deinde anguste sulculoso, infra usque ad basim

suleulis tornatis, latioribus, liris intermediis regulariter rufo

maculatis; apertura oblonga, intus planata, labro tenui, sinu lato,

haud profundo ; columella fere recta, canali subprolongato,

Long. 64, lat. 18, apertura cum canali 28 mm. longa.

Hab. Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman, lat. 25° 19’ N., long.

58° 10’ E., 140 fathoms.

* éixpvooy, an everlasting, from the bright rufous spotting.

}~ vavapxos, an admiral.

new Gastropoda from the Persian Gulf, &e. 311

One specimen only dredged, at the locality just given, of a

superbly tornate and sculptured Pleurotoma, near P. carinata,

Gray, Kiener?, Doumet, or congener, Smith, being remark-

able for its regular beaded spiral zone just below the sutures

of each whoil, above which are two spiral clearly-cut grooves,

the middle of the upper whorls being most beautifully

obliquely costulate, the coste terminated above by a double

sulcus surrounding a narrow spiral lira. The last whorl,

equalling the others in size, is almost entirely grooved and

spirally lirate, the liree below being rufous-spotted. Outer

lip thin, perhaps not quite fully developed, sinus well marked

but not deep; columella somewhat straight; canal broad and

rather prolonged.

The discovery of this mollusk, the finest Gastropod yet

discovered by Mr. ‘Townsend, if we except Conus clyptospira,

M. &S., adds another magnificent Pleurotomid to the many

fine species of this family obtained in contiguous waters,

during the ‘ Investigator’ Expedition chiefly (such forms as

P. symbiotes, Wood-Mason & Alcock, P. congener, Smith, and

P. subcorpulenta, Smith *, occurring to one’s recollection at

once), and gives another proof of its wonderful development

in Indian seas.

Drillia dives, Spo ta. (Bl XOX. fies 15s)

D,. testa gracili, fusiformi, delicata, albo-cinerea; anfractibus decem,

quorum tres apicales brunnei, omnino hyalini, levissimi, ceteris

apud suturas impressis, ventricosulis, longitudinaliter obliqui-

costatis, costis anfractum apud ultimum circa undecim, undique

spiraliter striatis, supra, juxta suturas, zona spirali rufa decorata,

ultimo anfractu simili modo bizonato, ad basim producto albo,

nitido; apertura oblonga, labro paullum incrassato, sinu lato,

haud profundo, canali brevi.

Long. 17, lat. 5 mm.

Hab. Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman, Maskat, 15 fathoms.

Allied to D. clydonia, M. & 8. (Proc. Zool. Soe. 1901,

vol. ii. p. 437, pl. xxii. fig. 24), but the whorls are not

angled, the coloration is quite different, and the spiral ribbing

is coarser in J). dives.

Drillia philotima{, sp.n. (PI. XXII. fig. 16.)

D. testa attenuata, fusiformi, solidula, albo-cinerea, aspera; anfracti-

bus 11, quorum duo apicales vitrei, fusci, ceteris ventricosulis,

regulariter obliquicostatis, costis anfractus ad superos paucis,

* Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xiv. pp. 160, 161, pl. iii. fies, 4-8,

+ uddripos, honoured.

312 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and R. Standen on

crassioribus, in ultimo et penultimo numerosis, ad quindecim,

et angustioribus, brunneo tinctis, suffusis, et maculatis, trans-

versim nodiliratis, ultimo anfractu dorsaliter juxta labrum

varicoso, brunneo suffuso et zonato; apertura oblonga, angusta,

intus alba, labro paullum effuso, sinu distincto, profundo, canali

lato, brevi; columella recta.

Long. 30, lat. 8 mm.

Hab. Persian Gulf, off Bahrein Islands, 30-50 fathoms.

Only one example secured of a distinct and handsome

Drillia, the nearest approximation to which is to be found

in D. latifasciata, Sowb., from Japan, considered by some

authors as synonymous with D. japonica, Lischke. ‘There

is no beading at the sutures, however, and the form is more

graceful.

Drillia continua, sp.n. (Pl. XXII. fig. 17.)

D. testa attenuata, fusiformi, levissima, alba, nitida; anfractibus

104, quorum 14 apicales subvitrei, nitidi, complanati, ceteris

longitudinaliter paucicostatis, costis exacte inter se continuis,

levibus, albis, infra medium delicate uniangulatis, anfractu

ultimo apud basim paullum pyriformi, numero costarum ad octo ;

apertura subobliqua, oblonga, intus alba, labro haud multum

incrassato, sinu lato, sed non profundo.

Long. 10, lat. 3°75 mm.

Hab. Persian Gulf, Mussandam, 47 fathoms.

Akin to D. opalus, Reeve, and conspicuous for its exactly

continuous longitudinal ribs, those of whorl succeeding whorl

descending im a perfectly straight line to the base. ‘These

whorls are slightly once-angled beyond the centre. The whole

surface is white, with a slight ochreous tinge, and smooth.

Drillia granatella, sp.n. (Pl. XXII. fig. 18.)

D. testa parva, lete punicea, solida, nitida, fusiformi; anfractibus 6,

duobus apicalibus perlevibus, puniceis, hic illic albo suffusis,

ceteris crassicostatis, costis paucis, levibus, nitidis, numero

ultimum apud anfractum circa 7, superficie omnino leeyissima,

dorsaliter juxta labrum gibberula ; apertura breviter ovata, labro

tenui, albo-suffuso, sinu lato, canali brevissimo.

Lorg. 5, lat. 1°50 mm.

Hab. Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman, Maskat, 15 fathoms.

This little species, though so small, is in our opinion a

Drillia rather than Mangilia, being nearly allied to the

beautiful series of Drillie—viz.: disyecta, Smith, persica,

Smith, and resplendens, Mely.—peculiar to the saime region,

new Gastropoda from the Persian Gulf, &c. 313

It is a remarkably smooth and shining shell, and the pome-

eranate-pink colour (like the fruit of Punica granatum, L.)

seems characteristic and quite peculiar.

Drillia ithoria *, sp.n. (Pl. XXII. fig. 20.)

D. testa parva, fusiformi, pallide rufa, solidula; anfractibus 8,

quorum 2 apicales leves, vitrei, cxteris magnopere supra

medium anfractum tumescentibus et spiraliter noduliferis,

nodulis paucis, gemmatis, dein, anfractus apud supernos, torna-

tis, ultimo anfractu basim versus spiraliter paucilirato, liris

pulchre et minute gemmatis; apertura quadrato-ovata, labro

tenui, sinu lato, haud profundo, canali brevi.

Long. 8, lat. 2°50 mm.

Hab. Persian Gulf, Bahrein Islands, 6 fathoms, coral-

sand.

A small highly-coloured species, with conspicuous, spiral,

swollen, nodulous angle just above the centre of the whorls.

We cannot connect it nearly with any other species,

Drillia audax, sp.n. (PI. XXIII. fig. 1.)

D.testa oblongo-fusiformi, solida, parva, albo-straminea; anfractibus

septem, quorum tribus nitidissimis, hyalinis, leevibus, apicalibus,

ceteris trivis, antepenultimo quaternis, ultimo circa viginti

spiralium lirarum ordinibus accinctis, ad anfractus supernos

gemmulatis, supra suturas, etiam, lira spirali fortiori decorato,

omnibus his liris stramineo-ochraceis ; apertura ovato-oblonga,

sinu distincto, lato, canali brevissimo, lato, margine columellari

excavato.

Long. 9°25, lat. 2°50 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58! N., long. 56° 54’ E.,

156 fathoms.

A little species of bold contour, and very distinct in both

sculpture and painting of the spiral straw-coloured lire sur-

rounding the whorls, which are not costulate. One spiral

lira, acute and prominent, is especially noticeable at the base

of each whorl, just above the sutures. .

A good many examples occurred in the dredging, as above,

in shell-sand.

Mangilia comideleuca t, sp.n. (Pl. XXIII. fig. 5.)

M., testa parva, angulari, fusiformi, omnino albida, solida; anfracti-

bus 9, quorum duo apicales leves, globulares, vitrei, ceteris ad

* ios, in sense of a precious stone,

+ kopudy, altogether ; Aevkds, white.

314 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and R. Standen on

medium angulatis, longitudinaliter paucicostatis, spiraliter undique

rudiliratis, interstitiis albis, labro dorsaliter multum incrassato,

angulari; apertura sinuoso-oblonga, sinu perlato, margine columel-

lari tristriato, canali lato, brevi.

Long. 8, lat. 8 mm.

flab. Persian Gulf, Mussandam, 47 fathoms.

Most resembling JZ. spurca, Hinds, found abundantly in

the same region, but differing in colour (the new form being

entirely white), in size (8 as against 14 or 15 mm.), and in

greater angularity of whorl. The somewhat sinuous or

trigonous aperture and very thickened peristome are the

same in both species. Only one or two examples have yet

occurred.

Clathurella opstmathes *, sp.n. (Pl. XXII. fig. 19.)

C. testa oblongo-fusiformi, solidula, nitida, cinerea, albo et fusco

zonata; anfractibus 10, quorum 3 apicales, ceteris circa suturas

levibus, planatis, aliter undique longitudinaliter crassicostatis,

costis paucis (numero ultimum apud anfractum 10), spiraliter

pulchre superne 3-, ultimo J.0-liratis (ad peripheriam albizonato),

liris albo-cinereis, conspicuis, supra costas angulosis; apertura

oblonga, labro incrassato, echinulato, fusco et albo depicto, sinu

lato, haud profundo; columella recta, canali lato, breyi.

Long. 16°50, lat. 6 mm.

Hab. Persian Gulf, Sheikh Shuaib Island, 15 fathoms.

Hitherto confounded with C. (Glyphostoma) rugosa, Migh.,

a quite different species. It is a prettily sculptured and

painted shell, with conspicuous beading and spiral well-cut

lire.

Clathurella Sykesit, sp.n. (PI. XXIII. fig. 4.)

C. testa parva, perangusta, attenuato-fusiformi, albo-cinerea; an-

fractibus 8-9, quorum apicales duo leves, ceteris ad suturas

permultum impressis, angulosis, ventricosis, longitudinaliter

acuticostulatis, costis paucis, numero ultimum apud anfractum

circa 9, undique spiraliter liratis, liris rudibus (in penultimo

et ultimo cirea 6), prominulis; apertura ovata, labro tenui, sinu

couspicuo, profundo, canali longo.

Long. 7, lat. 2 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54/ E.,

156 fathoms.

We are indebted to Mr. Ernest R. Sykes for calling our

attention to this curious little species, so like a Fusus in

* dWiuabns, late in being discerned.

new Gastropoda from the Persian Gulf, &e. 315

miniature, It is one of the narrowest Clathurelle in pro-

portion to its length yet discovered, and is wonderfully

symmetrical throughout. All the examples, of which there

are several, are dead, and perhaps in life there may be

coloration of some kind. It is common at the above station,

in company with another nearly allied Clathurella that we

hope to describe shortly.

Clathurella quisquita*, sp.n. (Pl. XXIII. fig. 7.)

C. testa attenuata, fusiformi, angusta, solidula, omnino albida;

anfractibus 9-10, quorum duo apicales bulbosi, leves, vitrei,

ceteris paucicostatis, costis crassis, numero ultimum apud an-

fractum 5, spiraliter undique liris rudibus succinctis ; apertura

ovato-trigona, labro incrassato, sinu lato sed non profundo ; colu-

mella fere recta, canali brevi.

Long. 7, lat. 2 mm.

Hab. Persian Gulf, Mussandam, 47 fathoms; also Gulf of

Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E., 156 fathoms.

Attenuate and narrow, thickly longitudinally ribbed, and

encircled throughout with markedly coarse lirations. It did

not occur at all “plentifully at the above station, only three or

four examples liaving as yet been seen.

Daphnella (Pleurotomella) nereidum T, sp. n.

(Hele POS BMIE res 23)

D, testa ovato-oblonga, subpellucida, delicata, albo-lactea ; anfracti-

bus 8-9, quorum 23 vel 3 apicales pallide rufi, tenuissime

decussati, ceteris ad medium angulatis, ad suturas paullum

impressis, arcte cancellatis, interstitiis quadratulis, costis lirisque

transversis crystallinis, ultimo anfractu supra medium angulari,

costis dorsaliter Juxta labrum sepe evanidis; apertura anguste

ovata, intus Wie labro tenui.

Long. 7, lat. 3

Hab. Gulf of ane lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E.,

156 fathoms.

A crystalline form of unusual beauty. In form this as-

similates P. filifera, Dall, but the apical whorls are not smooth,

but decussate.

* Quisquilia, trifles.

tT Nereidum, of the sea-nymphs.

316 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and R. Standen on

Daphnella (Pleurotomella) Amphitrites *, sp. n.

(Pl. XXIII. fig. 3.)

D. testa ovato-cylindrica, delicata, subhyalina, albo-lactea ; anfracti-

bus 7-8, quorum 24 apicales albi, sub lente pulchre decussati,

ceteris longitudinaliter lirato-costulatis, spiraliter liris crassiori-

bus succinctis, ad juncturas costularum cum liris gemmulatis,

nitidis, infra medium anfractus antepenultimi et penultimi

duabus spiralibus liris magis conspicuis, cariniferis, simul ac in

ultimo, ad peripheriam ; apertura ovato-oblonga, intus hyalina,

alba, labro tenui, canali brevi, paullum recurvo.

Long. 8, lat. 3 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E.,

156 fathoms.

The two species D. Amphitrites and D. neretlum occur

together, but we think it correct to separate them, though

undoubtedly they are nearly allied. ‘The present species is the

less angular, rather larger, and of a more roundly cylin-

drical form.

Daphnella thygatricat, sp.n. (Pl. XXIII. fig. 6.)

D. testa parva, fusiformi, tornata, albo-straminea, longitudinaliter

pallide rvfo-tincta; anfractibus 7, quorum tres apicales apice ipso

levi mamillato, duobus pulchre sub lente decussatis, ceteris

spiraliter ad medium, ultimo ad peripheriam duplo-carinatis,

lirisque levibus, fortiter succinctis, ultimo anfractu ad medium,

inter carinas, recto ; apertura oblonga, labro tenui, sinu obscuro,

margine columellari incrassato, albo, nitido, canali lato, paullum

producto.

Long. 7, lat. 2°50 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E.,

156 fathoms.

A small Drillia in miniature, looked at superficially, but

the decussate apical whorls are Daphnelloid. It occurred

somewhat commonly at the above station.

Daphnella thia}, sp.n. (Pl. XXIII. fig. 8.)

D. testa delicatissima, subpellucida, attenuato-fusiformi, albida,

nitida; anfractibus octo, quorum 33 apicales ochro-tincti, pulchre

decussati, cacteris tumidulis, liris arctis longitudinalibus spirali-

busque decussatis, liris interdum pallidule stramineo-tinctis,

* Amphitrite, a sea-goddess, wife of Neptune.

+ Ovyarnp, a daughter.

} Ocios, divinely beautiful.

te ea

new Gastropoda from the Persian Gulf, ke. d17

nitidulis ; apertura oblonga, labro tenui, sinu lato, haud pro-

fundo, canali breyi, lato, paullum producto.

Long. 9°50, lat. 3 mm.

Hab. Persian Gulf, Sheikh Shuaib Island, 15 fathoms ;

Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E., 156 fathoms.

Most delicate and beautifully closely encircled with decus-

sating lire, a faint straw-coloured or golden tinge being some-

times observable on them. ‘The specimens from the first

locality mentioned are not so tumid on the body-whorl; we

cannot, however, separate them, even varietally, from the

typical form from the Gulf of Oman. This differs from

D. boholensis, Reeve, not only in the fine decussations, but in

the canal being more prolonged and greater tumidity of whorls.

Daphnel'a buccinulum Eas we © dell SOIL TS rise 2)

D. testa ovato-rotunda, bucciniformi, delicata, alba, interdum pallide

ochraceo-suffusa ; anfractibus 7, quorum 3 apicales rufi vel

straminei, tenuissime decussati, czteris arcte et delicate obliqui-

cancellatis, ad suturas impressis, tumidis, inflatis, ultimo anfractu

pyriformi ; apertura oblonga, labro tenui, sinu indistincto, mar-

gine columellari excayatulo.

Long. 7, lat. 3°75 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 54° 56’ E.,

156 fathoms.

An inflated Buccinoid species, very delicate and beautifully

eancellate throughout, which occurred not uncommonly at the

above station in company with so many other, mostly minute,

but hitherto unknown mollusks.

Daphnella epichartat, sp.n. (PI. XXIII. fig. 10.)

D. testa minuta, subpellucida, tenui, oblongo-fusiformi, nitida, alba

vel obscure stramineo-diffusa ; anfractibus 6, quorum apicales 3

delicatissime sub lente decussati, ceteris paullum ventricosis, fere

levibus, sed irregulariter spiraliter tenuissime liratis, ultimo an-

fractu interdum apud medium levi; apertura angusta, oblonga,

labro fere recto, incrassato, albo, nitido, intus simplici; columella

recta, canali brevi, sinu perobscuro,

Long. 5, lat. 1°75 mm,

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E.,

156 tathoms.

A minute but puzzling form. The sinus and other Pleuro-

tomid characters are so slightly expressed that it might at

* Buccinulum, dim. of Buecinum, from the resemblance.

} émixapros, pleasing.

318 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and R. Standen on

first sight be considered an 4sopus, or even an Olivella.

The delicate decussation of the apical whorls shows the true

relationship. It is somewhat frequent at the above station.

Some examples are almost smooth, the apical lire being

more or less obsolete.

Daphnella hedyu*, sp.n. (Pl. XXIII. fig. 11.)

D. testa fusiformi, pallide castaneo-brunnea, apicem versus, simul

ac ad basim delicate puniceo-tincta; anfractibus novem, quorum

34 subhyalini, castaneo-punicei, minutissime decussati, tribus his

proximis variciferis, tribus ultimis rotundatis, tumidulis, undique

arctissime et pulchre decussatis, ad juncturas gemmuliferis,

gemmulis microscopicis, nitidis, supra, infra suturas, spiraliter

castaneo-maculatis, ultimo antractu dorsaliter obscure bizonato ;

apertura oblonga, labro crassiusculo, intus levi, sinu haud pro-

fundo, canali paullulum ad basim reflexo, puniceo tincto.

Long. 14, lat. 5 mm.

Hab. Persian Gulf, Sheikh Shuaib Island, 15 fathoms.

Though at first sight this little species seems to present a

familiar appearance, it is really distinct from any species

hitherto recognized. Compare it with D. patula, Rve., tor

instance: the chestnut markings are more or less similar, but

the whole texture of the shell is distinct, the minute gemmu-

liferous decussation, the elegant rounded whorls, the smallish

oblong aperture presenting notable points of difference.

Daphnella Euphrosyne, sp. un. (Pl. OTE fig. 12.)

D. testa attenuata, gracili, albida, tenui; anfractibus decem, quorum

quatuor apicales castaneo-suffusi, minutissime decussati, ceteris

ventricosulis, undique spiraliter arcte liratis, liris gemmuliferis,

nitidis, inequalibus, numero ultimum apud anfractum tres et

viginti; apertura anguste oblonga, labro tenui, sinu haud pro-

fundo, canali apud basim producto, lato.

Long. 15, lat. 4 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E.,

156 fathoms.

Doubtless allied to D. boholensis, Reeve, but possessing

two more whorls, while it is more graceful and attenuate

throughout ; peristome not so effuse, canal more prolonged,

and spiral liration more distinct and regular. Again, it

differs in its beaded liration from any form of D. avis, Reeve,

which it resembles in form, and which also occurs in the same

seas. Were it not for the absence of columellar plication, it

would more than resemble a Mitra of the subgenus Caneilla.

* 7Ovs, sweet.

new Crastropoda from the Persian Gulf, de. 319

The peculiar beauty well merits for it the specific name

proposed, of one of the three Graces.

Cythara elegantissima, sp.n. (PI. XXIII. fig. 13.)

O. testa pergracili, fusiformi, albida; anfractibus 6, quorum 24

apicales obtusi, plani, minute sculpti, ceteris supra medium

tenuiter angulosis, dein rectis, undique longitudinaliter rudiliratis,

liris inconspicuis, spiraliter liris crassioribus succinctis (in

ultimo circa 14); apertura anguste oblonga, intus alba, labro

sinu lato, haud profundo, incrassato ; columella fere recta, basi

prolongata.

Long. 8, lat. 2°50 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E.,

156 fathoms. Also lat. 25° 30’ N., long. 57° 30’ K., 88

fathoms, mud.

A very elegant form, as implied by the specific name, with

markedly obtuse apex, probably not quite full-grown. ‘The

coarse longitudinal lie, crossed by more distinct but equally

rough spirals, are characteristic. Very rare. Since descrip-

tion, another example has been procured, with perfect thickened

lip, sinus broad and shallow.

Cancellaria (Trigonostoma) luscinia *, sp. n.

(Pl. XXII. figs. 14, 15.)

C. testa parva, attenuato-fusiformi, tenui, albida, vel pallide olivaceo-

straminea ; anfractibus septem, quorum tres apicales tumidi,

yitrei, perleves, ceteris longitudinaliter irregulariter sed arcte

costatis, ad suturas excavatis, costis crassiusculis, undique trans-

versim tenuiliratis, liris tenuibus superficiem totam circumambi-

entibus ; apertura oblongo-ovata, margine columellari triplicato.

Long. 11, lat. 4 mm. (sp. maj.).

Hab. Avabian Sea, lat. 18° 58’ N., long. 71° 45’ E

40 fathoms.

This is the little species alluded to by us in our former

paper as having been dredged near Bombay, as above, in

April 1901. It is allied to C. macrospira, Ad. & Rve., but

much smaller in every detail. The shell is attenuately

spindle-shaped, thin, either translucent white or pale straw-

olive, seven-whorled, the three uppermost whorls being glassy,

globular, and swollen, the remaining three or four closely but

uregularly ribbed, somewhat excavate, as are nearly all the

section T’rigonostoma of Cancellaria, suturally. The trans-

verse luz surmount the ribs and are not interrupted. The

columella is thrice-plaited.

* Luscina, a nightingale.

320 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and R. Standen on

Kleinella sympiesta*, sp.n. (Pl. XXIII. fig. 16.)

K. testa perforata, rotundato-ovata, alba, obesa, compressa; anfrac-

tibus 5, quorum 14 apicales vitrei, perleves, ceteris apud suturas

gradatulis, ventricosis, undique delicate decussatis, interstitiis

quadratulis; apertura ovato-lunari, labro paullum incrassato,

margine minute crenulato, supra late excavato.

Long. 5, lat. 3°50 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E.,

156 fathoms.

Only two species, of which the best known is K. cancellaris,

A. Ad., from Corea and Japan, have hitherto been described

of this genus, and to these we venture now to add a third.

Undoubtedly they have a close family affinity to each other :

the K. sympiesta may be known by its particularly obese and

compressed form and tumid body-whorl ; the umbilicus is

deep and the outer lip minutely crenulate on the margin.

Judging alone from conchological grounds, the animal

being absolutely unknown, we should assign to this genus a

place near Acteon, Montft., and not, as suggested by some

authors, consider it one of an outlying group of the Pyrami-

dellidze. Indeed, were it not for the total absence of the colu-

mellar plice, we should regard it as a member of the genus

just mentioned (Acteon).

Cylichna (Mnestia) bizona, A. Adams.

(PL. XXL tie 17-)

Bulla (Cylichna) bizona, A. Ad. in Sowerby, Thes. Conch. pt. 11, vol. ii.

p. 595, pl. exxy, fig. 148.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, Maskat, 15 fathoms.

A large local form (alt. 7, diam. 3 mm.), which we figure,

as contrasting with the Chinese examples in the Cumingian

collection and with others. It is a species of wide distri-

bution, being reported from China, Singapore, Fiji, and

Torres Straits.

Cylichna jecoralis, sp.n. (PI. XXIII. fig. 18.)

C. testa oblongo-cylindrica, delicata, apud basim paullum effusa,

apice imperforato, plicato, subhyalina, superficie levi, nitida,

antice posticeque spiraliter striata, pallide livido-olivacea; apertura

pyriformi, supra angusta, intus cinerea, labro paullum eftuso,

tenui; columella obscurissime plicata.

Alt. 11, diam, 5 mm.

Hab. Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman, Maskat, 15 fathoms.

* gupmleatcs, comy ressed,

new Gastropoda from the Persian Gulf, &e. d21

Without a knowledge of the anatomy of these small species

of Tectibranchs it is often mere guesswork assigning them

to generic positions. ‘This species, however, seems best

located in Cylichna, in our opinion. It is a delicate, mode-

rate-sized species, of a peculiar hepatic tint, this suggesting

the proposed specific name.

Retusa omanensis, sp.n. (Pl. XXIII. fig. 19.)

R. testa parva, cylindrica, albo-lactea, subhyalina, tenui, supra

truncatulo, apice fere immerso ; anfractibus 3, supra excavatulis,

marginibus apud suturas acutis, prominulis, superficie omni spira-

liter sub lente delicatissime striata; apertura postice latiore,

oblonga, antice angusta, labro recto, ad basim rotundata; colu-

mella obscure uniplicata, margine paullum incrassato.

Alt. 4, diam. 1°75 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E.,

156 fathoms.

A most delicate and minute species, of the same character

as Uiriculus complanatus, Watson, from Papua (‘ Challenger’

Rep. xv. p. 650, pl. xlviii. fig. 9), but that species is longi-

tudinally striate. We follow Pilsbry (Man. Conch. xv. p. 203)

in the nomenclature, and would refer to his reasons for the

substitution of Retusa, Brown, 1827, for the more familiar

Utriculus, Brown (in parte), 1844, non Schumacher, 1817.

Atys flavovirens, sp.n. (Pl. XXIII. fig. 20.)

A. testa ovata, in medio tumida, utrinque producta, tenuissima,

subdiaphana, pallide flavo-virente, apud medium levi, nitida,

antice, simul ac postice, spiraliter paucistriata, apice plicato,

labro tenui, paullum effuso; apertura anguste lunari; columella

uniplicata.

Alt. 7, diam. 3 mm. (sp. maj.).

Hab. Gulf of Oman, Maskat, 15 fathoms.

Allied to A. tortuosa, A. Ad., from the Philippines and

Torres Straits ; the shell is smaller, and more green than

yellow-tinged. Mouth narrower, the anterior as well as the

posterior strie being fewer and less pronounced. Many

examples.

Mathilda carystia*, sp. n.

M. testa gracili, fusiformi, eleganter attenuata, brunnea, brunneo-

nigra, vel, imprimis, castanea ; anfractibus 12-13, quorum apicalis

heterostrophus, pervitreus, globularis, caeteris apud suturas im-

pressis, binis preecipuis levibus carinis preeditis, sex vel septem

* «dapvoy kapvarcov, from the chestnut colour.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 21

322 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and R. Standen on |

ultimis ter minoribus asperis, omnibus acutis, prominulis, inter-

stitiis quadratulis, ultimo anfractu 9-carinato, quorum tres cirea

peripheriam maxime conspicui; apertura fere rotunda, labro

tenui, crenulato; columella alba, crassiuscula, recta, nitida.

Long. 12, lat. 8 mm.

Hab. Persian Gulf, Koweit, 10 fathoms, mud and sand.

A very select species, having the vitreous heterostrophe

apex so characteristic of the genus; turritelloid in shape,

elegantly attenuate, the upper whorls with two principal

earinze and three lesser keels, the lowest whorl nine-keeled,

of which three, at the periphery, are the most important.

The quadrated spaces at the interstices, and lire extending

longitudinally over the lower carine, have a beautiful effect

as regards. the sculpture. The colour is either pale chestnut,

dark chestnut, brown, or blackish. The two other species

from the same region, Af. gracillima and zmitampis* (of

which the latter has since occurred in the Gulf of Oman,

lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ H., 156 fathoms), differ in size,

colour (both being white), and, in the case of AZ. gracillima, in

squareness of aperture. A general family likeness, however,

pervades all the members of this exquisite genus. This new

species, and also the next, will be figured subsequently.

Solarium (Torinia) admirandum, sp. n.

S. testa parva, depresso-discoidali, late perspective umbilicata, alba,

delicata; anfractibus quatuor, quorum apicalis profunde sub-

mersus, huic proximus vitreus, tumescens, levis, exteris depressis,

pulcherrime sculpturatis, juxta suturas spiraliter carinatis, dein

tribus liris minoribus, cum carina fortissima spirali exterius suc-

cincta, inter quam et peripheriam lira minore interposita, peri-

pheria quam maxime acuta, pulchre et minute echinulata, ultimo

subtus ad basim imprimis sulco forti, dein duabus vel tribus

carinis spiralibus conspicuis preedito, carina supra umbilicum,

sicut peripheriali, pulchre sculpturata et echinulata, umbilico ipso

simili modo echinulis minoribus decorato; apertura rotunda,

peristomate tenui, carina peripheriali ad medium conspicua.

Alt. 1°20, diam. 3 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E., 156

fathoms.

Among very numerous examples of S. homalazis, Melv.,

which appears frequent from Bombay northwards, three

specimens occurred of a far more select form, which is now

described. Its sculpture is most elaborate, the very acutely

* Proc, Zool. Soe. 1901, vol. ii. pp. 379, 380, pl. xxii. figs, 18, 19.

new Gastropoda from the Persian Gulf, cc. 323

keeled periphery, bordered (as is the inner basal keel sur-

rounding the umbilicus) with short mucronate crenulations,

is most distinctive. The two species of Homalaxis found in

the same dredging, and described earlier in this paper, are of

a similar texture and bizarre sculpture, especially as regards

the aforesaid carinal ornamentation.

With regard to the Mollusca treated of in this paper, it will

be well to state that four types are in the collection of

Mr. HE. R. Sykes, viz. Rissoina registomoides, Eulima

10-gyra, Fluxina Dalliana, and Clathurella Sykesii. All the

rest, with co-types of the last two just mentioned, will be

placed in the British Museum (Natural History).

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE XX.

Fig. 1. Emarginula undulata.

fig. 2. Camilla.

Fig. 3. Cyclostrema henjamense:

Fig. 4. supremum.

Fug. 5, —- annellarium.

Fig. 6. prominulum.

Fig. 7. euchilopteron.

Fig. 8. Liotia romalea.

Fig. 9. echinacantha.

Fig. 10. Enida persica.

Fg. 11. Euchelus Townsendianus.

Fig. 12. Solariella zacalles.

Fig. 13. Calliostoma thrineoma.

Fig. 14. Leptothyra rubens.

Fig. 15. Trichotropis pulcherrima.

Fig. 16. Solariwm (Torinia) cerdaleum.

PuatEe XXI.

. Solariun abyssorum.

. Fluxina Dalliana.

Homalaxis rotula-catharinea.

cornu-Ammonis.

Cerithium verecundum.

. Scaissurella etheria.

. Fossarus (Couthouyia) unicarinalis.

. Adeorbis axiotimus.

. Erato recondita.

, var. haplochila,

. Lulima decagyra.

. Rissoina isosceles.

(Zebina) registomoides.

. LHulimella carmanica.

. Pleurotoma (Gemmula) navarchus.

PLATE XXII.

Fig. 1. Syrnola mussandamica,

Tig. 2, Mormula persarum.

WY)

moe

D Or ys

Fig.

Fug.

Fig.

Fug.

Fig.

Tq.

—

ScoOWONIAD OP poe

an pel sl eel

Or H co bo

21%

324. Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on new

Fig. 3. Acteopyramis letitia.

Fig. 4 brevicula.

Fig. 5. Pyrgulina manore, Melv., var.

Fig. 6. Scala (Constantia) intertexta.

Fig. 7. Nassa (Alectryon) himeroessa.

Fig. 8. Tritonidea Sowerbyana.

. 9. Metula daphnelloides.

Fug. 10. Murex (Ocinebra) Marjorie.

Fig. 11. Peristernia corallina.

Fig. 12. Mitra (Costellaria) diaconals.

Fig. 13. Marginella (Glabella) alchymista.

Fig. 14. Terebra helichrysum.

Fig. 15. Drillia dives.

Fg. 16. —— philotima.

LUG, fe continua.

Fig. 18 granatella.

Fig. 19. Clathuretla opsimathes.

Fig. 20. Drilia lithoria.

PLatTE XXIII.

Drillia audax.

. Daphnella nereidum.

: Amphitrites.

. Clathurella Sykesit. .

. Mangilia conudeleuca.

es]

CUS oo BO EE

Fig. 6. Daphnella thygatrica.

Fig. 7. Clathurella quisquila.

Fig. 8. Daphnella thia.

Fig. 9. buceinulum.

Fig. 10. epicharta.

Fig. 11. hedya.

Fig. 12. Euphrosyne.

Fig. 18. Cythara elegantissima,

Figs. 14, 15. Cancellaria (Trigonostoma) luscinia.

Fig. 16. Kleinella sympiesta.

Fig. 17. Cylichna (Mnestia) bizona, A. Ad., var.

Fig. 18. Jecoralis.

Fig. 19. Retusa omanensis.

Fig. 20. Atys flavovirens.

XXVII.— On new Species of Lycenide from West Africa.

By Grorce T. Beroune-Baker, F.L.S., F.Z.S.

I HAVE been working out a collection of Lyczenide made in

the neighbourhood of Sierra Leone by my friend Mr. D.

Cator in the years 1901 and 1902, and among them are

several new species, which I describe here; the types are all

in Mr. Cator’s collection, which for the time being is in my

possession. There is also an Acrewa which I cannot trace has

been described as yet, and which isin the National Collection

unnamed.

—s ©

Species of Lycenide from West Africa. 825

Acrea tgola leonina, subsp. n.

3. Upperside: primaries hyaline, very slightly tawny (yet

hyaline) over the cell and inner marginal area, beyond the

middle of the cell a very slight trace of a darkish spot; apex

and posterior margin broadly dusky. Secondaries reddish,

with decidedly broad blackish margin ; all the veins dusted

with black nearly up to the cell, and between each of the

veins a dark longitudinal dash of blackish nearly equal in

length to the dusting just mentioned; a row of four black

basal spots below each other, followed by a similar row of

five spots, the one in the cell being shifted slightly base-

wards, beyond which is a row of three spots slightly curved

and rather larger, beginning with one in the cell and reaching

to the internal vein; beyond this is a straight row of three

spots, the first on the costa, the second at the upper extre-

mity of the cell, and the third below the cell in the angle

formed by the first median vein; these spots are plainer on

the underside than on the upperside. Beneath, the primaries

are very shining; the apex and the posterior margin are

yellowish, the short dusky dash between the veins being

much plainer than on the upperside: secondaries much paler

and shining, the dusky veins and dashes showing through

more distinctly.

?. Upperside: primaries hyaline, but altogether duskier

than in the male: secondaries as in the male, but duskier ;

spots as in the male, but with the addition of one very small

spot immediately below the second one of the last row.

Underside: the difference in both wings is just the same as

in the male.

Exp. alar., ¢ 2, 56 millim.

This subspecies was taken in November, January, and

again in June. It differs from zgo/a in that the whole of the

primaries are hyaline, with barely a trace of the tawny red.

On the secondaries the arrangement of the spots differs, and

igola lacks the broad dusting of the veins.

Pentila septistrigata, sp. n.

3. Upperside: both wings white. Primaries with a broad

dark costa and a very broad, dark, irregular apical area ex-

tending from just in front of the cell on the costa to rather

lower than the third median vein on the posterior margin,

with no spots or other marks. Secondaries with a distinct

fine dark margin from the anal angle to the third median vein

on the posterior margin ; otherwise without any marks, except

326 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on new

that the transverse stripes of the under surface show through.

Underside: primaries with a narrow stripe of brown along

the upper margin of the cell, beyond which is a short, curved,

pale brown stripe from the costa to near the base of the fifth

median nerve; rising just beyond this on the costa is another

transverse, curved, brown stripe, ending above the third

median nerve near the posterior margin; both these curved

stripes are a little indefinite interiorly; beyond the latter

stripe is a sharply defined, darkish brown, scalloped, narrow,

submarginal stripe, following nearly the same course, but

ending below it on the second median nerve; beyond this is

a marginal stripe parallel with it, but interrupted by the

veins. Secondaries with six transverse brown lines, four of

which extend from the submedian vein to the costa, the first

three parallel with each other and the second three with each

other, followed by a curved, scalloped, submarginal stripe

from the apex to the anal angle, parallel with the fine dark

line on the posterior margin ; the third of the basal transverse

lines does not extend to the costa, but ends near the upper

margin of the cell, whilst the third of the second series ends

on the fourth median vein; fringes white, intersected by a

brown line; palpi yellow. Antenne black, ringed with white

and tipped with yellow; legs yellow, ringed with black;

thorax and abdomen white.

Exp. alar. 34 millim,

This species may possibly prove to be a local race of

Ferrymant, Grose-Smith, but it could be separated at a glance.

Both wings are very much narrower; the primaries of my

species also have scarcely any black on the costa, whilst

ferrymant has it extending well over more than half the cell

and beyond it; whilst the black posterior margin of Grose-

Smith’s species extends more than three-quarters its length,

but in my species not more than halfway down. ‘The under-

side differs likewise. In the primaries the black patch in

the cell by the costa and the marked black curved fascia is

replaced in my insect by a slight brown streak and an indefi-

nite pale brown slight fascia. In the secondaries the trans-

verse brown lines are not half the width of those in “Ferry-

mant,” and none of them are joined together, whilst in

Mr. Grose-Smith’s insect all the stripes are connected by the

costa, and they are also very dark and quite different in colour

to the pale brown of sepitstrigata.

This species is not common, but cannot be called rare, in

Sierra Leone in February and in June and July. Specimens

are in both Mr. Cator’s collection and my own, the type being

in Mr. Cator’s, .

Species of Lycenide from West Africa. 327

Micropentila Dorothea, sp. n.

&. Upperside: both wings black, with tessellated black

and white fringes. Primaries with a whitish spot in the cell

near its upper extremity, below which near the submedian

vein is a second; two thirds the length of costa and just

below it are two whitish spots close together, between the

second and third median veins beyond their middle is another

whitish spot. Secondaries with a distinct whitish spot be-

tween the second and third median veins near their source,

below which is another spot bisected by the first median vein ;

this is followed by a third larger spot between the submedian

and inner marginal veins; on the costa is also a trace of

another spot near the apex; these spots have the appearance

as though they should form part of a curved row or fascia in

spite of their isolation. Underside: both wings blackish

brown. Primaries with inner margin lighter; three cream-

coloured spots in the cell and one just beyond it; a spot above

and below the cell at the base of the wings ; on the costa a

spot over the third cell-spot and another over the one beyond

it, followed by larger twin spots, which with two small spots

and a third larger one forma slight, curved, transverse fascia ;

on the costa are two more small spots horizontally placed,

directly beyond which is a straight row of six spots below

each other, forming asubmarginal row ; close to the posterior

margin is a largish spot just below the uppermost median

vein, between which and the discoidal vein is a smaller spot

on the margin; there are traces of two other spots on the

posterior margin near the anal angle; all the spots are cream-

coloured. Secondaries covered with numerous cream-coloured

spots ; a series of three basal spots below each other, followed

by a curved row of four from the costa to the inner margin

across the middle of the cell; this is followed by a third

curved row of four or five spots across the end of the cell

from the costa to near the inner margin, the second of which

les in the extremity of the cell and is followed by another

spot beyond the cell; yet a fourth curved row of large irre-

gular spots lies beyond, followed by a distinct row of eight

small spots from the apex to the anal angle, one between each

vein, those at the anal angle being larger than the others ;

beyond these are two larger marginal spots just below the

apex and three or four spots or dashes near the anal angle on

the posterior margin. Head, thorax, and. abdomen black ;

palpi cream-coloured, end joint black; legs black, ringed

with cream-colour.

Kixp. alar. 32 millim.

328 Mr. G. T. Bethune- Baker on new

This species, which is not uncommon, flying from January

to March in Sierra Leone, is near M. adelgunda, Staud.,

but differs in that it has three spots in the cell in both wings

and one beyond it; this is quite constant in all the specimens

before me. Both primaries and secondaries are also broader

and fuller than in Staudinger’s species.

I dedicate this species to Mrs. Cator, who captured the first

few specimens, thus discovering its locality, around which it

appears to keep very closely.

Phytala elais Catori, subsp. n.

3. Upperside: both wings pale somewhat shining blue.

Primaries with a broad, velvety black, apical area and poste-

rior margin, extending as a wedge-shaped patch along the

costa to a third its length ; the posterior margin decreases in

width rapidly from the third median vein, where it is widest,

to the inner angle; a large wedge-shaped patch, terminating

in a quadrangular one, invades the blue of the wings along

the upper margin of the cell, extending well beyond it; at

the base of the inner margin is a large sex-mark, the sub-

median vein in the sex-patch being considerably swollen ;

the costal base of the wings is black. Secondaries with a

very broad brown costa, the posterior margin being much

narrower and tapering to little more than a broad line; the

inner margin is broadly brown. Underside as in P. elais,

Doubl.

?. Entirely dull brown, with a very pale mauve oblique

patch beyond the cell extending from the costal to the third

median vein. Underside similar to the male, but duller,

paler, much more ochreous, and it is without any lustre.

Exp. alar. 70 millim.

This species is, I believe, a local race of elazs, Doubl., but

may be recognized at a glance by the large black patch in-

vading the blue area beyond the cell, which is quite absent

in Doubleday and Hewitson’s species. In this form it is quite

constant. 1 have five specimens before me, whilst Mr. Cator

has caught many more since his return; he tells me the

black patch is markedly present in all. It flies from

December to March.

Phytala leonina, sp.n.

3. Primaries velvety black, with two or three small ill-

defined blue transverse spots beyond the cell; the area

between the cell and submedian vein bright palish blue, and

half of the area between the first and second median veins the

Species of Lycenide from West Africa. 329

same colour. Secondaries velvety black, the whole of the

area between the fifth median and the internal vein being

bright blue, the posterior margin being narrowly black.

Underside: both wings a peculiar shiny slaty grey. Pri-

maries with the lower half to the inner margin sooty black,

in which near the anal angle are two good-sized grey inde-

finite marks, the lower one being the larger. Secondaries

with a very indistinct trace of a submarginal row of greyish

crescentic marks, and a yet slighter trace of a pale narrow

band nearer the cell.

?. Both wings uniform dark brown; the primaries with a

darker patch in the central area caused by the black patch of

the underside showing through. Underside: both wings

ochreous. Primaries with the central area from the base to

nearly the posterior margin sooty black, the inner margin being

pale grey ; just beyond the cell at the upper edge of the black

area are two small whitish spots. Secondaries with a faint

trace of a submarginal row of paler spots, followed by a

second equally faint nearer the cell.

Exp. alar., ¢ 34, 2 41 millim.

Occurring in February and June in Sierra Leone.

Epitola albomaculata, sp. n.

6- Upperside: both wings pale sublustrous azure-blue.

Primaries with blackish-brown costa to the cell and all the

area above the fourth median vein; posterior margin very

broadly blackish brown at the afore-mentioned vein, very

rapidly decreasing to a fine margin at the anal angle. Second-

aries with the costa dark brown, extending just into the cell

and so straight to the posterior margin; posterior margin

finely black, inner margin dark grey to the submedian vein.

Underside: both wings greyish brown, more or less irrorated

with grey and with various greyish spots. Primaries: cell *

grey, invaded by three large spots of the brown ground-colour ;

basal area of the first three median veins grey; a perpendi-

cular fascia of five greyish spots to the first median vein, that

near the costa small and indefinite, the other spots increasing

cousiderably in size, beyond this a submarginal fascia of grey

crescentic spots between each of the veins to the first median,

followed by another similar marginal fascia only somewhat

straighter. Secondaries with three transverse interrupted pale

fascias across the wing at the base, across the middle of the

cell, and across the end of the cell, beyond which is a trans-

verse row of largish indefinite whitish spots from the costa to

the submedian vein; between this row and the fascia across

330 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on new

the end of the cell are two large white costal spots below each

other; the posterior margin has a double row of crescentic

whitish marks as in the fore wings.

Exp. alar. 42 millim.

This species flies in March. It is nearest ZH. cercene, Hew.,

but differs in the very broad blackish costa and apical area.

Cercene is blue nearly to the costa itself, whilst beneath my

species is covered all over with whitish fascize and spots in

quite a different form to the fairly regular and small pattern

of Hewitson’s insect.

Epitola moyambina, sp. n.

6. Upperside: primaries black, suffused with lustrous

azure-blue from the inner margin to subcostal vein, extending

well beyond the cell and almost up to the posterior margin at

the anal angle; at the end of the cell the blue is invaded by

a small wedge of the black ground-colour. Secondaries

greyish black, paler along the costa, suffused with azure-blue

from the discoidal vein to the second internal vein and

extending nearly to the posterior margin, leaving a broadish

black border thereto; fringes tipped with white at the apex.

Underside: both wings greyish brown, tinged with a very

slight purplish tint, with various greyish-white markings.

Primaries with a short line of grey scales across the cell

close to its end, below which is a double V-shaped mark,

beyond which is another V-mark placed horizontally, below

which is a larger patch of grey scaling; beyond this is a

submarginal curved fascia of crescentic marks from the costa

to the inner margin, one between each vein. Secondaries

with three grey lines across the cell at the base, the centre,

and near the end; above and below the latter are other

similar short marks, forming a very interrupted transverse

line across the wing; below the cell are a few scattered grey

scales; there is a submarginal fascia of crescentic marks as

in the primaries from the costa to the inner margin, and

between this and the end of the cell is a very slight trace of

a row of five or six indistinct spots, the two near the costa

being the largest and best defined.

Hxp. alar. 44 millim.

I have before me specimens taken in November and

February ; it will follow E. cercene, Hew., but differs from

it in having less blue on both wings, the borders being much

broader ; cercene is blue in the secondaries up to the posterior

margin, but my species has a broadish black border. Below

my species has much less pattern and fewer marks, whilst

the fascie that are present are much more distinct.

Species of Lyceenide from West Africa. a3l

Eipitola nigra, sp. n.

&- Upperside: both wings uniform dark blackish brown ;

primaries with a slight blue scaling at the lower extremity

of the cell in the submedian area, and also between the first

and second median veins; secondaries spotless. Under-

side: both wings uniform dull greyish brown without any

pattern at all; primaries with a suffusion of black over the

central area of the wing from the base to the posterior

margin.

?. Upperside: both wings uniform brown, not very dark,

quite spotless. Underside: both wings pale ochreous ;

primaries with the biack suffusion as in the male, at the upper

extremity of which is a trace of a pale spot; secondaries

spotless.

Exp. alar., g 41, 9 43 millim.

This species, which flies in February, will come next to

HE. pinodes, H. H. Druce, from which it differs in having

no blue whatever on the upper surface of the secondaries,

Linodes has blue suffused all over the wing.

Deudoriz Catort, sp. n.

o. Upperside: both wings black, suffused all over with

rich sublustrous cobalt-blue. Primaries with the costa black

to the subcostal vein ; apex black and posterior margin black,

broader near the apex, decreasing rapidly to a line at the

inner angle. Secondaries, tail and lobe black; sex-patch

at the base of costa small and black. Sexual tuft of the

primaries black. Underside: both wings pale grey, with

the usual Dewdoriz quadrangular mark at the end of the

cells, beyond which is a waved transverse yellow line finely

edged outwardly with white, extending right through both

wings, followed by a similar interrupted submarginal line,

ending in the secondaries in the upper of the two anal ocel-

lated spots. In the secondaries the first line is W-shaped

over the anal spots, both of which are velvety black, the

upper one ringed broadly with yellow except on the posterior

edge, which is whitish ; the lower one, 2. e. the lobe-spot, is

edged internally with blue scales, above which is a yellow

stripe edged with black on each side.

Exp. alar. 32 millim.

This species, which flies in January, is unlike any Deudorixz

that I know; its linear markings remind oue rather of

Hypolycena than of Deudori#; the neuration, however, is

that of the latter genus.

oe Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on new

Lycenesthes subnitens, sp. n.

g. Upperside: both wings blackish. Primaries with the

inner margin covered for the basal three quarters of its length

with shining deep violaceous-blue scales extending slightly

into the cell. Secondaries with the discoidal area and half of

the median area covered with the same coloured shining

scales; this lustrous area is of a peculiarly deep tone of

colour, and at a certain angle is hardly visible. Underside:

both wings blackish brown, with various spots and marks

defined by white lines. Primaries with a triangular dark

mark near the base, edged laterally with white, followed by

a broadish irregular dark band inclined in the opposite

direction, as the two sides of an, edged with white; beyond

this a transverse fascia from the costa, angled above the third

median vein, whence it rapidly tapers to a point touching a

largish spot in the inner angle, both the fascia and the spot

being edged with white; from near the apex there is a sub-

marginal band confluent with the afore-mentioned spot, edged

with white, a fine dark marginal line; extreme posterior

margin itself white, intersected at the veins. Secondaries

with a broad basal laterally white-edged mark, which appears

confluent with the triangular mark of the primaries; beyond

this and adjoining it is another irregular curved fascia, edged

with white all across the wing; touching this on the costa is

a large spot, below which is a large double spot projected

outwards, below which is another double spot projected

inwards, adjoining an angled spot on the inner margin;

outside this row of spots is a submarginal band, followed by

a marginal row of white spots pupilled with blackish, two

black anal spots more or less irrorated with metallic scales,

the upper one with a deep orange-coloured iris.

Female precisely like the male above and below, the only

difference being that the lustrous blue area of the primaries

is a much greyer blue though not less shining.

Exp. alar., ¢ 2, 22 millim.

This species, which flies in January, is nearest L. Staudin-

geri, 5. & K., but the blue of the primaries is much less in

extent, deeper in colour, and more lustrous, whilst Staudingert

has no blue at all on the secondaries.

Lycenesthes Marshall, sp. n.

3. Upperside: both wings entirely brown. Secondaries

with three very fine, shortish, white tails; posterior margin

black, finely edged internally with white; on the margin

between the lower median veins are four black spots edged with

white, one between each two veins, the size of each increasing

Species of Lycenide from West Africa. 333

towards the anal angle. Underside: both wings pale brown,

almost entirely covered with white, with numerous dark

brown marks and stripes. Primaries with a short, basal,

dark, costal stripe and a dark triangular patch, beyond which

is a broken dark stripe across the end of the cell, arising in

a small costal spot; beyond this are two transverse costal

fascie, the first one being angled and longer and_ broader

than the second; between the angled fascia and the stripe

crossing the cell is a broadish stripe extending from the

fourth median vein to the submedian, and tapering rapidly to

the latter; a broad submarginal stripe followed by a very

fine one; posterior margin finely dark. Secondaries with

two transverse, dark, broadish, basal bands, followed by three

large dark spots across the wing, one on the costa, another

across the cell, and the third on the inner margin, the latter

being a double spot; outside these are two other large spots

on the median area, beyond which is a broad curved dark

stripe from apex right to the inner margin; at the anal angle

is a small black spot followed by a short dash, another black

spot with a yellow iris, above which is another small black

spot; all of these have a slight scattering of metallic-blue

scales; posterior margin itself finely dark.

Female like the male, but on the primaries there is a trace

of two greyish spots, one on the posterior and one on the

inner margin near the anal angle; whilst on the secondaries

are two distinct rows of submarginal bluish-white spots

roughly parallel with the posterior margin of the wing. On

the underside there is decidedly more white, caused by the dark

spots being smaller than in the male.

Exp. alar., g 19-22, 9 23 millim.

This species, which I dedicate to Mr. G. A. K. Marshall

who has done so much for entomology on the other side of

Africa, flies in January, February, and June, and will come

near L. grammicus, 8. & K.; but it has not a marginal border

of spots on either wings, as that species has on both wings, and

the pattern beneath is very different, the underside pattern

being between grammicus and the previous species here

described, viz. subnitens.

Lycenesthes leonina, sp. n.

3. Upperside: both wings brown. Primaries with a

largish indefinite whitish patch at the end of the cell and in

the median area, and a small blackish spot at the end of the

cell; posterior margin darker than the rest of the wing.

Secondaries with a small double black spot in the anal

angle, followed by a larger one above it, above which is

another, rather smaller ; posterior margin finely dark brown,

334 Mr. R. T. Giinther on the Distribution of

internally edged with whitish. Underside: both wings pale

ochreous grey. Primaries with a darker spot at the end of

the cell, edged with whitish; beyond this is a transverse

sharply angled row of large darker spots, preceded by indefi-

nite white dashes and edged laterally with white; this row

extends from the costa just beyond the middle to near the

middle of the inner margin, and is angled outwardly ; beyond

this is arow of darker lunules indefinitely and indistinctly

edged with whitish; posterior margin finely dark. Second-

aries with a small dark spot on the costa near the base,

followed by a larger one about the centre of the costa; at the

end of the cell is a rather large darkish spot laterally edged

with whitish and paler in the centre, below which is another

similar spot touching the inner margin ; from this spot arises

a curved row of similar spots extending up to the lower outer

edge of the second dark costal spot; beyond this is a sub-

marginal row of lunules laterally edged with whitish, outside

which is a marginal row of smaller but more definite similar

lunules ; posterior margin finely dark; anal angle with two

small black spots, above which, between the first and second

median veins, is a larger black spot margined internally with

yellow; slight blue metallic scaling is scattered over these

spots.

; 9. Upperside like the male, except that there is no white

patch on the primaries, though there is a slight indication of

a paler brown patch, and in the secondaries the marginal

spots at the anal angle are continued nearly up to the apex.

The underside pattern is the same, but in both wings the

transverse row of large spots is very broadly margined

externally with white, and the lunular marginal row is larger

and more distinct, whilst in the primaries the row of large

spots instead of being sharply angled is only curved.

Exp. alar., ¢ 31, 2? 32 millim.

This species, which was taken in January, is somewhere

near L. lycenotdes ; but it is not white underneath as that

species is, and the pattern is different.

XXVIII.—On the Distribution of Mid-water Chetognatha in

the North Atlantic during the Month of November. By

R. T. Ginwrner, M.A., F.R.G.S.

[Plate XXIV.]

A report on the Celenterata obtained by Mr. George

Murray during the cruise of the ‘Oceana’? in November

1898 appeared in the ‘ Annals’ for April last. The organisms

Mid-water Cheetognatha in the North Atlantic. 335

submitted to the author for examination had been captured

by open plankton-nets towed in series at definite depths

between the surface and a little over two miles. The final

results of the examination of the material showed that, at

any rate so far as the Coelenterate fauna was concerned,

Mr. Murray’s method was very useful, and one which may

be made to yield valuable results.

Tt was found that in the nets which had been towed in the

deeper waters of the Atlantic were several species of Medusz

and Siphonophora which were absent from all the nets towed

nearer the surface. Aglantha rosea was abundant in hauls

from below 1000 fathoms, but only occurred in small numbers

in the more superficial hauls.

The object of the present communication is to show that

the distribution of Chztognatha in the various nets leads us

to similar conclusions and affords valuable confirmatory

evidence that the dark intermediate waters of the ocean, into

which the solar rays do not penetrate, are inhabited by a

population of Chetognatha which, during the month of

November at all events, is much denser than the population

of the upper strata, into which sunlight penetrates.

In the preparation of the accompanying Table (Pl. XXIV.),

in which the results of the investigation are summarized,

the method adopted was to measure the lengths of the

individuals found in the various hauls separately, and to enter

the results of a census of individuals grouped according to

their length in the appropriate places in the Table.

It is thought that in this way a clearer and more trust-

worthy representation of one of the elements composing the

Atlantic meso-plankton will be obtained, and that thus the

main object of the expedition wili be better served than by

a more or less imperfect attempt at classifying damaged

material by taxonomic characters of disputed value.

Among the species recognized were Dr. G. H. Fowler’s

new species of Sagitta Whartoni, to which the longest indi-

vidual (47 millim.) is referable, and which seems therefore

to be a species characteristic of the Atlantic meso-planktonic

fauna. Many of the smaller individuals seemed to resemble

8S. bipunctata. As might have been expected, Spadella

hamata, Mobius, was taken in great numbers in most of the

nets, but we are not aware of any previous record of this

species from so great a depth as 1700 fathoms.

The chief facts of the distribution of the oceanic Cheeto-

gnatha, which are clearly indicated in the accompanying

Table (Pl. XXIV.), are, firstly, that the upper hundred

fathoms contain but few individuals as compared with the

336 On the Distribution of Mid-water Chetognatha.

deeper waters of the Atlantic, and these few are small in

size, being on the average less than 6 millim. in length.

Below 200 fathoms and down to 700 fathoms these small

Chetognatha become very abundant (no less than fifty-five

appearing in the 500-fathom net), and numerous individuals

averaging about 12 millim. make their appearance, also a

few large specimens of 20-28 millim. were taken in the

deeper nets.

Then appears a break in the uniformity of the distribution.

The four nets which were towed at depths between 80) and

1000 fathoms caught far fewer Chetognatha than the nets

above or below this zone, and although one large individual

of 35 millim. was taken, those exceeding 10 millim. were

not common.

All nets from below 1000 fathoms brought up abundant

individuals averaging from 8 to 10 millim., as well as a fair

number between 10 and 15 millim. Specimens of 20 to

32 millim. were more frequent than in the more superficial

1000 fathoms, and in the nets from 1400 and 1500 were

taken two gigantic Chetognatha of 40 and 47 millim.

respectively.

It appears, then, that whereas the distribution of the

smaller Chetognatha (7. e. under 14 millim. in length) is

fairly uniform throughout the intermediate waters of the

North Atlantic in November, with the possible exception of

a zone between 800 and 1000 fathoms, the larger forms are

both more numerous and attain to a larger size in the deeper

waters; for whereas but a single specimen (29 millim.)

exceeding 26 millim. was captured in the nets towed above

800 fathoms, eighteen specimens were found in the nets

towed at depths between 900 and 1700 fathoms.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIV.

The figures in the first column give the depths in fathoms at which

the nets were towed. The value of each of the spaces between the hori-

zontal lines is 20 fathoms.

The numbers of the nets in the second column refer to the five stations

at which the nets were lowered; they are :—

Nos. 14,¢. Lat. 52° 475 .N., long. 11° 20"1 W.

2a-g. Lat. 52° 4°5N., long. 12° 270 W.

4a-l. Lat. 52° 27"6 N., ; Jong. 15° 40"0 W.

5a. Lat. 52° 18"1N., lone. 15° 399 W.

* 66-A, Lat. 52° 20"0 N., long. YS? 7 49 We

The numerals in the body of the table show the number of individual

Chetognatha of particular sizes captured by the nets indicated upon the

same horizontal line.

The /enyth (in millimetres) of the individuals is indicated by the figures

Dr. G. 8. Brady on the ‘ Oceana’ Ostracoda. 337

on the top line which stand vertically over the numerals in the body of

the table.

An example will make this clear. At a depth of about 220 fathoms,

in net numbered 66 were captured 16 individuals averaging 7°5 millim.

in length. The extent of the dark line on either side of the figure 16

indicates that the 16 individuals varied from 6 to 9 millim. in length, but

the average length is shown by the position of the figure 16 itself.

In another case, at a depth of 1500 fathoms, in net 47 were taken 50

Cheetognatha varying in length from 7°5 to 11 millim., 2 of from 11°5 to

12°25 millim., and 7 individuals of the lengths indicated, of which the

longest measured 47 millim.

The shaded areas serve to indicate the distribution of catches richest in

individuals of particular lengths at a glance. They are graphic represen-

tations of the numbers, which have been drawn to an approximate scale.

XXIX.—List of the Ostracoda collected by Mr. George

Murray, F.R.S., during the Cruise of the ‘Oceana’ in 1898 *.

By Dr. Gzorce Strewarpson Brapy, F.R.S.

Lat. 52° 4"5 N.

Long. 12° 27’ W.

No. of Net, &c.

26. Nov. 19. 270 fath.

Microconchecia Clausi? Immature.

2c. sp 270 fath.

Conchecia magna, Claus. Few.

Paraconchecia spinifera, Claus. 1.

2d. Ai 374 fath.

Conchecia maxima, B. & N.? Few.

2e. - 464 fath.

Paraconchecia oblonga, Claus. Few.

2 f. 3 620 fath.

Conchecia hyalophyllum, Claus. 1.

Concheecia imbricata, Brady. 1.

Conchecilla armata, Claus.

Paraconchecia oblonga, Claus. Several.

2 g. 5 650 fath.

Paraconchecia oblonga, Claus. Several.

Lat. 52° 27'6 N.

Long. 15° 40"0 W.

4a. Noy. 20. Surface.

Conchecia sp.? 1.

4b. % 790 fath.

Paraconchecia spinifera?, Claus. 1.

Ac. 920 fath.

Conchecia imbricata. 1.

Conchacia maxima?

Conchecia ? sp. 2 or 3.

* The method of capture, by a number of open tow-nets in series, is

described in Journ. Geogr. Soe. vol. xiii. no. 2, Feb. 1809,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 22

338 Dr. G. 8. Brady on the ‘ Oceana’ Ostracoda.

No. of Net, &e.

Ad. Noy. 20. 1065 fath.

Conchecia striata, Claus. Many.

4e. a; 1170 fath.

Conchecia maxima, B. & N. Several.

Concheecissa cucullata, Brady. 1.

4f. 5 1275 fath.

Conchecia imbricata, Brady. 2.

Conchecia porrecta, Claus. Many.

Microconchecia Clausti? Several.

4g. x 1370 fath.

Conchecia magna?, Claus.

4h. ‘; 1470 fath.

Conchecia imbricata, Brady. 2.

Conchecia spinirostris, Claus. Several.

Aj. 5 1570 fath.

Conchecia imbricata, Brady. 1.

Conchecia magna, Claus. Several.

Conchecissa cucullata, Brady. 1.

c. 1670 fath.

Conchecia striata, Claus. Several.

Conchecilla lacerta, B. & N. 1.

Microconchecia Clausti? Few.

Ak.

Lat. 52° 18"1 N.

Long. 15° 53"9 W.

5a. Nov. 21. Surface.

Conchecia? maxima, B. & N. 1.

5b. 4 500 fath.

Conchecia hyalophyllum, Claus. Many.

Conchecia imbricata, Brady.

de. a 810 fath.

Conchecia hyalophyllum, Claus. Many.

Conchecia imbricata, Brady.

5d. > 950 fath.

Concheecia hyalophyllum, Claus. Many.

Conehecia imbricata, Brady. 1.

5e. % 1070 fath.

Conchacia imbricata, Brady. 1.

Conchecia magna, Claus. Many.

Conchecia spinirostris, Claus. 2 or 3.

Conchecilla lacerta, B. & N. 1.

Concheeissa cucullata, Brady. 3 or 4.

Paraconchecia gracilis, Claus. 3 or 4.

Bf. “5 1190 fath. ‘ |

Conchecia imbricata, Brady. Several. ny :

Conchecia striata?, Claus. Several.

5g. 0 1300 fath.

Conchecia striata, Claus. Several.

Cypridina? sp.

5A. - 1410 fath.

Conchecia imbricata, Brady. 1.

Conchecia cucullata, Brady. 2.

Microconchecia Claus. 1.

Paraconchecia gracilis, Claus. Few.

Paraconchecia inermis, Claus, Several.

Mr. O. Thomas on new African Mammalia, 339

No. of Net, &e.

oj. Noy. 21. 1510 fath.

Conchecia hyalophyllum, Claus. Many.

Conchecia imbricata, Brady. Several.

Conchecia spinirostris, Claus. Several.

ok, oe 1610 fath.

Concheecia hyalophyllum, Claus. Many.

Conchecissa cucullata, Brady. 1.

Mucroconchecia Clausit, var. similis? Several.

51, # 1710 fath.

Conchecia imbricata, Brady. 8.

Conchecia porrecta, Claus. Several.

Lat, 52° 20'N.

Long. 15° 7"'9 W.

6a. Nov. 22. 150 fathoms.

Conchecia magna, Claus. Many.

Conchecia spinirostris, Claus. Several.

Gd. - 230 fath.

Asterope? sp. 1.

Conchecia? sp. 1.

6c. AA 310 fath.

(Immature forms.)

6d. on 375 fath.

(Mostly immature and indeterminable.)

Gf. re 510 fath.

Conchecia hyalophyllum, Claus. Many.

Conchecia imbricata, Brady. Several.

Conchecilla lacerta, B.& N. 1.

69. a 560 fath.

Conchecia hyalophyllum, Claus. Several.

Conchecia imbricata, Brady. Several.

Conchecilla lacerta, B. & N. 1.

XXX.—WNew African Mammalia of the Genera Petrodromus,

Dendromys, Mus, and Lepus. By Ouprirtp THomaAs.

I.—PETRODROMUS.

Among some further mammals presented to the National

Museum by Commissioner Sir Alfred Sharpe, K.C.M.G.,

are some examples of a Petrodromus which, on comparison

with the ordinary 8. Nyasan P, tetradactylus, proves to be

distinct. It may be called

Petrodromus venustus, sp. n.

Kssential characters of size, skull, and structure of caudal

hairs as in PL. tetradactylus, but coloration different in several

respects. Median dorsal area for a breadth of about 11-14

22*

340 Mr. O. Thomas on

inches clear pinkish buff, with a slightly vinaceous tone, the

rump not becoming markedly more plumbeous ; sides bright

buff ; under surface white, not soiled or buffy white, though

the bases of the hairs are slaty. Face-markings as in

P. tetradactylus, but the cheeks more buffy. Limbs coloured

as in tetradactylus, though the light parts are rather whiter.

Tail rather more abundantly haired ; black above, all round

for its terminal half and along a narrow median line below

from its basal fourth; sides of its basal half dull buffy.

Skull apparently quite as in P. tetradactylus.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 210 millim.; tail 132; hind foot (s. u.) 52;

ear 29.

Skull: greatest length 53:5; greatest breadth 27.

Hab. North Nyasa. Type from Namwiwe.

Type. Female. B.M. no. 8. 4. 2. 4. Collected Sep-

tember, 1902, by Mr. McClounie, and presented by Sir Alfred

Sharpe, K.C.M.G.

This pretty species differs from P. tetradactylus by its

paler clearer colour, not darkening on the rump, its clear

buffy sides, its dead white belly, and the fine black line

which runs up the underside of the tail.

IJ.—DeEnpDROMYS.

Dendromys messorius, sp. n.

A small species, without a dorsal stripe.

Size comparatively small. Fur close and velvety, not so

long and soft as in certain other species ; hairs of back about

4—5 millim. in length. Upper surface dull uniform fulvous

(Ridgway’s “cinnamon” with a leaning towards “ clay-

colour’); the back quite without any trace of a dark dorsal

streak; sides lighter and more rufous. Under surface white,

not very sharply defined laterally ; the hairs white to their

roots; a slight yellowish or fulvous suffusion in the white of

the chest and inner side of hind limbs. Ears of medium size,

well haired, dull fulvous brown, not markedly darker than

the general body-colour. Limbs like back externally, like

belly internally ; upperside of hands and feet dull whitish.

Tail more thinly haired than usual, brown above, rather

lighter below.

Skull stoutly built in comparison with that of some of the

larger species ; supraorbital edges square; palatal foramina

not conspicuously long; molars small and narrow.

Dimensions of type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 70 millim.; tail 82; hind foot (s. u.) 18 ;

ear 12,

new African Mammalia. 341

Skull: greatest length 21; basilar length 14:8; greatest

breadth 11; nasals, length 7°6; interorbital breadth 3; palate

length 8°7; diastema 5; palatal foramina 3°8 ; length of

upper molar series 3:1, of m’ 1°6.

Hab. Efulen, Bulu Country, Cameroons. Alt. 500 m.

Type. Female. B.M. no. 3. 2. 4. 24; original number 93.

Collected 29th July, 1901, by Mr. G. L. Bates. Hight

specimens.

The only other West-African Dendromys, D. Pecilet,

M.-Edw., has a dark dorsal stripe, grey-based_belly-hairs,

and molars which, if their dimensions are correctly given *,

are proportionally larger than in any other species of the.

genus.

Dendromys insignis, sp. n.

A large species, with a broad dorsal stripe.

Size large. General colour above slightly more buffy than

Ridgway’s ‘‘ raw umber” ; sides clearer buffy, passing with-

out line of demarcation into the dull creamy buff of the

under surface, where the hairs are slaty grey for three fourths

their length. No stripe on head, though the centre of the

crown is very faintly darker. Dorsal stripe commencing at

withers, very broad (over 4 millim.), black, and conspicuous.

Ears large, brown. Limbs dull buffy on outer surface,

whitish buffy on inner; hands and feet white. Tail long,

well haired, brown above, white below.

Skull large, light, and papery; muzzle long ; interorbital

space narrow, smooth, and rounded; palatal foramina long.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body 88 millim.; tail 104; hind foot(s. u.) 21°5;

ealgn Le

Skull: greatest length 24; basilar length 17°8; greatest

breadth 12; length of nasals 9°15; interorbital breadth 3:2;

diastema 6:4; palatal foramina 5-2 ; length of m* 2:2; length

of lower molar series (the upper imperfect) 3°5.

Hab. Nandi, British East Africa. Alt. 2000 m.

Type. Male. B.M. no. 99. 8. 4.65. Original number 8.

Collected 2nd May, 1898, and presented by F. J. Jackson,

Esq. One specimen.

‘¢ Lives in old birds’ nests” (J. J. J.).

This fine tree-mouse, which adds one more to the many

East-African mammals discovered by Mr. I. J. Jackson, is

one of the D. mesomelas group, and is readily distinguishable

* Skull 21 millim.; upper molar series 4; m’ 2:5 (Pousargues, Ann.

Sci. Nat., Zool, iu. p. 386, 1896),

342 Mr. O. Thomas on

by its broad and conspicuous dorsal stripe. Its nearest

geographical ally (D. nigrifrons, True, from Kilimanjaro)

is characterized by having a well-marked coronal stripe in

addition, besides being much smaller.

IIl.—Tue Susspecies or Mus nyroxawruvs, PUCH.

The British Museum now possesses a good series from the

Gaboon and Cameroons of the handsome rat described by

Pucheran as Mus hypoxanthus. Compared with these,

examples from Unyoro (Ansorge) and Nandi (Jackson) indi-

cate the existence of two well-defined subspecies of that

animal.

The three may be briefly distinguished as follows :—

General colour dark (“sepia”), the rump

dark rufous. Belly more or less washed

Wit hebuUbby, mite wyed Sete Mery seer Mus hypoxanthus,

General colour above as in hypoxanthus, but

the belly pure sharply defined white... Mus h. bacchante, subsp. 0.

General colour above pale (between “ tawny

clive” and “ clay-colour”), the rump

bright rufous. Belly edged laterally

Witla DW Lhyaysh ce taess Hlaelek else te lol inla) wee Mus h. unyort, subsp. 0.

Mus hypoxanthus bacchante.

Size and general characters of true hypoxanthus. Colour

above dark, nearly approaching Ridgway’s “sepia” or

‘olive.’ Rump more rufous, but less conspicuously so than

in the other forms, and only for a comparatively small area.

Sides greyish olive. Whole of under surface from chin to

anus and inner sides of limbs pure sharply defined white, not

edged laterally with buffy. Rufous nose-spot small, confined

to the roots of the whiskers and not extending back to the

eye. Fine hairs of ears rufous; no postauricular patch.

Upper surface of hands brown, of feet rufous brown, but not

so rufous as in true hypoxanthus. ‘Tail almost naked, finely

sealed, blackish above, rather paler below.

Skull very like that of true hypoxanthus, but rather

smaller, with narrower and more parallel-sided interorbital

region, more projecting anteorbital plate, palate ending level

with hinder edge of m’, with larger bullze, and rather smaller

molars.

Dimensions of the type (measured on the skin) :—

Head and body 159 millim.; tail 170; hind foot (s. u.) 30;

ear 21.

Skull: greatest length 38; basilar length 31°5; greatest

breadth 18:7; nasal length 15; interorbital breadth 5:2 ;

new African Mammalia. 343

palate length 17°53; diastema 10°5; palatal foramina 7°8;

length of upper molar series 6°7.

Hab. Nandi, British East Africa. Altitude 2000 m.

Type. Male. B.M. no. 99. 8. 4.66. Collected 22nd April,

1898, and presented by F. J. Jackson, Esq.

Mus hypoxanthus unyort.

Size and proportions as in the other two forms. General

colour above pale (between “ tawny olive” and “clay-colour”),

coarsely lined with dark brown. Posterior back for nearly

one third of the body bright tawny rufous. Under surface

dull white on throat and chest; belly mesially white, edged

with buffy laterally, or washed with buffy all over. Red

nose-spot prolonged backward to surround eyes. Hars brown

or rufous brown, a distinct fulvous postauricular patch. Fore-

arms and wrists bright rufous ; upperside of hands greyish

or sandy. Outer side of hind limbs rich rufous like rump,

the upperside of the feet also fulvous or reddish. Tail nearly

naked; scales about 11 to the centimetre; blackish above,

rather paler below.

Skull agreeing closely with that of VW. h. bacchante, but

rather narrower and more delicately built.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 155 millim.; tail 185; hind foot (s. u.) 31;

ear 20.

Skull: greatest length 37; basilar length 30; nasals,

length 14:3; interorbital breadth 4:9; palate length 16:5;

palatal foramina 7:1; length of upper molar series 69.

flab, Fadjas, on Victoria Nile, Unyoro.

Type. Male. B.M. no. 2. 11. 1. 28. Collected 18th July,

1897, by Dr. W. J. Ansorge. Six specimens.

“ 'Tree-rat” (W. J. A.).

1V.—TuE Common HARE OF CENTRAL CAPE COLONY.

Among the fine collection of mammals from Deelfontein

collected during the war by C. H. B. Grant, and presented to

the National Museum by Col. A. T. Sloggett, there occurred

a good series of the local representative of Lepus capensis.

As no typical Cape material was available for comparison,

opportunity was taken for Mr. Grant to obtain a Cape hare

from near Capetown itself during a collecting-trip arranged

by Mr. C. D. Rudd.

This Cape specimen, in conjunction with the others in the

Museum, shows, as might well be expected from the difference

b44 Mr. C. T. Regan on

in altitude, that the Deelfontein hare is sufficiently distinct

from the Cape one to need subspecific distinction.

It may be called

Lepus capensis centralis, subsp. n.

Size and proportions of true Lepus capensis.

General colour strongly suffused with pinkish buff, instead

of being nearly pure grey. Sides more strongly rufous and

lateral parts of under surface very strongly washed with

reddish vinaceous, as are also the throat and chest. Nape

“¢ vinaceous buff,” instead of dull grey; ear-fringes more buffy ;

chin, throat, and limbs all more strongly rufous.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 440 millim. ; tail 94; hind foot (s. u.) 110;

ear 122.

Skull: greatest length 84:5 ; basilar length 67.

Hab. Deelfontein, Cape Colony. Alt. 1400 m.

Type. Female. B.M. no. 2. 9.1. 100. Original number

165. Collected 12th March, 1902, by C. H. B. Grant, and

presented by Col. A. T. Sloggett.

The true Cape hare is a much greyer animal than JL. c.

centralis, with the rufous tones less developed throughout,

the difference being especially marked on the nape and throat.

On the nape, indeed, the colour is simply grey without any

rufous or buffy suffusion at all.

Of other names that have been given to members of this

group none seem to apply to the Deelfontein hare. ZL. aren-

arius, Geoff., has clearly no relationship to it and was said to

have come from Natal. JL. ochropus, Wagn., is the Transvaal

species, which was obtained by Capt. Barrett-Hamilton at

Bloemhoff, Vredefort Road, and elsewhere, and is readily

distinguishable by its much yellower general colour and clear

yellow nape.

XXXI.— On a Collection of Fishes from the Azores.

By C. Tate Reean, B.A.

THE collection of fishes brought back from the Azores by

Mr. W. R. Ogilvie Grant, who obtained them through the

kind co-operation of Major F. A. Chaves, of the Ponta Delgada

Museum, is of interest as showing the great similarity which

exists between the fish-fauna of the shores of these islands

and that of Madeira and of the Mediterranean, and also as

Fishes from the Azores. 345

containing examples of two species new to science, one of

these being the type of a new genus. A complete list is

given below.

Raiide.

Raia maderensis, Lowe.

Clupeidz.

Clupea maderensis, Lowe.

Murenide.

Murena helena, Linn.

Murena august’, Kaup.

Murena unicolor, Delaroche.

Conger vulgaris, Cuv.

Sternoptychiide.

Argyropelecus Olfersit, Cuv.

Sternoptyx diaphana, Hermann.

Scopelide.

MAcRISTIUM, gen. nov.

Allied to Bathysaurus, Giinth., which it resembles in the

position of the fins and the number of rays, but with the

mouth only moderately wide, the dentition weaker, the maxil-

lary dilated posteriorly, the fin-rays much prolonged, and

the ventrals still more anterior in position.

Macristium Chavest, sp. n.

Depth of body 74 times in the total length, length of head

5 times. Diameter of eye nearly 8 times in the length of

head, interorbital width 34 times. Maxillary broad, rounded

posteriorly, extending to below the anterior quarter of eye.

Dorsal with 18 rays, commencing above the axil of pectoral,

the length of its base 24 times in the total length (without

caudal), the middle and posterior rays, when laid back, ex-

tending beyond the base of caudal. No adipose fin. Anal

with 12 rays, commencing directly behind the vent, which is

slightly posterior to the last dorsal ray. Pectorals with 16

rays, elongate. Ventrals just behind the pectorals, with

8 rays, extending to the caudal. The naked body of a

uniform greyish colour.

One specimen. Total length 110 mm. (to base of caudal).

346 Mr. C. T. Regan on

Syngnathide.

flippocampus guttulatus, Cuv.

Scombresocide.

Belone Cornidit, Giinth.

Stromateide.

Centrolophus niger, Gmel.

Macruride.

Macrurus celorhynchus, Risso.

Gadide.

Uraleptus Maraldi, Risso.

Phycis mediterraneus, Delaroche.

Onus Grantt?, sp. n.

Depth of body about 74 times in the total length, length

of head 43 times. Snout 12-2 times as long as eye, the

diameter of which is 6-7 times in the length of head and

greater than the osseous interorbital width. Maxillary ex-

tending beyond the posterior margin of eye, and equal to 4

the length of head. A mental and two nasal barbels. Scales

very small. First dorsal ray scarcely longer than the

diameter of eyé. The second dorsal with 60 rays, the anal

with 48. Pectorals rounded, with 21 rays. Ventrals with

7 rays, the second elongate and equal to the length of head.

Caudal rounded. Whitish, the upper part of the body with

an irregular broad blackish band on each side, posteriorly

broken up into spots, separated from a median dorsal band

by a white stripe, which is narrow anteriorly, broader pos-

teriorly; upper part of head blackish, except for some narrow

white stripes, which are transverse on the snout, longitudinal

behind; dorsal with a broad blackish band occupying the

basal half of the fin, separated by a longitudinal light stripe

from a blackish marginal band; anal with some large dark

spots, which are better defined posteriorly ; pectorals with

dark markings; caudal with 6 or 7 large rounded dark spots.

Two specimens. Total length 390 mm.

Regalecide.

Trachypterus tenia, Bl. Schn.

Fishes from the Azores.

Berycide.

Beryx decadactylus, Cuv. & Val.

Hoplostethus mediterraneus, Cuv. & Va.

Cyttide.

Zeus faber, Linn.

Serranide.

Serranus atricauda, Giinth.

Sparide.

Box vulgaris, Cuv. & Val.

Sargus Rondeletiz, Cuv. & Val.

Pagellus Owent, Ginth.

Pagellus centrodontus, Delaroche.

Menide.

Smaris insidiator, Cuv. & Val.

Caproidz.

Capros aper, Lacep.

Triglide.

Sebastes dactylopterus, Delaroche.

Sebastes Kuhivi, Bowd.

Trigla pint, Bl.

Labride.

Labrus mixtus, Linn.

Centrolabrus trutta, Lowe.

Julis pavo, Hasselqu.

Novacula cultrata, Cuv. & Val.

Corts julis, Linn.

Coris Giofredi, Risso.

Scarus cretensis, Linn.

348 Mr. C. T. Regan on

Carangide.

Caranx dentex, B). Schn.

Caranez trachurus, Linn.

Trachynotus glaucus, Linn.

Scombride.

Scomber colias, Linn.

Trichiuride.

Lepidopus caudatus, Euphrasen.

Bramide.

Brama Rait, Bl.

Gobiide.

Gobius maderensis, Cuv. & Val.

Echeneidz.

Echeneis lineata, Menzies.

Echeneis brachyptera, Lowe.

Blenniidz.

Blennius sanguinolentus, Pall.

Blennius gattorugine, Bl.

Blennius ocellaris, Linn.

Tetrodontide.

Tetrodon Spenglert, Bl.

XXXII.—On the Genus Lichia of Cuvier.

By C. Tate Reaan, B.A.

THE genus Lichia was established by Cuvier in 1817, when,

although it was stated that there were several species, only

one of these was mentioned by name, viz. LZ. ama, Linn.,

which must therefore be regarded as the typical species of

the genus. In Cuvier and Valenciennes’s ‘ Histoire Naturelle

de Poissons’ three more species were added, viz. L. glauca,

Linn., L. vadigo, Risso, and L. calear, Bl., whilst a young

stage of L. amia was described under the name of Porthmeus

the Genus Lichia of Cuvier. 349

argenteus. Guichenot subsequently described a fifth species

as belonging to the genus Lichia, naming it L. albacora.

The relations of this last species are not very evident, but

L. calcar, Bl., is, without much doubt, based on a young

example of Scombroides saliens, Bl.

Liitken, recognizing that L. glauca should be regarded as

generically distinct from LZ. amia and L. vadigo, on account

of the smaller mouth and the absence of pseudobranchie,

proposed to retain the name Lichza for the former species

and to designate the two latter by the generic name Porthmeus.

This is obviously inadmissible; the name Lichia must be

given to L. amia, whilst Porthmeus is a synonym of it.

After examining examples of the three species in the British

Museum Collection I have arrived at the conclusion that

L. glauca must be included in the genus Trachynotus, Lacep.,

and that the other species are certainly not congeneric, so

that I propose to distinguish LZ. vadiyo by the new generic

name Campogramma.

It has been stated that LZ. glauca may be distinguished

from Trachynotus by the stronger dentition, more pointed

snout, and less produced dorsal and anal fins. ‘The first

supposed difference is, so far as I can see, non-existent ;

as regards the second and third, which are in any case not

of generic importance, the form of the snout is exactly the

same in LZ. glauca as in Trachynotus Baillonii, Lacep., whilst

the extent to which the dorsal and anal rays are produced is

subject to great variation in the different species, and in

T. Baillonii, which is in most respects nearest L. glauca,

they are more produced than in any other.

L. glauca should therefore be named Trachynotus glaucus,

Linn., whilst for Zrachynotus glaucus, Bl., I propose the

name 1’. palometa.

The differences between the genera Lichia and Campo-

gramma can be seen in the following diagnoses :—

Licuia, Cuv.

Body oblong, compressed, covered with small pointed

scales. Mouth wide; premaxillaries protractile ; maxillary

exposed distally, with supplemental bone ; jaws with rather

broad bands of numerous small pointed teeth ; vomerine and

palatine teeth present. Pseudobranchie present. Dorsal

with an anterior portion composed of a few spines which are

free in the adult, and a long posterior soft-rayed portion.

Anal preceded by two free spines, equal in length to the

soft dorsal. Pectorals rather short, not faleate. Caudal

’

350 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new Snakes.

widely forked. Lateral line ascending above the pectoral,

thence descending in a long reversed curve on the lower

half of the side, becoming straight posteriorly.

A single species, Z. amza, Linn.

CAMPOGRAMMA, gen. nov.

Differs from the preceding genus in the rounded scales,

the jaws with a single series of rather strong conical teeth,

the anal shorter than the soft dorsal, the pectoral of moderate.

length and falcate, and the lateral line forming a long even

curve auteriorly, straight posteriorly.

A single species, C. vadigo, Risso.

XXXIII.—Descriptions of new Snakes in the Collection of

the British Museum. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.

Tretanorhinus tentatus.

Head small, narrow; eye small. Nasals in contact with

each other behind the rostral; a pair of small internasals,

followed by three preefrontals, the median of which is penta-

gonal and twice as long as broad ; frontal once and a half

as long as broad, as long as its distance from the rostral,

shorter than the parietals; loreal a little longer than deep;

two pre- and two postoculars; temporals 1+2 or 2+3;

8 upper labials, fourth entering the eye; 4 or 5 lower labials

in contact with the anterior chin-shields; posterior chin-

shields longer than the anterior and separated from each

other by scales. Scales in 21 rows, striated and keeled.

Ventrals 168; anal divided ; subcaudals 81. Greyish olive,

with a broad, white lateral band occupying the three outer

series of scales; this band bordered above by a blackish

streak extending to the tip of the snout and passing through

the eye; sides of snout and lower surface of head blackish,

dotted with white ; a dark median streak on the occiput and

nape, reappearing on the tail; three ill-defined dark streaks

along the belly.

Total length 570 millim. ; tail 130.

A single female specimen from the Rio Sapayo, N.W.

Ecuador, altitude 450 feet.

Opisthotropis lateralis.

Snout short, rounded, much depressed, feebly projecting

beyond the mouth.’ Rostral a little broader than deep, well

Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new Snakes. 351

visible from above; nostril in the upper part of an undivided

nasal; internasals as long as broad; prefrontal semidivided ;

frontal a little longer than broad, twice as broad as the supra-

ocular, as long as its distance from the end of the snout,

shorter than the parietals ; loreal longer than deep ; two pree-

and two postoculars; temporals 1+2; ten upper labials,

fifth and sixth entering the eye; four or five lower labials in

contact with the anterior chin-shields; posterior chin-shields

nearly as long as the anterior and separated from each other

by scales. Scales in 17 rows, striated and feebly keeled,

with minute granular asperities; the keels stronger on the

tail. Ventrals 172; anal divided ; subcaudals 45. Olive-

grey above, yellowish white beneath, the two colours sharply

defined by a black line running along the third series of

scales and extending to the eye.

Total length 360 millim. ; tail 55.

A single male specimen from the Man-Son Mountains,

Tonkin, altitude 3000 to 4000 feet, collected by Hr. Fruh-

storfer.

Liophis bipreocularis.

Hye rather small. Rostral much broader than deep, just

visible from above; internasals broader than long, much

shorter than the preefrontals ; frontal once and two thirds as

long as broad, slightly longer than its distance from the end

of the snout, a little shorter than the parietals; no loreal,

posterior nasal in contact with the preeoculars ; two pre- and

two postoculars; temporals 1+2; seven upper labials,

third and fourth entering the eye; four lower labials in con-

tact with the anterior chin-shields, which are a little shorter

than the posterior. Scales in 17 rows. Ventrals 173; anal

divided; subcaudals 62. Olive-brown above, with ill-

defined blackish spots anteriorly ; posterior half of body

with two black dorsal lines, separated by three series of

scales, and a black lateral band; the two dorsal lines unite

on the tail, which bears three black bands of equal width ;

a subtriangular black blotch on each side of the nape, as

usual in Tropidonotus natriz; upper lip white; lower parts

pinkish, the ventrals with small blackish spots.

Total length 530 millim. ; tail 110.

A single female specimen from Facatative, Andes of

Colombia, 8000 feet, collected by Mr. Kay Thomson.

Simotes longicauda.

Nasal divided ; portion of rostral visible from above as

lone as its distance from the frontal; suture’ between the

5S ‘ I

352. Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new Snakes.

internasals slightly shorter than that between the przefrontals;

frontal jonger than its distance from the end of the snout, as

long as the parietals ; loreal slightly longer than deep; one

pre- and two postoculars ; no suboculars; temporals 142 ;

7 or 8 upper labials, fourth and fifth, or third (divided) and

fourth entering the eye; anterior chin-shields longer than

the posterior and in contact with four lower labials. Scales

in 17 rows. Ventrals 173; anal entire; subcaudals 60.

Pale purplish brown above, with interrupted or ill-defined

black cross-bars and 15 regular cross-bars enclosing a dark

brown spot on the back; an angular dark brown black-edged

cross-band passing through the eyes, forming a triangle on

the snout, extending from the posterior angle of the rostral

shield to the anterior fourth of the frontal; a large, A-shaped,

dark brown, black-edged marking from the frontal shield to

the nape; belly yellowish, with square black spots.

Total length 530 millim.; tail 105.

A single male specimen from the Man-Son Mountains,

Tonkin, 3000 to 4000 feet, collected by Hr. Fruhstorfer,

Very closely allied to S. cyclurus, Cantor, but apparently

outside the possible limits of variation of that species.

PCCILOPHOLIS, gen. nov.

Colubride aglyphodonte. Teeth small, subequal, about

ten in each maxillary. Head small, not distinct from neck ;

eye small, with round pupil; nostril pierced in a single

nasal; no supranasals; prefrontal single, in contact with

the rostral; no loreal; preocular in contact with the nasal.

Body cylindrical; scales smooth, without apical pits, in

15 rows; ventrals rounded. ‘Tail short; subcaudals in

two rows.

Pecilopholis cameronensis.

Snout rounded. Rostral bent over the snout between the

rather large nasals, forming a suture with the prefrontal,

which is twice as broad as long; frontal a little longer

than broad, a little longer than the prefrontal, two thirds

the length of the parietals; one pree- and two postoculars ;

an elongate anterior temporal; five upper labials, third

bordering the eye; chin-shields small, the anterior a little

shorter than the posterior and in contact with three lower

labials. Scales in 15 rows. Ventrals 178; anal divided ;

subcaudals 23. Blackish olive above, the lateral scales

whitish in the centre; upper lip and a triangular patch from

Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new Snakes. 353

behind the labials to the outer border of the parietal white ;

lower parts white, the shields edged with dark olive.

Total length 520 millim. ; tail 43.

A single specimen from Efulen, 8. Cameroon, collected by

Mr. G. L. Bates.

Homalocranium alticola.

Hye about two fifths the length of the snout. Rostral a

little broader than deep, visible from above ; internasals

a little shorter than the prefrontals; frontal hexagonal,

obtuse-angled in front, right-angled or acute-angled behind,

twice as broad as the supraocular, a little longer than broad,

longer than its distance from the end of the snout, shorter

than the parietals ; nostril between two nasals, the second of

which is in contact with the preocular; two postoculars ;

temporals 1+1; seven upper labials, third and fourth

entering the eye; symphysial in contact with the anterior

chin-shields; four lower labials in contact with the an-

terior chin-shields, which are longer than the posterior.

Scales in 15 rows. Ventrals 147-149; anal divided; sub-_

eaudals 55-64. Dark brown above, vertebral and lateral

seales lighter in the centre; a yellow, black-edged cross-

bar on the occiput; upper lip and end of snout yellow; a

black spot below the eye and a triangular black blotch on

the temple ; lower parts yellowish white.

Total length 330 millim.; tail 75.

Three specimens (males and young) from Santa Rita,

north of Medellin, Colombia, altitude 9000 feet, collected

by Mr. A. EH. Pratt.

Apostolepis Pymi.

Snout very short, broadly rounded; eye minute. Rostral

nearly as deep as broad, just visible trom above; frontal

once and two thirds as long as broad, as long as its distance

from the end of the snout, half as long as the parietals, which

are nearly twice as long as broad; nasal in contact with the

preocular; a single postocular; six upper labials, second and

third entering the eye, fourth and fifth in contact with the

arietal ; four lower labials in contact with the anterior chin-

shields, which are a little longer than the posterior ; first

lower labial in contact with its fellow behind the symphysial.

Scales in 15 rows. Ventrals 209; anal divided; subcau-

dals 35. Reddish above, with three dark brown lines;

upper surface of head and nape brown; a yellow spot below

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 23

d04 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new Snakes.

and behind the eye and another on each side of the nape ;

lower parts yellowish white; end of tail black.

Total length 385 millim.; tail 48.

A single male specimen from Brazil, from the collection

of the late Mr. J. Pym.

Miodon Christy?.

Diameter of eye three fifths its distance from the oral

margin. Rostral broader than deep, just visible from above ;

internasals a little shorter than the prefrontals; frontal

considerably broader than the supraocular, a little longer

than broad, as long as its distance from the rostral, much

shorter than the parietals; nasal entire, in contact with the

preeocular; two postoculars; temporals 1+1,; seven upper

labials, third and fourth entering the eye; first lower labial

forming a suture with its fellow behind the symphysial; four

lower labials in contact with the anterior chin-shields, which

are larger than the posterior. Scales in 15 rows. Ventrals

209; anal divided; subcaudals 20. Black above and on

the lower surface of the head ; ventrals and subcaudals white,

_broadly margined with black.

Total length 430 millim.; tail 28.

A single female specimen from Uganda. Presented by

Dr. C. Christy. .

Lachesis peruvianus.

Snout obtusely acuminate, with sharp, somewhat raised

canthus. Rostral a little deeper than broad; nasal divided ;

upper head-scales keeled; a large supraocular; 7 longi-

tudinal series of scales between the supracculars ; a narrow

subocular shield between the eye and the fourth labial; tem-

poral scales strongly keeled; 7 or 8 upper labials, second

forming the anterior border of the loreal pit. Scales strongly

keeled, in 23 rows. Ventrals 188; anal entire; subcaudals

66, all except a few of the anterior in pairs. ‘Tail prehensile.

Green, anteriorly with black and yellowish spots, further

back with angular yellowish-white cross-bands which are

edged with black alternately in front or behind; a series of

large yellowish spots on each side, above the ventrals; a

f#* -shaped blackish marking on the head, and two others,

¢2-shaped, on the occiput; a broad black band on each side

from the eye to the angle of the mouth; belly yellowish,

spotted with pale green; a yellowish, black-edged streak

along each side of the tail.

Total length 555 millim. ; tail 80.

A single female specimen from La Oroya, Carabaya,

S.E. Peru, collected by Mr. Ockenden.

On the African Species of the Genus Labeo. 300

XXXIV.—List of the African Species of the Cyprinid Genus

Labeo, with a Key to their Identification. By G. A. Bou-

LENGER, F'.R.S.

OnLy 8 species of Labeo from Africa, including 2 referred

to Abrostomus, were regarded as valid in the seventh volume

of the British Museum Catalogue of Fishes, published in

1868. 30 species, 15 of which have been described within

the last five years, appear in the following list.

As always happens when a large number of specimens are

available for examination, the range of variation of species

is found to extend considerably beyond the limits assigned

by the original describers, and, in consequence, the distinction

of allied forms becomes a more and more difficult task.

On the other hand, the employment of characters previously

neglected or altogether overlooked affords a basis for a com-

plete rearrangement, and may necessitate the breaking up of

some of the old species. ‘The result of such a rearrangement

is offered in the following synopsis, which is greatly needed

owing to the state of confusion into which the distinction of

species in this genus had gradually lapsed.

Some of the characters used in the following key are not

applicable to very young specimens—one to tivo inches in

length ; such are, the position and size of the eyes and the

shape of the dorsal fin, as all very young specimens agree in

having the eyes comparatively large and perfectly lateral

and the dorsal fin straight-edged or very feebly concave.

The condition of the lips is also difficult of appreciation in

very young specimens, owing to the small size. The num-

bers of fin-rays and of scales are always reliable, whatever

the age of the specimen. All African Labeo have five

branched rays in the anal fin. The scale-formule as given

in the key refer first to the number of scales in the lateral

line, secondly to the numbers in a transverse series above

and below the lateral line, in front of the origin of the dorsal

fin, thirdly to the number of series between the lateral line

and the base of the ventral, and lastly tothe number round

the caudal peduncle.

I. Barbels absent, or one on each side, often very small and hidden

under the folds of the mouth.

A. Inner surface of lips not bearing transverse plice ; eyes perfectly

lateral, visible from above and from below; snout hardly as long

as, or shorter than, postocular part of head; a small barbel; dorsal

fin nearer occiput than root of caudal.

1. Upper lip bordered with rounded or subconical papilla.

Dorsal with 14-17 branched rays; Sq. 41-45

oo, 5-6, 18-22; upper edge of dorsal fin

23%

3956 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the

usually concave, rarely straight or slightly

CONVERS p5 0its;.2 eps oR CE OER Meee eee bee 1. L. niloticus, Forsk.

2. Upper lip bordered with conical papille forming a very distinct

fringe.

a. Upper edge of dorsal fin straight or more or less convex.

Dor a with 12-14 branched rays; Sq. 40-44

a ae aoe ke Ue aco ot ne soos ohoe 2. L. horte, Heck.

Dorsal with 12-14 branched rays; Sq. 37-40

a As AG Sane teks Rieti Cette hicks Goat ae 3. L. senegalensis, C.& V.

Dorsal with 12-13 branched rays; Sq. 36 & gu

JE h SUM MA Sa ahs Bp MAE eo ch aura NG Shy 4, L. Steindachneri, Pfeff.

Dorsal with 11 branched rays; Sq. 36-88

See Nes Cee 5. E. altivelis, Ptrs.

6. Upper edge of dorsal fin more or a concave.

Doss with 12 branched rays; Sq. 36 5

(5a fc Ie eae criras trary oi RES RR RSS Maa Pee ale 6. LZ. Rose, Stdr.

Deal with 10-12 branched rays; Sq. 38-40

a His NEI eae Le LSE Ma See 7. I. mesops, Gthr.

Dorsal with 10-12 branched rays ; Sq. 836-37

sy Sie eas Sn aba dio la doa Soc pao Soto 8. L. lineatus, Bley.

B. Inner surface of lips bearing transverse plicee formed by series of

papillee.

1. Eyes perfectly lateral, visible from above and from below, or

nearly perfectly lateral.

a. Dorsal fin high, with straight or convex (rarely slightly concave)

upper edge, not nearer aye. than root of caudal, with 12-14

branched rays; Sq. 36-40 & 6 = 4-5, 16-18.

No barbel; caudal peduncle nearly twice as

deepias lomey ey eet oa. serene 9. L. velifer, Ble.

A small barbel; caudal peduncle much

deeper than long ; pectoral reaching ven-

Littetlligs x evs ca ecabeavhe cote eae po tanice ems eciele Cee TC 10. L. longipinnis, Blgr.

A small barbel ; caudal peduncle not, or but

slightly, deeper than long; pectoral not

WER MONE GIN! A adonongoco so 700400 g05 11. ZL. coubie, Rupp.

b. Dorsal fin nearer eye than root of caudal; Sq. 35-39 7 =f

4-5, 16.

Dorsal high, convex, with 11 branched rays ;

diameter ‘of eye at least 3 times in inter-

VioiMl wel Sanne paeooqecs4sodoacbss 12. L. congoro, Peters.

Dorsal with concave upper edge, with 10 or

11 branched rays ; diameter of eye not

twice in interorbital width ............ 13. LZ. Gregorit, Gthr.

Dorsal with concave upper edge, with 10

branched rays; diameter of eye 2; in

hanrsword sul MCI Gado CA kaos dou ob ods 14, L. Darling, Bler.

Dorsal with concave upper edge, with 9 or 10

branched rays; diameter of eye at least

3 times in interorbital width............ 15. ZL. victorianus, Bler.

African Species of the Genus Labeo. 357

2. Eyes supero-lateral, entirely or nearly entirely visible from above.

a. Dorsal with 11-12 branched rays,

equally distant from eye and from

caudal; depth of body about 3

times in total length; caudal

peduncle as long as deep;

Sq. 35-38 a CIE Ornts eee ee 16. LZ. cyclorhynchus, Bley.

b. Dorsal with 8-11 branched rays,

nearer eye than caudal; depth of

body usually more than 3 times

in total length.

a, 20-22 scales round caudal peduncle.

Caudal peduncle deeper than long; Sq. 39

PE OR BE oe cencawea: 17. L. faleapinnis, Blgr.

Caudal bedunele a little longer than deep;

Sq. 89 2 Fay 4p 22 eee cee e eee ence eee 18. L. Kirk, Bley.

B. 16-18 scales round caudal peduncle.

* Caudal peduncle longer than deep; dorsal with concave

upper edge.

Dorsal with 10 (rarely 9 or 11) branched

rays; eye small, its diameter 53 to 8 times

in length of head; Sq. 38-42 = 4-5,

Ge res siohats vid hore ae eNO n ...+. 19. L. Forskahi, Rupp.

Dorsal with 8 to 10 branched rays; diameter

of eye 4 to 7 times in length of head;

Sq. 85-39 Ee BS AMO site gt casas 2 20. L. eylindricus, Peters,

* Caudal peduncle as long as deep or a little deeper than

long ; dorsal with 10 branched rays.

Dorsal with straight or slightly notched upper

edge in the adult ; diameter of eye 4 ve

times in length of head ; Sq. 88-39 7

a eM ery. estes State ctefe Des cht de ote "24: LL. macrostoma, Blgr.

Dorsal with concave upper edge ; diameter

of eye 7 times in length of head in adult ;

snout pvinted, ending in a turned up ap-

pendage; Sq. 38-39 a AP AMG Ewha are esas 22. L. nasus, Bley.

Dorsal with concave upper edge; diameter

of eye 4 to 53 times in length of head;

St Oe Cea nee cere eee 23. L. Greenii, Bler.

y. 12 scales round caudal peduncle; dorsal with 9 or 10

branched rays.

* Dorsal with straight or convex

upper edge ; caudal peduncle

not longer than deep;

Sq. 32-34 33, 3,12 ........ 24. L. brachypoma, Gthr.

** Dorsal with concave upper edge.

Caudal peduncle longer than deep ; Sq. 36-89

a SS ee teetstatee: etree raeernct Oude a .o++ 20, L, annectens, Bley.

358 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the

Caudal peduncle longer than deep; Sq. 35

PEA, 1D oud Te PTT h et Ga cok eee Ob, ee eee

Caudal peduncle not or but slightly longer

than deep; Sq. 83-35 =e Oy AD Bete 27. L. parvus, Blgr.

TI. Two barbels on each side.

Dorsal with 10 or 11 soft rays; eyes supero-

lateral; barbels longer than the eye;

Sq. 40-41 gpg, 6, 20-22 2. ss wo... 28. L. barbatus, Blev.

Dorsal with 10 or 11 soft rays; eyes per-

fectly lateral; barbels hardly as long as,

or shorter than, the eye ; Sq. 46-50 oon

6-7, 22-24 ....... CERT ESE CNG ES. ee. 29, L. capensis, Smith.

Dorsal with 8 to 10 soft rays; eyes perfectly

lateral; barbels hardly as long as, or

shorter than, the eye; Sq. 60-65 pete

a (UE ea ce ree AA Sa OS aN 4 30, L. umbratus, Smith.

1. Labeo niloticus.

Cyprinus niloticus, Forskal, Descr. Anim. p. 71 (1775) ; Geoffr. Deser.

Keypte, Poiss. pl. ix. fig. 2 (1809).

Labeo niloticus, 1. Geoffr. op. cit. p. 282 (1827).

Labeo niloticus, part., Cuv. & Val. Hist. Poiss. xvi. p. 3388 (1842) ;

Giinth, Cat. Fish. vii. p. 47 (1868), and Petherick’s Tray. Afr. ii.

p- 259 (1869).

Labeo vulgaris, Heckel, Russegger’s Reise, ii. p. 303, pl. xx. fig. 3

(1846).

Nile.

2. Labeo horte.

Heckel, Russegger’s Reise, iii. p. 804, pl. xxi. fig. 1 (1846).

Chondrostoma dembeensis (non Riipp.), Cuv. & Val. Hist. Poiss. xvii.

p- 398 (1844).

Labeo niloticus, part., Giinth. Cat. Fish. vii. p. 47 (1868), and

Petherick’s Tray. il. p. 259 (1869).

Nile and Albert Nyanza.

3. Labeo senegalensis.

Cuy. & Val. Hist. Poiss. xvi. p. 346, pl. cecclxxxvi. (1842); Steind.

Sitzb. Ak. Wien, lxi. 1870, p. 560, pl. vi. & pl. viii. fig. 1.

Senegal, Gambia, Niger.

4, Labeo Steindachnert.

Pfeffer, Fische O.-Afr. p. 51 (1896).

Kingani R., Hast Africa. 8

African Species of the Genus Labeo. 359

Dd. Labeo altivelis.

Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1852, p. 683, and Reise Mossamh. iv. p. 43,

pl. viii. (1868).

Labeo coubie, part., Giinth. Cat. Fish. vii. p. 48 (1868).

Zambesi, Nyassa.

6. Labeo Rose.

Steind, Sitz. Ak. Wien, ciii, 1894, p. 457, pl. v. fig. 1.

Limpopo R., 8. Africa.

@. Labeo mesops.

Giinth. Cat. Fish. vii. p. 51 (1868).

Labeo coubie, part., Giinth. t.c. p. 48.

Nyassa.

8. Labeo lineatus.

Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zoel. i. p. 34, pl. xviii. (1898), and Poiss.

Bass. Congo, p. 218 (1901).

Congo.

9. Labeo velifer.

Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool, i. p. 32, pl. xvi. (1898), and Poiss.

Bass. Congo, p. 211 (1901).

Congo.

10. Labeo longipinnis.

Bouleng. Ann, Mus. Congo, Zool. i. p. 33, pl. xvii. fig. 1 (1898), and

Poiss. Bass. Congo, p. 212 (1901).

Congo.

11. Labeo coubie.

Riipp. Fortsetz. Beschr. n. Fische Nil, p. 11, pl. iii. fig. 1 (1832);

Cuy. & Val. Hist. Poiss, xvi. p. 344 (1842).

Labeo niloticus, part., Cuv. & Val. ¢. ¢. p. 338.

Lubeo selti, Cuy. & Val. t. c. p. 3845; Steind, Sitzb. Ak. Wien, Ixi. 1870,

p- 562, pl. vii. fig. 1.

Labeo niloticus, Heckel, Russegever’s Reise, ii. p. 300, pl. xx. fig. 1

(1846) ; Peters, Reise Mossamb. iv. p. 46 (1868).

Labeo coubie, part., Giinth, Cat. Fish. vil. p. 48 (1868), and Petherick’s

Trav. i. p. 260 (1869).

Nile, Senegal, Gambia, Niger.

) gal, » NIE

360 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the

12. Labeo congoro.

Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1852, p. 683, and Reise Mossamb. iv. p. 49,

pl. ix. (1868).

Labeo coubie, part., Giinth. Cat. Fish. vii. p. 48 (1868).

Zam besi.

13. Labeo Gregori.

Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894, p. 90, pl. x. fig. B.

Labeo Bottegi, Vincig. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) xvii. 1897, p. 358.

East Africa (Ganana R., Tana R., Rovuma R.).

14. Labeo Darlingt.

Bouleng. Proc. Zool. Soe. 1902, ii. p. 13, pl. ii. fig. 1.

Rhodesia.

15. Labeo victorianus.

Bouleng. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1901, p. 159.

Labeo Forskalit (non Riipp.), Hilgend. Sitzb. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl.

1888, p. 78.

Victoria Nyanza.

16. Labeo cyclorhynchus.

Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. p. 98, pl. xi. fig. 1 (1899), and

Poiss. Bass. Congo, p. 214 (1901).

Var. variegata, Pellegrin, Bull. Mus. Paris, 1901, p. 382.

Congo.

17. Labeo falcipinnis, n. n.

Labeo falcifer (non C. & V.), Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. 1.

p. 39, pl. xvii. fig. 2 (1898), and Poiss. Bass. Congo, p. 215 (1901).

Congo.

The name fale/fer, which I proposed for this species, was

already in use for a species referred to Z'ylognathus.

18. Labeo Kirki, sp. n.

Labeo Forskali, part., Ginth. Cat. Fish. vii. p. 50 (1868).

This new species is founded on a single specimen from the

Rovuma River, East Africa, collected by Sir J. Kirk, and

referred by Giinther to L. Lorskalit, from which it differs in

the greater number of scales round the caudal peduncle.

19. Labeo Forskalit.

Riipp. Mus. Senck. ii. p. 18, pl. iii. fig. 1 (1835) ; Cuv. & Val. Hist.

Poiss. xvi. p. 343 (1842); Heckel, Russegger’s Reise, iii. p. 301,

pl. xx. fig. 2 (1846); Giinth. Cat. Fish. vii. p. 50 (part.), and

Petherick’s Tray. ii. p. 260 (1869).

Nile.

African Species of the Genus Labeo. 361

20. Labeo cylindricus.

Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1852, p. 684, and Reise n. Mossamb. iv. p. 47,

pl. x. fig. 1 (1868).

Tylognathus Cantini, Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) vi. 1882, p. 175;

Vincig. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) xv. 1895, p. 50, and xix. 1898, p. 259.

Tylognathus moutanus, Giinth. Proc. Zooi. Soc. 1889, p. 71, pl. vill.

tic. B

Labeo Forskalit, part., Pfeffer, Fische O.-Afr. p. 49, fig. (1896).

Labeo montanus, Pfeffer, ¢. c. p. 52.

? Labeo mesops (non Gunther), Vincig. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) xvii.

1897, p. 361.

Abyssinia and East Africa to Mozambique.

21. Labeo macrostoma.

Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. 1. p. 36, pl. xix. fig. 1 (1898), and

Poiss. Bass. Congo, p. 216 (1901).

Congo.

22. Labeo nasus.

Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. p. 99, pl. lx. fig. 2 (1899°, and

Poiss. Bass. Congo, p. 218 (1901).

Congo.

23. Labeo Greenti.

Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. ii. p. 29, pl. viii. fig. 4 (1902).

Congo.

24. Labeo brachypoma.

_ Gunth. Cat. Fish. vii. p. 50 (1868).

Labeo Walkert, Gunther, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1902, ii. p. 338, pl. xxxili.

Lagos and Gold Coast.

25. Labeo annectens.

Bouleng. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1903, i. p. 28, pl. ii. fig. 1.

S. Cameroon.

26. Labeo Lukule.

Bouleng. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1902, i. p. 285

30, pl. xxili.

Lukula R., Congo.

27. Labeo parvus.

Bouleng. Ann, Mus. Congo, Zool. ii. p. 80, pl. viii. fig. 5 (1902),

Congo.

362 On a new Fish from British Central Africa.

28. Labeo barbatus.

Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. p. 36, pl. xix. fig. 2 (1898), and

Poiss. Bass. Congo, p. 218 (1901).

Congo.

29. Labeo capensis.

Abrostomus capensis, A. Smith, Il. Zool. S. Afr., Fish. pl. xii. fig. 2

(1841).

? Labeo cafer, Castelnau, Mém. Poiss. Afr. Austr. p. 60 (1861).

Labeo tenuirostris, Steind. Sitzh. Ak. Wien, cili. 1894, p. 459, pl. v.

fio, 2.

Orange R., Limpopo R.

30. Labeo umbratus.

Abrostomus umbratus, A. Smith, Ill. Zool. 8, Afr., Fish. pl. xu. fig. 1

(1841).

Labeo Sicheli, Castelnau, Mém. Poiss. Afr. Austr. p. 60 (1861).

Orange R. System.

Of these 30 species, according to our present knowledge of

their distribution, 11 are peculiar to the Congo System, 7 to

East Africa east of the Nile System, southwards to the

Zambesi (including Lake Nyassa), 4 to the Nile System, 4 to

South Africa (Limpopo and Orange Rivers), 2 to West Africa

from the Niger northwards, 1 to the Cameroon District ;

and one species is common to the Nile System and to the

Senegal-Niger.

XX XV.—Description of anew Silurid Fish of the Genus

Clarias from British Central Africa. By G. A. Bou-

LENGER, F.R.S.

Clarias Carsonit.

Depth of body 7 times in total length, length of head 4}.

Head 14 as long as broad, smooth ; occipital process angular ;

frontal fontanelle sole-shaped, 24 as long as broad, 4 times in

length of head; occipital fontanelle small, encroaching a

little on occipital process; eye very small, 4 times in length

of snout, 7 times in interorbital width ; width of mouth a

little less than interorbital width, 2 length of head; vomerine

teeth conical, forming a crescentic band which is about as

broad as the premaxillary band; nasal barbel $ length of

head; maxillary barbel 3 length of head, not reaching gill-

On new Hymenoptera from the Khasia Hills. 363

opening ; outer mandibular barbel 13 length of inner, which

measures 4 length of head. Gill-rakers short and wide apart,

10 on first arch. Clavicles concealed under the skin. Dorsal

about 65, its distance from the occipital process ? length of

head, its distance froin caudal fin equal to diameter of the

eye. Anal 60, nearly touching caudal. Pectoral not quite

= length of head, the spine not serrated, about 2 the length

of the fin. Ventrals much nearer end of snout than caudal.

Caudal 4 length of head. Uniform dark brown.

Total length 1500 millim.

Fwambo, British Central Africa.

A single specimen, presented to the British Museum by

Mr. A. Carson in 1894,

XXXVI.—On some new Genera and Species of Parasitic

Hymenoptera from the Khasia Hills, Assam. By P.

CAMERON.

[Continued from p. 273. ]

Aglaojoppa rufofemorata, sp. n.

This species has the general coloration, including the red

femora, of A. Rothneyi, but may readily be separated from

it as follows :—

Scutellum not distinctly dilated at the base; the top of

the posterior median area not separated from the

areola by a distinct curved keel, areola almost

smooth ; the marks on the abdomen widely sepa-

BEE COA ECP SAN soa ac aA Hahei ay ds 00l Hele asa Dwar agS rufofemorata.

Scutellum distinctly dilated at the base, the top of the

posterior median area distinctly separated from the

areola by a rounded keel, the areola irregularly

rugose; the marks on the second and third abdo-

minal segments not widely separated............ Rothneyt, Cam.

Black; the face, clypeus, inner orbits, the lower two

thirds of the outer entirely, the base of the mandibles, palpi,

the top of the prothorax broadly, a line on the lower edge,

two long lines on the mesonotum, the scutellar keels,

scutellums, the sides and apex of the postpetiole, and large,

irregular, widely separated marks on the second to the fifth

abdominal segments, a large irregular mark on the lower

side of the mesopleurze, narrowed at the apex and with a

triangular incision on the lower side at the base, and with its

364 Mr. P. Cameron on new

lower basal part extending on to the mesosternum, a line

under the hind wings, a large oblique mark on the meta-

pleurz, aud the outer aree of the metanotum, pale yellow.

Antenne black, the scape beneath and a broad band on the

middle of the flagellum white; the apex of the flagellum

brownish. The four front legs are pallid yellow, their

femora and tibiz lined behind with black; the hinder coxe

black, yellow above, their trochauters yellow; the femora

red to near the apex; the tibize pale yellow to shortly beyond

the middle, the rest black; the tibiz pale yellow. Wings

hyaline, the nervures and stigma black. 9.

Length 19 mm.

Hao. Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

Head sparsely punctured, the part below the outer ocelli

rugose. ‘Thorax closely punctured, the median segment more

closely and strongly than the rest; the areola irregularly

wrinkled in the centre, the sides furrowed, the upper half of

the posterior median area strongly irregularly reticulated

and with a fovea in the centre on the top; the lower part is

more closely and not so strongly reticulated. Centre of

postpetiole closely longitudinally striated; the second, third,

and fourth segments are closely punctured, the base closely,

longitudinally, and finely striated. The gastrocceli shallow.

Aglagjoppa violaceipennis, sp. n.

Black ; the inner orbits narrowly in the middle, broadly

above and below, the lower half of the outer entirely, the

face, clypeus, labrum, a triangular mark on the base of the

mandibles, palpi, the edge of the pronotum, two short broad

marks on the middle of the mesonotum, the scutellums, two

large marks on the apex of the median segment on the sides,

a mark on the lower side of the propleure, the tubercles, the

lower half of the mesopleurz, a mark under the hind wings,

a large mark in the middle of the metapleurz, and an irre-

gular mark on the sides of the basal two segments of the

abdomen, orange-yellow. Legs lemon-yellow; the hinder

coxee (except at the base above and at the apex below), the

fore femora behind (except at the apex below), the middle

behind (except in the centre above), the hinder trochanters,

the base and apex of the hinder femora, and the apices of

their tibiz, black. Wings uniformly fuscous violaceous, the

hinder paler than the anterior. ?.

Length 18 mm.

Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

Face and clypeus rough, sparsely pilose; a mark aboye

Hymeneptera from the Khasia Hills. 365

the clypeus, the fovez, and the edge below, black. Upper

inner orbits acutely margined. Mesonotum distinctly

but not closely punctured. Scutellum almost impunctate,

its apex black, more broadly in the centre than laterally.

Areola distinctly wider than long, short, broadly rounded at

the base, the apex raised, almost transverse, the inner part

depressed, irregularly rugose; the posterior median area

closely transversely rugose, more coarsely and irregularly at

the sides ; the spiracular stoutly obliquely striated. Petiole

broadly depressed, the sides acutely raised; the depression

transversely striated ; postpetiole stoutly, sharply, longitu-

dinally striated in the middle; the second to the fifth

segments closely punctured, the second stoutly longitudinally

striated. Gastrocceli deep, smooth, except for a few striz at

the base.

Aglaojoppa quadrimaculata, sp. n.

Black ; the face, clypeus, the inner orbits (forming two

triangular united marks), a large mark (triangularly narrowed

above, round below) on the lower half of the outer orbits, a

triangular yellow mark on the base of the mandibles, thie

palpi, a broad line on the pronotum, two short broad lines in

the middle of the mesonotum, the scutellums, the apex of the

posterior lateral areze of the median segment, a mark (uar-

rowed behind) on the hinder part of the propleure, the lower

half of the mesopleurz, a mark below the hind wings, a small

irregular one behind the spiracles, an oval irregular one in

the middle of the metapleurz, and two marks on the apex of

the basal two abdominal segments, orange-yellow. @¢.

Length 17 mm.

Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

Face closely and strongly punctured, the clypeus more

sparsely punctured; the ocellar region rugose. Scape of

antenne bright yellow below ; the flagellum fuscous, with a

broad white band near the middle. Mesonotum sparsely

puuctured, the punctures smaller on the sides. Areola

broader than long, narrowed and rounded behind, the apex

with a slight rounded incision; it is smooth ; the posterior

median area is closely transversely striated; on the sides

of the lower half is a stout longitudinai keel, united to the

sides above and forming an enclosed area, inside of which

are a few stout curved keels; the other arez are obliquely

irregularly striated. Propleurze sparsely punctured, striated

behind, the mesopleuree more closely and strongly punctured,

except in the centre behind; the metapleure are still more

closely and strongly punctured. Legs lemon-yellow; the hinder

366 Mr. P. Cameron on new

coxée (except for an oblique mark on the outer side above),

the hinder trochanters, the base narrowly, the apex more

broadly of the hinder femora, and the apex of the hinder

tibie, black. Wings fuscous violaceous, the stigma and

nervures fuscous. Petiole hollowed in the centre and keeled

laterally ; the postpetiole raised in the middle and stoutly,

irregularly, longitudinally striated, its sides punctured; the

second to fifth segments closely punctured. Gastrocceli

large, deep, the basal half stoutly striated.

Agrees closely in coloration with A. violaceipennis ; may

be known from it by the areola not being hollowed, by the

paler more fuscous wings, and by the fuscous stigma and

nervures.

Aglagjoppa 5-maculata, sp. n.

Black; a triangular yellow mark at the base of the man-

dibles, the edge of the pronotum broadly, two lines on the

mesonotum with a curved projection on the outer side near

the base, the scutellums, two large marks on the median

segment (half on the metanotum, half on the pleurz), two

lines on the lower part of the propleure, the lower half of

the mesopleure, a mark under the hind wings, the post-

petiole, and two large marks on the apex of the second and

third segments, lemon-yellow. Legs lemon-yellow, the four

anterior femora behind, the posterior entirely, the hinder

cox (except at the base above), and the apex of the hinder

tibixe, black. Wings almost hyaline, the apex with a fuscous-

violaceous tinge ; the stigma and nervures black. Flagellum

white in the middle, the scape yellow below. ¢.

Length 18 mm.

Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

Head lemon-yellow, the middle of the front broadly, the

ocellar region, and the occiput, black. Face and clypeus

sparsely punctured and covered with short white hair; there

is a small black mark in the centre of the clypeus at the apex.

Mesonotum closely punctured in the centre. Scutellum with

scattered punctures. Base of the median segment aciculated,

the outer side with scattered punctures; the apex, and more

particularly the posterior median area, strongly punctured.

Pleurze closely punctured, the metapleurze more strongly

than the rest. ‘The middle of the postpetiole longitudinally

striated ; the middle of the second segment entirely and the

basal half of the third longitudinally striated.

Aglaojoppa latemaculata, sp. n.

Black, the mandibles broadly at the base, the upper edge

Hymenoptera from the Khasia Hills = 867

of the pronotum broadly, the mark dilated at the apex, the

lower half of the prosternum behind, two longish lines on

the centre of the mesonotum, the scutellums, two large

oblique marks on the apex of the median segment, extending

on to the pleurz, the lower half of the mesopleurz, the

mesosternum, except for a triangular black mark in the

middle at the base, the apices of the basal two abdominal

segments broadly, two large lateral marks occupying the

apical two thirds of the second and two similar, but smaller,

ones on the apex of the third segment, yellow. Legs yellow,

a line on the four front femora behind, the hinder coxe, the

femora, the apex of their tibie, the base narrowly and the

apices of the four front tibie, black. Wings hyaline,

the apical half fuscous violaceous, the stigma and nervures

black. ©.

Length 13 mm.

Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

Head lemon-yellow, the front and vertex in the middle,

the greater part of the occiput and the outer orbits broadly

above, black. Face and clypeus almost bare, sparsely

punctured. Mesosternum sparsely punctured. The keels

bounding the areola are thin and indistinct; the latter is

smooth and shining and has an oblique slope at the base.

Posterior median area rounded above, closely punctured,

the punctures round and shallow; the spiracular and

other arez closely punctured.

Xanthojoppa geniculata, sp. n.

Yellow, the ocellar region, a line in front of it, a broader

line behind, the greater part of the occiput, the apex of the

mandibles, the base of the mesonotum in the centre, its apex

and sides broadly, the middle of the median segment, the

apex of the petiole broadly in the middle, and the other

segments in the middle, the mark on the base of the second

more dilated, black. Legs rufo-fulvous, the anterior with a

more yellowish, paler tint; the apices of the tarsi darker,

the hinder cox yellowish at the base, on the outer side

at the apex marked with black and the apex of the femora

black. Wings hyaline, with a fulvous tinge, the stigma

fulvous, the nervures blacker. 9.

Length 15-16 mm.

Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

Antennee rufous, darker towards the apex. Face and

clypeus shining, impunctate, and bearing a few white hairs ;

the labrum fringed with long golden hairs. Palpi rufous,

368 Mr. P. Cameron on new

pilose. Mesonotum impunctate, the base covered with

short pubescence. The furrow at the base of the meta-

notum deep, black. The sides of the metanotum at the

base oblique, the middle much more strongly transversely

striated; the posterior median area in the middle irre-

gularly longitudinally reticulated ; the teeth are large,

somewhat triangular. The top of the prothorax is more

deeply and roundly depressed than usual. Propleurz

obscurely punctured at the base and apex ; the base of the

depression obliquely striated, the striz being stronger above,

where it is black all round. Mesopleurz yellowish, the

base and apex on the lower side black ; below the tubercles

is a striated belt. Abdomen smooth; the apex of the

petiole on the lower side raised and finely transversely

striated.

Resembles X. nigrolineata in form and coloration, but

differs in the flatter scutellum, in the more depressed middle

of the pronotum, and in the second abdominal segment not

being striated.

Erythrojoppa nigromaculata, sp. 0.

one. 1S mm eee

Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

This species agrees very closely in coloration with

E. ferruginea, Cam., but differs in having the scutellum

not pyramidal. |

The fifteen or sixteen basal joints of the antenne are

ferruginous, more yellowish in tint towards the middle; the

dilated apical joints are black. Head ferruginous, the clypeus

and orbits with a yellowish tint ; the face and the top of the

clypeus punctured but not closely ; the central raised part of

the face is more strongly punctured than the sides. The

front above is broadly but not deeply furrowed in the centre,

and is there transversely striated. The apex of the clypeus

slightly projects in the centre; the projecting iabrum is

smooth and has the apex fringed with long rufous hair.

Mandibular teeth black. On the ferruginous thorax the

following parts are black: the middle of the pronotum and

of the propleurz, the sides of the mesonotum in front, its

apex, the scutellar depressions, the base of the median seg-

ment, the greater part of the posterior median area in the

ceutre (the black part narrowed above}, the apex of the

segment all round, the base of the mesopleurs, except at

the top, a line under the tubercles, the apex at the middle

coxze, the base of the metapleure, its apex and more nar-

rowly its lower edge. The scutcllum is roundly convex and

Hymenoptera from the Khasta Hills. 369

is slightly raised above the level of the mesonotum; the

lateral keels extend near to the apex, which has an oblique

slope and is closely Jongitudinally striated. The raised

areola and the base of the median segment in the middle

are smooth and shining; the rest of the segment closely

rugosely punctured and striated; the metapleurse and the

spiracular area are closely, strongly, obliquely striated.

Legs coloured like the body ; the apical two joints of the

hinder tarsi black; the pubescence is short, and on the

base (the coxee particularly) is pale fulvous. Wings yel-

lowish hyaline, the apex fusco-violaceous ; the nervures and

stigma black. Abdomen ferruginous; the apical half of the

third more or less and the other segments entirely black ;

the postpetiole is depressed in the middle at the base; the

centre is strongly longitudinally striated; the gastrocceli,

except at the base, are smooth and shining; the second

segment to near the apex is closely longitudinally striated.

Xanthyjoppa femorata, sp. n.

Yellow; the ocellar region, the vertex behind it, the

occiput, an oblique mark on the upper part of the orbits

behind, not touching the eyes, the central furrow on the

front, the mandibular teeth, the sides of the mesonotum

broadly, a line mm the centre, reaching from the base to

shortly beyoud the apex, the scutellar depression, the space

at its sides broadly, the depressed space at the base of the

median segment, the central area, its apex broadly, the

middle of the propleurz, the sides, upper part and apex

more broadly of the mesopieure, the base and apical part of

the metapleure, a short mark on the apex of the petiole,

longer than broad, broad at the apex, gradually narrowed

and rounded at the base, a larger mark, triangular at the

base, the other segments broadly in the middle, black.

Wings fuscous violaceous, paler at the apex, the stigma and

nervures black. The middle tarsi have the apical four joints

black ; the outer half of the hinder coxz, except at the base,

the hinder femora, tibiz, and tarsi deep black. @¢.

Length 12-13 mm.

Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

The basal fourteen or fifteen joints of the antenne fulvous,

the apical black, almost bare; the scape shining, bare.

Mesonotum closely, but not strongly, punctured. Scutellum

shining. Areola coarsely, irregularly, longitudinally reticu-

lated; the posterior median area is more coarsely reticulated,

the sides at the top are transversely, obliquely striated, the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 24

370 On new Hymenoptera from the Khasia Hills,

apex is more coarsely transversely striated and with a

stouter, transverse keel which projects at the edges imto

a stout triangular tooth. The upper part of the propleure

smooth, the lower with curved striations on the basal half.

Mesopleure punctured, except m the middle behind; im

front of this it is striated. Metapleurze stoutly, obliquely

striated. Gastrocceli shallow, smooth, transverse, black.

The abdominal segments are covered with sbort black

hair, except the first.

Acanthojoppa zanthopsis, sp. 1.

Length 13mm. ?.

Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

This species has a small, broader than long, areola as in

A. nigromaculata, but it differs in the median segment not

being marked with black and in the top of the scutellum

being broader and more distinctly roundly incised.

Luteous, the face, clypeus, labrum, and mandibles, except

their teeth, pale yellow; the antenne from the 15th or

16th joints black. Face and clypeus covered with short

white hair. The mesonotum is darker coloured and thickly

covered with short black hair. Apex of clypeus roundly,

but not deeply, imcised ; the hair on the basal slope is long,

black, and thick. The basal slope of the median segment is

smooth and with the keels short, not reaching to the base;

the areola small, the base rounded, the apex transverse ; the

apical slope has the centre irregularly shagreened ; the sides

stoutly, transversely striated. Pro- and mesopleure smooth,

the base of the metapleuree irregularly and sparsely, the apical

half obliquely, punctured. Wings hyaline, the apex slightly

infuscated, the stigma testaceous. The abdomen appears

darker coloured on the back from being thickly covered with

short black hair. Gastrocceli shallow, deeper at the apex,

which is wider than long and 1s aciculated.

Acanthojoppa tinctipennis, sp. n.

Luteous; the face, clypeus, inner orbits narrowly, the

outer broadly below, yellow, the apex of the antenne

broadly black ; the wings fuscous hyaline, the apical half

darker, more violaceous in tint, smooth and shining, the

mesonotum granular and closely covered with short black

hair; the scutellum coarsely and closely punctured and

thickly covered with fuscous hair; the sides strongly keeled,

the apex above slightly depressed. Basal arez of median

segment closely and strongly punctured ; the areola slightly

longer than broad, its sides at the base rounded, the centre

a little depressed; the apex slightly bent inwardly; the

Bibliographical Notices. av

apical slope thickly covered with long fuscous hair; the

posterior median area closely, the lateral areze more coarsely

transversely striated. Pro- and mesopleure closely punc-

tured, the former striated behind, the metapleurz more closely

and strongly punctured. Four front coxe paler than the

rest of the legs. Petiole smooth and shining; the sides at

the apex punctured. Gastrocceli shallow, wide at the apex,

the base with two or three keels. <.

Length 12 mm.

fab. Khasia, Coll. Rothney.

A species closely related to A. curtispina, Cam., from

which it differs in the wings being darker coloured through-

out, in the areola being distinctly bounded by a keel behind

and not coarsely transversely striated, and the recurrent

nervure is received shortly behind the middle of the areolet.

Acanthojoppa varicornis, sp. 0.

Luteous ; the face, clypeus, and mandibles pale yellow ;

the apex of the antenne black, brownish below ; the wings

hyaline, the base with a fulvous tinge, the stigma pale

testaceous, the nervures darker coloured. 9°.

Length 10 mm.

Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

Head smooth and shiming, the face and clypeus sparsely

covered with a short pile. The upper part of the thorax is

darker coloured than the sides and is closely and uniformly

punctured and covered with a microscopic down. Scutellum

thickly covered with long black hair; the lateral keels

stout, the apex roundly incised above. The basal three

areze of the median segment smooth, the rest closely and

somewhat coarsely transversely striated ; the areola is about

as broad as long, its sides and apex straight, the base

rounded ; the teeth are about three times longer than broad.

Mesopleurz, except above, closely and indistinctly, the

metapleuree much more strongly, striated. The second

abdominal segment is closely longitudinally striated between

the gastrocceli.

[To be continued. |

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

A Manual of Palearctic Birds. By H. HE. Dresser, F.L.S., F.Z.S.

Part I. Published by the Author at 3 Hanover Square, W.

12s. 6d, net.

Unpovustepiy this manual, when complete, will fill a distinct gap

in ornithological literature, for although the subject has been, at

least partially, covered by Mr. Dresser’s larger work on the ‘ Birds

372 Bibliographical Notices.

of Europe,’ the price of these splendid volumes places them beyond

the reach of the majority of working naturalists.

The modest price at which this ook. is published makes it probable

that a second edition will be called for. On the strength of this

probability we venture to make a few critical remarks, which, if they

be taken in the spirit in which they are offered, and acted upon

accordinely, should add still further to the value of this work.

In the first place, then, we would have its pages brought thoroughly

up to date. In the second, we feel that diagnoses both of families

and genera should be given. Further, we must say that Mr. Dresser’s

book, as it at present stands, is too eclectic. He gives no reasons for

the faith that is in him when rejecting the claims of certain forms

to subspecific rank, and admits others in a somewhat dogmatic

fashion difficult to understand.

The Fauna and Geography of the Maldive and Laccadive Archipelagoes.

Part I. Vol. IL. pls. xxvi—xxxiv. Cambridge: University Press.

15s. net.

Tue first part of the second volume of this valuable work in every

way sustains the high standard set by the earlier parts already

noticed in these pages.

We would draw special attention to Prof. Hickson’s report on the

Alcyonaria of the Maldives, which will doubtless be read with keen

interest by many who have hitherto paid little or no attention to

this group. And for this reason, in the course of his report, Prof.

Hickson shows, in the most luminous manner, how remarkable is

the range of variation which a species may take in adaptation to an

environment so variable as that of a reef.

“When I went out to Celebes,” he says, “‘ the first thing I did

was to collect specimens of Vubipora, . .. . [and] the conclusion

I came to was that there is only one species, which varies on the

one reef within limits almost as wide as the limits of all the hitherto

described species of the genus.” His remarks on the significance

of the colours of Spongodes and Solenocaulon, for example, are of

considerable interest, and may excite some surprise among those who

insist on attaching a label explanatory of the meaning of conspicuous

colours wherever they are met with.

There is much else in this report that we would fain note, but

space forbids.

Sir Charles Eliot, in a paper on the Nudibranchiata, remarks that

“Tt would seem as ‘if the marine fauna of small islands which have

never been connected with a continent is less in number and size

than that of the mainland and its adjacent islands.”

Mr. Laidlaw has a short paper on a Land-Planarian, which bears

an additional interest since no Land-Planarian has hitherto been

recorded from any coral island in the Indian Ocean.

Mr. Stanley Gardiner and Sir John Murray complete this bent

with an elaborate treatise on Lagoon deposits.

e THE LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN

: PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE

AND

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE.

A JOURNAL DEVOTED TO PHYSICS, ASTRONOMY, MECHANICS,

CHEMISTRY, MINERALOGY, AND THE ALLIED SCIENCES. —

sg PRICE 2s, 6d.

depicts: sets (unbound) may be obtained at the following

prices : Rea

The First Series, in 68 volumes, from 1798 to 1826. A few imperfect

copies only on hand—prices on application. .

- The Second Series, in 11 volumes, from 1827 to 1882. Price £2 4s.

_ The Third Series, in 37 volumes, from 1832 to 1850. 55) 2208

The Fourth Series, in 50 volumes, from 1851 to 1875. yen

TAYLOR and FRAncts, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

| THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE

NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY.

MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d.

SS, > o a >

q O taarolets sets (unbound) may be obtained at the following

: oe aad

The First Series, in 20 volumes, from 1838 to 1847. Price £10,

The Second Series, in 20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857, — nae Lh

. The Third Series, in 20 volumes, from 1858 to 1867. . ,, £12.

The Fourth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1868 to 1877. Pree) yh

The Fifth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1878 to 1887. af ssh ee hee

Taxtor and FRAncis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

as F, W. ‘Townsend, oF the actaee

1901-1903. By Janes Cosmo Munyin1, M.A. F.L

_ RoBeRt Sranven, Assistant High ae bat m.

XX-XXIL) . See oe err nny

XXVIL Oa’ new iene; of en fom West

Gzonee ae 7 PemnuNe Dien, F, L fap. = Z. my Hs qian a

North Atlantic aohas ed Month of November.

M a E.R, Ge. 8. ae as XXIV. ie A

Aros Aus nd Tet ‘ By 0 O:orren ‘Drowas

We pace On. a Golletion of Fishes from. 1 the Anon

‘et

rid ‘Museum. “ly G. AL " Boorexen, ERS ae

Nae Ke an

XXRLY. List of

XXXVI. On some new Gene and ;

plera from the Khasia Hills, Assam. — Wy

A Wana of Paieeene bias By ce E. Danson ; ie

1 eee nc t

Part 1. Vol Meee eeeeeeeee

pelagoes.

NY 8S: 1908

; 1 n

SEVENTH SERIES. No. 70.

est ‘THE ANNALS ip ie

INCLUDING

" 200L0GY, Pe AND GEOLOGY,

Seioss

ig. <

rah Enaear ees

LOL:

CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT A nS GUNTHER, M ess NE, Dr, aigit Ds BRS.

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, E.R. Sa 8. i Dey ees

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, a E.L.S.

H BRING A CONTINUATION Or THE fr ANNALS’ ’ COMBINED WITIT

|| MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLES WORTIL ‘3 “MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’

WITH THREE PLATES.

_ Ilustrative of Dr. H. Charlton Bastian’s Paper on the Origin of Bacteria and

_ their Allies by Heterogenesis, and Canon A, M. Norman’s on the vntaral

ee of Hast Finmark.

| Pronpon;: :

TAYLOR AND. FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

Sold “Aik ita Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld.; Bailliére, Paris:

pee Figgis, & Co., Dublin: anal Asher, Berlin.

(SS ee ——EEEIEEEE—

Just published : : oy a

ANNALS & MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. fice

AN INDEX To all the papers on Mollusca. ae.

, No. Il. A Summary of THE ANNALS ~

AND MAGAZINE OF NATURA

DIGHSTA _ $ > HISTORY AND ITSFORERUNNERS,

Mud cul Part I. (1829-1863), 84 Lae Bro, a

MALACOLOGICA 1903, 9s. net.

net

itt. * hoes

at Published previously: =

No. I. A Summary of THE AMERICAN — .

HE. R. SYKES JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, 1865-

1872, 54 pages, 8vo, 1901, 6s. mb a

WILLIAM WESLEY AND SON, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London.

THE FAUNA OF BRITISH INDIA,

INCLUDING CEYLON AND BURMA.

Published under the authority of the Secretary of State for India é m Council.

Edited by W. T. Branrorp, ick ae

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med, 8vo, with numerous illustrations : ue dette

MAMMALIA. Price £1.

By W. T. BLANFORD, F.BS.

FISHES.—2 Vols. Price £1 each. —

By FRANCIS DAY, C.1.E., LL.D. |

BIRDSVol. 1, £1: Vol To is,

By E. W. OATES, E.Z.S8. |

VOLS. III. and IV., 15s. each.

| By W. T. BLANFORD, F.R.S. MB

REPTILIA and BATRACHIA. Price £1.

By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S. Be ye eA

MOTHS.—4 Vols. Complete. Price £1 each. 9)

By Sr G. F. HAMPSON, Barr.

HYMENOPTERA.—Vol. I. Wasps and Bees. Price rere

With 4 coloured plates. ni Sanne 2

Vol. II. Ants and Cuckoo-Wasps. Price £1.) RE.

With 1 coloured plate. ea

By Lieut.-Col. ©. T. BINGHAM, F.Z8.

i sets HOR SR ce We Ya

ARACHNIDA. Price 10s.

By BR. 1 POCOCK.

RHYNCHOTA.—Vol. I. Heteroptera. Price £1.

By W. L. DISTANT. :

Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SEVENTH SERIES. ]

No. 70. OCTOBER 1903.

XXXVII.—WNotes on Blattidee &e., with Descriptions of new

Genera and Species in the Collection of the British Museum,

South Kensington —No. Ill. By W. F. Kirby, F.L.S.,

BLATTIDA.

BLATTINa.

Genus MELANOZOSTERIA, Stal.

Melanozosteria bicolor, sp. n.

Long. corp. 18-20 millim. .

Black, sometimes shading into dark reddish chestnut at

the sides and towards the extremity; antennz, palpi, and a

large subquadrate spot on each side of the seventh abdominal

segment above luteous. Tegmina lateral, just passing the

extremity of the mesonotum, rather longer than broad, with

the hinder angle rounded off ; strongly punctured. Abdomen

with the lateral extremities acutely angulated ; the segments

with numerous short, strongly marked, longitudinal carinze

at the extremities above. ‘Tarsal joints more or less rufous ;

coxe lined with pale yellow.

Hab. Torres Straits and Cornwallis Island.

Allied to WZ. nitida, Walk., but easily distinguished by its

colour.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 25

374 Mr. W. F. Kirby—Wotes on Blattide.

Genus SYNTOMAPTERA, Tepp.

Syntomaptera Tepperi, n. n.

|| Periplaneta glabra, Tepp. Trans, Roy. Soc. 8. Australia, xvii. p. 107

(1893).

Hab. Northern Territory of South Australia.

Judging from the description, this insect appears to be a

species of Syntomaptera, Tepp. Lertplaneta glabra, Walk.

Jat. Blatt. B. M. p. 139. n. 45 (1868), belongs to Melano-

zosterta, Stal.

The name of the province known as “ South Australia”

is most misleading, and ought to be changed. It is really a

perpendicular slice running from north to south of the whole

continent.

Genus Meruana, Stal.

Methana Zehntnert, n. n.

||Methana flavicincta, Sauss. & Zehntn., Grandidier, Hist. Madagascar,

Orth. i. p. 71, pl. ii. fig. 27 (1895),

Hab. Madagascar.

This species appears to be distinct from IM. flavicincta,

De Haan, from Java, of which Saussure and Zehntner con-

sider ita variety. The true WZ. flavicincta from Java is smaller,

and the yellowish markings on the middle of the pronotum

are smaller and less conspicuous than in the insect figured

from Madagascar.

Methana rufescens, n. n.

Le pallipalpis, Brunn. Syst. Blatt. p. 238. n. 18 (1865), nec

erve

Long. corp. 17-18 millim.; exp. tegm. 38-41 millim.

Rufo-castaneous ; head red, varied with blackish in front,

but generally with a more or less distinct brighter red mark

in the middle of the face below the limits of the antenne,

which are red towards the base and browner beyond; ocellar

spots, palpi, and lower mouth-parts yellow. Pronotum ellip-

tical, broader than long, with indistinct spots and streaks in

the middle, obliterated in one specimen, in which the pro-

notum, except at the edges, is blackish. Meso- and meta-

notum yellowish ; abdomen pale red towards the base and

mostly blackish towards the extremity; terminal segment

long, slightly incised in the middle in both sexes; cerci long

and thick, blackish, tipped with red; sete of the female

Mr. W. F. Kirby—Notes on Blattide. 375

nearly as long as the cerci. Underside blackish; legs dark

red. Tegmina hardly as long as the abdomen, almost equally

broad throughout ; hind margin obtusely rounded, dark rufo-

castaneous, covered part of the right tegmen yellowish, more

or less conspicuously bordered with rich purple. Wings with

the costal area brown; nervures yellow in the basal half of

the costal area and also the longitudinal nervures towards the

base ; the rest of the wing hyaline.

Hab. New South Wales.

Allied to M. convera, Walk. (Cat. Blatt. B. M., Suppl.

p- 152, 1869), from Moreton Bay, but in I. convexa the head

is black. Paraphoraspis (?) castanea, Tepp. Trans. Roy. Soc.

S. Australia, xviii. p. 173 (1894), appears to be another

allied species.

Genus Buatta, Linn.

Blatta Brunneri, n. un.

|| Pertplaneta concinna, Brunn. Syst. Blatt. p. 229. n. 7 (1865).

Hab. Australia.

De Haan’s description of his Blatta ( Periplaneta) concinna

(Orth. p. 50), from Java, appears to apply to P. Borret,

Sauss., which is in the British Museum, from Java and Hong

Kong. Itisa species of Methana allied to M. pallipalpis,

Serv. Brunner’s species thus falls under a different genus,

and when a second species is described as the same as another,

and they prove to be distinct, it seems to me that we have no

alternative but to change the name of the later one, even

though it may fall under another genus in which the name

has not previously been used.

Genus PELMATOSILPHA, Dohrn.

This is a small genus, but its contents do not seem to be

very homogeneous; still I cannot venture to subdivide it, as

I am unacquainted with the types, P. alaris, Sauss., and

P. prestans, Dohrn. P. marginalis, Brunn., and the two

other West-Indian species described below form a very

natural group with short tegmina, while the Australian

species will probably form another genus.

Pelmatosilpha purpurascens, sp. n.

Long. corp. 25-30 millim.

Head pale yellow above, brown below, with the sides and

lower part sometimes varied with tawny. Antenne ferru-

25*

376 Mr. W. F. Kirby—Notes on Blattide.

ginous. Pronotum and tegmina dark brown, with the borders

broadly yellowish tawny, edged outside with a narrow black

line. ‘Tegmina overlapping, punctured, dark ferruginous

brown, nearly half as long as the abdomen, truncated at the

extremity, and broadly bordered with yellowish tawny ;

narrowly edged outside with a black line ; the right tegmen,

which is shorter than the left, is broadly bordered with yellow

on both sides, and the dark centre passes on each side into

reddish, which on the inner side is strongly flushed with

purple in some lights. Legs pale yellow; hind femora

double-lined with black beneath ; hind tibiz and tarsi more

ferruginous. Abdomen black; lateral angles, cerci, and

terminal plates ferruginous.

Hab. Dominica.

Allied to P. marginalis, Brunn., from Grenada.

Pelmatosilpha decipiens, sp. n.

Long. corp. 25 millim.

Male.—Head, pronotum, and tegmina orange-tawny ; head

with a broad blackish transverse band between the eyes, and

a large blackish space varied with red on the middle of the

front of the head, from above the antenne to the extremity of

the clypeus, except a pale space below each eye ; pronotum with

a narrow black rim all round and two black central spots, con-

nected by aline between. ‘Tegmina overlapping, closely punc-

tured ; costa bordered by a ferruginous line, closely punctured,

squarely truncated and slightly waved at the extremities ;

right tegmen shorter than the left, about two fifths as long as

the abdomen, which is tawny, with the segments bordered

with black behind, increasingly, so that the hinder segments

are almost entirely black. Legs tawny, with black spines,

and the lower carinz lined with brown or black. Antenne

ferruginous.

Hab. ‘Trinidad.

Allied to the last species, but curiously resembling Peri-

planeta australasie, Fabr., in its markings.

Pelmatosilpha (?) antipoda, sp. n.

Long. corp. 25-27 millim.

Inky black, rather shining; antenne (except at base),

ocellar spots, a line on the coxee, terminal joints of tarsi, and

the pulville pale yellow or ferruginous; pronotum nearly

concealing the head, rather broad, semicircular, cut off square

behind, Tegmina overlapping, of equal length, squarely

truncated, but slightly concave at the ends, thickly punctured

Mr. W. F. Kirby—WNoites on Blattide. 377

and slightly inclining to ferruginous at the borders, about 2

as long astheabdomen. Front legs with a row of short spines

beneath on the outer half; middle and hind legs with not

numerous, but longer spines on their whole length.

flab. Queensland.

I place this species provisionally in the American genus

Pelmatosilpha, to which it has most resemblance.

Genus DEROPELTIS, Burm.

Deropeltis Saussuret, n. n.

| Deropeléis longipennis, Sauss. Mém. Soc. Genéve, xxiii. p. 117 (1873).

This species is allied to D. albilatera, Stal (= Wahlbergi,

Sauss., nec Stal). Ischnoptera longipennis, Walk. Cat. Blatt.

B. M. p. 167. n. 29 (1868), appears to be synonymous with

D., brevicollis, Serv.

PancHLORINA.

Genus RuyparosiA, Karsch.

Rhyparobia rufipes, sp. 0.

Exp. al. 63 millim.; long. corp. 38 millim.

Female.—Head black above, with two pale lines running

downwards to a transverse pale band, below which a large

blackish patch fills up the centre of the face as far as the

lower border of the clypeus; pronotum black, with a narrow

pale yellow border running all round. Abdomen yellowish

at the base and blackish towards the extremity, except at the

sutures. Under surface black, with pale yellow sutures;

abdomen with a broad, central, interrupted, reddish band, and

with curved, pale yellow, comma-like lateral markings. Legs

red, spines tipped with black. Tegmina subparallel, about

twice as long as broad, shorter than the abdomen, and obtusely

rounded at the ends; greenish grey, with small, scattered,

pale yellow dots. Wings broad, rather shorter than the

tegmina; costal area purplish brown, with a few yellow spots

towards the extremity ; the rest of the wing brownish hyaline.

Hab. Sierra Leone.

Allied to &. thoracica, Kirb.

Rhyparobia pallescens, sp. n.

Long. corp. cum tegm. 40 millim. ue

Female. — Head, pronotum, and tegmina light shining

yellowish grey; ocellar spots pale yellow, mouth-parts in-

378 Mr. W. F. Kirby—Wotes on Blattidee.

clining to orange; antenne blackish, shining. Pronotum

elliptical, narrowed in front, with the sides obtusely angulated

behind the middle. Tegmina with a conspicuous black basal

line, as in R. madere, but not mottled. Body beneath choco-

late-colour ; abdomen with an orange-coloured comma,

bordered within with black, near the sides of each segment ;

femora chocolate-colour or blackish, striped with yellowish

white below ; legs otherwise red.

Hab. Sierra Leone.

Genus LeucopHma, Brunn.

Leucophea striata, sp. n.

Exp. al. 35-43 millim. ; long. corp. 20-25 millim.

Head free, light red above, black below, except a space

under each eye and the parts below the labrum, which are

pale yellow. Antennze ferruginous, pale yellow at the base.

Pronotum smooth, shining, sparingly punctured, more or less

blackish in the middle; the front and depressed sides red ;

front transversely striated. Abdomen orange-tawny, paler

below, with a row of four linear spots on each side. ‘Teg-

mina reddish tawny towards the base, and yellowish towards

the costa beyond the costal cell and towards the apex of the

left tegmen ; outer half of right tegmen obliquely, and wings

clear hyaline; outer half of costa of wings yellowish tawny.

Hab. Selangor, near caves (H. N. Fidley).

Allied to Z. tenebrigera, Walk., from India.

Genus Pancutora, Burm.

Panchlora translucida, n. n.

|| Panchlora hyalina, Sauss. Rev. Zool. (2) xiv. p. 231 (1862); Sauss. &

Zehntn. Biol. Centr.-Am., Orth. i. p. 96. n, 12 (1893); Brunn. Syst.

Blatt. p. 275. n. 6 (1865).

P. hyalina, Stoll, Spectres, Blatt. p. 5, pl. iid. fig. 12

(1813), appears to be identical with viridis, Burm., Sauss.

& Zehntn., Brunn. (nec Fabr., which=mnivea, L.); nivea,

Herbst, Thunb., Sauss. (nec Linn.) ; and Poey?, Sauss.

Genus Naupue@ra, Burm.

Naupheta basalis, sp. n.

Exp. al. 52-56 millim.; long. corp. 28-30 millim.

Female.—Head black, a tawny band in front, curving

round behind the eyes to the vertex; a space between each

Mr. W. F. Kirby—WNotes on Blattide. 379

eye and the mouth-parts tawny. Pronotum with the sides

rounded, hinder border quite straight, black, with the sides

bordered with pale yellow. Abdomen above brown, shading

into black, the sutures and margins pale yellow; cerci black,

tipped with red. Underside banded with black and tawny ;

legs ferruginous, coxe and femora pale yellow beneath.

Tegmina of a shining and slightly reddish brown; a pale

yellow line on the costal margin, below which the costal cell

is black ; anal area with a large, oval, pale yellow spot at the

base. Wings brownish hyaline, with the costal area brown.

Hab. Matton Mountains, Tonkin, April and May (4. Fruh-

storfer).

. This species has a superficial resemblance’ to Hedaia

olivacea &c., but the unarmed femora, and pronotum truncated

behind, will at once distinguish it.

POLYPHAGINZE

Genus Potypuaaa, Brullé.

Polyphaga limbata, n. n.

|| Homeogamia sinensis, Sauss. Mém. Soc. Genéve, xxi. p. 282 (1869) ;

Rey. Suisse Zool. i. p. 811 (1898).

This species is quite distinct from P. sinensis, Walker &

Dohrn, to which the specific name rightly belongs, but which

Saussure has renamed H. Dohrniana.

Polyphaga camelorum, Kirb.

Polyphaga camelorum, Kirb. Ann. & Mag. Nat, Hist. (7) xi. p. 407

(1903).

Jacobsen and Bianchi have described and figured this

species from ‘Turkestan, but have identified it with the much

smaller P. egyptiaca, L. (Premokr. i Lozhn. Ross. Imp.

p- 1383, pl. ii., 1892).

PLECTOPTERINE.

Genus PROSOPLECTA, Sauss.

Prosoplecta rufa, sp. n.

Long. corp. cum tegm. 9 millim. ; lat. 5 millim.

Female.—Light red, the tegmina somewhat darker. Pro-

notum smooth and shining, with the front border narrower

than the hind border, transversely oval, with broad borders of

subhyaline yellow covering the rounded off lateral angles, and

380 Mr. W. F. Kirby—WNotes on Blattide.

the hind border yellow. Tegmina with the costal margin

subhyaline yellow, a small yellow spot near the base, and

another at one third of the length, both near the costa; be-

tween the second and the inner margin is a much larger,

transverse, oval, yellow spot. Base of tegmina blackish.

Wings, and a great portion of the middle of the abdomen

beneath, as far as the base of the terminal segment, black.

Hab, Mindanao, Philippines.

PERISPHARIINZE.

Genus THYSANOBLATTA, nov.

Male.—General characters of Derocalymma, Burm. Pro-

notum regularly curved, longer than broad, semioval, with a

broad depressed channel before the raised marginal line; hood

below with the sides moderately broad, narrowing on each

side to a point in front, the central part over the head almost

linear. Pronotum clothed with long hair above, which

forms a fringe all round, except on the hinder edge. Eyes

approximating ; front femora with three short spines below,

and a terminal spine above; hind tibie with three rows of”

spines above.

Differs from Trichocoma, Stal, in the shape of the pro-

notum, which in Stal’s genus is described as being wider

before than behind.

Thysanoblatta latipennis, sp. n.

Long. corp. 18 millim.; exp. al. 45 millim.

Male.—Pronotum black, rugose-punctate, with a very

slight median carina, most distinct behind; the channel

within the recurved marginal line broad, smooth, reddish ;

the recurved edge brown at the sides; hind border of pro-

notum narrowly brown, pronotum clothed and fringed with

long ferruginous hair. Hood moderately broad, punctured,

contracted to a line in front; ocelliform spots very large, pale

yellow ; eyes closely approximating, the line between, and

the front orbits and lower mouth-parts, testaceous; the rest of

the face black, distinctly punctured. Antenne black, testa-

ceous towards the base. Abdomen and under surface lighter

or darker testaceous, the abdomen blackish towards the extre-

mity above, and towards the sides and extremity beneath ;

cerci pale yellow, base of coxe and a more or less distinct line

on the femora black. ‘Tegmina narrow, yellowish hyaline,

the costal area and base of the inner margin whitish ; basal

fourth opaque, reddish brown, shading into black at the base;

On the Origin of Bacteria and their Allies. 381

longitudinal nervures and cross-nervures just beyond the

opaque part of the tezmina and to beyond the middle below

the costal area rufo-testaceous, the rest of the cross-nervures

white. Wings broad, as long as the tegmina, hyaline, and

with white nervures, except that the longitudinal nervures and

the branches of the subcostal nervure are pale brown.

flab. Mbuyuni, Brit. East Africa (Betton).

This insect agrees fairly well with [schnoptera macra, Stal,

but is twice the size; from Derocalymma versicolor, Burm.,

it differs in the colour of the legs &c. Both these species

may, perhaps, belong to the present genus. The female

probably resembles Perispheria equa, Walk., or Dero-—

calymma Brunneriana, Costa; but there is no reason to

identify the male here described with either of these species.

P4NESTHIINA,

Genus PANESTHIA, Serv.

Panesthia nigricans, n. n.

|| Panesthia nigrita, Sauss. Rey. Suisse Zool. iii. p. 317. n. 17 (1895).

Hab. Macassar.

Not Blatta nigrita, Stoll, Spect. Blatt. pl. iid. fig. 6.

XXXVIII.—On the Origin of Bacteria and their Allies by

Heterogenesis*, By H. Cuaruton Bastian, M.A., M.D.,

F.R.S.

[Plates XXV. & XXVI.]

Ir we turn to the question of the origin of Bacteria and

their allies by heterogenesis we shall find, I think, that the

evidence is overwhelming in regard to its reality, though it

lacks that kind of certitude which obtains in regard to the

heterogenetic origin of some much larger organisms whose

birth trom strange ancestors we have been following in some

of the preceding sections. We may, for instance, as I have

shown, see the whole substance of a large Rotifer’s egg

segment into a number of smaller parts, and we may see such

segments presently become active as Amcebee, Monads, Pera-

nemata, or even as Ciliated Infusoria f.

* This paper forms one of the concluding sections of the author’s

‘ Studies in Heterogenesis.’

+ See ‘Studies in Heterogenesis,’ pp. 31 & 46,

382 Dr. H. Charlton Bastian on the Origin

But this kind of proof is impossible in the case of Bacteria.

Where the proof is most direct (even where the birth of

Bacteria seems to take place under our eyes) it must always

be a question of particles of living matter emerging from the

region of the invisible—appearing, that is, where previously

visible particles were absent. While in other cases, without

being so directly present as it were at their birth, we may

find them existing in parts of animals or plants, after these

have been subjected to certain experimental conditions, where

previously, in accordance with all existing knowledge and

belief, neither they nor their germs are to be found. They

may appear, that is, when such animals or plants, or, rather,

portions of them, have been exposed to certain experimental

conditions unfavourable to their pre-existing vital processes,

but which yet, as we assume, allow the constituent proto-

plasm to die more or less slowly, and portions of it to indi-

vidualize themselves and grow into this or that form of

microorganism.

The assumption here is that we have, as starting-points, to

do with pre-existing units of living matter. Still, in the

cases where our observations are made upon protoplasm

which appears to be actually structureless, or upon one or

other of the fluids pertaining to an animal or plant, the actual

mode of origin, so far as appearances go, may be precisely

similar to that which would occur in archebiosis ; in each

case there would be the appearance of particles where none

previously existed. The difference between the two cases

would be this: in archebiosis we should have to do with the

actual birth of units of living matter, with a synthesis, that

is, from its elements; but in the case of heterogenesis we

have confessedly to do with living matter already existing, so

that we postulate only an individualization of living particles

or of larger units, together with a change in their mode of

life.

Where the particles of living matter so individualizing

themselves are so small as to be beyond the range of our

most powerful microscopes, it would be impossible to say, as

they grow and become recognizable im organic fluids, whether

newly appearing particles had arisen by heterogenesis or by

archebiosis. On the other hand, it must be recognized that

there are particles of various kinds in the tissue elements and

fluids of an animal or plant which it is often impossible by

mere microscopical examination to discriminate from germs

of microorganisms. And until such germs begin to grow

and assume specific shapes, or particular collocations, their

discrimination from particles which are normal constituents

of such tissues or fluids cannot safely be made.

of Bacteria and their Allies by Heterogenesis. 383.

Whenever, therefore, Bacteria or their allies appear in the

midst of the tissues or fluids of animals or plants, two possi-

bilities have to be considered in order to account for their

presence. The two questions that have to be asked are

these :—

(a) Are the bodies of plants and animals interpenetrated

in all parts by invisible germs of microorganisms, or are they

germless ?

(0) Have the microorganisms which may be found in the

tissues or fluids of plants and animals under various conditions

been produced therein by heterogenesis (possibly in the fluids

by archebiosis), or is their presence invariably to be ascribed

to infection from without ?

(a) During the last thirty years it has been commonly

held, in accordance with the teachings of Pasteur, Lister, and

others, that the tissues and fluids of healthy animals and plants

are germless and altogether free from microorganisms,

In regard to animals, however, it is clear that this position

is one which cannot be accepted without very important limi-

tations. It is obvious that microorganisms may, like other

particles, get taken up from the mucous membranes of the

alimentary canal and the respiratory system, and pass by

means of lymphatics into the nearest glands. If they should

get through these and ultimately pass into the blood, the

generally accepted view is that they are speedily destroyed in

this fluid. ‘This view is based upon the fact that bacteriolo-

gists are never able to get evidence of the existence of micro-

organisms or their germs by the inoculation of different

suitable and sterilized media, with blood drawn from a healthy

man or from one of the lower animals similarly free from

disease.

Yet, although the blood and internal tissues of healthy

animals and of man are declared to be free from micro-

organisms and their germs, such organisms will habitually

show themselves after death, in the course of a tew days,

throughout all the organs, even when life has been abruptly

terminated in a state of health. It cannot reasonably be

said in explanation of this that the organisms naturally

present in the intestinal canal have been enabled to spread

through the body so as to reach the most remote parts after

death, since many of the organisms are motionless and others’

exhibit. mere to-and-fro movements of a non-progressive

character. The blood, again, has ceased to circulate, so that

this fluid, germless during life, cannot after death be con-

sidered to act as a carrier. But if the organisms themselves

cannot make their way through the tissues and travel far

384 Dr. H. Charlton-Bastian on the Origin

within brief periods, and if no carrier exists, they must

naturally have been born in or near many of the sites in

which after death they are speedily to be found.

If bacteriologists are right in their view that the blood is

eermless in healthy animals because any germs or organisms

obtaining access thereto are straightway killed, there seems

no escape from the foregoing conclusion.

It has, however, been held by Tiegel, Burdon Sanderson,

and others that though the blood is germless, “ those parts of

the animal body which are in closest proximity to absorbing

mucous membranes are most liable to be found pregnant with

microphytic life when tested by suitable methods” *. ‘Their

experiments showed, indeed, that such organs as kidney,

spleen, and liver, when removed from the body of a healthy

animal immediately after its death and suitably treated, could

always be made to reveal the presence of microorganisms,

But cutting out portions of internal organs of recently

killed animals, enveloping them with superheated paraffine,

and then placing them in an incubator at a suitable tempera-

ture, followed by the finding of swarms of Bacteria in the

central red and uncooked portions is not a method that can

possibly give us certain information as to the mode of origin

of the organisms found. It may be, as Burdon Sanderson

and others concluded, that the organisms found came from

“ oerms which existed and retained their latent vitality in

the living tissues”; but it is equally possible, as I maintain,

that they may have had a heterogenetic origin within these

tissues themselves.

It seems perfectly clear that experiments of this kind, if

carried no further, could teach us nothing decisively, that

their results, in fact, are of no more value than those that

may be obtained by the examination of the brain and its

membranes three or four days after a healthy animal has

been killed. There also swarms of microorganisms would be

found, as I can testify; and if bacteriologists are right

that organisms and their germs are, as they say, “ destroyed ”

in the blood, we could only conclude that the organisms so

found must have been produced by archebiosis or by hetero-

genesis.

In regard to plants—that is, fruits and vegetables of

different kinds—the case is not so complicated, and Pasteur

may have been perfectly right in declaring that, when healthy,

their tissues are germless. ‘Thus, in considering the inter-

pretation of cases in which microorganisms are found in the

* Brit. Med. Journal, 1875, vol. i. p. 199; see also 1878, vol. i, p. 119,

of Bacteria and their Allies by FHeterogenesis. 385

interior of certain vegetables or fruits after they have been

submitted to various unnatural conditions, the question will

not be whether we have had to do with the wakening up of

latent pre-existing germs, but rather whether the organisms

found are results of an infection that has recently been brought

about—that is, during the exposure of the vegetables or fruits

to the experimental conditions. And this brings us to the

consideration of the second of the two possibilities above

referred to.

(6) The second possible mode of accounting for the presence

of microorganisms in the tissues of healthy animals and plants

is that they have resulted from some process of infection

brought about antecedently or during the continuance of the

experimental conditions to which they have been subjected *.

It is of great importance for the proper consideration of

this possibility that we should have some definite knowledge

as to the power possessed by such microorganisms as Bacteria

and their allies of penetrating the healthy tissues of plants

and animals, as to the means by which they are enabled to

do so, as well as concernirg the time needed for such an

operation. Fortunately one such investigation, very much

to the point, can be referred to.

M. C. Potter} has carefully investigated a bacterial disease of the

turnip which he calls “white rot,” due to infection by an organism named

Pseudomonas destructans. We shows that this Bacterium “secretes an

enzyme which dissolves the middle lamella and causes the softening and

swelling of the cell-wall,” and also a toxin. Later, he enters into details

as to the mode in which the Bacterium attacks and penetrates the cells

of the turnip, the latter process being actually seen f. These later obser-

vations were made upon a small fragment of turnip inoculated with a

pure culture of P. destructans and introduced into a hanging drop. The

influence of the Bacteria was very rapidly brought about. One particular

cell attacked by the Bacteria was watched ; a wall common to it and the

next was measured, and after half an hour it was found to be nearly twice

as thick as before; in another twenty minutes it was nearly three times

* I say “antecedently,” because the explanation favoured by Burdon

Sanderson of the finding of swarms of Bacteria in kidney, spleen, and

liver in his experiments previously referred to is some process of infec-

tion from the alimentary canal. How the infection is brought about he

does not think it necessary to explain (see Brit. Med. Journal, 1878, i.

p. 120)—that is, how the Bacteria (not to speak of their germs) could

penetrate all the coats of the intestine and the capsules of the abdominal

organs; nor why, if Bacteria or their germs could be active enough and

have the power of effecting such a migration, they should, on arrival in

this or that organ, lose all their activity and pass into a “latent condition,”

+ Proceed. of Roy. Soe. vol. lxvii, p. 442.

{ Loe. cit. vol. Ixx. p. 392.

386 Dr. H. Charlton Bastian on the Origin

as thick; in an hour and a quarter from the commencement the two

parts of the cell-wall began to separate, and_in another quarter of an

hour there was a distinct gap between them. By this time also all the

protoplasm had separated from the cell-wall and formed an irregular bag

in the centre of the cell, owing to its death under the action of the toxin,

‘“‘ After this the changes were less rapid, and beyond a slight further

separation of the cells, a more rotten and watery appearance of the cell-

wall was all that could be observed.” Contiguous cells were being

attacked in the same manner.

“The Bacteria continued swarming around the cell-walls,” the author

says, “and next morning (by which time the cells had been destroyed

several layers deep) many Bacteria had come to rest in contact with the

wall, their long axis being perpendicular to its surface, and one or two

had the appearance of being imbedded in the wall as if in the act of

boring their way through.” The actual penetration of the wall was

subsequently watched on several occasions. ‘The time required varied

with the thickness of the wall, but on an average occupied about three

hours.” But Potter found that this Bacterium had “no power to pene-

trate the cuticle of the mature epidermis of the turnip”; it was also

incapable of penetrating the epidermis of mature leaves, the fully deve-

loped cuticle being proof against the action of the enzymes excreted by

P. destructans, though young leaves from the growing points “‘ possessing

little or no cuticle ” were found to be vulnerable.

The important facts made known by this research are therefore these :-—

the vegetable cell is only capable of being penetrated when its walls are

not thick and hard originally, and when they have been extremely

softened by long contact with the cytase excreted by a number of Bacteria.

The need of a conjoint attack is distinctly indicated by the author, who

says * :—“ Very soon the number of individual Bacteria becomes largely

increased, each one contributes its share of toxin and cytase, and in a

very short time these products have sufficiently accumulated to kill the

first cell. ... It is not, however, until the protoplasm has been killed

and the cell-wall very much softened that the Bacteria have the power

of perforating the walls and passing into the cell-cavity. It would

hardly be supposed that a single Bacterium, through its own excretions,

could soften the wall and pierce it at one definite point after the manner

of a fungus germ-tube. The extreme minuteness of the Bacteria and the

rapidity of their multiplication lead them to act, as it were, in concert,

and the wall becomes softened by the cumulative action of many Bac-

teria before the penetration of a single individual.”

The mode in which a Mould infects and penetrates a vegetable cell is

very similar, allowance being made for its greater size, which permits a

single individual to do what can only be brought about by numbers of

organisms in the case of Bacteria. This subject has been recently inves-

tigated by Nordhausen + while studying the parasitism of Botrytis cinerea.

I quote from Potter, who says :—

‘“‘ He has shown that the spore of this fungus excretes a powerful toxin

in its initial stages of germination before any trace of the germ-tube can

be detected. Its manner of effecting an entrance into a host-plant is first

to kill the cell by the emission of the toxin; the germ-tube then pene-

traies the dead cell, and is nourished saprophytically upon it; with the

vigour thus gained it destroys the neighbouring cells and passes from one

* Toc. cit. p. 395.

+ Jahrbiicher fir Wissensch. Botanik, vol. xxxiii. (1899).

of Bacteria and their Allies by Heterogenesis. 387

to another without further difficulty. The fungus hypha has the power

of penetrating the cuticle, but only in young and tender structures; old

and hardened membranes could only be entered when the cuticle had

ee injured or when it had gained strength by special saprophytic

nutrition.”

These results will prove important as standards for compa-

rison with others to which I am now about to refer*. We

have seen that in the case of actual infection by Bacteria

there is need for the co-operation of many organisms in order

to bring about, by their secretions, the softening of the wall

of every single cell that is penetrated, that some time is

required for the operation, and that the softening produced

must be considerable before any such penetration is possible.

It will be seen how very different is the state of things in

eases which I shall cite as instances of the origin of Bacteria

and their allies in the tissues of plants and animals by a

process of heterogenesis.

The presence of two characteristics, wherever they coexist,

may be regarded as strongly in favour of the interpretation

of heterogenesis as against infection, as the following remarks

will show.

(1) The means adopted by Bacteria for bringing about the

penetration of cells are such as are associated with the vital

processes of adult organisms. So that there is no reason to

think that invisible or scarcely visible germs of such minute

organisms would have the power of secreting a cytase sufii-

cient in amount to bring about that degree of softening of a

cell-wall which has been found to be a necessary preliminary

to their penetration. Yet in multitudes of cases it 1s minute

germs of Bacteria and their allies which may be seen developing

within cells or tissues.

(2) Again, the process of infection, as described by Potter,

is one brought about by active organisms which affix them-

selves to a cell-wall until it becomes softened, and then succeed,

by reason of this same activity, in boring their way into the

cavity of the cell. On the other hand, in very many of the

cases in which, as I maintain, Bacteria and their allies may

be presumed to be originating by heterogenesis, what can

often be seen is this—particles becoming visible in the midst

of homogeneous protoplasm, such particles being invariably

motionless, but followed soon by the appearance of definite

Bacteria or their allies, recognizable as such by their shapes

and modes of collocation. But these Bacteria or their allies,

* As well as with the case of assumed migration and infection referred

to on p. 385, note *,

388 Dr. H. Charlton Bastian on the Origin

like their germs, are invariably, at first, found to be motionless.

This primary motionless condition is, in fact, the rule in the

case of organisms taking their origin by heterogenesis.

Thus, when Monads are formed in the pellicle on a hay infu-

sion, they are at first motionless ; when Amebe or Actino-

phrys are developed from the substance of large Confervoid

cells or from resting-spores of Spzrogyra, and again when

Amcebe, Monads, Peranemata, or Ciliated Infusoria arise

from the transformations of the substance of the ege of this

or that Rotifer—in all these cases also the resulting organisms

are at first motionless *.

These two points are therefore of great importance. For

the purpose of interpretation it should be borne in mind that

in cases of Infection by Bacteria and their allies we have to

do with adult organisms in a state of activity, while in cases

where Heterogenesis may be presumed to be occurring we

have invariably, in the first place, to do with germs and

motionless organisms Tt.

I shall now proceed to mention some instances in which it

seems clear that Bacteria and their allies have arisen by

heterogenesis. I make a selection for this purpose of a few

typical cases out of many others which I might have cited.

Bacteria may constantly be seen developing in the way I

have mentioned within the living cells and filaments of

various Algew. In Vaucheria and in Spirogyra this is

commonly to be seen where the plants have been kept in

unnatural conditions for a time—shut up, for instance, either

in a cupboard or within a stone pot. In the case of Vau-

cherta they may often best be recognized in and near the

growing points of the filaments, where they show themselves

first as mere motionless specks, which gradually develop into

Bacilli, and, after a time, take on an active existence. In the

filaments presenting these appearances the wall may appear

quite healthy, showing no signs of softening, nor is there any

indication whatever of the penetration of Bacteria from

without. The development of Bacteria within the cells of

Spirogyra may be best seen in cases where the endochrome

is not very abundant and the cells are small. Motionless,

colourless particles seem to bud from the edges and surface of

the bands of endochrome, and some of these gradually take

* See my ‘Studies in Heterogensis,’ pp. 5, 8, 10, 31, 46, 69.

+ Of course by “ germs” I mean here merely minute and undifferen-

tiated stages of the organisms in question, produced by heterogenesis,

and not the ordinary acceptation of the word, viz. a reproductive unit

formed in an organism of like kind.

—— ee ee ee

of Bacteria and their Allies by Heterogenesis. 389

on the forms of Bacteria and begin to exhibit swarming

movements. This may be commonly seen in cases where the

cell-wall presents a perfectly healthy appearance and where

there is absolutely no indication of infection taking place

from without.

The same kind of thing is often to be observed within the

thick-walled resting-spores both of Vaucheria and Spirogyra.

There is the appearance of motionless particles in some part

of the spore, the appearance of Bacteria in the midst of these

particles, and the gradual assumption by the Bacteria of

swarming movements. Observations of this kind were not

unfrequently made in cases where these resting-spores had

been undergoing one or other of the changes that I have

previously described.

Again, I have occasionally seen a development of motion-

less Micrococci and Bacilli taking place inside the thick wall

of a Mitella cell, between it and the chlorophyll layer, such as

is shown in Pl. XXV. fig. 1 (x 700). Yet the normal

cyclosis was still going on within this cell, showing that

there could be no apertures or solutions of continuity of any

kind; and all the microorganisms to be seen in different

stages of development in this layer were quite motionless, so

far as could be observed. Their imperfect definition in the

photograph, however, makes it possible that absence of spon-

taneous movement was not absolute, unless the slight blurring

may have been due to vibrations during the prolonged expo-

sure needful to enable the light to pass through the whole

thickness of the filament. Their appearance along a parti-

cular band of the filament only is, of course, due to the parts

on either side being out of focus.

I have also endeavoured to throw light upon this question

in another way, that is, by repeating, with variations, some

of the experiments of Lechartier and Bellamy, by which they

studied the fermentation that occurs in various vegetables and

fruits when shut up within hermetically sealed vessels. They

showed that the oxygen of the air was soon consumed by the

vegetables or fruits, which then began to break up sugar, to

give off carbonic acid, and to produce alcohol and acetic acid.

They came to the conclusion in 1872 * that this fermen-

tation might certainly occur without the production of the

alcoholic ferment. ‘They, in fact, adopted Pasteur’s view

that the formation of alcohol in these cases was due to the

altered activity of the cells of the fruit, which, in the absence

of free oxygen, act after the fashion of ferments. In a later

* Compt. Rend. 1872, ii. p. 1203.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol, xii. 96

390 Dr. H. Charlton Bastian on the Origin

communication, however, these investigators stated * that in

their experiments with potatoes and beetroot, while alcohol

and carbonic acid were produced in the same way as with the

fruits, and the alcoholic ferment was absent as before, Bacteria

of different sizes were invariably found in the acid fluid which

impregnated the softened tissues of the vegetables in question.

No details on this point were given, and the authors do not

appear to have made any further observations on the subject ;

nor did Pasteur offer any reply to such statements, though he

had, about this time, been working at the subject himself f.

Having determined to endeavour to obtain some more

definite information as to the appearance of Bacteria in this

way, I have, during the last two or three years, made various

experiments in which, after small Potatoes had been carefully

washed they were allowed to soak for a time in different

germicidal fluids. First of all I employed a solution of

mercury bichloride (1: 2000); while later, after the pre-

liminary washing, the potato was allowed to soak in a 5 per

cent. formalin solution. The screw-top bottle in which the

potato was placed was also thoroughly washed out with one

or other of these fluids. In these cases organisms were found

within, but also after a time on the surface of, the potatoes

thus treated; so that these particular experiments and

methods were rejected as not yielding trustworthy results. ©

This was necessary because at a rather earlier date Pasteur

had stated { that in experiments which he had made with

many fruits no ferment-organisms ever appeared. He

declared again that the tissues of healthy fruits and vegetables

were germless, but intimated that unless care was taken they

might make their way in from without.

Subsequently I used a stronger solution of formalin, and

have never since found organisms on or near the surface,

though they have often been found within cells in the central

portions of the potato. I will now, therefore, give brief

details of some of these experiments.

In July, 1901, after well washing a small new potato it

was allowed to soak in a 10 per cent. solution of formalin for

ten minutes, in a small screw-top bottle, and during this time

the fluid was frequently shaken so as to cover the whole inner

surface of the bottle. At the expiration of the time named

the top was unscrewed, the fluid poured out, and the top then

tightly refixed, leaving the potato itself and the inner surface

* Compt. Rend. 1874, ii. p. 1006.

+ Loe. cit. 1872, ii. p. 788.

+ Tom, eit. pp. 788 & 981-2.

_—

of Bacteria and their Allies by Heterogenesis. 391

of the bottle wet with the formalin solution. The bottle was

subsequently left in a cupboard for seventeen weeks, the

temperature of which for a long time remained about 70° F.,

although it afterwards fell to 55° F.

When removed from the bottle at the expiration of this

time the potato was found to be quite firm and noé at all

shrunk. On section it was seen to be discoloured to a pale

earthy tint, with mottlings here and there of a rather darker

colour. The cut surface was moist and had a distinctly acid

reaction, and there was not the least sign of softening or dis-

integration anywhere. Thin sections having been made, they

were shaken up in a small tube with distilled water, so as to

get rid of the starch-grains from many of the cells, and the

sections were subsequently allowed to soak in some of

Westphal’s mastzellen stain, diluted with 2 per cent. formalin,

for two hours.

On microscopical examination of these sections groups of

Bacteria were found in large numbers of the cells, and every-

where except in those near the surface. ‘The contents of one

of these cells is shown in Pl]. X XV. fig. 2, B (x 500) ; some of

the Bacteria were free and others were in or lying on the

primordial utricle, but, as I have usually found with micro-

organisms in such situations, they were not appreciably

stained. Some cells, which did not contain obvious Bacteria,

showed plenty of minute cocci-like bodies on the surtace of

the primordial utricle, also not taking the stain, which pro-

bably represent early stages of the Bacteria (fig. 2, A, x 700).

Another larger potato, about two inches in diameter, was

treated in exactly the same way as the last, in September 1901,

and after the bottle was finally closed it was left on the

surface of an incubator at a temperature of about 80° F. for

seven weeks.

When examined the potato was not found to have shrunk

or to be appreciably altered on the surface. On section it

was moist, of acid reaction, and showed as before a pale

earthy colour with rather darker mottlings.

Sections were made and treated in the manner previously

indicated, and on examination multitudes of Bacilli were seen

here and there in cells in all parts of the section except for

about one fifth of an inch from the surface. In places also

there were fine mycelial filaments containing spore-like

bodies. Some of these Bacilli took the stain fairly, as may

be seen in Pl. XXV. fig. 3, A (x 500), in which the two kinds

of organisms are shown. In or on the primordial utricle also

there were multitudes of very delicate interlacing filaments

(? Bacilli), containing an abundance of spores which had

26%

392 ‘Dr. H. Charlton Bastian on the Origin

tox the stain freely, as may be seen by Pl. XXV. fig. 3, B>

x 500).

In November, 1900, a small new potato had been treated in

the same manner that I have already described, but after

pouring away the 10 per cent. formalin solution the bottle

was filled with carbonic acid gas before screwing on the top *.

This bottle was then placed within an incubator and allowed

to remain there at a temperature of 84° F. for six weeks.

On examination the appearance of the potato externally

and internally was almost exactly such as I have described in

the others. There was the same mottled colour of the cut

surface, with a rather deeper tint in the centre as well as in

some other parts.

Sections of the central portions of the potato were made and

placed for a short time in a carbo-fuchsine solution. On

microscopical examination in many of the cells very small

mycelial filaments (something like Crenothria filaments), with

spore-like bodies at intervals, were found, such as are shown in

Pl. XXV. fig.4,B (x 500). The filaments were lying on the

primordial utricle, and, as in many other cases, the organisms

had scarcely taken the stain at all. In other cells what

seemed like the beginnings of such organisms, or of others

very similar, were found on the surface of the primordial

utricle, as shown in Pl. XXV. fig. 4, A (x 500).

At the end of March 1903 I made another slight variation

in the conditions, and again obtained a rather different result.

A small new potato, after careful washing, was placed in a

small tin with avery tightly fitting cover and allowed to soak

in 10 per cent. formalin for twenty minutes, the fluid having

been shaken about several times so as thoroughly to wet the

whole internal surface of the tin. . The fluid was then poured

off, leaving the surfaces wet with the solution as before; the

tin cover was very tightly jammed down and the vessel was

again placed within a copper incubator at a temperature of

75° F., and allowed to remain there for eight weeks.

When taken out and examined the cut surface of this potato

presented just the same characters as in the others: the whole

substance was firm throughout, there was no shrinking, and

the central portion was rather darker than the other parts,

which showed the usual mottling.

Sections were made, shaken up in distilled water in a small

tube as before, and then placed for a short time in a dilute

gentian-violet solution. On microscopical examination a

* The filling the vessel with CO, was a method adopted by Pasteur

in his experiments on the fermentation occurring in fruits contained in

closed vessels,

of Bacteria and their Allies by Heterogenesis. 393

large number of the cells scattered throughout the sections

were found to show the most delicate branching tufts of a

new kind of microphyte, probably a species of Cladothriz,

which had taken the stain slightly, and such as are shown in

Pl. XXV. fig. 5 (x 500). These tufts were mostly seen to be

sprouting from the external surface of the primordial utricle

where it had shrunk away from the cell-wall. No Bacteria

and no ordinary Mycelia were found in either of the sections,

though they were most carefully examined.

A few experiments have also been made with small Turnips

about two inches in diameter, to two of which I will now

refer.

A perfectly sound turnip of the size mentioned was, in

November 1901, first well washed in water and then allowed

to soak in a screw-top bottle in a 10 per cent. formalin solu-

tion for ten minutes. It was subsequently treated in exactly

the same manner as the potatoes had been. After the top of

the bottle had been tightly screwed on, it was left on the top

of the incubator at a temperature of about 80° F. for seven

weeks.

On examination at the expiration of this time, the turnip

was found to be somewhat shrivelled in its upper two thirds.

The odour of the bottle was disagreeable and pungent, though

slightly aromatic and spirituous. ‘he odour was so strong

that it did not seem likely that the shrivelling was due to

evaporation, owing to the screw-top not having been quite

air-tight.

On section the rather shrivelled upper two thirds was

found to be much discoloured and honeycombed, the lower

third being much less so. Sections were made and soaked in

dilute ‘ mastzellen”’ stain ; and on examination cells here and

there, not continuously, but in the upper and lower portions

alike, were found to be crowded with very minute Bacteria,

most of which took the stain only slightly. In Pl. XXYV.

fig. 6, A (x 500), a large aggregate of these organisms is to

be seen, with others scattered about over contiguous portions

of the section.

Another small turnip of the same size as the last was, at

the same date, after being well washed, placed in a screw-top

bottle and stood on a small earthenware pot, in order to

protect it from actual contact with 6 drachms of pure formalin

which had previously been poured into the bottle. ‘The top

was then tightly screwed on, and the bottle was placed on the

incubator by the side of the other at about 80° I’., where it

394 Dr. H. Charlton Bastian on the Origin

remained for eight weeks, the turnip being in an atmosphere:

saturated with formalin vapour.

On examination this turnip was likewise found to be

slightly shrivelled, and it was rather soft and doughy to the

touch. On section the colour was almost natural, except for

a depth of about one third of an inch round the periphery,

where it was slightly discoloured, and in the centre, where

there was a small area about one quarter of an inch in

diameter which had a rather gelatinous appearance.

Two sections through this central region and its neigh-

bourhood were made, and then soaked in dilute ‘ mastzellen ”

stain. On microscopical examination they were found to

contain moderately large Bacteria, mostly in small groups,

in a large number of the cells; though here and there larger

masses of Bacteria were found, such as are shown in Pl. XXV.

fig.6, B (x 500). In many of the cells the Bacteria seemed

to be developing in and on the surface of the primordial

utricle, and also in and on the surface of the nuclei of

the cells.

I have made only one experiment of this kind with an

Apple, and in this case a rather small, but thoroughly sound,

specimen was placed in a screw-top bottle, and stood on a

small earthenware pot as before, so as to remove it from

contact with some pure formalin which had been placed in

the bottle. ‘The top was tightly screwed on, and the bottle

was then placed in a cupboard, where it remained for eight

weeks—the temperature of the cupboard varying during this

time between 70° and 56°F. The apple was thus left, as the

turnip had been, in an atmosphere saturated with formalin

vapour *.

On examination the surface of the apple was found to

be hardened, and on section irregular patches of brownish

discoloration were seen; otherwise nothing abnormal was

observed.

Microscopical examination of an unstained section showed,

in a few of the cells, a small Fungus mycelium, such as may

be seen in P]. XX VI. fig. 7, A (xX 250). Specimens like this

were found in cells in different parts of the section, though in

the great majority of them nothing of the kind was met with.

* I have not had many successes with this method, and do not recom-

mend it, especially as the soaking for a time in 10 per cent. formalin

has proved to be pertectly sufficient to guard against external contami-

nation. It is difficult to tell how far the formalin vapour penetrates into

the substance of fruits or vegetables left in an sanoehae saturated with

it for many weeks,

of Bacteria and their Allies by Heterogenesis. 395

When present the growth seemed to start from the cell-wall

close to the nuclei, if not from the nucleus itself. No Bacillt

were seen; but in some cells what appeared, judging from

their uniform size and mode of arrangement, to be a number

of Micrococci were found on the primordial utricle, such as are

shown in Pl. XXVI. fig. 7, B (x 375). Theyscarcely stained

at all with carbo-fuchsine*.

I have now to record an interesting case of spontaneous

change in some apples, which occurred under the following

circumstances :—Last autumn I received from a friend in

America a case of very choice Canadian apples. ‘The case

had a separate cardboard partition for every apple, and they

were all in excellent condition. Some of them were kept as

late as the second week in January of this year. From

about the middle of December I noticed that many of these

apples, when cut through the centre, showed a brown discolo-

ration which seemed to begin at a number of separate points

around the periphery of the core, as may be seen in Pl. XX VI.

fig. 8, A & B (4 nat. size). An early stage of the change

is shown in A, and a more advanced stagein B. In all other

respects the apples were perfectly sound and of a delicious

_ flavour, and none of those eaten anterior to the date mentioned

showed any unusual appearance. Towards the end of

December the above photographs were taken; and, on con-

sulting Lindley’s ‘ Vegetable Kingdom,’ it became plain, from

a figure there shown (p. 559), that these points of change

occurred at the junction of the ovarian and the calycine

portions of the fruit.

I examined portions of the altered tissue under the micro-

scope, fully expecting to find some Mould as the cause of the

change. But, much to my surprise, after a tolerably careful

examination, | was unable to feel sure that organisms of any

kind were to be found in the tissue which had become thus

altered. Subsequently I tried to stain some sections, and

made a still more careful examination, with the result that L

found on or in the primordial utricle of many cells cocci-like

bodies looking like the germs of microorganisms. But as

their nature seemed doubtful I took two of the apples to

Dr. Allan Macfadyen and asked him kindly to see whether

any microorganisms could be developed from this altered

tissue of the apple. On January dth he wrote to me as

follows: “‘ I was unable to detect the presence of Bacteria in

the Canadian apples you left here, by microscopical exami-

* As the magnification is low, the use of a pocket-lens will make these

organisms more distinct, especially those near the centre of the figure.

396 Dr. H. Charlton Bastian on the Origin

nation. I accordingly made a number of subcultures, but in

no instance have I succeeded in obtaining a growth ” *.

I had by this time only two or three of the apples left, so

I placed them in the incubator at a temperature of 76° F. and

there left them for eight days. On section two of them were

found to present the brown discoloration in the usual situa-

tions to a well-marked extent. Some portions of the brown

tissue were broken up with needles, placed in a dilute solution

of the “‘ mastzellen”’ stain, and were afterwards submitted to

careful examination with the microscope. There was certainly

a very distinct increase of the cocci-like bodies in the primor-

dial utricle, remaining unstained, as in Pl. XXVI. fig. 8, C

(x 700), though all the other granules in the cells had become

strongly stained. In some places the cocci were seen in

distinct rows, branching and crossing one another, as in

fig. 8, J (x 375) in the neighbourhood of the letter, so that

they looked like spores within minute filaments fT.

A further careful and prolonged examination revealed the

fact that very many of the cells showed, in whole or in part,

on or in the lining membrane, the cocci-like bodies as in C,

though in other cells there were none of them. There was

often a tendency for these bodies to arrange themselves in

rows (as in EK and J), and in places to grow into delicate

filaments (asin D and F). Such filaments were also seen

occasionally crossing the cavity of the cell, and having spore-

like bodies at intervals. A few larger filaments or hyphe,

such as G, were likewise seen, together with toruloid corpuscles,

asin H. ‘The spore-like body in G, from which the hypha

has developed, is only a little larger than one of the cocci-

like bodies to be seen near the lower left corner of C. Any

doubts as to the reality of these latter bodies being embryo

Bacteria may be set at rest by comparing them with what is

shown in P]. XXV. figs. 2 and 4. All the organisms found

here, as with these shown in the figures above mentioned

from other vegetable cells, were similar in refusing to stain

with all ordinary dyes.

Although the first examinations of these apples showed,

therefore, only very doubtful organisms or none at all, a

* Some time previously Dr. Nabarro, of University College, had been

similarly unsuccessful in obtaining growths from a potato which had been

treated in the manner I have detailed on p. 390, and in which organisms

seemed to be present in an early stage. Such lack of success after trials

with a few culture media is, of course, far from disproving the presence

of microorganisms.

T Unfortunately this particular photograph was taken at a low magni-

fication, but C and each of the others were taken at 700 diameters.

of Bacteria and their Allies by Heterogenesis. 397

prolonged search has made their presence abundantly clear,

and has shown that the “ spontaneous ”’ changes occurring in

so many distinct foci in the very midst of their tissue has

been correlated with the origin and development of micro-

organisms.

I have also made a very few observations on Tangerine

Oranges, to two of which I will refer. In February, 1901,

two of these oranges were placed in a screw-top bottle and

soaked in a 10 per cent. solution of formalin for fifteen

minutes, the fluid being also shaken about several times so as

to wet the whole inner surface of the bottle. After the fluid

was poured off and the cover tightly screwed on, the bottle

was placed in a cupboard for fifteen days, the average tem-

perature of which was about 50° F.

When the first of these oranges was cut through in a

longitudinal direction, a slight mouldy odour was at once

perceived, and in the central white tissue and around the

pips there was a greenish-black mass of mould. This was

strictly confined to the central parts of the orange, and

nowhere came within three fourths of an inch of the surface.

The skin generally was perfectly sound, though it had become

hard and was of a slightly brownish colour from the action

of the formalin. Microscopical examination of the more

peripheral parts of the orange also showed no mycelial

filaments or organisms of any kind.

The other orange in the same bottle showed no organisms

either to the naked eye or on microscopical examination.

Soon afterwards two other Tangerine oranges were treated

in the same way, and subjected to similar conditions, except

that they were left in the bottle for a much longer period—

that is, for five and a half weeks instead of only fifteen days.

About five days before the bottle was opened, one of the

oranges was seen to show a patch of dark colour on one side,

and when it was subsequently cut open longitudinally all

the central white tissue was found to present an altered

appearance, being of a rather dirty white colour; and on

microscopical examination it was found to be densely infil-

trated with a delicate Fungus mycelium. The seeds were

discoloured, and the mycelium was also found to extend into

the yellow substance of the orange. In one place there was a

patch of a blackish colour, and this was found to have grown

into the rind of the orange at the point where tle discolora-

tion on the surface was seen, It had not, however, actually

reached the external surface ; it had evidently grown from

398 Dr. H. Charlton Bastian on the Origin

within outwards, and the surface of the orange here and

elsewhere showed no trace of Mould of any kind.

The companion orange again showed no organisms, either

internally or externally.

There is no means of accounting for Mould springing up

in the interior of an orange by infection from without. Ina

memoir entitled “‘ Recherches sur la Pourriture des Fruits” *,

Davaine points out that in fruits, such as the apple, the pear,

and the medlar, in which there is an open calyx, “le tube

calicinal peut conduire les spores ou leurs filaments jusqu’au

centre du fruit. C’est ainsi que se produit le blettisement f,

qui n’est autre chose qu’une pourriture ”’; but the process of

rotting, he says, is always external “ chez les fruits qui sont

partout recouverts d’un épiderme, tels que le citron, orange,

et les fruits 4 noyau.”

In the case of the apples to which I have referred, there

was clearly no such process of infection from within as that

to which Davaine refers. In the Canadian apples the change

occurred simultaneously in many points almost as much

removed from the seed-cavities as from the surface of the

apples, and a comparison of what was found in the primor-

dial utricles of the cells with what has been found in similar

situations in the potatoes that have been referred to, leaves

little room for doubt that what are shown in Pl. XXVI. fig. 8,

C, D, are really germs of microorganisms; while in the

other apple delicate Fungus mycelia (fig. 7, A) were found

springing up within various isolated cells in the midst of

the substance of the fruit. Again, the presence of the

Bacteria and other organisms within the cells of the two

small turnips and the different potatoes that have been

referred to are equally incapable of being accounted for by

any process of infection from without. ‘There is absolutely

no relation between what I have found in these cases and

an actual process of infection such as M. C. Potter has

described (see p. 885). We have to do, in fact, in the cases

that I have cited, with motionless germs of microorganisms

arising de novo in or on the substance of the primordial

utricles of isolated cells, having intact walls, and scattered

throughout the substance of the potatoes and the turnips in

question—in all parts, that is, except in the superficial

* Compt. Rend. 1866, pp. 277-344.

+ That is, the mellowing process that occurs in pears and medlars

more especially. Further on in his paper Davaine says he has “ recently

recognized that this latter process (blettisement) may take place where

spores are excluded, and in the absence of any mycelium.”

of Bacteria and their Allies by Heterogenesis. 399

fortions that have been saturated with the germicidal fluid

in which they had been for a time soaked *.

As J have previously pointed out, the existence of ‘ latent

germs ”’ in the substance of healthy fruits and vegetables is

not assumed—it is, in fact, expressly denied (pp. 383, 390).

Hence the great weight to be attached to the preceding

observations as evidence that the various microorganisms

found within the cells have actually originated there by

heterogenesis.

It remains to be seen what evidence of similar cogency

can be obtained in regard to the origin of microorganisms

within the tissues of animal organisms.

It would be useless to multiply instances. I will there-

fore first cite a single case in which the origin of Bacteria

may be actually watched within the body of a low animal

organism, and then turn to their mode of appearance within

some of the tissue elements of different vertebrates.

Evidence of a particularly convincing nature is to be

obtained from the examination of a little creature low in the

scale of animal life, namely, Cyclops quadricornis, one of

the Entomostraca so commonly to be tound in ponds. It

may be seen from pl. xxiv. of Baird’s ‘ Natural History

of the British Hntomostraca’t that the four pairs of

abdominal feet and also the tail are furnished with a number

of “ plumose spines or sete.”

Examination of one of these organisms will show that within

the chitinous envelope of these slender spines, which taper

away to sharp points, there is nothing but structureless proto-

plasm to be seen (Pl. XX VI. fig. 9, A, x 700). If we take one

of these little creatures, put it in a drop of distilled water ona

glass slip, with a tiny fragment of a No. 2 cover-glass on each

side of it, and place over all a cover-glass, it will be found that

the animal is soon killed by the weight of the latter, though the

fragments of glass prevent rupture of the body. We may then

place the microscope-slip in a Petri dish containing a thin

stratum of water (so as to prevent evaporation from beneath

the cover-glass), and fixing upon one of the tail-sete, which

are larger than those on the abdominal feet, we may examine

it from time to time. What may be observed is this :—

After an interval of two or three days (the duration

depending upon the temperature of the air at the time), we

* In these cases the organisms often have to be long and carefully

searched for, A perfunctory examination would almost certainly lead to

the statement that no organisms were present.

+ Ray Society, 1850.

400 Dr. H. Charlton Bastian on the Origin

may see, under the highest power of our microscope, scarcely

visible motionless specks gradually appear in increasing

numbers in the midst of the structureless protoplasm ; and

still later we may see some of these specks growing into

Bacteria, as in Pl. XXVI. fig. 9, B, x 700, which is a repre-

sentation of A after four days. At last the whole interior

of the spine becomes filled with distinct Bacteria, as may be

seen in C (x 700), which is from a photograph of the same

spine on the sixth day—the temperature during these days

varying from 70°-75° F. Later still, all the Bacteria,

previously motionless, began to show active swarming move-

ments.

In such a case it is clear that we have to do with no pro-

cess of infection from without, but with a de novo origin of

Bacteria from the protoplasmic contents of the spines or sete.

The fact that they appear in these situations as mere separate

motionless specks, and gradually take on the forms of

Bacteria (also motionless at first), is, as I have previously

indicated, just what we might expect if they had actually

taken origin in the places where they appear. On the other

hand, such a mode of appearance is totally opposed to what

might be expected if the microorganisms had obtained an

entry from without, through the chitinous envelope of the

spines.

I pass now to what may be regarded as another absolute

_ proof of the heterogenetic origin of Bacteria, as convincing

as that which I have shown to occur within the closed cells

of certain vegetables.

I have already pointed out that in many parts of the bodies

of man and of higher animals microorganisms are known to

exist in abundance. This is the case, for instance, throughout

the whole length of the alimentary tract, and throughout

almost the whole extent of the mucous membranes of the

respiratory tract. It is clear also that some of the micro-

organisms may be taken up from these mucous membranes

by lymphatics, and if they pass the nearest lymphatic glands

some of them would ultimately find their way into the blood.

When there, the view generally accepted is that the Bacteria

and their allies are at once “destroyed.” The blood of

healthy animals is declared to be germless, and much im-

portance is attached to the germicidal qualities of this fluid.

On the other hand, it has been found, as I have previously

intimated (p. 884), that in organs contiguous to the alimen-

tary canal—such as the kidney, the pancreas, the spleen, and

the liver—taken from a healthy animal immediately after

of Bacteria and their Allies by Heterogenesis. 401

death, with every precaution needful to prevent contamina-

tion from without, swarms of microorganisms can be made to

appear therein at will.

Speaking of such experiments made by himself, Burdon

Sanderson wrote as follows*:— Under the conditions I

have described to you, it seems to me quite impossible to

suppose either that germs could penetrate to the organ from

the outside or that any germ encountered by the organ in

its transference from the body of the animal to the basin

could escape destruction. If, therefore, Bacteria be found,

they or their germs must have been there before the organ

was plunged into the hot liquid.... The results of all the

experiments, whether with liver or kidneys, was the same.

The soft red kernel of uncooked tissue at the middle of the

organ always contained Bacteria, the vigorous development

of which was indicated by their large size, countless num-

bers, and active movements. ‘To my mind the experiment

is conclusive.”

In reference to this it is right to say that similar results

have been obtained by other investigators using either

similar methods or methods equally trustworthy. Such

experiments have been made by Tiegel, Billroth, Nencki

and Giacosa, Horsley and Mott, as well as by myself.

As I have previously intimated, the finding of organisms

under these conditions is a fact so important in view of the

theories of Pasteur and Lister, and the general belief as to

the germicidal qualities of the blood, that the results require

to be most carefully scrutinized.

To postulate the presence of “latent germs”’ in these

abdominal organs and to assign as a reason the close

“ proximity to absorbing mucous membranes,” and nothing

else, surely cannot be regarded as a full and satisfactory

explanation. It assumes, without proof of any kind, that

microorganisms, even in healthy animals, are constantly

making their way out through the walls of the intestine,

and wandering promiscuously into this or that organ, only

in the end to lapse into a condition of “ latent vitality.”

Could anything in the way of explanation be more gratuitous

and unsatistactory ?

With a view to throwing light upon this important question

by the production of actual evidence I obtained a sheep’s

kidney from a recently killed animal, and saw a coating of

fat nearly an inch thick stripped from it. The whole organ

was then left to soak for four hours in a two per cent.

* Brit. Med, Journ, 1878, vol. i. p. 119.

402 Dr. H. Charlton Bastian on the Origin

solution of chromic acid, when it was removed and placed in

a bottle still wet with a 10 per cent. solution of formalin.

The screw-top having been fixed so as to prevent evapora-

tion, the bottle was transferred to an incubator and left at a

temperature of 76° F. for thirty-six hours *. When the

organ was cut the chromic acid was found to have discoloured

it to a depth of about a quarter of an inch, but within that

margin the kidney-substance was red and only slightly

softer than natural. There was no distinct odour of putre-

faction. A small portion of the organ was cut out and

teazed in a drop of a weak solution of gentian-violet, and

fragments, after a short. interval, were carefully examined

under the microscope. A comparatively small number of

Bacteria were found free, between the separated and broken

up cells, and the ceils were densely filled with granular

matter, as may be seen in Pl. XXVI. fig. 10, A (x 700),

but it was impossible to identify with certainty any of the

granules as germs of Bacteria. Sections that were made

and carefully stained gave no more definite results.

Another sheep’s kidney from a freshly killed animal was

therefore obtained and treated in the same manner, except

that it was left in the incubator at 76° F. for three and a half

days. When the organ was cut through it was deeply

stained at the circumference as before with the chromic acid ;

but the red tissue within was much softer, and the odour was

most offensive and putrid. Portions of the organ were at

once put into a 10 per cent. formalin solution with a view

to obtaining sections therefrom, but a minute portion was cut

off as before and teazed in a drop of gentian-violet. On

examination with the microscope after a brief interval I found

the fragments of the tubules and kidney-cells full of Micro-

cocci which had taken the stain well, together with numbers

of figure-of-eight organisms and short chains (Streptococci)

such as are shown in Pl. XXVI. fig. 10, B (x 700).

In a few days Dr. J. S. Collier kindly sent me a number

of sections, stained and unstained, which he had been good

enough to cut from the portion of the kidney in the formalin

solution which I had handed over to him. Some of the

specimens sent to me had been stained with methylene-blue

or with logwood, and then mounted in balsam; while I

stained some of the plain sections with gentian-violet, and

subsequently mounted them in glycerine. On the whole,

rather more details could be made out with these latter

sections than with the specimens mounted in balsam.

* I was using the incubator for other purposes at this temperature,

and therefore did not alter it.

ee ee

of Bacteria and their Allies by Heterogenesis. 4.03

Every section, however, showed, inside the area which had

been affected by the chromic acid, that almost every cell

within the renal tubules was full of developing or actually

developed Bacteria. The former appeared as mere cocci-

like particles which had taken the stain like the developed

Bacteria, both being situated in the midst of cell-granules

comparatively unstained. ‘The organisms were distributed

through the substance of the cells, but often seemed to be

most abundant in the half of the cell next the wall of the

tubule, as may be seen in the transverse and longitudinal

sections of tubules shown in P]. XXVI. fig. 11, A, B ( x 700).

In a few of the tubules in the pyramidal portions of the kidney

the organisms had developed more abundantly, so that the

cells were filled with a dense mass of Micrococci such as may

be seen in fig. 12, A (x 700). In sections through blood-

vessels also a moderate number of Bacteria were seen mixed

with the blood-corpuscles.

Here, then, it is clear that we have again the kind of

appearances which we have a right to expect if the micro-

organisms had developed in the epithelial cells of the kidney

by heterogenesis. We have the cells full of particles

developing into fully formed Bacteria, and, what is more

important still, we have them within almost every epithelial

cell to be seen in the sections.

From the point of view of the really absurd suggestion as

to organisms being found in such an abdominal organ as the

kidney, by reason of its “proximity to absorbing mucous

membranes,” it may be well to recall the fact that the sheep’s

kidney is encased in a mass of fat from half an inch to an

inch in thickness, and that, as an additional barrier separating

wandering microorganisms from the epithelial cells of the

organ, there is still the thick and tough capsule which I have

thought it not useless to show in fig. 12, B (x 700). Let

anyone compare M. C. Potter’s description (p. 385) of the

mode in which Bacteria are enabled to effect an entry into a

single vegetable cell, and then let him imagine what an arm

of Bacteria would be needful, with all the cytase that they

could excrete, to get through such a tough and thick layer as

that presented by the fibrous capsule of the kidney. But

surely the whole notion as to such a mode of infection of the

kidney and other abdominal organs is too absurd for serious

consideration.

We are then driven back to enquire whether it is true

that the blood is germless, and whether it has in reality the

bactericidal qualities with which it is credited. I have no

evidence whatever to oppose to these beliefs, nor is it easy

404 Dr. H. Charlton Bastian on the Origin

to see, even if bacteriologists generally should be wrong in

their views as to these points, how it would suffice to explain

the development of Bacteria within all the cells of a kidney

treated in the way I have mentioned.

It is perfectly certain that the blood of healthy persons

does not contain any appreciable number of active Bacteria.

But are bacteriologists right in supposing that such Bacteria

as get into the blood-stream are “destroyed”? May they

not rather be reduced to a condition of latent vitality ?

Their answer to this is that, if it were true, the organisms

would be capable of revealing their presence when suitable

media were inoculated with them and subsequently exposed

to proper incubating temperatures. And it is the negative

results of all such experiments with the blood of healthy

animals that confirm them in their belief as to the germicidal

qualities of the blood.

Nor, in fact, if the blood were assumed to be full of latent

germs of Bacteria, would it be easy, as I have intimated, to

see how that would enable us to explain the development

of Bacteria within almost every epithelial cell in the kidney

referred to. Could organisms reduced to a condition of

“latent vitality ’’ penetrate the walls of the capillaries, and

thence migrate into all the cells of a kidney-tubule? The

notion is again too preposterous to be entertained; so that

we are compelled by evidence of a most convincing character

to admit that the Bacteria have in reality been born in the

individual cells of the kidney—we are compelled to believe

that heterogenesis has, in fact, been taking place here as in

the other instances previously cited.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE XXYV.

Fig. 1. Development of Bacteria between the cell-wall and the chloro-

phyll layer in a living Nitella cell. x 700.

Fig. 2. A. Early stages of Bacteria developing in primordial utricle of

Potato cell. x 700.

B. Early stages and developed Bacteria within a neighbouring

cell, x 500.

Fig. 3. A. Bacilli and Mycelia filaments within a cell of another

Potato. X 500.

B. Interlacing spore-bearing Bacilli in or on the primordial

utricle of another cell from the same Potato, x 500.

Fig. 4, A. Microorganisms developing in or on the primordial utricle of

a small new Potato. x 500.

B. More developed form of similar Crenothriz-like filaments in

another cell of the same Potato. x 500.

of Bacteria and their Allies by Heterogenesis. 405

Fig. 5. Tufts of a form of Cladothriz growing from the primordial utricle

in the cell of another new Potato. x 500.

Fig. 6. A. A large aggregation of Bacteria together with other scattered

specimens within a cell of a small Turnip. x 500.

B. Numbers of Bacteria developing in and on the surface of the

primordial utricle in a cell from another Turnip. x 500.

PLATE XXVI.

Fig. 7. A. Minute Fungus mycelium within the cell of an Apple. 250.

B. Micrococci or Bacteria developing in or on the primordial

utricle in another cell of the same Apple. x 375.

Fig. 8, A and B. Early and later stages of change in a Canadian Apple.

4 nat. size.

C and E. Micrococci-like bodies developing in or on the pri-

mordial utricle in cells of one of these Apples.

D and F. Similar bodies in other cells giving rise to thread-like

growths, after the fashion shown more plainly in fig. 4, A,

G. Larger body of the same kind from which a small hypha is

developing.

H. A group of small Torula cells.

J. Minute branching and interlacing filaments containing rows

of spores or cocci-like bodies in or on the primordial utricle

of another cell.

C, D, EH, F, G, H, each x 700; J, x 875.

Fig. 9. A. Caudal plumose spines of a recently dead Cyclops quadricornis

showing homogeneous protoplasm within.

B. One of the same spines after four days showing motionless

Bacteria developing within the protoplasm.

C. The same spine after two more days showing motionless

Bacteria much increased both in size and in number,

Each x 700.

Fig. 10, A. Granules and nuclei from disintegrated cells of a sheep’s

kidney after exposure to conditions described in text for

thirty-six hours.

B. Disintegrated: portions of cells from another sheep’s kidney

which had been exposed to similar conditions for three and

a half days—now swarming with Micrococci and Strepto-

cocci.

Both specimens had been teazed in a weak solution of

gentian-violet, and both were x 700.

Fig. 11. Aand B. Transverse and longitudinal stained sections of tubules

from the same kidney, showing the cells crowded with

Micrococci and Streptococci.

Each x 700.

Fig. 12. A. Dense masses of Micrococci in pyramidal portion of same

kidney.

B. Stained portion of the same kidney, showing the thickness

of its capsule as seen under the same magnification.

Each x 700,

Ann. & Mag. N. [Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 27

406 > Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the ©

XXXIX.—WNotes on the Naural History of East Finmark.

By Canon A. M. Norman, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S.,

FES:

[Continued from p. 286.

[Plate XX VIL]

ECHINODERMATA.

Tn East Finmark the Echinodermata are very fully repre-

sented; but the percentage of species found by myself in

this class is much less than in those classes with which I

-have already dealt. The reason is obvious. I did not employ

the instruments most suitable for their capture, namely,

either a trawl or wide-meshed dredge. As usual, I was more

intent on the smaller and generally less studied animals, and

my fine dredge-bag, quickly filling with mud, passed over

comparatively little ground; and therefore the capture of

many of the larger animals, such as Echinodermata, was not

to be expected.

I propose in dealing with the Echinodermata to depart

from the rule which I have observed in previous parts of

these notes of only giving the names of Hast Finmark

species which had not been found by myself, and to briefly

indicate their locality and its authority. The authorities on

whom I have relied are as follows :—

1. DANIELSSEN (D. C.).—“ Beretning om en zoologisk Reise foretagen

en Sommeren 1857,” Nyt Mag. for Naturvidenskaberne, vol. xi.

1861, p. 1.

2. SARS ‘Moura = Oversigt af Norges Echinodermer,’ 1861.

3. DANIELSSEN (D. C.) and Kormn (A.).—(a) Holothuroidea, (6) As-

teroidea, (e) Echinoidea, in ‘The Norwegian North-Atlantic

Expedition, 1876-1878.’ 1882, 1884, and 1892.

4. Griee (J. A.).—Ophiuroidea in ‘The Norwegian North-Atlantic

Expedition, 1876-1878. 1893. The word ‘ Véringen’ in the

following notes, which was the name of the vessel employed,

indicates that the authority is in the Norwegian North-Atlantic

Expedition Reports.

«. Grine (J. A.).—“ Oversigt over det nordlige Norges Echinodermer,”

Bergens Museum Aarbog, 1902.

6. OsTERGREN (HyaLMar).—‘ The Holothuroidea of Northern Nor-

way,” Bergens Museum Aarbog (1902), 1903, p. 3.

A full account of the distribution of the species and full

synonymy will be found in the treatises on the different

orders in Romer and Schaudin’s ‘ Fauna Arctica.’

Natural History of Hast Finmark. 407

OPHIUROIDEA.

Ophiura Sarsi, Liitken. In all the Sydvaranger fiords.

—— allbida, Forbes. Vads6 (Danielssen).

robusta, Ayres. Varanger, Bog, and Lakse Fiords. Also

Svolver, Lofoten Islands, shallow water to 125 fathoms.

—— carnea, M. Sars. Vads0, in 50-100 fathoms (J. Sars).

—-— affins, Litken. Unusually large in the Varanger Fiord ;

also at Svolver, Lofoten Islands.

Ophiocten sericeum, Forbes. Off Vards, in 148 fathoms (‘ Vorin-

gen, Stat. 262).

*Amphiura elegans, Leach. I found this species at Svolveer, Lofoten

Islands. It is not yet known in East Finmark, though it

has been recorded from as far east as the Murman coast by

Jarzyusky.

Ophiopholis aculeata, Linné. In all the fiords.

Ophiacantha bidentata, Retzius. Varanger and Lang Fiords, down

to 125 fathoms (A. M. WV.); Porsanger Fiord (Griey).

Ophioscolex glacialis, Miiller & Troschel. Off Vardé, in 148

fathoms, four small specimens (‘ Voringen,’ Stat. 262).

purpureus, Diiben & Koren. Dr. Hjort, in the ‘ Michael

Sars,’ dredged this species in 1900 in the Porsanger Fiord

(Grieg).

[Asteronyx Lovént, Miller & Troschel. Herr Grieg informs me (in

litt.) that this species was inserted by mistake in the Kast

Finmark column of his paper. It was taken by M. Sars in

Oxfjord, West Finmark, and not in Oxfjord in East Finmark. |

Gorgonocephalus Lamarcki, Muller & Troschel. Herr Grieg writes

to me that a specimen of this species from Varanger Fiord

(Vads6) is in the Bergen Museum.

eucnemis, Miller & Troschel. Taken by M. Sars at Vadsé in

1857 on Primnoa lepadifera; but some doubt attaches to the

identification of the young specimen (Swars, 2).

Agassizii, Stimpson. This species is in the Bergen Museum

from the Varanger Fiord (Grieg). This is the only instance of

its occurring on the European coast. It is known from

N.E. America, Greenland, and Jan Mayen.

ASTEROIDEA.,

Archaster tenuispinus, Diiben & Koren. Porsanger Fiord and off

Vardé, in 127-148 fathoms (‘ Voringen’).

Plutonaster Parelii, Diiben & Koren, var. longibrachialis, Dan, &

Kor. Inthesame two dredgings as the preceding (‘ Voringen ’),

Ctenodiscus crispatus, Retzius. Inner reach of Lang Fiord, in 5-

30 fathoms ; Bég Fiord, in 100-120 fathoms; and Varanger

Fiord, 100-125 fathoms.

Pa (Mee

408 Canon A. M. Norman—Notes on the

Leptophycaster arcticus, M. Sars. Tana Fiord and off Vardé, in

127-148 fathoms (‘ Voringen’).

Psilaster andromeda, Miller & Troschel. Danielssenand Koren write

of this species, “* along the entire Norwegian coast,” and Grieg

has inserted it in the East Finmark column on this authority ;

but though I have searched carefully I have been unable to

find any actual statement of its occurrence there. It may

certainly be expected, as Jarzynsky has found it on the Murman

coast.

Pentagonaster granularis, Retzius. Sverholt, by the ‘ Michael

Sars, 1901; Tana Fiord and off Vard6 (‘ Véringen’).

Goniaster phrygianus, Parelius. Porsanger Fiord and off Vardé

(‘ Voringen ’); Sveerholt ( Grieq).

Poraniomorpha rosea, Danielssen & Koren. Dredged by Herr

Hjort in the ‘ Michael Sars’ in 1901, 8.S.W. of Kibergnesset

in the Varanger Fiord, in 188-216 metres (Griey).

Hewaster obscurus, Perrier. Dredged by the ‘Michael Sars’ in

1901 east of Ekero in the Varanger Fiord, in 180-216 metres

(Grieg).

Pteraster militaris, O. F. Miller. Vadsd (Danielssen) ; Sveerholt

(Grveq).

pulvillus, M. Sars. Lang Fiord, in 25 fathoms (A. M. N.);

Sverholt (Grieg).

Crossaster papposus, Fabricius. In Lang and Klosterely Fiords.

affinis, Brandt. One small specimen of this ten-armed

Orossaster was dredged by the ‘ Voringen’ off Vardé (Stat. 262).

It is a question whether it is really distinct from C. papposus,

with which Ludvig unites it; but, on the other hand, Danielssen

and Koren write that after careful examination of exterior

features and internal skeleton they have “arrived at the

conclusion that the difference between Solaster affinis and

Solaster papposus is so great and also so constant that we must

still affirm the former to be a distinct species.”

Solaster endeca, Gmelin. WHerr Grieg writes to me that Dr. Johan

Hjort has collected this species in Kongs Fiord. This small

fiord will not be found marked on ordinary maps; it is situated

in long. 47° 20’ E.

syrtensis, Verrill. Dredged by the ‘ Michael Sars’ in 1901

to the east of Ekero in the Varanger Fiord, in 188 metres

(Grieg). I do not know this eight- or nine-armed form.

Ludvig, in ‘ Fauna Arctica Seesterne,’ 1900, unites it with

S. endeca.

Cribrella sanguinolenta, O. F. Miiller. In Lang and Klosterely

Fiords,

[ Pedicellaster typicus, M. Sars. Herr Grieg informs me that he

inserted this species in his Hast Finmark column because it

Natural History of East Finmark. 409

was dredged by the ‘ Voringen’ in Barents Sea (i. e. Stat. 267,

lat. 71° 42' N., long. 37° 1’ W., in 148 fathoms *). ]

Asterias rubens, Linné. Varanger Fiord.

Mulleri, M. Sars. Vads0 (Danielssen) ; Sverholt (Grieg).

glaccalis, Linné. Grieg marks this in his Kast Finmark

column, but gives no locality, and, indeed, states that it is

found up the whole coast to Komag Fiord; but that fiord is

in West Finmark. }

Asterias Linckii, Miller & Troschel.

1733. Pentadactylosaster reticulatus diyitis prelongatis, Linck, De

Stellis Marinis, p. 34, pls. ix. & x. no. 16.

pee pasienias Linckti, Miller & Troschel, System der Asteriden,

1869. Asteracanthion stellionura, Perrier, Recherches sur les Pédicel-

laires et les Ambulacres des Astérias et des Oursins, p. 48, pl. i.

figs. 10 a-d.

1882. Asterias Gunneré, Danielssen & Koren, “ Fra den norske Nord-

havsexpedition,” Nyt Mag. for Naturvid. vol. xxvii. p. 268.

1884. Asterias Gunner, Dan. & Kor. Norw. North Atlant. Exped.,

Asteroidea, p. 7, pls. ii., 111. fiys. 8, 9.

1884. Asterias stellionura, iid. ibid. p. 14, pl. iv. figs. 1-9.

1887. Asterias stellionw'a, Levinsen, Dijmphna-Togtets zool.-botan.

Udbytte, p. 395, pl. xxxiv. tigs. 7, 8, a, 6.

Levinsen’s figures and description should be consulted

when determining this species. His fig. 7 illustrates the

adambulacral papille &c., and shows the absence of those

adambulacral spines to which I shall call attention in my

notice of the next species.

The type of “ A. Gunneri” was taken by the ‘ Voringen’

in Advent Bay, Spitsbergen, while “A. stellionura” was

taken by the same expedition not only a little to the south of

Spitsbergen, but also off Vardé in 148 fathoms (Stat. 262).

Lovén has also recorded it from the Varanger Fiord, and

more recently it has been again dredged by the ‘ Michael

Sars’ in 180 metres off Ekero, at the mouth of the same fiord.

Asterias panopla, Stuxberg.

1878. Asterias panopla, Stuxberg, “ Kchinod. Nordenskidldska Exped.

1875-76,” CHfvers. K. Vet-Akad. Forhand. xxxv. p, 32.

1881. Asterias panopla, F. Jeffrey Bell, “Species of the Genus Aste-

rias,”’ Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 505.

1884. Asterias panopla, Dan. & Kor. Norweg. North Atlant. Exped.,

Asteroidea, p. 17, pl. v.

1887. Asterias panopla, Levinsen, Dijmphna-Togtets zool.-bot. Ud-

bytte, p. 394.

* I have not in these papers taken into account the ‘ Véringen’

stations 267, 270, 273, and 275, which were to the north of Kast Finmark,

If this were done, other species would be added to the fauna,

410° Canon A. M. Norman—wNotes on the

I dredged this species on two occasions in quite shallow

water, in 5-30 fathoms, in the inner part of Lang Fiord. It

is new to the Norwegian fauna. ‘The size of one of these

specimens is nearly double that represented in Danielssen and

Koren’s plate, and the single row of spines passing down the

centre of the back of each | arm is very conspicuous, as in the

figure referred to, On the other hand, in much smaller

specimens collected in the Kara Sea by the ‘ Dijmphna ’

expedition, for which I am indebted to the Copenhagen

Museum, this central row of spines is scarcely noticeable.

The character which at once distinguishes A. panopla from

A. Linckii consists in the spines on the under surface of the

arms, where bordering the ambulacra is seen a row of slender

spines which are in pairs, and exterior to these another row

of well-developed and conspicuous spines (see Dan. & Kor.

pl. v. fig. 2, at the base of the left-hand side of the arm).

The following quotation from Levinsen well describes the

adambulacral papille and spines, outside of which is the

other row of spines to which I have just referred :—“ Papillze

adambulacrales biseriales apposite, inter papillas singulas

serici interioris jam pedicellariz, jam spine, vestigia trans-

formationis in pedicellarias seepe exhibentes, site. Spinze

extra papillas adambutacrales per paria clisposite, spinis

singulorum parium ad basin concurrentibus, supra diver-

gentibus.”

EcHINOIDEA.

Lichinus norvegicus, Diiben & Koren. Rather small specimens were

taken by the ‘ Voringen’ off Vard6 (Stat. 262). ‘

—— esculentus, Linné. Herr Grieg writes to me that this species

has recently been taken by Dr. Johan Hjort in the Varanger

Fiord to the south of Kiberg.

Strongylocentrotus drébachiensis, O. F. Miiller. , Varanger, Lang,

aud Klosterely Fiords.

pictus, Norman. Varanger Fiord, 100-125 fathoms; Klos-

terelv and Lang Fiords, in 3-30 fathoms. This form—whether

species or variety—is characterized among points already

described by the very large size of the ‘‘sphérides” (Lovén).

Professor Lovén showed me the same form under another name

in the Stockholm Museum. Unfortunately I did not make a

note at the time, and have forgotten what that name was.

Schizaster fragilis, Diiben & Koren. Taken in mid-channel in the

Varanger Fiord in 100-125 fathoms. A specimen measured

75 millim. long, 65 millim. broad, and 40 millim. deep.

Spatangus purpureus, O. F. Miller. Sveerholt (Gricy).

Natural History of East Finmark. 411

- Echinocardium flavescens, O. F. Miiller. Vadsé (M. Sars); Sver-

holt (Grieg).

cordatum, Pennant. Sveerholt (Grieg)*.

Echinocyamus pusillus, O. F. Miller. Vadsé and Big Fiord.

HoLotuHuUuROIDEA.,.

Genus SticHopus, Brandt.

Stichopus tremulus (Gunnerus).

“In the Christiania Museum there is a specimen which

G. O. Sars caught in the Varanger Fiord” (Nordgaard,

1903).

Genus Cucumaria, Jeger.

Cucumaria frondosa (Gunnerus).

I procured young specimens (=C. fucicola, Forbes) be-

“tween tide-marks at Vadso.

Genus Puy.tiorHorus, Grube.

Phyllophorus pellucidus (Fleming).

Michael Sars recorded that he had taken two specimens of

this species in the Varanger Fiord near Vads6, in 60-80

fathoms, in 1857.

Genus Psotus, Oken.

Psolus phantapus (Strussenfeldt).

Bog and Lang Fiords, in 5-30 fathoms (A. M. N.). Mi-

chael took it in the Varanger Fiord in 1857.

Genus TrocHostoma, Danielssen & Koren.

Trochostoma boreale (M. Sars).

1861. Molpadia borealis, M. Sars, Oversict af Norges Echinodermer,

p- 116, pls. xi1., xiii.

1877. Haplodactyla arctica, y. Marenzeller, “ Ccelenteraten, Echino-

dermen und Wiirmer der k. k. dster.-ungar. Nordpol-Eixped.,”

Denkschr. math,-nat. Klasse kais. Akad. d. Wiss. Zool. vol. xxxv. p.29,

pl. iv. fig. 1.

* T have inserted this species and Spatangus purpwreus in this list

because Grieg (5) gives the locality Svwrholt; yet he does not mark

them in his East Finmark column at p. 37. Was that an accidental

omission, or are there two places named Sveerholt ?

412 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the

1882. Trochostoma Thomsonii, Danielssen & Koren, Norwegian North-

Atlantic Exped., Holothuroidea, p. 42, pls. vii., vill., ix. figs. 38-41,

pl. xiii. fig. 4, and var. maculutum, p. 94, pl. xiii, figs. 5, 6.

1882. Trochostoma boreale, iid. ibid. p. 64, pl. x. tigs., 7-1].

1882. Trochostoma arcticum, iid. ibid. p. 65, pl. ix. figs. 1-5, pl. x.

fie. 6, pl. xii. fig. 3,

Ludvig, in ‘ Fauna Arctica,’ vol. i. Holothuroidea, p. 161,

unites all the forms described by Danielssen and Koren

under the Molpadia borealis, M. Sars.

The form called Trochostoma arcticum by Danielssen and

Koren was dredged by the ‘ Voringen’ in the Porsanger

Fiord in 127 fathoms (Stat. 260), and in the same depths in

the Tana Fiord (Stat. 261).

Genus AnxyropeRMA, Danielssen & Koren.

Ankyroderma Jeffreysti, Danielssen & Koren.

1879. Ankyroderma Jeffreysit, Danielssen & Koren, “ Fra den Norske

Nordhaysexpedition Echinodermer, III.,” Nyt Mag. for Naturvid.

vol, xxv. p. 128, pls. v. & vi. figs. 11-19, 21.

1879. Ankyroderma affine, iid. ibid. p. 133, pls. v. & vi. figs. 22-28.

1882. Ankyroderma Jeffreysit, Dan. & Kor. Norw. N.-Atlant. Exped.,

Holothuroidea, p. 67, pls. x., x1., xii. figs. 12-28.

1882. Ankyroderma affine, iid. ibid. p. 71, pl. xii. figs, 29-36.

Ludvig (/. ¢.) has united the two forms to which the

describers had assigned specific rank.

This most interesting new form discovered by the ‘ V6-

ringen’ was dredged at Stations 260, 261, 262, at the

Porsanger and Tana Fiords, and also off Vard6 in 127-148

fathoms. It possesses anchors like those of a Synapta, but

instead of resting for support upon a single calcareous plate,

as in that genus, they are attached at the central junction of

the “ heads ” of five or six “ battledore ”’-shaped spicules, the

long “handles” of which spicules radiate trom the ceutre.

Other spicules not unlike those of a Thyonidium are pro-

fusely scattered throughout the epidermis.

The Ankyroderma musculus (Risso) from the Mediter-

ranean comes very near to this species (vide Ludvig, Zeits.

f. wiss. Zool. vol. li. p. 571, pl. xxix.).

Genus Evupyreus, Liitken.

Eupyrgus scaber, Liitken. (Pl. XXVII. figs. 1-3.)

1857. Eupyrgus scaber, Liitken, Oversigt over Grénlands Nechino-

dermata, p. 22.

? 1857. Hupyrgus scaber, Barrett, “ Description of Four new Species of

Natural History of Kast Finmark. 413

Echinodermata,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist, ser. 2, vol. xx. p. 46, pl. iv.

figs. 2 a, b.

1868. Echinosoma hisyrdum, Semper, Reisen in Archipel der Philip-

pinen, vol. ii. Holothurien, p. 44, pl. x. figs. 7, 10, 11, 13, 15, 16.

1868. Eupyrgus scaber, iid. ibid. p. 268.

1886. Eupyrgus scaber, Theel, Report ‘Challenger’ Exped., Holo-

thuroidea, pt. 2, p. 49.

I dredged this species, which is new to the Norwegian

coast, in the Varanger Fiord, in 125-150 fathoms, and also

in Bog Fiord in 100-120 fathoms. It had been obtained by

the ‘ Voringen’ in the sea to the north of Hast Finmark

(Stat. 267), and has a distribution ranging from Labrador

and Greenland to Spitsbergen and Barents and Kara Seas.

The calcareous deposits in the test of Eupyrgus scaber

have not been well figured, and I therefore now illustrate them.

It is true that Barrett * figured two deposits which he re-

ferred to this species ; but if they belonged to it at all, they

were certainly abnormal. I have been unable to find any

such irregular forms either in a type specimen from Green-

land received from Dr. Liitken soon after he described the

species or in these Hast Finmark specimens which I have

now taken.

These calcareous deposits (fig. 2) consist of tables which are

round or nearly so, with irregular margin, perforated with

about twenty to twenty-five openings with simple margins, the

openings around the base of the spine being larger than those

outside them, and generally oval in form, while the smaller

outer holes are round ; the spire is very long (fig. 3), longer

than the diameter of the table from the centre of which it

rises ; it gradually tapers toa point which is rough or slightly

spinous at the poiut; it is built up of three rods, which are

united to each other by about four cross-bars. The surface

of the test is densely clothed with these tables which are

situated in it, while the spires are projected freely from the test

(fig.1). The genus Eupyrgus being entirely devoid of feet, it

is not improbable that these spires of the calcareous plates may

in some degree supply a help to locomotion through the mud,

aided by the muscular movements of the animal’s body; but

no doubt they are primarily a means of defence, as well as

serve the purpose of strengthening the cutis.

* The Holothurian which Barrett described as Eupyrgus hispidus is, of

course, u0 Lupyrgus, but must be called Echinocucumus hispidus (Barrett),

= Echinocucumis typicus, M. Sars; but Lchinosoma hispidum of Semper is

the present species.

414 Canon A. M. Norman—Wotes on the

Genus Synaprta, Eschscholtz.

Synapta Buski, M‘Tntosh.

1864. Synapta tenera, Norman, Brit. Assoc. Rep. for 1863, p. 106.

1866. Synapta Buski, M‘Intosh, Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. p. 611, wood-

cut 6.

1871. Synapta tenera, Brady & Robertson, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 690,

pl. Lxxi. figs. 1-3.

1892. Synapta Buski, ¥. Jeffrey Bell, Cat. Brit. Echin. Brit. Mus.

p. 34, pl. i. fig. 3 (wrongly numbered in letterpress and on plate,

eel ‘

1898. Labidoplax Buski, Ostergren, “Das System den Synaptiden,”

Citvers. K. Vet.-Akad. Foérhand. p. 115.

Ostergren, in his paper on “The MHolothuroidea of

Northern Norway” (Bergens Museum Aarbog (1892) 1893,

p- 12), tells us that “The specimens of Synapta inherens

which Danielssen and Koren (1882) mention from the Por-

sanger Fiord, long. 70° 54’ N., have proved on my examina-

tion to be Labidoplax Buski,’ and also the specimens which

Danielssen (1861) recorded under the same name from

Vadso.

Genus Curropotas, Eschscholtz.

Chirodota levis, Fabricius. (Pl. XX VII. fig. 4.)

1780. Holothuria levis, Fabricius, Fauna Groenlandica, p. 353.

1806. Holothuria pellucida, Vahl, in Miller, Zool. Dan. iv. p. 17,

pl. cxxxy. fig. 1.

1857. Chirodota leve, Liitken, Oversigt over Groénlands Echinodermata,

p. 16, figs. 2-4,

1861. Chirodota pellucida, M. Sars, Oversigt af Norges Echinodermer,

. 124, pls. xiv.-xvi.

1867. Chirodota typica, Selenka, ‘ Beit. z. Anat. und System. der Holo-

thurien,” Zeits. f. wiss. Zool. vol. xvii. p. 866, pl. xx. figs. 126, 127.

1867. Chirodota tigellam, id. ibid. p. 366.

1881. Chirodota levis, Duncan & Sladen, Memoir on the Echinoder-

mata of the Arctic Sea to the West of Greenland, p. 12, pl. i.

fies, 14-19.

Dredged in the Varanger Fiord in 125-150 fathoms ; and

also in Lang Fiord, within the narrows, in 5-30 fathoms.

Its range extends from N.E. America and Labrador coast,

Greenland, and Spitsbergen, to the Murman coast and Kara

Sea.

The illustrations in M. Sars’s work of this species are

extremely good ; nevertheless, if the wheel-deposits as figured

by him be compared with the figure given by Duncan and

Sladen, I think it will be conceded that, if corresponding

wheels were found in a fossil state, or had such apparently

Natural [History of East Finmark. 415

different spicules been procured from different parts of the

world, it would be believed that they belonged to different

species. The fact is that the figures of Sars do not represent

the fully adult wheel, while that figured by Duncan and

Sladen is quite mature. In the latter condition the calca-

reous deposit is much more developed, the central and narrow

portions of the spokes have the greatest thickness, and the

rest of the spokes the next greatest thickness; while the

spokes themselves have been widened and a considerable part

of the intermediate spaces have been filled up with later

and thinner deposit; the crenation of the rim is not very

easily seen.

Genus Myriorrocuvs, Steenstrup.

Myriotrochus Rinkii, Steenstrup. (Pl. XX VII. figs. 5-9.)

1851. Myriotrochus Rinkd, Steenstrup, Videnskab. Middel. fra den

naturhist. Forening i Kj6benhavn, p. 55, pl. 111. figs. 5-7.

1852. Chirodota brevis, Huxley, Sutherland’s Voyage Baffin’s Bay,

vol. i1., Appendix, p. ccxi.

Ea Myr rotrochus Rinki, Theel, “ Quelques Holothuries des Mers de

la Nouvelle Zemble,” Noy. Acta Reg. Soc. Sc. Upsala, ser. iii. p. 3,

1 Rai

1881. Myriotrochus Rinkw, Duncan & Sladen, Memoir Echinodermata

of the Arctic Sea to the West of Greenland, p. 15, pl. 1. figs. 20-24.

1882. Myriotrochus Rink, Danielssen & Koren, Norwegian North-

Atlantic Exped., Holothuroidea, p. 28, pl. v. figs. 1-4, pl. xiii. fig. 1.

1892. Myriotr ochus Rinku, Ludvig, “ Die Ridchen der Synaptiden, ZA

Zeits. f. wiss. Zool. vol. liv. p. 358, pl. xvi. figs. 12-14.

. 1900. Myriotrochus Rinkii, Ludvig , Fauna Arctica, p- 160.

1902. Myriotrochus Rink, Satengtet “ Holothuroidea of Northern

Norway,” Bergens Mus. Aarbog, no. 9, p. 14.

Ludvig and other recent authors have united Oligotrochus

vitreus, M. Sars (Fauna littor. Norveg. part 3, 1877, p. 49,

pl. vu. fig. 1), with Myriotrochus; but Ostergren, in his

recently published paper, again separates them. He has

examined a large number of specimens, and his opinion I

here follow, though not without much doubt. I have fre-

quently taken the form Oligotrochus vitreus in West Norway,

but on now examining them I can find no spicules; they

have evidently from some cause been destroyed. Not having

it in my power therefore to carry out such an investigation as

that made by Herr Ostergren, I am in no position to call in

question the justice of his view. While Myriotrochus (= Oli-

gotrochus) vitreus lives in deep water on the west and south

coasts of Norway, Myriotrochus Rinkii (typical) has only

now, in Ostergren’s paper, been added to the fauna of the

colder fiords of West and East Finmark.

416 Notes on the Natural History of East Finmark.

I dredged Myriotrochus Rinkit in 1890 in 2-5 fathoms in

Klosterelv Fiord, and in 5-30 fathoms in the inner part of

Lang Fiord.

The two forms above referred to are the only known

recent representatives of the genus; but M. Schlumberger —

has described under the name Séuzria elegans (‘‘ Note sur

les Holothuridées du Calcaire Grossier,” Bull. Soc. Géol. de

France, sér. 3, vol. xvi. p. 440, figs. 12-14) spicules which it

seems difficult to distinguish from those of the recent form.

In a subsequent paper (“‘ Seconde Note sur les Holothuridées

fossiles du Calcaire Grossier,” J. c. vol. xvii. p. 191)

M. Schlumberger refers the species which he had previously

described to the genus Myriotrochus, and adds a second

fossil species, Myriotrochus operculum.

The wheel-spicules of Myriotrochus Rinkit are very

beautiful objects. Most of the illustrations which have

been already given are not fully satisfactory, as not giving

aside view; but the oblique figures of Lud.ig (figs. 12 & 13)

are excellent. His fig. 14 seems to have been drawn from a

specimen in which calcification has been carried further than

in any specimen previously figured or in any that I have

myself seen. The spokes have widened at the middle of their

length and become united with each other, but small inter-

vening spaces remain open near their junction with the

central boss.

In the early stage of a wheel from the central boss there

are developed all round radiating bars or spokes (fig. 5).

These spokes at their distal extremity then widen out late-

rally, and, uniting with each other, form the tyre which

completes the wheel; then from the upper and inuer edge

of the tyre a series of triangular processes are projected hori-

zontally inwards, and overhang the spokes which are attached

to the other edge of the tyre; these triangular lobes are

always somewhat more numerous than the spokes. The

structure will be best understood by comparison of the figures

here given—fig. 6 representing the upper, fig. 7 the under

surface, and fig. 8 the wheel as seen obliquely. The spokes

at their attachment to the central boss are bent slightly

upwards, and then with a gentle arching curve downwards and

ultimately upwards again they form junction with the tyre*.

The double bend of the spokes, which is very elegant in itself,

keeps the entire thickness of the wheel as seen from the side

(fig. 9). Ido not find any material difference in the wheels

of this species as found in East Finmark when compared

* Ludvig’s fig. 18 admirably illustrates the double curve of the spokes.

On new Species of Histeride. 417

with others in my collection from Greenland ; the number of

spokes in the Finmark specimens ranges from sixteen to

twenty-one.

Genus TrocHopERMA, Theel.

Trochoderma elegans, Theel.

1877. Trochoderma elegans, Theel, ‘ Quelques Holothuries des Mers de

la Nouvelle Zemble,” Nov. Acta Reg. Soc. Sc. Upsala, ser. iii. p. 11

(separate copy), pl. il.

This genus, like the last, is furnished with wheel-like

spicules, but the tyre is rounded and armed with spines

instead of furnished with triangular inward-directed processes,

as in Myriotrochus.

Ostergren writes :—‘ I have now before me a specimen of

this species which is new to the Norwegian fauna; it was

obtamed by G. O. Sars at Mortensnes, in the Varanger

Fiord”’ (“ Holothuroidea of Northern Norway,” Bergens

Mus. Aarbog, 1902, p. 21).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVII.

Fig. 1. Eupyrgus scaber, Liitken, magnified ; the actual length indicated

by the line below.

Fig. 2. The same. Spicules as seen from above.

Fig. 3. The same. Spicules as seen from the side.

Fig. 4. Chirodota levis, Fabricius. <A spicule.

Fig. 5. Myriotrochus Rinku, Steenstrup. Wheel-spicule in early stage

of development.

Fig. 6. The same. Wheel-spicule seen from above.

‘iy. 7. The same. Wheel-spicule seen from below.

Fig. 8. The same. Wheel-spicule seen obliquely.

Fig. 9. The same. Wheel-spicule seen from the side.

XL.—On new Specics of Histeridez and Notices of others.

By G. Lewis, F.L.S.

Tuis is the twenty-second paper on the Histeridz published

in this Magazine, and the last before the issue of a new

catalogue of the species belonging to the Family. In these

papers about 418 species have been described.

The Munich Catalogue of 1868 recorded 1151 species, but

this number is reduced to about 1050 by the names that fall

into synonymy. About 2316 species are known at present,

and of these 1727 are represented in my collection; 631 of

these are authors’ types, 296 species are represented by

418 Mr. G. Lewis on

specimens compared with the types, and 806 consist of speci-

mens named in the ordinary course of study.

The species not represented in my collection number about

589; and of these 191 have been described by Marseul, and

most of his types, but not all, are in the Museum of Paris,

34 others are in the British Museum, and 9 are in the

Fry Collection. About 133 are species described by Schmidt,

and the types presumably are in his collection. ‘The remain-

ing, about 222, are in various collections in Hurovne, America,

and Australia. The figures I give are approximate only, but

they are fairly correct.

Three species described here belong to the Godman Col-

lection, and the types will be deposited in the British

Museum later.

List of Species and new Genera.

Phylloma corticale, F. Eblisia incisipyge, Jars.

plagigerum, Lew. Contipus digitatus, Murs,

Petalosoma, gen. nov. Hister confector.

hirtipes, Lev. tricuspis.

Eutidium, gen. nov. —— sulcipygus, Lew.

pacale. exlegis.

Orphinium, gen. nov. Notodoma orientale.

Teretriosoma peruanum, Z7. Orectoscelis, gen. nov.

Apobletes tristriatus. humeralis.

Althanus, gen. nov. Saprinus pygidialis.

teretrioides. calatravensis, Lwente (1899),

Pachycreerus Alluandi, Mars. =hitterensis, Mars. (1862),

assinius, Mars. —— navasi, Fwente (1900),

Eblisia obliqua. =<detersus, Z//. (1807).

pulsata.

Phylloma corticale, F. Syst. El. i. p. 91 (1801), is at

present the only species to be included in Phylloma. The

mentum is transverse and narrow, and the prosternal keel is

sinuous laterally and not narrowed. The body is very flat.

Phylloma plagigerum, Lew. Biol. Cent.-Am., Col. vol. ii.

pt. 1, p. 183, pl. iv. fig. 16 (1888).—This species cannot be

included in Orphinium by reason of the form of the mentum,

and it is better therefore to assign it temporarily to Holo-

lepta, notwithstanding the swollen mandibles.

PETALOSOMA, gen. nov.

Body very flat and oblong-ovate; mandibles elongate and

swollen, not dentate on the inner edge; mentum transverse,

not very narrow, and deeply incised anteriorly. The head in

the male is not excavated behind the mentum, but has a very

new Species of Histeridee. 419

feeble median canaliculation; the antennae has a distinctly

oval club; the pygidium is doubled under the propygidium,

and the fourth and fifth abdominal segments are scooped out

to receive it; the tarsi are all distinctly hirsute.

This genus is established on the characters of Phylloma

hirtipes, Lew., of which the female is unknown to me.

KUTIDIUM, gen. nov.

Body oval, somewhat convex; mandibles short and robust,

arched on the outer edge, dentate within, extremities acute ;

mentum nearly quadrate, incised anteriorly; prosternal keel

narrowed before the coxe. The other characters resemble

those of Phylloma.

Type Phylloma facetum, Lew.

EKutidium pacale, sp. n.

Ovatum, convexiusculum, nigrum, nitidum ; fronte tenuiter punctu-

lata; pronoto lateribus subtiliter punctulato; elytris striis 1-2

integris,.3 brevi; propygidio parce punctato, apice biimpresso ;

pygidio dense punctato, apice anguste levi; pronoto mesosterno-

que tenuiter punctulatis.

L. 5 mill.

This species differs from H. facetum, Lew., in the thorax

being narrower anteriorly and the general outline being

therefore more distinctly oval, in the second dorsal stria being

complete, in the propygidium being punctate on its disk, and

the pygidium being only very indistinctly marginate at the

base. From 4. bahiense, Mars., it differs also in form,

thoracic punctuation, and dorsal striew. The form of the

pygidium of E. facetum, Lew., is shown in tab. iv. fiz. 17 a,

Biol. Cent.-Amer., Col. vol. ii. pt. 1 (1888).

flab. Marco da legua Para (4. Gounelle, 1895).

ORPHINIUM, gen. nov.

Body oblong-ovate, somewhat convex above; mandibles

elongate, sometimes dentate, sometimes swollen and asym-

metrical on the inner edge; mentum transverse, not very

narrow, with two lobe-shaped excavations in male; head not

excavated. Similar in other characters to Hololepta. The

form of the mentum seems to suggest an affinity to Oxysternus,

see Marseul’s Mon. p. 196 (1853).

The species to be included in this genus are: Phylloma

labrosum, tuberculatum, eautum, and angulare, Lew., and

oblitum, mandibulare, monodon, and MJaragnont, Mars.

420 Mr. G. Lewis on

Teretriosoma peruanum.

Teretrius peruanus, Ey. Wiegm. Arch. i. p. 91 (1847).

The type of this species in the Berlin Museum has been

examined at my request by Herr H. Kolbe, and I am able to

state that it has no prosternal striae and it therefore belongs

to the genus Teretriosoma. It is a species which requires

redescription.

Note.—In ‘Departmental Notes on Insects that affect

Forestry,’ no. 1, p. 20 (1902), published in India, Mr. E. P.

Stebbing states that Teretriosoma cristatum, Lew., intrusum,

Mars., and Stebbingi?, Lew., have been found by him in the

galleries in trees made by a species of Stnoxylon in the

Shahdera and Changa Manga plantations of the Lahore divi-

_ sion of the Punjab; and also that Nipontus Andrewest, Lew.,

has been found in the galleries made by a Scolytus.

Apobletes tristriatus.

- Apobletes foliaceus, Mars. Mon. p. 245, t. 6. f. 3 (1853); Sch. Ann.

Soc. Ent. Fr. 1xi. p. 290 (1892).

This is a new name for a species with three dorsal striz,

described erroneously by Marseul as A. folvaceus, Paykull.

ALTHANUS, gen. nov.

Body cylindrical, somewhat elongate, and truncate; head

retractile, forehead concave, mandibles robust and coequal ;

antenne, scape as long as the funicle and club together,

funicle with 7 short joints, club rather large and 4-jointed ;

thorax, marginal stria very fine, antennal fossettes in the

angle and wholly open below; elytra, striee chiefly obliterated ;

prosternum keel narrow; mesosternum rather wider than

long and markedly marginate and sinuous anteriorly ; anterior

tibia 4-dentate, apical tooth very robust, posterior tibize not

spinose except at their apices.

The sterna in this genus resemble those of Cylisti# and the

antennal fossettes are similar to these of Platysoma.

Althanus teretrioides, sp. n.

Cylindricus, brunneus, nitidus ; fronte stria laterali valida in medio

angulata; pronoto stria marginali tenuissima necnon basi con-

tinuata, stria laterali pone oculos interrupta; elytris striis dor-

salibus inconspicuis ; prosterno inter coxas bistriato; mesosterno

valide marginato ; tibiis posticis extus haud denticulatis.

L. 24 mill.

new Spectes of Histeride. 421

Cylindrical, subelongate, truncate, brown and shining ; the

head, surface with shallow punctures not densely set, but

intermixed with fine points, forehead concave, with a strong

lateral stria angulate in the middle, at the angle the canthus

of the eye projects; the thorax is punctured somewhat simi-

larly to that of the head, the marginal stria is very fine and

continued along the base, at each of the anterior angles there

is a well-marked inner stria and behind the head there is

another detached stria which is somewhat crenulate and bent

backwards at either end; the elytra, strie, inner humeral

fine and complete, first dorsal is basal and anteriorly bent,

second is straighter and a little longer, the sutural commences

just behind the middle of the dorsum and continues along the

base, and then turning backwards apparently represents a

short third dorsal stria, the surface is sparingly punctulate

posteriorly ; the pygidia are more distinctly punctured ; the

prosternum, keel narrow and striate between the coxe; the

mesosternum is markedly marginate, wider than long, and

sinuous anteriorly ; the legs, anterior tibize are strongly angu-

late at the base on the inner edge, and there is a groove and

an overlapping edge in the femur to receive the projection

on the outer edge, the tibize are 4-dentate, apical tooth being

very robust, intermediate tibie 3—4-spinose, posterior without

Spines except two at the tarsal end.

Hab. Mentawei Islands (Modigliani, 1894). In the Genoa

Museum collection and my own.

Pachycrerus Alluandi.

Macrosternus Alluandi, Mars. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vili. p. ix

(1888). i

Pachycrerus latus, Lew. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxviii. p. 215 (1894).

I have lately obtained Marseul’s type of Macrosternus

Alluandi, and find it is identical with Pachycrerus latus, Lew.

There is no doubt of its being a Pachycrerus, but Marseul’s

specific name has priority to mine.

Pachycrerus assinius.

Macrosternus assinius, Mars. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6) viii. p. ix (1888).

I have also acquired the type of this species; the thoracic

fossettes are similar to those of Pachycrerus, and so are the

general characters of the species, except that the anterior

outline of the mesosternum “is nearly straight in front,’ as

Marseul says, but I think this is only so on the surface.

There is only one species at present properly placed in

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol, xii. 28

499 Mr. G. Lewis on

Macrosternus, viz. Lafertet, Mars., and its thoracic fossettes

for the receptiom of the antennal club are entirely open below.

Eblisia obliqua, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovata, parum convexa, nigra, nitida; pronoto stria laterali

integra a margine haud distante; elytris striis dorsalibus 1-3

integris, 4-5 brevibus; pygidio utrinque oblique sulcato ; tibiis

anticis 4-dentatis.

L. 3 mill.

Oblong-oval, somewhat convex, black and shining; the

head, frontal stria fine, complete, and straight anteriorly; the

thorax impunctate, lateral stria parallel to the margin, with a

narrow interstice and continuing behind the head; the elytra,

strie 1-3 dorsal complete, 4 apical and dimidiate, 5 a little

longer than the fourth, sutural and two humeral wanting, but

the oblique basal is feebly represented; the propygidium has

a broad transverse band of punctures which leaves the base

almost smooth ; the pygidium has two deep oblique furrows,

one on either side behind the lateral angles, on the area be-

tween the furrows the punctuation is smaller and less close

than that of the propygidium and its apex is microscopically

punetured only; the prosternum is without striz; the meso-

sternum is emarginate and has acomplete stria, which is only

marginal in the middle as it passes obliquely along the lateral

border, within the anterior angles on either side there is a

short sinuous stria; the metasternum has a very faint median

channel; the anterior tibiz are 4-dentate.

The narrow interstice to the thoracic margin distinguishes

this species from . lunaticus, Mars., and others.

Hab. Port Moresby, New Guinea.

Ebhsia pulsata, sp. n.

Ovalis, parum convexa, nigra, nitida; pronoto stria laterali integra,

interstitiis angustatis ; elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4-5 breyibus ;

propygidio punctato ; tibiis anticis 4-dentatis.

L. 32 mill.

Oval, somewhat convex, black and shining ; the head,

frontal stria well marked, complete, and slightly sinuous

anteriorly ; the thorax impunctate, lateral stria complete,

parallel, close to the margin, and continued behind the head ;

the elytra, striz 1-3 complete, 4 apical and not quite dimidiate,

5 stightly longer, the sutural and the humeral striz (except

the oblique stria which is extremely fine) are wanting; the

propygidium is distinctly punctate, points somewhat large

— new Spectes of Histeride. 423

and irregular, not very close; the pygidium, on the basal

area the punctures are less close than those of the pro-

pygidium and the apex is smooth, behind the anterior angles

there is an impression on either side which apparently

represents a rudimentary furrow; the prosternum is not

striate ; the mesosternum is emarginate, striz similar to

those of the last species, except that the strie at the

angles are angulate, not sinuous; the anterior tibie are

4-dentate.

_ The species, like the last, has a narrow thoracic lateral

interstice.

fab. Palembang, Sumatra.

Platysoma incisipyge, Mars. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6) iii.

p- 67 (1883), is a species of Hblista. Marseul suggested the

generic name of Nicotikis for it, but did not characterize it,

nor did he recognize that four species previously described

by him as Phelister lunaticus, celebius, speculipygus, and

Platysoma Steinheilli were congeneric with it.

Contipus digitatus, Mars. Mon. p. 547 (1853).—In the

Munich Catalogue the name of the genus is changed to

Contopus, a name preoccupied in Aves. I think the type

of this species is in the British Museum from a collection

purchased from Sallé, in whose collection probably Laferte’s

was incorporated. In Marseul’s collection the species is now

represented by specimens of C. jlewuosus, Sch., a common

species in §. Africa.

Hister confector, sp. n.

Ovalis, convexiusculus, niger, nitidus, supra tenuiter punctulatus ;

fronte stria integra antice sinuata; pronoto stria externa abbre-

viata, interna haud interrupta; elytris striis 1-4 integris, 5 basi

inconspicua, suturali ultra medium abbreviata ; propygidio punc-

tulato ; tibiis anticis 6—7-denticulatis.

L. 43 mill.

Oval, rather convex, black and shining, lightly punctulate

above ; the head, forehead not impressed, stria complete and

sinuous anteriorly; the thorax, outer lateral stria much

abbreviated at the base, inner lateral shortened a little at the

base and continued behind the head where it is irregularly

crenulate, the lateral interstice is rather wide; the elytra,

striz, outer humeral very short and indistinct, only visible

behind the shoulder, inner humeral strong and well marked

and ceasing at the base, where it mects the oblique humeral

28*

424 Mr. G. Lewis on

stria, 1-4 dorsal strong and complete, 5 apical and clearly

dimidiate, but it is punctiform and vaguely continued to the

base, the sutural is apical but passes the middle; the pro-

pygidium is sparingly and finely punctulate, with finer points

interspersed ; the pygidium is evenly punctulate; the pro-

sternum is very sparsely punctulate and microscopically

strigose, keel not striate, anterior lobe marginate; the meso-

sternum is sinuous anteriorly and the stria irregularly

crenulate and complete, the transverse sutural stria is also

crenulate; the anterior tibise are 6—7-denticulate.

The general sculpture, especially of the pygidia, and the

form of the anterior tibize resemble those of H. cavifrons,

Mars., and allies.

Hab. Temax, N. Yucatan (Gaumer). One example in

the Godman Collection.

Hister tricuspis, sp. n.

Ovalis, parum convexus, niger, nitidus, supra tenuiter punctatus ;

fronte haud impressa, stria integra; pronoto striis lateralibus

crenatis; elytris striis 1-2integris, 3 dimidiata, suturali brevi

media; pygidio margine antice 3-punctato; prosterno haud striato,

lobo conspicue marginato ; tibiis anticis obtuse tridentatis.

L. 43 mill.

Oval, rather convex, black and shining, finely punctulate

above; the head, stria complete and almost straight ante-

riorly ; the thorax, marginal stria is very fine and interrupted

behind the middle of the neck, the outer lateral is irregularly

crenulate behind the head and shortened posteriorly near the

middle, the inner lateral stria is somewhat crenulate and

nearly reaches the base and anteriorly apparently joins the

outer stria well within the angle as the interstice is rather

wide; the elytra, the humeral strie are wanting, the 1-2

dorsal are complete, 3 dimidiate, 4 represented by a basal

puncture, sutural is short and discal; the propygidium is

sparingly punctulate; the pygidium is almost smooth and

has three punctures at equal distances along its anterior

margin, the median point is markedly triangular; the pro-

sternum, the anterior lobe is rather wide with a strong

marginal stria, the keel is without strie; the mesosternum

is slightly arched anteriorly and margined with a stria

irregularly but not markedly crenulate; the anterior tibive

are obtuse, 3-dentate, the apicai tooth being bifid.

This species somewhat resembles H. politus, Lew.

Hab. 'Temax, N. Yucatan (Gaumer). One example in

the Godman Collection.

new Species of Histeride. 425

Mister sulcipygus, Lew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,

ill. p. 282 (1889).—A second specimen of this very distinct

species has been brought home from the south of Abyssinia

by Herr Oscar Neumann and it is now in the Berlin Museum.

There are no sulci in the pygidium, and therefore it is likely

(unless they have relation to the sexes) that the sulci I

described are abnormal.

Fister ealegis, sp. n.

Oblongus, subquadratus, parum convexus, niger, nitidus, supra

undique punctulatus; stria frontali integra; pronoto striis

lateribus integris; elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4 et suturali

brevibus ; propygidio pygidioque punctulatis ; tibiis anticis

obtuse 4-dentatis.

L. 82 mill.

Oblong, somewhat quadrate, rather convex, black and

shining, wholly punctulate above ; the forehead, stria com-

plete, somewhat fine and nearly straight anteriorly; the

thorax, lateral strie both complete, not deeply impressed,

inner stria continued behind the head ; the elytra, strie 1-3

complete, shallow but relatively a little wide, 4 discal and

vague, sutural apical and bent, inner humeral dimidiate

and not joining the oblique basal stria, there is no outer

humeral; the pygidia are finely and evenly punctured; the

prosternum, anterior lobe marginate ; the mesosternum emar-

ginate anteriorly with a complete marginal stria, all the

sternal plates are very finely punctulate; the anterior tibiz

have 4 obtuse teeth, tooth nearest the base inconspicuous, and

the under surfaces are rugosely punctured ; the other tibiz

are multispinose.

The surface-sculpture and the elytral stria somewhat

resemble those of H/. semigranosus, Mars., but the latter is

an Opaque species.

Hab. Abyssinia.

Note.—Hister Czikanni, Csiki. Zichy Ergebn. ii. p. 106,

fir. 2 (1901), =H. Sedakovi, Mars. Mon. p. 548 (1861).

Notodoma orientale, sp. n.

Globosum, rufo-brunneum, nitidum; pedibus flavis; pronoto dense

punctato; elytris striis 1-2 integris, 4 et suturali antice con-

junctis, interstitiis punctulatis; prosterno distincte punctato,

striis lateribus conspicuis.

L. 3 mill.

Globose, reddish brown, with two pale blotches on the base

426 Mr. G. Lewis on

of each elytron ; the forehead is somewhat closely punctured,

the punctures are shallow and somewhat irregular, the lateral

strie are anteriorly slightly bent inwards, the epistoma is

more finely punctured than the vertex of the head; the

thorax, marginal stria complete and crenulate anteriorly,

the surface except in the region before the scutellum is closely

and distinctly punctured ; the elytra, strie, inner humeral is

shortened at the base but continues along the apical margin

and joins the sutural stria, outer humeral laterally complete,

1-2 dorsal complete, 3 discal and indistinct, 4 shortened

apically and joined to the sutural at the base, the punctuation

of the dorsal region is fine and sparse except between the

interstices of the first and second strize and broadly along

the apical border, where the punctures are closer and more

distinct ; the pygidia are clearly punctured ; the prosternum,

the keel is evenly and ‘distinctly punctured and the lateral

striee are well marked and turn slightly inwards anteriorly ;

the anterior tibize are 9-10-spinose.

The punctuation of this species (especially that on the

thorax and prosternal keel) is more conspicuous than that

of any other known at present. The striz on the meso-

and metasterna resemble those of N. fungorum, Lew., and

others.

Hab. Ruby Mines, Birma (Doherty). In Mr. Fry’s Col-

lection and my own.

ORECTOSCELIS, gen. nov.

In founding a new genus on a single species it is some-

what difficult to select characters which may ultimately be

deemed important, but those given here are wholly different

to any in the allied genus Chlamydopsis. ‘The antenne,

scape rather long and bent and obtusely angular on its upper

edge; the basal joint of the funicle is swollen and longer than

the next joint, which is very narrow; joints 4-8 are small,

moniliform, and of equal size; the club is apparently solid

and remarkably long and*narrow, longer than joints 2-8

together. The anterior tibiz are rather narrow and angulate

on the outer edge at the point where the tarsal grooves end;

the intermediate and posterior tibiz: are short and moderately

dilated, in form resembling those of an Hretmotus; the

anterior and intermediate femora and tibie, when folded in

repose, fit into grooves in the sterna. The prosternum is

without a keel, parallel laterally between the coxe and almost

truncate at its base.

new Species of Histeride. 427

Orectoscelis humeralis, sp. n.

Oblongus, piceus, punctatus ; pronoto antice bituberculato ; elytris

humeris valdissime prominentibus, striis suturalibus integris,

exteris nullis; pedibus brevibus, tibiis intermediis et posticis

latis.

L. 22 mill.

Oblong, dorsum somewhat gibbous, piceous, semiopaque

and coarsely and densely punctate above and below; the

head is without strie; the thorax somewhat quadrate but

shghtly widening out to its base, behind the middle of the

neck are two tuberculate processes which widen out at their

bases, along the lateral edges the coarse punctures give place

to small tubercles ; the elytra, there is a sutural stria which

is continued less conspicuously behind the thorax and along

the apical margin, on either shoulder there is a large semi-

circular elevation, not quite perpendicular but leaning out-

wards, hollow in its centre, with its inner edge densely clothed

with a very conspicuous, short, flavous pubescence, the upper

rim is evenly punctulate, punctures relatively fine as com-

pared with those of the dorsum, the lateral edges are some-

what tuberculate but less conspicuously so than those of the

thorax ; the propygidium and pygidium are punctured like

the dorsum, except on the apical rim of the latter, where

there are only small points. The prosternum is very feebl

sinuous at its base, there is a marginal stria which is parallel

laterally behind the anterior angles as far as the tibial groove,

and it then follows the outline round the base; the meso-

sternum is also marginate; the punctuation is similar on all

the sterna and on the first segment of the abdomen as well

as on the upper surface.

Hab. Townsville, Queensland (F. P. Dodd, 16th Decem-

ber, 1902). One example from an ants’ nest.

Not much is known of the habits of the curious Australian

Histerids included in the genus Chlamydopsis. CC. striatella,

Westw., and C. inquilina, Lew., have been reported as oc-

curring in ants’ nests, and it is probable that all the species

are truly formicarious. Blackburn has described four species,

but his specimens are stated to be unique and appear to

have been captured fortuitously, two on fences and one in

a pool of water. ‘here are probably many species yet to be

discovered. ‘The insects have no special torm, such as the

cylindricity seen in Z'ryponcus, which at once gives a clue

to their mode of life; but they seem to have been subjected

to treer conditions of environment, such as that which [ think

has given rise to the various forms of Sternocelis (Aun, &

Mag. Nat. Hist. x. p. 232, 1892).

428 On new Species of Histeride.

CHLAMYDOPSIS, Westwood, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.

p. 317 (1869).

I propose to retain as the type of this genus C. striatella,

Westw., because the author of the genus characterizes this

species more fully than C. Dubowlati, and both species cannot

now be assigned to the same genus. In C. striatella the legs

are elongate and constricted at their bases from a point close

to that where the tarsal groove ends, and in this respect differ

from those of Orectoscelis, which are similar to an Hretmotus.

In C. striatella also there is a broad prosternal keel, which is

marginate and widened out before the coxe towards the

lateral thoracic edges, and the mesosternum is bisinuous in

outline anteriorly. C. inquilina is a typical Chlamydopsis,

but should have been described as “ pronoto haud trans-

verso,” for its thorax is nearly square and evenly reflexed

on three sides. In the genus Orectoscelis there is no

prosternal keel, and C. Duboulaii certainly (from Westwood’s

figure) and C. sternalis, Blk., probably belong to it. Excel-

lent outlines of the sterna are given in the ‘Thesaurus Ent.

Oxon.,’ 1874, of Westwood’s two species, and serve to show

the differences in the sternal structure in the two genera.

Saprinus pygidialis, sp. n.

Ovalis, parum convexus, niger, nitidus ; fronte concava, punctata,

stria obsoleta; pronoto circum punctato, stria integra; elytris

striis dorsalibus 1° basi abbreviata, 2° dimidiata, 3* brevissima,

4* et suturali basi conjunctis, humerali externa integra; prosterno

acute carinato, striis in foveam ascendentibus; tibiis 5-6-den-

ticulatis.

L. 33 mill.

Oval, somewhat convex, black and shining; the head

concave behind the epistoma, with the surface evenly, not

densely, punctured ; the thorax, marginal stria complete,

with the anterior and lateral borders broadly punctate, disk

widely and finely punctulate; the elytra, striz, outer humeral

complete and bent apically, inner wanting, oblique basal very

fine, first dorsal well shortened apically, second dimidiate and

third one third of the elytral length, fourth same length as

the third and joined to the sutural, which is almost com-

plete; the propygidium and pygidium are clearly and

somewhat densely punctured, before the apex there is a deep

transverse sulcus shaped like a widened-out V with sinuous

edges, behind the suleus the apex is almost smooth ; the

prosternum is transversely smooth at the base and the striz

On new Lizards in the British Museum. 429

are divergent anteriorly and terminate anteriorly in a fovea,

posteriorly they do not cross the smooth area; the meso-

sternum is straight anteriorly and finely marginate, evenly

and clearly but not densely punctate; the anterior tibie are

5-6-denticulate.

This species should be placed in the same section as

S. aterrimus, Er., inversus, Lew., Lacordairet, Mars., con-

nectens, Payk., and arcipygus, Sch. In these species the

prosternal striz terminate in a fovea in the anterior part of

the keel.

Hab. Venta de Peregrino, Guerrero (H. H. Smith).

One example ( 2 ) in the Godman Collection.

Notre.—Signor Fuente has kindly sent me the types of

Saprinus calatravensis and navasi, Fuente, and I find the

first = bitterensis, Mars., and the second detersus, Illig.

The type of navasz is highly punctate, and the smooth space

between the second and third dorsal strize is nearly oblite-

rated ; but I have an example exactly similar in a series of

detersus I brought from Central Spain.

XLI.—Deseriptions of new Lizards in the Collection of the

British Museum. By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S.

Gehyra yunnanensis.

Head and limbs moderately elongate. Head oviform;

snout as long as the distance between the eye and the ear-

opening, which is small and round ; head covered with finely

granular scales, which are larger on the snout; rostral nearly

twice as broad as deep, with a short median cleft above ;

nostril pierced between the rostral, the first upper labial, and

three nasals, the upper of which is separated from its fellow

behind the rostral by several minute granules; 10 upper and

10 lower labials ; symphysial pentagonal, the posterior angle

wedged in between the two median of a series of small chin-

shields. Scales uniformly granulate on the back, limbs, and

throat, larger, flat, and imbricate on the belly. Digits free,

strongly dilated, with large transverse lamellae which are

entire under the first digit, whilst under the other digits three

or four of the distal are chevron-shaped and divided by a

median groove. Tail cylindrical, covered with small imbri-

cate scales above and beneath. Male with an angular series

of 18 femoro-preanal pores. Grey-brown above, dotted with

430 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

greyish white, and with blackish wavy cross-bars on the back

and tail; a dark streak on each side of the head, passing

through the eye; lower parts greyish white.

millim

ARORMDSUISNS S6'55g0 540709900000 a5 75

lead sl Sec tok el teeeom oe dot adherens iil

Wadthiotiheadhe crocs scr aeis see 8

MS OGY pile cto wid eb evciette ite Oe eyete eine SOLAR 29

Hore lamb sina td et ite oe ak heiress 13

Eindslimib Messer hanie Fae Kee 16

ED aah abe ches eotecarn se hase te Bieta xe oie aroun lene RIC 30

Two specimens, male and young, from Yunnan Fu, taken

on a wall by Mr. John Graham, of the China Inland Mission.

The nearest ally of this species is the recently described

G’. larutensis, Blgr.

Lialis Jicart.

Snout acutely pointed, not truncate at the tip, twice as

long as broad, 4 or 5 times as long as tlie eye, which is small

and surrounded by a rudimentary circular lid; ear-opening

small, oval, oblique. Snout covered with small irregular

plates, back of head with small scales; two large supra-

orbitals; rostral a little broader than long, on the lower

surface of the snout ; nasal small; 17 or 18 upper labials, 3

rows of small scales between them and the orbit ; symphysial

longer than broad. 22 scales round the middle of the body ;

the enlarged ventrals in 100 to 105 pairs. 6 przeanal pores.

Pale yellowish or pinkish brown above, speckled with

blackish; a faint dark vertebral streak ; a well-defined dark

brown dorso-lateral streak, expanding anteriorly into a broad

band occupying the side of the head; a light streak along the

lower lip, widening on the body, where it forms a band which

is ill-defined above and sharply defined by a dark line below ;

belly dark grey-brown, or yellowish with dark longitudinal

streaks, of which one along the middle is the most distinct.

From snout to vent 300 millim.

Three specimens from the Fly River, British New Guinea.

Presented by Mr. A. H. Jicar, Resident Magistrate at Dar,

British New Guinea.

The shape of the snout, the number of scales round the

body, and the number of preanal pores distinguish this new

species from L. Burtoni and its numerous varieties.

Anadia bitentata.

Habit lacertiform. Snout obtusely pointed ; frontonasal a

little longer than broad; preefrontals forming a median suture ;

Lizards in the British Museum. 431

four supraoculars, first small (exceptionally fused with the

first supraciliary) ; frontal ‘slightly longer than the fronto-

parietals, about the same size as the interparietal; a single

nasal ; loreal single or divided into two superposed shields ;

a series of small infraorbitals ; six or seven upper and as

many lower labials ; chin-shields, one anterior and four pairs,

the two first pairs forming a suture; collar-shields 8 or 10;

12 to 16 transverse series of scales from the chin-shields to

the edge of the collar. Scales quadrangular, subequal,

ventrals a little broader than dorsal; 34 or 36 scales round

the middle of the body and 34 to 40 between the occiput and

the base of the tail. 4 anterior and 6 posterior preanals.

Male with 8 to 10 femoral pores. Caudal scales similar to

those on the body. Brownish or olive above, spotted with

blackish, with a more or less distinct light dorso-lateral

streak ; this streak very sharply marked in the young, white,

edged with black ; lower parts whitish, or belly bluish grey,

with or without scattered black dots.

millim

Rota length stolen Sale an th qe hag hale 182

lEeadaeyae Ey Morale ae Meena MRIS e aaa 15

Waidithvolsheadi, Ses coh a econ: 9

From end of snout to fore limb......., 95

” - ” EH tS Ula Opn Om 65

UO Rep lita yes 5 kpc aif tv as) owes 19

Etiidi him) (Rise ghs, See Ute thas 293

Talli. fost sare aptotnie iat yctes aS eae 117

Several specimens from Escorial and Culata, Venezuela, at

an altitude of about 10,000 feet, collected by Sr. Bricefio.

Euspondylus brevifrontalis.

Head rather small, not distinct from neck ; body elongate.

Snout short, obtuse; frontonasal longer than broad, in contact

with the frontal, which is about the same size; two supra-

orbitals, only the first in contact with the frontal; inter-

parietal at least twice as long as broad; nasal in contact

with the first supraciliary, or separated by the single loreal ;

a series of moderately large infraorbitals; six upper and six

lower labials ; chin-shields, one anterior and four pairs, the

two first pairs forming a suture; collar-shields ten; 15 to 17

transverse series of scales from the chin-shields to the edge

of the collar. Dorsal scales elongate- quadrangular, perfectly

smooth, nearly as long as, but narrower than, the ventrals;

lateral scales smaller, rounded ; 84 or 36 scales round the

middle of the body, including veutrals, and 41 to 47 between

432 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

the occiput and the base of the tail; ventral plates in 10 or

12 longitudinal and 28 to 30 transverse series. 4 anterior

and 6 posterior preanals. Male with 7 or 8 femoral pores.

Tail covered with equal, elongate-quadrangular, smooth scales.

Dark grey above and beneath, above with small black spots

and with a somewhat lighter dorso-lateral streak between two

black lines, beginning from the posterior border of the eye

and extending to the base of the tail; a black median streak

on the nape; tail lighter beneath, spotted with black.

millim

Motel length UE ccnc cite Aven eth 170

CAG CER chai Shay co CGR eb ba i tletoe Rabidelnts 15

Wadthvof Wead ©. 20. cueisigs bs pasizion- tle 8

From end of snout to fore limb,....... 25

” ” V.GIIL ey stoterele retells tone Wi

Move Maina Wo UAT ACA AN oe eta 16

land! iniby aS Re ERASER ee aie 22

DAL bie ghoere care sal beetle verdes bon aie iiek eae

A female specimen from Rio Albireggas, Venezuela, at an

altitude of about 11,500 feet, and two males from Escorial,

10,000 feet, collected by Sr. Bricefio.

This species connects Huspondylus with Anadia.

Bachia lineata.

Fore limb with four clawed digits, hind limb with two.

Internasal truncate in front, broader behind, with the postero-

lateral angles cut off; frontal octagonal, nearly twice as long

as broad ; a long tetragonal interparietal; two supraoculars ;

a large loreal; seven temporals; six upper labials; five

lower labials; chin-shields, one anterior and two pairs.

Scales elongate, four-sided, juxtaposed on the back, broader on

the belly ; 46 whorls of scales from occiput to base of tail ;

26 scales round the middle of the body. Tour preanals,

forming a cross. A preanal pore on each side. ‘Tail long

and thick, covered with hexagonal, juxtaposed, smooth seales.

Back and upper surface of tail pale brown, with five dark

brown longitudinal lines; head and sides and lower parts of

body and tail dark brown.

millim

Motallenetinth 40 Nak cates mistaetemies ie . 124

Peas tient AS ARS. Gabe lnatetetts aletderten 6

Hore limib)xreles sia) ei 2 eee hae ee wee 35

EX inid linn | ose. pac psaters top atone elaine biere bes AS

AD leis Gyste o oleae eG ee eet sind 80

A single specimen from Duaca, Venezuela, collected by

Mr. Wayman. ;

Lizards in the British Museum. 433

Mabuia polytropis.

Snout moderate, obtuse. Lower eyelid with an undivided

semitransparent disk. Nostril behind the vertical of the

suture between the rostral and the first labial; a postnasal ;

anterior loreal in contact with the first labial; supranasals in

contact behind the rostral or narrowly separated ; fronto-

nasal broader than long; prefrontals forming a median

suture; frontal as long as or a little shorter than the fronto-

parietals and interparietal together, in contact with the second

and third supraoculars ; four supraoculars, second largest and

usually touching the preefrontal ; six or seven supraciliaries ;

frontoparietals distinct; interparietal a little longer than the

frontoparietals, completely separating the parietals ; a pair of

nuchals; subocular between the fourth and fifth or fifth and

sixth upper labials, at least twice as long as these shields,

not narrowed inferiorly. Har-opening oval, smaller than the

eye-opening, with two or three very small lobules anteriorly.

Dorsal scales with nine or eleven strong keels; 32 to 36

scales round the middle of the body, nearly equal in size.

The hind limb reaches the elbow of the adpressed fore limb or

a little beyond. Subdigital lamellae smooth. Tail once and

three fourths to nearly twice as long as head and body.

Bronzy olive above, with dark brown spots forming more or

less regular transverse bars; a dark brown streak on each

side of the head and neck, passing through the eye, becoming

more or less indistinct on the body; below this brown band

a greenish-white streak ; a black spot in the axilla; lower

parts pale green.

a millim

Motalglene thy iyi. elaine ah deeo ee 282

16 (GEG eraet cs nee RE RT lene Oe eR 20

Wirdithnot heads rsa ioe scala. 14

BOG iNet b 0 tacos delay hae cattle 77

OTe NOD). a. sees e fe kan nee 30

Elina climate arse athe ohetaucreee eee 40

TDL 2 oe) Pa Rn i ee Be Bae er gta oe Ma 185

One specimen from the Benito River district, Gaboon, and

three from Efulen, S. Cameroon. Collected by Mr. G. L.

Bates.

Closely allied to M. Raddonit, Gray, with which I now

regard MM. benitensis, Blgr., as identical.

Lygosoma louisiadense.

Section Hinulia. Uabit lacertiform ; the distance between

the end of the snout and the fore limb is contained once and

434 On new Lizards in the British Museum.

one fourth or once and one fifth in the distance between

axilla and groin. Snout short, obtuse. Lower eyelid scaly.

Nostril pierced in a single nasal; no supranasal ; a single

anterior loreal; rostral forming a very long curved suture

with the frontonasal, which is less than twice as broad as

long and forms a short suture with the frontal; latter much

narrowed posteriorly, a little shorter than frontoparietals and

interparietal together, in contact with the two or three first

supraoculars ; five supraoculars ; eight supraciliaries ; fronto-

parietals and interparietal distinct, nearly equal in size ;

parietals forming a suture behind the interparietal; nuchals

passing gradually into the dorsals; third, fourth, and fifth

Jabials below the eye. Har-opening oval, smaller than the

eye-opening ; no auricular lobules. 24 or 26 scales round the

middle of the body, dorsals largest, dorsals and laterals rough

with minute granular asperities. No enlarged preanals.

The hind limb reaches the axilla or the shoulder. Digits

rather elongate, slender, slightly compressed, with very

narrow smooth lamelle inferiorly ; 36 to 39 lamelle under

the fourth toe. Tail once and a half to nearly twice the

length of head and body. Brown above; a lighter vertebral

stripe, with several dark brown spots or bars across it; alight

dorso-lateral streak, beginning from the supraciliary region ;

a dark brown lateral band, passing through the eye; an

elongate black spot, with light centre, above the axillary

region; limbs with dark brown annuli; lower parts white,

head and neck with dark brown spots or longitudinal lines.

millim

Motal length yeti here 126

MEV OAG Se sc ait d esters OR ee 12

Wadth.of headsy).n inh num pee 7

BOGY). cists orete rs tasatete tate G lotatole tot feletatob tats e he 32

Io) ION) obo onod6Gad Os bag Saher ee 15

ind. Wma sch ceeeeatatete ratetatatate fotarctenetetetcts 24

Madd saccsieeectahecuste' de etatsPohee ieee mises mice 82

Six specimens from Rossel Island, Louisiade Archipelago,

collected by Mr. A. 8S. Meek in 1898.

Typhlosaurus Cregot.

Snout conical, strongly projecting. Rostral as long as the

other head-shields together ; frontal and frontoparietal equal

in size, nearly twice as broad as long; a pair of large

parietals, forming a suture behind the small interparietal ;

eye scarcely distinguishable below a small ocular; a larger

supraocular ; four small upper labials; symphysial very

On new Fishes from Southern Cameroon. 435

large, extending beyond the posterior border of the rostral,

its posterior border very slightly notched in the middle.

Seales hexagonal, much broader than long, subequal, 16 round

the middle of the body. Tail very short, rounded at the end.

Whitish, above with black longitudinal lines corresponding

to the series of scales, beneath with longitudinal series of

blackish dots.

Total length 150 millim. ; tail 25.

A single specimen from Zoutpansberg, Transvaal, presented

by Mr. J. P. Cregoe. :

This species is most nearly related to 7. awrantiacus,

Peters, which differs principally in the absence of a fronto-

parietal distinct from the interparietal, in the shorter sym-

physial, in the broader dorsal scales, and in the number of

scales round the body.

XLII.— Descriptions of new Freshwater Fishes from Southern

Cameroon. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.

In the first part of the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society ’

for 1903 (p. 21) I gave an account of a collection of fishes

made by Mr. G. L. Bates in Southern Cameroon, several of

the species mentioned being described as new. Many more

fishes have since been received from this most energetic and

successful collector, and have been acquired by the Trustees

of the British Museum. Among them are representatives of

further new species, of which I here offer short descriptions.

These fishes are either from the Kribi River, some 15 miles

from the sea, or from the Ja River (Dscha on German maps),

a tributary of the Sanga River, which flows into the Congo;

this Ja River is about 250 miles (by the path) from the

sea-coast.

Alestes Batesiv.

Depth of body 3? to 4 times in total length, length of head

Ato 44 times. Head longer than deep, 13 to twice as long

as broad ; snout rounded, as long as or longer than diameter

of eye, which is 3 to 4 times in length of head; adipose

eyelid indistinct ; interorbital width about half length of

head; maxillary not extending to below anterior border of

eye; 16 teeth (3 or 6) in the upper jaw, 8 in the outer row of

the lower jaw; length of lower border of second suborbital

436 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

equalling or exceeding diameter of eye. Gill-rakers rather

long, 16 to 18 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal II 7,

behind the vertical of the base of the ventrals, originating

much nearer root of caudal than end of snout, longest ray 2

to # length of head. Adipose fin small, at least twice as far

from the rayed dorsal as from the root of caudal. Anal III

12-13. Pectoral shorter than head, not reaching ventral ;

latter not reaching vent. Caudal forked. Caudal peduncle

14 to 14 as long as deep. Scales 28-29 ze, 2 between lateral

line and ventral. Olive-brown above and on the sides,

whitish beneath; a large round black spot on the caudal

peduncle, at the base of the caudal fin; fins greyish, or

blackish at the end.

Total length 245 millim.

Three specimens from the Kribi River.

This new Alestes, which I have great pleasure in naming

after its discoverer, is closely allied to A. macrolepidotus,

C. & V., and A. grandisquamis, Blgr., differing from both in

the greater number of scales in the lateral line.

Petersius major.

Depth of body 2} times in total length, length of head 4

times. Head as longasdeep, twice as longas broad, with concave

upper profile ; snout shorter than diameter of eye, which is 22 to

22 times in length of head; lower jaw projecting beyond upper ;

maxillary extending to below anterior border of eye; outer pre-

maxillary teeth 4, alternating with the 8 teeth of the inner row ;

lower border of second suborbital as long aseye. Gill-rakers

short, about 10 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal II 8,

originating above root of ventrals and at equal distance from

nostrils and from root of caudal, longest ray longer than

head. Adipose fin large, its depth $ to 2 length of head.

Anal III 18, anterior rays forming a rounded lobe. Pectoral

a little shorter than head, not reaching ventral; latter not

reaching vent. Caudal forked. Caudal peduncle a little

longer than deep. Scales 24 3, 2 between lateral line and

ventral; lateral line not extending beyond the eleventh to

thirteenth scale. Silvery, yellowish on the back, a black

spot above the shoulder and a black streak on each side of the

tail, continued on the median rays of the caudal ; iris red ;

dorsal fin greyish, with a band of orange-red ; rays of ventral

fin black at the tip.

Total length 82 millim.

Two specimens from the Ja River.

This species is most nearly related to P. caudalis, Blgr.,

§-

Freshwater Fishes from Southern Cameroon. 437

from the Congo, which is easily distinguished by its more

numerous scales (29-30 >) and anal rays (19 or 20 branched),

the position of the dorsal fin entirely behind the ventrals, and

the smaller size.

Nannocharaz intermedius.

Body strongly compressed, its depth 5 to 54 times in total

length. Head deeper than broad, more than twice as long as

broad, 43 to 44 times in total length ; snout pointed, a little

shorter than the eye, the diameter of which is 3 times in

length of head and equals or slightly exceeds interorbital

width ; mouth small, inferior, with 8 teeth in each jaw ; sub-

orbitals and opercle very feebly striated. Dorsal II 11,

originating above base of ventrals, its first ray at equal

distance from the end of the snout and the adipose fin;

longest ray equals length of head. Anal III 7-8. Pectoral

sharply pointed, as long as head or slightly shorter, reaching

a little beyond origin of ventrals; latter reaching vent.

Caudal forked, with sharply pointed lobes. Caudal peduncle

twice as long as deep. Scales 47-50 ae 5 between the

lateral line and the root of the ventral. Yellowish, with 11

to 13 brown cross-bars, which are darker on the sides; a dark

blotch at the base of the caudal fin, which is traversed by a

greyish bar; dorsal fin with small dark spots forming trans-

verse series.

Total length 63 millim.

Four specimens from the Kribi River.

This species is intermediate between N. neloticus, Joannis,

and N. fasccatus, Gthr.

Barbus je.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 34 to 34 times in

total length. Snout rounded, shorter than the eye, the

diameter of which is barely 3 times in length of head;

mouth small, nearly terminal, with feebly developed lips; no

barbels. Dorsal ILI 7; last simple ray not ossified, a little

shorter than head; the border of the fin not emarginate, its

origin nearer end of snout than root of caudal. Anal III 5.

Pectoral shorter than head, not reaching ventral; latter a

little behind vertical of origin of dorsal. Caudal forked.

Caudal peduncle nearly twice as long as deep. Scales

23 =, 2 between lateral line and ventral, 8 round caudal

peduncle. Yellowish, the scales edged with dark brown; a

large round black spot on each side behind the gill-cleft,

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 29

438 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

another at the root of the caudal, and five or six dark vertical

bars between them ; a small blackish spot at the origin of the

dorsal fin.

Total length 28 millim.

Three specimens from the Ja River.

Owing to the absence of barbels, this species needs compa-

rison with one African species only, B. Brazzew, Pellegrin,

from the Congo, which has 8 branched rays in the dorsal fin

and 28 scales in the lateral line.

Clarias pachynema.

Depth of body 63 to 7 times in total length, length of head

42 to 5 times. Head 12 to 14 as long as broad, smooth ;

occipital process acutely pointed; frontal fontanelle sole-

shaped, about twice as long as broad; occipital fontanelle

smaller, in advance of occipital process; eye very small, its

diameter 3 to 4 times in length of snout, 6 times in inter-

orbital width, which equals about 2 length of head and ex-

ceeds width of mouth; band of premaxillary teeth 23 to 3

times as long as broad; vomerine teeth conical, forming a

short curved band, which in the middle is as broad as the

premaxillary band; barbels thick and papillose at the base ;

nasal barbel ? to # length of head, maxillary 13 to 14, outer

mandibular 14 to 14, inner mandibular 2 to #._ Gill-rakers

few, about 15 on first arch. Clavicles concealed under the

skin. Dorsal 92-95, its distance from the occipital process 2

to 4 length of head. Anal 78-80. Dorsal and anal ex-

tending to the very root of the caudal. Pectoral } length of

head, the spine feebly serrated on both sides and 3 to } the

length of the fin. Ventrals about 12 as far from the base of

the caudal as from the end of the snout. Caudal $ length of

head. Dark olive-brown above, yellowish beneath ; no light

edge to the fins.

Total length 175 to 255 millim.

Three specimens from the Ja River.

Compared with C. leviceps, Gill (Paris Museum specimen

from the Gold Coast, described by Sauvage in 1882), C. pachy-

nema differs in the longer barbels, the narrower mouth, the

shorter space between the occiput and the dorsal fin, and the

shorter body. C. Sale, Hubrecht, which I formerly regarded

as identical with C. leviceps, has a longer head, finely granu-

late above, a larger eye, the occipital process rounded or very

obtusely pointed, and distinctly striated clavicles. These

three species are very closely allied.

Freshwater Fishes from Southern Cameroon. 439

Allabenchelys brevior.

Depth of body 8 to 83 times in total length, length of head

og to 54 times. Head about 14 as long as broad, smooth

above, the bony casque, in the middle, nearly half the width

of the head; supraoccipital process acutely pointed ; a mode-

rately large sole-shaped frontal fontanelle ; occipital fontanelle

a little smaller, partly on the occipital process ; eye small, its

diameter twice and a half in length of snout, 5 times in inter-

orbital width; band of premaxillary teeth 4 times as long as

broad ; vomerine teeth conical, in a crescentic band, which in

the middle is as broad as the preemaxillary band. Nasal

barbel about 2 the length of the head, maxillary ? to 3, outer

mandibular 3, inner mandibular 3. Gill-rakers moderately

long, 12 on anterior arch. Clavicles hidden under the skin.

Dorsal fin with 65 or 66 rays, anal with 60 to 62, both

narrowly separated from the caudal; the distance between the

origin of the dorsal and the occipital process 2 the length of

the head. Pectoral half the length of the head ; spine feebly

serrated on both sides, 2 the length of the fin. Ventrals

small, twice as distant from the root of the caudal as from the

isthmus. Caudal nearly half the length of the head. Olive-

brown above, yellowish beneath.

Total length 150 millim.

‘Two specimens from the Ja River.

The shorter caudal region and the correspondingly shorter

dorsal fin are the principal characters by which this species

can be distinguished from A. longicauda, Blegr., also discovered

by Mr. Bates in the Ja River.

Phractura longicauda.

Depth of body 14 times in total length, length of head 64

times. Head 14 as long as broad, the slightly rugose skull

covered with very thin skin; snout half length of head,

pointed, projecting a little beyond the mouth; space between

the two nostrils at nearly equal distance from the end of the

snout and from the eye; eye supero-lateral, its diameter 6

times in length of head, once and a half in interocular width ;

barbels papillose, maxillary and outer mandibular subequal, 2

length of head, inner mandibular 4; occipital process acumi-

nate, about twice as long as broad, widely separated from

the small interneural shield. Dorsal I 6, first ray longest,

spinulose, as long as head; second dorsal very small, origi-

nating above last rays of anal. AnalI16. Pectoral slightly

longer than head, not reaching root of ventral. Caudal

peduncle depressed, very slender, ? total length. 25 dorsal

29*

440 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

and 19 ventral shields, of which 11 are on the caudal peduncle,

the last 4 united round the latter. Brownish above, speckled

with dark brown, white beneath ; fins spotted with blackish.

Total length 77 millim.

A single specimen from the Kribi River.

The discovery of this species, which differs from its con-

geners in the longer caudal peduncle, raises the number of

species of the genus Phractura to five. I may here note

that P. lindica, Blgr., recently described from the Upper

Congo, has been found by Mr. Bates in the Kribi and Ja

Rivers, and that Doumea typica, Sauv., has also been re-

discovered in the Kribi River.

Haplochilus cameronensis.

Depth of body 43 to 54 times in total length, length of

head 4 times. Snout a little shorter than the eye, the dia-

meter of which is 34 to 34 times in length of head; lower jaw

projecting a little beyond upper; interorbital width about 3%

length of head. Dorsal 11 or 12, originating above middle of

anal and nearer root of caudal than head ; posterior rays pro-

duced in the male and a little shorter than head; first ray

corresponding to eighteenth or nineteenth scale of lateral

line. Anal 14 or 15, posterior rays produced as in the dorsal.

Pectoral about 2 length of head. Caudal rounded-acuminate,

middle rays as long as head in the female, longer in the male.

Caudal peduncle nearly twice as long as deep. Scales 30-33

in a longitudinal series, 10 or 11 in a transverse series.

Yellowish or olive, with magenta-red spots, which are more

profusely distributed in the male than in the female and may

form longitudinal bands ; fins dark, more or less spotted with

magenta-red in the male.

Total length 55 millim.

Several specimens from the Kribi River and one from the

Ja River.

Specimens from the Kribi River had previously been

referred by me to H. elegans, Blgr., and have appeared under

that erroneous name in the list published in the ‘ Proceedings

of the Zoological Society.’

Fundulus Loennbergit.

Depth of body 44 times in total length, length of head 33

to 4 times. Snout as long as the eye, the diameter of which

is 84 times in length of head; lower jaw projecting a little

beyond upper; interorbital width about 4 length of head.

Dorsal and anal exactly opposed to each other, the former

Freshwater Fishes from Southern Cameroon. 441

with 11 or 12, the latter with 12 or 13 rays; dorsal origi-

nating a little nearer head than root of caudal, its first ray

corresponding to the tenth scale of the lateral Hne ; some of

the posterior dorsal rays produced into long filaments. Pec-

toral about 2 length of head. Caudal acuminate, median

rays produced into filaments. Caudal peduncle nearly twice

as long as deep. 27 scales in a longitudinal series, 10 in a

transverse series. Yellowish olive, most of the scales with

a crimson spot or vertical bar; head with crimson wavy lines;

fins dark, all except the pectorals with small crimson spots.

Total length 50 millim.

‘T'wo specimens from the Kribi River.

This species is named in honour of Dr. E. Lénnberg, of

Upsala, the author of several contributions to the fish-fauna

of Cameroon.

Pelmatochromis longirostris.

Teeth in 3 series in each jaw, outer largest. Depth of

body equal to length of head, 3 times in total length. Snout

narrow, obtusely pointed, with slightly convex upper profile,

more than one third length of head; diameter of eye 34 to

4 times in length of head and equal to or a little greater

than interorbital width; maxillary not reaching to below

anterior border of eye; 2 or 3 series of scales on the cheek ;

large scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers short, tubercular,

notched, 9 or 10 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal

XIV-XVI 8-9; spines increasing in length to the last,

which measures # to $ the length of the head; middle soft

rays produced, a little shorter than the head. Pectoral 2 to 2

length of head. Ventral produced into a filament, reaching

origin of anal or beyond. Anal III 6-7, third spine nearly

as long as last dorsal. Caudal rounded-subacuminate.

Caudal peduncle as long as deep. Scales smooth, with fine

concentric striation, 28-30 = ; lat. 1. 2. Yellowish or

pale brown, the scales edged with darker, or with rather ill-

defined dark longitudinal streaks; a more or less distinct

dark horizontal streak behind the eye; vertical fins with

dark spots forming more or less regular bars; these numerous

and usually very regular on the caudal fin; outer rays of

ventrals white.

Total length 115 millim.

Seven specimens from the Kribi River.

Most nearly related to P. Batesiz, Blgr., which has a

shorter and broader snout, 4 series of scales on the check, a

deeper body, more dorsal (10-11) and anal (8) soft rays, and

a different coloration.

442 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on

XLITI.—Worth-American Bees, and a new Homopteron.

By T. D. A. COCKERELL,

APOIDEA.

Augochlora confusa coloradensis (Titus).

Augochlora coloradensis, Titus, Canad. Entom., May 1901, p. 133.

The difference in the colour of the legs between this and

A. confusa, mentioned by Titus, does not hold good; but

coloradensis is uniformly smaller, and seems to be a valid

subspecies. a

Hab. Mesilla Park, N. M., at flowers of Aster tenaceti-

folius, May 20,1 9 (Martin D. Cockerell) ; Roswell, N. M.,

Aug. 21, at flowers of Euphorbia marginata, both sexes

(T. D. A. Cockerell).

New to New Mexico. I have confused the Mesilla Valley

females with A. neglectula, which is a very much bluer

species. The male of neglectula is very easily known from

that of coloradensis by the fourth ventral segment of abdo-

men not being in the least emarginate, the darker and the

very long antenne, and the legs black with metallic tints,

not in the lest marked with pale yellow. The region between

the antenne and the ocelli in male neglectula is a particularly

fine deep blue, while the clypeus and supraclypeal area are

green. The third and fourth antennal joints (3) are dull

black and extremely short, being broader than long, but they

have also this shape in coloradensis.

Andrena mimetica, sp. 0.

9 .—124 millim. long.

Head, metathorax, and legs black; abdomen and dorsum

of thorax bluish green, exactly the colour commonly seen in

Usmia ; pleura dark blue ; pubescence long and erect, black

and rather dull white; on face (except at sides above),

cheeks, and occiput it is white; on vertex black; facial

quadrangle much broader than long; disk of clypeus shining,

with strong close punctures, and an impunctate median line ;

facial foveee short and black; process of labrum rather

narrow, truncate, and strongly emarginate ; tongue short ;

second and third joints of labial palpus triangular, fourth

narrow-cylindrical; antennes entirely black, fourth joint

shorter than fifth, third at least as long as fourth and fifth

together; mesothorax more or less granular, with strong

North-American Bees. 443

rather shallow punctures ; metathorax roughened, the trian-

gular enclosure very ill-defined ; hair of thorax white, black

on scutellum (except sides) and hind part of mesothorax,

also black on pleura (except in front) and middle portion of

metathorax ; hair on legs black, but anterior femora behind,

hind femora beneath, and hind tibie beneath, each with a

large amount of shining silvery-white hair ; a little of the

same hair springs from the keeled lower edge of the middle

femur; spurs dark brown; tegule shining black. Wings

faintly dusky; nervures and stigma very dark brown, the

latter unusually narrow; second submarginal cell nearly

square, receiving the first recurrent nervure a little beyond

the middle. Abdomen strongly and distinctly punctured, not

in the least banded (except to some extent on ventral surface) ;

white hair long and conspicuous on first segment ; apical

margin of each dorsal segment covered with erect black

hair, only noticed on viewing the abdomen laterally ; caudal

fimbria black ; sides of abdomen with shining white hairs.

$ —Length about 103 millim.

Very much more slender ; face black, the clypeus tinged

with bluish green ; hair of face black, long, a little paler

below antenne ; antenne wholly black, crenulated ; second

submarginal cell higher than long; hind femora decidedly

bluish ; sides of metathorax with black hair.

Hab. Placita, N. M. (near Las Vegas Hot Springs),

May 2, 1903, two of each sex (W. P. Cockerell).

The females were at flowers of Salix, the males at flowers

of Ribes longiflorum, variety. This splendid species is

exactly like an Osmia in superficial appearance, and when

the specimens were caught I had no idea that the females

did not belong to that genus. Similar species of Osmia are

common in the same region. ‘The only similar species in

New Mexico is A. cerasifoliz, but A. mimetica is quite distinct

from that and from all described species.

Andrena pluvialis, Ckll.

g .—Like that of A. carlini, but more robust; first joint

of flagellum somewhat longer; abdomen with a good deal

of black hair, especially beneath; hair on inner side of

tibiz and tarsi sooty with a sort of purplish tint; second

submarginal cell much larger.

Hab. Placita, N. M., April 25, 1903, both sexes at flowers

of wild plum (W. P. & T. D. A. Cockerell).

New to New Mexico. Also found at Placita on the same

day were Andrena erythrogaster (Ashmead), common at

444 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on

flowers of Salix, new to New Mexico > A. Cressonit, Rob.

(the form kansensis, Ckll.) ; and Halictus perdigicis, Okll.

Perdita chamesarache, Cxkll.

Perdita sexmaeulata, Ckll.

Both these species were taken at Roswell, N. M., Aug. 20,

1902, at flowers of Chameesaracha sordida.

Epeolus occidentalis, Cr., 9 .

Exomalopsis solani, Ckll., 9.

These were taken at Mescalero, N. M., Oct. 1 and 2, at

flowers of Bigelovia graveolens glabrata. ‘The occurrence of

the Exomalopsis in this locality is rather surprising. Diadasia

diminuta, Cr., was taken at Mescalero, Oct. 3, at flowers of

Spheralcea Fendleri.

Megachile cleomis lippie, Ckll., 3.

Roswell, N. M., Aug. 20, 1902 (Cockerell).

Nomada modocorum, sp. n.

d .—Length about 94 millim.

Black and yellow, with red on legs and abdomen. Head

transversely oval, vertex broad; face, cheeks, and pleura

covered with white hair; hair on top of head and dorsum of

thorax ochraceous ; clypeus except narrow hind margin,

lateral face-marks (broad below, above rapidly narrowing to

a line which ends about level with the antennz), labrum,

mandibles except tips, stripe behind lower part of eyes, linear

marks on hind border of prothorax, tubercles, and semilunar

mark on lower part of pleura, all lemon-yellow ; no yellow on

scutellum or metathorax ; mandibles simple; scape swollen,

yellow beneath, black above; third antennal joint a little

shorter than fourth; flagellum ferruginous, black above on

joints 3 to 6, or the first four joints of flagellum proper ;

mesothorax extremely densely punctured and quite hairy ;

scutellum inconspicuous; tegule testaceous, punctured.

Wings nearly clear except the dusky apical margin; stigma

ferruginous, nervures fuscous; lower inner angle of second

submarginal cell quite acute; transverso-medial nervure

joining the discoidal at its base. Legs ferruginous, varied

with yellow, eoxe mostly black; hind femora blackened

North-American Bees. 445

behind except at apex, middle femora with a black streak

behind ; hind tibiz blackened outwardly on basal half; hair

on inner side of basal joint of hind tarsi fuscous; abdomen

of ordinary shape, minutely roughened, lemon-yellow, with

the basal half of the first segment black, and the hind mar- ~

gins of all the segments ferruginous; sixth segment with a

black spot at sides, overlapped considerably by fifth ; apical

plate hairy, ferruginous, notched, but so slightly as to appear

at first sight entire ; venter yellow varied with ferruginous,

the last segment with a conspicuous patch of short white

hairs.

Hab. Corvallis, Oregon, June (Cordley).

Received from Mr. Viereck.

Nomada Cordley?, sp. n.

fg .—Length 7 millim.

Black with yellow markings and ferruginous stains; pecu-

liar for its slender form, very long antenne, and subclavate

abdomen, which, taken with the attitude and appearance of

the hind legs, is somewhat suggestive of such flies as Syritta

pipiens. ‘The hind coxe are long, and the arched hind

femora look as if they proceeded from the abdomen. Face

transversely oval, vertex very broad; eyes pale green;

clypeus, supraclypeal region, and labrum thickly covered

with silver-white hair ; mandibles simple; clypeus except

two spots on upper border, lateral face-marks (broad below,

continued as a line up orbital margin to level of antenne),

labrum, mandibles except tips, line beneath eyes, and broad

stripe on scape beneath, lemon-yellow; scape swollen, black

except the yellow stripe ; third antennal joint extremely short,

much shorter than filth, and less than half the length of

fourth, which is much longer than fifth ; flagellum extremely

long, black above, ferruginous beneath; thorax extremel

densely punctured, hairy (the pubescence white), black

without any yellow; tubercles and tegule largely dark

brown. Wings iridescent, fairly clear, dusky on apical mar-

gin; second submarginal cell unusually narrow, its side

towards the third bulging; transverso-medial nervure joining

discoidal a short distance from its base. Legs yellowish

ferruginous, the femora and tibie (especially the hind

ones) more or less black behind; abdomen yellowish ferru-

ginous, with lemon-yellow spots on the sides of the segments ;

basal half of first segment black, the other segments with

broad black bands with suffused edges; hind margins of

segments rather dark reddish ; apical plate emarginate ; venter

446 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on

yellowish ferruginous, with darker stains. First abdominal

segment deeply grooved above.

Hab. Corvallis, Oregon, June 3, 1899 (Cordley).

Received from Mr. Viereck.

Nomada placitensis, sp. n.

2 .—Length about 10 millim.

_ Head and thorax ferruginous and black, the only yellow

being a spot on tubercles and a very little at lower corners

of face; legs bright ferruginous, a yellow spot at apex of

first four femora above, much black on coxz, a black spot

on first four trochanters behind, a black stripe on anterior

femora behind, a black spot at base of middle femora behind,

a slight spot on hind femora not so basal, a small black

stripe on hind tibie behind; abdomen narrow, bright lemon-

yellow, base of first segment with a large black spot broadly

margined with rufous; apical margin of first segment mar-

gined with black, and in tront of the black with rufous; base

of second segment with a very broad inverted triangle of

rufous; apex of second segment broadly rufous; the next

two sutures black, more or less broadly margined with rufous;

venter pale reddish, suffusedly banded with yellow and black.

Mandibles simply rufous except ends ; first joint of labial

palpi black, a little longer than the other three together ;

maxillary palpi long, not very much shorter than galea;

clypeus (except hind margin), labrum, supraclypeal spot,

lateral face-marks running to tops of eyes, posterior orbital

margin, antenne (except stripe on first three joints above),

two large confluent spots on scutellum, large ill-defined mark

on pleura, obscure band on postscutellum, four obscure

narrow bands (the lateral ones marginal) on mesothorax, and

tegule, all ferruginous ; pubescence of head and thorax pale

fulvous; scutellum with two prominent bosses ; mesothorax

as densely punctured as is possible; third, fourth, and fifth

antennal joints of the same length. Wings dusky, stigma

orange-fulvous, nervures pale brown; second and third sub-

marginal cells each receiving the recurrent nervure at its

middle; second submarginal cell narrowed above, about as

broad as third on marginal nervure;_ transverso-medial

nervure joining discoidal at its base.

Hab. Placita, N. M., May 2, 1903, at flowers of wild plum

(Cockerell).

The abdomen is much like that of N. civilis, Cresson.

I will take this opportunity to mention that the species

recorded by me from Wet Mountain Valley, Colorado, in

North-American Bees. 447

Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 1893, p. 339, as N. fragilis, Cresson,

is (at least as represented by the single specimen I have

kept) N. ctvilis.

Nomada accepta, Cresson.

I have this species from Colorado Springs, Colorado

(L. Bruner, 24). WN. pacata, Cresson, is a synonym; I

determined this from the descriptions, and Mr. Viereck has

confirmed it by a comparison of Cresson’s types.

Melissodes humilior, sp. n.

? .—Length hardly 10 millim.

Black with pale pubescence, white on the underparts of

head and thorax, stained with pale ochreous on the upper

parts, black on scutellum and hind part of mesothorax; a few

black hairs on sides of vertex, which is broad and shining ;

facial quadrangle broader than long ; clypeus confluently

punctured; eyes pale grey; flagellum ferruginous beneath,

except the first two joints; tegule piceous. Wings only

faintly dusky, not darkened apically ; nervures dark brown ;

third submarginal cell abruptly truncate. Legs clothed with

white or whitish hair, the scopa on hind legs very large and

dense ; hair on outer side of anterior tarsi very dark purplish

fuscous, in strong contrast with the white hair on outer side

of middle tarsi; hair on inner side of tarsi dark shining

ferruginous. Abdomen broad, the base and sides of first

segment with white hair; the second to fourth segments with

broad bands (especially broad on fourth) of appressed white

hair ; base of second segment with some white hair; basal

part of third and fourth segments covered with velvety-black

pile ; apical segments with black hair. In my table in Bull.

Denison Lab. xi., this runs to M. gilensis, but it is con-

siderably smaller, the abdominal bands are white instead of

yellowish, and there are other differences.

Hab. Organ, New Mexico, Sept. 28, alt. 5100 feet (Cuck-

erell).

ae example, taken by Prof. C. H. T. Townsend at

Las Cruces, N. M., Aug. 19, differs by having the second

submarginal cell larger, the hair on the anterior part of the

mesothorax quite strongly fulvous, the vertex covered with

black hair, and the hind tarsi red, as also the small joints

of the middle tarsi. The wings have a milky iridescence,

This form may be known as var. a.

The species recorded from the Mesilla Valley, N. M., as

M. intermedia, Cresson (having been identified by Mr. Fox),

448 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on

is extremely similar to JZ. humilior, but differs in having the

hair on the inner side of the basal joint of the hind tarsi

black or almost so. Both this insect and humilior have the

two apical segments of the abdomen clothed with sooty hairs,

whereas Cresson says that the hair on these segments in

intermedia is pale. In both the New Mexico insects, alse,

the apical plate is triangular and bluntly pointed, I think

not so broadly rounded as it should be in intermedia. These

bees have an extremely close resemblance to certain species

of Synhalonia, but their mouth-parts are those of Melissodes.

The maxillary palpi of MMelissodes are always said to be

4-jointed; but as a matter of fact the fourth joint usually

bears a distinct rounded or cylindrical apical papilla, from

which grows a single stout bristle; this papilla is evidently

the rudimentary fifth joint. In MJ. humilior the papilla is

unusually long, so that it really looks like a sort of small

fifth joint; but the fourth joint broadens towards its base,

and is not differentiated by a distinct suture from the third,

which is quite stout. In J. intermedia (v. e. the New Mexico

insect so named) the third joint is narrower, and is separated

by a very distinct suture from the fourth, which is not

at all broadened basally ; the apical papilla is minute and

inconspicuous.

No doubt Synhalonta is a more primitive type than

Melissodes, but between the two stands Nenoglecca with

distinctly 5-jointed maxillary palpi. ‘The fourth joint in

Xenoglossodes is much larger than the fifth, which would

only need to be moderately reduced to reach the exact con-

dition found in some Melissodes. Thus we have evidence

of the gradual reduction of the fifth joint; it by no means

disappeared suddenly by De Vriesian mutation !

I will now describe a species which has the palpi of

Xenoglossodes, but altogether the external appearance of

Melissodes or Synhalonia ; in fact, it is so like MZ. humilior

that at first sight I took it to be the same. It cannot go in

Florilegus, which also has 5-jointed maxillary palpi, as the

joints are not moniliform, and the general appearance of

the bee is not at all the same.

Xenoglossodes excurrens, sp. 0.

9 .—Length about 10 millim.

Broad, similar to Melissodes humilior, but antenne a trifle

longer, the last joint longer than the penultimate (in humelior

they areequal); pubescence of thoracic dorsum pale ochraceous,

without any black ; hair on inner side of basal joint of hind

North-American Bees. 449

tarsi fuscous ; abdominal bands broader and more ochraceous.

Flagellum red beneath, except basally ; wings rather short,

hyaline; tegule piceous, very hairy; last two abdominal

segments fringed with purplish-black hair. Hasily known

from other species of Xenoglossodes by the banded abdomen.

Maxillary palpi with the:second joint hardly so long as the

third ; fourth strictly cylindrical, hardly or not half length

of third; fifth minute but very distinct, cylindrical, about or

hardly half length of fourth, bearing a bristle at the end.

Hab. Roswell, N. M., Aug. 20, 1902 (Cockerell).

The following table will give some idea of the modifica-

tions in the mouth-parts of the Eucerini :—

Maxillary palpi 6-jointed ; last joint long

PIG WARONY inponcobouE DODD COORUoouEGE a

Maxillary palpi 5-jointed ; last joint dis-

(TCE Paap eBa coe Den TOO Oe UOC 2.

Maxillary palpi 4-jointed, with a terminal

papilla representing the fifth usually

TUG poh incurbonoeee eos oobeouee :

1. Joint 6 much narrower than 5........ Synhalonia atriventris, Sm.

Joint 6 scarcely narrower and almost as

long as 5, but 5 conspicuously nar-

ROW.CT: GAT Ae owe ons, 5: 0) nares See Guba S. crenulaticorns, Ckll.

2. Maxillary palpi comparatively long and

slender; jomt 5 always well de-

veloped, cylindrical. (=<Xenoglossa.) 3.

Maxillary palpi shorter, fifth joint smal-

ler, sometimes very small. (=Xeno-

GIMEROEES) ce dipemacuac ta ecepe do Cone

8. Joint 5 conspicuously shorter than4 .. 4.

Joint 5 long and narrow, nearly as long

as 4; 4 narrower but not much

shother thani-Biq «nse oe sie n° agit vug ops A. fulva, Sm., and

X, patricia, Chil.

4, Joint 4 about as long as 3; 5 long and

MALTON MM aro a stats eet Make er agenete X, strenua, Cr.

Joint 4 much shorter than 3; 5 not

very long and narrow; palpus hairy.. X. prutnosa, Say.

5, Joint 2 considerably longer than 3;

5 very small, conical ...,.... Wey rn eee CUI (ON

Joint 2 shorter or not longer thans .., 6.

6, Joint 5 long-conical 2.2.62. 052se ees A, ertocarpt, Ckll.

Joint 5.cylimdrical ......%....s008c0¢%, Av exeurrens, Ckil., and

A, imitatrix, Cll, & Porter.

7. Last joint long and cylindrical (possibly

=4 and 5 fused), not very much

shorter than 3; apex with two bris-

tles ; no distinct papilla........... . Melissodes luteicornis, Ckl.

Last joint much shorter than third..., 8.

8, Last joint comparatively large, cylin-

drical, more or less tapering apically . MW. menuacha, Cr., M, bi-

maculata, Lep., and M. palhidicincta, Ckll,

450 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on

Last joint small but robust, truncate,

with apical tubercle evident ......., Md. ruidosensis, Ckll.,

M. agilis aurigenia, Cr., and M, intermedia, Cr., Fox.

Last oint small, tapering............ 9.

9, Palpus robust, very bristly .......... M. grindelie, Cxll.

Palpus not so bristly ; apical tubercle

quntisually lomet)... «whe cjocsaies <leisls wee. MM. humilior, Ck.

Melissodes luteicornis falls in a new subgenus, which I

propose to call Martinella, after my little son. Besides the

characters of the palpi, it is distinguished by its yellow

antennz in the male, and strongly banded abdomen. I am

myself confident that it was derived from some Synhalonia-

like form quite independently of the rest of the genus

Melissodes ; if this can be proved, Martinella will, of course,

rank as a genus.

DASIAPIS, gen. nov.

Belongs to the Anthophorini. Similar to Diadasta, but

clypeus and labrum in male white; middle and hind tibize of

male incrassate ; tarsi of male normal, except that first joint

of hind tarsi is somewhat curved; maxillary palpi with six

long cylindrical joints, the third and fourth without the lateral

brushes of hair seen in Diadasia *.

Dasiapis ochracea, sp. n.

6 .—Length about 10 millim.

Covered all over (except the smooth shining vertex) with

light ochraceous pubescence ; facial quadrangle much longer

than broad, narrowed below ; face densely covered with hair;

clypeus, labrum, and basal part of mandibles white; man-

dibles simple; antenne very short (as in Diadasia), flagellum

ferruginous beneath; scape slender, black; mesothorax dull ;

tecule large, ferruginous. Wings faintly dusky; stigma

rather large, ferruginous ; nervures fuscous ; venation as in

Diadasia ; second submarginal cell narrowed above; third

rounded (not truncate) at end; basal nervure meeting trans-

verso-medial. Legs with long coarse hair ; tarsi ferruginous ;

abdomen rather long and narrow, shining but covered with

appressed ochraceous hair; first segment with no transverse

keel ; venter shining, with apical hair-bands on the segments.

Hab. Las Cruces, N. M. (type locality), end of August, at

* The same brushes occur in Entechaia on the second and third joints,

but these are no doubt morphologically the third and fourth, the long

first joint representing two united,

North-American Bees. 451

flowers of Spheralcea Fendleri lobata. Also found at Santa

Fé, August 17th.

Dasiapis ochracea is common in New Mexico, but has been

confused with Déiadasia enavata, Cr. It is to Diadasia

somewhat as Anthophorula is to Exomalopsis. The longer

abdomen will readily separate the genus from Anthophorula,

and the paraglosse show that it belongs to the Anthophorini.

The form of the galea and the maxillary palpi show that the

genus is near to Diadasza, and quite distinct from Anthophora.

The galea in Dastapis ochracea is broad at the base, but

rapidly tapers toa long narrow apical portion. The maxillary

palpi are more than half the length of the galea; the first

four joints are long and subequal, the first being a little

shorter than the second; the fifth is considerably shorter than

the fourth, perhaps by one third, and the sixth is considerably’

the shortest. The third joint of the labial palpi is attached

a short distance from the tip of the second.

Anthophora euops, sp. 0.

6 .—Length 15 millim.; tongue about 114.

Black, with white and black pubescence ; eyes in life deep

sea-green; labrum (except narrow black margin and two

large brownish spots at posterior corners), clypeus (except

lateral margins very broadly, so that the yellow on its upper

part is a mere band), a narrow supraclypeal stripe, rose-thorn-

shaped lateral marks, and broad stripe on scape, all primrose-

yellow; mandibles slender, entirely black, furnished within

near tip with a large keel-like prominence; flagellum entirely

black ; clypeus nude; hair of face, occiput, and cheeks long

and white, some black hair on vertex; hair of thorax long

and white; mesothorax and scutellum dull, minutely malleate-

granular, almost entirely without hair (at least in the speci-

men described) ; tegule large, black. Wings slightly dusky.

Legs with long white hair; inner side of tarsi with orange-

fulvous hair; hind legs simple; middle tarsi rufous except at

base and apex, the rufous portion with a quantity of ferru-

ginous hair, the hairs curiously flattened and broadened ;

apical half of claw-joint broadened, black, fringed laterally

with black hair; middle and hind femora and tibiz with long

black hairs beneath. Abdomen not banded; first two segments

with erect white hairs, the remaining segments with black

hair, the sixth fringed with white; venter with long white

hairs.

Hab. Placita, N; MC,;\Mayi 2,°1903' (2. D. A. & Wo P.

Cockerell).

452 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on

It was industriously visiting the flowers of Lzbes longi-

florum, variety, and occasionally going to the flowers of wild

plum immediately adjacent. Allied to A. Portere, Ckll.,

A. lesquerelle, Ckll., A. Crotchtt, Cr., and A. pyralitarsis,

Dours. It is easily distinguished from Portere by the large

amount of black on clypeus, the squarer labrum, and especially

the flattened red hairs on middle tarsi; from lesquerelle by

the nude clypeus and labrum, the smaller black fringe on

claw-joint of middle tarsi, &c.; from Crotchiz by the pale

(instead of pale yellow) face-marks, the absence of ochreous

hair on head and thorax, &c.; from pyralitarsis by the

absence of any reddish hair at base of abdomen and the

absence of black hair on first joint of middle tarsi. The

clypeus is marked much as in A. pyralitarsis.

Ho.copasires, Ashmead.

Mr. Ashmead has very kindly allowed me to examine the

undescribed type of this genus, which was taken by Mr. F. C.

Pratt at Washington, D.C. It is a female, and is very like

Neopasites pulchellus (Phileremus pulchellus, Cr.), but the

marginal cell is shorter and appendiculate, and the second

submarginal is more narrowed above. Iam rather disinclined

to consider Holcopasites distinct from Neopasites.

Celioxys grindelie, Ckll., var. «.

?. Hair on face and lateral spots on mesothorax white ;

tegulee dark brown.

Hab. Mescalero, N. M., Oct. 2 (Townsend & Cockerell).

Celioxys rufitarsus rhois, subsp. n.

? —Length 143 millim.

Tegule and nervures black.

Hab. Rio Ruidoso, White Mts., N. M., about 6500 ft., at

flowers of Rhus glabra, July 22 (C. H. T. Townsend).

For an account of other specimens and other particulars,

see ‘Canadian Entomologist,’ 1900, p. 298.

Osmia Kincaidit, Ckll.

Alum Rock Park, San José, California, 1 ¢ (HZ. M.

Ehrhorn).

Mr. Ehrhorn also sends me Bombus californicus, Sm., from

the same locality.

Xylocopa orpifer, Sm.

Mountain View, California, June 1902, 5 ¢ (H. M.

Jihrhorn).

North-American Bees. 453

Mr. Ehrhorn also sends Synhalonia acerba, Cr., 3, from

this locality.

Ceratina neomexicana, Ckll.

A new locality is Rio Ruidoso, N. M., about 7600 ft., at

flowers of Verbena Macdougali, Aug. 3 (C. H. T. Townsend).

Ceratina submaritima Ehrhorni, subsp. n.

$.—Length 4 millim.

Yellowish green (submaritima is bluish green) ; face deci-

dedly narrower than in submaritima. Hind femora produced

to an acute angle. Apical plate of abdomen small and narrow

as in submarttema. Very likely a distinct species ; probably

confused with C. tejonensis.

Hab. Alum Rock Park, San José, California, May 3, 1902,

2 3 (H. M. Ehrhorn).

Ceratina Townsend, sp. n.

2? .—Length 8 millim.

Similar to C. neomexicana, Ckll., but differing by the

yellower tint of the green, the darker wings, the smaller and

closer punctures of the abdomen, and the closer and more

uniform punctuation of the scutellum. It has been confused

with C. dupla, Say, from which it differs by the much sparser

punctuation of the vertex and front, the more pronounced rim

of the metathoracic enclosure, and the darker wings. From

C. Crewt, Ckll., it differs by its brassy-green colour, and

especially by the sparser punctuation of the vertex on each

side of the ocelli, this region in Crew? being very closely and

coarsely punctured.

Hab. San Rafael, Rio Nautla, Vera Cruz, Mexico, on

flowers of Bedens and Verbesina, March 8 to 19, 9 9

(C. H. T. Townsend).

Tettigoniide.

Oncometopia undata garry, subsp. n.

g.—Length 11 millim. (to tips of closed elytra).

Light ground-colour (#. e. all except the black) of head,

thorax, and sides of abdomen lilac, except that the black

markings are mostly narrowly edged with dull white, and the

lateral spots on the scutellum are orange-vermilion ; the

reversed A in black on the vertex is very distinct, and its

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 30

A454 On North-American Bees.

upper part encloses a triangular space which is emarginate

behind and produced and much narrowed in front; from the

emargination runs a light line dividing the space longitudi-

nally ; the lower (posterior) ends of the A enclose the lateral

ocelli ; the scutellum presents on a black field two median

rather short bars, a large apical subreniform spot, two small

lateral spots, and anterior to these two rather large oblong

marks, of these markings the last mentioned being orange-

vermilion and the others lilac; underside of abdomen lilac,

with black at the bases of the segments; elytra green in life,

but in a dry specimen purplish grey by reflected and deep

rose-pink by transmitted light ; the costa very narrowly dull

orange; a large, very irregular, pale green patch next to the

costa about the middle of the elytron, and touching it ante-

riorly a short black bar ; apical field smoky hyaline bordered

with black, the black next to the purple-grey rather broadly

edged on the inner side with chrome-yellow. Plates of 3g

genitalia somewhat longer than in Ball’s figure of typical

undata.

Hab. Dripping Spring, Organ Mts., N. M., frequent on

Garrya Wrightit.

I could not find any, or any other form of O. undata, on

other plants in the Organ Mts., and I believe the insect is

restricted to the Garrya, with which its colours harmonize

well. Mr. O. Heidemann kindly examined a specimen, and

considered it near O. a/pha, Fowler, which Mr. Ball considers

a mere form of O. undata. I suspect that we should under-

stand better the many varieties or subspecies of O. undata

if in every case we knew the food-plant.

East Las Vegas, New Mexico, U.S.A.,

May 3, 1903.

POSTSCRIPT.

Another new Anthophora.

Much to my surprise a second new Anthophora has been

caught in this vicinity this spring.

Anthophora Gohrmane, sp. n.

6 —Length 12 millim.

Black ; the abdomen with a slight bluish lustre, the hind

margins of the segments narrowly brown ; tongue compara-

tively short, about 6 millim. long ; two apical joints of maxil-

lary palpi very small; mandibles black ; eyes deep olive-

On South-American Monkeys, Bats, ée. 455

green ; facial quadrangle a little longer than wide, the inner

orbits convex ; labrum (except very narrow margin and two

large spots at basal corners), clypeus (except very narrow

anterior edge and a long black mark on each lateral margin),

supraclypeal band, rose-thorn-shaped lateral face-marks, and

broad stripe on scape, all very pale yellow; hair of head,

thorax, legs, and first two abdominal segments abundant,

long, erect, and white, with no black hairs intermixed ; flagel-

lum entirely black ; third antennal joint long and narrow,

suddenly enlarging, trumpet-like, at the apex; thorax dull,

densely rugoso-punctate; tegule black. Wings clear,nervures

black or almost so. Legs black, even to the tarsi; hair on

inner side of tarsi shining coppery red when seen in the

proper light; middle tarsi long and slender, twice as long as

their tibize, but not otherwise peculiar; spurs very long;

basal joint of hind tarsi with a prominent oblique tooth on the

anterior margin; abdominal segments 3 to 5 with erect black

hair, and some light hairs intermixed ; sixth with light hair,

not conspicuous ; no hair-bands ; apical dorsal segment with

short appressed silvery hair, narrowly truncate, with lateral

margins showing a strong double curve; claspers very large,

deeply bifid or bidentate, the posterior margin obtusely

angled, the base of each posterior tooth emitting a long ecylin-

drical light brown fleshy organ, beset with short hairs;

ventral surface of abdomen with long white hair.

Hab, Las Vegas, N. M., May 7, 1903 (Anna Gohrman).

Flying around Ribes longiflorum (along with A. Portere),

but the tongue seems too short to suck from that flower.

It is allied to A, Hdwardsiz, Cresson.

XLIV.— Notes on South-American Monkeys, Bats, Carnivores,

and Rodents, with Descriptions of new Species. By

OLDFIELD 'THOMAS.

The Generic Names Callithrix and Hapale.

TuE common laxity about nomenclature is nowhere more

striking than among the Primates, and an instance of this

occurs in connexion with the genera of Cebide usually termed

Oallithriv and Hapale, the Titi Monkeys and Marmosets.

Fine paper as it was, Geoffroy’s 1812 cer ae of the

456 Mr. O. Thomas on

monkeys * has had an unfortunate effect so far as nomen-

clature is concerned owing to its very excellence, for later

authors have accepted his names, new or old, without en-

quiry, with results that now prove to need much revision.

Firstly, Callithriz, quoted quite commonly as from this

paper, and consequently used for the Titis, was really first

founded in 1777 by Erxleben, who included in it six monkeys,

no one of which was a Titi; and it is therefore quite evident

that some other name must be used for this group. ‘Thanks

to the labours of Lesson, Gray, and others, names are nume-

rous among South-American monkeys, but, curiously enough,

I can find none that has ever been applied to the Titis except

this untenable Callithriz and the misapplied “ Saguinus,

Lacépéde,” of Lesson, whose real basis was the common

marmoset.

The Titi Monkeys will therefore need a new name, and

Callicebus may be suggested for them, with C. personatus,

Geoff., as the type species.

Passing to the Marmosets, we find that authors have been

contented to use Illiger’s Hapale of 1811 for them, ignoring

the fact that no less than three earlier names exist, namely:

Callithriz, Erxleben, 1777; Sagoinus, Kerr, 1792; and

Sagouin, Lacépéde, 1799.

Callithriz, Krxleben, contains six species— C. pithecia and

five Marmosets. ‘The first-named of these was made the

type of the genus Pithecia by Geoffroy in 1812, now there-

fore Pithecia pithecia, leaving the type to be found among

the Marmosets. Fortunately this can be definitely fixed by

the quctation of “ Callithrix” as the first synonym of Call-

thriz jacchus, this species having therefore to be taken as the

type under the rule recently published on the subject in

‘Science’ fT.

In the splitting of the Marmosets into two genera this

allocation of the type is fortunate, for it makes Jacchus, Geoff.

(type C. jacchus), a pure synonym of Calithriz, and leaves

Midas, Geoff. (type M1. midas), available for the ‘ ‘Tamarins,”

the Marmosets with long typically-formed lower canines and

small incisors, the group to which the name has usually been

applied.

Sagoinus, Kerr, 1792, containing exactly the same species

as Erxleben’s Callithriz, becomes a full synonym of it, and

cannot be used for any part of the group. The name being

* “Tableau des Quadrumanes,” Ann, Mus. xix, p. 85 (1812).

+ ‘Science,’ xvi. p. 114°(1902).

South-American Monkeys, Bats, de. 457

based on Sagouin, a quoted synonym of C. jacchus, also

indicates that species as its type.

Sagouin, Lacépéde, had as its only species Sagouin jacchus,

the type species of Callithriz, into whose synonymy it will

therefore fall.

Hapale, \liger, 1811, being put as a classical renaming of

“ Saguinus, Cuvier, Duméril, Lacépéde,” will equally have

C. jacchus as its type.

These conclusions may be tabulated as follows :—

1. Titi Monkeys.

CALLICEBUS, nom. nov.

Callithrix, Geoff. Ann. Mus. xix. p. 112 (181%), et auctorum pluri-

morum (nec Erxleben, 1777).

“ Saguinus, Lac.,” Lesson, Man. Mamm. p. 56 (1827) (nec Sagouin,

Lac. 1799, nec “ Saguinus, Lac.,” Lliger, 1811),

Type C. personatus, Geott.

2. True Marmosets.

CALLITHRIX, Erxl.

Caluithriz, Yirxl. Syst. R. A. p. 55 (1777).

Sagoinus, Kerr, Linn. An. K. p. 80 (1792).

Sagouin, Lacépéde, Tabl. Mamm. (1799).

Hapale, Il. Prody. Syst., Mamm. p. 71 (1811).

Jacchus, i. Geoff. t. c. p. 118 (1812).

Type of all these names C. jacchus, Linn.

3. Tamarins.

Mipas, Geoff.

Midas, Geoff. t. ce. p. 120 (1812).

Type MZ. midas, Linn.

The family name for the Marmosets will be Callitrichide.

Anthorhina picata, sp. n.

General characters of A. longifolium, Wagn., with which

it shares the comparatively uncrenulated state of the edges of

the lancet and other structural details, as described by Wagner

and Peters. Margins of the long lancet and anterior edges of

ears prominently bairy. Wings to the base of the metatarsus.

Calcars shorter than in A. longifolium.

458 Mr. O. Thomas-on

Fur long, strictly limited to the body, except on the wing-

membrane between the humerus and the flanks below; hairs

of back about 8 millim.in length. General colour above very

dark brown, something like “seal-brown”’ of Ridgway, but

darker ; extreme bases of hairs whitish ; a prominent whitish

dorsal streak running from the forehead to the root of the

tail. Hairs on the bases of ears behind broadly and promi-

nently white, so as to form a large showy white patch on each

side of the crown. Sides of muzzle brown. Under surface

and a line running up each side from the angle of the jaws

to the hinder edge of the ears dirty yellowish white, the hairs

dull slaty with yellowish tips.

Outer upper incisors and small anterior premolars sub-

equal, the latter standing fairly in the tooth-row, not crowded

out of it by the approximation behind them of the canine and

large premolar, as is the case in A. crenulata.

Dimensions of the type (the measurements put in inverted

commas taken in the flesh by the collector, the others on the

dried skin) :—

Forearm 48 millim.

“Head and body 65”; “ tail 22”; “ear 27”; noseleaf

(dried) 15; tragus on inner edge 8; third finger, metacarpal

47, first phalanx 14, second phalanx 25-5; fifth finger, meta-

carpal 47, first phalanx 11, second phalanx 11; tibia 22°5;

lower leg and foot (s. u.) 31; calcar 22. “‘ Expanse 380.”

Skull: greatest length 21:3; basal length 17; zygomatic

breadth 12°6; constriction 4; mastoid breadth 12:2; front of

canine to back of m?® 8.

Hab. Lamario, Bahia. Alt. 800 m.

Type. Adult male. Original number 1410. Collected

24th May, 1903, by Alphonse Robert.

* This remarkable particoloured bat is evidently closely allied

to the A. longifolium of Matto Grosso, but differs by the

showy white ear-patches, the white (not “schmutzig grtin-

lichgrau’’) dorsal streak, and the absence of any ‘‘rostgelb”’

colour on the throat and neck.

LoNCHOPHYLLA, gen. nov. (Glossophagine).

Interfemoral membrane large, the well-developed tail not

reaching halfway to its edge in the middle line, terminating

on its upper surface.

Skull elongate, with small brain-case, though not dispro-

portionally so; zygomata undeveloped ; pterygoids normal ;

South-American Monkeys, Bats, &c. 459

palate not unduly elongate, no notches present on the outer

sides of its posterior portion.

Dentition :—

1S, Cy pees Max 234

Inner upper incisors conspicuously larger and longer than

the outer ones, much thrown forward, broadly spatulate, close

together, outer ones small, pointed, conical. Upper pre-

molars and molars about as in Glossophaga, though markedly

longer horizontally; last premolar with a well-defined in-

ternal lobe. Lower incisors not deciduous, more or less

overlapping one another, broad, with sharp indistinctly trifid

edges. Lower cheek-teeth long and narrow, not overlapping,

with small gaps between the premolars.

Type LZ. mordaz, sp. n.

This genus is no doubt nearly allied to Glossophaga, but

may be distinguished by the absence of the zygomata and

the unusual size and projection of the median upper incisors.

From the development of these teeth and the size and per-

sistence of the lower incisors it is evident that the tongue is

less predominant at the expense of the incisors than is the

case in the more specialized members of the group.

Lonchophylla mordax, sp. n.

General external appearance, 80 far as can be judged by

skins, exactly as in Glossophaga soricina, except that the

colour averages paler. The typeis near “ cinnamon-brown ”

above, the bases of the hairs whitish, and “¢ wood-brown”’

below, but there is some variation in tone, and the darker

specimens are quite as dark as the paler examples of Glosso-

phaga obtained at the same place.

Chin apparently without the usual deep central groove, but

as all the specimens are skins, with the skulls extracted, this

point is not exactly determinable.

Ears rather more decidedly concave in the upper half of

their outer margins than in Glossophaga. Noseleaf longer,

the upper part of the lancet more sharply triangular, its sides

evenly slanted, not concave. Proportions of limb-bones as

shown by the measurements below. Size (apart from the

very different length of head) and other characters as in

Glossophaga.

Dimensions of the type (the measurements in inverted

460 Mr. O. Thomas on

commas taken by the collector in the flesh, the others from

the dried skin) :—

Forearm 34 millim. (all the specimens about the same).

“Head and body 55”; “tail 8”; “ear 13% 5 dance,

measured behind (dried) 4°8 ; thumb (c. u.) 9; third finger,

metacarpal 31, first phalanx 11:3, second phalanx 16°95 ;

fifth finger, metacarpal 29, first phalanx 8°5, second phalanx 11;

lower leg and hind foot (s. u.) 23; calear 7:5. “ Ex-

panse 265.”

Skull: greatest length 23:7; basal length 20°2; anterior

breadth opposite m+ 4°8; brain-case, breadth 9°5; palate

length 12°8. Front of canine to back of m’ 8:1; front of

lower canine to back of ms; 8°7.

Hab. Lamarao, N.W. of Bahia. Alt. 300 m.

Type. Male. Original number 1552. Collected 3rd July,

1903, by Alphonse Robert. Eight specimens.

Canis thous angulensis, subsp. n.

A small form of the C. thous* group, with short stoutly

built skull, small flesh-tooth, and pale-coloured limbs.

Size smaller than in true C. thous or its Brazilian represen-

tative C.t. melampus tT. General colour much as in the latter,

but even more strongly suffused with fulvous. Hairs of

dorsal area elongated, annulated with black and white, and

with broad black tips; hairs of sides similar but shorter.

Underfur dull buffy, becoming ochraceous buff on the promi-

nent postauricular patches. Under surface dirty buffy.

Snout not blackened, scarcely darker than the forehead.

Back of ears dark ochraceous buff, without blacker patches.

Upper surface of hands and feet dull ochraceous buffy, with

scarcely a trace of darker marking; below, the palms and

soles are inconspicuously blackened. ‘Tail bushy, coloured

above like the dorsal area, below like the belly, its terminal

hairs broadly black.

Skull very stoutly built, conspicuously shorter than in

either thous or melampus. Forehead not markedly convex,

the frontal region far flatter than in the allied forms. Palate

* Canis thous, Linn. Syst. Nat. (12) i. p. 60 (1766).

C. cancrivorus, Desm. Mamm. i. p. 199 (1820).

C. rudis, Ginth. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. iv. p. 400 (1879).

Type localities: Dutch, French, and British Guianas respectively.

+ Wagn. Arch. f. Nat. 1843, p. 357.

C. brasihensis, Lund, nec Cuv.

C. melanostomus, Wagn. 1. c.

South-American Monkeys, Bats, de. 461

ending opposite the middle of m*. Bulle not particularly

high.

‘eeth small throughout, as shown by the measurements,

the carnassials particularly small, smaller than in any other

member of the group.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 6380 millim.; tail 310; hind foot (s.u). 122 ;

ear 68.

Skull: greatest length in middle line 126; basal length 117;

zygomatic breadth 73°d ; nasals (from bottom of concavity in

front) 41°5x 11:2; interorbital breadth 28°5; across post-

orbital process 40 ; intertemporal breadth 31:5; breadth of

brain-case 45°5 ; palate, length 62, breadth across m* 39:2;

horizontal length of p* (outside) 11, of m* and m? combined

14:8, of m, 13°4, of mz 7°3, of mz 4°2.

Hab. San Lourengo, near Pernambuco.

Type. Adult male. Original number 1654. Collected

6th August, 1903, by Alphonse Robert. Three specimens.

This little dog may be readily distinguished from its allies

by its smali size, pale ears and feet, stout flat-fronted skull,

and unusually small carnassials. In its cranial characters no

approximation is shown towards it by the small delicately

built Savannah race of C. thous described by me in 1901*;

but, on the other. hand, among examples of C. t. melampus

from Lamar3o, Bahia, one shows such resemblance to it as to

render advisable its description as subspecies rather than

species.

Mr. Robert has been very successful in obtaining specimens

of the present group of Canide, having sent home examples

from Matto Grosso, Minas Geraes, Sao Paulo, Espirito

Santo, and Bahia, and has been deservedly rewarded by the

discovery of this distinct new race inhabiting the eastern angle

of South America.

There appears to be no reason why Linnzeus’s name

C. thous should have been always ignored in favour of Des-

marest’s C. cancrivorus, both coming from the same region.

The large and widely distributed black-footed Brazilian form

ought apparently to bear Wagner’s appropriate name of

C. t. melampus.

Conepatus Huntit, sp. n.

Most nearly allied to C. arequipe, Thos., with which it

shares the considerable breadth of the white stripes and their

* C. thous savannarum, Described as C. cancrivorus savannarum, Ann,

& Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) viii. p. 146 (1901).

462 Mr. O. 'Thomas on

termination on the loins. But anteriorly, instead of the

median black stripe running forward, as is usual, to within

half an inch of the black of the head, it ends on the withers

4 inches short of the coronal black, the whole breadth of the

nape being therefore white, except for a minute and probably

inconstant black spot halfway down the neck. Black of fore-

head liberally mixed with isolated white hairs. Tail almost

entirely black; some isolated long white hairs on its middle

third ; the end wholly black.

Fur long, as usual in the highland species. Hairs from

the coronal ridge to the isolated black spot directed forwards,

those of the next two inches backwards ; then those of the

anterior inch of the median black stripe forwards, from a

median radiating centre, behind which again all are directed

backwards.

Skull rather shorter and broader than in C. arequipe.

Approximate dimensions of the type (measured on the

skin) :—

Head and body (c.) 400 millim. ; tail 250; hind foot, s. u.

62, c. u. 69.

Skull: greatest length 77; basal length 66; zygomatic

breadth 47 ; postorbital constriction 20°5 ; mastoid breadth 40 ;

palate length 32.

Hab. Caylloma, Peru. Altitude 4500 m.

Type. Female. B.M. no. 3.8.4.1. Original number 30.

Collected 18th January, 1903, and presented by Mr. Bernard

Hunt.

“‘ Shot crossing the pampa, with four or five others, about

midday.” —B. H.

This skunk is in some respects a link between C. arequipe

and C. rex, but differs from both, as from all the other

allied species, by its white nuchal region. I have named it

in honour of its donor, to whom the National Museum is

indebted for many excellent skins of Caylloma mammals.

Galictis andina, sp. n.

A member of the G. Allamandi group.

Size and general pattern of coloration as in G. Allamandt,

but wherever in that animal the colour is white, notably on

the light horizontal line bordering the black of the face and

throat, in G. andina it is a dull buffy. Tips of dorsal hairs

whitish buffy. Underfur of back and tail stronger buffy.

The net result is that the whole animal has the buffy or

South-American Monkeys, Bats, Sc. 463

yellowish suffusion characteristic of G. vittata, rather than

the clear greyish of G. Allamandi.

Skull about as in G. Allamandi, smaller than in the large

Brazilian form described by Nehring as G. crassidens.

Nasals evenly narrowing backward and pointed behind, not

abruptly narrowing from a broad point at about two thirds

their length, as in the Central-American form. Last upper

molar with a posteriorly broadened inner lobe, almost as in

the Martens (Justela), and in this respect quite unlike that

of any other Galictis.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 540 millim. ; tail 160; hind foot, s. u. 75,

Gu. 78.

Skull: greatest length 85; basilar length 76; greatest

breadth 49 ; interorbital breadth 19; mastoid breadth 46 ;

palate length from gnathion 41. ‘l’eeth: upper incisor-row

11; outer length of p* 9:5; transverse length of m' 7:8;

longitudinal diameter of inner lobe of m* 5:1; length of

m, 10.

Hab. Pozuzo, Peru.

Type. B.M. no. 3. 7. 14. 1. Collected 26th February,

1903, by W. Hoffmanns. Sexed as a male by collector.

This Galictis differs both in colour and tooth-structure

from the other members of the group. Its yellower colour is

markedly different from that of two examples from Chiriqui

(Watson) which I assign to G. Allamandi, and think also

represent Nelson’s G. canaster. Nehring’s G. crasstdens, on

the other hand, appears to be a larger animal, as is shown by

the greater dimensions of the teeth, and comes from a

very different locality. Finally, the broadened inner lobe to

the upper molar is quite unique in this genus and recalls the

corresponding tooth in Galera.

Sciurus Roberti, sp. n.

An olive species related to S. Ingrami and gilvigularis.

Size, as gauged by linear measures, almost equal to that of

S. Ingram, but the animal is more lightly built, and the hands

and feet in particular are markedly more slender. Fur

throughout much shorter than in Jngram2, more as in gilvi-

gularis (hairs of back only 6-7 millim, in length), that of

ears, feet, and tail all shortened, in agreement with that of

the body. General colour above olivaceous, varying from

yellowish olivaceous to greyish. Under surface not sharply

defined, white or whitish on the throat, inner sides of limbs,

464 On South-American Monkeys, Bats, §c.

and belly, creamy buff varying to buffy white on the chest.

Ears short-haired, without trace of fringes, their backs

slightly more fulvous than the general colour. Upper surface

of hands and feet generally becoming more fulvous terminally.

Tail comparatively narrow, its breadth across the outstretched

hairs not or scarcely exceeding 2 inches, its colour blackish

washed with white, the two basal light rings of the hairs

fulvous, but these are quite hidden by the broad black sub-

terminal and white terminal bands; below they show more,

so that the colour is there grizzled fulvous mesially, edged

sublaterally with black and laterally with white. Mamme 8.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 175 millim.; tail 172; hind foot, s, u. 44,

c. u. 47°53; ear 20.

Skull: greatest length 46 millim.

Hab. 8. Lourengo, near Pernambuco. Alt. 50 m.

Type. Adult male. Original number 1613. Collected

29th July, 1903, by Alphonse Robert. Twelve specimens.

This squirrel evidently represents in the north-eastern

corner of South America the S. Jngrami of Southern Brazil,

of which Mr. Robert has collected a large series at localities

ranging from Espirito Santo to Parand.

In its general proportions it approaches the Amazonian

S. gilvigularis, but differs from that and agrees with S. Jn-

grami by the much paler colour of its under surface. From

S. Ingram? in turn it may be distinguished by its shorter fur,

unfringed ears, less bushy tail, the whiter instead of buffy

colour of the inner sides of its limbs, and the white instead of

yellow tipping to the caudal hairs.

Sciurus Ingrami was the first of the many discoveries made

by Mr. Robert during his highly successful collecting tour in

Brazil, and I have now had much pleasure in naming after

him the present squirrel, its ally, obtained at the last locality

worked by him before his return to Kurope.

A Special Genus for Dasyprocta acouchy.

The long-tailed Agouti, ‘““Dasyprocta” acouchy, Linn., is

clearly a very different animal from all the ordinary members

of Dasyprocta, and should, I think, be separated generically

from them. Its main distinctive features are its well-

developed tail and conspicuously smaller teeth, these latter

being smaller, both relatively and absolutely, than in any

species of Dasyprocta.

I would therefore propose to call it Myoprocta acouchy.

Mr. O. Thomas on a new Mungoose. 465

XLV.—A new Mungoose from Namaqualand.

By OuprieLp THomas, F.R.S.

By the generosity of Mr. C. D. Rudd, a trained taxidermist

(Mr. C. H. B. Grant) has been enabled to carry on a collecting

tour in South Africa on behalf of the National Museum. A

specimen of Lepus capensis obtained on this expedition has

already been referred to above in the description of Lepus

capensis centralis *,and I now have the pleasure of describing

a very fine and distinct new mungoose found by Mr. Grant

in the north-eastern part of the Colony.

It may appropriately be termed

Herpestes Ruddt, sp. n.

Size of H. pulverulentus, which it appears to represent in

Namaqualand. Important characters as in that species, except

in regard to the tail-tip. General colour of body rather

browner and less grey than in H. pulverulentus, owing to the

light rings on the hairs being yellowish instead of white

and the underfur being darker. Posterior back becoming

prominently deep blackish instead of the uniform grizzled

erey of the older known species. ‘This blackening is obtained

by the long dorsal hairs being broadly black-tipped, with

only one small subterminal light band, the underfur being

also blackish. Under surface and hind limbs from hips

downwards also blacker than in H. pulverulentus, the latter

part being in some instances deep glossy black. ‘Tail long,

bushy, tapering, its hairs (except at the tip) annulated basally

with black and dull whitish, their tips being broadly washed

with buffy yellow, the general tone of the tail being therefore

mixed yellow and black; hairs of end of tail wholly black,

forming a glossy black tail-tip 1-2 inches in length.

Skull closely similar to that of MZ. pulverulentus ; perhaps

rather more heavily built; bulle rather lower and _ less

swollen. Upper carnassial teeth shorter antero-posteriorly.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 347 millim.; tail315; hind foot (s.u.) 69;

ear 26.

Skull: basal length 69; zygomatic breadth 39°5; inter-

orbital breadth 16°5; palate length 39°6; breadth between

outer corners of p* 24°5; p*, greatest diameter 8, length on

outer edge 7; diameter of m? 3°6.

* Ann. & Mage. Nat, Hist. ser. 7, vol. xii, p. 344 (1903),

466 Bibliographical Notice.

Fab. Klipfontein, Namaqualand. Alt. 1000 m.

Type. Adult male. Original number 474. Collected

12th May, 1903, by C. H. B. Grant, and presented by C. D.

Rudd, Esq.

This handsome mungoose forms a remarkable addition to

the mammal fauna of South Africa, being conspicuously

different from its only near ally /7. pulverulentus, and is a

noteworthy result of the exploration carried on by Mr. Rudd’s

patriotic assistance.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Geological Survey of Canada. (Dr. R. Brix, Acting Director.)—

Annual Report (New Series), vol. xii. Reports A, B, C, G, J,

J, M, O, Rk, S. 1899. With 8 coloured Maps (for the Reports)

and numerous other illustrations. 9382 pages. 8vo. Ottawa,

1902.

Report A.—Is a summary for the year 1899, by the Late Director

G. M. Dawson, 1900, noticing in general and particular the various

lines of research and results of work by the Geological Surveyors,

in Yukon, British Columbia, the Mackenzie and Saskatschewan

Districts, Ontario and Quebec, Hudson Bay, New Brunswick, and

Nova Scotia. Also work done in the Laboratory, Museum, and

Library, together with Statistics of Minerals and Mines, and notices

of Paleontology and Zoology.

Report B.—On the Atlin Gold-Mining District, British Columbia,

by J. C. Gwillim, 1901. Gold-bearing gravels are noted and

described, but are not said to offer any great inducement to immi-

grants. A geological map of the district indicates especially the

valleys known, in 1899-1900, to yield gold. Some obscure fossils

of Mesozoic age were found near Atlin Lake.

Report C.—On the Geography and Geology of Great Bear Lake

and of a chain of lakes and streams thence to Great Slave Lake, by

G. M. Bell, 1901. Gravels and Boulder-Clay, Tertiary, Cretaceous,

Silurian, and Lower Cambrian (or Animikie) strata are noticed as

well as intrusive greenstone and crystalline rocks. A series of

specimens of rocks from the district are described in an Appendix,

by A. E. Barlow.

Report G.—On the Geology and natural resources of the area

included in the Map of the City of Ottawa and Vicinity, by R. W.

Ells, 1901. With an Appendix on the fossils grouped locally and

stratigraphically, by H. M. Ami. The geological map illustrating

this Report covers an area of 450 sq. miles with Ottawa City as a

Bibliographical Notice. 467

centre. It includes exposures of all the Paleozoic formations from

the base of the Potsdam Sandstone up to the Medina Shales. Many

of the strata are highly fossiliferous.

Report I.—On the Iron-Ore Deposits along the Kingstown and

Pembroke Railway in Eastern Ontario, by E. B. Ingall, 1901.

Numerous borings, mines, and mineral products in the Counties of

Frontenac, Lanark, Renfrew, and Leeds are described, and illus-

trated by plans and a general geological map of the district. An

Appendix, very useful to petrologists, by A. E. Barlow, on the

microscopic examination of twenty-five rocks associated with the

ores is added. And there is a large table of localities and analyses

of the magnetites and the hematites.

Report J.—-The Geology of Parts of the Provinces of Quebec

and Ontario, by R. W. Ells, 1901. After careful consideration

of the earlier opinions on the rocks of this great area of nearly

4000 sq. miles in extent, it is concluded that there is evidence to

show that much of what was described in earlier Reports as altered

sedimentary rocks must now be accepted as altered igneous rock.

This includes the greater bulk of the gneissic Laurentian Rock, also

much of the pyroxenic and felspathic rocks, and of the white binary

granites or pegmatites often associated with the crystalline lime-

stones. The latter, however, and their associated whitish quartzites,

as also certain reddish-grey and black gneisses, may be safely taken

as representing true sediments, but highly metamorphosed.—The

geological structure is described in detail throughout the district

topographically ; and good photographs of contorted limestone and

gueiss are given in plates iii. and iv. Then the several geological

formations (as Utica, Trenton, Black-River, Chazy, Calciferous, and

Potsdam) are successively treated as exposed in the district under

notice. The apatite, asbestos, graphite, iron-ores, mica, barite,

felspar, building-stone, &c. are described as to their occurrence and

associated rocks, and orderly lists of the Fossils from the local

exposures are added by H. M. Ami.

Report M.—On the Surface Geology shown on the Federicton and

Andover Quarter-sheet Maps, New Brunswick, by R. Chalmers,

1902. This Report carefully describes the physiographic features,

changes of level, denudation, glaciation and its results, the inland

and the marine and freshwater deposits (recent), the soils, and forests.

The useful minerals found in the district are also noticed.

Report O.—Notes on certain Archean Rocks of the Ottawa Valley,

by A.Osann. Translated from the German by N. N. Evans, 1902.

Certain gneisses in the neighbourhood of Ottawa are described in

detail, and compared with other rocks of the same kind. The

occurrence of Apatite and Mica north of Ottawa is fully treated.

The bibliography of the former, its discovery, nature, and origin, is

given. It occurs as veins in the gneiss, and is always accompanied

468 Bibliographical Notice.

by pyroxenite. Sometimes granite and gabbro are traversed by

pegmatite veins, and these in turn by veins of graphite. The vein-

minerals with apatite are pyroxene, mica, calcite, and felspar, also

actinolite, tourmaline, scapolite, titanite, pyrite, fluorspar, quartz,

garnet, epidote, idocrase, zircon, prehnite, cabazite, molybdenite,

graphite, &c. A careful exposition is given of the vein-materials,

various rocks more or less associated with the apatite-veins, especially

certain crystalline schists, and some of the eruptive rocks.

The gneisses, quartzites, vein-granites, and other associated rocks

have been impregnated from the veins, hence secondary develop-

ments of some minerals, as augite &e.

The Kozoon Limestone of Cote St. Pierre is described in full detail,

as occurring just above the contact of the limestone with the mica-

hypersthene gabbro, forming the mass of the hill below, and is

regarded as having resulted from contact-metamorphism. It is com-

pared with a rock having a similar structure ejected from Vesuvius,

and described by Johnston-Lavis and Gregory. The presence of

apatite in the “ Leopard-rock” of Ottawa is referred to, and the mode

of formation of that peculiar augite-gneiss is explained.

Graphite is referred to as being widespread, and is described from

two localities—Graphite City in Buckingham Township and in

Grenville Township. It occurs mostly in veins, but sometimes

diffused from them into the neighbouring rocks of gneiss &e. Like

apatite it occurs with hypersthene-biotite gabbro together with

scapolite, oxide of tin, hornblende, titanite, and zircon. The

graphite distributed in the granular limestone of Canada may well

have been derived from the carbon originally in the limestone, and

possibly of organic origin, but subsequently modified by the

metamorphism which changed the limestone into marble.

It is highly probable, however, that fumarole-action had to do

with the formation of both the apatite and graphite veins, filling up

cracks and fissures, in the old cooling rock-masses, during their

solidification,

Report R.—On the Section of Chemistry and Mineralogy, by

G. C. Hoffmann, T. G. West, and R. A. A. Johnstone, 1901. This

consists of the (1) Results of Miscellaneous Examinations, pp. 1-17 ;

(2) Mineralogical Notes, pp. 18-25; (3) Coals and Lignites, pp. 25-31 ;

(4) Limestones and Dolomites, pp. 31-35 ; (5) Iron Ores, pp. 85-36 ;

(6) Nickel and Cobalt, pp. 37-38 ; (7) Gold and Silver, pp. 38-47 ;

(8) Natural Waters, pp. 48-60; (9) Miscellaneous Materials,

pp. 60-64. Although made on account of local requirements, these

researches are mostly of wide application and general value,

Report S.—Mineral Statistics and Mines, by E. O. Ingall, Th.

C. Dennis, and T. McLeish: 144 pages.

A good Index completes the Volume.

WORKS PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

Ms “The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine.

Monthly. 2s. 6d.

The Annais and Magazine of Natural History. Monthly. 2s. 6d,

ivothe Observatory, Monthly Review of Astronomy. ls,

_ Aelfric Society’s Publications. 15 parts. 37s. 6d.

Aéronautics, by Brewer and Alexander. 6s.

_ Ajitchison’s Catalogue of Plants of the Punjab and Sindh. 10s. net.

Anderson’s Fauna of Mergui Archipelago. Vol. I. 30s., Vol. IT, 15s,

Baird’s Manual for Tidal Observations. 7s. 6d.

Belville’s Manual for Thermometer. ls.

‘Blakesley’s Table of Hyperbolic Sines and Cosines. 1s,

_ Chimmo’s Natural History of Euplectella aspergillum. 4s.

_ Cooke’s Flora of the Presidency of Bombay. Part I. 8s, Part IT. 9s.,

py ePart Lie 10s.

Cunningham’s Binary Canon, 15s.

Daubeny on Volcanos. 21s.

- Davis’s Crania Britannica, £6 10s. Thesaurus Craniorum, 20s.

_ Denning’s Great Meteoric Shower of November. 1s.

Denning’s Telescopic Work for Starlight Evenings. 10s.

‘Douse’s Introduction to Gothic of Ulfilas. 10s. 6d.

English Poetry in use at Charterhouse School. 33s. 6d.

Examination Papers set by Examining Board of Physicians and

Surgeons. 6d.

Ditto for Diploma in Public Health. 6d.

_Faraday’s Experimental Researches in Chemistry and Physics. 15s.

_ Fauna of British India. Edited iy W. T. BranForp, F.R.S,:

Mammalia. 20s.—Fishes. 2vols. 20s. each.— Birds. Vol. I. 20s.

— Vols. I1., IIL, and IV. 15s. each—Reptilia and Batrachia. 20s.—

_ Moths. "4 vols; 20s. each.— Hymenoptera. Vol. I.: Wasps anp

Bess. 20s. Vol. I1.: Anrs anp Cuckoo-Wasps. 20s.—Arachnida. 10s.—

Rhynchota. Vol. I.: HeTERoprera. 20s.

Geological Record. 1874-1884, 8vyols. 20s. net.

Glaisher’s Barometer Tables, ls. Diurnal Range Tables, ls. 6d.

Glaisher’s Hygrometrical Tables. 2s. 6d.

Glaisher’s Factor Tables for Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Millions. 20s. each.

-Hopkins’s Geology and Terrestrial Magnetism. 8vo. Cloth. 16s,

Ditto. Illustrated Introduction to. 8vyo. Cloth. 4s, :

Joule’s Scientific Papers. Vol. 1. 20s. Vol. II. 12s.

Kelvin’s (Lord) Tables for facilitating Sumner’s Method at Sea.

10s.6d. Forms for ditto. Sun, ls, Srars, ls.

Kennedy, C. A few Chaptersin Astronomy. 2nd ed. 3s. 6d.

Lehfeldt, R.A. A List of chief Memoirs on Physics of Matter. 2s. 6d.

Lewis's Catalogue of Japanese Coleoptera. 2s,6d.; on one side, 3s. 6d.

- London Hospital Pathological Catalogue. 7s. 6d. ‘net.

_M‘Intosh’s Marine Invertebrates and Fishes of St. Abarees 21s.

Phillips’s Geology of Yorkshire. 2 vols. 30s. ;

Physical Abstracts. Vols. 1lto 3. 17s. 6d. each.

_ Physical Memoirs, translated from foreign sources. Vol. I. Part I. 4s.,

Part II. 7s. 6d., Part PEE Gait.

Reade’s Origin of Mountain-Ranges. 21s,

ies Royal College of Surgeons ;

- Calendar. ls. net.

Catalogue of Specimens illustrating the Osteology of Vertebrate

Animals in Museum. Part 3. Aves. 12s. net,

Catalogue of Teratological Series. 5s. net.

Dermatological Collection. 38rded. 4s, net.

Physiological Series. Vols. I. andII. 2nded. 12s, net each.

Appendices 5, 6,7, 8,and 9 to the Second Edition of Descriptive

_ Catalogue of the Pathological Specimens in Museum. Qs. each.

Examination Papers for Diploma of Fellow and Licence in Dental

Surgery. 6d.

Sharp’ $s Staphylinide of Japan. 3s. 6d.

‘Taylor's Scientific Memoirs. Ser. 1, £6 6s.; Ser. 2, £1 4s.

q Univ. Coll, London Calendar, 2s, 6d. Pathological Catalogue, Parts 1

to 3,2s, each; Part 4, 1s, Library Catalogue, 3 Vols. 7s. 6d.

: — Univ. Coll. Medical and Biological Catalogue. 2s. Gd.

Mei ‘Wheatstone’s Scientific Papers. 15s.

is ; Wollaston’ s Notes on Lepidoptera of St. Helena. 33. 6d.

____ RED LION COURT, FLEBT STREET, LONDON, EC. ~

cand Seis in the re he B tish Mus

| ELS PE

“exXNT) cos

“XKXIX. Notes on Mine

Canon AL M. ee

ay G. a "Do TEN

Museum.

“Cameroon. By @ A See -F

_XLY. Aner ts

nena: Bay of Genny

Annual Report (ew | §

ytee to. its fen Messrs. Taylor

pees wink Rots sige Street, London. s

iN WOY 83 1903

1 | SEVENTH SERIES. — No. 71.

as) THE ANNALS |) |.)

eG ee | OPCS HHL FANCY

| MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

af as ee es) INCLUDING a :

i : ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.RS.,

_ WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.B.S., F.LS.,F.G.S., _

A a aes AND.’ is

WILLIAM FRANCIS, sun., F.LS.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THH ANNALS” COMBINED WITH Met

|| MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.” ~

a0) =

Ba:

tis WITH TWO PLATES.

- Illustrative of Miss I. Sollas’s Paper on Haddonella Topsenti.

sree ipa Mea Be FLoxpon:

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld.; Bailliére, Paris:

; _ Hodges, Figgis, & Co,, Dublin: and Asher, Berlin.

BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA,

Edited by F. D. GODMAN.

ie Le (4

_| SUBJECTS IN PROGRESS.

ZOOLOGY.

Aves. Vol. 1. By 0. Satvin and F. D. Gopman. (Pp, 1-512, pls. LXxXv., -

Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. II. (Pp. 1-698, pls. xxxyi. ae , Temporary Title- —

page.) Vol. III. (Pp. 1-392, pls. Lxi. -Ixxvii.)

Arachnida Araneidea. Vol.II. By F.O.Pickarp Campripas. (Pp. 1-

448, pls. i—xlii.)

Chilopoda. By R. I. Pococr. (Pp. 1- —A0, pls. i.—iii.) ‘5 NSN

Coleoptera. Vol. II. part 1 (PsruapHipm &c.). By D. aan A.

MatrueEws, and G, Lewis. (Pp. 1-688, pls. i.-xix.) ie Coa tee

marae Vol. IV. part 3 (RuyNcHoruora). By D. SHARP, (Pp. 1-

168, pls. ivi.

Gaisseuara’ Vol. IV. part 4 (RuyNcHoPHORA, continued). By G. €.

CHampion. (Pp. 1-280, pls. i—xiv.)

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 6 (RuyncHopHoRa, continued). By D. Sane

and W. #. H. BLanprorp. (Pp. 1-224, pls. i—vii.)

Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. I. By W. L. Distant and W. W. Fowurn.

(Pp. 1-76, pls. i.—viil.)

Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. Il. By W. W. Fowier. (Pp. 1-316,

pls. i—xxi.)

(Pp. 1-83.) ag:

Neuroptera: Ephemeride. By A. E. Eaton. (Pp. 1-16, pl. i.)

Neuroptera;: Odonata. By P.P.Catvert. (Pp. 17-144, tle: WV an

Orthoptera, Vol. II. By L. Brunur and A. P. Morse. (Pp. Lae

The Price of each Zoological Partis 21s,

SUBJECTS COMPLETED.

ARCH AOLOGY.

By A. P. Mavnsray. (Vol. I. pp. viii & 69, pls. exix. Vol, II. pp. iv &

AZ, pls. xeviii. Vol. IIL. pp. iv & 50, pls. Isxxii, Vol. IV. pp. iv & 38, —

pls. Xcill.)

By J.T. Goopman. (Appendix: The Archaic Maya Inscriptions. Pp. xii

& 150.)

BOTANY.

Complete in Five Vols. Vols. I-IV. (Text), V. (Plates).

London: Published for the Editor by R. H. Porrsr, 7 Princes Street, is

Cavendish Sq., W., and Duzav & Oo., Soho Sq., W.

Royal 8vo, price 2s, 6d.

A CATALOGUE OF COLEOPTERA |

FROM THE

JAPANESE ARCHIPELAGO.

By GEORGE LEWIS,

-Tayior and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, H.C.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

[SEVENTH SERIES.]

No. 71. NOVEMBER 1903.

XLVI.—Rhynchotal Notes—XIX. By W. L. Distant.

Tue following descriptions refer to species recently acquired

by the British Museum, of which a collection from the

neighbourhood of the Abutsi River, Nigeria, is the most

important.

Examples and types of the newly described species collected

during the Grant and Forbes expedition to the island of

Sokotra have now been added to the National Collection, and

some remarks are submitted on the list already published and

a fuller and revised enumeration proposed.

I.—RuyncnHota FROM THE ErHiopiaAn REGION.

HETEROPTERA.

Fam. Pentatomide.

Neodius ethiopicus, sp. u.

Ochraceous, somewhat thickly fuscously punctate, the

marginal punctures to basal half of scutellum and to the

median vein of corium almost constituting linear narrow

fascie ; fourth and fifth joints of antenne black ; margins of

body beneath strongly blackly punctate, on abdomen the

punctures forming two somewhat broad sublateral fasciz ;

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 31

470 Mr. W. L. Distant on Rhynchota

antenne with the second, fourth, and fifth joints almost sub-

equal in length; rostrum reaching the posterior coxe ; head

about as broad (including eyes) as long, lateral margins

anteriorly narrowed and convexly rounded, cleft between the

lateral lobes, which do not quite meet ; pronotum with the

lateral margins slightly convexly oblique, the anterior angles

laterally prominent beyond eyes, the lateral angles non-

prominent ; membrane shining ochraceous; legs punctured

with fuscous ; tibiz strongly sulcated above.

Long. 114 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 6 millim.

Hab. Nigeria: Abutsi River (Brit. Mus.).

Neodius angulatus, sp. 0.

Ochraceous, blackly punctate, the punctures forming

about six longitudinal fascie on pronotum and two on

scutellum; the corium is slightly brownish, with the lateral

area ochraceous, the punctures margining the median vein

forming a narrow linear fascia; membrane obscure greyish ;

extreme lateral margins to head, apical and subapical annu-

lations to femora, basal and apical annulations to tibiz, nearly

apical half of rostrum, broad sublateral punctate fascize to

sternum and abdomen (broadest on abdomen, where it en-

closes a central ochraceous line), discal transverse abdominal

spots, and abdominal apex black; basal joint of antenne

short, creamy white, its base piceous ; second joint fuscous,

lineately black above ; head about as broad (including eyes)

as long, its margins a little reflexed, convexly rounded at

apex, cleft between the lateral lobes, which do not quite

meet ; pronotum with the anterior angles distinctly promi-

nently dentate, the posterior lateral angles more longly

dentate; rostrum reaching the posterior coxe.

Long. 124 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 64 millim.

Hab. Nigeria: Abutsi River (Brit. Mus.).

Genus EctMETOCARA.

Ectmetocara, Bergy. Rey. d’Entom. x. p. 214 (1891), n. nom.

Candace, Stal, En, Hem. i. p. 76 (1870), nom. preecce.

Ecimetocara virescens, sp. 0.

Head, pronotum, scutellum, and corium metallic green;

membrane cupreous; apex of scutellum, legs, head beneath,

rostrum, sternum and cox, and base of lateral margin to

corium luteous; abdomen beneath dark brownish ochra-

ceous ; an oblique fascia on each side of prosternum, lateral

from the Ethiopian Region. 471

areas of meso- and metasterna, and lateral margins and apex

of abdomen more or less dark olivaceous ; connexivum above

and beneath piceous, spotted with luteous; antenne ochra-

ceous, with dark marginal lines, apical joint piceous, with its

base ochraceous ; tibize strongly sulcated above, their margins

linearly piceous ; second joint of antenne longest, third and

fourth subequal; pronotum with the lateral angles very

broadly rounded, finely granulate, and obscurely transversely

rugulose; scutelJum distinctly transversely rugulose ; corium

very finely granulate; rostrum reaching the intermediate

cOxe.

Long., ¢ 15, 2? 20 millim.; exp. pronot. angl., ¢ 9,

? 103 millim.

Hab. Nigeria: Abutsi River (Brit. Mus.).

Gonopsis recurva, sp. n.

Reddish brown; lateral and basal margins of head, a

transverse central discal line to anterior lobe of pronotum,

a central line (posteriorly evanescent) and sublateral fasciz

to scutellum, lateral margins of corium, and a longitudinal

fascia on each lateral disk of sternum luteous ; an irregular

central patch on anterior area of pronotum, the anterior

tibia, a lateral fascia on each side of sternum, stigmata, and

a narrow fascia (extending about halfway from base) black ;

antennee with the second, fourth, and fifth joints subequal in

length, apical half of fifth ochraceous; pronotum with the

lateral margins of the anterior lobe serrate, the posterior

lateral angles angularly produced, their apices distinctly

recurved, a carinately raised slightly curved line between

them, in front of which the surface is finely rugulose, and

behind which it is strongly rugulose; scutellum transversely

rugulose ; corium thickly finely punctate ; membrane greyish

white, only just passing base of anal segment.

Long. 15 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 8 millim.

Hab, Tanganyika (Brit. Mus.).

Fam. Lygeide.

Aphanus mirabilis, sp. n,

Head piceous, thickly palely pilose, the apex ochraccous ;

antenne black, under surface of first joint, and fourth joint

(excluding apex), luteous ; pronotum luteous, brownly punc-

tate, the margins and a central longitudinal line impunctate,

two large spots occupying nearly the whole of anterior lobe

and four spots in trausverse series on posterior lobe black ;

31*

472 Mr. W. L. Distant on Rhynchota

scutellum black, two lateral fascize meeting beyond middle

and the extreme apex luteous ; corium luteous, clavus (ex-

cluding outer margin), a subclaval elongate spot, a large

somewhat rounded discal spot a little beyond middle, and a

spot at apical angle black; membrane black, its apical

margin luteous ; body beneath piceous black, opaque; ros-

trum, margins of prosternum, posterior margins of meta-

sternum, lateral margins of abdomen, cox, trochanters, and

legs luteous ; first jot of antenne shorter than head, but

passing its apex, second and fourth joints subequal in length ;

scutellum coarsely punctate, except on luteous fasciz ; corium

coarsely punctate, apices of tarsi black.

Long. 84 millim.

Hab. Fernando Po: St. Isabel (Brit. Mus.).

A Lygzeid with the bright coloration of a Pyrrhocorid.

Fam. Hydrometride.

Rhagovelia maculata, sp. n.

Piceous black ; anterior margin of pronotum, base of first

joint of antennz, connexivum above and beneath, base of

rostrum, acetabula, coxe, trochanters, bases of femora

above, and the greater part of femora beneath Juteous;

hemelytra with a narrow streak at base, two short parallel

subbasal streaks, two other parallel elongate spots a little

before middle, and a small spot at about centre of inner

margin bluish grey; antenne, legs, and margins of pro-

notum somewhat longly pilose ; first joint of antenne longest,

outwardly curved, second and fourth subequal, each slightly

shorter than third.

One winged and five apterous specimens.

Long. 34 millim.

Hab. Nigeria: Abutsi River (Brit. Mus.).

Metrocoris ethiops.

Apterous.— 8. Ochraceous; antennz (excluding base),

eyes, apex of rostrum, margins and a central line to pro-

notum, anterior and posterior margins, a central Jine and a

curved dentate fascia near each lateral margin to meso-

notum, margins and a central line to metanotum, lateral

abdominal and posterior segmental margins above, margins

of posterior coxz above, a sublateral fasciate line (not

reaching base) and basal margin of sternum, and a lineate

spot on intermediate acetabula black; anterior femora

ochraceous, with a fuscous line above; anterior tibiz and

from the Ethiopian Region. 473

tarsi and intermediate and posterior legs fuscous. Ovate,

widest in the middle ; first joimt of antennz long, strongly

but sparsely serrate beneath, second and fourth joints

shortest and subequal in length, third a little longer than

either second or fourth; anterior femora with a few long

hairs or bristles beneath, the femora and tibize about equal

in length, intermediate tibie not much more than half the

length of femora, posterior tibiz less than half the length of

femora.

?. Antenne with the first joimt ochraceous, its extreme

apex black.

Long., ¢ 4, ? 3 millim.; max. breadth, ¢ 2, 2 millim.

Hab. Nigeria: Abutsi River (Brit. Mus.).

Metrocoris natalensis, sp. nu.

Pale ochraceous ; antenne (excluding base), head with

eyes, a broad transverse curved fascia between their poste-

rior areas connected centrally with base, a rounded spot

before apex, and an angulated linear spot at inner margin of

eyes, pronotum with the anterior and lateral margins, a

central longitudinal fascia, a waved transverse fascia near

base, and a large elongate spot on each lateral area connected

with anterior margin, transverse dorsal segmental abdominal

fascie, irregular macular markings to intermediate and

posterior coxze, longitudinal lines to femora, the tibiz and

tarsi, and apex of rostrum black; body broad, widening to

intermediate and posterior coxe; head broad, its apex

rounded; rostrum with the third joint almost twice as long

as first and second together; antennz with the first joint

shorter than second and third together ; anterior femora and

tibize almost equally long.

Long., 9, 4? millim.; max. breadth 3} millim.

Hab, Natal: Pirie Bush (4. N. Stenning, Brit. Mus.).

Fam. Reduviide.

Tribelocephala oculata, sp. nu.

Chocolate-brown ; eyes black; anteocular portion of head,

antenne, rostrum, legs, and venation to corium ochraceous ;

body beneath brownish ochraceous, lateral margins broadly

ochraceous ; eyes meeting on upper surface of head; antenne

pilose, first jomt robust, a little shorter than second, second

and remaining joints luteous; pronotum with the posterior

angles rounded; membrane a little darker in hue than

corium, very broad and considerably longer thau corium.

ATA Mr. W. L. Distant on Rhynchota

Long. 7 millim.

Fernando Po (Brit. Mus.).

This species is, so far as known at present, unique in

having the eyes meeting on upper surface of head.

Synonymicau Nore.

Dr. Bergroth (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1903, p. 297) has

referred to four species of Tingidide from South Africa

which I recently described under the genus Phatnoma, and

states that three of these belong to the allied genus Gony-

centrum (Telia, Fieb., nom. preoce.). He also writes: ‘ La

structure du pronotum est la seule différence valable entre

ces deux genres.” In these statements I do not think the

writer has shown his usual acumen.. The structure of the

pronotum is not the only good dividing character between

these two genera; the transverse raised lines to the discoidal

and subcostal areas of the elytra constitute a distinct character

of Phatnoma, not found in Gonycentrum, besides which the

structure of the head in both genera, as shown by Fieber’s

excellent figures, is another point of division.

The three species I have described and figured under the

genus Phatnoma cannot therefore be placed in Gonycentrum,

as Dr. Bergroth definitely states, and if they are to be sepa-

rated from the first-named it must be by the construction of

anew genus. To separate species from a genus to which

they have most affinity and place them in another to which

they do not belong tends rather to obscurantism than to

correction.

IJ].—RuyncHorTa FROM THE ORIENTAL REGION AND CHINA.

HETEROPTERA.

Fam. Pentatomidz.

g Sepontia formosa, sp. 0.

Head black, coarsely and thickly punctate; pronotum

ochraceous, basal area from between the lateral angles and a

large spot on each side of anterior margin black, the basal

area strongly and coarsely punctured, some scattered black

punctures on each central lateral area and at centre of ante-

rior area, the lateral margins levigate; scutellum black,

thickly and coarsely punctate, with two very large transverse

luteous levigate spots near anterior margin; corium black,

thickly and coarsely punctate, ochraceous at base ; body

from the Oriental Region and China. 475

beneath ochraceous, sternum coarsely brownly punctate, disk

of abdomen black; legs brownish ochraceous, spotted with

fuscous; antennz with first and second joints brownish

ochraceous, remainder mutilated.

Long. 43-53 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 34-4 millim.

Hab. Malayan Archipelago: Tomia (Brit. Mus.).

Fam. Hydrometride.

Subfam. Vezr2z.

ALARDUS, gen. nov.

Body elongate; pronotum narrow, longer than broad,

posteriorly angularly produced, the areas before and behind

the latitude of the lateral angles about equal, lateral margins

slightly and obscurely reflexed, lateral angles subnodulose ;

antenne pilose, first jot longest, second, third, and fourth

joints subequal; hemelytra not quite reaching abdominal

apex; legs pilose, posterior legs a little longest, the tibie

distinctly longest; tarsi three-jointed, intermediate tarsi

scarcely longer than the posterior tarsi.

Alardus typicus, sp. 0.

Head and pronotum ferruginous, the last (excluding

central fascia and lateral margins) fuscous; hemelytra

brownish ochraceous, with a discal longitudinal line and

suffusions on apical area piceous; basal angles, three large

spots (one elongate and apical, one anteriorly rounded at

about one third from apex, one linear and submarginal), and

a number of minute spots on apical half greyish white;

body beneath piceous, palely pilose ; connexivum above and

beneath, acetabula, cox, and legs luteous; femora with a

subapical annulation, anterior and intermediate tibize with

basal and apical annulations, and posterior tibiz with a basal

annulation pale brownish.

Long. 43 millim.

Hab. Malay Peninsula: Province Wellesley (HZ. N. Ridley,

Brit. Mus.).

Fam. Reduviidee.

Tribelocephala ornata, sp. u.

Anteocular portion of head, antenne, rostrum, legs, and

corium ochraceous; postocular portion of head and anterior

476 Mr. W. L. Distant on the

lobe of pronotum piceous; posterior lobe of pronotum,

scutellum, clavus, two large discal longitudinal fasciz to

corium (not quite reaching base or apex, and divided by the

ochraceous veins), and membrane pale chocolate-brown ;

body beneath pale brownish, thickly ochraceously pubescent,

abdomen with a central longitudinal incised line; apices of

the tibiz and bases of anterior and intermediate tarsi fuscous ;

eyes black, their inner margins almost meeting ; antenn

strongly pilose, second joint a little longer than first ; pro-

notum with the posterior angles distinctly nodulose ; corium

much shorter than membrane; tibiz longly pilose.

Long. 74 millim.

Hab. Dinding Islands, near Penang (H. N. Ridley, Brit.

Mus.).

Hematolecha fokiensis, sp. n.

Coral-red; head, antennz, rostrum, transverse and longi-

tudinal impressions to pronotum, scutellum, apical two

thirds of clavus and a fused elongate spot on corlum, mem-

brane, sternum, legs, segmental incisures, a broad sublateral

fascia, and anal segment to abdomen beneath black; coxe,

trochanters, and apical spines to scutellum piceous; tarsi

brownish ochraceous ; antenne strongly pilose; mtermediate

and posterior femora obsoletely nodulose near apices; pro-

notal impressions strongly rugose.

Var.—Disk of corium more or less suffused with pale

piceous.

Long. 11 millim.

Hab. China: N.W. Fokien (La Touche, Brit. Mus.).

SynonymicaL Notes.

Dr. Gestro, of the Genoa Museum, having obliged me

with an opportunity of examining and figuring the Aradidz

collected by Sign. Fea in Burma and Tenasserim, the fol-

lowing synonymy may be noted :—

Genus EUMENOTES.

Eumenotes, Westw. Tr. Ent. Soc. iv. p. 246 (1847).

Odonia, Bergr. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen, xxvii. p. 7383 (1889).

Eumenotes obscura.

Eumenotes obscura, Westw. Tr. Ent. Soc. iv. p. 247, pl. xviii. fig. 4

(1847).

Aradus truncatus, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 39 (1878).

Odonia truncata, Bergr. Ann, Mus. Ciy. Gen, xxvii. p. 733, pl. xii.

fic. 4 (1889),

Ehynchota of Sokotra. 477

Brachyrhynchus lateralis.

Crimea lateralis, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 14. 7 (1878).

Brachyrhynchus montanus, Bergr. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. xxvii. p. 738

(1889),

I1I.—Ruyncuorta or SokotTrRa.

The volume relating to the natural history results of the

expedition to this island made by Mr. W. R. Ogilvie-Grant

and Dr. H. O. Forbes having just been published, and the

Rhynchota determined by Mr. Kirkaldy having been received

at the British Museum, it is necessary to make a few notes

to prevent any confusion arising as to the real affinities of

this interesting fauna, so far as these insects are concerned,

Some corrections I have already made do not appear in the

text, and therefore it is best to add in some cases what has

previously appeared.

HETEROPTERA.

Fam. Pentatomide.

Subfam. Crpwrvz.

Cydnus attar.

Geotomus attar, Kirk. Nat. Hist. Sokotra and Abd-el-kuri, p. 390,

pl. xxii. figs. 9, 9 a (1903).

Subfam. Divrporrz.

Aspongopus viduatus.

Cimex viduatus, Fabry. Ent. Syst. iv. p. 117 (1794).

Aspongopus assar, Kirk. Bull. Liverp. Mus. ii. p. 4 (1899); Nat. Hist.

Sokotra and Abd-el-kuri, p. 389, pl. xxiii. fig. 10 (1903).

A widely distributed African species, found also in Egypt

and Syria. 1am now inclined to consider the Matabele insect

I described as A. japetus to be only an extreme form of this

species.

Fam. Coreide.

Subfam. Corrzma.

Serinetha abdominalis.

Lygeus abdominalis, Fabr. Syst. Rhyng. p. 226 (1803).

Var. Serinetha taprobanensis, Dall. List Hem. ii. p. 461 (1852),

Leptocoris bahram, Kirk. Bull. Liverp. Mus. ii. p. 46 (1899) ; Nat.

Hist. Sokotra and Abd-el-kuri, p. 387, pl. xxiii. fig. 8 (1903).

Found throughout British India and Ceylon.

A478 | Mr. W. L. Distant on the

Fam. Lygeide.

Subfam. Apwanrvz.

Dieuches Forbesii.

Aspilocoryphus Forbesii, Kirk. Bull. Liverp. Mus. ii. p. 46 (1899); Nat.

Hist. Sokotra and Abd-el-kuri, p. 385, pi. xxiii. fig. 6 (1903).

Dieuches Forbesit, Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) viii. p. 504 (1901).

HOMOPTERA.

Melampsalta tibialis.

Tettigonia tibialis, Panzer, Faun. Germ. fasc. lix. tab. v. (1798).

Melampsalta omar, Kirk. Bull. Liverp. Mus. ii. p. 45 (1899).

Cicadetta omar, Kirk. Nat. Hist. Sokotra and Abd-el-kuri, p. 381,

pl. xxii. figs. 1, la, 1 6 (1903).

There are two species among the specimens procured :

Kirkaldy’s typical (a) is Panzer’s species, common in Greece

and Istria; the second (var.) 1s a distinct species, but requires

further comparison with some at present inaccessible

Palearctic types.

Species returned unidentified to the British Museum.

Fam. Pentatomide.

Carbula trisignata.

Cimex trisignatus, Germ. in Silberm. Rev. p. 17 (1887),

Hab. Sokotra: Dahamis, Adho Dimellus (Grant).

A well-known South- and East-African species.

Nezara Heegert.

Nezara Heegeri, Fieb. Eur. Hem. p. 351 (1861).

Hab. Sokotra: Hadibu Plain (Grant).

A Southern Palearctic species, already recorded from

Northern Africa and Arabia. This is evidently the Nezara

referred to by Kirkaldy (Nat. Hist. Sokotra and Abd-el-

kuri, p. 391).

Fam. Coreide.

Euthetus leucostictus.

Euthetus leucostictus, Stal, Gifv. Vet.-Ak, Forh, 1855, p. 80.

Sokotra (no precise locality) (Grant).

Rhynchota of Sokotra. 479

Fam. Reduviide.

Subfam. AcanwrH4sPin#.

Holotrichius insularis, sp. n.

?. Dark fuscous, black beneath; antenne (excluding

basal joint), anterior angles and carine of anterior pronotal

lobe, lateral angles of posterior lobe, apex of scutellum, pro-

notum above (excluding base), extreme bases of anterior

tibiz, and a broad subbasal annulation to posterior tibiz

brownish ochraceous; head about as long as pronotum,

finely granulose ; eyes setose ; antennz longly setose, basal

joint distinctly curved ; pronotum as long as broad at base,

anterior angles tuberculously spinous, anterior lobe very

much longer than posterior lobe, tumid, strongly sculptured,

lateral margins convex ; posterior lobe with the lateral angles

shortly tuberculously spinous; scutellum with the apex

shortly, conically, laterally produced ; abdomen broad, ovate,

posteriorly narrowed, lateral margins reflexed, above with a

double, discal, segmental series of fuscous spots, apex fuscous ;

legs thickly setose.

Long., 2, 16 millim.

Hab. Sokotra: Jena-agahan (Grant, Brit. Mus.).

Species collected during the Balfour Expedition.

Fam. Pentatomide.

Brachynema Balfouri, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, scutellum, and corium greyish white,

thickly punctured with fuscous; head, the lateral margins,

and an irregular transverse waved fascia to anterior area of

pronotum with the ground-colour pale cretaceous; lateral

margins of head (not reaching apex) and the margins of the

central lobe piceous ; membrane pale hyaline, the veins pale

fuliginous ; antennze, rostrum, body beneath, and legs pale

creamy. white ; apical halves of third, fourth, and fifth joints

of antennz, apical joint of rostrum, a spot on each lateral

area of prosternum, two spots on each lateral area of meso-

sternum, two subapical spots to femora, and the apices of

the tarsi dark fuscous or piceous; abdomen beneath (ex-

cluding disk and lateral margins) thickly darkly, somewhat

coarsely punctate, sternum more finely punctate; legs finely

480 On the Rhynchota of Sokvtra.

speckled with fuscous; antenne with the second and fifth

and third and fourth joints subequal in length; rostrum

just passing the posterior cox.

Long. 9 millim.

Hab. Sokotra (Prof. I. B. Balfour, Brit. Mus.).

A distinctly Palearctic genus.

Enumeration of the recorded Rhynchota from the

Island of Sokotra.

HETEROPTERA.

Fam. Pentatomide. Fam. Lygeide.

Subfam. Cypninz. Subfam. GEOCORINAE.

1. Cydnus attar, Kirk. 10. Geocoris sokotranus, Kirk.

Subfam. PENTATOMINZ. Subfam. APHANINZ.

2. Carbula trisignata, Germ. . Poem Kan

3. Chroantha ornatula, Herr.-Sch. ob Diezalies 80a, L228

Chroantha ? hataska, Kirk. :

A, Brachynema Balfouri, Dist. Fam. Pyrrhocoride.

5. Nezara Heegert, Fieb. 12. Pyrrhocoris sp.*

Subfam. Din1poRIn Zz. Fam. Hydrometride.

6. Aspongopus viduatus, Fabr. . 2

Aspongopus assar, Kirk. Be AD Sp:

Fam. Coreide. Fam. Reduviide.

Subfam. ALYDINZ. Subfam. ACANTHASPINZ.

7. Euthetus leucostictus, Stal. 14. Reduvius azrael, Kirk.

8. —— Granti, Kirk. 15, Holotrichius insularis, Dist.

Subfam. Corizinz. Fam. Cimicide.

9. Serinetha abdominalis, Fabr. 16. Cimex horrifer, Kirk.

Leptocoris bahram, Kirk.

HOMOPTERA.

Fam, Cicadide. Fam. Fulgoride.

17. Melampsalta tibialis, Panz. 19. Elasmoscelis tram, Kirk.

Melampsalta omar, Kirk.

18. Melampsalta sp.

ee ae

* Fide Taschenherg, Zeitschr. fiir Naturw. lvi. p, 185 (1883).

A Levision of the Genera of the Aranes. 481

XLVIT.—A Revision of the Genera of the AranEes or Spiders,

with Reference to their Type Species. By Frupx. Pickarp-

CamsBrives, B.A., F.Z.8.

Tuts sixth instalment of the series commenced in the Ann.

& Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. vi., for Jan. 1901, includes all

the genera founded by Walckenaer in the ‘Tableau des

Ayranéides,’ published in 1805, and in addition three other

genera published by Latreille in 1806 and 1809, Gen. Crust.

Ins. 1. p. 109, and op. cit. iv. p. 371, the two in the latter

volume being here attributed to Walckenaer on the grounds

that Latreille was merely publishing Walckenaer’s “‘ Manu-

scrit communiqué,” according to the former’s express

statement,

Corrigenda.

1. Aryeus.

In Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Jan. 1901, p. 57, under Atypus,

the words ‘‘ which Latreille identified by mistake as belong-

ing to this genus” should be deleted. The facts are more

correctly stated thus :—Rcemer fancied, though erroneously,

that his species was congeneric with Aranea aquatica, Fabr.

But there is no possible doubt that his figure represents an

adult male of some species of Atypus. It is, however, im-

possible to say now which of the three European forms is

represented by the name subterranea, or indeed by any of the

earlier names, piceus, difforme, or Sulzeri.

The type of Atypus would, however, be more correctly

quoted as Atypus subterraneus (Roemer).

2. CERATINELLA.

In Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vol. xi., Jan. 1903, p. 44, the

type of Ceratinella, Emerton, is there given by a slip of the

pen as C. brevis (Wider). This is, of course, incorrect, since

this species was not originally included in Emerton’s group,

and cannot serve as the type. I therefore here select Cera-

tinella Emerton (O. P.-Cambr.) as the type of the genus

Ceratinella.

List of Genera referred to.

Lycosa, Latreille, p. 485. Drassus, Walckenaer, p. 492.

Guaphosa, Latreille, p. 485. Agelena, Walckenaer, p. 493.

Micromata, Latreille, p. 486. Nyssus, Walckenaer, p. 493,

Oletera, Walckenaer, p. 488. Epeira, Walckenaer, p. 493.

Missulena, Walckenaer, p. 488. Theridion, Walckenaer, p. 494.

Ctenus, Walckenaer, p. 488. Pholcus, Walckenaer, p. 494.

Sphasus, Walckenaer, p. 488. Latrodectus, Walckenaer, p. 495.

Eresus, Walckenaer, p. 489. Storena, Walckenaer, p. 495,

Attus, Walckenaer, p. 489. Uloborus, Latreille, p. 495.

Thomisus, Walckenaer, p. 491. Clotho, Walckenaer, p. 495.

Sparassus, Walckenaer, p. 492. Lipisinus, Walekenaer, p. 495,

482 Mr. F. Pickard-Cambridge—A Revision

I must first of all write a few lines in reply to Dr. Dahl,

who challenged the types referred to certain genera imme-

diately on the publication of my first paper dealing with the

genera of Latreille, Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat. xxiv. (1804),

namely Gnaphosa, Micromata, and Lycosa. It need scarcely

be said that all criticisms are welcome in an undertaking of

this kind, because it is almost impossible for a single author

not to pass over some important detail here and there

throughout the whole literature, and one is glad to have his

attention called to the fact.

Dahl was good enough to point out that I had not read

Latreille’s works, or if I had, that I did not understand the

meaning of what was written. Without laying claim to

omniscience in any matter, I may, however, explain that I am

perfectly well acquainted with the various works and passages

contained in them to which Dr. Dahl refers, although I must

confess that I cannot venture to interpret some of the latter

with the same confidence as to their meaning that he himself

manifests; nor am I at all sanguine that anyone else would

agree with me if IJ did.

In connection, for instance, with Latreille’s work men-

tioned above, I cannot agree that it is at all clear what that

author did or did not mean when he quoted Walckenaer’s

“< denominations’ in immediate relation to his newly-founded

genera. For he himself says explicitly that he wishes to

preserve his own divisions and names because he prefers

them to those of Walckenaer.

But why, then, did he not quote his own denominations,

« Vagabondes” Div.* &c., &c., when he founded his genera ?

He cannot be quoting Walckenaer’s denominations for the

sake of the names themselves, some of which he declares to

be absurd, so that we are left to conclude that he does so

with respect to the species involved. And if he does not, then

are many of his generic names “ nomina nuda,’ connected

with diagnoses but unaccompanied by species quoted by

name or definitely referred to without possibility of mistake.

If he does mean to include the species understood by

Walckenaer’s ‘‘ denominations,” the question is, how many

and which of them? We may refer, as a guide to our deci-

sion, to Latreille’s table, Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins. vol. 111. p. 60,

where, referring to these same “ denominations” of Walcke-

naer, he says: “ elles répondent a mes Vagabondes Div. *,

&e., &e.”

But what does répondent mean in this connection? One

cannot agree that when he says, e. g.: “Chasseuses répondent

& mes Vagabondes, Div.*,” that he means to exelude all the

of the Genera of the Aranez. 483

species under Chasseuses except the two mentioned under

this Div.* on page 48, of which, by the way, one does not

occur under Les Chasseuses at all. Nor can one be certain

that he means to include all those under Les Chasseuses

as well.

The fact is that it -is impossible now to determine what

Latreille did or did not mean, so that, failing to understand

what was intended, in my first publication dealing with these

genera I simply took the printed fact as it stood, the

“‘ denomination”? quoted, with all the species originally

included in it, as the best way out of the difficulty.

I have no wish to advocate any particular theory as to

what Latreille meant, but am determined, if possible, to

settle the matter for the time being in the manner least

likely to leave room for disputation.

The same remarks apply also to the case of the other

genera, besides Lycosa, namely Micromata and Gnaphosa,

whose particular problems are dealt with in detail below.

Lycosa, Latreille, 1804.

Latreille, when he founded the genus, writes as follows :—

«“B — ” (diagnosis) —“ (Lycosa )—Les Chasseuses de Walck.”’

In his Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins. vol. ii. p. 60, published

before 1804, he says of Les Chasseuses: ‘elles répondent &

mes—Vagabondes Div.*” ; but when he founds the genus

Lycosa, instead of quoting his own denomination, “ Vaga-

bondes Div.*,” he definitely connects his generic name with

Walckenaer’s denomination alone, without offering any

modification.

The question is, what did Latreille mean? There are

three alternatives open to us, depending upon the attitude

we take up as to what Latreille meant when he quoted Les

Chasseuses, and what he intended to be understood by

“< répondent.”

It is a perfectly justifiable conclusion that whatever he

wrote before as to the relation of Les Chasseuses to his own

Vagabondes, the fact that he quotes the former in connexion

with his generic name proves clearly that he has changed

his mind.

When I wrote on the type of this genus in Jan. 1901,

I took up the position that, whatever he said or wrote before

or after the founding of the genus Lycosa, when he did

actually bestow the name, he did so solely in connexion

with Les Chasseuses ; and I considered that by confining our

attention simply to the species directly referred to we were

484 Mr. F. Pickard-Cambridge—A Revision

following the safest course for the avoidance of disputation

as to the meaning of words and phrases. No one can ever

dispute the fact that immediately after Lycosa Latreille wrote

Les Chasseuses de Walck., and this is the only point that is

not open to dispute. He did not write “Vagabondes Div.*,”

though he possibly intended to do so. We cannot, however,

concern ourselves with possibilities, but simply with the

species included under the denomination which he did write

after his genericname. ‘This, at least, is my own position in

the matter, acting in strict accordance with the rules I am

following.

(1) Including only the species under Les Chasseuses, we

have left in, under Lycose proprie, by Sundevall (Vet.-Akad.

Handl. 1832, p. 173), when he made his new genera T'arentula

and Pirata, two only of the original species, L. sylvicola

(=lugubris) and L. amentata (=saccata). In 1848 C. L. Koch

refers amentata (under the name paludicola) to his new genus

Leimonia ; while he refers /ugubris (ander the name alacris)

to his new genus Pardosa, but on a later page of the same

work. This species, being the last left in, remains as the

type of the genus Lycosa.

(2) If we take into consideration Les Chasseuses, plus Ar.

tarentula and Ar. saccata, Latreille’s Vagabondes Div.%,

then we shall find the type to be Ar. tarentula, since this

author cited it himself in 1810. Simon is perfectly correct

in his conclusion as to the type, and in his ‘ Arachnides de

France’ shows that he too respects a selected type, for he

says: “ Les Lycosa tarentula on été choisies par Latreille

comme types du genre Lycosa.”

Type, L. tarentula.

(3) If we ignore, as does Dahl, Latreille’s citations in

1810, then we have to pass on to consider Sundevall’s action

in 1832 when he founded the genus Tarentula. Sundevall

does not mention the species L. tarentula by name, and it

cannot therefore be taken into consideration.

Dr. Dahl says: ‘ According to the definition of the sub-

genera, this species must be included im the subgenus

Tarentula.’ Now this action is absolutely inadmissible,

because according to our rules we cannot admit into any

generic group a species not actually included by name, or

directly referred to, at the time when the genus is founded.

Lycosa tarentula cannot be the type of Tarentula, Sund.

We have, then, two courses open to us. If we include

Ar. tarentula at all in the original group under Lycosa, then

this species is its type. If we do not include this species,

of the Genera of the Aranex. 485,

nor L. saccata, then L. lugubris, Walck., is the type, since

this was the last species left in by C. L. Koch in 1848.

If the question be settled by reference to the first authority

who came to some definite conclusion on the point—since

we are confronted by three authors, Thorell, Simon, and

Dahl, each of whom furnishes us with a different type species

—we must naturally take Thorell’s decision made in 1869-

70, when he gives Lycosa lugubris, Walck., as the type.

Personally I adhere to my own conclusion (Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. (7) vii., Jan. 1901), reached by a rigid application

_ of rules, see Case 1 above, which leaves us with L. lugubris

as the type.

Type, Lycosa lugubris (Walck.), 1802.

Gnapnosa, Latreille, 1804, Nouv. Dict. xxiv. p. 134.

Latreille writes thus: “ D. A. (diagnosis) —(Gnaphosa)—

Les Celluliformes de Walck.”

In the note below he adds: “ la subdivision a de coupe D

une partie des araignées tisserands & pattes moyennes.”’

In his table in Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins. vol. iii. p. 60, Latreiile.

says: “Les Celluliformes—répondent 4 mes tapissiéres

Diy GAs’ 7?

On page 54 of the same work we find under Tapissiéres

Div. 4***, Ar. relucens, Latr., and this division is a part of

the “ octonoculées tisserands & pattes moyennes.”

Now the Celluliformes de Walck. comprise nocturna, luci-

Juya, lapidosa, and fulgens, Wks.

{f we turn to Hist. Crust. Ins. vol. vii. p. 125, we find the

same four species included, all of them forming a part of the

“‘ tisserands a pattes moyennes,” with the addition of Ar.

melanogaster, Latr., and six other species. One cannot,

however, admit this later addition to the species originally

included in the genus (for, see ‘ Index Animalium,’ Davies

Sherborn, MS.,this volume appeared after Nouv. Dict. xxiv.),

and vol. vii. simply proves that the four species mentioned

above constitute “ une partie des araignées tisserands a pattes

moyennes.”’

There are three courses open to us :—

(1) If we take the species mentioned on page 54, Hist.

Nat. Crust. Ins. vol. i1., only, under Div. 4***, then

Ar. relucens, Latr. (=fulgens, Wlk.), is the type of

the genus.

(2) If we include those under Les Celluliformes and the

one quoted on page 54, we have the same four species,

for relucens=fulgens, W\k.

(3) So too, of course, if we include Les Celluliformes alone,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 32

486 Mr. F. Pickard-Cambridge—A Revision

In the last two cases my original decision, published in

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vu., Jan. 1901, p. 58, holds good.

Walckenaer removed all the species except lapidosa to his

new genus Drassus (‘ Tableau,’ p. 45), as he had a perfect

right to do, and left in /apidosa, which thus remains as the

type. This is a plain straightforward case of elimination.

I do not see how it is possible to get away from these facts.

Dahl remarks with regard to the type of this genus

(‘Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte,’ 1901, p. 55) :—“ We reach

the same type if, with F. O. P.-Cambridge, we entirely

ignore Latreille’s text and hold to the names alone”—

namely, Ar. melanogaster, Latr. On the contrary, this is

precisely what we do not do.

Personally I still adhere to the position represented in

Case 3 above, which gives us lapidosa as the type and not

melanogaster. I would certainly much prefer to retain the

old signification of Gnaphosa, as it has been known to me

for more than thirty years; but if an author followed his

personal inclinations in every case, he would not be con-

sistent for two genera in succession.

Type, Gnaphosa lapidosa (Walck.).

Micromata, Latreille, Nouv. Dict. vol. xxiv. p. 135.

Here are the facts printed in connexion with the bestowal

of this generic name by Latreille :—

“4, Ar, Crabes *.

A.—(Diagnosis).

A.—(Diagnosis)—(HETEROPODA) Les Cordiformes de Walck.

a. Ar. venatoria, Linn.

b. Espéce de la Nouv. Holl.

B.—(Diagnosis)—(MisumeEna) Aranea citrea, De Geer.

c.—(Diagnosis)—(Micromata) Les Grottiformes de Walck.

Placez auprés de cette coupe la premiére sect. des Cordi-

formes de Walck.”

Twenty species were included under “ Les Cordiformes de

Walck.” Of these, Ar. citrea is referred to Misumena by

Latreille himself three lines further down below Heteropoda;

three others, Ar. oblonga, Ar. argentata, and Ar. rhomboica,

being those included in “ La premiére sect. des Cordiformes

de Walck.,” were apparently intended to be included with

Les Grottiformes under Micromata.

I must confess that, being unable to understand what

Latreille’s intentions were with regard to this first section

of Cordiformes, I considered it better to ignore the note

altogether.

If, however, we take full cognizance of it, then, whatever

Latreille may or may not have intended, the quotation above

_ of the Genera of the Aranee. 487

represents precisely what he did and published when he

founded these genera. With regard to the Cordiformes,

he has simply himself broken up his own genus Heferopoda,

and withdrawn one species under Misumena, and three more

(la premiére sect.) under Micromata. The genus Heteropoda

was next broken up by Walckenaer, who removed all the

rest of the Cordiformes, except emarginata and venatoria, 10

Thomisus (‘ Tableau,’ p. 28, 1805).

In 1869-70 Thorell cited the latter of these two species

as the type of Heteropoda. My statement of the case in

connexion with Ar. emarginata (Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

(7) vu., Jan. 1901, p. 62) is not adequate; for the withdrawal

by Walckenaer in 1820 is not a valid removal of emarginata

according to our rules, though the result remains the same.

Of Misumena, the type is, of course, Ar. citrea.

The case of Micromata is more involved. The species

falling under the genus are those included under Les Grotti-

formes—Ar. smaragdula, Fabr., Ar. ornata, Walck., Ar. rosea,

Walck., and Ar. accentuata, Walck.; and if we take cogniz-

ance of the note we shall include also those of the first

section of the Cordiformes, namely Ar. oblonga, Walck.,

‘Ar. argentata, Walck., and Ar. rhomboica, Walck.

Thorell himself (1869-70) took no notice of this note

following Micromata; but it makes no difference whether we

include the first section of Cordiformes or not, for all these

species were referred by Walckenaer to his new genus

Thomisus in 1805 (‘'Tableau,’ p. 28).

We are thus left with the four “ Grottiformes ”—smarag-

dula, ornata, rosea, and accentuata—the last of these being

stated by Thorell to have been “ placed there by mistake.”

Now in a later work (Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins. vol. vi.

p. 226), Latreille has a note to this effect: “ On placera

ae cette division Varaignée accentuée de We alckenaer,”

z. e. under the “ Tisserands a pattes moyennes.”

The question is, how far are we justified in entertaining

subsequent modifications of generic groups, so far as these

relate to the species originally referred to them ?

For myself I hold, as I held when my first paper dealing

with this genus was written, that if we are to maintain any

consistency of treatment, such modifications must be ignored.

This course leaves us with Ar. accentuata as the type, since

the first three species were removed by Walckenaer to his

new genus Sparassus in 1805 (‘ Tableau,’ p. 39); and it

involves the substitution of Micromata for Anyphena.

In this case, again, I do not see how we are to get away

from the facts, and must still regard as the type of Micro-

32*

488 Mr. F. Pickard-Cambridge—A Revision

mata, M. accentuata, Walck. ‘The only other course open

is to adopt the usual attitude and sacrifice consistency in

any case where an adherence to it involves some incon-

venience. It is precisely this attitude which in nearly every

branch of systematic zoology has led to the present chaos in

nomenclature.

As to whether Walckenaer, according to Dahl’s conten-

tion, would have divided Micromata into three parts if he

had not meant to exclude accentuata from it, does not

influence the position at all. It was not for Walckenaer

to decide what should or should not be included in Latreille’s

original generic group; that was already irrevocably settled.

What he did do was to remove three species and leave in

one, which happened to be accentuata.

Type, M. accentuata, Walck.

Walckenaer’s Genera founded in the * Tableau

des Aranéides, 1805.

Overera, Walckenaer, Tableau, p. 7 (1805).

A single species only, with synonyms, is referred to this

genus, namely O. difforme (O. atypus)—Ar. picea, Sulzer,

Ab. Gesch. Ins. pl. 30. fig. 2; Roemer, pl. 30. fig. 2,

Ar. subterranea.

If all these represent one and the same species, then this

genus is congeneric with Atypus. Since no type has been

selected, I here cite Ar. picea, Sulzer, as the type.

Type, Oletera picea (Sulzer), 1776.—Europe.

Missutena, Walckenaer, Tableau, p. 8 (1805).

One species only, M. occatoria, New Holland, was originally

referred to this genus. This, sec. Simon, is the specimen

on which, at that time unnamed, Latreille founded the

genus Eriodon. LHriodon is thus a “nomen nudum,” and

its place is taken by Missulena.

Type, Missulena occatoria, Walckenaer, 1805.—New Hol-

Jand.

Crenus, Walckenaer, Tableau, p. 18 (1805).

One species only, C¢. dubius, is referred to this genus, and

therefore serves as its type.

Type, Ctenus dubius, Walckenaer, 1805.—Cayenne.

Spuasus, Walckenaer, Tableau, p. 19 (1805).

Five species were originally referred to this genus:

(1) indicus, Hast Indies; (2) heterophthalmus, Latr.; (3)

of the Genera of the Araneze, 489

transalpinus, Italy; (4) fossanus, Bose, manuscript, L’araig-

nées de Caroline, pl. 5. fig. i; (5) témorianus, Timor.

Of these, heterophthalmus had already been referred in

1804 to Oxyopes by Latreille, and, being the sole species,

remains as its type. Of the rest all are probably congeneric

with this and with each other; but zvdicus is here selected

as the type of Sphasus, none having either been definitely

selected or left in by elimination.

Type, Sphasus indicus, Walckenaer, 1805.—East Indies.

Eresvs, Walckenaer, Tableau, p. 21 (1805).

Two species were originally included in this genus :—

(1) Er. cinnaberinus, Olivier, Encycl. Méth. t. iv. p. 221,

no. 85; (2) Hr. ater, Walck.

In 1810 Latreille selected “ Araignée rouge,’ Olivier,

as the type. This species is A. cinnaberinus, Olivier, and

was also selected as the type by Thorell in 1869-70.

If, as Simon supposes (Hist. Nat. Ar. (2) i. p. 254), this

species be identical with Aranea nigra, Petagna (Specim.

Ins. ulter. Calabriz, 1787, p. 34), the latter name has

priority, and the species was selected under this name as

the type by Simon (oc. cit.).

Type, Hresus cinnaberinus (Olivier), 1789, = ? Eresus niger

(Patagna), 1787.—Europe.

Be)

Artus, Walckenaer, Tableau, p. 22 (1805).

There are forty-seven species originally included in the

genus, namely :—morsitans, locusta, gerbillus, galathea, annu-

latus, oppositus, observans, contemplator, excubitor, fulvatus,

trilineatus, elegans, pubescens, chalybeius, scenicus, psyllus,

cupreus, coronatus, virgulatus, nidicolens, frontalis, lunulatus,

bicolor, callidus, niger, tripunctatus, litteratus, muscorum,

sanguinolentus, quinque-partitus, crucigerus, auratus, splendi=-

dus, chrysis, tardigradus, pomatius, undaius, fossilis, formi-

carius, parallelus, encarpatus, x-notatus, pulverulosus, nivosus,

caudefactus, variegatus, depressus.

Of these 47 species originally included under this genus,

A. scenicus was removed in 1810 by Latreille as the type of

Salticus. In 1833 Sundevall, as Thorell points out, sepa-

rated the two genera and selected A, formicarius as the type

of Salticus, which he had no power to do at that date.

He also gives under Aftus six sections, quoting one or more

species and often selecting the type of a section; but he was

not in any sense breaking up the original genus Aftus, for

he made no new genera, nor did he in any sense limit the

490 Mr. F. Pickard-Cambridge—A Revision

genus to the species he quotes, nor can any of the types

selected for any of the sections be regarded as a type

selected for the genus itself.

C.L. Koch, in Deutsch. Ins. 119.3. 4, 1833, quotes under

Attus two species, A. terebratus, Clerck, and A. pubescens

(Aran. F.), and in the same place and at the same time he

makes a new genus, Heliophanus, 119.1.2, 1833, giving

H. cupreus, Wlk., as the sole representative. This action

must, if we follow our principles of elimination, be regarded

as a first breaking up of the genus and limiting it to the

two species quoted.

Thorell (Europ. Spid. p. 218) says, referring to the ‘ Ueber-

sicht,’ 1837 :—“* We have accordingly restored the generic

name Aftus to the spiders, which Koch first under that name

detached from Walckenaer’s Attus.”’ Thorell’s principle is

that which is followed here ; but 1837 was not the first

occasion, for, as shown above, the first detachment took

place by Koch in 18383.

Koch, however, in the place quoted by Thorell (Ueber-

sicht, 1837, p. 32), further limits Attus to pubescens, adding

arcuatus, Clerck, which, however, cannot serve as the type, .

since it does not occur in the first limitation of the genus.

A. pubescens is therefore the last species left in, and

remains as the type.

Thorell, curiously enough, selects as the type A. terebratus,

Clerck, a species which is not even mentioned in what he

considered to be the jirst detachment from Attus by Koch.

He does not, however, regard any of these as synonyms,

for arcuatus, Clerck, terebra, Clerck, and pubescens, Fabr.,

are all (Rem. Syn. Europ. Spid.) regarded as distinct species.

Samouelle, ‘ Entomologist’s Useful Compendium,’ 1819,

p. 129, places Aranea scenica, Linn., under Salticus, and

Salticus formicarius, Latr., under Aitus, p. 130. In this

work, however, no new genus is being formed out of the

species left under Attus, and the act cannot be regarded as

one of valid limitation or definite citing of types. The case

furnishes a good illustration of the advisability of requiring

some criterion as to the real systematic intentions of an

author, such as that furnished by the fact of the formation

of anewgenus. We thus rid ourselves of the inconvenience

of having to consult all kinds of trivial papers and works.

The name Ata is used by Fabricius for Hymenoptera in

1804, but Azius is here retained none the less for the Aranez.

Type, Attus pubescens, Fabricius, 1775.—EKurope.

of the Genera of the Aranee. 491

Tuomisus, Walckenaer, Tableau, p. 28 (1805).

Out of the thirty-three species originally included in this

genus—canceridus, plagusius, rotundatus, Diana, truncatus,

secatus, citreus, calycinus, fucatus, Dauci, delicatulus, tri-

cuspidatus, litturatus, cristatus, onustus, floricolens, violaceus,

rugosus, malacostraceus, pigrus, bilineatus, tiyrinus, jejunus,

aureolus, cespiticolens, grapsus, pagurus, leucosia, pinnotheres,

dispar, oblongus, argentatus, rhomboicus—Latreille selected in

1810 (“ Araignée citron,” De Geer) Aranea levipes, Linn., as

the type.

This, however, according to our rules, he had no power to

do, since he had already referred the same species to Misu-

mena as its sole representative in 1804. Neither could

Walckenaer include citreus under Thomisus, since it was the

type species of Latreille’s earlier genus.

It is difficult to suppose that Latreille quoted Jevipes, Linn.,

in any other sense than asa synonym of citreus, for he would

hardly have referred to two species, knowing them to be

distinct, in a place where he is, by his own express statement,

selecting “’espéce qui leur sert de type.”

A. The genus was first broken up by Walckenaer himself

in the ‘ Faune Frangaise,’ August 7th, 1824, p. 86, where he

founds his new genus Philodromus, including several of the

original species, and limits those typical of Thomisus to

fourteen species — rotundatus, Diana, picatus, truncatus,

onustus, cristatus, calycinus, Dauci, delicatulus, tricuspidatus,

hturatus, floricolens, pigrus, and bilineatus.

B. This group is again restricted by Simon in Hist. Nat.

Ar. 1864, p. 432, where he withdraws fruncatus under his

new genus Phileoides, and rotundatus under Synema, n. g.

None of the original names are here placed under Thomisus.

C. It is again further limited by Simon in 1875 (Ar. Fr.

ii. p. 251 &c.), where he withdraws pigrus and bilineatus

under his new genus Tmarus, and restricts the genus to a

single species of those originally included, namely, onustus,

Walck., which thus becomes the type.

But Thorell, in 1870, had already selected abbreviatus,

Walck., 1825,=onustus, Walck., 1805, as the type; and

Simon, in Hist. Nat. Ar. ii. p. 1028 (1895), selected albus,

Gmelin, 1788-93, =onustus, Walck. (sec. Simon), the former

name having priority.

Type, Thomisus onustus, Walckenaer, 1805,=7. albus

(Gmelin), 1788-93.—Europe.

492 Mr. F. Pickard-Cambridge—A Revision

Sparassus, Walckenaer, Tableau, p. 39 (1805).

Five species were originally included :—(1) smaragdulus,

Fabr. & Clerck; (2) roseus, Clerck; (3) ornatus, Walck.,;

(4) argelasius, Walck.; (5) pallens, Fabr.

Of these, argelasius is a “nomen nudum,” being published

without a single line of description (cf. Simon, Ann. Soc.

Ent. Fr, 1874, p. 261, “ pas accompagné d’une seule ligne de

description, il perd son droite de priorité”), and thus drops

out of consideration for purposes of service as a type.

Of the other species, smaragdulus and roseus are identical

with each other and also with viridissimus, De Geer.

We have left in therefore viridissimus, De Geer, ornatus,

Walck., and pallens, Fabr.

Neither of these has been definitely cited as the type,

for—

(1) Latreille did not select any type for Sparassus in 1810.

(2) Thorell, in 1870, selected S. argelasti, Walck., which

was not available, being a “‘ nomen nudum.”

(3) Simon, in 1897 (Hist. Nat. Ar. (2) 11.1. p. 47), selected

S. argelasius, Latr., 1818, a species not originally

referred to the genus.

It appears that one must select either viridissimus, ornatus,

or pallens.

On the grounds that Micromata is already occupied with

accentuata as type, I here select viridissimus, De Geer, which

is congeneric with ornata, Walck.

If, however, we maintain the position that viridissimus is

the type of Micromata, then pallens, Fabr., remains as the

type of Sparassus. Having, however, no clue as to what

Ar. pallens, Fabr. (Ins. Amer.), may be, we shall have to

accept the identification. by C. L. Koch for the time being

as correct (Die Arach. iv. p. 82, fig. 304, 1837).

This species is, so far as one can judge, Heteropoda vena-

toria, Linn. (3 ),=regia, Fabr., 1793; and since the name

pallens was published in 1775, if these names indicate the

same species, pallens will stand, and in this case Sparassus

becomes a synonym of Heteropoda.

Type, Sparassus viridissimus (De Geer), 1778.—Europe.

Drassus, Walckenaer, Tableau, p. 45 (1805).

There are seven species altogether included originally by

Walckenaer under this genus :-—

(1) D. lucifugus (Walck.), pl. v. figs. 46 & 47; Faun. Par,

t. i. p. 121. no, 69 ; Scheffer, Icon. pl. ci. fig. 7.

of the Genera of the Aranee. | 493

~ (2) D. nocturnus, Linn.

(3) D. gnaphosus, Walck. (esp. inédite).

(4) D. rubrens, Walck. (esp. inédite).

(5) D. fulgens, Walck.

(6) D. vasifer, Bosc (Ar. turcica), Carolina, p- 5, pl. iv.

fig. 2, MSS.

(7) D. viridissimus, Walck. Faun. Par. t. ii. p. 212. no. 52.

So far as I can make out, there was no selection of any

type nor any further breaking up of the genus between 1805

aud 1810, when Latreille definitely selected D. lucifugus,

Walck., as the type. Simon (Hist. Nat. Ar. i. p. 383)

attributes lucifuga to Latreille, though I am unable at present

to find any grounds for this attitude; while Thorell quotes

quadripunctatus, Linn., as the type

Type, Drassus lucifugus (Walck.), 1802.—Europe.

AcELENA, Walckenaer, Tableau, p. 51 (1805).

Two species were originally referred to this genus :—

(1) A. labyrinthica, Fabr.; (2) A. nevia, Wik.

These species have never been referred to any other genus,

though Latreille, in 1810, referred back the genera Nyssus

and Agelena to Aranea, and selected A. domestica, Fabr.,

as the type of the latter, which, of course, at that date he

had no power to do, having already limited Aranea to three

species, which did not include domestica.

In 1869-70 Thorell selected the first as the type of the

genus, which is also quoted by Simon (Hist. Nat. Ar. 2, i,

p. 258, 1898).

Type, Agelena labyrinthica (Clerck), 1757.—Europe.

Nyssus, Walckenaer, Tableau, p. 52 (1805).

The only species referred to this genus is N. coloripes,

Walck., New Holland or Notasia. Of this Simon says

(Hist. Nat. Ar. 2, t. u. p. 259, 1898, nota) that it is im-

possible to identify it with any certainty.

Type, Nyssus coluripes, Walckenaer, 1805.—New Holland,

Errrra, Walckenaer, Tableau, p. 53 (1805).

Sixty-four species were originally included in this genus.

It was, so far as I can find, first limited by Audouin in

Savigny’s Hist. Egypte, ed. 1. 1826 (sec. Sherborn, P. Z. 8.

1897), when he withdrew Epeira sericea under his new genus

Argyope (not Argiope, as in ed. 2, sec. Thorell and Simon),

p- 121, to two species—. apoclisa and HE. umbratica, p. 128,

A94. Mr. F. Pickard-Cambridge—A Revision

In this work the name £. apoclisa is definitely attached to

a species which is obviously the Ar. cornutus, Clerck, and not

Ar. patagiatus, Clerck (see Audouin’s plate).

In 1864 Simon removed EH. umbratica to his new genus

Nuctenea in Hist. Nat. Ar. p. 261, leaving E apoclisa im as

the type. EE. apoclisa was removed at the same time to

Neoscona, but later, on the same page of the same work.

Type, Epeira apoclisa, Walckenaer,=£. foliata (Fourc.),

1785.—Europe.

TueEripion, Walckenaer, Tableau, p. 72 (1805).

Twenty-seven species were originally referred to this

genus :—lineatum, redimitum, ovatum, 4-punctatum, paykulli-

anum, maculatum, peritum, variatum, sisiphum, nervosum,

pictum, denticulatum, tinctum, pulchellum, carolinum, lepidum,

venustum, crypticolens, triangulifer, punctatum, urtice, alveo-

lus, obscurum, signatum, benignum, aphane, incertum.

It was not, however, limited definitely in any way between

the date of its establishment and 1810, when Latreille defi-

nitely selected Ar. redimita, Linn., as the type. This species

is the same as Ar. redimitus, Clerck (p. 59), a variety of

Ar. lineatus, Clerck (p. 60) and of Ar. ovatus, Clerck

(p. 58), whose names, however, have been dropped.

Thorell (1869-70) quotes 7. sisyphium (Clerck) and Simon

(1894, Hist. Nat. Ar. 2, 1. p. 550) TZ. lineatum (Clerck) as

the type.

Type, Theridion redimitum (Linn.), 1758.—Europe.

Proucus, Walckenaer, Tableau, p. 80 (1805).

Three species were originally mcluded, by name at any

rate, under this genus :—(1) Pholcus phalangioides, Walck. ;

(2) Aranea Pluchii, Scop. Ent. Carn. 404, 1120; (38) dr.

opilionides, Schranck .. . . 1783.

Another species was referred to as Geoff. t. il. p. 651. no. 17,

but no name is given to it, and it is therefore not available

as the type.

In 1810 Latreille selected as the type “ L’araignée domes-

tique 4 longues pattes,” Geoff., but without giving it a name.

In 1869, Nov. 13th, Thorell selects Pluchii, Scop. 1763, as

the type, and Simon, Hist. Nat. Ar. 2,1, p. 471 (1898), quotes

phalangioides, Fuessl. 1775, as the type (originally spelt

phalangoides).

Latreille’s selection cannot stand. Thorell gives Pluchii,

Scop., as questionably = phalangioides, Fuessl.; Simon regards

them as distinct species (Ar. Fr. 1. pp. 259-261, 1874), and

Thorell’s earlier selection stands.

Type, Pholcus Pluchii, Scopoli, 1763.—Europe.

of the Genera of the Aranee. 495

Latropectus, Walckenaer, Tableau, p. 81 (1805).

Two species only are referred to this genus originally :—

(1) L. tredecim-guttatus, Rossi, Italy ; (2) L. mactans, Fabr.

t. i. p. 410, America.

In 1806 lLatreille mentions this same species under

Walckenaer’s generic name, and in 1810 definitely selected

it as the type of the genus.

Thorell (Nov. 18, 1869) and Simon (Oct. 10, 1894) both

quote this same species as the type.

Type, Latrodectus tredecim-guttatus (Rossi), 1790. —

Europe.

Storena, Walckenaer, Tableau, p. 83 (1805).

A single species was originally referred to this genus—

Storena cyanea, Walck., Nova Gallia—which remains as

type.

Type, Storena cyanea, Walckenaer, 1805.—New South

Wales.

Uxosorvs, Latreille, Gen. Crust. Ins. i. p. 109 (1806).

A single species was originally referred to this genus—

U. Walckenaerius, Latr.—and was also quoted by Latreille

as the type in 1810.

Type, Uloborus Walckenaerius, Latreille, 1806.—Hurope.

Cuotno, Walckenaer; published by Latreille in Gen. Crust.

Ins. iv. p. 370 (1809).

A single species was originally referred to this genus—

Clotho Durandi, Walck. In selecting the type in 1810

Latreille speaks of the species as manuscrit communiqué, so

that he was simply editing Walckenaer’s genus and species.

The name Clotho was, however, preoccupied by St. Fonds for

the Mollusca in 1808, and has since been superseded by the

name Uroctea, Dufour, 1820.

Type, Clotho Durand:, Walckenaer, 1809.—Europe.

Episinus, Walckenaer ; published by Latreille in Gen. Crust.

Ins. iv. p. 371 (1809).

A single species was originally referred to this genus—

Episinus truncatus, Walck., Hab. in Agro Taurinensis. In

quoting this as the type in 1810 Latreille adds “ MS. com-

muniqués,” so that both genus and species must be referred

to Walckenaer.

Type, Episinus truncatus, Walckenaer, 1809.—Hurope.

496 Mr. G. B. Sowerby on new

XLVIII.—Descriptions of Fourteen new Species of Marine

Mollusca from Japan. By G. B. Sowmrsy, F.L.S.

Murex gallinago, sp. n.

Testa subclaveeformis, antice rostrata, postice conica, albida, trans-

versim fulvo trifasciata; spira elata, acute conica; anfractus 7,

convexi, spiraliter subacute lirati, longitudinaliter crassiplicati,

trivaricosi, varicibus crassis elevatis rotundatis, hic illic brevis-

sime spinosis; anfractus ultimus mediocriter convexus, varicibus

inferne imbricato squamosis; rostrum elongatum, angustum,

rectiusculum vel leviter recurvum; apertura rotunde ovalis,

intus noduloso plicata; labrum acutum, crenulatum, columeila

tenuiter callosa.

Long. 49, maj. diam, 22 millim.

Hab. Hahajima Ogasawara.

An elegantly formed and delicately coloured shell, some-

what resembling, on a small scale, . malabarieus, Smith,

but with the longitudinal ribs or plications much stouter and

less numerous. It bears also some resemblance to J. rectz-

rostris, Sow., but the varices are not spinose, or at least

scarcely perceptibly so. In the squamose rather than spinose

character of the base of the varices the shell appears to have

some affinity with those of the “ motacilla” group.

Pentadactylus japonicus, sp. 0.

Testa subangulatim ovata, utrinque acuminata, albida, violaceo

tincta, rufo interruptim fasciata ; spira acute conica; anfractus 6,

angulati, spiraliter imbricatim lirati, ad angulum acute nodulosi,

longitudinaliter costati, costis parum elevatis; anfractus ultimus

dense squamoso liratus, obtuse biangulatus, infra attenuatus ;

apertura oblonga, intus pallide violacea, nodulis rotundatis 4-5 ~

armata; labrum crenulatum, extus imbricatum, breviter spino-

sum; columella levis, in medio leviter angulata, supra arcuata,

infra oblique rectiuscula.

Long. 13, maj. diam. 9 millim.

Hab. Tanabe Kii.

The shells of this species vary considerably in form, some

being less angular, narrower, and less prominently imbri-

cated, while the prevailing colour is paler than in the type.

Its nearest ally is probably P. asper, Lamk., to which,

however, it bears no very close resemblance.

Pentadactylus paucimaculatus, sp. n.

Testa acuminato-ovata, alba, fusco maculata, et seriatim punctata ;

spira acuminata, acuta, gradata; anfractus 73, primi 3 leves,

Marine Mollusca from Japan. 497.

rotundati, sequentes angulati, spiraliter obscurissime lirati,

longitudinaliter costati, costis rotundatis, parum elevatis, ad

angulum nodulosis, penultimus biangulatus; anfractus ultimus

Convexus, obtusissime angulatus, costis fere obsoletis, liris

spiralibus 5 nodulosis instructus, basim versus contractus ;

apertura oblongo-ovata, intus pallide fusco tincta, plicato lirata ;

labrum acutum, columella rectiuscula, levis, tenuiter callosa ;

canalis brevis, levissime recurvus.

Long. 11, maj. diam. 5 millim.

Hab. Hachijojima Izu.

This little shell is distinguished by the peculiar angularity

of the upper whorls. The large irregular brown blotches

are principally located in the space between the angle and

the suture. ‘The surface of the shell between the ribs and

nodules is rather smooth, exhibiting scarcely any sculpture.

In the type specimen the nodules are only here and there

spotted with brown, but some are more regularly spotted.

Scalaria eusculpta, sp. n.

Testa turrita, tenuis, alba, imperforata ; spira elongato-acuminata ;

anfractus 11, convexi, primi 2 leves, ceteri spiraliter eximie

lirati, costis circ. 16 reflexis, superne aculeatim productis in-

structi; anfractus ultimus brevis, rotundatus; apertura ovato-

subcircularis ; labrum extus reflexum,

Long. 18, maj. diam. 7 millim.

Hiab. Hirado Higen.

A delicate elongately turreted species, with numerous thin

reflexed ribs, which are aculeated near the suture. This is

one of the few spirally lirate species of the group. The

lire are quite distinct, though not very prominent.

Having considered the arguments for the substitution of

the name Scala for that of Scalaria, and especially the very

interesting history given by Prof. W. H. Dall (Bull. Mus.

Comp. Zool. xviii. no. 29, pt. 2, pp. 299-307), I am of

opinion that of the two, the well-known name Scalaria has

the best claim to recognition. I must certainly plead guilty

to a charge of inconsistency, having myself somewhat in-

advertently, and without due consideration, adopted the name

Scala. 'There is no manner of doubt that, according to the

strict laws of priority, the name Cyclostoma should be used

for this genus; but it is generally agreed that the adoption

of that name, which has so long been used for a group of

operculate land-snails, would be too inconvenient and lead

to much confusion. If, then, we allow that in such a case

as this an exception to the rule may be admitted, I cannot

see the propriety or utility of adopting the name given by

498 Mr. G. B. Sowerby on new

an unbinominal author (Klein) in preference to that which

has been universally known and used for 100 years, Scalaria,

Lamarck.

Aclis biteniata, sp. n.

Testa elongata, angusta, albida, pallide fulvo late balteata, lineis

rufo-fuscis biteniata; spira turrita perelongata vix convexa ;

nucleus pellucidus, retrorsus; anfractus normales 9, planato-

convexi, primi 1-2 leves, ceteri spiraliter anguste confertim

sulcati, sutura obliqua distincte impressa sejuncti; anfractus

ultimus 3 longitudinis teste quans, oblongus, ad basim

rotundatus; apertura subovata, parva, antice rotundata, postice

angustior, intus levis, rufo-fusco biteniata; labrum tenue ;

columella simplex, leviter sinistrorsum contorta.

Long. 94, diam. 2 millim.

Hab. Hirado Higen.

A very pretty little shell, coloured with two clearly defined

linear bands on each whorl. The whorls, particularly the

upper ones, are very obliquely coiled; with the exception

of the apical ones they are finely, spirally grooved. The

nucleus is small, pellucid, and, as in the genus Turbonilla,

sinistral.

Triforts abnormalis, sp. n.

Testa dextrorsa, elongato-pyramidata, fusca; spira vix conyexa,

apice obtuso ; anfractus 12, primi 2 obtuse rotundati, corrugati,

ceeteri supra planati, vix concavi, infra biangulati, undique

longitudinaliter irregulariter rugose plicati, liris numerosis

ineequalibus dense granosis spiraliter cingulati; anfractus ulti-

mus 4 longitudinis teste paulo superans, infra medium valde

concavo-contractus ; rostrum breve, tubiforme, leviter recurvum ;

apertura patula, intus fusca, margine columellari tenuiter elevato,

leviter reflexo, dextro crenulato, ad canalem transcolumellam

incurvo.

Long. 14, maj. diam. 5 millim.

Hab. Schizum Wakasa.

There can be little doubt that this is really a dextral

species of Triforts. It is not very far removed from 7. per-

versus, Linn., excepting in the inequality of the nodules and

the prominence of the ridges below the middle of the whorls.

The canal, as in most of the Trifort when adult, is separated

by the outer lip passing over and almost uniting with the

columellar margin.

Nerita proxima, sp. n.

Testa oblique ovata, fulva, nigro-fusco variegata, spira parva,

abbreviato conica, conyexa; anfractus 4 conyexi, oblique sub-

Marine Mollusca from Japan. 499

tiliter striati, spiraliter valde lirati, liris numerosis, rotundatis ;

anfractus ultimus latus, obliquus, supra leviter concavus,

deinde convexe rotundatus, liris circiter 25 inequalibus, rotun-

datis instructus; apertura patula eximie plicata, luteo tincta ;

labrum acutum, crenulatum, margine dextro oblique descendens ;

area columellari albo callosa, nitens, leviter irregulariter rugosa,

ad marginem tridentata.

Alt. 15, lat. 18 millim.

Hab. Loo Choo.

The shell somewhat resembles a small form of N. undata,

Linn., the callosity being much less rugose.

Omphalius comptus, sp. n.

Testa late conica, subdepressa, profunde umbilicata, nigro-fusca

rufo tincta, ad peripheriam et infra albo articulata, regione

umbilicali alba; spira depresse conica, convexa; anfractus 5,

convexo declives, minutissime suboblique striati, spiraliter den-

sissime lirati, liris majoribus 5 rugosis; anfractus ultimus ad

peripheriam angulatus, carinatus, ad basim leviter convexas,

multiliratus; umbilicus profundus, mediocriter latus, infundi-

buliformis, intus albus, valde tricostatus; apertura subcircularis,

intus margaritaceus, labrum crassiusculum, crenulatum.

Alt. 6, diam. 7 millim.

Hab. Loo Choo.

This shell differs considerably from all the known species

of Omphalius, although it certainly seems to belong to that

genus. It has some characters in common with Clanculus

plebejus, Phil.. The specimens vary in the depth of colour,

and in the number and disposition of the white spots, which in

the type are confined to the peripherial keel, but all are white

in and round the umbilicus. The prominent ribs, so con-

spicuous in the umbilicus of the type specimen, are in some

absent or covered with a callus.

Minolia ornata.

Testa conico-turbinata, late et profunde umbilicata, alba, fusco

maculata; spira elatiuscula, gradata; anfractus 53, primi 3

convexi, spiraliter lirati, ceeteri superne angulati, longitudinaliter

filo-striati, ad angulum carinati, supra angulum complanati, infra

leviter convexi, maculis inequalibus flammiformibus ornati ;

anfractus ultimus biangulatus, infra peripheriam maculis regu-

laribus triangularibus ornatus, ad basim convexus; umbilicus

subcircularis, eximie plicatus, spiraliter liratus; apertura sub-

circularis, peristoma simplex. Operculum tenue, corneum.

Alt. 4, lat. 33 millim.

Hab. Hirado Higen.

500 On new Marine Mollusca from Japan.

This pretty little shell bears some resemblance to Minolia

strigata, mihi, from which, however, it differs very consider-

ably in detail. The angles are less numerous and less

prominent, the longitudinal strise are much more distinct,

the umbilicus is wider and decussately crenulated within and

on the border.

Ethalia floccata, sp. n.

Testa depresso conica, solidiuscula, polita, late et profunde umbilicata,

albida, lineis fuscis numerosis obliquis et angulatis maculisque

fuscis et albis picta; spira paulo elevata, convexiuscula ; anfrac-

tus 5, leviter convexi, leves, sutura impressa sejuncti; anfractus

ultimus ad peripheriam obtuse angulatus, ad basim convexus ;

umbilicus latus, plicatus, intus obtuse angulatus; apertura oblique

subquadrata, intus argentea, peristoma simplex, callo columellari

angustiusculo superne effuso.

Alt. 4, lat. 8 millim.

flab. Yakujima Osumi.

This pretty shell has somewhat the form of EF. carneolata,

Melv., but more angular, and with a wider open umbilicus.

It is smooth, with only the faintest trace of obsolete spiral

lire ; the colour-markings are characteristic, consisting of

oblique and acutely angulated brown lines running from the

suture and brown spots in the middle of the whorls and at

the periphery, while the base is rather curiously flaked with

opaque white. ‘The narrowness of the columella callus,

scarcely overlapping the widely open umbilicus, seems to

place this species on the confines of the genus.

Tellina consanguinea, sp. 0.

Testa elongata, compressa, tenuiuscula, nitida, rosea, postice

acuminata, leviter flexuosa, antice rotundata; umbones acuti;

margo dorsalis anticus longus, vix declivis, posticis brevior,

triangulatus, area angusta, acute lirata; valva dextra concen-

trice et radiatim tenuissime striato-sulcatim decussata, striis

radiantibus posticis conspicuis, anticis obsoletis; valva sinistra

undique leevior.

Alt. (umbono-marg.) 22, lat. (antero-post.) 52, diam. 8 millim,

Hab. Hirado Higen.

This shell bears some resemblance to 7’. vulsella, Chemnitz,

from which it differs chiefly in its less attenuated form,

shorter beak, and somewhat more solid substance,

Cardita abbreviata, sp. n.

Testa subcordata, crassiuseula, leviter inflata, pallide straminea,

radiatim costata, costis 16 rugosis, crassis, confertis ; umbones

On new Species of Nyctinomus. 501

incurvati, paulo ante medium locati, approximati; margo dorsalis

anticus valde declivis, leviter concavus, posticus convexus, area

ligamenti angusta. Pagina interna alba, ad marginem crenulata,

duplicata ; cardo normalis.

Alt. (umbono-marg.) 8, lat. (antero-post.) 9, diam. 6 millim.

Hab. Hirado Higen.

Somewhat resembling a small specimen of the Tasmanian

C. Gunni, Desh., but the ribs are broader, less numerous,

and with narrower interstices.

Felania minor, sp. n.

Testa cordato-ovata, compressiuscula, paulo altiore quam lata,

pallida, nitens, leviter concentrice striata; umbones prominentes,

acuti, leviter incurvati; margo dorsalis utrinque valde declivis,

lunula nulla, ligamentum parvum. Pagina interna albo irregu-

lariter fasciata, ad marginem levis; impressiones musculares

elongati, linea pallii haud sinuata; cardo dentibus centralibus

duobus, unus bifidus in utraque valva, munitus.

Alt. 44, lat. 4 millim,

Hab. Hirado Higen.

A shell somewhat resembling F’. sericata, Reeve, on a

small scale.

Pectunculus mundus, sp. n.

Testa oblique suborbicularis, depressiuscula, albida, maculis

fuscis paucis sepe angularibus picta, concentrice sulcata, radia-

tim costata, costis planulatis latiusculis confertissimis, superne

subgranulosis, interstitiis angustissimis ; umbones prominentes,

approximati; area ligamenti brevis, angustissima. Pagina

interna obscure radiatim lirata ad. marginem crenulata; cardo

normalis,

Alt. 11, lat. 114 millim.

Hab, Hirado Higen.

This pretty little species is allied to P. pectinatus, Lamk.,

and P. pallium and morum, Reeve. The radiating ribs are

peculiarly flat, and the spaces between them very narrow.

XLIX.—Three new Species of Nyctinomus.

By OLpFIELD THOMAS.

Nyctinomus fulminans, sp. 0.

General characters of NV. africanus, Dobs., but with

whitish belly and conspicuously smaller skull.

Size large, though rather smaller than in africanus. Jars

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.7. Vol. xii. 33

502 Mr. O. Thomas on

large, evenly rounded, rising from the same spot on the

muzzle; their anterior edge with four or five minute and

inconspicuous warts; their keel moderately developed, not

broadened or folded externally ; antitragus as in africanus ;

tragus large, quadrangular, with rounded corners; a small

angular projection present halfway down its outer margin.

Wings to the ankles. Callosity at base of thumb unusually

large. No gular sac.

Colour of body above dark chestnut-brown ; below brown

laterally, the median area of throat, chest, and belly white.

Wings and interfemoral membrane above brown, below white,

becoming rather browner distally.

Skull smaller and conspicuously narrower than in NV. afr-

canus. A median crest developed along parietal suture, more

developed than in africanus, but disappearing on interparietal,

where the bone is smooth and transparent. Anteorbital and

mastoid projections comparatively little developed. Pre-

maxille incomplete mesially. Incisors 7. Anterior upper

premolar small, in the general line of the tooth-row.

Dimensions of the type (measured in spirit) :—

Forearm 60 millim.

Head and body 80; tail 53; ear 22; tragus on outer

edge 7, breadth 4; height of antitragus behind 4; diameter

of pollical callosity 3:2; third finger, metacarpal 57, first

phalanx 25, second phalanx 21; fifth finger, metacarpal 32,

first phalanx 15, second phalanx 7; lower leg and foot

(s. u.) 28.

Skull: greatest length 22°5; basal length in middle line

17°7; zygomatic breadth 14; anteorbital breadth 8°5 ; inter-

orbital constriction 4°7; mastoid breadth 13:2; front of

canine to back of m*® 8°8; front of lower canine to back of

mz 10.

Hab. Fianarantsoa, EK. Betsileo, Madagascar.

Type. Male. B.M. no. 82.3. 1.34. Collected by the

Rev. W. Deans Cowan.

This is the “rather smaller, white-bellied, and light-

winged form ” of N. africanus referred to in Mr. de Winton’s

paper on the group*. It is, I think, fully distinct enough

to be separated specifically, as the skull-differences are very

strongly marked, in addition to those of colour and locality.

Nyctinomus cisturus, sp. n.

A medium-sized species, with imperfect premaxille, united

ears, and a peculiar swollen gland at the base of the tail.

* Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vii. p. 37 (1901).

new Species of Nyctinomus. 503

Hars thin, united at their bases, but not forming a promi-

nent folded lobe at their junction ; their anterior edge evenly

but slightly convex, not folded back, without minute warts ;

tip broadly rounded off; outer edge strongly convex; anti-

tragus high, broadly triangular ; keel low, not flattened or

thickened externally; tragus minute, triangular. Lips with

vertical wrinkles. Apparently no gular sac. Pad at base

of thumb not specially large. Wings to the distal third of

the tibize, on their inner aspect. Tail involved in membrane

for about three fifths of its length; at its base, on the upper

surface, occupying the middle of the interfemoral area, there

is a large glandular swelling, 8 millim. long by 6 broad,

covered with fine fur ; this swelling is caused by the presence

of a pair of glands, presumably of a scent-secreting nature,

which open on the under surface of the interfemoral by two

large mouths, each over 3 millim. in length, placed diagonally

on the two sides of the tail some 5 millim. behind the anus ;

the area round these mouths well covered with fine silky

white hair ; internally some sort of dark-coloured glandular

secretion is present.

Colour above chocolate-brown, rather paler below, the tips

of the belly-hairs greyish. Wings and interfemoral mem-

branes above brown, below brown outside of the elbow, white

near the body and on the interfemoral.

Skull rather small in proportion, smoothly rounded, a low

median crest present running from the level of the inter-

temporal constriction to the occiput. Premaxille imperfect

mesially, but the opening between them unusually small.

Incisors 2, the upper slender, not far apart, nearly parallel.

Anterior upper premolar small but not crowded, standing in

the line of the tooth-row, its conical point higher than the

cingula of the neighbouring teeth.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Forearm 47 millim.

Head and body 63; tail 35; ear 15; tragus 1°3; height

of antitragus 2°2; third finger, metacarpal 46, first phalanx

19, second phalanx 18; fifth finger, metacarpal 27, first

halanx 14, second phalanx 5 ; lower leg and foot (s. u.) 24.

Skull: greatest length 18-1; basal length in middle line

13°8; zygomatic breadth 11:2; anteorbital breadth 6°5 ;

constriction 3°7 ; mastoid breadth 10:3; front of canine to

back of m? 6°8; front of lower canine to back of m3 7:1.

Hab. Mangala, on the east bank of the Nile, 25 miles N.

of Gondokoro.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no.2.7.4.4. Original number

2805. Collected and presented by W. L. 8. Loat, Esq.

33*

504 On new Species of Nyctinomus.

This bat differs from all known members of the genus by

its possession of the unique caudal gland above described.

In other respects it is a true Nyctinomus, belonging to the

typical group with imperfect premaxille.

Nyctinomus demonstrator, sp. 0.

A medium-sized thick-set species with united premaxille,

conjoined ears, and small scent-glands on each side of the

penis.

Ears rather small, rounded, united at their inner bases for

a height of about 2°5 millim., but without any folded lobe:

keel slightly thickened in lower third; antitragus higher

than long. rounded above, with a broad base ; tragus minute,

broader above than below, with an incurved upper angle and

concave anterior margin. Lips wrinkled. No gular sac.

Pad at base of thumb rather small. Wings to the distal

third of the tibia. ‘Tail involved in membrane for about half

its length. Penis unusually short, or at least appearing

short, as it projects by its tip only from the swollen mass of

a pair of scent-glands surrounding its base, their two openings

separated by a narrow septum situated halfway along the

penis on its lower surface.

Fur very short and close, that on the forehead behind the

junction of the ears appearing to be suffused with some oily

secretion.

Colour dark brown above, more blackish on head ; below

also brown, the median area more greyish brown. Wing-

membranes brown above and below ; interfemoral membrane

brown above, whitish below.

Skull low, stont and strong; brain-case small; muzzle

narrow. Median crest not developed except in the interorbital

region ; premaxille united round the small palatine foramina.

Upper incisors long, straight, almost parallel, not far apart ;

lower incisors four, bilobate, the outer pair rather smaller

than the inner; anterior upper premolar present, but ex-

ceedingly minute, placed in the outer angle between the

canine and large premolar, which touch one another.

Dimensions of the type (measured in spirit) :—

Forearm 44 millim.

Head and body 64 ; tail 832; ear 17; tragus 2:0; height

of antitragus 3 ; third finger, metacarpus 43, first phalanx 18,

second phalanx 18; fifth finger, metacarpus 27, first phalanx

12-4, second phalanx 5; lower leg and foot (s. u.) 22.

Skull: greatest length 19°7: basal length in middle line

15°8; zygomatic breadth 12:7; anteorbital breadth 7; con-

On Trish Spectes of Kylais. 505

striction 3°8; mastoid breadth 11°6 ; front of canine to back

of m*® 7:5; front of lower canine to back of m; 8°5.

Hab. Mangala, N. of Gondokoro.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 2. 7. 4.3. Collected and

presented by W. L. 8. Loat, Esq.

I cannot find any known species to which this Nyctinomus

can be assigned. None of Heuglin’s show any relation to it,

even apart from the peculiar gland above described, which he

might have overlooked. It is curious that the two Mangala

species should each be distinguished by a glandular structure

unique of its kind,

L.—WNotes on Irish Species of EBylais.

By J. N. HABert.

Previous to the publication of Dr. Koenike’s paper on

Lylais * in 1897 only a single species—L. extendens, Miiller

—was recognized by zoologists ; but it was apparent that the

genus contained many type forms differing from one another

quite as much as those of Hydrachna. Several papers on

ylais have since been published, containing descriptions of

new species, so that the genus now promises to outnumber in

species most genera of water-mites.

Many of the large red mites which may be commonly

found during the summer months amongst plants growing in

stagnant or slowly flowing water are referable to species of

Eylais. In size they are the giants of the Hydrachnide,

often reaching 5 or 6 millimetres in length.

Perhaps the most notable characteristics of this genus are,

in the first place, the structure of the eye-plates, the four

lenses of which are grouped together on a chitinous plate

placed anteriorly in the middle line of the body, and the

peculiar way in which these mites swim. Only the first three

pairs of legs are then brought into play; the fourth pair,

being without the long swimming-hairs, are trailed in an

extended position, rather suggestive of a pair of rudders,

while the animal swims.

The species of Hylats are very similar in general shape.

The specific characters are founded on the comparative

structure of the bard chitinous parts of the body, especially

of the eye-plates, mouth-organs, and palps. All of these

characters vary more or less in the same species, so that it is

* 1897, Koenike, “Zur Systematik der Gattung Lylais, Latreille,”

Abh. Ver. Bremen, Bd. xiv. pp. 279-295,

506 Mr. J. N. Halbert on

often difficult to distinguish type forms from the numerous

varieties and aberrations which may be grouped around them.

As in other freshwater groups, many of the species are widely

distributed.

Records of some of the English species have been pub-

lished by Mr. C. D. Soar *, and I have to thank that gentle-

man for the loan of types; also Dr. Sig Thor; and especially

Dr. F. Koenike for his kindness in sending a number of

valuable type species for comparison. Messrs.C. W. Buckle,

G. P. Farran, W. F. de V. Kane, 8S. W. Kemp, H. L. Orr,

and M. 8. D. Westropp have kindly assisted me in collecting

specimens.

In the following pages twelve species of Hylats are enume-

rated, nine of which are referable to known forms, while the

remaining three are described as new; also two varieties.

Eylais hamata, Koen.

1897. Abh. Ver. Bremen, Bd. xiv. pp. 282, 295, fig. 1.

This species is remarkable for the great length of the eye-

plate and the relatively small size of the capsules. The

prevalent Irish form has the chitinous bridge connecting

the latter either straight or more or less bent backwards, and

shows no trace of the marginal prominences figured by Piersig

(Deutschl. Hydrach. pl. xlvi. fig. 168d). However, I have

seen Dr. Koenike’s mounted types { of this species, and have

no hesitation in recording the Irish mite as above.

Fig. 1,

The eye-plate | of an aberration of this species is figured

(fig. 1). In this specimen a chitinous process springs from

* 1900, Soar, C. D., ‘British Freshwater Mites,” ‘Science Gossip,’

vol. vii. (n. s.) pp. 203, 204, fios. 1-3 ; 1901, id. ib. vol. viii. (n. s.) pp. 68-70,

figs. 1-8.

“+ Dr. Koenike’s slide contains dissections of two specimens: one has

the pointed prominences on the front of the eye-plate, the other is without

these, agreeing with the Irish form in every respect. There can be no

doubt that these two forms belong to the same species, as they otherwise

agree in structure.

¢{ With the exception of figure 9 ( X 72) all the accompanying ficures of

eye-plates are drawn to the same magnification (x 94). Asthey are taken

from Canada balsam mounts, an allowance should be made for alterationsin

the outline of the delicate lenses caused by the pressure of the cover-class,

Irish Species of Eylais. 507

the middle of the underside of the bridge, and projects beyond

the front margin in the shape of two round humps, one on

each side of the middle line. This process serves for a

muscle-attachment, such as may be found occasionally in

most species ; it is of no importance as a specific character.

Evidently a widespread species. I have taken it com-

monly in the Royal Canal, Portmarnock Ponds, and in other

places near Dublin; in the River Barrow; and in brackish

water on the coast of County Wexford.

Eylais Koentket, sp. n.

This species bears some resemblance to LE. falcata, Koenike,

but differs considerably in the details of its structure.

Length about 3 millim.; the body is more rotund and less

depressed than is usual in this genus. The eye-plate (fig. 2)

measures ‘40 millim. across at the widest part, length of single

capsule ‘21 millim. The eye-capsules are roughly quadrate

in outline, covered with large rather diamond-shaped markings;

anterior and outer margins weakly rounded, inner margin

distinctly emarginate, swollen posteriorly. Bridge* con-

necting the eye-capsules very slender, becoming gradually

narrower towards the middle, where there is a small oval

muscle-attachment ; about midway between this and the

capsule on each side there is a hair-papilla.

The capitulum (fig. 2a) measures about °60 millim. along

the middle line of the maxillary plate; viewed from the

front the lateral and distal margins are moderately emar-

ginate ; the latter is curved outwards in the centre, not joined

* The position of the bridge evidently varies ; in a less developed speci-

men it is nearer the front margin of the eye-capsules, and the hair-papillze

are closer to the latter. The posterior lens also is of the usual oblong

shape.

508 Mr. J. N. Halbert on

with the pharynx. The lateral processes stand out rather

abruptly from the sides, slightly recurved at the inner angles.

The pharynx is broad and strongly rounded at the sides; air-

tubes about as long as the pharynx.

The palps are rather long and slender, measuring about

1:26 millim. in length. Second segment* with 4 or 5

weakly feathered spines along the distal margin. Third with

7 or 8 short stout spines on the distal corner, one or two of the

innermost of these distinetly feathered. Fourth with about

10 long spines towards the inner margin; six of these are

arranged more or less in pairs.

Locality. Collected by Mr. H. L. Orr in Lough Gullion,

County Armagh, May 1901.

Eylais Koenikei may be compared with the North-American

species L. falcata, Koen. The bridge connecting the eye-

plates is much longer and narrower in the Ivish species.

Another difference is in the position of the hair-papille,

which in falcata are situated on the inner corner of the eye-

capsules, not on the bridge. In falcata also the pharynx is

of a regular long oval shape, quite unlike that of #. Koenzkez.

Eylais extendens (Miiller).

1776. Miller, O. F., Zool. Dan. Prodr. p. 190. no. 2272.

The species figured t by Piersig as the type of H. ex-

tendens (Miiller) occurs in Ireland, although it is not by any

means the commonest species found there. The eye-plate

varies chiefly in the depth of the posterior emargination, also

in the outline of the anterior margin, which may be quite

straight, or with a marked indentation in the centre.

Eylais symmetrica, sp. n.

A large species, measuring about 4 millim. in length.

The eye-plate (fig. 3) is very large and of a marked type

of structure, rather resembling that of EZ. perincisa, Ribaga;

greatest breadth across *51 millim., length of single capsule

‘20 millim. Anterior margin of the bridge with an evenly

rounded hump on each side of the middle line, divided by a

sharply pointed rather deep indentation ; muscle-attachment

large and circular, with or without a long chitinous process.

Posterior emargination very deep, equalling two thirds the

* Throughout these descriptions the spines clothing the inner surface

of the palps are alone referred to, as in this respect the inner surface is

always the most characteristic.

t 1900, Deutschlands Hydrachniden, pl. xlviii. figs. 119 a-A.

Irish Species of Viylais. 509

length of the eye-capsules; the latter are kidney-shaped,

with large lenses.

In lateral view the sides of the capitulum are very deeply

emarginate, with long side-processes; these do not project

much beyond the distal margin, which is therefore but

Fig. 3.

moderately emarginate. Palps long; length of the three

terminal segments *25, -46, and ‘18 millim. respectively ;

inner corner of third segment with about 10 short stout

spines, a few distinctly feathered. Fourth segment with

about 4 long spines near the inner margin, which is well

developed, and a group of 6 shorter strongly feathered spines

close to the distal margin.

Locality. Found in brackish water on the coast of County

Wexford.

Eylais neglecta, Sig Thor.

1899. Arch. Naturv. Christian, vol. xxi. p. 12, pl. xvii. figs. 156-158.

A form resembling this species occurs in Ireland. The

group to which it belongs is an extremely difficult one to

differentiate with any degree of certainty. I have taken

specimens approaching very closely to E. similis, Thon,

Li. tenera, Thon, EH. rimosa, Piersig, &c., in the structure of

the eye-plates. Owing, however, to the great variation which

occurs, I should prefer to treat these Ivish specimens as

varieties or aberrations of the same species.

Eylats undulosa, Koenike.

1897. Abh. Ver. Bremen, Bd. xiv. pp. 283, 295, fie. 2.

This is certainly an [rish species ; specimens taken in the

Royal Canal, near Dublin, agree very well with the types

510 Mr. J. N. Halbert on

lent by Dr. Koenike. In the Irish examples the inner corner

of the third palp-sezment is rather well developed, with from

12 to 14 short stout spines, none of which are feathered.

Eylais Soari, Piersig.

1899. Zool. Anzeiger, Bd. xxii. p. 67, fig. 8.

The type form of this species occurs but rarely ; the preva-

lent form found here should, I think, be referred to a distinct

race or variety of L. Soarz.

anstabilis, var. Nn.

My specimens of this variety agree in size with those

described by Dr. Piersig, ranging from 3 to 4 millim. in

length ; yet the eye-plate and palps are uniformly larger, and

there are other differences in structure.

The eye-plate (figs. 4 and 5) measures from *45 to "48

millim. across, length of capsule about 25 millim., of more

Fig, 4,

robust structure than in the type. Bridge somewhat longer

and broader, with the posterior emargination either round or

more or less sharply angled.

The capitulum measures about ‘66 millim. from the front

margin of the maxillary plate to end of pharynx ; the type of

structure greatly resembles that of HH. Jiilleri, Koenike

(Deutschl. Hydrach. pl. xlvii. fig. 1538 ¢@). The palps are

robustly built, length about 1°20 millim. Inner corner of

third segment well developed, with from 14 to 18 short stout

spines, the innermost ones weakly feathered. Fourth seg-

ment strongly swollen on the inner margin, near which

there are about 6 long spines, and the usual group of 4 or 5

strongly feathered spines close to the distal margin.

Localities. Common in quarry holes near Crumlin and

Irish Species of Kylais. 511

Raheny, Grand Canal near Dublin, also in Lough Gur,

Co. Limerick.

This variety is closely allied to H. variabilis, Sig Thor,

recently described from Norway. Here, again, the uniformly

larger size of the eye-plate obtains. In vardabilis the inner

corner of the third palp-segment bears fewer, longer, and more

distinctly feathered spines.

Eylais triarcuata, Piersig.

1899. Zool. Anzeiger, Bd. xxii. p. 66, fig. 7.

An Lylais closely resembling this species occurs rather

commonly near Dublin and elsewhere in Ireland. In these

specimens the central muscle-attachment invariably over-

reaches the front margin of the eye-plate, but not so promi-

nently as in Piersig’s figure. As this is a very unsatisfactory

character, it may be best to record this species with reserve.

The eye-plate (fig. 6) varies greatly in outline, and, as usual,

Fig. 6,

the posterior emargination may be truncate or evenly rounded.

The capitulum also varies, and resembles that of Hylais

Miilleri in structure. On the inner corner of the third palp-

segment there are usually from 14 to 16 short spines, some

of these are feathered. ’

Perhaps this Irish form should be referred to a variety of

the North-American species H. triangulifera, Koenike, of

which I have seen the types. So far as the eye-plates are

concerned, the differences are slight.

Eylais unisinuata, Croneberg.

1962, Bull. Imp. Moscou, p. 98, figs. 9 a—c.

Last June I took this species in some numbers in the

512 Mr. J. N. Halbert on

River Corrib, near Galway. The following is a short descrip-

tion based on these specimens :—

The eye-plate is of medium size (*38 x °20 millim.). In

the type form the anterior margin is shallowly emarginate in

the centre ; posterior emargination deep and truucate. The

outline, however, is very variable; one of the most marked

aberrations is shown in fig. 7. A notable point is the strong

sinuation of both the inner and outer margins of the eye-

capsules. Central muscle-attachment large, semicircular in

shape, reaching as far as or beyond the anterior margin.

The capitulum measures *75 millim. from the apex of the

mandibles to end of pharynx; length of maxillary plate

-46 millim., rather deeply emarginate distally and curved

outwards at the centre; lateral processes directed downwards,

variable in length. Pharynx relatively broad (°23 millim.),

sinuate on each side near the apex.

The palps are rather long (1°40 millim.) ; second segment

with four spines towards the inner end of the distal margin ;

third with the inner corner moderately developed, with 8 or 9

stout spines; some of these are feathered.

Eylais spinipons, Sig Thor.

1897. Arch. Natury. Christian. vol. xx. p. 9.

1899. Ibid. vol. xxi. pl. xvii. fig. 164.

The eye-plate (fig. 8) measures about °38 millim. across,

length +23 millim. Anterior margin relatively straight,

produced at centre into a two-pointed prominence, much as in

the type form of infundibulifera, Koenike ; hinder emargina-

tion very deep and rounded. Capitulum short and broad,

distal margin only moderately emarginate. Air-tubes shorter

than the pharynx ; the latter is narrow and of comparatively

uniform breadth throughout.

Palps stoutly built ; second segment with about 8 feathered

spines along the distal margin; third with the inner corner

Trish Species of Wylais. 513

rather weakly developed, with from 12 to 14 rather slender

feathered spines ; fourth with very numerous spines grouped

regularly along the sinuate inner margin.

Fig. 8.

Localities. Fish Pond near Gorey, and at Enniscorthy,

County Wexford ; also in the Portmarnock Brickfields, near

Dublin.

Eylais infundibulifera, Koenike.

1897. Abh. Ver. Bremen, Bd. xiv. pp. 284, 295, figs. 3, 4.

This is probably the commonest and most generally distri-

buted species in Ireland. I have taken it at Lough Neagh ;

in the River Corrib, Galway ; the Blackwater, Co. Cork ;

Lough Gur, Co. Limerick; and at various localities near

Dublin.

The eye-plate of this species is subject to great variation.

I have seen Dr. Koenike’s type specimens, and, as he has

himself clearly stated, there can be no doubt that this species

is the same as LE. bifurca, Piersig. Dr. Koenike’s specimens

agree excellently with the description and figures of the last-

named species (Deutschl. Hydrach. pl. xli. figs. 120 a, 0).

The following is a description of an Lylads which, although

it differs very strikingly from the type form of ¢nfundibu-

lifera, Koenike, should, I think, be referred to a variety of

that species. It may be called

stagnalis, var. Ne

The eye-plate (fig. 9) is very large, measuring about

*50 millim. across, length of single capsule °30 millim.

Anterior margin produced at centre in a narrow irregularly

pointed process, the apex of which serves for a muscle-

attachment; on each side of this the bridge is slightly undu-

late ; posterior emargination broad, deep, and evenly rounded,

leaving a chitinous bridge, varying from ‘05 to ‘10 millim. in

514 On Irish Species of Eylais.

breadth, connecting the eye-capsules. The latter are sinuate

on the outer margins, with large cup-shaped and oblong

lenses. The lip of the opening on the underside of the eye-

plate may be broad, as in figure, or very narrow, causing a

great difference in outline.

The capitulum (fig. 9 @) measures about ‘63 millim. along

the middle line of the maxillary plate, somewhat deeply

emarginate distally, with outwardly and downwardly directed

lateral processes, the apices of which are recurved; the

pharynx is relatively narrow and of very uniform breadth

towards the apex; cuticular ring sinuate.

The palps are long (nearly 2 millim.) and heavily built,

like those of infundibulifera in structure. Inner corner of

second segment with 7 or 8 spines; a group of four of these

is situated on the extreme inner corner. Third segment with

about 18 comparatively long spines on and near the inner

corner ; most of these are strongly feathered, and there are

5 or 6 additional spines along the distal margin. Fourth

segment clothed with very numerous bristles.

Locality. Portmarnock Brickfields, near Dublin, June 1899.

Lylats celtica, sp. n.

The type of this species measured about 4 millim. in length,

very depressed in form, with relatively large epimeral plates.

In the structure of the eye-plate * (fig. 10) allied to H. hun-

garica, Daday, but the anterior prominence is obtusely

pointed in the centre, not tongue-like as in that species, and

the eye-capsules are quite different in outline, being widest

* In the type specimen the eye-plate was somewhat injured during

mounting in balsam.

On the Morphology and Systematics of Diplopods. 515.

anteriorly. The anterior margin of the eye-plate extends in

front of the eye-capsules, very obtusely pointed in the centre ;

posterior margin widely and very shallowly emarginate.

Very characteristic is the small oval muscle-attachment,

which is connected by a very narrow chitinous band with the

Fig. 10.

rim of the eye-capsules. The latter are notably wider in

front than behind; sinuate on both the inner and outer

margins ; lenses large and of the usual shape.

The capitulum is broadly built, length of the maxillary

plate about ‘58 millim. Seen from the front the lateral and

distal margins are only moderately emarginate ; side-processes

short, curved sharply inwards at their apices. The pharynx

greatly resembles that of H. infundibulifera, var. stagnalis

(see fig. 9a) in outline. Air-tubes shorter than the pharynx.

The palps are about 1°75 millim. in length. Second seg-

ment with 4 or 5 feathered spines on the distal margin and a

group of four more on the extreme inner corner. ‘Third

segment with about 20 long strongly feathered spines in the

vicinity of the inner distal corner, which is moderately deve-

loped. Fourth with many long bristle-like hairs grouped

towards the inner margin, becoming more numerous at the

distal end of the segment, many feathered.

Locality. Found in Ballynahinch Lake, County Galway,

by Mr. W. F. de V. Kane, June 1900.

LI.—Remarks upon the Morphology and Systematics of

certain Chilognathous Diplopods. By Kh. I. Pocock.

I.—On tHe TERMINOLOGY AND EVoLUTIONOF THE GONOPODS

AND OF THE PENIS.

Tue modified appendages of the seventh segment in the

males of the Helminthomorphous Diplopods are commonly

spoken of as “pedes copulativi,’ “ gonopods,’ or, more

516 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Morphology and

simply, as “ male genitalia.” These terminologies, however,

do not allow for the known structural and functional

differences of the parts involved in the formation of the

apparatus. This apparatus is exhibited in its simplest form

in the Polydesmoidea, in which only the appendages of the

anterior pair of the seventh segment are converted into

organs which are furnished with a seminal pouch and duct

and act as carriers of the sperm and as its transmitters

into the genital apertures of the female. In the Iuloid,

Spiroboloid, and Spirostreptoid Chilognatha both pairs of

appendages and the two sterna of the seventh segment are

modified as “ gonopods,” and combine to form an apparatus

often of extreme complexity. But however complicated it

be, its constituents are primarily resolvable into two parts,

namely, the posterior appendage, bearing the seminal

pouch and duct, and the anterior appendage, which forms

a protective case or sheath for the former. The appendages

bearing the seminal pouch and duct, whether they be the

anterior or the posterior pair of the seventh segment, are

the essential elements of the apparatus, and may be appro-

priately called the phallopods. The accessory appendages

constituting the sheath may similarly be called the coleo-

pods. Amongst existing Chilognaths the simplest types of

gonopods of the compound kind are found in the Colobo-

gnatha, where both coleopods and phallopods are modified

to a relatively slight extent. The phallopods are furnished

apically with a tuft of bristles, but seem to be unprovided

with seminal pouch and duct. It is probable that we have

here a primitive condition in which this appendage was

modified to hold a drop of sperm or a spermatophore—a

purpose for which the arrow-headed bristles described by

Brolemann in Brachycybe Lecontei and Plaiydesmus guate-

malensis (Mém. Soc. Zool. Fr. 1900, pp. 109-113, pl. vii.

figs. 76 & 82) seem well fitted. In any case, the physiological

importance of these bristles is proved by the protection they

receive from the modification as coleopods of the appendages

in front of them.

It may be assumed that the formation of true phallopods

with internal seminal sacs was preceded by a stage in which

the appendages were simply modified as holders and inserters

of spermatophores. In that case, from a stage of develop-

ment a little earlier than that presented by the Colobognatha

may be derived hypothetically along imdependent lines the

condition of things found in the three sections of Chilognatha

to which Verhoeff has given the names Ascospermophora,

Proterospermophora, and Opisthospermophora (Zool. Jahrb.,

Systematics of certain Chilognathous Diplopods. 517

Syst. xiii. pp. 53-54, 1900). In the Ascospermophora

(Chordeumoidea) no seminal sacs have been developed

within the appendages of the seventh segment, their function

being performed (according to Verhoeff) by the exsertile

coxal pouches of the two pairs of appendages of the eighth

segment. Hence there are neither true phallopods nor

coleopods. It is hard to believe that this condition has been

derived from the advanced state seen in the other groups of

Helminthomorpha, where genuine phallopods have been

developed from the anterior or posterior pair of the seventh

segment. In the Proterospermophora (Lysiopetaloidea,

Polydesmoidea) phallopods resulted from the transformation

of the anterior pair of the seventh segment, the posterior

pair reverting to the primitive type of locomotor appendage.

In the Opisthospermophora they arose from the posterior

pair, the anterior pair taking on the function of coleopods,

the condition characteristic of both groups being derivable

from the hypothetical stage in which both pairs of the ap-

pendages in question were modified simply as spermato-

phore-holders.

To the Opisthospermophora belong the Iuloidea, Spiro-

streptoidea (sens. lat.), Spiroboloidea, and no doubt also the

Stemmiuloidea. Setting aside the Spiroboloidea, these

groups further resemble each other in possessing a distinct

penis. In the primitive Diplopod there were probably two

penes emerging behind the appendages of the second pair.

They are retained as such in the Limacomorpha. In the

Colohognatha they are also distinct, although united to the

coxee of the appendages, being long in the Polyzonide, short

in the Siphonophoride and Platydesmide, where they appear

as papilliform excrescences of these segments. The fusion

initiated in these families is carried to an extreme in the

Chordeumoidea, Lysiopetaloidea, Polydesmoidea, and Onisco-

morpha, where the penes have disappeared as independent

structures, the seminal ducts perforating the coxe of the

appendages in question. In the Juloidea and Spirostrep-

toidea the two penes have fused together, though the organ

still shows unmistakable traces of its double origin. In the

Stemmiuloidea the fusion is much more complete, all indica-

tions of the primitive double nature of the organ having

disappeared, the process resulting in the formation of a long

apparently bisegmented organ. The total suppression of

the penis in the Spiroboloidea may be regarded as a specialized

feature probably resulting from a gradual diminution in size

of the small double penis such as is seen in the Spirostrep-

toidea. Thus it is possible to trace back all the modifications

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 34

518 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Morphology and

of the penis as well as of the gonopods to a condition not

very far removed antecedently from that which still persists

in the Colobognatha, the condition seen in the Opistho-

spermophora haying been evolved along one line, that seen

in the Proterospermophora along another, that of the Asco-

spermophora along a third.

IJ.—DescriPtions oF NEW ForMs.

CHORDEUMOIDEA.

Genus HuttTonIgLia, nov.

Resembling the two Oriental genera Heterochordeuma,

Poce., and Pocockia, Silv., in possessing thirty-two segments.

Eyes consisting of 25 contiguous ocelli, arranged in 5 rows

of 7, 6, 5, 4, 8 each, inner row of seven, the outer of three.

Antenne long and slender, third segment the longest;

fourth, fifth, and sixth not very unequal in length, the fifth

a little longer than either.

First tergal plate semicircular (fig. I. 1, p.521); of the three

setiferous tubercles on each side, the middle one is a little

nearer to the inner than to the outer, which is above the

lateral angle. From the first tergite backwards to the middle

of the body the lateral or outer tubercle gradually increases

in size to form a large tuberculiform excrescence on each

side ; the other tubercles are smaller and close above it, the

median larger than the inner (fig. J. la). Thus the three

tubercles are completely lateral. In the posterior half of the

body the external tubercle gradually dwindles in size and loses

its prominence, the last segments, excluding the anal, being

furnished with six tubercles, subequal in size and subequally

spaced, arranged in a transverse row across the terga from

side to side (fig. I. 1 4).

Bristles stout and aciculate. Segments crescentically

grooved laterally.

g. Legs of first, second, and third pairs unmodified ;

of fourth, fifth, sixth, and seventh thickened, “ fleshy,” with

terminal segment long, arcuate, with the concavity postaxial,

extremity of the fourth pair (fig. I. 1 c) ending in a small

button-shaped prominence like the tip of a foil; those of

the fifth and sixth pairs apically rounded, clawless ; that of the

seventh pair with its distal half expanded, compressed, and

postaxially excavated, ending in a short stout claw (fig. I.

1d). Coxal segments of seventh appendage (fig. I. 1 e, 1 f, 7)

enlarged, produced posteriorly into an acuminate and elongate

bristiy process. Legs of eighth pair (fig. I. le, lg, 8)

Systematics of certain Chilognathous Diplopods. 519

dwarfed, hyaline, terminating distally in a pair of backwardly

directed processes, an outer acuminate, an inner expanded and

laminate. Legs of ninth pair (fig. I. 1 e, 1 g, 9) terminating in

an oval subglobular segment (? femur), the preceding segment

(? trochanter) with a conical bristly process. On the inner

side of this segment proximally may be seen two processes,

one longer and curving inwards and then forwards, the

other shorter, acuminate, directed vertically downwards.

Legs of tenth pair (fig. I. 1 e, 1h) small, consisting of five

segments, widely separated from each other and rising

from the external angles of a broad transverse plate, to the

anterior surface of which is attached a second plate furnished

inferiorly with three processes—a median (stout, angular,

compressed) and one on each side (slender, arcuate, and

curved forwards in its distal half). The apertures of the

seminal coxal pouches (este Verhoeff) appearing as a pair of

slits between the plate that bears the appendages and that

which bears the processes.

The type and only known species of this genus is the form

from Dunedin, New Zealand, described by F. W. Hutton as

Craspedosoma trisetosum (Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xx.

pelle, 1877):

The characters given above are taken (1) from a female

specimen, no doubt Hutton’s type, which came from the

Otago University Museum, and was received by the British

Museum from the Commissioners of the New Zealand Section

of the Colonial Exhibition of 1886; (2) from a single damaged

male example, probably belonging to the same species as the

female, which was captured at Maungatua by Mr. J. V.

Jennings.

The male has considerably larger lateral keels than the

female, but otherwise the two differ but little apart from

genuine sexual features. The head is olive-brown in colour,

with the vertex yellow. The antenne are infuscate, flavous

at the base. The segments are flavo-olivaceous with a

median fuscous band, and fuscous laterally round the base of

the tubercles, which are paler. Integument coarsely coria-

ceous and squamulate. Length 13 millim.

Other characters which will no doubt prove to be of

specific value are contained in the generic diagnosis.

Huttoniella differs from related forms, so far as general

characters as exemplified in the females are concerned, in

the features tabulated in the subjoined synopsis (p. 522).

In such characters it differs considerably from Hetero-

34*

520 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Morphology and

chordeuma as attested by H. monticola, Poc. (Max Webevr’s

Zool. Ergeb., Chilopoda &c. p. 342, pl. xix. fig. 14.9, 1894).

The description given of the gonopods of this last-named

species must be emended as follows :—The legs of the eighth

pair are reduced to a pair of small, unjointed, apically re-

curved apophyses, proximally contiguous, distally divaricated

at an acute angle, and underlying the coxe of the nmth

pair. Legs of ninth pair with long, stout, subcylindrical

coxal apophysis, from the base of which rises a slender,

curved, apically spatulate, backwardly directed flagellum ;

the second segment (? trochanter) is relatively small; the

third segment (?femur) enlarged, oval and inflated as in

Huttoniella, but to a lesser degree. The tenth leg is like the

ninth in form, although smaller, but the coxal apophysis has

no flagellum and the third segment is much smaller, shorter,

and only a little inflated. In the original description the

ninth and tenth legs were erroneously described as the modi-

fied appendages of the seventh segment—that is to say, as

the eighth and ninth. Thus the male of Heterochordeuma

differs greatly from that of Huttoniella in the form of the

gonopods, as it also does in the nature of the modification

affecting the anterior legs.

Genus HEnpDERSONULA, nov.

Related to Huttoniella, but differing in the following parti-

culars :—On the first tergal plate (fig. I. 2) the intermediate

tubercles are nearer to the external than to the internal.

On the median segments the internal tubercle is the largest

of the three. The keels are distinct plate-like processes

and not formed by the enlarged external tubercle (fig. I. 2 a).

On the posterior segments the three tubercles on each side

retain their lateral position, the two internals being widely

separated from each other in the middle line (fig. I. 2 3).

Male unknown.

Type Hendersonula collina, sp. n.

I have great pleasure in dedicating this genus to Dr. J. R.

Henderson, of the Christian College, Madras, who sent a

valuable collection of Myriopods from South India to the

British Museum some years ago. Amongst these was the

type of the species described below—the first species of

Chordeumoidea to be discovered in India proper.

Hendersonula collina, sp. u.

? .— Colour nearly black or very deep brown above, infero-

lateral area of segments pale; antenne blackish, with the

Systematics of certain Chilognathous Diplopods. 521

Fig. I.

1. Huttoniella trisetosa (Hutton), g. First tergal plate.

la. Ditto. Tergal plate of mid-region of body.

1b. Ditto. Tergal plate towards posterior end.

le. Ditto. Terminal segments of fourth lee.

1d. Ditto. Distal segment of seventh leg from behind.

le. Ditto. Lateral view of gonopods: v. and viit., lateral portion of

fifth and eighth segments of body ; 7, coxa of seventh leg, the

rest of the segments removed ; 8, eighth leg; 9, ninth leg, with

ovally inflated segment removed; 10, tenth lee, with median

and lateral sternal processes (s¢.).

1f. Ditto. Right coxal apophysis of seventh leg from below.

lg. Ditto. Basal portion of seventh, eighth, and ninth lees seen from

below and slightly obliquely from the inner side; 7, coxal

apophysis of seventh leg; 8, distal extremity of eighth ap-

pendage; 9, proximal (? second) segment of ninth appendage’

with ovally inflated sezment removed; 9’, coxal or sternal

processes of ninth appendage; median ventral line represented

by dots.

1h. Ditto. Left leg and sternal apparatus of tenth pair, seen from

behind.

2. Hendersonula collina, gen. et sp.n., 9. First tergal plate.

2a. Ditto, Tergal plate of mid-region of body,

2b. Ditto. Last two tergal plates.

522 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Morphology and

basal segment pale; head deep brown, labral region flavous ;

legs flavous, distally infuscate.

Antenne incrassate, third segment twice as long as the

fourth, which is about equal to the sixth in length and to

two thirds of the fifth.

Eyes consisting of 15 circular separated ocelli, arranged in

three vertical series of 3, 6, 6, the short row the innermost

of the three.

Terga coriaceous, with fine polygonal ornamentation ;

lateral area of keel-bearing portion furnished with arched

striz, with the concavity upwards. Keels with anterior

border convex, posterior concave; anterior angle widely

rounded, posterior acute.

Length 6°5 millim., width barely 1 millim.

Loc. South India: Kodeikanal, in the Palnai Hills (J. R.

Henderson).

The females of the four described genera of Heterochor-

deumidz, of which Pocockia is unknown to me, may be

distinguished as follows :—

a. Segments without keels or lateral tuberculiform

PLOMIMENCES A .f7. cis Haken see eae eieer Pocockia.

6. Segments with keels or large lateral tuberculiform

prominences.

a’, Segments with very wide depressed keels

equalling the median area in width and

carrying the external setiferous tubercle on

their lateral borders; this tubercle remote

from the others which remain upon the

median tergal ‘areat!. ss ase a cee Heterochordeuma.

b'. Segments with small, sometimes tuberculiform

keels, at least in the mid-region of the body ;

these keels less than half the width of the

median tergal area; tubercles on the middle

segments laterally aggregated, the external

not remote from the rest.

a?, On the median segments the internal tu-

bercle the largest; on the posterior segments

the tubercles are lateral in position, the in-

ternal tubercles being widely separated in

the middle line

Bestest ab Bis d corks bard 6% 0 Hendersonula.

b?. On the median segments the external tu-

bercle the largest; on the posterior seg-

ments the internal tubercles not lateral but

narrowly separated mesially ............ Huttoniella,

ITuLoipea.

Genus Monco.ivu.vs, nov.

gd. Appendages of first pair (fig. II. 1, app. 1., and la,

p. 524) consisting of five segments only, the first three short,

Systematics of certain Chilojnathous Diplopods. 523

the fourth very long and stout, the fifth (representing the fifth

and sixth in Paraiulus) shorter and thinner. Appendages

of second pair (fig. II. 1, app. 1. and p.) dwarfed, but

normal in form, armed with a long claw, and consisting

of five free segments, of which the basal is the trochanter,

the elongate coxe being fused together and with the sternum

to constitute a vertical columnar sclerite which bears the

penis on its posterior side. Anterior appendages of the sixth

segment (=sixth appendage) normal, the posterior appendage

(=seventh leg) reduced to an inconspicuous three-jointed

conical bud rising from the side of the enlarged sternum and

concealed by the infero-lateral edge of the sixth tergal plate ;

sternal area of the appendage, perhaps containing the coxal

element of the latter, produced into a pair of long, antero-

posteriorly compressed, immovable, blade-like sclerites,

fringed externally and internally with long hairs (fig. II. 14).

Appendages of the seventh segment (eighth and ninth pairs of

legs) formed upon the same plan as those of the majority of

the North-American species of Paraiulus (fig. II. 1c, 1d).

Segments 1-7 open below, the sterna not coalesced with the

terga.

2. Legs of the first and second pairs subequal in size,

normal in form; no large sclerites developed in connexion

with the generative orifices. Segments 1-4 open below,

third leg not attached to the fourth segment ; inferior angles

of first segment projecting inwards like those of the second.

Type M. coreanus, Poc.

The type species of this genus was assigned to the genus

Paraiulus (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xv. p. 365, pl. xi.

fig. 12, 1895). It is represented in the British Museum by

an adult female and two adult males. Certain specific

features not mentioned in the original description are shown

in the annexed figures (p. 524).

This very remarkable genus presents a complex of characters

distinguishing it from all its nearest allies. The female is

nearer that of Julus than of Paraiulus, as is testified by the

size of the second leg and the absence of genital plates. Its

gnathochilarium is like that of Paraiulus. It differs from

both in the freedom of the sternum of the third leg, which in

both Julus and Paraiulus is attached to the fourth tergal

plate. The inward projection of the inferior angles of the

first tergal plate is also characteristic.

The male in the structure of the gnathochilarium and

first leg recalls Paraiulus, though the suppression of one of

the segments of the last-mentioned limb shows departure

524 Mr. R. 1. Pocock on the Morphology and

from the type found in that genus. In the struciure of the

second appendage a stage of specialization intermediate

between those of Julus and Paraiulus is seen; but in the

extraordinary modification of the limbs of the seventh pair

and their adjacent sternal area, which results in the complete

annexation of these structures by the copulatory apparatus,

Mongoliulus stands alone, so far as I know, in the Chilo-

gnatha. As opposed to this specialized feature is the primi-

tive characteristic presented by the freedom of the sternal

Fig. IL

1. Mongoliulus coreanus, Poc., $. Portion of anterior extremity from

the side, showing appendages of first and second pairs (app. I.

and 11.) and penis (p.) i situ.

la. Ditto. Appendages and sternum of first pair.

16. Ditto. Appendages and sterna of sixth and seventh pairs, the left

appendage of the sixth pair removed. st. vi. and app. V1.

sternum and appendage of sixth pair; app. vi1., dwarfed ap-

pendage of seventh pair ; st. vir., sternum of seventh appendages,

with hairy blade-like processes.

le. Ditto. Appendages of eighth pair (coleopods).

1d. Ditto. Appendages of ninth pair (phallopods).

elements of the anterior nine pairs of appendages. Tio sum

up: the male of Mongoliulus is an advance upon the male of

Paraiulus in the structure of the first leg and the almost

total suppression of the seventh pair correlated with the

modification of the adjacent sternal plate, and stands at a

Systematics of certain Chilognathous Diplopods. 525

lower grade of evolution in the freedom from the terga of

the sterna bearing the third to seventh appendages and the

simpler more archaic construction of the second appendage.

The female, on the other hand, except in the form of the

first tergite, is less specialized than the female of Paraiulus,

the freedom of the sternum of the third leg, the absence of

genital plates, and the large size of the second legs, all being

archaic characteristics. In both sexes, as in Paraiulus and

Lulus, the legs of the first and second pairs belong, I believe,

to the first and second segments respectively—or, at all

events, whatever view with regard to the matter be correct,

no difference is to be found in the three genera mentioned.

This opinion differs from those put forward by Brélemann

(Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1902, pp. 440-446) and Humbert and

de Saussure in 1872, which I believe to be incorrect.

Brolemann’s criticisms of the view of the Swiss zoologists

may be accepted as final. He himself gives the leg-formula

for segments 1 to 6 as follows—O, 1, 1, 1, 2, 2—basing it

upon the alleged discovery of a limbless sternal plate for the

first tergite behind the hypostoma of the gnathochilarium

and in front of the sternal plate bearing the legs of the first

pair. This sternal plate is of large size and was described

and figured by Humbert and Saussure. By Silvestri it was

taken to be the hypostoma; but Brolemann found a trans-

verse plate between it and the plate he regards as the mentum,

and this he holds to be the hypostoma. On this point, I

think, Silvestri was right. The large plate appears to be

the hypostoma and to be the sternal element of the posterior

region of the head, to the sides of which it is attached.

The hypostoma of Brélemann may be a special development

arising from the chitinization of the membrane between the

hypostoma and the mentum; or it is possible that the four

plates of the gnathochilarium in the genus which Brélemann

names (1) first sternum, (2) hypostoma, (3) mentum, and

(4) promentum, may be the homologues of the four plates in

Cambala which Silvestri designates (1) basilar, (2)infrabasilar,

and (3, 4) the anterior and posterior inframaxillaries (Ann.

Mus. Genova, xxxvi. p. 51, fig. 14, 1896). In this connexion

the three transverse plates lying behind the stipites in Para-

iulus may be suggestively compared with the three figured

by Cook in his dr: awing of the guathochilarium of the. male

of Stemmiulus bellus (Amer. Nat, 1895, pl. xh. fig. 1).

In support of his view Brélemann further alleges the

dwarfed appendages of the second pair in the female, : at least

in one of the species examined by him, namely P. ellipticus,

to be adherent to the vulval sclerites, lodged in the third

526 Mr. R. 1. Pocock on the Morphology and

segment, and therefore themselves to belong to the third

segment. But in the females of three Central-American

species dissected by myself these appendages arise from a

small sternal plate separated by a very distinct membranous

area from the genital plates. Finally, in the immature or

Pseudoiulus stage of Paraiulus aztecus the arrangement of

the appendages is the same asin Julus—that is to say, the first

appendages lie between the gnathochilarium and the inward

prolongations of the second segment, the second appendages

behind the latter and the corresponding area of the third

segment, and the third appendages are attached to the sternal

plate which is fused to the tergum of the fourth segment.

Thus Julus and Paraiulus are in agreement in these respects.

Although resembling Paraiulus in many striking parti-

culars, Mongoliulus differs from that genus in both sexes in

certain structural characters which have, in my opinion,

a greater taxonomic value than those which serve to

distinguish the three so-called families, Iulide, Blaniulide,

and Nemasomide (Isobatide). If these three groups and

the Peromopide retain the rank assigned to them by Cook

and Silvestri, consistency will compel the adoption of a

section of the same rank, the Mongoliulide, for Mongol-

iulus. Even if they be reunited under the one heading

Julide, a strong case could still be made out for the recog-

nition of the Mongoliulide, especially since further researches

into the structure of the various species now included under

the names Paraiulus and Ptyoiulus will no doubt bring to

light materials for the splitting of these genera into several

additional genera, equivalent to those into which the old genus

Julus has been broken up by Berlese and Verhoeft.

The differential characters of the Mongoliulide, Para-

julidee, and Peromopide, as compared with the better-known

Tulide and related European families, may be tabulated as

follows :—

a. Mandibles with about ten rows of pectinations.

a’. Male with first ley enormously developed,

forming a five- or six-joimted clasper ;

second legs dwarfed (? sometimes sup-

pressed) and attached to a sterno-coxal

plate showing scarcely a trace of sutures;

enathochilarium with promentum oval,

armed with a downwardly directed tooth-

like process, the lingual lobes crescentically

curved on each side of it; each of the

coleopods, consisting of two independently

movable processes, subequal in length.

a*, Male with legs of first pair six-jointed,

of second pair, when present, small,

Systematics of certain Chilognathous Diplopods. 527

palpiform, four-jointed, the sterno-coxal

plate enormous, wide, deeply excavated

behind for the reception of the penis;

sterna of fourth, fifth, and sixth seg-

ments fused to the terga; appendages

and sterna of sixth segment normal.

Female with sternum and appendages

of second segment greatly reduced ;

genital orifices protected by large chiti-

nous plates, sternum of third segment

united to the tergum............... . Paraiulide.

b?, Male with legs of first pair five-jointed,

of second pair small but not palpiform,

armed with a long claw, consisting of

five segments, in contact at the base and

rising from the distal extremity of a

long cylindrical column, representing

the sterno-coxal elements, and not exca-

vated behind for the lodgment of the

penis; sterna of fourth, fifth, and sixth

segments not fused to terga; anterior

appendages of sixth segment normally

pediform, the posterior reduced to a

conical three-jointed bud concealed

by the tergum and attached to the en-

larged sternal plate, which is produced

inferiorly into a pair of long blade-like

excrescences. Female with sternum

and appendages of second segment

normal, as in Julus; no special sclerites

developed in connexion with the genital

apertures, sternum of third segment free

EOE KETO UNG, air. odes cuayeseas (ove es ese & Mongoliulide.

bt, Male with first leg short, greatly modified

to form a broad, thickly chitinized, at most

two-jointed sclerite, the basal segment

very short, the distal much longer and, at

least sometimes, hooked apically ; second

legs normal in length, longer than the first,

their coxee separated by a very distinct

median suture; gnathochilarium unmodi-

fied; promentum triangular, lingual lobes

converging distally on each side of it;

coleopods consisting of a single sclerite

composed of two pieces united by a suture

but not independently movable, the ante-

rior (inner) piece much shorter than the

posterior (outer). Female with second

leg normal in size and structure, its cox

thickened and strongly chitinized, no dis-

tinct genital plates like those of Paraiwlus. Peromopide *,

* Apart from its mandibles Peromopus, of waich I have seen one male

and one female belonging to different species, is much more nearly related

to the Lulide than to the Paraiulide and Mongoliulide,

528 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Morphology and

b. Mandible with ahout four rows of pectinations.

First leg in male not enlarged, slightly or

considerably modified; gnathochilarium un-

modified. Second leg in female normal; no

large genital sclerites ....0...eseseccsee Iulide, Blaniulide,

Nemasomidz.

SPIROBOLOIDEA.

Genus EvcENTROBOLUS, nov.

Labral pores 2+2.

Antenne about as long as the uncovered portion of the

head, relatively close together, the distance between them

about equal to the distance between the edge of the labrum

and the summit of the antennal socket, and the distance

between the antennal socket and the nearest point on the

lateral border of the head equal to half the distance between

the two sockets and to three times the diameter of the basal

antennal segment. Subocular area of ead hollowed longi-

tudinally, so that the inferior edge of the ocular area stands

up as a distinct and obtuse ridge. Distance between eyes

scarcely equal to 15 times their transverse diameter.

First tergal plate large, with a row of tubercles along its

posterior border, which is slightly elevated. Postsulcal area

of all the remaining terga except the last elevated and

furnished with a transverse row of blunt tubercular spines

from twelve to fifteen in number, irregularly spaced, the

intervals between them occupied by smaller tubercles.

Sterna transversely ridged.

Pores beginning upon the sixth segment, small, in advance

of the sulcus, those of the sixth segment on the same level

as the rest.

Anal tergite produced into a long caudal process.

Eucentrobolus tamulus, sp. 0.

¢.—Colour black, not shining ; legs and antenne ferru-

ginous.

Head granularly rugose, transversely grooved inferiorly,

the median groove deep above and below, mesially obsolete ;

forehead lightly depressed.

Eyes consisting of about thirty-five ocelli.

First segment very large, the widest of the body, coarsely

coriaceous, the anterior border lightly concave inferiorly,

inferior angle acute but rounded, posterior border somewhat

abruptly and obliquely cut away to form the posterior border

of the inferior angular termination. Second segment with

Systematics of certain Chilognathous Diplopods. 529

its infero-lateral portion tubercular and extending below

that of the first, thickened and produced externally and

inferiorly, its posterior angle obtusely rounded, its anterior

angle acute and underlying the corresponding angle of the

first ; in addition to the low and irregular tubercles upon

the inferior crest the segment is furnished with fifteen large

tubercles as well as some smaller ones. Third and fourth

segments narrower than the second or fifth, the latter slightly

wider than the second. The anterior and median areas of

the segments not differentiated, forming a continuous area

covered with a reticulation of very fine ridges, which on the

anterior part of the inferior portion of the segments run into

definite transverse ridges in front and obliquely transverse

ridges behind. The posterior elevated portion of the segments

coarsely ridged inferiorly below the tubercles; the elevated

portion furnished with an anterior row of smaller tubercles

in addition to the larger and smaller ones forming the

posterior row (fig. IIT. 1 a).

Fig. IIT.

Sie

1. Eucentrobolus tamulus, gen. etsp.n., 6. Head and first two segments,

la. Ditto. Segment of mid-region of hody.

10. Ditto. Last two segments.

lc. Ditto. Gonopods from anterior side. m, median, a, anterior, and

p, posterior sclerites of coleopod; ph, phallopods withdrawn

and protruded.

1d. Ditto. Left leg of third pair.

Anal segment : tergite closely granular, its median dorsal

area longitudinally and bluntly carinate and tubercular ;

caudal process long, attenuate, projecting horizontally, then

sharply curled down at the apex, tubercular. Valves

530 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Morphology and

granular, with strongly compressed margins. Sternite gran-

ular, its posterior border convexly rounded (fig. IIT. 18).

Legs with several stiff setze on the lower sides of segments

3 to 6in the anterior portion of the body ; the sete becoming

less numerous at the posterior end; basal segment with two

sete, second mostly with one distal seta. Third segment of

third and fourth legs in male thickened below (fig. III. 1 d).

?.—Very like the male, except for the presence of a

single seta upon the lower side of the segments of the legs.

Terga of first and second segments similarly formed.

Number of segments 51.

Measurements in millimetres—¢. Total length 160;

width of first segment 12°5, of sixth (excl. tubercles) 11, of

median 11, of penultimate segment 8.

Loc. South India: Tinnevelly (type ¢) (C. A. Barber) ;

Trivandrum, in Travancore (H. Ferguson).

Eucentrobolus tamulus belongs to the same category of

species as the form from Madras which I described as Spiro-

bolus uroceros (Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. vu. p. 269,

pl. ii. fig. 7, 1892). The two, however, differ so greatly in

the sculpturing of the terga that in the absence of inter-

mediate types they may be regarded as generically distinct.

For Spirobolus uroceros I propose the name Aulacobolus.

The differential characters of the two genera are given in the

table below.

In the sculpturing of the terga these two genera recall

Acanthiulus, Gervais, but differ from it essentially in the

presence of the large and strong caudal process.

Acanthiulus was proposed by Gervais (Ann. Sci. Nat. (8)

i. p. 70, and Ins. Apt. iv. p. 173, 1847) for the species from

New Guinea described by Le Guillou as Julus Blainvillei

(Bull. Soc. Phil. Paris, 1841, p. 86). In 1893 (Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. (6) xi. p. 186) I described a second species of the

genus, A. Murrayi, from the Aru Islands, and in the following

year a third species was established by Daday (Term. Fiizetek,

xvi. p. 101), under the name Spzrodolus dentatus, from New

Guinea, without any notification on the part of the author of

similarity between his species and Le Guillou’s. The two

species come from the same island, and it is impossible to

doubt that they are closely related, even if they be not

identical. It is to be observed that Acanthiulus dentatus

differs from the form I described as Acanthiulus Murrayi in

the position of the pores upon the posterior elevated area of

the terga—that is to say, behind the sulcus. In 4. Murrayi

they are distinctly in advance of it, as in Trigoniulus.

Nothing is said about the position of these organs in the

Systematics of certain Chilognathous Diplopods, 531

description of Blainvillei, the type of Acanthiulus; but

the similarity in other particulars between dentatus and

Blainvillei justifies the conclusion that in the latter form also

they occupy the abnormal backward position described and

figured by Daday in his species. In that case Murrayi

cannot, strictly speaking, fall into the genus Acanthiulus,

but must stand apart as the type of another genus, for which

the name Polybunobolus is proposed. P. Murrayi further

differs from dentatus and Blainvillet in the much greater

length of the antenne. This, however, may be a character

only of specific value.

The four Oriental genera under discussion may be

distinguished as follows :—

a. Anal segment armed with a long, stout,

apically pointed caudal process.

a. Posterior area of terga not longitudinally

erooved, but furnished with a row of

larger and smaller tubercles irregular in

BI ZeTAMC SPACING, Wer gie's wsteyaecieitem oka EUCENTROBOLUS, noy.

61. Posterior area of terga longitudinally

grooved and furnished with a series of

low tubercles equal in size and evenly

spaced, situated upon the areas between

HERETO OWES mre ettet petra siy os ictlevele: vip «sales AULACOBOLUS, nov.

b. Anal segment not produced into a caudal

process surpassing the valves.

a>, Pores in front of the sulcus on the median

area of the terga; antennz even in the

female much longer than face ........ POLYBUNOBOLUS, nov.

6?. Pores behind the sulcus on the posterior

elevated area of the terga; antenne

short, even in male not longer than face. AcANTHIULUS, Gerv,

CoLOBOGNATHA.

? Genus SrpHonortus, Brandt.

Siphonotus brevicornis, sp. n.

? .—Colour yellow, with two conspicuous fuscous patches

on each segment, forming a pair of fuscous bands extending

from the first to the last tergal plate, the patches larger and

closer together on the anterior than on the posterior terga ;

hence the median yellow band that separates them is wider

posteriorly than anteriorly.

Head piriform, longitudinally grooved above, hairy below.

Antenne very short and thick, not longer than head, all

the segments much wider than long,

Terga finely rugose, with faint longitudinal strie; pleurz

coriaceous.

532 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

Number of segments 64.

Length 23 millim., width about 1 millim.

Loc. Narre Warren, in 8. Gippsland, Victoria (Prof. Baldwin

Spencer).

One female specimen. A more detailed examination upon

fresh material may prove this species to be generically distinct

from Siphonotus. No examination of the gnathochilarium

was made.

LIT.— Diagnoses of Four new Species of Barbus from the

Nile. By G. A. BoULENGER, F.R.S.

A stupy of the very numerous small specimens of the genus

Barbus, mostly young of the larger species, collected by

Mr. Loat in the Nile, has revealed the existence of four

undescribed species, of which diagnoses are here given in

anticipation of the descriptions and figures which will appear

in the forthcoming work on the Fishes of the Nile.

Barbus neglectus.

D. 18, A.TIL5. Sq. 26-30 23,

Depth of body 3 to 32 times in total length, length of head

4 to 44 times. Diameter of eye 24 to 3 times in length of

head ; two barbels on each side, anterior about 4 diameter of

eye, posterior as long as eye or a little shorter. Origin of

dorsal nearer end of snout than root of caudal; last simple

ray not ossified. Ventrals below or a little behind origin of

dorsal. Caudal peduncle 1 to 14 as long as deep. 2 or 24

scales between lateral line and ventral fin, 12 round caudal

peduncle. Yellowish, with a broad silvery lateral band.

Total length 54 millim.

Nile Delta and Luxor.

Barbus miolepis.

D. III 7-8. A. TIL 5. Sq. 24-25 2%.

Depth of body 3 to 33 times in total length, length of

head 34 to4 times. Diameter of eye 24 to 34 times in length

of head; barbels two on each side, anterior a little shorter

than eye, posterior as long as eye ora little longer. Origin

Species of Barbus from the Nile. 538

of dorsal equally distant from end of snout and from root of

caudal; last simple ray not ossified. Ventrals below origin

of dorsal. Caudal peduncle 14 to 14 as long as deep. 2

scales between lateral line and ventral, 12 round caudal

peduncle. ‘Three or four black dots or round spots on the

side of the body, the second below the dorsal.

Total length 36 millim.

White Nile.

Barbus anema.

D.1I8. A. TIES. Sq. 22-25 2.

Depth of body 22 to 31 times in total length, length of

head 3} to 4 times. Diameter of eye 2? to 3 times in length

of head; no barbels. Origin of dorsal equally distant from

end of snout and from root of caudal; last simple ray not

ossified. Ventrals a little behind origin of dorsal. Caudal

peduncle not or but slightly longer than deep. 2 or 24 scales

between lateral line and ventral, 8 or 10 round caudal

peduncle. Scales above the lateral line usually black-edged ;

often a black lateral streak.

Total length 37 millim.

Nile between Assuan and Luxor, and White Nile.

Barbus stigmatopygus.

D.W18. A. TIL5. Sq. 22-25 =.

Depth of body equal or nearly equal to length of head, 3 to

34 times in total length. Diameter of eye 3 times in length

of head; no barbels. Origin of dorsal equally distant from

end of snout and from root of caudal; last simple ray not

ossified. Ventrals below origin of dorsal. Caudal peduncle

14 to 12 as long as deep. 14 scales between lateral line

series and ventral, 9 or 11 round caudal peduncle. Lateral

line reduced to 3 to 6 tubules on the anterior scales. <A

small round black spot at the base of the caudal and another

at the base of the anal; one or two further spots often

present on the middle of the side.

Total length 24 millim.

White Nile.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 35

534 Mr. L. A. Borradaile on the

LITI.—On the Classification of the Thalassinidea. By L. A.

BorrapaiLteE, M.A., Lecturer in Natural Sciences at

Selwyn College, Cambridge.

Wirn the one exception of the Penzidea, there is now no

tribe of Decapod Crustaceans whose systematy is so uncertain

as that of the Thalassinidea. This isin part owing to the

lack of any monograph or revision of the group; but there

can, unfortunately, be no doubt that it is also partly due to

the Report on the ‘Challenger’ Macrura, which m many

places parts company both with the facts and with the state-

meuts of other writers (as Boas, Claus, Ortmann, and Alcock),

and is not to be relied upon, either in the text or in the

figures, for information as to gill-formule, antennal spines,

or even the shape of the legs, on all which points it has misled

and puzzled later writers. In the following attempt to lay

the groundwork of a better knowledge of this group—a

detailed revision of which would need more material than I

had before me—the facts have been gotten by an examination

of the specimens in the British and Cambridge Museums

and from the works of sundry writers, chiefly those men-

tioned above*. For allowing me to examine the collections

under his charge, and for his hospitality at the British

Museum while I was doing so, my best thanks are due to

Prof. F. Jeffrey Bell. I am also under great obligation to

Dr. W. T. Calman for kindly examining several specimens

for me.

I have not attempted a full list of references of the species

or a detailed account of their distribution +, and in many

* Boas, J. V. “Studien over Dekapoderms Slegtskabsforhold,” Kone.

Danske Vidensk. Selskab. Skrifter, vi. i. (1880).

Ciaus, C. ‘Neue Beitrage zur Morphologie der Crustaceen,’ Wien,

1885 (Arb. Zool. Inst. Wien, vi.).

OrtmMAnN, A. E. “Die Decapoden-Krebse des Strassburger Mu-

seums,” iii. Theil, Zool. Jahrb. vi. Syst. i. (1891).

Art. “ Crustacea” in Bronn’s ‘ Thierreich,’ y. ii. (1901).

Aucock, A. ‘ Descriptive Catalogue of the Indian Deep-sea Crus-

tacea Decapoda Macrura...’ Calcutta, 1901.

+ The letters which are placed after the names of species in the lists

given in this paper show very roughly their distribution, as follows :—

. North Atlantic, to the Mediterranean and Cape Hatteras.

. Mediterranean.

West Africa.

. South Atlantic, including South Africa.

. East America, from Cape Hatteras to the River Plate.

. Southern Australia, with Tasmania and New Zealand.

eleislol--t=

Classification of the Thalassinidea. 535

cases the information available has not been enough to enable

me to place them satisfactorily. It follows, of course, that

the diagnoses of the genera can only be approximately correct,

and are liable to be altered in detail by the inclusion of

other species. No doubt the discovery of new species will

have the same result. The chief character on which our

knowledge of the recorded forms is defective is the gill-

formule, and, while the systematic value of these has been

somewhat overrated, there can be no doubt that it is con-

siderable and that they afford useful guidance in the more

primitive family Axiide. In the Callianasside, on the other

hand, and particularly in the Upogebiine, they will, I think,

be found to give less help, since they are here more constant.

The Thalassinidea are a group of tailed Decapods which

recall the hermit-crabs in some respects and the lobsters and

crawfish in others. They are like the Nephropsidea in the

shape of the tail-fin and of the first and often also the second

leg. They differ from them in never having the third leg

chelate, often in a reduction of the number of their gills, and

in a tendency of their abdomen to become soft and lose its

pleura. This is to be connected with their mode of life,

which is in most cases a burrowing one. Herein they show

the same habit of concealment as the Paguridea, to which

they are also akin in the other points of difference from the

Nephropsidea already mentioned, in the thorn-like shape of the

antennal scale in such of them as have it well developed, in

the freedom of the last thoracic sternite, and in their peculiar

way of carrying the last pair of legs rather apart from and

above the rest. They differ from the hermit-crabs in the

fact that these legs are nevertheless shaped much like the

rest, that their second pair of legs are usually chelate, and

that their abdomen is symmetrical with a broad tail-fin. A

remarkable feature, which recalls the prawns, is the presence

in most of them of an appendix interna on the abdominal limbs.

They may be divided into four families—Axiide, Laomediide,

Thalassinide, and Callianasside. The characters and sub-

divisions of these are set forth below, and will be found

summed up in key form on p. 549.

G. West America, below California,

H. North Pacific to California and Vladivostock.

I, Indo-Pacific.

Of these divisions, A, B, and H together make up Ortmann’s Arctic

region, while D and F are his Antarctic region. ‘The deep- and shallow-

water forms are arranged by the same set of regions.

30*

536 Mr. L. A. Borradaile on the

Family Axiide, Bate, 1888.

Definition: ‘ Thalassinidea with a rostrum of good size ;

without the groove or crack which runs lengthwise on each

side of the cephalothoracic carapace in the other families of

the group, and is known as the linea thalassinica; with the

autennular flagella of a good length, the antennal scale

present * as a movable thorn-like structure between the

second and third joints of the antennal stalk, and an im-

movable thorn outside the scale on the second joint; the

first pair of legs chelate, large, unequal, the second pair

ending in small equal chelz, the third to fifth pairs simple,

the fifth sometimes tending to be subchelate ; no gill on the

first maxilliped, mastigobranchs on legs 1-4, podobranchs

on legs 1-3 +, pleurobranchs present or not; the gills tricho-

branch, with narrow filaments ; the plewra of the abdominal

segments well or moderately well developed ; the abdominal

limbs 1-5 with appendix interna, their branches narrow or

fairly broad, and the last pair of limbs with the endopodite

unjointed and the exopodite jointed or not.”

Genera: Awius, Axiopsis, Calocaris, Scytoleptus.

Genus Axtus, Leach, 1815.

Definition: “ Axiidee in which the body is more or less

compressed from side to side in front of the cervical groove,

so that the back in this region shows a platform, which may

be either flat or convex, and is often marked at its edges and

along the middle line by ridges, though these do not, as in

Scytoleptus, end short of the rostrum in strong teeth, but are

continued on to it, and that at about the same level and

without a steep fall; with or without pleurobranchs, and

with no suture on the exopodite of the last limb.”

The genus Axius, as thus defined, contains ail the Axiidee

whose last limb has no suture, with the exception of Scyto-

leptus. Various groups of its species have from time to time

been regarded as worthy of independent rank, and these, with

another group of the same value, are kept as subgenera in

the present scheme. ‘This course has been taken because, on

the one hand, there are undoubtedly considerable differences

between any two of them, aad, on the other hand, they are

so connected with one another that it is as yet impossible to

devise any satisfactory way of separating them into full

genera. A number of characters seem to be of real morpho-

logical importance, as showing a primitive condition, and

* Perhaps not in Scytoleptus.

+ Axius acanthus has a podobranch on the fourth leg.

Classification of the Thalassinidea. 537

have been used in the definitions below; but the evidence of

each of these as to the relationships of the subgenera contra-

dicts that of the rest, and there are none of those special

features which are so useful in separating groups of species

in other cases. Sooner or later, however, a considerable

rearrangement is likely to be necessary.

Subgenera: <Azius, Neaxius, Iconaxiopsis, Kiconaxius,

Paraaius.

Subgenus Axius, Leach, 1815.

Definition: “Species of Agius with the flat area of the

back and the cervical groove well marked, the eyes well

pigmented, the antennal thorns both of a good size, pleuro-

branchs on the second to fifth legs, vestiges of a podobranch

and an arthrobranch on the second maxilliped, and a shallow-

water habitat.”

Species :

Type. A. stirhynchus, Leach, 1815. Tr. Linn. Soc. xi. A.

Subgenus NEAXIUS, n.

Definition: “Species of Agius with the flat area of the

back and the cervical groove well marked, the eyes well

pigmented, the antennal thorns both of a good size, no

pleurobranchs, vestiges of gills sometimes present on the

second maxillipeds *, and a shallow-water habitat.’

Species :

Type. A. acanthus, A. M.-Edw., 1879. Bull. Soc. Philom. [ =A, éalili-

ensis (Borradaile), 1900]. I.

A. plectorhynchus, Strahl, 1862. Mon.-Ber. Ak. Berlin, 1861. I.

2 A. glyptocercus, Martens, 1869. __,, is a 1868. I.

? A, Gundlachi (Martens), 1872. Arch. Naturges. xxxviii. i. HE.

Subgenus Iconaxtopsis, Alc., 1901.

Definition: “ Species of Azius with the flat area of the

back and the cervical groove indistinct, the eyes almost or

quite without pigment, the antennal thorns both of a good

size, pleurobranchs on the second to fourth legs, vestigial

gills on the second maxilliped, and a deep-water habitat.”

Species :

Type. A. laccudiwvensis, Alc., 1894. J. As. Soc. Bengal, Ixiii. I.

A, andamanensis (Alc.), 1901. Ind. Deep-sea Macrura and Anomala, I.

? A. farre (Ortm.), 1891. Zool. Jahrb. vi. Syst. i. 1.

Subgenus Erconaxivs, Bate, 1888,

Definition: “ Species of Awius with the flat area of the

* A, plectorhynchus, specimens in Brit. Mus.; not A. acanthus,

538 Mr. L. A. Borradaile on the

back and the cervical groove more or less indistinct, the eyes

pale, the antennal thorns both of a good size, pleurobranchs

on the second to fourth legs, no vestiges of gills on the

second maxillipeds *, and a deep-water habitat.”

Species :

Type. A. acutifrons (Bate), 1888. ‘Challenger’ Macrura. I.

A. kermadeci (Bate), 1888. ‘Challenger’ Macrura. I.

A. parvus (Bate), 1888. > a I.

? A. erista-galli, Fax., 1893. Bull. Mus. Harvard, xxiv. G.

Subgenus Paraxtvs, Bate, 1888.

Definition: “Species of Awius with the flat area of the

back and the cervical groove not sharply marked, the eyes

pale, the antennal thorns both very small, no pleurobranchs,

no gills on the second maxilliped, and a deep-water habitat.”

Species :

Type. A. altus (Bate), 1888. ‘Challenger’ Macrura. I.

Lack of information makes it impossible to place the

following species :—

. serratus, Stimps., 1852. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. iv. A.

. armatus, S. 1. Smith, 1880. P. U.S. Nat. Mus. ii. A.

. spinulieauda, Rathb., 1902. P. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxiv. H.

. elegans.

ps ps ps be

Genus Axropsis, n.

Definition: “ Axiide with a flat area on the back in the

fore part of the carapace well marked and continuous with

the rostrum, no keel on the carapace behind the cervical

groove, the eyes well pigmented, the antennal thorns long or

of middle size, the legs of the second pair chelate, [an arthro-

branch and a podobranch on the second maxilliped, no pleuro-

branchs +], and a suture on the exopodite of the last limb.”

Species :

Type. A. affinis (de Man), 1887. Arch. Naturges. liii.i. I.

A, princeps (Boas), 1880. Dansk. Vidensk. Selsk. Skrifter, (6) i. H.

A. spinipes (de Man), 1887. Arch. Naturges. hii. i. I.

? A, biserratus (Martens), 1869. Mon.-Ber. Ak. Berlin, 1868. I.

? A. serratifrons (A. M.-Edw.), 1873. J. Mus. Godef. iv. I.

* As it was very difficult to be certain of this point in the small speci-

mens of Ficonaxius and Paraxius, from which the jaws of one side had

sometimes been removed, it is possible that the above statement may be

wrong. In that case the last difference between Liconaxius and Icon-

axiopsis will have gone, for the exopodite of the second maxilla of the

former is longer than the endopodite, and not as Bate figures it.

+ These particulars as to the gills refer to the type only. They may

or may not be true of the other species, which I have not examined.

Classification of the Thalassinidea. 539

PA. nodulosus (Meinert), 1877. Naturh. Tidsskr. (5) xi. A.

? A. Brocki (de Man), 1887. Arch. Naturges. liti.i. I.

? A. Picteti (Zehntner), 1894. Rev. Suisse Zool. ii. I.

? A. defensus (Rathb.), 1900. Bull. U.S. Fish Comm. E.

? A. inequalis (Rathb.), 1900. hy 3 E.

The species described by de Man in 1887 (Arch. Naturges.

li. 1.) as Axius clypeatus should probably become the type

of a new genus, with the following characters :—

“Back arched in the fore part of the carapace, no keel

behind the cervical groove, eyes well pigmented and with

long stalks, and a small oval end-joint on the exopodite of

the last limb.’ The gills are unknown.

Genus Catocaris, Bell, 1853.

Definition: “ Axiide with the body subcylindrical and the

back arched, the cervical groove distinct, a toothed ridge

extending backwards from each edge of the rostrum towards

the cervical groove, which it does not meet, a third ridge

running the whole length of the carapace in the middle line,

the eyes almost or quite without pigment, an arthrobranch

on the second maxiliiped*, no pleurobranchs, and a suture

on the exopodite of the first limb.” All the known species

live in deep water.

Subgenera: Calastacus, Calocaris.

Subgenus Carasracus, Fax., 1895.

Definition: “Species of Calocaris in which the antennal

thorns are of a good size.”

Species :

Type. C. stilirostris (Fax.), 1893. Bull. Mus, Harvard, xxiv. G.

C. investigatoris (And.), 1890. J. As. Soc. Bengal, Ixv. I.

C, felix (Ale. & And.), 1899. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) iii. I.

C. longispinis (McArdle), 1901. cp . (7) vil. I.

C. quinqueseriatus (Rathb.), 1902. P. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxiv. 4H.

Subgenus Catocanris, Bell, 1853.

Definition: “Species of Calocaris in which the antennal

thorns are minute.”

Species :

Type. C. Macandree, Bell, 1853. Brit. Stalk-eyed Crust. A, B, I.

C, Alcocki, McArdle, 1900. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vi. I.

Genus Scyroxertus, Gerst., 1856.

[= Evaaius, Kingsley, 1882.]

Definition: “ Axiidee whose back is arched in the fore part

* Absent in C. stilirostris (?),

540 Mr. L. A. Borradaile on the

of the carapace, but marked off by a ridge on each side, bears

a third ridge in the middle, each of the ridges ending short

of the fore edge of the carapace in a strong tooth, and falls

steeply to the rostrum; with pigmented eyes, without any

vestige of scale or fixed thorn on the antenna (?), and with

no suture on the exopodite of the last limb.” The gills are

not known.

Species :

Type. S. serripes, Gerst., 1850. Arch. Naturges. xxii. I.

S. tricarinatus (Kingsley), 1882. Bull. Essex Inst. xiv. I.

Family Laomediide, n.

Definition: “Thalassinidea with the rostrum of a good

size; linea thalassinica present; antennular flagella rather

short, no vestige of antennal scale (?) or fixed thorn ; the first

pair of legs large, chelate, equal, the second pair simple or

subchelate, the third and fourth simple, the fifth subchelate ;

mastigobranchs on all the thoracic limbs except the last,

podobranchs at least on the third to sixth, arthrobranchs on

the second to seventh; the gills trichobranch, with somewhat

broadened filaments; the pleura of the abdominal segments

fairly well developed; the abdominal limbs without appendix

interna, and the last pair of limbs with a suture ou both

exopodite and endopodite.”

Many points with regard to the two genera of this family

are still unsettled. The gill-formula of Laomedia is as yet

uncertain as regards the maxillipeds. The lack of an ap-

pendia interna on the abdominal limbs of Jawea is only to be

inferred indirectly from the fact that Heller does not mention

it in his careful description, and from its absence in the

allied Laomedia. Heller does not say that the endopodite of

the last limb in Jawea (his Calliaxis) has a suture, but he

figures one clearly. Lastly, it may well be that here (and in

Scytoleptus also) careful search would show that a trace of

the antennal scale remains.

Genera: Laomedia, Jaxea.

Genus Laomenta, de Haan, 1849.

Definition: ‘ Laomediidz which have on the maxillipeds

of the first pair no lash to the exopodite nor podobranch, the

chelz in the legs of the first pair stout, and those of the

second pair simple.”

Species :

Tere ee: eee, de Haan, 1849. Von Siebold’s ‘Fauna Japonica,’

/YUSU.

Classification of the Thalassinidea. 541

Genus Jaxza, Nardo, 1847.

[= Calhazxis, Heller, 1856. }

Definition : “ Laomediide which have on the maxillipeds

of the first pair a lash to the exopodite and a podobranch,

the chelze in the legs of the first pair slender, and those of

the second pair subchelate.”

Species :

Type. J. nocturna, Nardo, 1847. Sinonimia moderna* [=C. adriaticay

Heller, 1856].

Family Thalassinide, Dana, 1852.

Definition: ‘ Thalassinidea with a rostrum of fair size; a

linea thalassinica ; antennular flagella of moderate length, no

vestige of antennal scale + or fixed thorn; the first and second

pairs of legs subchelate {, the rest simple; mastigobranchs

on legs 1-4, podobranchs on legs 1-3, no pleurobranchs,

the gills partly trichobranch, partly with broad plates; the

pleura of the abdominal segments small; the third to fifth

abdominal limbs without appendix interna, the branches of

the abdominal limbs narrow, and the last pair without suture

on endopodite or exopodite.”

Genus: Thalassina, Latr., 1806.

Species § :

Type. 7. anomala (Hbst.), 1801. Naturges. Krabben u. Krebse, iii. ii.

[=T. scorptonordes, Latr., 1806,=7. maxima, Hess, 1865, ?= 7.

gracilis, Dana, 1852.| I.

T. chilensis, Steenstrup & Liitken, 1861. Nat. Foren. Vidensk. Med-

delelser. G.

Family Callianasside, Bate, 1888.

Definition: “ Thalassinidea whose rostrum may be either

of a good size or small; which have the linea thalassinica, the

antennular flagella short or of moderate length, the antennal

scale quite vestigial, and no antennal thorn; the legs of the

first pair usually chelate or subchelate, but sometimes simple,

those of the second pair chelate or simple, those of the third

and fourth pairs simple, and those of the fifth pair simple,

subchelate or chelate; the legs without podobranchs and

* See also Ann. Ist. Venet. xiv.

+ There are some small irregular Imobs between the second and third

joints of the antennal stalk, but Boas shows that neither of these repre-

sents the scale.

{ Bate’s figure is quite wrong in regard to the second leg.

§ According to Ortmann (Bronun’s ‘ Thierreich,’ vy.) there is probably

only one species.

542. Mr. L. A. Borradaile on the

usually without mastigobranchs, no pleurobranchs; the

gills trichobrauch or with filaments broadened in various

degrees; the pleura of the abdominal segments almost

wanting; the third to fifth abdominal limbs with or without

appendix interna, their branches broad, and the last pair of

limbs without suture on endopodite or exopodite.”

Subfamilies : Upogebiine, Callianassine.

Subfamily Uroersrwz, n.

Definition: “ Callianasside with the rostrum of a good

size; the legs of the first pair chelate, subchelate, or simple,

but equal and not with a very broad wrist and palm, those

of the second pair equal, simple (except in Bigea), those

of the third pair with the propodite of normal width; no

mastigobranchs (except sometimes vestiges on the maxillipeds

of the first two pairs); and the second pair of abdominal

limbs with broad branches like the third to fifth, which have

no appendix interna.”

Genera: Upogebia, Gebicula, Bigea.

Genus Upocersia, Leach, 1814.

[ = Gebia, Leach, 1815,=Gebios, Risso, 1826, ? = Calliadne, Strahl, 1862. |

Definition: “ Upogebiinz with the legs of the first pair

chelate or subchelate, those of the second pair simple, those

of the fifth pair usually not chelate, and the two branches

of the last limb broad and stout and not longer than the

telson.”

Subgenera: Gebiopsis, Upogebia.

Subgenus Gesiorsis, A. M.-Edw., 1868.

Definition: “Species of Upogebia in which the ‘ thumb”

is almost or quite as long as the movable finger, and there is

no small tooth on the fore edge of the carapace over the

antenna.”

Species :

Type. U. nitida (A. M.-Edw.), 1868. Nouv. Arch. Mus. iy. C.

U. deltawra (Leach), 1815. Tr. Linn. Soc. xi. A.

U. Darwini (Miers), 1884. ‘Alert’ Report. [=U. ttermedia (de

Man), 1887.] I.

U. Bowerbanki (Miers), 1884. ‘ Alert’ Report. F.

U. isodactyla (Ortm.), 1891. Zool. Jahrb. vi. Syst.i. I.

U. hexacerus (Ortm.), 1894. Jena Denkschr. viii. y. I.

? U. Savignyi (Strah }),1862. Mon.-Ber. Ak. Berlin, 1861. _B.

Subgenus UpogEsiA, Leach, 1814.

Definition : “Species of Upogebia in which the ‘thumb?

Classification of the Thalassinidéa. 543

is distinctly shorter than the movable finger, and there is a

small sharp tooth on the fore edge of the carapace over the

antenna.”

Species :

Type. U. stellata (Mont.), 1808. Tr. Linn. Soc. ix. A, B.

U. littoralis (Risso), 1816. Crust. de Nice. [=U. lacustris, Costa,

1844,= U. venitrarum, Nardo, 1847.] A, B.

U. affinis (Say), 1817. Journ. Ac. Philadelphia, i. E.

U. capensis * (Krauss), 1843. Stidafrik. Crust. S.

U. hirtifrons (White), 1847. P.Z.S. PF.

U. major (de Haan), 1849. Fauna Japonica, Crust. I.

U. pugettensis (Dana), 1852. U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust ii, [=U. cal-

fornica, Stimps., 1854.] HH.

U. carinicauda (Stimps.), 1860. Proc. Ac. Philadelphia. I.

U. subspinosa (Stimps.), 1860. aa hp I.

U. barbata (Strahl), 1862. Mon.-Ber. Ak. Berlin, 1861. I.

U. longipollex (Streets), 1871. Proe. Ac. Philadelphia. G.

U. spinigera (S. I. Smith), 1871. Rep. Peabody Ac. 1869, G.

U. Dana (Miers), 1876. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xvii. [= U. hirti-

rons, Dana, 1852.| F.

U. rugosa (Lockington), 1878. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) ii. F,

U. Sumsoni (Thompson), 1893. Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1892, F.

U. africana (Ortm.), 1894. Jena Denkschr. viii. v. I.

U. furcata (Aurivillius), 1898. Bih. Svenska Ak, xxiv. iv.i. C.

U. spinifrons (Haswell), 1882. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. vi. F.

Genus Gesicuta, Alc., 1901.

Definition : “‘ Upogebiinze with the legs of the first pair

simple, those of the second pair also simple, those of the fifth

pair chelate, and the two branches of the last limb foliaceous,

larger than the telson.”

The distinctness of this genus from Upogebia is doubtful.

According to Haswell’s figure (Cat. Austral. Crust.) the first

leg of U. spinifrons would appear to be simple; but in his

definition of the genus he makes no exception to the rule

that the limb is subchelate, and in his definition of the species

he does not allude to the point. The last leg is chelate in

Gebiopsis Darwint, and in several other species is subchelate.

The telson of U. Simsoni seems to be shorter than the last

limb, but the figure given by Thompson is rather hard to

understand, the limbs being drawn outwards from the telson.

Alcock’s description and his figure, which is from the side,

are also not clear on this point, but, so far as they can be

followed, the last limb in Gebicula seems to be of a more

primitive shape than that of Upogebia.

Species :

Type. G. exigua, Alc., 1901. Ind, Deep-sea Macrura and Anomala. I.

* The remarkable fact, mentioned by Stebbing (South Afric. Crust. i.),

that this species has gills on the last pair of legs, will probably make it

needful to separate it as a subgenus with such others as may share the

character,

544 Mr. L. A. Borradaile on the

Genus Bierna, Nardo, 1869.

Definition: “ Upogebiinz with the legs of the second pair

chelate and all the rest simple.”

It is somewhat remarkable that this genus is only known

by an old drawing, but there seems to be no reason to

doubt its existence.

Species :

Type. B. tipica (sic), Nardo, 1869. Ann. Ist. Venet. xiv. B.

Subfamily Cazzrrawassrva, uo.

Definition: ‘ Callianasside with the rostrum small or

almost wanting; the legs of the first pair chelate, unequal,

the larger one usually with a very broad wrist and palm,

those of the second pair equal, chelate, those of the third

pair with a broad propodite; mastigobranchs present or not

on the hinder thoracic limbs, but always a large one on the

first maxilliped; and the second pair of abdominal limbs like

or unlike the third to fifth, which have an appendia interna.”

Genera: Callianassa, Glypturus, Callianidea.

Genus Cauuianassa, Leach, 1814.

Definition : “ Callianassinz with the eyes flattened against

one another (except in Scallasis), the ischiopodite and mero-

podite in the maxillipeds of the third pair broader than the

carpopodite and propodite; the third pair of legs usually

bearing a lobe on the hinder edge of the propodite, which

thus takes on a characteristic shape; those of the fifth pair

more or less distinctly subchelate ; no mastigobranchs on the

legs or third maxilliped, but a large one (epipodite) on the

first and usually a small one on the second, no gill-like

filaments on the third to fifth pairs of abdominal limbs, and

the plates of the tail-fin not deeply graven.”

The species of this genus are so many that it would be well

if they could be grouped in subgenera. Unfortunately this

is far from easy, partly because so little is known about most

of them. In the following arrangement the characters made

use of are the shape of the maxillipeds of the third pair

and that of the tail-fin, on which great weight was laid by

A. Milne-Edwards in his revision (Nouy. Arch. Mus. vi.),

and the propodite of the legs of the third pair, which is

needed for some species that have become known since he

wrote. The most primitive members of the genus are those

with a long narrow telson, narrow third pair of maxillipeds,

and oyal propodites on the legs of the third pair, such as

Classification of the Thalassinidea. 545

C. secura, C. amboinensis, and C. cacigena. From these

there stand off, on the one hand, the little group of C. ligni-

cola and C. rotundicaudata, with shorter telson and a broader

third pair of maxillipeds, and, on the other hand, the species,

such as (’. subterranea, which have narrow third maxillipeds

and a long telson, but also a lobe on the hinder edge of the

propodite in the third pair of legs, whereby this lhmb takes

on the shape which is typical of the genus. Hence, again,

two lines branch out: one leads to such forms as C. gigas,

which have still long telsons, but very broad third maxilli-

peds; the other, containing such forms as C. brevicaudata,

has a short telson, but often keeps the third maxillipeds fairly

narrow. Between the two groups of which these species are

typical there is, however, an almost complete series, and

they cannot be sharply separated.

Subgenera: Calliactites, Cheramus, Trypea, Callichirus,

Scallasis.

Subgenus CALLIACTITES, n.

Definition: “Species of Callianassa with the maxillipeds

of the third pair narrow or more or less broadened, no lobe

on the hinder edge of the propodite in the legs of the third

pair, the endopodite of the last limb of medium width or

rather narrow, and the telson usually long, never very short.”

Three out of the six species are from deep water.

Species :

Type. C. secura, Lanchester, 1902. P. Z.S. 1901. I.

C. amboinensis, de Man, 1887. Arch. Naturges, lili. i. I.

C. cecigena, Alc. & And., 1894. J. As. Soc. Bengal, Ixiii, I. (deep

water).

C. Dees Ale. & And., 1899. Ann. & Mae. Nat. Hist. (7) iii, 1

(deep water).

C. rotundicaudata, Stebbing, 1902. South African Crust. ii. 8.

P C. goniophthalma, Rathb., 1900. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxiv. H. (deep

water).

Subgenus Curramus *, Bate, 1888.

Definition: “Species of Callianassa with the maxillipeds

of the third pair narrow, a lobe on the hinder edge of the

propodite on the legs of the third pair, the endopodite of the

last limb of medium width or broad, and the telson long.”

Species :

Type. C. subterranea (Mont.), 1808 t. Tr. Linn. Soc. ix. A.

C. pachydactyla, A. M.-Edw., 1870. Nouv. Arch. Mus. vi. C.

* This name cannot be used for any genus which contains C, sub-

terranea, a8it must then be replaced by Callianassa on the ground of

priority. As a subgeneric name it holds good.

+ The true C. subterranca is a species which keeps both the primitive

546 Mr. L. A. Borradaile on the

C. orientalis (Bate), 1888. ‘Challenger’ Macrura. I.

C. minima, Rathb., 1900. Bull. U.S. Fish Comm. E.

C. Batei,nom.n. [=C. occidentalis, Bate, 1838, nom. preoc.*] E.

(deep water).

? C. subterranea, var. minor, Gourret, 1887. C. R. Ac. Fr. cv. B.

Subgenus Trypma}, Dana, 1852.

Definition: “Species of Callianassa with the maxillipeds

of the third pair very broad, a lobe on the hinder edge of

the propodite on the legs of the third pair, the endopodite of

the last limb broad and square-ended, and the telson as long

as, usually longer than, it is broad, almost or quite as long

as the endopodites of the last pair of limbs.”

Species :

Type. C. australiensis (Dana), 1852. U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. ii. F.

C. uncinata, H. M.-Edw., 1837. H. Nat. Crust. ii.

C. gigas, Dana, 1852. U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. ii. H.

C. californiensis, Dana, 1854. Proc. Ac. Philadelphia, vil. [=C. ocez-

dentalis, Stimps., 1856.] H.

C. longimana, Stimps., 1856. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. vi. H,

C. porcellana (Kinahan), 1858. Journ. Roy. Dublin Soc. i. F.

C. chilensis, A. M.-Edw., 1860. Ann. Sci. Nat. (4) xiv. G.

C. brachyophthalma, A. M.-Edw., 1870. Nouv. Arch. Mus. vi. I.

C. mauritiana, Miers, 1882. P.Z. 8. L.

C. truncata, Giard & Bonnier, 1890. Bull. Sci. Fr. Bele. xxii. A.

C. japonica, Ortm., 1891. Zool. Jahrb. vi. Syst. I.

C. Harmandi, Bouvier, 1901. Bull. Mus. Paris. I.

C. maldivensis, n. sp. See ‘Fauna of the Maldives,’ ed. Gardiner, 1.

vee E

rg (OF petalura, Stimps., 1860. Proc. Ac. Philadelphia, 1860. I.

Subgenus CaLiicuirvs f, Stimps., 1866.

Definition : “‘ Species of Callianussa with the maxillipeds

of the third pair usually narrow as compared with those of

Trypea, a lobe on the hinder edge of the propodite in the

characters of this subgenus, but seems, by the hook on its arm, to be

near the ancestor which gave rise to Tryp@a, where this is a common

feature.

* Doubly preoccupied, first by Stimpson in 1856 as a synonym for

C. californica, Dana, and later by Bate himself in 1888.

+ According to the recognized rules of zoological nomenclature (for

instance, by Art. V. 5, of the Code of Rules adopted by the last Zoolo-

gical Congress), this name must be given to the subgenus before us,

although the most striking feature of Dana’s 77yp@a—the extreme short-

ness of the antennular flagella—is not characteristic of it as now consti-

tuted. C. australiensis must remain the type species, although C. wnci-

nata or C. gigas would have been more suitable.

{ Callichirus becomes the name and C. major the type of this sub-

genus by the same rule that makes Trypea the name and C-. australensis

the type of the foregoing one. C. brevicaudata would probably be a

better type.

Classification of the Thalassinidea. 547

legs of the third pair, the endopodite of the last limb

narrow and pointed or rounded at the end, and the telson as

broad as or broader than it is long, distinctly shorter than

the endopodites of the last pair of limbs.’’

Species :

Type. C. major, Say, 1817. Journ. Ac. Philadelphia, i. E.

C. laticauda, Otto, 1828. Nov. Act. Leop. Carol. xiv. A, B.

C. mucronata, Strahl, 1862. Mon.-Ber. Ak. Berlin, 1861. I.

C. Turnerana, White, 1861. P.Z.S. C.

C. tridentata, Martens, 1869. Mon.-Ber. Ak. Berlin, 1868. I.

C. armata, A. M.-Edw., 1870. Nouy. Arch. Mus. vi. I.

C. brevicaudata, A. M.-Edw., 1870. _,, 3 IE

C. longiventris, A. M.-Eidw., 1870. __,, of Ie

C. Bocourti, A. M.-Edw., 1870, rf r I;

C. madagassa, Long & Richters, 1882. Abh. senck. Ges, I.

C. Martenst, Miers, 1884. P. Z. 8. I.

C. nove-guinee, Thallwitz, 1890. Abh. Mus. Dresden. I.

C. diademata, Ortm., 1891. Zool. Jahrb. vi. Syst. C.

C. Grandidieri, Coutiére, 1899. Bull. Mus. Paris. I.

C. nove-britannia, Borradaile, 1900. Willey’s Zool. Results, iv. I.

C. marginata, Rathbun, 1900. Bull. U.S. Fish Comm. E.

C. Kraussi, Stebbing, 1900. South African Crust. i. S.

C. affints, Holmes, 1900. Pap. Calif. Acad. vii. H.

C. Stebbingi*, nom. nov. [=C. subterranea, auct.] A, B.

Subgenus ScALxasis, Bate, 1888.

Definition: ‘‘ Species of Callianassa with the eyes rounded,

bearing the cornea at the end, the maxillipeds of the third

pair fairly broad, the endopodites of the last pair of limbs

narrow, rounded at the end, and the telson about as broad

as long, almost as long as the last pair of limbs.”

Species :

Type. C. amboine (Bate), 1888. I.

The shape of the eyes is not, I think, a primitive feature

in this species, but it must, for the present at least, remain

in a separate subgenus. ‘The third to fifth abdominal limbs

are narrower than is common in Callianassa, and somewhat

recall Callianidea. Bate’s statements respecting the gills in

this subgenus and in Cheramus are unreliable. The speci-

mens are now much damaged, but each had probably nine

pairs of gills (arthrobranchs). The third pair of maxillipeds

are broader in Scallasis than this author implies.

* Named after Mr. Stebbing, who has shown [Hist. Crust. p. 184

(1893)]| that Leach’s species is distinct from the form usually called

C. subterranea, Details of the latter and of C. daticauda are given by

Giard and Bonnier (Bull. Sci. Fr. Belg. xxii. p. 362), and it is probably

the species figured by H. Milne-Edwards in the great illustrated edition

of Cuvier’s ‘ Régne Animal.’

548 Mr. L. A. Borradaile on the

Not having seen specimens or descriptions of the following

species, | am unable to place them :—

C. Krukenbergi, Neumann, 1878. Syst. Uebersicht Gatt. Oxyrhynch.,

&c., Leipzig, 1878.

C. Filholi, A. M.-Edw., 1878. Bull. Soc, Philom.

C. Stimpsont, Smith, 1874.

C. celebica, de Haan.

The following, being known only by the chela, also cannot

be placed :—

C. occidentalis, Bate, 1888. ‘Challenger’ Macrura. E. (Nom. preoc.)

Genus Gryprurus, Stimps., 1866.

Definition : ‘ Callianassinz with the eyes flattened against

one another, the ischiopodite and meropodite in the maxilli-

peds of the third pair not broader than the carpopodite and

propodite ; no gill-like filaments on the abdominal limbs, the

second pair of which have narrow branches ; the endopodites

of the Jast pair of limbs broad and triangular, the telson very

small, and the plates of the tail-fin deeply graven.”

Species :

Type. G. acanthochirus, Stimps., 1866. Proc. Ac. Sci. Chicago, i. HE.

G. grandimana (Gibbes), 1850. Proc. Am. Assoc. iii. E.

G. Branneri, Rathb., 1900. Bull. U.S. Fish Comm. E.

Genus CatiianipEA, H. M.-Edw., 1837.

[ =Isea, Guérin, 1832,= Callianisea, H. M.-Edw., 1837,= Callisea,

Dana, 1852. ]

Definition: “ Callianassinz without linea thalassinica,

with the eyes flattened against one another, bearing the

cornea on the outside ; the ischiopodite and meropodite in

the maxillipeds of the third pair not broader than the carpo-

podite and propodite, the propodite in the legs of the third

pair without a lobe on the hinder edge; mastigobranchs

on all the thoracic limbs except the last; gill-like filaments

on the second to fifth abdominal limbs, which are all alike,

with moderately broad oval branches, the branches of the last

pair of limbs rather narrow and oval, not deeply graven, and

the telson long.”

Species :

Type. C. typa, H. M.-Edw., 1837. H. Nat. Crust. ii. I.

?=C. elongata (Guérin), 1832. Ann. Soc. Entom. France, (1)i. I.

C. levicauda, Gill, 1859. Proc. Ac. Philadelphia, xi. E.

C. Steenstrupt, Boas, 1880. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Skrifter, (6)i. E.

C. mucronata, Kossm., 1880. Reise Roth. Meer. ii. I.

The number of genera in the four families is 13,—4 in the

Axiide, 2 in the Laomediide, 1 in the Thalassinide, and 6

in the Callianasside. If subgenera be counted in, the total

Classification of the Thalassinidea. 549

will rise to 23. The number of species is about 125, these,

like the genera, being more numerous in the more specialized

family Callianasside than in the others. The greater number

of the species in all the families are Indo-Pacific. The

Species are generally restricted to one region, but the genera

are well distributed, showing no tendency to restriction to

particular regions in any case except that of the little genus

Glypturus from the West-Indian region. Most of the known

species live in shallow water, but, with the exception of

the widespread Calocaris Macandree, the deep-sea forms

(below 200 fath.) can conveniently be arranged by means of

the same set of regions; and this has been done above.

The deep-water species are chiefly concentrated in Hiconaxius,

Iconaxiopsis, Paraxius, and Calocaris, which have no shallow-

water forms, but there are a few scattered among the other

genera, and these have been noted in the lists. Thalassina

anomala makes its burrows on land, but they probably always

go down to water.

Key to the Families ef the Thalassinidea.

I. No linea thalassinica. Both movable and fixed

antennal thorns present, though sometimes mi-

nute (? absent in Scytoleptus). Abdominal pleura

ITER Ree osdaucsenucob od Oed a obomee cee ob an

I, ‘Bien thalassinica present (except in Calhanidea).

Fixed antennal thorn wanting, scale reduced to

a flattened vestige or wanting. Abdominal pleura

usually small.

1, Sutures on both exopodite and endopodite of

last limb. Abdominal plewra of a good size.. Laomediide.

2. No sutures on the last limb. Abdominal pleura

small.

a. Second leg chelate or simple. No podo-

branche on legs. Abdominal limbs 3-6

broad. <A vestige of antennal scale remains, Callianassidze.

b. Second leg subchelate. Podobranchs on legs

1-3. Abdominal limbs all narrow. No

vestige of antennal scale ......... Fence ne Thalassinide.

Key to the Genera of the Axiide.

I, A suture on the exopodite of the last limb. [An-

tennal thorns present, large or small.] ;

1, Eyes pigmented. Back flat. No keel in the j

hinder part of the carapace at least.......... Axiopsis.

2. Fyes pale. Back arched. A keel runs the

whole length of the carapace in the middle

Axiidze.

one ieee rat fac me eine Cicigoicacye nicicm CenCeNe Calocaris,

II. No suture on the exopodite of the last limb.

1. Back not falling steeply to rostrwm. Antennal

thorns present, large or small .............. Axius.

2, Back falling steeply to rostrwm. Antennal

Phas Lost (Pye ere istopes selsins erwetealeleyyt | .... Sceytoleptus,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 36

550 Mr. L. A. Borradaile on the

Key to the Subgenera of Axius.

I. Eyes pigmented. Flat area of back and cervical

groove well marked. [Antennal thorns large. |

1. Pleurobranchs on legs 2-4 ........055..2000% Axius.

2.QNo pleurobranchssmey. mbt. obese aa eran Neavius.

II. Eyes pale. Flat area of back and cervical groove

more or Jess indistinct.

1, Pleurobranchs on legs 2-4. Antennal thorns

large.

a. Gills on second maxilliped ..........+.+05- Iconaxiopsis.

b. No gills on second maxilliped..........+... Ficonarius.

2. No pleurobranchs. Antennal thorns small.... Paraxws.

Key to the Subgenera of Calocaris.

i Antennal thorns larve's aioe. fhe e.2 ee eee Calastacus.

II. Antennal thorns small: ...... yareie tant hese ge te ererabeys Calocaris.

Key to the Genera of the Laomedide.

I. No lash to exopodite of first maxilliped. First leg

with stout chela. Second leg simple ........ Laomedia.

II. A lash to exopodite of first maxilliped. First leg

with slender chela. Second leg subchelate .... Jaxea.

Key to the Subfamilies of the Callianassidze.

I. Rostrum large. Legs of first pair equal. No ap-

pendix interna on abdominal limbs 3-5........ UpoGEBIIN.

II. Rostrum small. Legs of first pair unequal. An

appendix interna on abdominal limbs 3-5 ...... CALLIANASSINE,

Key to the Genera of the Upogebiine.

I. Legs of second pair simple.

1. Legs of first pair chelate or subchelate. Last

limb not longer than telson ................ Upogebia.

2. Legs of first pair simple. Last limb longer than

LELSON Foie --delelatee et iote they eto ets eee ees Gebicula.

II. Legs of second pair chelate ........ ah a DAs Bigea.

Key to the Subgenera of Upogebia.

I. Legs of first pair chelate. No tooth on the fore

edge of the carapace over the antenna ........ Gebiopsis.

Il, Legs of first pair with “ thumb ” distinctly shorter

than movable finger. A tooth on the fore edge

of the carapace over the antenna ............ Upogebia.

Key to the Genera of the Callianassine.

I. No gill-like filaments on abdominal limbs. Second

abdominal limb unlike third to fifth. No masti-

gobranchs on legs.

a. Plates of tail-fin not deeply sculptured. Ischio-

podite and meropodite of third maxilliped

broader than carpopodite and propodite...... Callianassa.

b. Plates of tail-fin deeply sculptured. Ischiopodite

and meropodite of third maxilliped not broader

than carpopodite and propodite ............ Glypturus.

II, Gill-like filaments on abdominal limbs 2-5, which

are all alike, Mastigobranchs on legs 1-4 ,,,., Callianidea.

Classification of the Thalassinidea. 5oL

Key to the Subgenera of Callianassa.

I, Eyes flattened against one another, with the cornea

usually on the outside.

1. Propodite of the third leg without a lobe on the

HMM CIMA SGI ye eens vic-sye cute atu tds a> a eee Calhactites.

2. Propodite of the third lex with a lobe on the

hinder edge,

a. Telson long.

a, Third maxillipeds narrow ..... isaataneteraes » Cheramus.

b. Third maxillipeds very broad.........0.- Trypea.

Gehelson short and-broad™ 2242s sesesscee ene Callichirus.

If. Eyes rounded, bearing the cornea at the end.... Scallasis.

The genealogical relations between the genera of Thalassi-

nidea are probably those shown in the following tree :—

Callianassa. Glypturus.

Gebicula.

Callianidea.

Upogebia.

Lhalassina,

Axiopsis. Axius. Scytoleptus.

Laomedia. Jaxea. = ye

Calocaris,

552 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new Batrachians.

LIV.— Descriptions of new Batrachians tn the British

Museum. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.

Bufo fissipes.

Crown without bony ridges; snout short, prominent,

obliquely truncate; interorbital space as broad as the upper

eyelid ; tympanum quite hidden, eustachian tubes indistinct.

Fingers rather slender, first and second equal; toes rather

slender, with a mere rudiment of web; subarticular tubercles

single; two moderate oval metatarsal tubercles; no tarsal

fold. The tarso-metatarsal articulation reaches beyond the

tip of the snout. Upper parts with scattered, very prominent,

smooth tubercles; parotoid glands moderately prominent,

rather narrow, a little shorter than the head, diverging behind.

Dark brown above, with yellowish spots; upper surface of

snout and anterior half of forehead and upper eyelid yellowish ;

limbs with oblique yellowish cross-bars ; sides black ; belly

yellowish, marbled with blackish.

From snout to vent 40 millim.

A single female specimen from Santo Domingo, Carabaya,

S.E. Peru, 6000 feet, collected by Mr. G. Ockenden.

Eupemphix Gadovit.

Snout obliquely truncate, strongly projecting beyond the

mouth ; canthus rostralis obtuse; loreal region nearly

vertical ; interorbital space broader than the upper eyelid ;

tympanum hidden. Fingers rather short, obtuse, first

shorter than second; toes short, obtuse, free; subarticular

tubercles moderate; inner metatarsal tubercle rather large,

oval, prominent, outer round and flat; no tarsal tubercle.

The tarso-metatarsal articulation reaches the shoulder. Skin

smooth. Blackish brown above, with a silvery-white verte-

bral line and a broad, wavy, whitish band on each side from

the end of the snout to the groin; lower parts white, dotted

or marbled with whitish.

From snout to vent 11 millim.

Three specimens of this minute form were obtained at San

Mateo del Mar, near Tehuantepec, by Dr. and Mrs. Gadow

during a recent trip to Mexico.

fTylodes Beate.

Tongue oval, entire. Vomerine teeth in two oblique series

behind the level of the choane. Snout pointed, projecting

Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new Batrachians. 553

beyond the mouth ; canthus rostralis distinct; loreal region

slightly concave; nostril near the end of the snout; inter-

orbital space a little broader than the upper eyelid; tympanum

very distinct, as large as the eye. Fingers and toes slender,

with small terminal disks and very strong subarticular

tubercles ; first and second fingers equal ; a very indistinct

rudiment of web between the toes; two metatarsal tubercles,

inner oval, outer smaller and round. Tibio-tarsal articulation

reaching the tip of the snout or a little beyond. Small

granular warts on the back, rest of body smooth. Dark

brown above; a light bar across the interorbital region; a

white, black-edged streak on the upper lip; limbs with dark,

light-edged cross-bars; lower parts white, more or less

speckled with brown. Male with two vocal sacs, indicated

externally by a fold on each side of the throat.

From snout to vent 25 millim.

T'wo specimens, found by. Dr. and Mrs. Gadow among

dense shrub at La Perla, near Orizaba, at an altitude of

6000 feet.

Closely allied to ZZ. plicatus, Gthr.

Hylodes granulosus.

Tongue nearly round, very indistinctly nicked behind.

Vomerine teeth in two short transverse series behind the level

of the choane. Snout rounded, scarcely projecting beyond

the mouth, with obtuse canthus; loreal region concave ;

nostril near the end of the snout; interorbital space not

quite so broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum distinct, half

the diameter of the eye. Fingers and toes very slender, the

tips dilated into very small disks; first finger extending

beyond second; toes quite free, with very prominent sub-

articular tubercles; two metatarsal tubercles. ‘Tibio-tarsal

articulation reaching the tip of the snout. Upper parts

granulate with small warts, lower parts smooth. Pinkish

brown above, with darker markings; a )-( shaped dark

marking on the occiput and the anterior part of the back, the

lateral branches extending to the upper eyelid ; sides of head

with dark and light bars, radiating from the eyes ; limbs with

rather indistinct dark cross-bars; throat brown, dotted with

whitish ; belly whitish, speckled with brown.

From snout to vent 28 millim.

A single specimen from Santo Domingo, Carabaya, S.H.

Peru, 6000 feet, collected by Mr. Ockenden.

554 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new Batrachians.

Hylodes platydactylus.

Tongue nearly round, feebly nicked behind. Vomerine

teeth in two small oblique groups behind the level of the

choane. Snout rounded, scarcely projecting beyond the

mouth, with obtuse canthus ; loreal region concave; nostril

near the end of the snout; interorbital region as broad as the

upper eyelid; tympanum distinct, half the diameter of the

eye. Fingers and toes moderately elongate, with large sub-

triangular terminal disks; first finger not extending so far as

second; toes quite free, with moderately developed sub-

articular tubercles; two metatarsal tubercles, inner oval,

outer round and very small. Tibio-tarsal articulation reaching

between the eye and the tip of thesnout. Upper parts nearly

smooth; belly and lower surface of thighs granular. Brownish

or greyish olive above, with symmetrical darker markings; a

dark bar between the eyes, a W-shaped band behind the eyes

and across the nape, oblique bands on the sides of the head

and body and across the limbs; sometimes a yellowish

vertebral band; lower parts whitish.

From snout to vent 32 millim.

Several specimens from Santo Domingo, Carabaya, 8.E.

Peru, 6000 feet, collected by Mr. Ockenden.

Atelopus oxyrhynchus.

Habit rather slender. Head longer than broad, its length

contained twice to twice and a half in the length of the trunk,

quite flat above, with vertical sides; snout pointed and

strongly projecting ; nostril midway between the end of the

snout and the eye; interorbital space much broader than the

upper eyelid. Fore limb long, slender in the female; fingers

moderate, depressed, slightly swollen at the tips, first very

short and broad, but well developed ; carpal and subarticular

tubercles indistinct ; toes rather short, much depressed, about

half webbed ; metatarsal and subarticular tubercles indistinct.

The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the posterior border of

the eye, or between the eye and the shoulder. Large smooth

warts on the sides and posterior part of the body and on the

limbs; belly granular or areolate. Coloration very variable.

Some specimens uniform lemon-yellow, with or without a

blotch of vermilion-red on the belly ; others yellow above and

orange-red below; others olive or olive-brown above, more or

less spotted with dark brown and with a dark lateral streak

extending to the end of the snout, lemon-yellow beneath, with

Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new Batrachians. 555

or without brown spots. Male with an internal subgular

vocal sac.

From snout to vent 50 millim. —

Numerous specimens from Venezuela (Rio Albirregas,

Culata, Sierra Nevada de Merida), at altitudes of 10,000 to

11,000 feet, collected by Sr. Bricefio.

Atelopus erythropus. |

Habit rather slender. Head as long as broad, its length ~

contained twice in the length of the trunk; snout as long as

the eye, truncate, projecting beyond the mouth, concave above

and on the sides; nostril a little nearer the end of the snout

than the eye ; interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid.

Fore limb long and slender; fingers moderate, depressed,

slightly swollen at the tips, first very short; carpal and sub-

articular tubercles indistinct ; toes rather short, three fourths

webbed, inner very indistinct; metatarsal and subarticular

tubercles indistinct. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the

anterior border of the eye. Upper parts minutely granulate,

lower smooth. Brown above, white beneath ; lower surface

of thighs and of feet vermilion.

From snout to vent 20 millim.

A single specimen from Santo Domingo, Carabaya, S8.E.

Peru, 6000 feet, collected by Mr. Ockenden.

Rana Budgetti.

Vomerine teeth in two transverse or slightly oblique series

between the anterior borders of the choane. Head moderate,

not much depressed; snout obtusely acuminate, as long as

the orbit, projecting beyond the lower jaw ; canthus rostralis

obtuse; nostril a little nearer the eye than the end of the

snout, followed by a rather deep concavity of the loreal

region ; interorbital space narrower than the upper eyelid;

tympanum very distinct, as large as the eye. Fingers ex-

tremely short, blunt, first and second equal. ‘Toes short,

blunt, barely half webbed; subarticular tubercles small; a

large, compressed, shovel-shaped inner metatarsal tubercle, its

length equalling that of the inner toe. Tarso-metatarsal

articulation reaching the nostril, Skin smooth on the back,

warty on the sides; a dorso-lateral glandular fold, not con-

nected with a similar fold above the temple. Pinkish grey

above, with dark brown, black-edged spots, which are very

crowded on the outer side of the dorso-lateral fold; a. darix

band on the side of the head, passing through the nostril, the

eye, and the tympanum; limbs with regular cross-bars ;

556 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new Batrachians.

hinder side of thighs with dark vermiculation; lower parts

white, with the exception of the throat and breast, which are

grey, marbled with blackish and with two longitudinal white

bands. Male with a large external vocal sac-in a fold on

each side of the throat.

From snout to vent 65 millim.

Four specimens (male and female and two young), from

McCarthy Island, Gambia, presented by Mr. J. 8. Budgett.

This species is very closely allied to R. moeruensis, Blgr.,

from Lake Mweru. It differs principally in the still shorter

fingers, the first of which does not extend beyond the second.

Rana Swinhoana.

Vomerine teeth in two oblique series between the choane.

Head much depressed, slightly broader than long; snout as

long as the diameter of the orbit, rounded; canthus rostralis

obtuse ; loreal region not very oblique, concave; nostril

equally distant from the end of the snout and from the eye ;

interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid ; tympanum

distinct, one half to three fifths the diameter of the eye.

Fingers moderate, first not extending beyond second ; toes

entirely webbed; tips of fingers and toes dilated into well-

developed disks, which are much smaller than the tympanum ;

subarticular tubercles rather small; a small, oval, inner

metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the

tip of the snout. Skin smooth, granular on the side; no

dorso-lateral fold. Brown above, with small darker spots; a

dark canthal streak and a dark temporal blotch ; a whitish

streak on the upper lip; limbs with rather indistinct dark

cross-bars; lower parts white.

From snout to vent 80 millim.

Two female specimens from Bangkimtsing, Formosa,

presented by Mr. J. D. La Touche.

The nearest ally of this species, named in memory of the

late Robert Swinhoe, the first explorer of the Reptile-fauna

of Formosa, is 2. lévida, Blyth (chloronota, Gthr.).

Hylambates cassinovdes.

Vomerine teeth in two small groups between the choanz.

Head as long as broad; canthus rostralis indistinct ; tym-

panum about half the diameter of the eye. J ingers free,

toes webbed at the base, dilated into small but very distinct

disks ; a moderately large oval metatarsal tubercle. Hind

limb very short, the tibio-tarsal articulation reaching barely

the axil. Skin smooth above; belly and lower surface of

Miss J. Sollas on Haddonella Topsenti. 557

thighs granular. Grey above, with six dark brown longi-

tudinal stripes, the median pair narrowly separated; a dark

brown canthal streak ; limbs with regular dark brown cross-

bars ; lower parts white.

From snout to vent 46 millim.

A single female specimen from McCarthy Island, Gambia,

presented by Mr. J. S. Budgett.

In form and markings this frog bears a remarkable simi-

larity to Cassina senegalensis, D. & B., from which it is,

however, easily distinguished by the terminal disks of the

digits and the presence of a short web between the toes.

LV.—On Haddonella Topsenti, gen. et sp. n., the Structure

and Development of its Pithed Fibres. By IGERNA SOLLAS.

[Plates XXVIII. & XXIX.]

OwinG to the kindness of Dr. Harmer I have had the oppor-

tunity of looking through a collection of corals and sponges

brought home by Dr. Haddon from Torres Straits. Amongst

these was a single specimen of a ceratose sponge belonging

to the Dendroceratina.

The sponge has been torn away from its earliest support,

but remains attached to a piece of coral to which its distal

parts have secondarily adhered. ‘The proximal ends of the

fibres project from the flesh, which has been dragged away

from them ; they are flattened and disk-like. The surtace of

the sponge is raised into conuli, which are widely separated

at unequal distances from one another; a little below the

summit of each the fibre which supports it can be seen through

the flesh as a dark line. ‘The general colour is a dull grey,

tinged with pink (in spirit).

The oscula are covered by a sieve-like membrane. I prefer

this method of stating the facts to saying that “ the oscula

occur in groups,” seeing that each group of apertures

leads into a single continuous cavity. The dermal ostia occur

in patches, separated from one another by anastomosing

strands of fibrous tissue, in close contact with the dermal

membrane. ‘The whole sponge is very cavernous. A six-

rayed Ophiuroid was found in one of the internal passages.

‘The flagellated chambers measure about ‘07 x ‘04 mm. on

an average and are elliptical in form, with wide mouths

opening directly into the excurrent canals.

558 Miss I. Sollas on Haddonella Topsenti.

The general anatomy of the skeleton is shown in Pl.

XXVIII. fig. 2; it consists of a number of separate fibres

arising either singly or two or three together, from each disk

of attachment. ‘The fibres branch at intervals, the ultimate

twigs either terminating within conuli or expanding, at the

tip, into disks of attachment similar to those found at the

proximal ends of the fibres. The minute structure of the

fibres recalls that of Janthella-fibres, for cells are present

within their outer layers.

The diameter of the fibres in their oldest portions, near the

base, is 0°72 mm.; commonly in the upper parts they

measured 0'4 mm. in diameter.

As the genus Janthella is the only sponge hitherto known

to contain cells in the cortex of its fibres, I may here recall

the more striking of the other characters common to all its

known species. ‘These are: the arrangement of the fibres

into a regular square-meshed framework, horizontal fibres

crossing others which rise vertically from a single basal disk,

and secondly the restriction of oscula and ostia respectively

to opposite sides of the plate-like sponge. Evidently the

sponge now described cannot be included under the generic

name Janthella; I therefore propose to call it Haddonella

Topsenti. -Naturally up to the present Janthella has afforded

the only available material for studying the development of

pithed sponge-fibres with cell-containing cortex. The first

worker to give an account of the minute structure of the

fibres and to discover the cells contained therein was

Flemming (6) in 1872. The species he examined were

I. basta and I. flabelliformis. He describes the fibres in each

of these as consisting of a rose-red finely granular pith, sur-

rounded by an amber-coloured cortex in which are embedded

beautifully contrasting violet-red cells. The pith showed a

lumen of small dimensions which was not a continuous canal,

but occurred chiefly at the points where the fibres branch.

The “ Dornen”’ (small branches arising from the main fibres

where these cross one another) were constantly free from cells

at their apices. Flemming does not consider the question of

the origin of the fibres or of their parts, but he goes only

so far as to ask whether the cortical cells are proper to the

sponge, or whether they are parasites, and decides that they

are proper. In discussing the problem how, if they were

parasitic, they could have got in, he mentions casually that

the pith is naked at the apices of the “ Dornen.” He con-

siders that the presence of cells in its fibres places the sponge

in a very isolated position. “2

Carter (7) gives a general account of the skeletons of horny

Miss J. Sollas on Haddonella Topsenti. 559

sponges and discusses Janthella at some length. He speaks

of the cells in the fibres as “ pigmented cells,” and at one

stage of his argument comes to this conclusion: “ the horny

laminze were not only deposited on the grey granuliferous

axis, but the horny material itself was formed by the pig-

mented cells.”” Carter, however, considers he is bound to

reject this conclusion, because such a mode of formation of

spongin is not known in other horny sponges, and he thinks

that his choice of a spongin-former lies between the axis of

the fibre and the surrounding “ sarcode.”” He chooses the

latter alternative. He has not seen, nor apparently sought,

the fibre-tips.

Polejaeff (2) examined the species I. flabelliformis. He

states that the cells in the fibres occur between the laminze

of spongin, as Carter had described it, the laminz being con-

centric cylinders about the axis of the fibre, and he shows

this well in his fig. 5, pl. 2. He speaks of the cells as in all

probability spongoblasts, and he seems to have been the first

to take this view. He failed to find any part of the fibre

without cells or without spongin cortex, and consequently

there was a difficulty in accounting for the origin of the pith.

Polejaeff’s work, ‘On the Structure and Classification of

Horny Sponges,’ 1886, being written in Russian, was not

accessible tome. In the‘ Challenger’ report Polejaeff speaks

of the inclusion of spongoblasts in the horny substance of the

fibres as a peculiarity of which the systematic importance is

‘rather ambiguous.”” He then remarks that ‘if we should

in time find Janthellide, 7. e., horny sponges whose skeletal

fibres are charged with true cells, of thoroughly different

organization, we should be obliged to elevate the character in

question to the rank of that of a subfamily, or even family ”

Q Von Lendenfeld (3) describes three species, J. flabelliformis,

I. basta, and I. concenitrica. He criticizes Polejaett’s account

and especially his fig. 5, pl. 2, which he says is very incorrect,

and adds :—‘“ The cavities ” (2. e., the cell-containing cavities

in the cortex of the fibre) ‘‘ are embedded in spongin which is

clearly stratified in such a manner that the layers are deter-

mined by the cavities and strictly parallel to their surfaces”

(the italics are his). The fig. 1, pl. 49, of the Monograph

illustrates this statement clearly and shows a structure such

as one might perhaps have expected on @ prior? grounds.

The structure 1 have observed in the skeletal fibres of Had-

donella agrees well with Polejaeff’s figures, and with those

published earlier by Flemming and Carter (6 and 7). :

Von Lendenfeld describes the stratified spongin as passing

560. Miss I. Sollas on Haddonella Topsenti.

without any sharp limit into the granular pith which forms a

thin layer. The inner surface of the pith is sharply defined :

the pith is a hollow cylinder in which no cells of any kind

can be distinguished. ‘The difficulty of pith-formation he

overcomes by a theory: he asserts that a cap of spongoblasts

over the tip of the fibre secretes spongin, thus adding to the

length of the fibre. This is afterwards destroyed by cells,

the process being comparable to the formation of bone-marrow

by osteoclasts, and the active cells are consequently termed

“ spongoclasts.”’

Minchin (4) relegates the whole matter of occurrence of

cells in spongin-fibres to a footnote, saying that it is in need

of re-investigation.

My own observations are as follows :—

The adult fibre shows, in cross or longitudinal section,

three well-marked zones—(1) outermost, the cell-containing

spongin-cortex, followed by (2) a layer of altered spongin-

cortex, which surrounds (3) the pith: this may be solid, or

having apparently yielded to tension may show a cleft-like

cavity. (1) The cortex consists of cylindrical laminz of

spongin, which are all concentred about the axis of the

fibre, and of cells lying between the lamine. The youngest

cells on the periphery of the fibre are of large size, in close

contact on all sides with spongin. They are of the same

colour as the spongin, but many shades darker ; the contrast

which so pleased Flemming is absent here: the whole cortex

is of the rich brown of spongin with a distinct tinge of violet

superposed. The young cells are densely packed with

spherical bodies ; the nucleus is central and lies in a small

clear space, which gives the cell the appearance of being

perforated (fig. 6). The outer surfaces of the cells are

convex. Proceeding from the periphery of a section towards

the interior, the cell-bodies become continually smaller and

the spherules in them less numerous, consequently the cells

in the inner layers are no longer in close contact with the

spongin, but come to lie in cavities. In the innermost layers

there seems to be little besides nucleus remaining in these

cavities, which, however, are never quite empty. (2) The

second zone might be called a transition-layer: it is

more or less granular, at the same time somewhat fibrillated

and contains cells, or at any rate nuclei (figs. 8 & 9). It is

easy to convince oneself that it is formed by alteration of

the innermost cortical layers, and that the nuclei are the nuclei

of cortical cells. (8) The pith is granular, homogeneous, and

destitute of cells.

In the distal end of a growing fibre there are three regions

Miss I. Sollas on Haddonella Topsenti. 561

distinguishable, succeeding one another along its length. At

the extreme apex is a region where the pith lies naked in the

cap of spongoblasts. That Polejaeff overlooked this may be

due either to the fact that the fibres he examined had ceased

to grow, or it may be explained by irregularity of form or

change of direction of the fibre. In the present material it is

easy to obtain sections of an apparent apex (fig. 7), while the

true growing point lies bent to one side and would appear

many sections further on. I cannot say whether the same

would be true of Lanthella.

In the second region, which is of varying length, the pith

is covered with a single layer of spongin without cells em-

bedded in it. This passes, by no means abruptly, into the

cell-bearing region, which includes the whole of the older

parts of the fibre. At first the cells are very sparsely

scattered (figs. 4 & 7) and may be found outside the first-

deposited layer of spongin, then included between the first

two layers, with a second set of cells on the outside, and so on

—always with cells on the outside as long as the fibre is still

growing in thickness; when this growth has ceased the

outermost layer is of spongin. From the rarity with which

one finds cells on the outside of a fibre quite uncovered by

spongin, one concludes that the deposition of this substance

must take place rapidly.

The fibre-tips which are going to form adhesive disks differ

from the ordinary tips in the great broadening of the pith at

the apex and in the fact that the pith is quite without cell-

covering over its flat distal surface. Accordingly, in the fully

formed disk, the spongin which closes in the pith-cylinder at

the extremity shows manifest signs of having arisen from

secondary ingrowths from the spongin-cortex (Pl. XXIX.

fig. 10).

‘he spongoblasts are many layers deep (PI. XXVIII.

fig. 5). Lower down on the fibre the layers are fewer and

the cell-bodies larger, but still very much smaller than those

of the cells applied to or included in the fibres and charged with

spherules, between which cells and the ordinary spongoblasts

outside the fibre I have looked for transition-forms in vain.

In material stained in bulk with Ehrlich’s hematoxylin

and afterwards well washed out with acid alcohol the spongin

did not stain and lost its violet tinge, while both pith and

transition-layer were well stained, particularly the latter.

In sections stained with iron hematoxylin (Heidenhain)

the whole fibre was stained, and the nuclei in the transition-

layer show up well after this treatment.

562 Miss I. Sollas on Haddonella Topsenti.

Summary.

(1) The new genus Haddonella has its nearest allies in the

species of [anthella (Gray); these two genera share the pecu-

liarity of having cells in the cortex of their pithed fibres.

(2) The fibre-tips or growing points consist of naked pith

alone, secreted by a many-layered cap of spongoblasts.

(3) Spongoblasts apply themselves sparsely to the sides

of this pith, pouring out upon it a layer of spongin; upon

this layer again spongoblasts settle and repeat the process of

spongin deposition, and so on repeatedly till ultimately the

pith is included in many successive sheaths of spongin, in the

intervals between which the spongoblasts lie.

(4) The spongoblasts diminish in size and lose their

granular contents in the process of forming the spongin

layers.

The presence of cells in the spongin of sponge-fibres is a

character of subfamily or family value (Polejaeff).

Literature consulted.

(1) VosmAER.—Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. 1871.

(2) PoLtEyanFr.— Challenger’ Reports, vol. xi. 1884.

(3) Von LENDENFELD.—Monoeraph of Horny Sponges. 1889.

(4) Mtncury.—Text-book of Zoology, edited by E. Ray Lankester.

1902

(s) Giese, Zool. Soc. p. 49 (1869).

(6) FLemmine.—Verh. d. phys.-med. Gesell. Wurzburg, vol. ii. p. 1

(1872).

(7) CarTer.—Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. viii. p. 111 (1881).

(8) Von LenDENFELD.—Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. vol. liv. p. 275 (1892).

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

All the figures refer to Haddonella Topsenti.

Pirate XXVIII.

Fig. 1. Entire specimen, natural size, attached to a piece of coral.

Fig. 2. Some skeletal fibres, partly diagrammatic.

Fig. 3. Piece of the dermal membrane with dermal ostia and perforations

of the oscular membrane.

Fig. 4. Younger parts and apex of a growing fibre zn sztu.

Fig. 5. Extreme tip of a growing fibre with spongoblast cap.

Fig. 6. Cells from outer layers of the cortex of a fibre.

Fig. 7. Longitudinal section of a fibre near the apex.

Fig. 8. One side of the longitudinal section of a fibre.

‘“g. 9. Similar part of a section of an older fibre.

PLATE XXIX.

Fig. 10. Longitudinal section of an adhesive disk.

Fig. 11. Longitudinal section of a young stage in the development of an

adhesive disk.

a., algal cells which formed part of the surface of support; a.d., disk

On a new Genus of Heteromerous Coleoptera. 563

of attachment or adhesive disk; ¢., cortex; ¢.c., cortical cell; d.o., dermal

ostia ; fi.c., flagellated chamber ; 7., ingrowth of cortex; p., pith; p.o.s.,

perforation of the oscular sieve; 0.s., oscular sieve; s., layer of spongo-

blasts ; s.c., spongoblast cap ; ¢r., transition-layer.

Balfour Laboratory,

Cambridge, 1902.

LVI.—Description of a new Genus of [Heteromerous

Coleoptera. By Cuas. O. WATERHOUSE, F.E.S.

Tenebrionide.

APOCRYPHINA.

PLASTICA, gen. nov.

Mentum trapezoidal, the angles slightly acute; ligula

strongly exserted, narrowed towards the base, truncate in

front (with two points of the hypopharynx projecting beyond

it in the specimen examined) ; labia] palpi short, the apical

joint moderately large, somewhat ovate, a little narrowed

towards the apex, which is slightly obliquely truncate.

Maxille with the inner lobe furnished at the apex with

numerous curved bristles, one of which is much larger than

the others. Maxillary palpi large, the apical joint securiform.

Mandibles bifid at the apex. Labrum prominent. Antenne

moderately long, stout, pubescent, slightly thickened towards

the apex. Head somewhat quadrate, swollen behind the

eyes ; epistome oblique at the sides, very slightly sinuate in

front. Amntennary orbits somewhat swollen. Eyes small,

scarcely prominent, very coarsely facetted. Thorax sub-

quadrate narrowed at the base, with all the angles much

rounded ; the sides confounded with the under flanks. Scu-

tellum small, indistinct. Elytra oblong-ovate, convex,

dorsally flattened, with the suture impressed. Legs moderate ;

the front and middle femora much thickened at the middle;

the posterior pair only gradually narrowed to the base, thick

at the apex, with a rather deep emargination below at the

apex, so that there is a distinct angle produced below.

Tarsi hairy below; anterior with the basal joint a little

longer than the second, which is (like the third and fourth)

short; the posterior tarsi are rather longer, with the basal

joint moderately long, longer than the second and third

together. The anterior coxe are globose and prominent.

The sternal process not very broad, almost vertical posteriorly.

The intermediate coxe not very widely separated. Meta-

sternum very short. Abdomen with the intercoxal process

broad; the first aud second segments subequal, the suture

564 On a new Genus of Heteromerous Coleoptera.

dividing them not very well marked, the third segment only

a little shorter; the fourth about two thirds the length of the

third, more convex in the longitudinal direction, with the

sutures dividing it from the others more strongly marked *.

This genus is closely allied to Apocrypha, but differs in

having the femora less club-shaped, with the posterior pair

emarginate at the apex below; the proportions of the joints

of the tarsi are also different.

The insect somewhat resembles some species of the Cara-

bideous genus Bradycellus.

Plastica polita, sp. n.

Elongato-oblonga, piceo-nigra, nitidissima; capite crebre fortiter

punctato; thorace minus crebre sat fortiter punctato; elytris

irregulariter punctatis, sutura prope scutellum impressa ; pedibus

rufo-piceis.

Long. 5 mill.

Hab. Sorata Mountain (Sir Wm. Martin Conway).

Head rather large, subquadrate, the punctures rather large

and close together, leaving a smooth spot on the vertex.

Cheeks behind the eyes swollen almost to the level of the

eye, parallel, with the angles much rounded. Antenne

reaching to about the middle of the thorax, rather stout,

slightly thickening towards the apex; the third joint a little

longer than the second; the following joints short, gradually

becoming transverse, the eleventh joint nearly twice as long

as broad, conico-ovate. Thorax only a little broader than the

head, one-sixth broader than long, evenly convex, scarcely

narrowed in front, but considerably narrowed at the extreme

base, the sides gently rounded and with the angles rounded.

The surface is very distinctly punctured, but not so strongly

as the head, and the punctures are separated from each other

by the diameter of a puncture. Hlytra at the shoulders

scarcely wider than the thorax, slightly wider posteriorly,

arcuately narrowed at the apex, more finely punctured than

the thorax, the punctuation not very sharply defined, irre-

gular, moderately close, with some very lightly impressed

punctured lines, especially near suture and sides. The

shoulders are very much rounded; the apex is tinged with

pitchy red. Legs not very long; the tarsi about as long as

the tibiee.

* While examining the mouth-parts of this genus I looked at those

of Hymeus, Pasc., which is placed next to Apocrypha; finding them

unlike those cf a Heteromerous insect, I examined the tarsi, and found

the joints to be 5, 5, 5 in the first specimen ; but the second is a male,

and has them 5, 5, 4, showing that the genus should be placed in the

Cucujidee, perhaps near Psammechus.

THE LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN

PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE

AND

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE.

A JOURNAL DEVOTED TO PHYSICS, ASTRONOMY, MECHANICS,

CHEMISTRY, MINERALOGY, AND THE ALLIED SCIENCES.

‘MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d.

Complete sets (unbound) may be obtained at the following

prices : ae

The First Series, in 68 volumes, from 1798 to 1826. A few imperfect

copies only on hand—prices on application.

The Second Series, in 11 volumes, from 1827 to 1832. Price £2 4s.

‘The Third Series, in 87 volumes, from 1832 to 1850. pre aoe

The Fourth Series, in 50 volumes, from 1851 to 1875. sn b2as

_ Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE

NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY.

MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d.

Complete sets (unbound) may be obtained at the Se

prices :—

The First Series, in 20 volumes, from 1838 to 1847. Price £10,

The Second Series, in 20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857. SLO,

The Lhird Series, in 20 volumes, from 1858 to 1867. ,, £12.

‘The Fourth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1868 to 1877. ey Ghee

The Fifth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1878 to 1887. . dirs Oy

Tayxor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street,

CONTENTS OF NUMBER 71.—Seventh Series.

XLVI. Rhynchotal Notes.—XIX. By W. L. Distanr ........ | 9 i

XLVII. A Revision of the Genera of the ArAnem or Spiders,

with Reference to their Type Species. By F. Pickarp-CamBrines, |

XLVIII. Descriptions of Fourteen new Species of Marine Mollusca \ :

from Japan. By G. B. Sownrwy, F.LS. ...........-..00 esos 49

XLIX. Three new Species of Nyctinomus. By Orprrerp Tomas. 501

L. Notes on Irish Species of Zylais. By J. N. Harperr........

LI. Remarks upon the Morphology and Systematics of certain |

Chilognathous Diplopods. By R. 1. Pocock .,...............- ». 615

LII. Diagnoses of Four new Species of Barbus from the Nile. oi ie

G. A Bovrimnern,. RSs ao Ee Se ee eee Oe ae 5Bo

LIL. On the Classification of the Thalasinden, (By aaa

Borraparte, M.A., Lecturer in Natural Sciences at Selwyn Colle;

Cambridge 220s lite Voi ckoe cele ebeeien ie Eo ake new ea BY 4

LIV. Descriptions of new Batrachians in the British Museum. By

GG. AS BounenceEny F Riser a2 esos bishop leer siete ane cs pops ee BAF

LY. On Haddonella Topsenti, gen. et sp. n., the Structure and ae

Development of its Pithed Fibres. By atten SoLzas. (Plates

XX VU RRR) a Retr e 5

LVL. Description of a new Genus of Heteromerous Coleoptera.

By Cas. O. Wateruouss, FES. ..........- oso eke a abet

*,* Itis requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed,

post-paid, to the Care of Messrs, Taylor and Francis, Printing Office, g

Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London.

THE ANNALS

AND Srirauean

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anno GEOLOGY.

No, LXXII.

DEC. 1903.

CONDUCTED BY

oat “ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Px.D., F.R.S.,

| WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.B.S., E.LS., F.G.S.,

oe Ba > AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, sux. TS

a 7 ; BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE * ‘ ANNALS” COMBINED WITH

ae MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH'S ‘‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”

WITH “POUR Ae ATES.

Hustrative of Mr. F. Pickard-Cambridge’s iin on the Occurrence of Godbius

capito in Cornwall, Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby’s on Mollusca

from South Africa, and Mz, R, Kirkpatrick's on some Meduse from Japan.

TF ponpon:

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

"Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Oo., Ld. ; Bailliére, Paris:

Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and. Asher, Berlin,

BRITISH MUSEUM (WATURAL HISTORY).

The following Publications on Natural History have been

recently issued by the Trustees of the British Museum :— _

Handbook of Instructions for Collectors. Price 2s. 6d.

Hand-list of the Genera and Species of Birds. By R. Boworen Suaner,

LED Vol. TVs) Price: 10s: pee

Catalogue of Birds’ Eggs. Vol. III. Carinate. By E. Was ies and

Captain Savite G. Rerp. 10 Coloured Plates, Price £1. 5s.

Wionograph of Mosquitoes. By F. V. THropaxp, M.A. Vol. ies ae

Plates and 193 Illustrations in Text. Price £1 1s. '

Monograph of Tsetse-Flies. By E. E. Ausren, with a Chapter on : Mouth-

parts Pe H, J. Hansen, Ph.D. 9 Plates, 16 Woodcuts and a fog

Price 15s.

Catalogue of Lepidoptera Phalenz (Moths). By Sir G. Pr HA:

Bart. Vol. IV. Noctuide. 125 Woodcuts. Price 15s.—Atlas: ms m8

Coloured Plates, 16s.

Catalogue of Madreporarian Corals. Vol. IV. The Family Poritide, vy

I. The Genus Gontopora. By H. M. Bzernarp, M.A. 16 Plates.

Price £1. Re

These works can be purchased through the Agency of Messrs.

Lonewans & Co., 39 Paternoster Row, E.C.; Mr. Quariren, 15

Piccadilly, W.; Messrs. Kncan Paut & Co., Dryden House, 43,

Gerrard Street, Soho, W.C.; and Messrs. Die & Co., 37 Sees

Sq uaie, W.C.

E. RAY LANKESTER,

Cetober 20th, 1903. Director.

Medium 8vo.

THE

FLORA OF THE PRESIDENCY OF BOMBAY. aa

By THEODORE COOKE, C.LE.,

M.A., M.A.1., LLD., F.LS8., F.Z.8., &.

FORMERLY PRINCIPAL OF THE COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AT POONA AND DIRECTOR

OF THE BOTANICAL SURVEY OF WESTERN INDIA,

Part L—RANUNCULACEE to RUTACEH. Price 8s.

Part Il._SIMARUBACE to LEGUMINOS& (Papilionacez). Price 9s.

Part IJL.—CHSALPINEE to RUBIACEZ. Price 10s.

Published under the authority of the Secretary of State

for India in Council.

Tayior and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

AN 3O 1904

THE ANNALS

AND

| MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SEVENTH SERIES.]

No. 72. DECEMBER 1903.

_ LVIT.—On some new Genera and Species of Parasitic

Hymenoptera from the Khasia Hills, Assam. By P.

CAMERON.

[Concluded from p. 371.|

Acanthojoppa apicilineata, sp. u.

Luteous; two small marks on the pronotum in front, a

band round the base of the mesopleurz, continued under

the tubercles, a mark in front of the middle coxe, the base

and underside of the metapleure, the scutellar depression,

the bas of the median segment, and the posterior median area,

black. Wings hyaline, the stigma pale testaceous. ?.

Length 11 millim.

Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

Apex of antenne broadly fuscous. Face closely, dis-

tinctly, and uniformly punctured; the clypeus obscurely

punctured above; the front and vertex closely punctured,

the former with a smooth shallow line down the middle.

Mesonotum closely and uniformly punctured; the scutel-

lum is more strongly and not so closely punctured on the

basal slope, which is thickly covered with fuscous hair; its

sides, on the basal slope, are keeled; the apex on the top is

slightly roundly depressed; viewed from the sides the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 37

566 Mr. P. Cameron on new

scutellum is triangular, the basal and apical slopes being

straight and oblique. Basal arez of median segment closely

punctured, the middle obliquely, the apical more strongly

transversely striated ; the areola is twice longer than broad ;

the spines are sharply pointed, long ; the part outside them

is coarsely striated ; the rest of the spiracular area is closely

punctured. The second and third abdominal segments are

minutely and closely punctured. Gastrocceli curved, deep,

narrow. The sheaths of the ovipositor are distinctly longer

than the last segment, which is longer than the penultimate.

Acanthojoppa nigromaculata, sp. n.

Luteous; the basal sixteen joints of the antenne more

yellowish in tint towards the middle; the others infuscated.

The inner and outer orbits broadly, the greater part of the

clypeus, the mandibles, and the pleurz, pale yellow; the

apex of the mesonotum, a mark longer than broad on

the basal half of the scutellum, the base of the median

segment all round, the posterior median area, a line below

the tubercles and one over the hinder coxe, black; the four

front coxee are of a paler yellow tint. Wings hyaline, the

basal half has a fulvous tinge; the stigma testaceous, the

nervures blackish. ¢.

Length 16 mm.

Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

May be known by the small size of the areola; it is

broader than long, rounded behind, and bears some stout

central and a few oblique lateral keels. Face punctured,

but not very closely ; the upper part of the clypeus sparsely

punctured; both are covered with pale hair; the vertex is

closely punctured and covered with shorter darker hair.

Mesonotum coarsely shagreened ; the scutellum is closely

and distinctly punctured above and thickly covered with

blackish hair. Postscutellum smooth; the basal fovez

deep and clearly defined. The base of the median segment

is closely punctured; the posterior areola is rather small,

broader than long, rounded behind, transverse at the apex ;

the apical are are coarsely transversely striated ; the base

of the spiracular closely punctured; the rest obliquely

stoutly striated; the spines are longer than broad and

gradually narrowed towards the apex. Propleure smooth,

except for some striz on the centre of the apex; the meso-

pleurze closely punctured at the base and apex, and with a

broad belt of oblique strize in the middle; the metapleure

closely striated, less distinctly towards the apex. The second

Hymenoptera from the Khasia Hills. 567

abdominal segment is distinctly punctured ; the gastroceli

shallow, with a few stout longitudinal strize.

Acanthojoppa nigrolineata, sp. n.

Ferruginous ; the scape of the antenne and the four or

five basal joints of the flagellum rufous, the rest black ; the

face, clypeus, mandibles, except at the base, and postscutel-

lum, a line on the upper half of the propleure, the base and

upper half of the mesopleurze under the wings, the base of

metanotum all round, the lower part of the metapleure, the

posterior median area and the apex of the median segment,

and the sides of the petiole for the greater part, black.

Legs coloured like the body, the four front cox pale yellow,

the hinder largely black on the outer side at the apex and

the hinder tarsi black. Wings fulvous, the apex from the

base of the stigma fuscous violaceous ; the stigma and the

apical nervures dark testaceous. <.

Length 15 mm.

Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

Face and clypeus strongly punctured, the latter with a

shallow depression in the middle at the apex; both are

thickly covered with long white hair; the labrum fringed

with long white hair. Mesonotum closely punctured and

thickly covered with short black hair. The top of the

scutellum has a slight but distinct broad depression; the

basal slope punctured and thickly covered with long fuscous

hair. Postscutellum smooth, pale yellow. The basal slope

of the median area in the centre is bordered all round by a

stout keel; the areola is about as long as it is wide in the

middle ; the apical half is obliquely narrowed, the posterior

median, except at the base, is irregularly transversely

striated ; the spines are stout and narrowed towards the top,

which is bluntly rounded. Pleurz closely punctured, the

metapleurze more strongly than the rest, especially on the

basal half. Gastrocceli with the basal half deep and irre-

gularly transversely striated.

Acanthojoppa curtispina, sp. 1.

Rufous, the face and clypeus pale yellow; the middle of

the mesonotum, a line on the sides, a darker one alongside

the tegule, the scutellar depression, the base of the median

segment, the base and upper part of the mesopleure below

the tubercles, and the base and lower side of the metapleure,

black. Wings hyaline, iridescent, the base with a slight

fulvous tint, the apex, with a faint but distinct fuscous cloud;

Eis

368 Mr. P. Cameron on new

the stigma dark testaceous, the nervures black, Antenne

rufous, darker at the apex, the scape black in the middle

beneath. <¢.

Length 13 mm.

Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

Face closely and rather strongly punctured ; the apex of

the clypeus depressed ; both are covered with short white

hair. Vertex and middle of the front punctured and covered

with short dark hair. Mandibles pale yellow, their teeth

black. Mesonotum closely punctured. Scutellum strongly

but not very closely punctured, and thickly covered with

long fuscous hair, its sides sharply keeled, its apex only

very slightly depressed. The base of the median segment

rugosely punctured ; the areola is about as long as broad,

slightly obliquely narrowed behind laterally, and not bordered

by a keel there; it is coarsely, irregularly, transversely

striated; the posterior median area is closely and finely

rugose, the lateral irregularly reticulated. The upper part

of the propleure closely punctured, behind, in the middle,

obliquely striated. Mesopleure closely punctured and with

a striated band in the middle below. Metapleure closely

rugose. The sides of the postpetiole punctured ; the second

and following segments closely punctured; the gastrocceli

narrow and bearing one or two striz on the base.

Xestojoppa bilineata, sp. nu.

Yellow; the ocellar region, a band on the front (the black

on the former roundly narrowed before and behind, on the

latter widened below), an oval ring above the antennz

with a black mark inside, two broad lines on the sides of the

mesonotum (not reaching to the outer edge and reaching to

the middle), the area on the median segment, and the base of

the second abdominal segment, black. Legs coloured like

the body, the base of the hinder femora black. Wings

almost hyaline, the stigma dirty yellow. ?.

Length 15 mm.

Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

Head smooth and shining ; the clypeus sparsely punctured.

Apex of antennz broadly black. Mesonotum closely punc-

tured. Scutellum almost impunctate ; the sides of the post-

petiole striated at the base. Median segment closely

rugosely punctured, its area irregularly longitudinally

striated ; the teeth are longish and do not project much.

Abdomen smooth and shining; the middle of the petiole is

marked with fuscous. Antenne pallid yellow, the apex

broadly black.

Hymeneptera from the Khasia [1ills. 569

Xenojoppa ? maculiceps, sp. n.

Length ll mm. Q@.

Hao. Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

This species agrees with Xenojoppa, except that there is no

spine on the hinder coxe.

Black ; the face (except for a black line down the centre),

the inner orbits to the lower ocelli, a spot behind the eyes,

the clypeus (except at the apex), a line on the hinder part of

the pronotum (narrowed in front), a line on the side of the

mesonotum, the scutellum (except for a triangular mark on

the sides at the base and a square mark in the middle

behind), the postscutellum, the tubercles, the lower part of

the pronotum, the hinder half of the propleure below, a

mark on the lower side of the mesopleure at the base and

extending on to the sternum, a small mark on the meta-

pleurze below, the postscutellum, the basal half of the first,

its apex, and the apices of all the other abdominal segments,

yellow. legs fulvous, the four anterior more yellowish in

tint, the hinder femora and tibie rufous; the hinder cox

black, yellow in front and in the middle behind; the hinder

trochanters marked with black; the apex of the hinder

femora, the base of the hinder tibiz narrowly, and their apex

broadly, black. Wings hyaline, the stigma and nervures

black ; the areolet is almost appendiculated. Antenne

longer than the body, black, a broad yellow band beyond the

middle ; beyond the middle the joints are serrate and thickly

covered with black hair. Thorax as long as the abdomen;

on the basal edge of the mesonotum is a row of foves; the

sides and apex of the middle lobe are bordered by irregular

keels and furrows. Scutellum covered with long black

hair, strongly keeled laterally, the keels at the base forming

a triangular depression; the apex is depressed ; the post-

scutellum smooth. The areola is broader than long, its

basal two thirds obliquely narrowed ; its base is smooth, the

rest irregularly longitudinally striated; the central keel is

continued to the base; the posterior median area is clearly

defined, its base irregularly reticulated, the rest of it (as are

also the lateral arez) stoutly transversely striated. Apex of

propleure striated ; the mesopleurze smooth above, the lower

part strongly and closely punctured ; the metapleure strongly

and closely reticulated. The second and third abdominal

segments are closely punctured, striated at the base; the

gastroceeli deep, longish, brownish, bordered outwardly by

keels.

570 Mr. P. Cameron on new

Habrojoppa leucozona, sp. n.

Blue, the face, clypeus, the inner orbits narrowly to the

lower ocellus, the base of the mandibles broadly, the palpi,

the scutellum (except at the base), the basal third and the

apex of the first abdominal segment, the base of the second

and its apex broadly, yellow. The antenne black, the four-

teenth to twentieth joints white below. Legs blue, the ante-

rior fulvous, their coxee and trochanters white, marked with

black behind, the hinder trochanters and base of femora

rufous below ; the calcaria dark testaceous. Wings fuscous

hyaline, the stigma black, the nervures fuscous. ?.

Length 15 mm.

Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

Head densely covered with short white hair. Face and

clypeus closely punctured, the front and vertex smooth.

Mesonotum coarsely, rugosely, irregularly reticulated.

Scutellum smooth. Postscutellum striated. Median seg-

ment strongly irregularly reticulated ; the areola longer than

wide, bulging out at the sides, smooth, and with a keel down

the centre. Lower part and apical portions of propleurze

closely striated; the upper part of the mesopleure with

curved longitudinal striz, all clearly separated, the lower

closely punctured. Petiole smooth, the base of the second

segment striated; the gastrocceli large, not very deep, and

striated at the base.

Habrojoppa maculiceps, sp. n.

Blue; the inner and outer orbits, the face and oral region,

the apex of the scape, a broad band on the middle of the

flagellum, the clypeus, the edge of the pronotum, the basal

half and the apex of the petiole, the apex of the second

abdominal segment, of the fourth to the seventh, the sides of

the third, aud the apical half of the last segment, yellow.

Legs rufo-fulvous, the middle cox and trochanters yellow,

the hinder coxe blue except at the apex; the apical third of

the hinder femora and tibizw, the base of the hinder tibiz,

and the apical two joints of the tarsi are black. Wings

clear hyaline, the stigma testaceous; the areolet narrowed

above. @¢.

Length 12 mm.

Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

Head shining; on the face is a somewhat mitre-shaped

black mark, which is prolonged along the top of the clypeus.

Mesonotum coarsely and closely reticulated in the middle,

bordered on the outer side by stout kecls, and inwardly is

Hymenoptera from the Khasia Hills. O71

marked by transverse keels. Scutellum smooth, its depres-

sion black. Postscutellum deeply depressed in the middle,

the depression bordered by stout keels ; outside is a stout

oblique keel, followed by a similar one. Median segment

closely reticulated; the middle keel extends to the apex;

the bordering keels are curved outwardly at the base.

There is a striated band on the upper part of the propleure ;

the apex is more narrowly striated. Mesopleurz below the

tubercles with a few perpendicular striz ; above the middle

are four longitudinal ones, the upper being stouter than the

lower. Metapleurz closely and strongly punctured ; below

the spiracles is a smooth keel. Second abdominal segment

strongly longitudinally striated on the blue part ; the third

is much less strongly longitudinally striated; the other

segments smooth, the ventral largely marked with yellow.

Dimetha flavinerva, sp. n.

Luteous ; the face yellow, the mandibular teeth, the vertex

behind and the ocellar region, the basal third of the third,

the fourth with slightly more than the basal half, and the

other abdominal segments entirely, black. The four front

legs entirely luteous, their coxe paler, more yellowish, the

hinder pair black; the hinder legs black, the coxe, tro-

chanters, and somewhat more than the basal half of the

femora, rufous. Wings yellowish hyaline, the apex from the

end of the areolet fuscous violaceous. Antenne black,

brownish beneath, the scape yellowish. 9.

Length 20 mm.

Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

Face closely punctured, the clypeus more shining and less

closely punctured. Labrum fringed with long fulvous hair.

Palpi fuscous and covered with short white hair. Front

closely, almost rugosely punctured, the vertex strongly punc-

tured ; the inner orbits sharply margined. Mesonotum dark

rufous, closely rugosely punctured. Scutellum_ thickly

covered with long fuscous hair; the basal depression deep,

stoutly keeled. Postscutellum finely punctured and thickly

covered with fuscous hair. The middle of the median segment

is transversely striated, the rest rough, rugose, irregularly

reticulated. Propleure striated, more coarsely and running

into punctures above. Mesopleurze coarsely punctured, the

lower part at the base with some stout striations. Meta-

pleure rugosely punctured, the lower part bordered by a

wide and deep crenulated furrow and at the apex with some

stout oblique keels. The narrowed part of the first ahbdo-

572 Mr, P. Cameron on new

minal segment slightly, the apical strongly punctured ; the

other segments closely punctured, the punctuation becoming

weaker towards the apex, the second striolated at the base.

Gastroceeli large, curved, smooth at the base and bottom.

Dimetha nigrolineata, sp. n.

Ferruginous ; the second, third, and fourth abdominal

segments black at the base, the apical entirely black, the

face, clypeus, labrum, mandibles, and palpi yellow; the

ocellar region and the occiput in the centre black, the orbits

yellow; the front rufous and with two sharp stout keels in

the middle, running down from the ocelli and converging

below ; the four front legs rufous, their cox paler, more

yellowish, slightly more than the apical half of the hmder

femora, slightly more than the apical half of the hinder

tibize, and the hinder tarsi, black. Wings yellowish hyaline,

the costa and stigma rufo-fulvous. ¢.

Length 20 mm.

Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

Face and clypeus punctured, the latter more strongly than

the former, the labrum more finely and closely. Antennze

black, the scape yellow. The lower part of the pleure and

the sternum are paler, more yellowish than the mesonotum,

which is closely and strongly punctured and thickly covered

with longish black hair. Seutellum pyramidal, oblique,

strongly punctured (except at the top), which ends in asome-

what triangular point and is thickly covered with long

fuscous hair. Postscutellum very smooth and shining and

with an obliquely rounded slope. The raised obsolete areola

smooth; from it run two stout acute keels to the apex of

the segment, the keels becoming larger and more acute

towards the apex; the sides are bordered by a curved, more

irregular keel; the base is coarsely rugosely punctured, the

punctures running into reticulations; the apex is more

stoutly transversely striated; the spiracular region coarsely

rugosely reticulated, and bordered on the outer side by a

smooth keel; the segment is covered closely with longish

black hair. Propleurz punctured above. Mesopleurz with

a long sharp keel at the tubercles, above with shallow punc-

tures, the middle more strongly punctured, the punctures on

the lower part running into strong longitudinal striations.

Metapleurz (except at the base above) strongly punctured ;

shortly below the middle is a stout eurved keel; the base,

apex, and lower part bordered by a narrower keel, the two

forming a large enclosed area. Petiole above coarsely punc-

Hymenoptera from the Khasia Hills. 573

tured, especially at the apex; the latter is raised in the

middle, this part being bordered by keels; the spiracles are

bordered behind by a stout curved keel. Gastrocceli wide,

deep, smooth, striated on the bottom; the latter and the sides

are black, the segment between them is stoutly and sharply

striated ; the petiole on the lower side is stoutly keeled, the

keels bifurcating at the apex.

Charitojoppa varicolor, sp. n.

Rufous, marked with blue; the mandibles, palpi, the sides

of the pronotum (except at the base), tubercles, base of

tegule, sides of scutellum broadly, the lower third of the

pro- and mesopleurz, two lines on the mesosternum, the

narrowed base of the first, its apex and the apices of the

other abdominal segments, yellow. Abdomen blue, rufous

between the gastroceli. Legs rufo-fulvous, the anterior

paler ; the four anterior coxe and trochanters pale yellow,

the hinder coxe reddish brown; the apex of the hinder

femora and of the hinder tibiz black. Wings hyaline, the

stigma black. ?.

Length 14 mm.

Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

Head brown, the vertex in the middle and the orbits on

the top behind blue; the front and vertex smooth; the

centre of face strongly punctured, rufous, mixed with blue.

Clypeus sparsely punctured. Middle of mesonotum strongly

reticulated ; the centre at the base depressed ; there is a

smooth longitudinal space on the sides inside the margined

furrow. Scutellum shining, the basal slope smooth; the

lower part on the sides widely furrowed; the apical slope

widely furrowed in the centre, the furrow triangularly

narrowed at the top and bottom. Postscutellum smooth, its

centre and sides obscurely keeled. Areola smooth and

shining; the keels bounding it curve outwardly, then

diverge outwardly to the sides of the apex of the segment

confluent with the posterior median area; the basal ares

large and roundly dilated on the outer side at the apex ;

they are irregularly striated, smooth on the outer side;

the rest is strongly transversely striated, the striz runuing

into reticulations im places; in the central part of the

apex are two longitudinal keels, forming an area divided

by keels into three parts. The upper and hinder part of the

propleure strongly striated. Mesopleure irregularly and

strongly striated except in the centre behind. Metapleuree

closely reticulated. The second abdominal segment is

574 Mr. P. Cameron on new

rufous between the gastroceeli, which are striated and yellow

at the base, smooth and blue at the apex. The third segment

is closely punctured, the others smooth.

Lamprojoppa fuscinerva, sp. n.

Blue; the antenne black, fuscous towards the apex; at

the foot of the eyes 1s a broad dirty white band, which is

continued more narrowly round the base of the mandibles.

Legs thickly covered with black hair, the tarsi black, the

tibize darker than the femora. Wings hyaline, the stigma

and nervures fuscous; the areolet almost appendiculated,

oblique. ?.

Length 15 mm.

Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

Head sparsely covered with short white hair, the front

broadly in the middle transversely striated, its sides sparsely

punctured ; the ocellar region more strongly and closely

punctured ; the inner orbits are sharply margined; clypeus

and face strongly and closely punctured and thickly covered

with white hair. Mesonotum strongly and closely punctured ;

the sides of the middle lobe at the base transversely striated.

The central part of the scutellum bears large scattered punc-

tures. Median segment coarsely transversely striated.

Areola transverse at the base, at the apex obliquely nar-

rowed; inside is a stout central and two shorter lateral

keels; the teeth are large, broad, rounded; the posterior

median area is smooth at the base (except for a central longi-

tudinal keel) ; the basal lateral areze bear large, deep, round

punctures ; the spiracular area strongly irregularly reticu-

lated. Pleurz strongly and closely punctured, the sutures

striolated. Petiole smooth, the postpetiole in the middle

transversely striated; the second segment is strongly, the

third and fourth less strongly, punctured. Gastrocceli large,

deep, their base stoutly striated.

Lleanta trochanterata, sp. u.

Black; the edge of the pronotum, the scutellar keels

broadly, the sides and apex of the scutellum, the post-

scutellum, an irregular mark on the median segment above

the areola, its apex and two oblique marks above it, these

being prolonged upwards from beneath on the outer side,

the lower side of the mesopleure broadly, the yellow being

prolonged on to the sternum on the basal half, and a band

above the hinder coxe, yellow. Head smooth and shining,

black, below the antenne on the inner and outer sides, and

Hymenoptera from the Khasia [ills. d75

the orbits narrowly above, whitish yellow; the apex of the

mandibles broadly black. Wings hyaline, the costa and

nervures black, the stigma fuscous. The four front legs are

yellow, the third and fourth joints of the anterior tarsi, the

middle pair almost entirely, the hinder cox, femora, tibiz,

and tarsi, black; the hinder calearia white. Abdomen

black, the lower side, base, and apex of the petiole, the sides

of the postpetiole more broadly than the middle, a large mark

near the apex of the second segment, triangularly narrowed

behind, a large mark (narrowed on the inner side) on the

sides of the third and fourth (the mark on the fourth being

the smaller), the fifth except at the base laterally, and the

sixth entirely, pale yellow. 9°.

Length 17 mm.

Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

This species differs from J. datitarsis, Cam. (Manch.

Memoirs, 1899, p. 205), in the transverse cubital nervures

being united above. The generic characters may be supple-

mented. The labrum projects; the clypeal fovez are

distinct, the occiput is margined, the postscutellum depressed

at the base laterally, the base of the median segment is

obliquely depressed ; the ventral fold extends from the base

of the second to the apex of the fourth segment; there are

eight dorsal segments on the abdomen, the last being minute ;

the ovipositor projects ; the apices of the joints of the hinder

tarsi are spinose; the claws are large. The metatarsus is

not quite so much dilated as in J. latitarsis; the cheeks are

flat, the face only very slightly developed ; the middle abdo-

minal segments are slightly angularly produced laterally ;

the striz only extend to the apex of the fourth segment ;

the gastrocceli large and deep ; and the antennz are distinctly

dilated.

Tleanta fulvipes, sp. n.

Black; the face, clypeus, labrum, the inner orbits, the

outer narrowly above, the malar space for the most part

above, the base of the pronotum, its edge above from near

the base, the base of the tegule, the scutellar keels, the apex

of the scutellums, an oblique line on either side of the apex

of the metanotum, a mark behind the spiracles, the lower

third of the mesopleure, a line down their apex, the sides of

the basal four segments of the abdomen broadly at the apex,

a smaller mark on the sides of the fifth, a transverse narrow

one on the apex of the sixth, and the greater part of the

seventh, pale yellow. Wings clear hyaline, the stigma and

neryures black. Legs fulvous, the four front coxe and

Sie Mr. P. Cameron on new

trochanters pale yellow; the hinder coxe black, yellow at

the base above; the apical half of the hinder femora, the

extreme base of the hinder tibiz and the apex more broadly,

black; the hinder tarsi pale yellow. Antenne black; a

mark on the base and apex of the scape beneath, and the

seventh to eighteenth joints of the flagellum beneath,

white. @.

Length 16 mm.

Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

Face sparsely punctured; on its centre are two black lines ;

the clypeus almost smooth, both are sparsely haired. Meso-

notum raised in the middle at the base and thickly covered

with short black hair; the middle at the base closely, the

sides and apex sparsely, punctured. Metanotum strongly

and closely punctured (except on the sides at the base) ;

the areola is elongate, about three times louger than broad ;

its centre smooth, its sides irregularly striated ; it is open

behind. The fiat scutellumis sparsely punctured. Pro- and

mesopleure closely punctured except in the middle; the

metapleure closely and regularly punctured. The basal

three segments of the abdomen are closely longitudinally

striated in the middle.

Eutanyacra stramineomaculata, sp. n.

Black ; the inner orbits, the face, clypeus, labrum, the

base of the mandibles broadly, a line on the pronotum, the

tubercles, the scutellums, the apex of the first (narrowly in

the middle, broadly on the sides), a large mark on the sides

of the second and third at the apex, almost the apical half of

the sixth, and the apical two thirds of the seventh abdominal

segments, lemon-yellow. Legs lemon-yellow, the four front

coxe at the base, the hinder entirely, the four anterior

femora except at the apex, the hinder entirely, the apical

third of the hinder tibiz, the apical joint of the tarsi entirely,

and the apices of all the others, black. Wings hyaline, with

a slight fulvous tinge. The underside of the scape and the

seventh to thirteenth antennal joints yellow. ¢.

Length 16 mm.

Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

Face and clypeus closely and strongly, the front and vertex

less strongly, punctured and thickly covered with white

hair; in the middle of the face is a black line, the upper half

of which is dilated. Pro- and mesothorax closely punctured,

thickly covered with short pale hair; the scutellum is not

quite so closely, the median segment more coarsely rugosely,

Hymenoptera from the Khasia Hills. 577

punctured, its apex transversely striated ; the strie on the

posterior median area are more regular and not so coarse as

on the lateral arez. Areola about as broad as long, its apex

rounded inwardly. Postpetiole closely and finely rugose,

the punctures in the middle running into curved striz ; the

second, third, and fourth segments are closely punctured.

Differs from EH. pallidicoxis, Cam., in the yellow markings

being straw-yellow, in the four front femora being broadly

black, in the four front coxe being only yellow at the apex,

in the cubitus not being sharply angled at the stump of a

nervure which is almost obsolete, in the postpetiole being

more distinctly separated from the petiole, which is longer

and narrower.

HERESIARCHINI.

Setanta femoralis, sp. 0.

Black ; the face, the inner orbits, the lower half of the

outer broadly, clypeus, labrum, palpi, mandibles, the edge of

the pronotum, two short lines on the centre of the meso-

notum, the scutellums, two (somewhat large) marks on the

sides of the metanotum covering the spines, the lower edge

of the propleurze, the tubercles, the lower part of the meso-

pleurz, the apex of the petiole (broader at the sides than in

the centre), a large mark (obliquely truncated on the inner

side) on the sides of the second and third abdominal seg-

ments at the apex (the mark on the second being much the

larger), a narrower line on the fourth, the entire apex of the

fifth and sixth, and the seventh almost entirely, pale yellow.

Legs dark rufous, the four anterior cox and trochanters

pale yellow, the hinder coxe black, with a large yellow mark

above on the apex, the basal joint of the trochanters black,

the apical two thirds of the hinder femora, the apex of the

tibize, and the tarsi (except at the base) black. Wings clear

hyaline, the stigma and nervures black. 9.

Length 11 mm.

Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

Face aud clypeus closely and strongly punctured, the face

covered with short white pubescence, the clypeus with longer

fuscous hair. The centre of the vertex and of the front

distinctly punctured ; there is a shallow triangular depres-

sion below the ocelli. The tenth to the fifteenth joints of

the antenne white beneath. Mesonotum shining, thickly

covered with short white pubescence. Metanotum closely

rugosely punctured, the apex closely transversely rugose ;

the areola longer than broad, transverse at the base and

578 Mr. P. Cameron on new

apex, the sides bulging outwardly. Pleure closely punc-

tured, the metapleurz more closely than the rest, the lower

part of the propleure striated.

May be known from S. rufipes, Cam., by all the femora

being for the greater part black, by the marks on the meta-

notum being straight and oblique on the top, instead of the

inner three fourths being rounded and raised above the outer

edge, the base of the tibiz pale, not bright red, and there is

no yellow on the scape of the antennz, the flagellum, too,

being darker coloured.

Chiaglas longicornis, sp. 0.

Black; the scape of the antennze below, jomts 9-16, and

the base of the mandibles, white; the scape for the most

part testaceous and thickly covered with fulvous pubescence ;

the face, clypeus, the inner orbits to the end of the eyes, the

lower half of the outer to the mandibles, the palpi, the edge

of the pronotum, the scutellums, the sides of the apical slope

of the median segment (including the spines), the tubercles,

the centre of the lower part of the mesopleurs, their upper

edge, the apex of the first segment narrowly, of the second

and third more broadly, of the fourth to sixth more narrowly,

and the seventh and eighth entirely, pale yellow. Legs

rufous, the coxe and trochanters pallid yellow ; the hinder

coxee black, with a broad, oblique, yellow band on the top,

the hinder trochanters yellow, the apical third of the femora,

the apex of the tibiz more narrowly, and the tarsi, black ;

the calcaria pale. Wings hyaline, with a slight fulvous

tinge; the stigma testaceous, the nervures darker. @.

Length 13 mm.

Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

Face and top of clypeus closely punctured and covered

with short pale hair; the apex of the clypeus black. Meso-

notum closely punctured all over and thickly covered with

short fuscous pubescence, as is also the scutellum, which is

sparsely punctured. Median segment closely punctured and

thickly covered with pale pubescence ; the punctures on the

sides run into reticulations ; the areola is longer than broad,

not much narrowed towards the apex, its base rounded ; it is

rugose, its base, apex, and, to a less extent, the sides are

irregularly striated ; the posterior median area transversely

closely striated. Pleurz closely but not strongly punctured,

the mesopleure with a plumbeous hue, the base finely, the

lower half of the apex more strongly, striated; the meta-

pleure more closely and strongly punctured, the centre

closely striated. Postpetiole closely, minutely, longitudinally

striated. Gastroceeli closely striated.

Hymenoptera from the Khasia Hills. 5)

Chiaglas tinctipennis, sp. n.

Black ; the scape below, joints 12-19 of the antenne, and

the base of the mandibles, white ; the face, clypeus, the inner

orbits, and the outer from the middle of the eyes to the base

of the mandibles broadly, the edge of the pronotum, scu-

tellums, a mark on the sides of the upper part of the meta-

notum, extending on to the pleure, the tubercles, a squarish

mark on the base of the mesopleurze below the middle, the

part below the hind wings, and the apices of all the segments

and the base of the second, pale yellow. The four front

legs fulvous, the cox and trochanters pallid yellow, the

apex of the fore tarsi, and the whole of the middle, black ;

the hind legs black ; a large oblique mark on the basal half

of the coxze above and the basal joint of the trochanters pale

yellow; the base of the hinder tibiz broadly testaceous on

the underside, extending to beyond their middle ; the calcaria

pale yellow. Wings hyaline, with a shght but distinct

fuscous-violaceous tinge; the stigmaand nervures black. <¢.

Length 13-]4 mm.

Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

Face strongly and closely punctured ; the clypeus sparsely

punctured round the top, the depressed centre smooth; the

extreme apex of the clypeus black, its depressed centre

smooth; both are covered with pale pubescence. Meso-

notum closely punctured and thickly covered with short pale

down. Scutellum thickly covered with long pale hair.

Median segment closely and strongly punctured, the punc-

tures running into strie. The areola large, slightly longer

than broad, closely, irregularly, rugosely reticulated, the sides

furrowed to shortly beyond the middle; the base is rounded

backwards, as is also the apex; the posterior median area is

closely, strongly, transversely striated, its base irregularly

punctured. Pro- and mesopleure smooth and with a

plumbeous hue; the metapleure closely and strongly punc-

tured, more strongly on the apex than behind.

The yellow bands on the second, third, and fourth abdo-

minal segments are dilated at the sides, that on the last

extends to near the middle.

Comes near to C. nigripes, which is larger, has the face

marked with a triangular black mark; the mesopleurz

distinctly punctured all over, the areola not clearly longer

than broad and not rugosely coarsely punctured, and the

four front legs in /inctipennis are distinctly fulvous, not pale

yellow.

580 Mr. P. Cameron on new

Chiaglas longiventris, sp. n.

Length 16 mm.

Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

A larger species than C. varipes ; the differences between

the two may be expressed thus :—

The upper half of the posterior median area not hollowed ;

the hinder coxe black, yellow at the base above .... varipes.

The upper half of the posterior median area hollowed ;.

the hinder coxee yellow above, black at the base below,

therapexmatous . Wii. Sek. ace ie ee longiventris.

Black ; the apex of the scape and joints 8-16 of the flagel-

lum of the antenne, the inner orbits to the ocelli narrowly,

the lower half of the outer entirely, the base of the man-

dibles, two short lines on the mesonotum, the scutellums,

two large marks on the apex of the metanotum, the lower

edge of the propleure all round, the lower half of the meso-

pleurze, the apex of the petiole, a large mark on the sides of

the second and third segments at the apex, and the apices of

all the segments, pale yellow. The four front legs pale

yellow, the femora rufous above, the middle more distinctly

so than the anterior; the tarsi blackish, the hinder cox

yellow above (except narrowly at the apex), the basal half

rufous below, the apical black; the hinder femora rufous,

the tibiz pale yellowish testaceous, with the apical third

black ; the hind tarsi black. Wings hyaline, the stigma

testaceous, the nervures darker. Abdomen twice the length

or the thorax Seon

Face sparsely punctured and covered with short white

hair ; in the centre is a triangular black mark, which (below)

is continued along the top of the clypeus; the middle of the

vertex strongly transversely striated. Base of median

segment closely and distinctly punctured ; the areola about

as long as wide, its sides at the base rounded, its apex trans-

verse; inside it is distinctly and somewhat irregularly

striated; the posterior median area is depressed on the basal

half and irregularly rugose; the outer area coarsely obliquely

striated. 'The hinder half of the propleurz closely striated ;

the mesopleure closely punctured ; the metapleure still more

strongly punctured and more thickly covered with pale

pubescence.

Caspipina violaceipennis, sp. ni.

Ferruginous; the abdomen black (except the postpetiole,

the apical two thirds of the second segment, and the sides of

Hymenoptera from the Khasia [Hills. 581

the third) ; the inner orbits broadly, the outer more nar-

rowly, and the base of the mandibles, yellow. Legs coloured

like the body, the four front coxe with a yellowish tinge.

Wings fuscous violaceous; the stigma and nervures black ;

the areolet triangular, the nervures almost touching

above. 9.

Length 17-18 mm.

Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

Face and clypeus closely punctured, the clypeus thickly

covered with white pubescence, the face with a shorter and

sparser pile. Tips of mandibles black. Palpi pale rufous.

The edges of the mesonotum, the parts at the sides of the

scutellums, the base and apex of the metanotum, the apical

keels, the middle of the propleure, the upper part, base, and

apex of the mesopleure, and the base and lower part of the

metapleure, black. Mesonotum closely and minutely punc-

tured; the scutellum not quite so closely punctured.

Median segment closely and rather strongly punctured ;

the areola longer than broad; its sides bulge roundly out-

wardly ; the apical slope is irregularly transversely striated.

. Propleurz obscurely, the meso- and metapleure closely and

distinctly, punctured.

Differs from C. ferruginea in the areola being limited

behind by a keel, by the middle of the segment having at the

base a distinct oblique slope, by the lateral keels on the top

of the apical slope of the segment being quite straight and

sharply oblique, not curved upwards; the face and pleure

are more distinctly tinged with yellow and the abdominal

segments are more broadly marked with black.

Algathia parvimaculata, sp. 0.

Black; the sides of the face (broadest below), the clypeus

(except at the apex narrowly), the mandibles (except at the

apex), the palpi (except at the base), the inner orbits to the

hinder ocelli, the base of the pronotum, the sides more

narrowly, the base of the tegulz broadly, the tubercles, the

scutellums, the teeth on the median segment, the apex of the

petiole, the sides of the second segment more narrowly, and

the sides of the third in the middle, yellow. Legs red, the

coxze and trochanters black, the four anterior marked with

yellow on the outer side, the fore trochanters yellow in

front ; the tibize have the red colour suffused with yellow ;

the hinder cox, trochanters (except at the apex), the apex

of the femora, the apical] half of the tibiz, and the hinder

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 38

582 Mr. P. Cameron on new

tarsi, black. Wings hyaline, the nervures and stigma

black. 4 gs

Length 9 mm.

Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney. ;

Antenne as long as the body, the scape in the middle

beneath and a band (three to four joints) in the middle,

white ; the scape covered with fuscous, the flagellum more

thickly with short black hair. Face closely and uniformly

punctured, as is also the mesonotum; the front and vertex

closely punctured. Scutellum roundly raised and sparsely

covered with long white hair. Base of median segment

obliquely depressed in the middle, aciculated ; the areola is

square, rounded at the base, the basal keel indistinct ; the

posterior median area strongly, closely, and somewhat irre-

gularly striated ; the lateral closely and uniformly punctured ;

the spiracular finely punctured at the base, the rest more

rugosely punctured, the apex transversely striated. Pro-

pleure strongly punctured, more strongly above than below ;

the centre with seven stout keels. Mesopleurz closely

punctured, in the centre obscurely striated. Metapleurse

punctured like the mesopleuree. The second and third abdo-.

minal segments are closely punctured, the others are thickly

covered with white hair; the gastroceeli smooth and shining

on the flat central part; on the inner side of the base are

three oblique keels.

IcHNEUMONINI (Oxypygi).

ULESsTA, gen. nov.

Antenne thickened and compressed beyond the middle.

Head largely developed behind the eyes; the occiput mar-

gined. Clypeus not separated from the face, its apex trans-

verse. Mandibles with a large acute apical tooth and a small

blunt one at its base. Scutellum flat, its sides not keeled.

Median segment not completely areolated; the areola fully

three times longer than broad and slightly dilated in the

middle. Areolet 5-angled; the transverse median nervure is

received slightly in front of the basal. Legs short and

stout; the hinder femora scarcely reaching to the middle of

the third abdominal segment; the hinder tarsi spinose.

Abdomen with seven segments ; the apex of the petiole and

the middle segments closely punctured; the ventral fold

extends to the fourth segment.

The malar space is large, the eyes not reaching much

below the middle of the face and extend to the top of the

head; they are margined ; the face flat. Scutellum only

fymenoptera from the Khasia Hills, 583

slightly convex, net margined ; the postscutellum bifoveate

at the base. Spiracles linear. Petiole as in Ichnewmon.

Gastrocceli large, deep. The base of the mediaa segment is

not depressed. Wings short, hardly reaching to the apex of

the third abdominal segment.

Characteristic are the short wings and antenne.

Ulesta varicornis, sp. n.

Black; the median segment and the basal three segments

of the abdomen rufo-ferruginous; the base of the pronotum

and the scutellum yellow; the eighth to sixteenth joints of

the antenne white; the four front legs rufo-ferruginous ;

the apices of the cox, the trochanters, and the knees

yellowish ; the hinder coxz, trochanters, and the extreme

base of the femora reddish ; the femora black, the hinder

tibiz black, with a broad rufous band above and at the

middle ; the tarsi blackish. Wings hyaline; the nervares

and stigma pale fulvous. Mandibles rufous in the middle.

Palpi pale testaceous. @?.

Length 11 mm.

Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

Face closely punctured and thickly covered with short

white hair; the clypeus punctured at the base and on the

apical margin; the front and vertex are more closely and

strongly punctured; the punctures on the front running

into reticulations below. Pronotum closely and somewhat

strongly punctured ; the mesonotum very closely punctured

and thickly covered with a pale fulvous down, the scutellum

thickly with long fuscous hair and strongly punctured.

Median segment at the base closely punctured, its apex

closely, transversely, its sides more strongly, obliquely,

striated; the spiracular area closely rugose behind the

spiracles, in front of them strongly obliquely striated. Pro-

pleure above strongly punctured, the lower part with stout

distinctly separated striations. Mesopleure above closely

longitudinally striated, below closely punctured; they are

covered with pale fulvous hair. Metapleure closely punc-

tured, the apex obliquely striated. Apex of petiole laterally

strongly punctured, the middle finely longitudinally striated,

the second, third, and fourth segments closely punctured ;

the gastrocceli large, smooth, except for three stout keels on

the base ; the space between them is sharply longitudinally

striated ; the apical segments are thickly covered with white

hair; the sheaths of the ovipositor black, thickly covered

with white hair.

38*

584 Mr. F. Pickard-Cambridge on the

LVIII.—On the Occurrence of Gobius capito, C. & V., in

Cornwall, By FREDERICK PicKARD-CAMBRIDGE, B.A.,

TZS-

[Plate XXX.]

It is now four years ago since Mr. G. A. Boulenger made the

interesting discovery of this fine goby at Concarneau and in the

Gulf of St. Malo (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. iv. p.229,

1899), a species hitherto recorded only from the Mediter-

-ranean. It occurred to him at the time that it was quite

possible that this fish might also be found on our side of the

Channel, and his surmise was strengthened by the recollection

that Couch, in his ‘ Fishes of the British Islands,’ vol. ii.

p- 153, had stated that he had seen gobies of 9 inches in

length in the rock-pools on the coast of Cornwall, presumably

near Polperro. These fish, however, this author had referred

to Gobius niger, Linn., considering that their large size was

due to their isolation in the deep pools lying above the ordinary

neap-tides and to the abundance of food found in these places.

Boulenger communicated his suspicions to Messrs. Holt and

Byrne, of the Department of Agriculture and Technical

Instruction for Ireland, who were engaged in a Report on

the Sea and Inland Fisheries of Ireland, which was published

early this year (1903), and contains an admirable monograph

of the ‘* Gobiide,” including some excellent plates.

For some reason or other, however, the giant goby,

G. capito, which Messrs. Holt and Byrne refer to in their

monograph, had not, in spite of a great deal of laborious

collecting and observation on the coast of Ireland and in

Devonshire and Cornwall, surrendered itself to science until

the August of this year, when I was myself fortunate enough

to find them in abundance at Port Scatho, on the coast of

Cornwall, between Falmouth and Fowey.

Mr. Boulenger had often begged me to look out for gobies

on my sea-fishing expeditions and rambles along the coast,

and especially urged me, just before visiting Cornwall, to see

if possible what these large gobies might be. It is curious

that no one else should have come across them previously,

because those that Couch records were probably found at

Polperro ; and if so, they most likely occur all along that coast.

Holt and Byrne distinctly point out that G. niger is an

estuarine species, never found in rock-pools, and also that

the extreme length attained by G@. paganellus, the rock-pool

Occurrence of Gobius capito in Cornwall. 585

goby par excellence, is about 5 inches. The chances of

finding a paganellus 9 inches long, or, perhaps, an unrecorded

species, would have induced those interested, one would have

supposed, to have made a definite raid on the rock-pools of

Polperro.

It is quite possible, of course, that G. capito is very local,

for where it occurs it is abundant, and when of large size a

very conspicuous fish, Specimens of from 7 to 9 inches in

length would dart away to their hiding-places directly one

showed oneself over the fringing rocks around any of those

deep pools whose position and character Couch has so well

described. Certainly to the casual observer specimens of 4

or 5 inches would not at a glance be distinguished from

G. niger; but the broader, more inflated head, darker colour

(in preserved specimens), and different markings of these

rock-pool gobies arrest attention at once.

The greater width between the eyes and the free lateral

lobes on the anterior membrane of the ventral fin are not,

however, so marked as in the larger adult specimens. It is

strange also, and perhaps the fact lends colour to the possi-

bility of the restricted localization of this species, that in

these pools, and, indeed, in all the tidal pools along the coast,

not a single specimen of G. paganellus was taken.

Perhaps the pools are not large enough for both species to

exist together in amity, possibly G. capito will not tolerate

neighbours of another colour in his special pools; and if so,

one can well understand that poor paganellus would go to the

wall, or, more probably, down his cousin’s throat, for capito

is very strong, much larger, and with a healthy appetite.

In a single large pool on the upper rocks, reached only by

the spring-tides, there must have been twenty or thirty of the

giant goby. Like all the gobies, they are very voracious,

dashing out and seizing anything that appears to them eat-

able, retiring to their dens to discuss the morsel at leisure.

Otherwise they are exceedingly shy, and even a hand held up

above the pool from behind the rocks against the sky-line will

scare them to their deep retreats in one or other far corner of

the pool. These holes are often a couple of feet deep, and at

a time of general alarm become half-filled with gobies of all

sizes which rush to them for shelter.

As soon as everything has quieted down, one by one the

smaller fish sally forth again, but it is only with very great

caution that the larger and more experienced will adventure

themselves outside. First the snout, then very slowly the

broad flat head and watchful eyes appear at the entrance of

586 Mr. F. Pickard-Cambridge on the

the hole, and gradually the great grey goby slides down into

deep water, resting motionless at the bottom and almost lost

to sight, so well do the mottled tints assimilate with the rocks

and stones at the bottom of the pool.

The ventral fin has all the appearance of a sucker, but

observations tend to the conclusion that it has no adhesive

power, but is merely tactile in its function. The fish are

excellent eating by all accounts, and when of large size are

worth the trouble of cooking.

A detailed, description of this giant goby is given below,

with a few notes on the other two more nearly allied species,

with a key to their differential characters.

Key to the Species referred to in this paper.

A. Size of adults larger, reaching from 7-9 inches

long. Lateral margin of anterior membrane

of ventral fin free, forming either a pointed

(immature) or rounded (adult) lobe. Inter-

orbital space only slightly less than the trans-

verse diameter of the eye ........++.000-- G. capito, C. & V,

B. Size of adults smaller, never longer than 4 inches.

Lateral margin of anterior membrane of ven-

tral fin not free. Interorbital space scarcely

wider than one fourth the transverse diameter

of the eye.

a. First dorsal with a yellow or orange mar-

ginal band. Scales smaller, not less than

50 in longitudinal series on the lateral line.

Median rays of first dorsal not prolonged.

Filiform rays on upper margin of pectorals

MMOLE MUMELOUS 1). = peewwaa cies os G. paganellus, Linn,

b. First dorsal without marginal band. Scales

larger, not more than 42 in longitudinal

series. Median rays of first dorsal pro-

longed. Filiform rays of pectorals less ;

numerous, 40r5....... Rhy tot Segoe G. niger, Linn,

Gobius capito, Cuv. & Val. (PI. XXX. figs. a, b, & ce.)

(Giant or Big-headed Goby.)

1836. Gobius capito, Cuv. & Val. Hist. Nat. Poissons, t. xii. p. 21.

1836. Gobius limbatus, Cuy. & Val. loc. cit. p. 345, fig. 345 (see.

Steindachner).

1840. Gobius evanthematosus, Nordm. in Demid. Voy. Russ. Mérid. iii.

p. 428, Poiss. pl. x. fig. 1.

1863. Gobius niger, Couch, Fishes of the British Islands, vol. ii. p. 155,

figure.

1861. Gobius capito, Giinther, Joc. cit, vol. iti. p. 55.

1881. Gobius capito, Moreau, Hist. Nat. Poissons de France, t. ii.

p. 203, fig. 102.

Occurrence of Gobius capito in Cornwall. 587

Bee Gale capito, Boulenger, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, iv.

. 229.

1809, Gobius capito, Holt, Ann. Mus. Marseille, v. p. 43.

1903. Gobius capito, Holt & Byrne, Rep. Sea and Inland Fisheries of

Treland for 1901, pt. ii. p. 46.

Of this grand species Cuvier and Valenciennes say :—

“La membrane antérieure de sa ventrale, qui est fort épaisse,

a de chaque cété un lobe arrondi, ce qui la rend comme

trilobée.” And this, indeed, is the character which infallibly

distinguishes it from either G. niger or G@. paganellus in

examples of the same size, though when adult G. capztto is

twice as large as either of these species. In immature

examples, however, the lobe is not rounded, but sharp.

Description.

Dimensions.—The adult male reaches the length of from

9 to 10 inches. ‘I'wenty examples from the same pool varied

from 7 to 24 inches. The head very broad, with cheeks

dilate, is rather less than one fourth the total length, is

slightly longer than broad, and is slightly broader than deep.

The dorsal fin at its base is exactly one half the length of

body exclusive of the caudal fin. The pectoral fin is as long

as the head is broad; the ventral fin is as long as the first

dorsal is at its base and exactly the length of the anal fin.

The interorbital space in adult examples is rather less than

the diameter of the eye, but is much narrower in proportion

as the examples diminish in size. The caudal pedunele is in

width about one tenth the total length.

Scales.—The total number in longitudinal series from the

base of the pectoral fin to the caudal fin along the median

lateral line is from 65-68, always more than 60; in trans-

verse series from the base of the posterior ray of the second

dorsal fin to the posterior ray of the anal from 15-16 scales.

The squamulation of the head ceases at a line drawn tangential

to the posterior margins of the eyes, and the upper part of the

operculum is slightly squamose. ‘The first dorsal fin has 6

rays, the medians not noticeably longer than the rest; the

second dorsal has 15 rays; the caudal is rounded, nearly

circular when fully spread. ‘he anal fin has 12 rays. The

first 10 or 12 rays of the upper margin of the pectorals are

filiform. ‘The ventral fin is nearly circular, the anterior

membrane being detached at its posterior margin, forming on

each side a blunt rounded lobe in the adult and a sharply

pointed lobe in the immature. fe :

Coluration.— Very variable in different individuals, ranging

from pale orange-pink or sandy to sooty black, Freshly

588 Mr. F, Pickard-Cambridge on the

caught examples are beautifully mottled with various markings

of different shades of grey, thus closely assimilating with the

rocks and gravel of the pools which they frequent.

In preserved examples the beautiful gradations of colour

vanish and the markings become more distinctly differentiated.

All the fins except the ventral are pale, with more or less

irregular rows of transverse, chevron-like, sooty-black

blotches. The caudal fin has four or five irregular transverse

bars of chevron-like sooty-black blotches ; in the anal fin the

blotches are very pale. The ventral fin is pale in some

examples, more sooty in others, when it is seen to be

minutely speckled with black. Pectoral fins with a dark

basal suffusion and transverse bands, more or less regular, of

chevron-like dark blotches.

The head is dark sooty black above, the cheeks and oper-

culum being richly blotched with black. The dorsal area is

deeply suffused with black blotches, which extend irregularly

down the sides and across the lateral line, terminating along

the belly in a row of distinct irregular blotches from the

pectoral fin to the tail. ‘The central lateral area of the caudal

peduncle is marked with three elongate, wedge-shaped, black

blotches. Ventral area sometimes pale, often sooty, when it

becomes minutely speckled with black.

This species may be distinguished from G. niger, (1) by the

free lateral lobe on the anterior membrane of the ventral fin,

(2) by the smaller size of the scales, (3) by the greater width

between the eyes, and (4) by the median rays of the first

dorsal not being prolonged; from G. paganellus, (1) by the

absence of the yellow band on the margin of the first dorsal,

(2) by the lateral free lobe of the ventral fin, and (3) by the

more numerous scales in longitudinal and transverse series.

The following represent the measurements of four examples

of this species :—

_—— ae

Be (\9) | Saavee 21 15) |) 251 ee

VI 23 15) | Ae aes

251 17 sew a 17 15 | 12} 65

co (ep) “I “I |

‘ ivy)

ie.)

nse

200 1E 1 evil 13 LO Zale

Fin-rays. Scales. = |

ih Ge

Nice =S ag

Ist D. Ath Ray.| 2nd D.| An.| Long. | Trans.

Occurrence of Gobius capito in Cornwall. 089

Gobius paganellus, Linn.

(Rock-Goby.)

1758. Gobius paganellus, Linn, Syst. Nat. ed. x. t. i. p. 263.

1836. Gobius paganellus, Cuyv. & Val. Hist. Nat. Poiss. t. xii. p. 22 (sec.

Moreau).

1839. Gobius niger, Thompson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. ii. p. 417

(sec. Giinther).

1863. Gobius paganellus, Couch, Fishes of the British Islands, ii. p. 157,

fig. 99.

1880. Gobius paganellus, Day, Fishes of Great Brit. and Ivel. i. p. 162,

pl. lii. fig. 2.

1881. Gobiws paganellus, Moreau, Hist. Nat. Poissons de France, ii.

p. 225.

1897. Gobius paganellus, Beckford, Proc. Dors. Nat. Hist. Field-Club,

XViil. p. 27,

1898. Gobius paganellus, Holt & Byrne, Journ. Mar. Biol. Assoc. v.

3385

p. 335.

1903. Gobius paganellus, Holt & Byrne, Rep. Sea and Inl. Fisheries of

Ireland, p. 45, pl.i. figs. 1 (2), 2(¢).

It is fairly evident from Linneus’s diagnosis that the

species attributed to this name by Cuvier and Valenciennes is

in all probability that which the older author characterized,

for he says: “lutea transversa in summo pinne dorsalis

prime.’ Cuvier remarks: ‘le bord de la nageoire porte

toujours une large bande d’un jaune citron.”’ This, indeed, is

the best character by which the species may be distinguished

at a glance from G. niger or G. capito.

Holt and Byrne give a detailed description, but the

following characters may be pointed out. It may be distin-

guished from G. niger, (1) by the yellow or orange upper

marginal band on the first dorsal, (2) by the smaller size of

the scales, not less than fifty in longitudinal series, (3) by

the normal length of the median rays in the first dorsal, and

(4) by the greater number of the filiform rays on the upper

anterlor margins of the pectorals; from G. capito it may be

recognized, (1) by the yellow marginal band on the first

dorsal, (2) by the slightly larger scales, about 68 in G. capito,

longitudinal series, (3) by the anterior membrane of the

ventral fin being united throughout, (4) by the less propor-

tional width of the interorbital space, and (5) by the adult

being limited to 4? inches total length.

Holt and Byrne regard this species as entirely confined to

rock-pools between the tides; not, like G. niger, an estuarine

species. It occurs from the north of Ireland and Scotland to

the south coast of England.

590 Mr. F. Pickard-Cambridge on the

The following measurements represent those of a male of

rather less than full size:—

Fin-rays. Scales.

ee ee ee

B. Tot. H. Sn, BE, Io. Dp. Cp. Ist D) aii Ray. 2nd DU ac eee meee?

; 6) 18 Jie Vide aul is 18 Se ae

Golius niger, Linn.

(Black Goby.)

1758. Gobius niger, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. x. t. i. p. 362.

1836. Gobius niger, Yarrell, British Fishes, vol. i. p. 251 (ad partem).

1836. Gobius britannicus, Thompson, P. Z. 8. p. 61.

1863. Gobius niyer, Couch, Fishes of the British Islands, vol. ii. p. 153

(ad partem). :

1889. Gobius niger, Day, Fishes of Gt. Brit. and Irel. vol. i. p. 163,

pl. lit. fig. 3. - b

1881. Gobius niger, Moreau, Hist. Nat. Poiss. de France, ii. p. 230.

1891. Gobius niger, Petersen, Fiskeri-Beretning Kbhyn. p. 244, pl. v.

fig. 5.

1893. Gobius niger, Smitt, Scandinavian Fishes, pt. 1, p. 245, pl. xii.

figs. 5-5.

1897. Gobius niger, Beckford, Proc. Dors. Nat. Hist. Field-Club, xviii.

1903. Gobius niger, Holt & Byrne, Report of Sea and Inland Fisheries

of Ireland for 1901, p. 43, fig. 1.

It is not possible to tell from Linnzeus’s diagnosis alone

exactly to which species he gave the name n7ger, for he merely

says: “pinna dorsi secunda radiis quatuordecim.” The

question has, however, been already settled, so far as it can

be, by the Scandinavian authors, whose identification we

must accept.

There is no reasonable doubt that the gobies usually

identified as G. niger by modern English authors are identical

with those described under that name by Petersen and

Smitt, and the species has been so thoroughly described by

Holt and Byrne, in their admirable monograph of the gobies

of Great Britain and Ireland, that further description seems

unnecessary.

One might, however, mention a few of the characters in

which this species differs and may be recognized from either

G. paganellus or G. capito.

Total length of full-grown examples 5 inches. Boulenger

(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1899, ser. 7, vol. iv. p. 229) quotes

Mr. Allen of Plymouth to this effect. Holt and Byrne

(loc. cit.) also give “about 5 inches” as the usual adult

length, and I have before me examples of the male from

i=) ‘ d

Poole Harbour, Dorset, which also reach 5 inches.

Occurrence of Gobius capito in Cornwall. 591

The males of the gobies are to be recognized by the

urogenital papilla being more attenuate and terminating in a

point, whereas in the female it is broader and truncate or

excavo-truncate at the apex. In the former sex of the present

species also the third, fourth, and fifth rays of the first dorsal

fin are usually prolonged, the fourth being, in one male from

Poole, an inch and a quarter in length. ‘They vary, however,

with individuals, while the rays are only slightly prolonged

and filiform in the female sex.

In G. paganellus the rays are not prolonged in either sex.

The scales are much larger in G. nzger in proportion to its

size than in either G. paganellus or (7. capito, there being

never more than forty, counting longitudinally from the base

of the pectoral fin, along the lateral line, to the caudal fin.

In a transverse line, counting obliquely forwards from the

posterior ray of the second dorsal to the posterior ray of the

anal, there are not more than nine scales, while in a 5-inch

example a scale removed from the median line at this spot

measured 3°75 millim. across. In the other two species a

scale from an example of the same length measures about

2 millim. across; while there are not less than fifty scales in

longitudinal series in G. paganellus nor less than sixty in

G. capito.

The ventral fin resembles that of G. paganellus in having

the anterior membrane united along its lateral margins, not

free and bluntly pointed as in G. capito.

The first dorsal fin has no pale orange or yellow marginal

band, as has G. paganellus.

‘Lhe interorbital space is scarcely more in width than one

fourth the transverse diameter of the eye.

So that G. neger may be distinguished from the latter species

in both sexes by (1) the absence of any marginal orange

band on the first dorsal fin, (2) by the larger size of the scales,

and (3), in the male sex and to some extent the female, by

the prolonged middle rays of the first dorsal fin.

It may be recognized from G. capito, in all ages of the

latter, (1) by the anterior membrane of the ventral fin being

united throughout its margin, (2) by the larger size of its

scales, (8) by the less proportional width of the interorbital

space, (4) by the prolongation of the median rays of the

first dorsal, and (5) by the smaller adult size.

The following measurements of eight examples from Poole

Harbour, Dorset, taken in October, will confirm the above

characterization of the species :—

592 Mr. J. L. Bonhote on a

B. | Tot.) H. |Sn.| K.| Io. |Dp.| Cp.

8 or 18/11

(abe

95)115)19 |45)7 | 2 |18)11

56) 15/14) 8

2 |18);10

82/100/}16 | 3:5) 5:5) 15)16) 85

LO 98 om 3 Oo col G 8

79| 98)15 |3 |5 | 15/16] 85

B. Body. Tot. Total length. H. Head. Sn. Snout.

terorbital space. Dp. Depth.

Scales.

——- “FF

Long. | Trans.

Fin-rays.

Cae —_— aN

Ist D.| 4th Ray.| 2nd D.| An.

VI 23 dS Wy peel bf

Wi 32 13 | 12) 388

VI 19 18 |, 12) eon

VI 165 1407) A es.

VI 14 14.) 125 a8

VI 13 14 | 11) 36

MAL 13 14 | IOs ae

VI 13 14 | 12] 39

E. Eye. Io. In-

Op. Caudal peduncle. Ist D. First

An. Anal. Long.

Dorsal. 4th Ray. 2nd D. Second Dorsal.

Longitudinal series. Trans. Transverse series.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXX.

Fig. a. Gobius capito, profile view (female).

Fig. b. Ditto, from above.

%g.c. Ventral fin of ditto.

LIX.—On a new Species of Helictis.

By J. Lewis Bonnors, M.A.

HAvrinG recently had occasion to go over the genus //elictis,

J find that the form found in Cochin China differs from those

hitherto described, and therefore requires naming.

I propose to call it

Helictis Pierrei, sp. n.

General colour above brownish clay (“ mummy-brown” of

Ridgw.), each hair having a whitish glistening tip, more

conspicuous in some examples than in others. ‘I’hese light

tips reach their maximum development in the tail, and so

predominate over the terminal two thirds of its length as to

Rois Wo) Woy (oo (0-0) ae (oo) (oo) 03

new Species of Helictis. 593

entirely conceal the darker colour. Underparts dirty yel-

lowish white. Markings on the face as in the other species,

the white longitudinal line reaching to about the middle of

the back.

The skull is slightly larger than that of true personata

and the auditory bulle considerably larger, especially when

measured in the direction of the long axis of the skull. In

other points, however, the skulls are similar.

Dimensions (of type from skin) :—

Head and body 400 millim.; tail 175; hind foot 60;

ear 24,

Skull (see below).

Habitat. Saigon, Lower Cochin China.

Type. B.M. 78. 6. 17. 7. Adult male collected by

M. Pierre in March 1867.

Outwardly this species, which is closely allied to H. per-

sonata, may be recognized by its slightly larger size and

more rufous coloration. The difference in the bulle of the

skulls forms a well-marked and easily discernible character.

Skull-measurements of H. personata and H. Pierrei compared.

Width

Greatest Length of basi-

breadth of of occipital at

Greatest Basal Palatal Zygomatic brain- auditory anterior

length. length. length. breadth. case. bulle. end.

HI. Pierrei, S,type.. 88 76 40 50 32 19 85

H. personata, §,Siam. 80 70 37 46 30 17 (3)

This genus can be subdivided into two well-marked groups,

the difference lying in the size of the teeth, especially of the

carnassial; the large-toothed group are the western forms,

and consist of

FT. nersonata (Is. Geoff.), from Pegu.

Hi. nepalensis (Hodgs.), from Nepal.

H., orientalis * (Horsf.), from Java.

H, Pierrei, described above.

Of the small-toothed group we have

H, moschata, Gray, from China.

H, subaurantiacu, Swinhoe, from Formosa.

H, Everetti, Thos., from Borneo.

H. subaurantiaca is very closely allied to the mainland

* Melogale fusca, Guérin, Mag. Zool. 1835, pl. xvi., is a synonym of this

species,

594 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on a new West-African Fish.

form, from which it differs chiefly in the yellowish colour of

the underparts.

Al. Everettiisasmall form of H. orientalis, but is markedly

distinct, owing to the teeth-differences.

HI. nepalensis much resembles H. orientalis, differing from

it in being slightly larger. It is practically identical in size

with H. personata.

The white tips to the hairs, although a conspicuous feature,

are, owing to their variability, useless as a specific character.

They are most noticeable in true personata, and, as a rule,

entirely absent in nepalensis, orientalis, and Hveretti; in the

Chinese species, although present, they are of such a tint as

to be hardly discernible.

LX.—Description of a new West-African Fish of the

Genus Alestes. By G. A. Boutencer, F.R.5.

Alestes brevis.

Depth of body 23 to 3 times in total length, length of head

33 to 4i times. Head 12 to 12 as long as broad, 1% to 1} as

long as deep ; the distance between end of snout and occiput

not or but slightly exceeding width of head ; snout rounded,

scarcely projecting beyond the lower jaw, 1 to 13 as long as eye;

eye lateral, visible from above and from below, its diameter

8 to 42 times in length of head; adipose eyelid scarcely

developed; interorbital width } length of head; maxillary not

reaching to below anterior border of eye; 18 or 20 teeth

(°) in the upper jaw ; lower border of second suborbital as

long as or longer than diameter of eye. Gill-rakers rather

short and thin, 18 to 20 on lower part of anterior arch.

Dorsal II 8, above middle of space between ventrals and

anal, considerably nearer caudal than occiput; first branched

ray longest, ? to ¢ length of head. Adipose fin short, twice

or twice and a half as far from rayed dorsal as from caudal.

Anal III 18-15, pointed in front, third simple ray longest,

2 to 2 length of head, Pectoral nearly as long as head,

reaching or nearly reaching ventral. Latter shorter.

Caudal deeply forked. Caudal peduncle not or but slightly

longer than deep. Scales with numerous anastomosing

On Mollusca from South Africa. 599

canals, 21-23 z, 1 or 14 between lateral line and root of

ventral. Uniform brownish above, silvery white below.

Total length 105 to 225 millim.

One specimen from Lagos (ZH. 7. Ussher) and four from

the Gold Coast (R. B. N. Walker). These specimens have

been referred to A. macrolepidotus by Dr. Giinther. Stein-

dachner’s A. macrolepidotus from Liberia (Notes Leyd. Mus.

xvi. 1894, p. 63) probably belongs to the same species.

The four closely allied Alestes, characterized by very large

scales and the very posterior position of the dorsal fin, may

be distinguished as follows :—

A. The distance between the end of the snout and the occiput much

greater than the width of the head; snout projecting con-

siderably beyond the lower jaw in the adult.

Anal 15-17; lat. 1. 22-26; depth of body

32 to 44 times in total length ........ A, macrolepidotus, C. & V.

B. The distance between the end of the snout and the occiput not or

but little greater than the width of the head; snout projecting

but slightly beyond the lower jaw.

Anal 13-14; lat. 1. 24-27; depth of body 33

to 32 times in total length............ A. grandisquamis, Blev.

Anal 16-18; lat. 1. 21-23; depth of body 2¢

fold times in total length ............ A. brevis, Blgr.

Anal 15-16; lat. 1. 28-29; depth of body 35

to 4 times in total length ............ A. Batestt, Blev.

LXI.— Descriptions of Thirty-one Terrestrial and Fluviatile

Mollusca from South Africa. By JamMEs Cosmo MELVILL,

M.A., F.L.S., and Joun Henry Ponsonsy, F.Z.5.

[Plates XKXI. & XXXIL]

AFTER an interval of more than two years * we are enabled

to offer another contribution (the seventeenth) towards the

elucidation of the non-marine Molluscan fauna of South

Africa, in which are included descriptions of several species

of Ennea and Trachycystis—T. scolopendra, perhaps, being

the most remarkable Helicoid yet reported from this region.

An Achatina, Buliminus, Planorbis, a most interesting

Fauaulus, a Tropidophora, and a Chondrocyclus are, amongst

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist, ser. 7 (Oct, 1901), vol. viii. pp. 315 sqq.

596 = Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby on

others, likewise differentiated, their discovery being mainly

due to the continued indefatigable researches of Messrs. J.

Crawford, J. Farquhar, and H. Burnup.

We also take the opportunity of refiguring Hypolysia

Florentie, M. & P. (Pl. XXXII. fig. 13), the original

drawing * not sufficiently exhibiting the salient peculiarities

of the peristome.

Ennea calopasa t, sp. n.

E. testa rimata, recte cylindrica, albida, pulchre subpellucente ;

anfractibus novem, apice obtusissimo, fere applanato, czeteris apud

suturas impressis, undique longitudinaliter arcte lratis, liris

obliquis ; apertura ovato-oblonga, intus alba, peristomate albo,

nitido, incrassato, plicis dentibusve quinque munito: plica parie-

tali nitida, acinaciformi, intrante, dentibus duobus labialibus

acutis, superno majore, eadem basi congeminatis, dente basali

parvo acuto, plica columellari conspicua, interne basin versus

circumtorquente.

Long. 14, lat. 6 mm.

Hab. Port Shepstone, Natal (Burnup).

This very beautiful form, Mr. H. Burnup writes, has so

far only occurred in small quantity, say in the proportion of

Ennea Albersi. Ennea calopasa.

one to ten, as compared with the larger #. Albersi, Pfr., from

the same locality. He has favoured us with the following

comparative note, accompanied by two most accurately drawn

figures :—

* Loe. cet. pl. ii. fig. 8.

+ xadds ras, altogether beautiful.

Mollusca from South Africa. 597

E. Albersi, Pfr. E. calopasa, sp. n.

(a) Labial teeth.

Two: lowersmaller, upper arising

Two: upper smaller, lower

nearer the peristome.

arising nearer the peristome.

(6) Columellar plaits.

With straight, club-shaped rib, With curved rib, beginning with

nearly horizontal, orsloping slightly | asharp downward turn, and curving

downwards. round the base of the columellar

plait.

In addition to the above-mentioned distinctions, the form

should be noticed, the contour being much straighter and

the whorls far less ventricose in the smaller species, calopasa.

It should also be remarked that the longitudinal lire are far

more oblique around the upper than on the last two whorls.

Ennea claustraria*, sp.n. (Pl. XXXI. fig. 16.)

FE. testa ovato-cylindrica, ad basin subrimata, levissima, polita,

pallide corneo-hyalina, delicata; anfractibus 8, apice obtu-

sissimo, czteris uniformibus, ultimo brevi; apertura lunari;

peristomate albo, nitido, incrassato, serie multiplici dentium

plicarumque predito: plica parietali oblonga, obtusa, plica,

potius quam dente, labiali triplici, intus V formante, dente basali

remoto, suleato, mammeeformi, plica columellari interna, maxima,

aperturam fere claudente.

Long. 7, lat. 3 mm.

Hab. Lower Umfolosi Drift, Zululand (Burnup).

An Hnnea with most remarkable peristomatal processes,

allied to H. dedalea, described in this paper, and even more

intricately multiplex in its arrangement of teeth and plaits.

Indeed, the large suleate mammeeform internal columellar

plait very nearly closes up the aperture.

Ennea craterodon ft, sp.n. (Pl. XXXI. fig. 9.)

E. testa cylindrica, oblonga, breviter rimata, solidula; anfractibus

9-10, apice valde obtuso, ceteris fere rectis, apud suturas im-

pressis, undique longitudinaliter arcte striatis, striis obliquissimis ;

apertura angusta, ovato-triangulari; peristomate apud basin

producto, dentibus plicisve quatuor predito: plica parietali

magna, recta, haud multum intrante, dente labiali bifido,

inferiore preestante; columella undique incrassata, plica colu-

mellari interna, mamillata.

Long. 9, lat. 3 mm.

* Claustrarius, protected by a claustrum or barrier.

}~ kparepddor, strong-toothed.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 39

598 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby on

Fab. Maestrém Forest, Bedford (Farquhar).

With the form of &. Leppant, Stur., the arrangement of

plaits in £. craterodon is quite different, the labial tooth being

also more developed. A basal process is also present.

EL. Arnoldi, Stur., is like in form of peristome, but the whorls

in that species are far more tumid and it is also smaller in

every detail.

Finnea dedalea, sp.n. (Pl. XXXI. fig. 12.)

E, testa cylindrica, subrimata, polita, albo-lactea, hyalina, tenui ;

anfractibus 7-8, apice obtuso, planato-depresso, ceeteris tumidu-

lis, nitidissimis, perlevibus; apertura subcirculari; peristomate

multum incrassato, nitido, plicis dentibusve magnopere complicato:

plica parietali oblonga, labiali trifurcata, incurva, multum

intrante, dente basali brevi, intus duplicato, plica columellari

apud medium profunde sulcata, intus extensa, margine columel-

lari perincrassato.

Long. 8, lat. 3°50 mm.

Fab. Lower Umfolosi Drift, Zululand (Burnup).

A species with remarkably elaborate mouth-processes,

almost closing the roundish aperture, and suggesting the

specific title proposed. These processes consist of :—(i.) a

simple, oblong, internal, parietal plait; (ii.) a multiplex

labial, thrice-divided and curving inwards; (ili.) a small,

simple, basal tooth; and (iv.) a columellar plait, wholly

internal, large, and subdivided centrally by a deepish furrow.

The surface is white and polished, with the slightest sign of

longitudinal striation at the extreme base only. It is a very

distinct form.

Ennea genialis,sp.n. (Pl. XXXI. fig. 14.)

E. testa cylindrica, subrimata, pellucida, albo-vitrea, apice obtu-

sissimo ; anfractibus 9, apud suturas multum impressis, tumidulis,

undique longitudinaliter arcte liratis, liris superne obliquis, apud

anfractum penultimum fere, apud ultimum omnino, rectis ;

apertura orbiculari; peristomate albo, nitido, incrassato, plicis

dentibusve quatuor munito: plica parietali bifida, multum in-

trante, labiali furcata, incurva, dente basali parvo, simplici, plica

columellari omnino interna, magna, mammeeformi, margine colu-

mellari incrassato.

Long. 5, lat. 2 mm.

Hab. Patana, Zululand (Burnup).

The chief peculiarities of this very refined little Hnnea

appear to consist in the bifid parietal and curious scimitar-

like, incurved, and duplicated labial plait; the longitudinal

Mollusca from South Africa. 599

lire are also to be noted, keing very oblique on the upper

whorls, and gradually merging into straightness over the

body-whorl.

It is to some extent comparable with EL. differens, Sturany.

A few examples.

Ennea himerothales *, sp. n. (Pl. XXXI. fig. 13.)

E, testa rimata, breviter cylindriformi, nitida, fere levi, delicata,

subpellucida; anfractibus 7, apicalibus obtusissimis, ceteris in-

flatis, supernis angustis, penultimo latiore, apud suturas sub lente

utrinque oblique striatis, striis in medio evanidis, ultimo anfractu

levissimo ; apertura anguste trigonali; peristomate albo, nitido,

dentibus plicisve sex instructo: plica parietali lata, haud intrante,

truncatula, dente labiali bifurcato, parte superiore minore, dente

basali inconspicuo, parvo, dente columellari calloso, incrassato,

subtus plica interna grandi, mamillata, preedito.

Long. 4, lat. 2 mm.

Hab. Port Shepstone, Natal (Burnup).

A shining nearly transparent little Hnnea, shortly cylin-

drical in form, and smooth, excepting just round the sutures

of the upper whorls, where, with a lens, slight oblique

striation is discernible, the body-whorl being quite smooth.

The peristomatal processes are six in number—a truncate

parietal plait, two labial bifurcate teeth on a common base, a

small basal tooth, acolumellar one much thickened, and below

this last a mamillate plait.

Ennea montana, sp.n. (Pl. XXXT. fig. 15.)

#. testa cylindrica, doluformi, parva, subperforata, vitrea, vel in-

erassata ; anfractibus 7, apicalibus obtusissimis, omnibus apud

suturas multum impressis, in medio ad suturas utrinque oblique

rudistriatis, striis apud medium anfractum evanidis; apertura

trigona ; peristomate centrali, albo, incrassato, dentibus plicisve

quatuor munito: plica parietali conspicua, dente labiali bifido,

parvo, subtus acuto, dente basali minore, plica columellari interna.

Long. 3°50, lat. 1°20 mm.

Hab. Mountain Drive, Grahamstown (J. Farquhar).

A very neat cylindrical species, the trigonous aperture

placed more centrally in position than is the case in any other

Species we can recall.

Ennea sylvia, sp.n. (PI. XXXI. fig. 4.)

E, testa minuta, recto-cylindrica, rimata, nitida, delicata, levi, apice

* ivepoOddns, delightful.

39*

600 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby on

obtuso ; anfractibus 5-6, fere rectis ; apertura subrotunda; peri-

stomate albo, nitido, incrassato, plicis dentibusve quatuor munito:

plica parietali dentiformi, parva, acuta, dente labiali bifido, acuto,

basali et columellari minoribus, obtusatis, plica subtus columellam

minime interna, mammeeformi.

Long. 1°75, lat. -75 mm.

Hab. Maestrém Forest, Bedford (J. Farquhar).

An excessively minute smooth species of but few whorls,

straightly cylindrical, and with the dental arrangement very

prominently disposed upon the upper surface of the peristome.

EE. Penthert, Sturany, appears much of the same magnitude

and form, but the whorls in that species are more ventricose,

and the peristomatal processes differ in the simple labial

tooth, the basal being altogether absent.

Ennea triglochis*,sp.n. (Pl. XXXI. fig. 11.)

E. testa cylindrica, rimata, paullum obesa, levi, nitidissima, sub-

hyalina, pallide straminea ; anfractibus 8, quorum apicales 13

globulares, perleves, lubrici, ceteris tumidulis, sub lente arcte et

tenuissime leviter striatis, striis in speciminibus quibusdam apud

basin fere evanidis, ultimo anfractu ceteros longitudine super-

ante; apertura fere rotunda; peristomate nitido, crassiusculo ;

dentibus plicisve quatuor munito, tribus magis conspicuis:

plica parietali acinaciformi, acuta, prominula, intrante, dente

labiali parvo sed conspicuo, acuto, basali perparvo, plica colu-

mellari omnino interna, obtusa.

Long. 9°50, lat. 4 mm.

Hab. Botha’s Hill, Maritzburg, Natal (Burnup).

A pale, straw-coloured, lubricous species, not unlike a

Pupina superficially, and to which, judging from the figure,

E. sejuncta, Stur., seems akin. It possesses the same cha-

yacter of oral teeth and plaits as do L. cionis, juatidens,

M. & P., &c., but is much larger in every part. The labial

tooth is acute, the basal often almost obsolete. It is a very

distinct addition to the genus.

Ennea virgo, sp.n. (Pl. XXXI. fig. 10.)

E, testa mediocri, obeso-cylindriformi, hyalina, levissima, polita ;

anfractibus 83-9, apice obtuso, ceteris minime ventricosulis ;

apertura lunari; peristomate tenui, albo, nitido, paullum incras-

sato, plicis dentibusve quatuor instructo: plica parietali acinaci-

formi, fere semicirculari, dente labiali simplici, acuto, incrassato,

basali minore, inconspicuo, plica columellari interna, haud magna,

omnino mammeeformi.

Long. 11, lat. 4 mm.

* rpvyhoxes, a thrice-pointed lance,

Mollusca from South Africa. * 601

Hab. Lower Umfolosi Drift, Zululand (Burnup).

Glossy, white, and semitransparent, absolutely smooth

throughout, with the peristomatal processes less developed

than in the majority of its genus. The allies of this beautiful

new form would seem to be &. seyuncta, Stur., from which it

differs entirely in contour, while &. Planti, Pfr., and

Quekett?, M. & P., are both larger and possess slight longi-

tudinal striation, of which there is no trace in £. virgo.

Ennea Warrenti, sp.n. (Pl. XXXII. fig. 7.)

£, testa rimata, cylindrica, albo-calearea, apice obtuso-conico ;

anfractibus (apicali incluso) 8, tribus ultimis fere rectis, omnibus

longitudinaliter obliquissime striatis ; apertura rotunda; peristo-

mate albo, nitido, incrassato, quatuor plicis dentibusve munito :

plica parietali recta, acinaciformi, intrante, dente labiali bifur-

cato, acuto, superno minore, dente basali parvo, acuto, plica

columellari omnino interna, mammeformi.

Long. 10, lat. 4550 mm.

Hab. Lower Umfolosi Drift, Zululand (Warren).

A few examples of a conspicuous chalky-white form, with

conspicuous lip, possessing four processes, as described above.

The apex is obtusely conical, and the three lowest whorls are

almost straight and uniform. Smaller in all its parts, but

allied to H. Albers?, Pfr. At Mr. Burnup’s request we name

this interesting species after its discoverer, the Director of the

Maritzburg Museum.

Zonitoides Cupido, sp.n. (Pl. XXXII. fig. 1.)

Z. testa depresso-conica, anguste umbilicata, delicata, hyalina,

cornea; anfractibus 53, apice parvo, levi, ceteris apud suturas

haud profunde excavatis, ventricosulis, levibus, nitidis, sub lente

irregulariter longitudinaliter oblique striatulis; apertura effuse

lunari, peristomate tenuissimo, columella ad marginem paullum

reflexa.

Alt. 3°50, diam. 6 mm,

Hab. Lower Umfolosi Drift, Zululand (Burnup).

Of the same character as the North-American species

Z. arboreus, Say, and its immediate allies, from all of which

this very delicate, shining, and vitreous-horny species differs

in its narrow umbilicus and slightly excavate whorls. It

belongs to a group hitherto regarded as foreign to or adven-

titious in the South-African fauna, but we imagine will be

ultimately shown to be really indigenous.

602° Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby on

Trachycystis centrifuga, sp.n. (Pl. XXXII. fig. 9.)

T. testa conico-depressa, anguste umbilicata, tenuissima, hyalina,

periostraco corneo, olivaceo-fusco omnino contecta; anfractibus 5,

quorum duo apicales grandes, elevati, mamillati, ceteris ventri-

cosulis, periostraco undique longitudinaliter oblique costellifero

indutis, interstitiis spiraliter sub lente tenuistriatis, ultimo an-

fractu ad peripheriam acute carinato et regulariter fimbriato ;

apertura ovato-lunata, peristomate tenui, margine columellari

supra umbilicum triangulatim reflexo, basi convexa.

Alt. 5, diam. 8°75 mm.

Hab. Maestrém Forest (Farquhar).

Akin to T. Planti, Pfr., T. actinotricha, M. & P., &c.,

while differing from all in detail.

Trachycystis glebaria*, sp.n. (Pl. XXXII. fig. 15.)

T. testa ovata, profunde sed anguste umbilicata, spira depressa,

tenui, cornea, subpellucida ; anfractibus 5, apice levi, albescente,

omnibus ad suturas impressis, ventricosis, longitudinaliter minutis-

sime et arcte striatis, nitidiusculis; apertura lunata, peristomate

tenui, marginem apud columellarem vix reflexo,

Alt. 2, diam. 3°50 mm.

Hab. Pinetown, Natal (Burnup).

A small but neatly formed species, with much depressed

whorls, umbilicus narrow but deep, surface horny, seemingly

smooth, but microscopically longitudinally striolate. Allied

to T. Glanvilleana, Ancey.

Trachycystis laticostata, sp.n. (Pl. XXXII. fig. 5.)

T. testa parva, profunde umbilicata, depresso-conica, tenui, sub-

hyalina, sed periostraco rudi, fuscato, omnino contecta; anfrac-

tibus 5, quorum 132 apicales vitrei, leves, globulares, ceteris

irregulariter et crasse laticostatis, costulis obliquis, rudibus;

apertura fere rotunda, peristomate tenui, simplici.

Alt. 2, diam. 4 mm.

Hab. Maestrém Forest, Bedford, Cape Colony (Farquhar).

Covered with a rough fuscous-black epidermis, and pecu-

liarly rudely and broadly ribbed for so small a shell.

Trachycystis oreina t, sp.n. (Pl. XXXII. fig. 8.)

7. testa parva, conico-pyramidata, obtecte umbilicata, albo-cinerea,

tenui, periostraco fusco-olivaceo, omnino contecta; anfractibus 5,

* Gleba, a small clod of earth, from the resemblance.

T opeivos, inhabiting heights.

Mollusca from South Africa. 603

apicali globulari, parvo, levi, ceteris apud suturas impressis,

paullum gradatis, undique longitudinaliter obliquistriatis, striis

irregularibus, rudis ; apertura lunata, peristomate tenui, margine

columellari umbilicum triangulatim superimpendente.

Alt. 2°75, diam. 5 mm.

Hab. Mountain Drive, Grahamstown (J. Farquhar).

A plain species with dark brown epidermis and coarse

irregular ribbing.

Trachycystis patera, sp.n. (Pl. XXXII. fig. 6.)

7. testa minuta, depressa, discoidali, perspective umbilicata, elec-

trino-cornea, tenui; anfractibus 6—7, apicali minuto, levi, ceteris

arctissime sub lente longitudinaliter striatulis, striis fere rectis,

apud suturas rotunde excavatis, ventricosulis; apertura depresso-

lunata, peristomate tenui, simplici.

Alt. °75, diam. 2°15 mm.

Hab. Maestré6m Forest, Bedford, Cape Colony (J. Far-

quhar).

Minute, but characteristic, and bearing a superficial resem-

blance in some points to the British Gonyodiscus rotundatus,

Miill., than which it is much smaller, and very minutely

and closely longitudinally striolate.

Trachycystis permeata, sp.n. (PI. XXXII. fig. 2.)

T. testa profunde et sat late umbilicata, depressa, cinerea, tenui,

epidermide omnino olivaceo-cornea contecta; anfractibus 5,

quorum apicalis parvus, globularis, levis, ceteris apud suturas

rotunde excavatis, ventricosulis, undique arcte longitudinaliter

obliquiliratis, liris ineequalibus, ultimo ad peripheriam obtuse

carinato; apertura rotundo-lunari, peristomate tenui, margine

columellari tenui, simplici.

Alt. 2°50, diam. 4°50 mm.

Hab. Pinetown, Natal (Burnup).

Conspicuous for its depressed contour, deep and fairly wide

umbilicus, and roundly hollowed out sutures. We do not

know any species quite comparable.

Trachycystis scolopendra*, sp.n. (Pl. XXXII. fig. 3.)

T. testa depressa, paullulum conica, umbilicata, cinereo-fusca,

hyalina, tenuissima, undique periostraco corneo induta; an-

fractibus 6, apicali minuto, mamillato, ceeteris periostraco longitu-.

dinaliter irregulariter obliquilirato preeditis, anfractu ultimo apud

* Scolopendia, a centipede.

604 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby on

peripheriam liris brevibus, sed latis, pulcherrime expansis et

frondosis induto, infra peripheriam ad basin convexo, et simili

modo ac superne lirato; apertura rotundo-lunari, peristomate

tenui, margine columellari paullum supra umbilicum reflexo.

Alt. 6; diam. 13 mm. (sp. min.).

50, eas ssp amaya)s

Hab. Port Shepstone, Natal (Burnup).

Five examples, a characteristic one being now figured ;

the largest of all that has been yet found is unfortunately

imperfect, having the wonderful frondose extension of the

epidermis worn away. ‘These processes are thin, horny,

hyaline, short but broad, and give a very striking and bizarre

effect, rendering this one of the most strange and easily

distinguishable of South-African Helicoids.

Trachycystis simplex, sp.n. (Pl. XXXII. fig. 7.)

T, testa ovato-conica, tenui, anguste sed profunde umbilicata,

cinereo-olivacea, undique periostraco corneo, tenui, induta; an-

fractibus 5, apicali parvo, depresso, mamillato, ceteris undique

arcte longitudinaliter obliquiliratis ; apertura ovato-lunata, peri-

stomate rotunde effuso, tenui, margine columellari supra paullum

incrassato, umbilicum partim obtegente.

Alt. 6°20, diam. 9 mm.

Hab. Pondoland (J. Farquhar).

A simple species, thin, with horny epidermis or periostra-

cum, very finely longitudinally hrate throughout. Akin to

the typical series of the genus, e. g., bisculpta, Bens., and

Burnupt, M. & P.

Opeas McBeani, sp.n. (Pl. XXXI. fig. 8.)

O. testa attenuata, fusiformi, delicata, subpellucida, pallide stra-

minea; anfractibus 10, quorum duo apicales mammosi, ceteris

apud suturas impressis, tumidulis, longitudinaliter undique

minute obliquistriatis; apertura parva, labro tenui, margine

columellari fere recto, crassiusculo, nitido, albo.

Long. 9°50, lat. 2 mm. (sp. max.).

Hab. Boksberg, Transvaal (Burnup).

Differing from its near ally Subulina strigils, M. & P.*,

in its more globular apical whorls, finer striation, and

smaller aperture. In that species, too, the last whorl is not

so prolonged proportionately and the upper whorls are less

ventricose than in this new form.

* Ann, & Mag, Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. vill. p. 318.

Mollusca from South Africa. 605

Buliminus (Pachnodus) Burnupt, sp. nu.

(Pl. XX XT. fig. 5.)

B. testa oblongo-ovata, obtecte umbilicata, parum nitida, pallide

gilva, fere levi; anfractibus 7, apicali parvo, obtuso, ceteris

longitudinaliter indistincte obliquistriatis, ultimo ceteros longitu-

dine superante (9 mm.); apertura ovata, peristomate tenui,

paullum effuso, columella recta, margine columellari albo, supra

umbilicum leviter reflexo. .

Long. 16, lat.8 mm. (sp. min.).

Pee O50... (Sp. may.).

Hab. Lower Umfolosi Drift, Zululand (Burnup).

A distinctive form, which with much satisfaction we dedi-

cate to its discoverer, whom we congratulate at the same time

on the most promising results of his first explorations in a

hitherto almost untried country.

Fauxulus Crawfordianus, sp.n. (Pl. XXXI. fig. 6.)

F. testa anguste rimata, cylindrico-fusiformi, levi, subnitente,

tenui, fusca; anfractibus 8—9, apicali mamillato, ceteris apud

suturas impressis, fere levibus, sub lente obliquissime longitudi-

naliter striatis, ultimo infra peripheriam abbreviato; apertura

rotunda; peristomate albo, nitido, circumreflexo, continuo, sex-

plicato: plicis duabus parietalibus, acinaciformibus, una inferiore,

acuta, intrante, duabus labialibus longe intrantibus, superiore

obliqua, inferiore fere recta, dente basali subinterno, mammez-

formi, plica columellari acinaciformi, valde intrante.

Long. 8, lat. 3°75 mm.

Hab. Mossel Bay (J. Crawford).

A particularly fine and interesting dextral species of

Fauculus allied to Pupa Layard’, Bens. The peristomatal

processes, six in number, are unusually complicated, as

described in detail above. We have pleasure in connecting

with it the name of Mr. J. Crawford, through whose kind

instrumentality we have received so many new forms from

South Africa.

Achatina parthenia*, sp.n. (Pl. XXXII. fig. 10.)

A, testa oblonga, nitida, levi, tenui, Jete et pallide stramineo-

olivacea, superne carneo-suffusa; anfractibus 8, quorum apicalis

fere immersus, globularis, levis, ceteris apud suturas impressis,

gradatulis, ventricosis, quatuor supernis (apicali excluso) sub

lente minutissime decussatulis, in antepenultimo fere eyanidis,

* qapOevos, a virgin.

606 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. TH. Ponsonby on

duobus ultimis levibus, nitidis; apertura ovata, peristomate

tenui, paullum effuso, columella basin versus truncatula, tenui.

Long. 38, lat. 19 mm.

Hab. Lower Umfolosi Drift, Zululand (Burnup).

Of the same group as A. penestes, M. & P., transvaalensis,

Smith, and Livingstoner, M. & P., but very distinct from all,

differing both in form and coloration from any described

species. ‘The shining stramineous hue, with a blend of olive,

is peculiar; this is periostracal, the dead white of the shell

itself showing through in occasional patches. The upper

whorls with aid of a lens are seen to be most finely decussate ;

this gradually becomes evanescent, till the last two whorls

appear quite smooth. Four examples, one immature.

Isidora compta, sp.n. (Pl. XXXII. fig. 14.)

TI. testa ovato-oblonga, lete electrina, nitida, delicata ; anfractibus 4,

apicali diaphano, levi, minuto, globulari, tribus supernis casta-

neis, omnibus tumidis, apud suturas impressis, ultimo rapide

accrescente, sub lente arctissime longitudinaliter tenuistriato ;

apertura ovata, peristomate paullum effuso, incrassato, marginato.

Long. 14, lat. 6 mm.

Hab. Boksberg, Transvaal (Burnup).

A brightly coloured species, in which the longitudinal lines

of growth are characteristic, opaque spaces alternating at

intervals irregularly with subhyaline patches. It is more

comparable with such Australian Physe as concinna, Ad. &

Angas, or Grayi, E. A. Sm., than with any of the well-

known South-African forms.

Physa zuluensis, sp.n. (PI. XXXII. fig. 4.)

P. testa rimata, rotundo-ovata, succineo-vitrea, delicatissima ; an-

fractibus 5, supra abbreviatis, apice ipso albo-mamillato, ceteris

ad suturas impressis, ultimo permagno, rapidissime accrescente,

supra subsquarroso ; apertura ovato-oblonga, peristomate tenuis-

simo, paullum apud basin prolongato, margine columellari

crassiusculo.

Alt. 10, diam. 7 mm.

Hab. E. Zululand (Burnup).

P. natalensis, Krauss, seems the nearest ally to this species,

the very extended and strongly shouldered body-whorl being

characteristic.

Ancylus (Ferrissia) gordonensis, sp. n.

(Pl. XXXL. fig. 2.)

A. testa ovata, cornea, tenui, apud marginem pallidiore, pellucida,

Mollusca from South Africa. | 607

conica, apice antice prominulo, subacuto, sinistraliter inclinante,

superficie, precipue apud apicem, undique radiatim tenuissime

striata, intus nitida, cornea, margine lacteo.

Alt. 3, long. 6, diam. 5 mm.

Hab. Gordon Falls, Natal.

This interesting addition to the South-African fauna differs

from the two Ancyli hitherto described from this region, viz.

caffer, Krauss, and transvaalensis, Craven, not only in torm,

but above all in the minute radiating striolations: the apex,

inclining to the left, is placed well forward, the texture

thin, and substance horny, pellucid. We have, towards

the elucidation of this species, studied the elaborate paper of

Mr. Bryant Walker on the Eastern North-American Ancyli*,

in which the genus is subdivided into two sections, viz. :—

(a) Levapex.—Shell usually depressed, apex obtuse or

subacute, smooth.

(b) Ferrissia.—Shell usually elevated, apex acute,

radially striate.

It is therefore to the second of these subdivisions that this

species, as also the next, belongs.

{

Ancylus (Ferrissia) stenochorias }, sp. n.

(PI. XXXL. fig. 1.)

A. testa anguste oblonga, tenui, olivacea, conica, corneo-hyalina,

intus omnino pallide cornea, nequaquam pallidi-marginata, apice

antico prominulo, sinistraliter inclinante, obtuso, superficie radia-

tim obscure striatula.

Alt. 3, long. 8, diam. 4°50 mm. (spec. maj.).

Hab. Ebb en Vioed, Port Elizabeth.

The extreme narrowness of this little shell, we think, is of

specific value. The radiating strie are very obscure and only

discernible with the aid of a lens. We have seen several

examples, all precisely alike.

Planorbis leucochilus t, sp.n. (Pl. XXXI. fig. 3.)

P. testa parva, depressa, cornea, tenui, subhyalina, levigata; an-

fractibus quatuor, tumidulis, suturis utrinque subimpressis, discis

ambobus simillimis, paullum rotundatis; apertura depresso-lunata,

peristomate tenui, albescente.

Alt. °70, diam. 2°50 mm.

fab, Killarney Lake, Pietermaritzburg, Natal (Burnup).

* ‘Nautilus,’ vol. xvii. no. 2, p. 18, and no. 3, pp. 25 sqq.

T orevoxdpia, narrowness of space,

£ Aevkds, xeiAos, white-lipped.

608 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. HW. Ponsonby on

Most akin to P. Anderssont, Ancey, this little species may

be distinguished by the conspicuous whiteness of its lip and

aperture. We have seen about a dozen examples, all

uniformly similar in every detail. The superficies is perfectly

smooth, substance clear hyaline-corneous.

Tropidophora comburens, sp.n. (Pl. XXXII. fig. 12.)

P. testa anguste umbilicata, conico-pyramidata, fere levi, parum

nitida, solidiuscula, stramineo-brunnea, et castaneo-suffusa ; an-

fractibus 5, quorum duo apicales cinereo-lividi, leves, ceteris

ventricosis, ad suturas angustissime livido-tinctis, ultimo rapide

accrescente, levi, spiraliter trizonato, zonis castanels, quarum

centrali maxime distincta, nigro-brunnescente, regione umbilicari

spiraliter pulcherrime multilirata; apertura circulari, peristomate

albo, nitido, crassiusculo, paullum reflexo, fere continuo; operculo

calcareo, spirali, nucleo excentrico.

Alt. 11, diam. 10 mm. (sp. min.).

13; ie, oll 45 A(speamay-)-

Hab. Makawe, Zululand (Burnup).

From the common TZ. ligata, Miill., this exceedingly

handsome species differs, (a) in form, being narrower

throughout, especially in the body-whorl; (0) in width of

umbilicus, the perforation being both small and not particu-

larly deep; (c) in clearer definition of the spiral lire sur-

rounding the umbilicus at the base of the body-whorl; (d) in

colour; the principal spiral band at the periphery is of a livid

black, this being well-defined—two others, which might be

termed secondary or spurious zones, conspicuous for suffused

bright scorched chestnut and burnt-sepia coloration, run

equidistantly one on either side of the central band and

parallel with it, the effect being very pleasing. ‘The oper-

culum is normal. Several examples.

Chondrocyclus exsertus, sp.n. (Pl. XXXII. fig. 11.)

C. testa parva, gradata, depresso-conica, latissime umbilicata, albo-

calcarea, periostraco omnino olivaceo contecta; anfractibus 5,

quorum apicalis minutus, globularis, ceteris apud suturas excava-

tulis, ventricosis, sub lente minute striatis, ultimo anfractu ex-

panso, infra peripheriam planato-declivi, umbilico perspectivi-

unculo; apertura rotunda, peristomate tenui, simplici, continuo,

denique evoluto.

Alt. 2°20, diam, 4 mm,

Hab. Umkomaas and Umbogintwini, Natal (Burnup).

Mollusca from South Africa. 609

A distinct and select addition to the operculate fauna of

Natal, differing from its ally, the well-known C. conveaius-

culus, Pfr., not only in colour and sculpture, but in its

gradately conical spire and general elevation.

We may add that the type examples of the above, together

with the types of nearly all our previously described species

from South Africa, will be placed’in the British Museum

(Natural History).

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE XXXT.

Fig. 1. Ancylus stenochorias.

Fug. 2. gordonensis.

Fg. 3. Planorbis leucochilus.

Fig. 4. Ennea sylvia.

Fig. 5. Buliminus Burnupit.

Fig. 6. Fauxulus Crawfordianus.

Fug. 7. Ennea Warrenit.

Fig. 8. Opeas McBeani.

Fig. 9. Ennea craterodon.

Fig. 10. virgo.

Fig. 11. —— triglochis.

Fig. 12. —— dedatlea.

Fig. 13. —— himerothales.

Fig. 14. genialis.

Fig. 15, montana.

Fig. 16. claustraria.

PuatTE XXXII.

Fig. 1. Zonitoides Cupido.

Fig. 2. Trachycystis permeata.

Fig. 3 scolopendra.

Fig. 4. Physa zuluensis.

Fig. 5. Trachycystis laticostata.

Fig. 6. patera.

Fig. 7 simplex.

Fig. 8 orema.

Fig. 9 centrifuga.

Fig. 10. Achatina parthenia.

Fxg. 11. Chondrocyclus exsertus.

Fig. 12. Tropidophora comburens.

ig. 13. Hypolysia Florentie.

Fg. 14. Isidora compta.

Fig. 15. Trachycystis ylebaria.

610 Mr. F. D. Morice on new Hymenoptera.

LXII.—New Hymenoptera Aculeata taken by the Swedish

Zoological Hxpedition to Egypt and the White Nile in the

Spring of 1901. By F. D. Morics, M.A., F.E.S.

Nomia tegulata, Smith. ¢.

Femine similis; sed abdomine ecrassius punctato ; scutello utrinque

in spinam magnam compressam acutam (scapo antennee fere equi-

longam) producto. Pedes simplices.

Long. circ. 7 mill.

“ Abba Hiland, 12 i. ’01.”

This is not the male doubtfully assigned by M. Vachal

(Miscell. Entomol. 1897) to tegulata, Smith, which has a

simple scutellum, dilated leg-joints, &c., and is also differently

coloured from the present insect. But I feel little doubt as

to the determination of the latter. It was taken along with

three females which exactly agree with Smith’s types of

tegulata in the South Kensington Museum, and the only

characters by which it differs from them appear to me to be

merely sexual. ‘These typesare all females; the author did

not know the male, and it has not, I believe, been described

till now.

The flagellum, mandibles, tegule (except their membranous

apices), knees, extreme apex of hind tibiz, and tarsi are

rufescent, as are also more or less (but obscurely) the extreme

base and sides of the abdomen and the extreme apices of its

segments. The face is wide, with strongly converging eyes,

which reach close to the bases of the mandibles. The head,

mesonotum, and scutellum, viewed dorsally, are dull, finely

rugulose, and with shallow scattered punctures. The face,

pronotum above, extreme basal and apical margins of the

mesonotum, and the whole postscutellum are clothed with a

very dense short whitish pubescence. The scutellum is

naked and its lateral margins are produced into a pair of long,

compressed, sharply pointed thorns (much as in Myrmica

ruginodis), which rise gradually above the level of the rest of

the scutellum, commencing at its base, and extend far beyond

it in the apical direction. Their whole length is about two

thirds that of the tegule, and of this length about one half

projects over the postscutellum &c., the other half formimg a

lateral border to the scutellum itself. The propodeum has a

short costate sulcature along its basal margin; its “ area

trigona” is not definitely separated from the lateral areas

except by being perfectly smooth and very shining, while

Mr. F. D. Morice on new Hymenoptera. 611

they are strongly and closely punctured throughout. The

mesopleure are somewhat rugosely punctured and the meta-

pleure show a fine longitudinal striation, The first abdo-

minal segment is largely and irregularly punctured above,

the second also irregularly but not so largely, those following

more finely and closely. The impressed apices of all the

segments are narrowly fasciated or ciliated with whitish

hairs, and there is a similar narrow fascia at the base of the

second segment. ‘The head, thorax, and bases of the legs

(including the femora) are clothed beneath with moderately

long white hairs ; those on the tibie and tarsi are also white,

but shorter. The posterior ocelli are about as far from each

other as from the compound eyes. The legs and antenne

seem perfectly simple: in the latter joints 4 to 12 are about

equal and about as broad as long; joints 3 and 13 are a

little longer than the others, about half as long as the scape.

‘The wings are hyaline, with fuscous nervures and slightly

clouded apices.

Crocisa Jagerskiéldi, sp. n., 3 2.

Nigra vel obscure cyanescens, pilositate alba (partim strata ac sub-

squamosa, et in certis aspectibus plus minusve czrulescente),

opulentissime variegata.

Forma scutelli (apice sinuose emarginati et in medio profunde angu-

latim excisi) Crocise scutellart proxima; sed differt pilositate

magis ut in C. ramosa disposita (mesonoti vittis lateralibus in-

tegris, abdominis segmenti primi basi vix interrupte fasciata etc.).

Magnitudine utramque speciem multo superat (18-20 mill.

long.!), et ab omnibus mihi quidem cognitis Crocisis differt

scutelli ipsius disco in utroque angulo laterali-basali macula

bene definita pilositatis czerulescenti-albze ornato.

3. Abdominis segmentum dorsale septimum apice utrinque dentato,

inter hos dentes fere recte truncato.

Antennarum articulus 3" in utroque sexu 4° fere sesquilongior.

palnartom: G21. OL; 9, 3. 1. Ol.”

Hixamples which, I think, belong to this very large and

handsome species are placed in the British Museum with

others, apparently not belonging to it, under the name

seutellaris, F. But what recent authors (e. g. Friese in

‘ Bienen Europa’s’) identify with Fabricius’s species is a

much smaller and less striking-looking insect, with snow-

white markings, naked scutellum, and nearly naked base to

the first abdominal segment.

In Jégerskioldi the white pilosity in both sexes is very

copious, arranged almost exactly as in ramosa, but with a

peculiar bluish reflection in certain lights which distinguishes

612 Mr. F. D. Morice on new Hymenoptera.

it at a glance from any European species. The actual hairs

seem, however, to be pure white, and it is only where they

are prostrate that the blue effect appears. I imagine that the

underlying or surrounding subcyaneous chitin is either seen

through them or reflected by them in some way (the tint is

just that produced by a thin layer of Chinese white over a

wash of black or dark blue paint).

The almost complete absence of reliable structural characters,

even in the males, makes the proposal of new Crocisa species

risky and unsatisfactory ; but as I can find no description

which at all suits the present insects, and as Herr Friese, to

whom I sent the specimens, returns them as unknown to him,

I have ventured to describe them as new.

The bluish-white hair-patches on the scutellum ttself are a

very peculiar character, this part in Croczsa being otherwise,

so far as I know, always immaculate. They are very large

and subquadrate in the male, smaller and rounder in the

female. The other pilose ornaments of the thorax and also

those of the abdomen are arranged exactly as in ramosa,

differing only in looking bluish, as described above. On the

legs they are not blue, and (by contrast, I suppose) look even

a little yellowish.

Rhynchium Sirdart, sp.n. ¢.

Colore omnino ut synagroides, sed structura alia. Clypeus

semicirculariter emarginatus, angulis apicalibus spiniformibus,

longitudine sua evidenter latior. Mandibule valide, late, minus

quam in synagroide elongate; margine apicali dentibus 2 in

medio instructo, contiguis quidem sed bene distinctis, quorum

exterior interiore duplo longius. Postscutellum, a latere visum,

acute conicum: area huius basalis vel horizontalis brevis, crasse

punctata, et in medio carina alta longitudinali, vel dente com-

presso, armata. Abdominis segmenti secundi pars ventralis, ut in

synagroide, basi subbituberculata; sed disco leeviore, punctis

sparsis, magnis quidem sed minime profundis.

Long. cire. 26 mill.

Khartum, 31 1. ’01.

The semicircularly emarginate clypeus, with its long spine-

like angles, at once distinguishes this species from ardens g

as described by Saussure, and also from specimens called

abyssinicum g in the South Kensington Museum, which

(like abyssinicum 2) have a subtruncate clypeus. From

synagroides g it differs in having the clypeus evidently

wider than long, the mandibles stouter, and the teeth on their

apical margin better developed. Also in synagrotdes the

ventral surface of the second abdominal segment is far more

Mr. F. D. Morice on new Hymenoptera. 613

strongly and deeply punctured. There is no male called

ardens at South Kensington, and only one female, which is

exceedingly unlike Strdari in having its clypeus particularly

narrow and elongate, with a subtruncate apex.

In Sirdari (at least, in the specimen before me) the

orange colour extends from the apex of the abdomen to

beyond the apex of the third segment, whereas De Saussure

describes that segment as ‘“‘black”’ simply, alike in syna-

groides, abysssnicum, and ardens; but this is probably a

variable character, and might appear in any of the species in

question,

Odynerus (Ancistrocerus?) abcrraticus,sp.n. .

Antennarum apices uncinato-reflexi. Abdominis segmentum 1%™

basin versus fortissime transverse cristatum; valde _petioli-

forme—scilicet longissimum, apicem versus lenissime dilatatum,

ibique segmento 24 rotundate-campaniformi saltem duplo

angustius.

Clypei apex triangulariter excisns. Pronotum angulis inermibus.

Seutellum longum, fere quadratum. Postscutellum fere in

formam criste elevatum. Propodeum in medio late ac profunde

excavatum, are eiusdem laterales postice conice eminentes et

sub apicibus suis breviter quidem sed acute denticulate. Abdo-

minis segmenti 2“ pars ventralis tumidissima, quam dorsum non

minus convexa, sulco costato basali peene nullo.

Clypeus, mandibule, scapus antice, pronoti anguli interni, macule

duo postscutelli pene confluentes, pedes infra cum tibiis tarsisque

totis flava. Tegule flave, nigro-notate. Abdominis segmenti

primi apex (in dorso) anguste, secundi (et in dorso et in ventre)

latius, flavo-fasciati. Reliquorum segmentorum apices plus

minusve obsolete flavo picti, vel omnino nigrantes.

Caput, thorax cum propodeo, abdominisque 3 segmenta basalia satis

crasse denseque punctata, subopaca: segmentorum reliquorum

punctatura magis obsoleta. Latera petioli pilis albidis erectis

fimbriata, dorsum eiusdem nudum. Facies et pectus strato-

argenteo-subpilosus. Abdominis segmentum secundum brevissime

strato-sericeo-pubescens.

Long. cire. 7 mill,

Three males, “‘ Abba Hiland, 12 ii. 01.”

I feel some hesitation in treating this curious little species

as an Ancistrocerus, but I do not know where else to place

it. Herr Kohl, who kindly examined it at my request,

suggests that it may be a new species of Nortonia, Sauss.

It does not, however, appear to me to agree at all with

De Saussure’s diagnosis of his genus, and is utterly unlike

the species which he names as his “ type”? of it, viz. O. inter-

medius, Sauss. The latter, besides differing completely from

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 40)

G14 Mr. F. D. Morice on new Hymenoptera.

aberraticus in general facies, size, and coloration, has no trace

of the transverse crest near tlie base of the petiol*, which is

so conspicuous in aberraticus, and which is generally thought,

when occurring together with hook-tipped male antenna, to

mark a species as an Odynerus of the Ancistrocerus group.

I am unable to follow De Saussure in considering the cha-

yacters on which he founds Nortonia as generic, and must

own that, personally, I regard éntermedius, in spite of its

peculiarities, as a Lionotus. At any rate, I cannot see my

way to grouping aberraticus with it on the characters by

which the Eumenide are at present classified.

In its elongate thorax, quadrate (not transverse) scutellum,

and depressed scarious margin to the second abdominal

segment aberraticus shows considerable resemblance to a

Microdynerus, but none of the latter, I believe, have the base

of the petiole carinated as in Ancistrocerus. It has some

likeness also in form and puncturation to certain Symmorphi,

but from these, ¢nter ala, the hooked male antennz separate

it instantly. It is utterly unlike any Hwmenes except in the

proportions of its basal abdominal segments. Altogether

this is a very singular insect, and it is quite possible that I

am wrong in assigning it to any of the recognized groups of

Odynerus, though I feel little doubt as to its claim to a place

in that genus.

Savigny has figured an Egyptian species (‘ Planches des In-

sectes, &c.’ pl. vill. fig. 14) (=pharao, Sauss., according to

v. Dalla Torre’s Catalogue) which I thought at first might

be the insect before me. But this cannot he so, if he has

given correctly the contour of the second ventral abdominal

segment in his species; for this, in the lateral view which

he gives of it, is nearly flat, while in aberraticus it is turgid

and convex (almost semicircularly so) to an extent which I

have never observed in any other Odynerus.

Stizus peecilopterus, Handlirsch. @.

“Goz Abba Goma, 14 ii. ’01.”

The above name is used by Handlirsch to denote the

“ Larra fasciata” of Klug, a species of Stczus differing from

that which Fabricius originally described as ‘ (Bembea)

fasciata”’ (= Stizus fasciatus, Handl.).

The male seems to be still undescribed. It closely

resembles the female as described by Handlirsch, but the

occiput, disc of mesonotum, and propodeum (segmentum

mediale, Handl.) are black. The general ground-colour of

the head and thorax (including antenna, legs, &c.) is ferru-

ginous red, that of the three apical abdominal seements has

On some Meduse from Jupan. 615

a yellower tint (dark orange). The wings are coloured as in

the female.

The ventral segments are simple. In the antennz the

last joint is moderately curved, narrowed to the apex, and

obliquely truncated ; it is hardly as long as the penultimate

joint. The intermediate joints, especially 7 and 8, are some-

what flattened and dilated, widest in the middle of each joint

(seen from above joints 7 and 8 are pentagonal). The third

joint is about as long as the fourth and fifth together.

The sides of the thorax near the insertion of the abdomen

run out into conspicuous blunt and flittened (not spine-like)

productions. In the tridentate apical ventral segment the

middle spine is extremely long as compared with the two

lateral ones, so that, without relaxing the insect and drawing

this segment right out, one might almost mistake it for a

Sphecius.

Woking, Noy. 1903.

LXIII.—Notes on some Meduse from Japan.

By R. Kirkpatrick, F.Z.8.

[Plate XXXIII.]

A small collection of Meduse made in the Inland Sea,

Japan, by Mr. R. Gordon Smith was sent by him to

the Natural History Museum. The specimens, eight in

number, represent three genera and species; of these, one

genus and one species have not hitherto been described.

‘The following is a list of the species :—

LEPTOMEDUSE: Gonomeandrus chrysostephanus, gen, et

sp. 0.

TRACHOMEDUSE: Gonionemus Agassizii, Murbach and

Shearer.

Discomepus#: Aurelia aurita, Linn., var. japonica,

Kishinouye.

LEPTOMEDUS4.

Family Cannotide, Haeckel.

Subfamily Pozrorcurpaz, A. Agassiz.

GONOMEANDRUS*, gen. nov.

Polyorchide with four radial canals, each with an un-

branched transversely meandrine proximal portion, situated on

a gastric peduncle, and with a pinnately branched distal

portion on the wall of the subumbrella, the branches ending

* Maiavdpos, the river Meander; yovos, seed.

4()*

616 Mr. R. Kirkpatrick on

blindly ; with four main branched interradial centripetal

canals, and a few adradial twigs given off from the circular

canal and ending blindly. Gonads situated on the proximal

portion of the radial canals, and forming transversely folded

Jamellee.

Gonomeandrus Pe aA %) Sp. ie

(PL XXXIII. figs. 1-4.

Umbrella cylindrical, about 14 times as high as broad,

slightly contracted below, with rounded summit, and with

the lower margin divided into eight adradial rounded lobes.

Gastric peduncle cuboidal, with a slender stalactitic prolon-

gation at some (or all) of its radial angles.

Stomach quadrangular, expanding down to a wide square

mouth with slightly frilled margin.

Circular canal with eight loops, corresponding to thie

marginal lobes.

Tentacles rather short, in one series, about 80 to each lobe

(or 640 in all), hollow, cylindrical, and studded with nemato-

cyst warts in the distal half of their length.

Ocelli orange-brown, one above the base of each tentacle.

Colour in formalin: umbrella colourless and transparent ;

gonads pale yellow; ocelli orange-brown.

Locality. Inland Sea, Japan.

Special description.—The above genus and species are

represented by only one specimen. Mr. Gordon Smith has

written on the label connected with it, “‘ The only jellyfish of

the kind I saw.” A detailed description is subjoined.

Umbrella, The dimensions are 6°5 centim. in height by

5 centim. in breadth at the upper end and 4°5 (in the con-

tracted specimen) below. ‘The wall has a thickness of

6 millim. in the middle of its length, but only about 3 millim.

at the upper end. The eight marginal lobes are 16 millim.

broad at the base and 8 millim. in length along the sagittal

line; they are slightly curved inwards. ‘The clefts between

the lobes pass obliquely upwards and outwards from below,

and extend much higher on the outer wall than on the inner,

so that only the distal third of the lobe is completely free.

The tentacles are about 17 millim. in length. The proximal

halves are transparent; the distal halves are opaque and

(under a lens) finely granular. ‘The tentacles are attached to

the inner aspect of the margin by long slightly narrowed

bases, and in such a way that the lower end of the base is

flush with the outer surface.

The velum is moderately broad; its free edge is, as usual,

* ypdocorepavos, with golden garland, referring to the festoons of

deep orange-coloured ocelli,

some Meduscee from Japan. 617

circular ; its attached edge follows the loops of the circular

canal. ‘The breadth of the velum at the angles of the loops

is 7 millim., and midway between them, 5 millim.

The gastric peduncle is a cuboidal mass about 15 millim. in

breadth and height, with rounded radial angles separated by

interradial grooves, 7. e. it is quadrifoliate on transverse

section. ‘T'wo of the segments are prolonged each into a

conical stalactitic prolongation about 20 millim. in length,

round which are wound the radial canals and gonads.

Probably this asymmetry is abnormal, the normal arrange-

ment presenting four prolongations, one in each radial plane.

The stomach is 21 millim. in length, the breadth at the

base being 5 millim. and at the mouth 15 millim. At each

of the four radial angles is a thick muscle-band, which forms

a rounded ridge extending from base to orifice. The four sides

present many transverse folds. Probably this organ, which

is well within the mouth of the umbrella, is capable of being

extruded considerably beyond that orifice. The base of the

stomach, which projects slightly into the peduncle, shows four

radial lines meeting at the centre, these lines being furrows in

continuation of the radial canals.

The Gastro-vascular Canals.

(2) The proximal unbranched portions with gonads. The

four radial canals pass from the base of the stomach and

proceed across the lower surface of the peduncle. Where the

peduncular prolongations occur, the canals form transversely

meandrine folds around them from base to apex and down

again, and then continue on as similar folds on the radial

aspect of the peduncle till they reach the branched gonad-free

portion of the radial canals. At the apices of the prolonga-

tions, the loops arising from the folding are wound spirally

round.

Where the peduncular prolongations do not exist the canals

form transverse folds on the distal surface of the peduncle.

(6) The distal branched portions without gonads. The

proximal join the distal portions a little beyond the base of

the peduncle. The canals are pinnately and alternately

branched. At first the lateral branchlets are very close

together, straight, at right angles to the main canal, and either

unbranched or branched only at their ends; they are given off

at gradually increasing distances, and progressively make

angles of trom 90° to 60° with the maincanal. A few of the

secondary branches change their lateral course and continue

in a longitudinal direction, thus filling the proximal three

fourths of the interradial regions. The ends of the vessels

are club-shaped and blind, there being no anastomoses.

618 Mr. R. Kirkpatrick on

The four main canals are very narrow at first, and increase

slightly in calibre as they proceed. ‘l'hey open into the apices

of the four radial angles of the loops of the circular canal.

with the eight lobes of the umbrella.

(d) The centripetal canals. Four main centripetal canals

arise from the interradial angles of the circular canal and

branch at acute angles; they occupy the lower fourth of

the interradial region ; the branches end blindly. A few

adradial twigs and diverticula are given off from the circular

canal on each side of the main radial and centripetal adradial

canals. The central region of the loops is without centripetal

canals.

A finities.

The position of Gonomeandrus is near Polyorchis, Agassiz.

I had at first thought that the specimen belonged to the

Anthomeduse, because the peduncle was so covered with the

folds of the gonads as to conceal its true nature, and I have

to thank Mr. E. T. Browne for pointing out to me that this

structure was simply a solid gastric peduncle; and when I

found that the transverse ridges in the stomach-wall were

simply folds, and. that no gonads were present in that situa-

tion, it became clear tliat the specimen belonged to the Lepto-

meduse. Gonomeandrus is distinguished from Polyorchis by

its possessing transversely-folded gonadial lamella in place of

pendent filaments, and in having narrow branching secondary

canals in place of broad diverticula or simple branches given

off from the radial canals.

It is worthy of note that one species of Polyorchis possesses

arudimentary gastric peduncle. In the figure of the specimen

of Polyorchis penicillata, A. Agassiz, given by Fewkes (2.

p- 094, pl. xxii. fig. 3), this organ is shown with gonads

dependent from it. Fewkes writes :—‘‘'The ovaries hang

from the upper portion of the manubrium from a gelatinous

elevation or extension of the bell which bears the proboscis.”

He here considers the presence of ocelli and absence of otocysts

of more importance than the position of the gonads, and places

the genus in the Anthomeduse.

TRACHOMEDUS&.

Gontonemus Agassizit, Murbach and Shearer (8. p. 185,

pl. xxi. figs. 1, 2,3). (Pl. XX XIII. figs. 5, 6.)

There are six specimens in varying stages of growth, from

Naba Bay. The specimens become relatively much flatter

as they increase in size, the smallest being 5x5 millim, in

breadth and height and the largest 21x9 millim. (The

_ some Meduse from Japan. 619

tentacles, which vary in number from fifty-two to eighty,

proceed from the margin at different angles, the direction of

the older proceeding in a direction more backwards and

upwards tl.an the younger; the radial and interradial tentacles

pass through well-marked peronial grooves, rooted over by

peronia with closely apposed edges; in the younger tentacles

the edges of the peronia do not meet, and in the youngest are

not formed at all.

In the Japanese specimens there are more otocysts than

tentacles. In one quadrant of the margin I counted thirty

otocysts te twenty tentacles.

In their description (/oc. cit.) of G. Agassizii, Murbach and

Shearer state that there are not so many otocysts as tentacles,

but that there exists no definite regularity. In the twenty

intervals between the tentacles of a quadrant I counted the

number of otocysts as follows—2122112121212213

10 2 1—~. e. 30 in all, mostly alternating as 2 and 1.

Of the four known species of Gonionemus one, viz.

G. Muibachii, Mayer, is found in the Atlantic (at Woods

Holl, Mass.), the other three in the Pacific, G. vertens,

A. Agassiz, occurring off British Columbia, G. Agassizii,

Murbach and Shearer, off the Aleutian Islands and in the

Inland Sea, and G. suvaensis, Agassiz and Mayer, off the

Fiji Islands.

DISCOMEDUS4.

Aurelia aurita, Linn., var. japonica, Kishinouye.

Aurelia japonica, Kishinouye (4. pp. 289-291, pl. vii.).

Mr. Gordon Smith’s collection contains one specimen of

this form, well-preserved, excepting that the arms have been

damaged.

I was unable to obtain the volume of the Zool. Mag., Tokyo,

containing Kishinouye’s description of Aurelia japonica, and

learned that it was out of print; but Prof. Ijima was so

extremely kind as to send me written extracts giving the

descriptions of this and other species of Meduse described

in the first six volumes. Kishinouye’s description runs as

follows :—

“Species Diagnosis: Umbrella flat, a little vaulted, 4-5

times as broad as high. Hight velar flaps of the umbrella-

margin not protruding; divided by slight stallow incisions only,

Mouth-arms a little shorter than the radius of the umbrella ;

their margins much curled and their proximal halves with

broad and strongly folded lobes. Umbrella radius four times

the radius of the gonads. At every genital bay 3-5 canal-

roots. Sixteen dendritically branching canals form a few

meshes only.

620 On some Meduse from Japan.

“Colour: Transparent and white, the gonads only are

slightly rose-coloured.

“ Size: Diameter of the umbrella 150 millim. Height 30-

35 millim.”

The present specimen is 105 millim. broad and 30 millim.

thick ; the arrangement of its gastrovascular canals is exactly

similar to that of the normal typical A. aurita found in the

Atlantic ; three canals proceed from each genital sinus, viz. a

trichotomously branched interradial and two simple adradial,

the three secondary branches of the interradial originating from

a common point on the edge of the sinus; possibly a variation

in the breadth of the common centre of origin of these branches

leads Kishinouye to give 3-5 as the number of canals origi-

nating from the edge of the sinus.

The orifices of the subgenital pits are oval, and 5 x 4 millim.

in diameter ; the cavities to which they lead stand out more

clearly than in the typical A. aurita.

In having broad and folded lobes on the proximal halves of

the mouth-arms, var. japonica differs from the typical A.aurita,

but therein resembles A. aurita, var. cruciata, Haeckel, the

typical form being “nicht gelappt,” and the var. cruciata

“oelappt” (3. pp. 553, 644). The radius of the umbrella is

three times that of the gonads.

If, as Vanhdéffen (10. p. 43) and Maas (6. p. 26) assume,

Aurelia colpota, Brandt, is only a variety of Aurelia aurita,

then the distribution of Aurelia aurita extends over the

Atlantic, Indian, and Pacific Oceans.

Nine species of Aurelia are described in Haeckel’s ‘ System,’

viz. A. aurita, Linn.; cruciata, Haeckel; colpota, Brandt ;

flavidula, Péron and Lesueur; marginalis, L. Agassiz ;

hyalina, Brandt; labéata, Chamisso and Hysenhardt; clausa,

Lesson; and limbata, Brandt.

The following five have since been described :-—

A. dubia, Vanhoffen (9. p. 20). Persian Gulf.

A. habanensis, Mayer (7. p. 69, pl. xxiv. figs. 3, 4; pl. xxvi.

fig. 86). Tortugas and Havana.

A. japonica, Kishinouye (4. pp. 289-291, pl. vii.). Inland

Sea, Japan.

A. vitiana, Agassiz and Mayer (1. p. 171, pl. x. fig. 35).

Fiji Islands.

A, cerulea, Lendenfeld (5. p. 280). Port Jackson, N.S.W.

Of these five, A. vitiana is, according to Maas (6. p. 26),

synonymous with Aurelia aurita, var. colpota, Brandt. A.

dubia, habanensis, and japonica may also be regarded as

varieties of Aurelia aurita. A. ewrulea belongs to Haeckel’s

subgenus Aureclissa, including A. limbata, labiata, and clausa.

On new South-American Fishes. 621

Literature.

(1) Acassiz and Mayrr.— Acalephs from the Fiji Islands.” Bull.

Mus. Comp. Zool Harvard, vel. xxxii. (1899).

(2) Fewxrs. W.—“ On a few Californian Meduse.” American Natu-

ralist, vol. xxill. (1889).

(3) Harcrer, E.—‘ Das System der Medusen.’? Jena, 1879.

(4) KisnHinovyr.—‘ Zoological Magazine, Tokyo, vol. lil. no. 33.

(189i).

(5) Lenprenrrip, R.—“ The Scyphomeduse of the Southern Ilemi-

sphere. Part III.” Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, vol. ix.

(1884).

(6) Maas, O.—“Die Seypomedusen der Siboga Expedition.” Siboga

Exp. livraison x. (1903).

(7) Mayrer, A. G.—‘‘ Meduse from the Tortugas, Florida.” Bull.

Mus. Comp. Zoo]. Harvard, vol. xxxvii. (1900).

(8) Mursacu, I, and C. SHrarrr.—‘ On Meduse from the Coast of

British Columbia and Alaska.’ Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. vol. ii.

(October 1903).

(9) VanHorrEen, E.—‘ Untersuchungen tiber semaeostome und rhizo-

stome Medusen.” Bibl. Zoolog. Cassel, Bd. i. Heft 3 (1887).

. “Die acraspeden Medusen der deutsche ‘Tiefsee Expediticn

- 1898-9.” Ergeb. deutsche Tiefsee Exp. Bd. iii. (1902).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIII.

Fig. 1. Gonomeandrus chrysostephanus. Nat. size.

wg. 2. The same, laid open. a, stomach; 6, peduncle; c, gonads on

proximal portion of radial canals; ¢’, roots of four radial canals

proceeding from base of stomach; ¢”, a prolongation of peduncle;

e", gonadial filament or diverticulum; d, branched portion of

radial canal; e, circular caval; f,a main centripetal circular

canal; g, velum; A, tips of marginal lobes showing below

velum.

Fig. 5. Diagrammatic transverse section at base of stomach. a, base of

stomach ; 4, four radial canals ; ¢, lobes of peduncle.

Fig. 4. Roots of tentacles opening into a, the circular canal. One tentacle

showing distal portion with nematocyst warts, x 10 diameters.

Fig. 5. Gonionemus Agassizi, Murbach and Shearer, edge of umbrella.

a, edges of peronia ; 6, bulbs rich in large nematocysts, at base of

each tentacle; c¢, otocyst.

Fig. 6. Otocyst of G. Agassizii. x 325. a, otolith in centre of stalked

auditory club and surrounded by partly columnar, partly rounded,

endoderm cells ; 4, auditory hairs.

(10)

LXIV.—Deseriptions of new South-American Fishes in the

Collection of the British Museum. By C. Vate Ruan,

Pristigaster ( Opisthopterus) effulgens.

Depth of body 37? times in the total length, length of head

5 times. Diameter of eye 34 times in the length of head and

twice the interorbital width. Snout shorter than diameter of

622 Mr. C. T. Regan on

eye. Maxillary more than half the length of head.

Sc. 56/13. D.11. A. 65. Distance from origin of dorsal

to base of caudal 12 times in that from tip of snout to origin

of dorsal. Pectoral longer than the head. Dark above,

silvery on sides and below.

Total length 226 mm.

A single specimen from the Rio Vaqueria, N.W. Ecuador.

This species is distinguished from P. Dovit, Gthr., its

nearest ally, by the larger mouth and more numerous anal

rays.

Ophichthys (Pisodontophis) brevimanus.

Depth of body about 21 times in the total length, length

of lead about 8} times. Anal opening equidistant from tip

of snout and posterior end of body. Diameter of eye 16

times in the length of head and 22 times in the length of

snout, which is 12 times the distance from eye to posterior

angle of mouth. aie eeth granular. Dorsal commencing above

tip of pectoral, which is “short, its length 95 times in that of

the head. Dark bluish grey above, lighter below ; numerous

dark spots on the head; dorsal dark, with a narrow light

margin; anal light.

‘Total length 630 mm.

A single specimen from the Rio Vaqueria, near La Tola,

N.W. Devedon.

Piabucina astrigata.

Depth of body 43-5 times in the total length, length of

head about 43 times. Snout as long as the eye, the diameter

of which is 43-53 times in the length of head, interorbital

width 24-23 times. Maxillary extending to below middle of

even mandibular rami well separated, the interspace some-

what narrowed anteriorly, but not tapering to a point.

Sc. 28-29/8. D. IL 8, its origin nearly equidistant from thie

posterior edge of the postorbitals and the base of caudal.

A.J19. Pectoral 2-2 the length of head. Ventrals ex-

tending a little more than half the distance from their base

to the origin of anal (in the aduit) or nearly 2 of that distance

(in the young). Caudal bilobed. Caudal pedunele 12-1}

times as long as deep. Olivaceous above, lighter below. A

dark spot on the base of caudal. In the young a series of

large dark spots along the middle of the side, most conspicuous

posteriorly.

Total length 185 millim.

Five specimens from St. Javier, Paramba and the Rio

Sapayo, N.W. lcuador.

new South-American Fishes. 623

Piabucina pleurotenia.

Depth of body 42-54 times in the total length, length of

head 43-42 times. Snout as long as or longer than the eye,

the diameter of which is 42-6 times in the length of head,

interorbital width 23-22? times. Maxillary extending to

below anterior 4 of eye ; mandibular rami well separated, the

interspace somewhat narrowed anteriorly, but not tapering to

a point. Sc. 30-32/8. D. II 8, its origin nearly equidistant

from middle of eye and base of caudal. A II 9. Pectoral

3-g the length of head. Ventrals extending less than 3

the distance from their base to the origin of anal (in the

adult) or 2 of that distance (in the young). Caudal bilobed.

Candal peduncle 11-14 times as long as deep. A dark

longitudinal stripe along the middle of the side, ending in a

dark spot on the base of caudal.

Total length 160 mm.

Six specimens from Merida, Venezuela, 1600 metres,

collected by Sr. Briceiio.

This species differs from the preceding in the smaller eye,

different position of the dorsal, coloration, &c. Both are

distinguished from P. undteniata, Gthr., and P. elongata,

Bler., by the broader interspace between the mandibular rami,

aud from P. erythrinoides, C. & V., by the fewer scales.

Trichomycterus vittatus.

Length of head 63 times in the total length. Head as

broad as long. Diameter of eye 2} times in the interocular

width, which is 3} times in the length of head. Snout

slightly shorter than the postorbital part of head. Barbels

equal to # the length of head. Dorsal with 6 branched rays,

originating in advance of the anal opening, the distance from

its point of origin to the caudal 1} times in the distance from

the former to the tip of snout. Anal with 4 branched rays,

originating slightly behind the vertical from the last dorsal

ray, the distance from the base of its last ray to the caudal 44

times in the total length. Longest branched ray of pectoral

2 the length of the simple outer ray, which is as long as the

fe Ventrals extending # of the distance from their base

to the origin of anal. Caudal truncate. Head and body

with dark spots; a dark longitudinal stripe along the middle

of the side.

Total length 78 mm.

One specimen from the Marcapata Valley, E. Peru,

collected by Mr. Ockenden.

Allied to 1. Knert, Stdr., which has the head longer than

broad and the caudal emarginate.

624 Mr. C. T. Regan on ee

Trichomycterus retropinnis.

Length of head 54 times in the total length. Head as

broad as long. Diameter of eye about 4 times in the inter-

ocular width, which is 33 times in the length of head.

Snout as long as the postorbital part of head. Barbels equal

to about # the length of head. Dorsal with 6 branched

rays, originating above or slightly behind the anal opening,

the distance from its point of origin to the caudal 22 times

in the distance from the former to the tip of the snout.

Anal with 4 branched rays, originating below the anterior

third of the dorsal, the distance from the base of its last ray

to the caudal 52 times in the total length. Longest branched

ray of the pectoral 2 the length of the simple outer ray, which

is equal to % the length of head. Ventrals not quite reaching

the anal opening. Caudal truncate-rounded. Brownish,

with an indistinct darker stripe along the middle of the side

and traces of some dark spots.

Total length 80 mm.

Two specimens from St. Augustin, Andes of Colombia,

5000 feet, collected by Capt. Dowding.

A third specimen, 30 mm. in total length, which I have

purposely excluded from the above diagnosis, has a well-

marked broad longitudinal stripe on each side. In it the ~

longest branched ray of the pectoral is % the length of the

outer simple ray, and the distance from the origin of the

dorsal to the caudal is 24 times in the distance from the

former to the tip of the snout.

Allied to JT. nigromaculatus, Blgr., and T. amazonicus,

Stdr.; in the position of the dorsal fin intermediate between

the two.

Trichomycterus meridc.

Length of head 6-7 times in the total length. Head as

long as, or longer than, broad. Diameter of eye about 3 times

in the interocular width, which is about 3 times in the length

of head. Snout considerably shorter than the postorbital

part of head, scarcely longer than the interocular width.

Barbels as long, or nearly as long as the head. Dorsal with

6 or 7 branched rays, originating a little in advance of the

anal opening, the distance from its point of origin to the

caudal 12-14 times in the distance from the former to the tip

of the snout. Anal with 4 or 5 branched rays, originating

below the last 2 or 3 rays of the dorsal, the distance from the

base of its last ray to the caudal 42-5 times in the total

length. Longest branched ray of the pectoral 3 the length of

new South- American Fishes. 625

the simple outer ray, which is 14 times as long as the head.

Ventrals extending to the anal opening. Caudal truncate.

Head and body with rather large dark spots; dorsal and

caudal dusky.

Total length 125 mm.

Hight specimens from Merida, Venezuela, and from the

Rio Albireggas, above Merida, altitude 3500 metres,

collected by Sr. S. Bricefio.

Allied to 1. brasiliensis, Ltkn., but with a shorter head

and more elongate body,

Pimelodus (Pimelodella) teeniophorus.

Depth of body 54 times in the total leneth, length of head

Al times. Head 14 times as long as broad. Diameter of

eye 34 times in the length of head, interorbital width 4 times.

Snout equal in length to the postorbital part of head. Max-

illary barbel extending to base of caudal, postmental barbel to

extremity of pectoral. D.16, the spine slender, its length 14

times in that of the head. Length of adipose fin about 24 times

in the total length. A. III 8. Pectoral spine extending to

below the third or fourth branched ray of the dorsal, stout,

with about 12 teeth on its inner edge, the longest equal in

length to about # the breadth of the spine. Ventrals

originating below the last dorsal ray, extending 2—3 of the

distance from their base to the anal. Caudal forked, the

inner rays 4 the length of the outer. A well-developed

black lateral stripe extending from the snout, through the

eye, to the base of caudal.

Total length 85 mm.

‘T'wo specimens from Descalvados, Matto Grosso, collected

by Dr. Ternetz, referred by Boulenger to P. lateristriga in

his account of the Ternetz collection. This species is allied

to P. vittatus, Ltkn., but differs in having much longer

barbels, longer adipose fin, and longer pectoral spine.

Pimelodus (Pimelodella) griseus.

Depth of body 5 times in the total length, length of head

4} times. Head 13 times as long as broad. Diameter of eye

4 times in the length of head and equal to the interorbital

width. Snout equal in length to the postorbital part of head.

Maxillary barbel extending to extremity of ventral, post-

mental barbel to middle of pectoral. D. 1 6, the spine mode-

rately stout, nearly smooth, its length 13-13 times in that of

the head; longest branched ray nearly as long as the head.

Length of adipose fin nearly 4 times in the total length,

626 Mr. C. T. Regan on

A. III 8-9. Pectoral spine extending to below the first

branched ray of the dorsal, stout, with 12-16 strong teeth on

its inner edge, the longest nearly equal in length to the

breadth of the spine. Ventrals originating behind the vertical

from the last dorsal ray, extending # of the distance from

their base to the anal. Caudal forked, the upper lobe pointed,

a little longer than the lower, which is rounded. Inner

caudal rays half as long as the outer. Greyish; a narrow

dark stripe along the middle of the side of the body; a dark

streak on the membrane in front of each dorsal ray.

Total length 140 mm.

Three specimens from the Durango, Sapayo and Vaqueria

Rivers, N.W. Ecuador.

This species is distinguished from P. lateristriga, Mull. &

Trosch., by the longer head, shorter and stouter dorsal spine,

-and less deeply forked caudal.

Haplochilus peruanus.

Depth of body about 5 times in the total length, length of

head 4 times. Snout a little shorter than eye, the diameter

of which is 33-32 times in the length of head, interorbital

width twice. Sc. 45/14. D. 9-10. A. 13-15. Distance

from origin of dorsal to base of caudal about 22 times in that

from origin of dorsal to tip of snout. Pectoral nearly 2? the

length of head, extending 4 the distance from its base to the

origin of anal. Ventrals not or scarcely reaching anal

opening. Brownish, with small dark spots on the vertical

fins.

Total length 55 mm.

‘Two specimens from Perim, Peru, 800 metres, collected by

the late Mr. P. O. Simons.

Belone fluviatilis.

Length of head about 22 times in the total leneth. Dia-

meter of eye 3-34 times in the length of postorbital part of

head and equal to the interorbital width. Snout twice as

Jong as the rest of head. Lower part of maxillary exposed

for its whole length. D. 15-16, the anterior rays elevated,

the posterior short, subequal in length. A. 17-18, com-

mencing a little in advance of the dorsal, its longest rays a

little longer than those of the dorsal and equal to the length

of pectoral, which is 43-5 times in the length of head. Origin

of ventrals nearly equidistant from posterior part of eye

and base of caudal. Caudal slightly emarginate. Caudal

new South-Americin Fishes. 627

peduncle subcylindrical, neither distinctly compressed nor

depressed, without keel. 180-200 scales in front of the dorsal.

A silvery lateral stripe, becoming broader posteriorly; a

more or less distinct dark spot above the base of pectoral.

Total length 450 mm.

Three specimens from the rivers of N.W. Ecuador.

This species appears to be nearest to B. scapularis, Jord.

& Gilb., from which it is distinguished by tne longer head,

smaller eye, and more numerous scales.

Centropomus atridorsalis.

Depth of body 34 times in the total length, length of head

22 times. Diameter of eye 5 times in the length of head,

interorbital width 64 times. Length of snout 11 times the

diameter of eye. Maxiilary extending to below middle of eve,

the breadth of its distal extremity equal to $ the diameter of eye.

Przeorbital with 5-7 serre. Anterior ridge of preoperculum

with 2 spines, posterior margin serrated, with 2 or 3 spines at

the angle. 13 gill-rakers on the lower part of anterior arch,

the longest equal to 3 the diameter ofeye. Sc.525. D. VIII,

I 10, the third and fourth spines the longest, equal to 4 the

length of head. A. III 7, the length of the third spine 12

times in that of the second, which is equal to $ the length of

head and, when laid back, extends beyond the base of caudal.

Pectorals and ventrals extending to the level of the anal

opening. Inner caudal rays half as long as the outer.

Lateral line blackish. Membrane of dorsal and caudal fins

and that between the second and third spines of the anal

blackish ; fins otherwise pale.

Total length 160 mm.

One specimen from the Rio Vaqueria, near La Tola,

N.W. Ecuador.

This species is readily distinguishable from others with a

blackish lateral line by the great length of the second anal

spine.

Corvina Crawfordi.

Depth of body equal to the length of head, 32 times in the

total length. Snout 17 times as long as the diameter of eye,

which is 53 times in the length of head; interorbital width

3} times. Depth of the preeorbital slightly greater than the

diameter of eye. Maxillary extending slightly beyond the

vertical from the anterior margin of the eye, its length 23

times in thatof the head. Jaws with bands of small, pointed

623 Mr. C. T. Regan on

teeth, those of the outer series of the upper jaw enlarged; no

canines. Posterior border of preoperculum dentated, the

angle with two fairly strong spines, the lower pointing down-

wards. Gill-rakers equal in length to 4 the diameter of eye,

16 on the lower part of the anterior arch. D. X, I 28, the

third and fourth spines the longest, equal to 3 the length of

head. A.II 8, originating below the thirteenth branched

ray of the dorsal, the second spine stout, equal to 4 the length

of head. Pectoral pointed, equal to # the length of head.

Ventral spine equal to $ the length of pectoral, the outer

branched ray with a short terminal filament, extending nearly

as far back as the pectoral. Caudal doubly truncate. Scales

finely ciliated, arranged in vertical series both above and

below the lateral line, 55 in a longitudinal series, 6 between

the base of the first dorsal spine and the lateral line. Depth

of caudal peduncle 22 times in the distance from the base of

the last anal ray to the caudal. Olivaceous above, silvery on

the sides and below; upper half of the body with brownish

stripes, which posteriorly run horizontally along the middle

of each series of scales and anteriorly curve downwards and

run vertically. Membrane of the fins dusky.

Total length 250 mm. :

A single specimen, obtained at Montevideo by Mr. M. J.

Nicoll during the voyage of the ‘ Valhalla,’ and presented to

the British Museum by Lord Crawford.

Acara sapayensis.

Depth of body 22 times in the total length, length of head

25 times. Diameter of eye 3} times in the length of head,

interorbital width 22 times, length of snout 2% times. Max-

illary extending to the vertical from the anterior margin of

eye; breadth of preeorbital equal to % the diameter of eye;

cheek with 3 series of scales; 5 gill-rakers on the lower part

of the anterior arch. Sc. 26 %. LL. lat. 15-17+8-9.

D. XV 10, the spines increasing in length to the last, which

is equal to # the length of head; the soft tin pointed, the fourth

and fifth rays longest, extending to beyond the middle of

caudal. A. III 8, the first spine half the length of the

second, the second ? the length of the third, which is equal

to 2 the length of head. Pectorals and ventrals extending

to the level of the origin of anal. Caudal truncate rounded.

Length of caudal peduncle 14 times in its depth. Dark

brown, with 6 obscure blackish cross-bands on the upper

half of the body ; some small blue spots on the head; fins

blackish.

new South-American Fishes. 629

Total length 115 mm.

One specimen from the Rio Sapayo, N.W. Ecuador.

This species is allied to A. ceruleopunctata, Stdr., which

has a smaller eye and shorter caudal peduncle.

Gobius (Awaous) Guenthert.

Gobius transandeanus (part.), Giinth. Cat. ii. p. 62 (1861).

Depth of body 64 times in the total length, length of head

3 times. Breadth of head 1% times in its length, depth of

head 2} times. Diameter of eye 64 times in the length of

head, length of snout 2} times, length of maxillary twice.

Maxillary extending to the vertical from the anterior margin

of the eye. Osseous interorbital width 2-2 of the diameter of

eye. Scales ciliated, 60-63 in a longitudinal series, 17-18 in

an oblique series from the origin of the second dorsal back-

wards to the anal, about 30 in front of the first dorsal.

D. VI, 1 10, the spines of the first fin more or less produced,

the second and third the longest; distance from origin of

first dorsal to posterior margin of eye equal to the distance

from that point to the tip of snout ; rays of the second dorsal

subequal, half the length of head. A. I 10, the length of the

rays 23-22 times in that of the head. Pectoral pointed, its

length 12-13 times in that of the head. Ventrals extending

2 of the distance from their base to the origin of anal.

Caudal rounded. Head and upper part of body spotted or

marbled with dark brown; second dorsal with longitudinal,

caudal with vertical dark lines; pectoral with a dark bar on

the base of the upper rays; ventrals and anal blackish.

Total length 140 mm.

Two specimens from Western Ecuador.

It is here desired to restrict the name G‘. transandeanus to

a species which differs from the above notably in the following

features :—Length of head 3} times in the total length.

Length of maxillary 2? times in that of the head, length of

snout 22-22 times. Maxillary not reaching the vertical

from the anterior margin of eye. 35-40 scales in front of

the dorsal. Distance from origin of dorsal to posterior

margin of eye 1} times the distance from that point to the

tip of snout. Ventrals and anal pale.

This diagnosis is based on four specimens from W. Ecuador,

measuring up to 175 mm. in total length.

G. Guenthert is closely allied to G. latus, O'Shaughnessy,

which is distinguished by the fewer scales. This latter

species is not a synonym of G. banana, C. & V., but is the

one which American authors have identified with G. flavus,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 41

630 Mr. R. Gurney on Scapholeberis aurita.

UC. & V., without good reason, since G. flavus is described as

having “la bouche fendue jusque sous l’arriére de J’ceil,”

whereas in G’. latus the cleft of the mouth barely extends

to below the middle of the eye. Moreover, it appears to me

to be unjustifiable to place G. banana, C. & V., in the

synonymy of G. tatasica, Lichtenstein. ‘The description of

this latter species is entirely inadequate, but as it is said to

come from Brazil it is more probably identical with G. latus

than with G. banana, which has been recorded from the

Antilles and from Central America.

Chasmodes maculipinna.

Depth of body 4 times in the total length, length of head

3} times. Snout concave, equal in length to the eye, the

diameter of which is 4} times in the length of head. Inter-

orbital space narrow, concave. Maxillary extending to below

posterior $ of eye. D. XII 14, a notch between spinous and

soft-rayed portions, the latter the higher, its longest rays

equal to the postorbital part of head. A.18. Pectoral equal

to 2 the length of head. Anterior part of dorsal with a large

black spot, extending from the first to the fourth spine.

Total length 63 mm.

A single specimen from the Rio Durango, N.W. Hcuador.

LXV.—Notes on Scapholeberis aurita (S. Fischer), a Clado-

ceran new to Britain. By Ropert Gurney, B.A., Sutton

Broad Laboratory.

THE only species of the genus Scapholeberis hitherto recorded

as British is S. mucronata (O. F. Miiller), but I have now to

add S. aurita, which I have recently found in three localities

in Norfolk. Considering the peculiar swimming habits of

S. mucronata, as described by Mr. Scourfield *, it may be of

interest to compare the two species in this respect, and also

with regard to certain points in their structure.

In both species the ventral margin of the shell-valves is

flattened, but this area is proportionally larger in S. aurita

and is bounded externally by a very prominent ridge and

internally by the thickened edge of the valve. This thickening

of the edge, which is quite conspicuous, is not continued thie

* Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxy, pp. 1-19 (1894).

Mr. R. Gurney on Scapholeberis aurita. 631

whole length of the valve, but near the anterior end is con-

tinuous with an obliquely transverse ridge which joins the

external ridge (fig. 1). There is thus marked off in front a

Fig. 1.

PEPE om ie

SS Seaeeeeee

more or less triangular area which is somewhat depressed

and strongly reticulate. The remaining portion of the valves

in S, aurita is not reticulate, but simply punctate.

Seen from the side (fig. 2) the shell-margin ig almost

straight, but with a prominent projection anteriorly corre-

sponding to the point of union of the transverse and external

longitudinal ridges.

So far the two species are in essential agreement, but they

differ strikingly in the armature of the flattened area. In

S. mucronata this area is provided with a number of pecu-

liarly arranged scales and modified sete (see Scourfield

pl. ii. fig. 1), but nothing of the kind occurs in S. aurdta,

Here the flattened area shows no sete whatever, and the setae

which fringe the inner edge of the valves are quite simple

and delicate. On the other hand, careful examination of the

inner longitudinal thickening shows a series of small upwardly

41*

632 Mr. R. Gurney on Scapholeberis aurita.

projecting teeth, indicated in fig. 1. There may be from five

to eight of these teeth, the first (which is the largest) placed

just at the junction of the transverse and inner longitudinal

ridges, and the remainder along the latter to a point about

halfway along the shell. They increase somewhat in size

from before backwards.

Fig. 2.

Now it has been shown by Scourfield that it is by means

of the modified sete of its flattened shell-margin that

S. mucronata supports itself from the surface-film, and it

might be supposed that S. aurita, lacking these sete#, would

On new Bats from the Cameroons. 633

not have the same habit. It does indeed differ in some

respects from its relative, being much less active in its move-

ments, and also it does not always, as Lilljeborg * has already

pointed out, swim upon its back. In fact its movements are

somewhat aimless, and it seems likely that this is due to the

almost total absence of the spinous posterior prolongations of

the valve, which, like the spines of Decapod zoéas, may

serve in S. mucronata as directive organs. But it has exactly

the same habit of swimming on its back suspended by the

surface-film. If it is examined in this position in the way

recommended by Scourfield—namely, by brightly illuminating

the surface of the water, and then focussing a lens upon the

animal—it can be seen that where it touches the surtace there

are two rows of minute breaks in the surface-film, between

which the swimming-legs may be seen moving. ‘These

breaks have the appearance of elevations, but it is very diffi-

cult to distinguish an elevation from a depression when of

such minuteness. I believe that these breaks are made by

the small teeth upon the inner longitudinal ridge, and that

they are actually depressions caused by these teeth piercing

the surface-film. If that is so, we have an interesting case

of the same end being attained by widely different structures.

It would be very instructive to know whether in S. micro-

cephala there is yet a third arrangement for the same purpose.

These teeth appear also to be used by S. aurita for tempo-

rary attachment to submerged objects, such as the sides of a

glass vessel in which it is contained. One other point may

be alluded to, namely, the colour. In all the specimens of

S. aurita which I have seen the colour is more or less deep

orange, though it varies greatly according to Lilljeborg,

There is no localized distribution of the pigment about the

ventral surface such as obtains in S. mucronata and has been

explained as a protective modification.

LXVI.— Three new Bats from the Cameroons, discovered by

Mr. G. L. Bates. By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS.

Nycteris arge, sp. n.

Allied to N. thebatca, but with much smaller tragus.

Size medium. General colour dark brownish above and

below. Nose-leaf of normal structure, but unusually thickly

* ‘Cladocera Suecie,’ 1900, p. 164.

634 Mr. O. Thomas on

hairy. Ears of average size, the projecting lobule at their

outer bases very strongly developed, inverted, deeply con-

cave externally, convex internally. Tragus with its free

portion, as in WN. thebatca, expanded above and convex on

its inner margin, but the free portion itself is barely one

third its size in the allied species, the distance from its inner

base to its tip considerably less than the distance from the

same point to the base of the outer margin.

Upper incisors deeply bifid; second lower premolar nearly

half the size of the first, in the tooth-row.

Dimensions of the type (measured in spirit) :—

Forearm 45 mm.

Head and body 52; tail 48; lower leg and foot (s. u.) 32°5;

head 21°5; ear 28; inner margin of tragus 2°5.

Hab. Efulen, Cameroons.

Type. Adult male. Collected by Mr. G. L. Bates. Two

specimens.

This WVycterts is readily distinguishable by the extremely

small size of the free portion of the tragus, which is other-

wise similar in shape to that of JV. thebaica.

Miniopterus inflatus, sp. n.

Colour of MW. scotinus. Size larger than in MW. Schreiberst.

Fur of back about 4 mm. in length, its texture about as

in MV. scotinus, not extending on to the interfemoral or wing-

membranes except close to the sides below. Colour uniform

dark ‘seal-brown”’ above, rather paler below. ars and

membranes black.

Skull markedly larger than in IZ. Schreibersi, therefore

Dimensions of the type :—

Forearm 46 mm.

“Head and body 65; tail 48; hind foot 7; ear 11”

(CER ipen)r

Skull: greatest length 16:7; basal length in middle line

12°3; front of incisors to back of m? 7:8.

Hab. Efulen, Cameroons.

Type. Adult skin (male). B.M. no. 3. 2.4.8. Collected

24th July, 1901, by Mr. G. L. Bates.

This Miniopterus is at once distinguishable from JZ. Schrev-

bersi by its dark colour and large head, and from J. scotinus

and Md. Newtoni by its much larger size.

Nyctinomus thersites, sp. n.

A medium-sized species, with proportionally short limbs,

united ears, separated premaxille, and very small lower

check-teeth.

new Bats from the Cameroons. 635

Body large as compared with the short forearms and legs.

Muzzle short, upper lip distinctly furrowed. ars short,

opaque, their tips broadly rounded; inner margins united

at base ; anterior margin without minute horny points ;

antitragus as high as long, with a deep notch behind it; keel

thickened below, but not flattened externally. Tragus minute,

almost linear; a separate, very distinct, external basal pro-

jection developed halfway between its outer base and the

inner side of the antitragus. Fur short, close, and velvety ;

hairs of back barely 24 mm. long, tufts * of long hairs (about

> inch in length) placed on each side of the rump ; fur con-

fined to body throughout, except a narrow rim along each

side below. Colour dark brownish chestnut, the glandular

hairs behind the junction of the ears black. Penis projecting ~

but little from the surrounding flesh, without special scent-

glands.

Premaxille separated, but the opening between them

small; anteorbital crests scarcely developed; sagittal crest

low ; lambdoid crest strong, forming a prominent projection

on each side of the middle line. Lower jaw unusually thick

and heavy.

Upper incisors thick, vertical, parallel, well separated.

Anterior premolar small, but standing in the tooth-row, and

separating the canine from the large premolar. Lower

incisors four, bifid, overlapping. Lower premolars very

abnormal in being subequal, the anterior scarcely shorter

than the posterior. Molars unusually low-crowned, their

vertical height considerably less than that of the thick

mandibular ramus.

Dimensions of the type (measured on the spirit-specimen) :—

Forearm 41 mm.

Head and body 75; tail 32; ear 17; tragus on inner

edge 1:2; third finger, metacarpus 40, first phalanx 17,

second phalanx 16; fifth finger, metacarpus 26, first pha-

lanx 9, second phalanx 4; lower leg 15, lower leg and foot

(s. u.) 23.

Skull: greatest length 20; zygomatic breadth 12°5 ; front

of canine to back of m? 7-3.

Ilab. Efulen, Cameroons.

Type. Old male. Collected by Mr. G. L. Bates. Three

specimens.

By Dobson’s synopsis this bat comes near V. pumilus, but

may be readily distinguished from that species by its larger

size and the many peculiarities, external and cranial, described

above.

* These tufts appear to occur in many species, though seldom so well

developed as in the present animal,

636 On a new African Hesperid.

LXVII.— Description of a new Species of African

Hesperiine. By Hamitron H. Drucs, F.Z.S., F.H.S.

Leucochitonea Hindet, sp. n.

3 —Upperside. Allied to L. levubu, Walleng., from which it

differs on the fore wing by broader black apical and outer-

marginal borders, containing differently placed white spots.

The black apex extends irregularly almost to the wall of the

cell. The second and third spots of the subapical series are

shorter thanin Z.levubu, consequently this band hasan irregular

appearance. The black outer margin extends broadly to the

angle and contains one more white spot than is usual in

I. levubu, viz. two in the space between the lower median

nervule and the submedian nervure. The marginal row of

white spots which in L. levubu is composed of spots of almost

uniform size, is in L. Hinded much more irregular, the apical

four being small, the next two large, whilst the remaining

two near the angle are again small.

The hind wing has the black margin slightly broader than

in L. levubu.

The abdomen is white, with a broad black central stripe,

the cilia chequered, the coxe orange at the base, and the anal

tuft black and white, as in L. levubu.

Underside. Fore wing as above. Hind wing as above,

but with the costal nervure black from its base to its apex

and a black basal suffusion between the anal margin and the

submedian nervure. Antenne black, whitish on underside

of clubs. Legs black and white. Head black, with white

spots.

: 9 .—Differs from the male by having a thick anal tuft of

yellowish hairs, as in L. levubu 9.

Expanse as in L. levubu.

Hab. Kitui, British East Africa (about 4000 feet) (CS. Z.

Hinde).

This species, which I have named after its captor, Mr. 8. L.

Hinde, who took it in December 1900 (8 ¢, 1 2), is also

allied to DL. amnerts, Rebel and Rogenhofer, described in

Dr. Oscar Baumann’s ‘ Through Massailand to the Sources

of the Nile,’ p. 838 (Berlin, 1894). LZ. amneris is described

as being without the black veins of levubu, but with the black

apical marking much broader and the ‘border spots”

smaller and more rounded. It was captured in the Kiwaya

Desert and at Umbugwe, which is south-west of Kilima-Njaro.

Mr. Hinde presented his specimens to the University

Museum, Oxford, where the types now remain.

Plétz, in the ‘Journal of the Entomological Society of

Stettin,’ 1885, p. 36, describes Sapeea lactea, but does not

Bibliographical Notices. 637

compare it with any other species, and gives as locality

“« Africa.” He states it is figured in his Hesp. t. 857, which

has never been published, and is now lost.

The description agrees, so far as it goes, with DL. levubu,

and in the British Museum it is placed as a synonym of that

species, with which I thoroughly agree. Dr. Holland does

not mention it in his Revision of the African Hesperiidee

(P. Z. S. 1896). Dr. Trimen (P. Z. 8. 1891) writes of

specimens of L. levubu from South-west Africa as having the

black on the margins and nervules more developed than those

from more southern tracts.

There is also a specimen in the Oxford Museum from the

Loangwa Valley, Mushinga Mountains, British Central

Africa, collected in August by Mr. C. H. Pemberton, and

presented by Mr. C. V. A. Peel, which agrees exactly with

the specimen in the same museum captured by the late

F. Oates in Matabele Land in March, and referred to by West-

wood in Oates’s ‘ Matabele Land’ (London, 1881, p. 335).

Rebel and Rogenhofer give the expanse of ZL. amneris as

35 mm., while Plétz gives that of L. lactea as 19 mm.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

J. H. Fazre. Souvenirs Entomologiques (Huitiime Série): Etudes

sur UInstinct et les Meurs des Insectes. 8vo. Paris, 1903.

Pp. 379.

Every.few years this indefatigable observer of insect-life enriches

our entomological libraries with interesting information, at first

hand, on the habits and metamorphoses of various insects; but it is

only a short time since the first of his eight volumes was trans-

lated into English under the auspices of Dr. D. Sharp and Mr. F.

Merrifield. We do not know if the series is to be continued in

English, but the latest volume of the original shows no falling off

either in the interest of the author’s observations, orin the vivacious

and agreeable French sentimentality of the diction, which reminds

us of Alphonse Karr, and which forms so great a contrast to the

humorous style of some of our English writers on similar subjects

—Mr. E. H. Aitken, for example. So does the difference in

national character show itself even in the style of popular books

on natural history.

In his latest volume M. Fabre introduces us to Rose-Beetles ;

the beetles which destroy peas and beans; Pentatomas and Masked

Bugs; Aphides and their enemies; wild bees (Halictus); carrion-

flies and beetles; wasps and Volucelle; and, finally, to various spiders

whose nests are compared with those of the “ Mésange Penduline ”

(Penduline Titmouse).

There are some text-illustrations, chiefly representing eges,

cocoons, and nests, many of very elegant form, among the most

curious being the eggs of Pentatomide on p, 69.

638 Miscellaneous.

Occasionally M. Fabre sees reason to question the observations of

former writers. Thus he has been unable to confirm the statement

that Pentatoma grisewm watches over its young like a hen over her

chickens, or that the favourite prey of Reduvius personatus is the

bed-bug ; nor does he regard the superficial resemblance between

Volucella and a wasp as having anything to do with mimicry. The

relation of Volucella to the wasp seems to be that of a simple

scavenger. We have not space to quote M. Fabre’s observations, but

one interesting point which he discusses, not for the first time, is the

limitations of instinct. ‘This is illustrated in the case of the common

wasp. When its nest is covered with a bell-glass, the enclosed

wasps never dig a passage out, but remain cooped up till they die ;

and though stragglers left outside will dig their way in, they are

equally unable either to show their companions the way out or eyen

to make their own escape.

Index Animalium, 1758-1800. A Caroto Davis SHERBORN

confectus. Cambridge University Press, 1902.

“Tun objects of this work,” says the author, “are (a) to provide

zoologists with a complete list of all the generic and specific names

that have been applied by authors to animals since January the first

1758; (8) to give an exact date for each page quotation ; (c) to give

a quotation for each reference sufficiently exact to be intelligible

alike to the specialist and to the layman.”

Although Mr. Sherborn has received help from many quarters,

this has but lightened in some small degree a truly colossal task,

which, indeed, the author scarcely hopes to finish in his lifetime.

The value of this undertaking to zoologists cannot be easily

estimated. A solid foundation has at last been laid on which to

base a definite system of nomenclature, though, having regard to the

wilfulness displayed in certain quarters, this seems almost too much

to hope for!

This first volume, in the matter of binding and printing, is in every

respect worthy of the Cambridge University Press. It is a bulky

book, embracing no less than 1195 pages.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Classification of the Thalassinidea.

By L. A. Borrapaize, M.A. &c.

ADDENDUM.

On p. 540, to the list of genera of the Laomediide, add: MNaushonia.

On p. 541, after the definition of the genus Jawea, add:

Genus NavsontA, Kingsley, 1897.

Definition: ‘ Laomediide which have on the maxillipeds of the

first pair a lash to the exopodite and a podobranch, the first pair of

legs stout and subchelate, the second pair very short and simple,

and a well-developed, flat scale on the antenna.”

Species :

Type. WV. crangonoides, Kingsley, 1897. Bull. Essex Inst. xxvii.

639

INDEX to VOL. XII.

ACANTHOJOPPA, new species of, 370,

565.

Acara, new species of, 628.

Achaius, characters of the new genus,

267.

Achatina, new species of, 605,

Aclis, new species of, 498.

Acreea igola, new subspecies of, 325,

Actzeopyramis, new species of, 305.

Actinote, new species of, 22().

Adeorbis, new species of, 301.

Aglaojoppa, new species of, 363,

Akodon, new species of, 241.

Alardus, characters of the new

genus, 475.

Alestes, new species of, 435, 594.

nurse, note on, 37,

Alga, on the relations between certain

diatoms and the fission-products

of a parasitic, 175.

Algathia, new species of, 581.

Allabenchelys, new species of, 439.

Althanus, characters of the new

genus, 420.

Amblyjoppa, new species of, 268.

Ammatophora, characters of the new

genus, 88.

Amphipoda obtained during the

cruise of the ‘Oceana,’ on the,

228.

Anadia, new species of, 430.

Anagotus, new species of, 76.

Ancylus, new species of, 606.

Andrena, new species of, 442.

Annelida, new, 137.

Anthidium, new species of, 59.

Anthophora, new species of,

454,

Anthorhina, new species of, 457.

Antropora, characters of the new

genus, 87.

Aphanus, new species of, 471.

Aphela, new species of, 75.

Apostolepis, new species of, 353,

Arachnida, new, 505.

Aranew, revision of the genera of the,

481.

451,

Artemidorus, new species of, 252.

Atelopus, new species of, 554.

Attus, note on the genus, 489.

Atys, new species of, 321.

Augaptilus palumboi, description of

the male of, 28,

Augochlora confusa, note on, 442.

Aurelia aurita, note on, 619.

Austen, E. E., on Hippoboscidee in

the British Museum, 255.

Axiopsis, characters of the new

genus, 538.

Bachia, new species of, 432.

Bacteria, on the origin of, by hetero-

genesis, 381.

Baracellus, characters of the new

genus, 250.

Barbus, new species of, 218, 487,

533

Bastian, Dr. H. C., on the develop-

ment of Vaucheria resting-spores,

166; on the relations between

certain diatoms and the fission-

products of a parasitic alga, 175;

on the origin of bacteria and their

allies by heterogenesis, 581.

Batrachia, new, 186, 215, 219, 552.

Bell, Prof. F. J., on Echinoderms

from Zanzibar, 244.

Belone, new species of, 626.

Bethune-Baker, G. T., on new Lyce-

nid from W. Africa, 324.

Bingham, Lt.-Col. C. T., on hyme-

noptera from the Transvaal, 46.

Blatta, new species of, 375.

Blattidze, notes on, 273, 373.

Bonhote, J. L., on a new species of

Helictis, 592.

Books, new :—The Fauna of British

India, Hymenoptera, vol. ii., 190 ;

Cooke’s Flora of the Presidency of

Bombay, pts. 1. & ili., 286; Dyres-

ser’s Manual of Palearctic Birds,

371; The Fauna and Flora of the

Maldive and Laccadive Archipela-

goes, pt. i. vol. 11.,372; Geological

Survey of Canada, vol. xii., 466;

640

Fabre’s Souvenirs Entomolo-

giques, 637; Sherborn’s Index

Animalium, 1758-1800, 688.

Borradaile, L. A., on the classification

of the Thalassinidea, 534, 638.

Boulenger, G. A., on new batrachians

from Tonkin, 186; on batrachians

and reptiles from Cape Colony,

215; on new fishes from the Vic-

toria Nyanza, 218; on a new frog

from Upper Burma and Siam,

219; on new snakes, 350; on the

African species of Labeo, 355; on

a new species of Clarias from

British Central Africa, 362; on

new lizards, 429; on new fishes

from Southern Cameroon, 4365 ;

on new species of Barbus, 532 ; on

new batrachians, 552; on a new

species of Alestes, 594.

Brachyaulax, new species of, 249.

Brachymena, new species of, 479.

Brachyolus, new species of, 73.

Brady, Dr. G. 8., on Ostracoda col-

lected during the cruise of the

‘Oceana,’ 337.

Broun, Capt. T., on new genera and

species of New Zealand coleoptera,

Buckman, 8. §., on two toarcian

ammonites, 287.

Bufo, new species of, 215, 552.

Buliminus, new species of, 605.

Calliactites, characters of the new

subgenus, 540.

Callianassa Stebbingi, definition of

new specific name, 547,

Callianassine, characters of the new

subfamily, 544.

Callicebus, definition of the new

generic name, 456.

Calliostoma, new species of, 296.

Calliphara, new species of, 250.

Callithea, new species of, 221.

Callithrix, note on the generic name,

455.

Calolampra Tepperi, definition of the

new name, 275

Cambridge, F. Pickard-, revision of

the genera of the Araneze, 481 ; on

the occurrence of Gobius capito in

Cornwall, 584.

Cameron, P., on new genera and

species of parasitic hymenoptera,

266, 363, 565.

Campogramma, characters of the new

genus, 350,

INDEX.

Cancellaria, new species of, 319.

Canis thous, new subspecies of, 460.

Cardita, new species of, 500.

Caspipina, new species of, 580.

Cecyropa, new species of, 72.

Centropomus, new species of, 627.

Ceratina, new species of, 201, 453.

Cerithium, new species of, 300,

Cheetognatha, on the distribution of

mid-water, in the North Atlantic,

304,

Charitojoppa, new species of, 573.

Chiaglas, new species of, 578.

Cale ite note on the genus,

28.

Chlorochytrium, on the relations

between certain diatoms and the

fission-products of, 175.

Chondrocyclus, new species of, 608.

Clarias, new species of, 362, 488.

Clathurella, new species of, 314.

Cockerell, T. D. A., on new American

hymenoptera, 200; on North-

American bees and a new homo-

pteron, 442.

Ceelioxys penetratrix, description of

the male of, 60.

rufitarsus, new subspecies of ,452.

Coleoptera, new, 69, 417, 563.

Conepatus, new species of, 461.

Copepoda obtained during the cruise

of the ‘Oceana,’ on the, 1,

Coptosoma, new species of, 248.

Corvina, new species of, 627.

Cribrilina, new species of, 102.

Cribrilinidee, on the zocecium-build-

ing in, 90.

Crocisa, new species of, 611.

Crustacea, new, 19, 227, 518.

Cryptocecium, new species of, 95.

Ctenomys Azare, note on, 243.

Cyclostrema, new species of, 291.

Cylichna, new species of, 320.

Cythara, new species of, 519.

Daphnella, new species of, 315.

Dasiapis, characters of the new genus,

450,

Dasychira, new species of, 198.

Dasyprocta acouchy, new generic

name for, 464.

Deilemera sangira, definition of the

new name, 195.

Dendromys, new species of, 340.

Jeudorix, new species of, 531.

Diatoms, on the relations between

certain, and the fission-products

of a parasitic alga, 175.

INDEX.

Dimeetha, new species of, 571.

Diopatra neopolitana, on an Alge-

rian variety of, 128.

Diplopods, on the morphology and

systematics of certain Chilogna-

thous, 515,

Distant, W. L., on new genera and

species of heteroptera, 248; Rhyn-

chotal notes, 469.

Doryporella, characters of the new

genus, 106.

Drillia, new species of, 311.

Drilonereis, new species of, 161.

Drototelus, characters of the new

genus, 81,

Druce, H., on new American and

Australian lepidoptera, 220.

Druce, H. H., on a new species of

African Hesperiine, 636.

Duryodana, characters of the new

genus, 274.

Eblisia, new species of, 422.

Echinodermata of East Finmark, on

the, 406; from Zanzibar, on, 244.

Ectmetocara, new species of, 470.

Eel, on a fossil, from the Scandi-

navian chalk, 254.

Kmarginula, new species of, 290.

Enida, new species of, 294.

Ennea, new species of, 596.

Epitola, new species of, 329.

Erato, new species of, 302.

Erythrojoppa, new species of, 368.

Eschara, note on the genus, 110.

Escharella, note on the genus, 117.

Ethalia, new species of, 500.

Eualema, characters of the new

genus, 89.

Eucentrobolus, characters of the new

genus, 528.

Eucheeta, new species of, 19.

Euchelus, new species of, 295.

Eugubinus, characters of the new

genus, 253.

Eulima, new species of, 502.

Eulimella, new species of, 303.

Eunice, new species of, 137.

Eunicide dredged by H.M.S. ‘ Por-

cupine,’ on, 128; on Canadian,

149; on Norwegian, 164.

Eupemphix, new species of, 552.

Euproctis, new species of, 194, 222.

Eupyrgus scaber, note on, 412.

Euspondylus, new species of, 431,

Eutanyacra, new species of, 576,

Eutidium, characters of the new

genus, 419,

641

Exocalopus, new species of, 71.

Hylais, notes on Irish species of, 505 ;

new species of, 507.

Fauxulus, new species of, 605.

Felania, new species of, 501.

Felis, new species of, 235.

Finmark, on the natural history of

East, 87, 280, 406.

Fishes, new, 39, 218, 345, 435, 533,

594, 621.

Fluxina, new species of, 298.

Fossarus, new species of, 301.

Fundulus, new species of, 440,

Gaétanus miles, note on specimens

olnelie

Galictis, new species of, 462.

Gehyra, new species of, 429.

Geological Society, proceedings of

the, 192, 287.

Gephyrochromis, remarks

genus, 43.

Gephyrotes, characters of the new

genus, 100.

Gnaphosa, note on the genus, 485,

Gobius capito, on the occurrence of,

in Cornwall, 584.

Gonionemus Agassizii,

618.

Gonomeandrus, characters of the

new genus, 615.

Gonopsis, new species of, 471.

Ginther, R. T., on the distribution

of mid-water Cheetognatha in the

North Atlantic, 334.

Gurney, G., on Scapholeberis aurita,

630.

Habrojoppa, new species of, 570,

Haddone!la, characters of the new

genus, 557.

Hadrojoppa, new species of, 272.

Heematolecha, new species of, 476.

Halbert, J. N., on Ivish species of

Hylais, 505.

Hapale, new species of, 240; note on

the generic name, 435.

Haplochilus, new species of, 440,

626.

Harmeria, characters of the new

genus, 107.

Hedaia, new species of, 279.

Helictis, new species of, 592.

Hendersonula, characters of the new

genus, 520.

Herpestes, new species of, 465.

Hesperiinze, new species of African,

636.

Heterogenesis, on, 166, 175, 381.

on the

note on,

642

Heterolampra, characters of the new

genus, 276.

Heteroptera, new, 248, 469.

Hippoboscidee, on the, in the British

Museum, 255.

Hister, new species of, 428,

Histeride, new, 417.

Holotrichius, new species of, 479.

Homalaxis, new species of, 298.

Homalocranium, new species of, 353,

Homalopteryx Templetonii, defini-

tion of the new name, 275.

Homoptera, new, 453.

Huttoniella, characters of the new

genus, 518,

Hybolasius, new species of, 82.

Hylambates, new species of, 556.

Hylodes, new species of, 552.

Hymenoptera, new, 49, 200, 266, 363,

442, 565, 610.

Hyperioides longipes, note on, 229,

Tleanta, new species of, 574.

Isidora, new species of, 606.

Isocheeta, new species of, 26,

Isopoda obtained during the cruise of

the ‘Oceana,’ on the, 223.

Kirby, W. F., notes on Blattide,

278, 373.

Kirkpatrick, R., on some Medusze

from Japan, 615.

Kleinella, new species of, 320.

Laheo, on the African species of, 355.

Lachesis, new species of, 354.

Lamprojoppa, new species of, 574.

Laomediide, characters of the new

family, 540.

Larnacicus, characters of the new

genus, 87.

Lepidoptera, new, 198, 220, 234,

324, 636.

Lepralia, note on the genus, 99.

Leptothyra, new species of, 296.

Lepus capensis, new subspecies of,

344,

Leucochitonea, new species of, 636.

Leucophzea, new species of, 378.

Lewis, G., on new Histeridee, 417.

Lialis, new species of, 430.

Lichia, note on the genus, 348.

Liophis, new species of, 351.

Liotia, new species of, 295.

Lipoptena cervi, note on, 260.

Lonchophylla, characters of the new

genus, 458.

Lonuberg, Dr. E., on fishes from the

Cameroon, 37.

Luubriconereis, new species of, 146,

INDEX.

Lyczenesthes, new species of, 332.

Lycosa, note on the genus, 483.

Lygosoma, new species of, 433.

Lymantria, new species of, 198.

Mabuia, new species of, 433.

M‘Intosh, Prof., on Kunicide dredged

by H.MLS. ‘Porcupine,’ 128; on

Canadian Kunicidee, 149 ; on Nor-

wegian Eunicide, 164.

Macristium, characters of the new

genus, 545.

Macropes, new species of, 251.

Mammals, new, 188, 339, 457, 465,

501, 592, 633.

Mangilia, new species of, 313.

Marginella, new species of, 309.

Martinella, characters of the new

subgenus, 450.

Mastacembelus, new species of, 218.

Mathilda, new species of, 321.

Medusee, on Japanese, 615.

Megachile, new species of, 58.

Melanotelus, new species of, 251,

Melanozosteria, new species of, 373.

Melissodes, new species of, 447,

Melvill, J. C., on new Gastropoda

from the Persian Gulf &c., 289;

on new South African mollusca,

595.

Memes, characters of the

genus, 78.

Meriones, new species of, 189.

Methana, new species of, 374.

Metridia venusta and _ princeps,

descriptions of the males of, 24.

Metrocoris, new species of, 472.

Metula, vew species of, 307.

Micromata, note on the genus, 486,

Micropentila, new species of, 527.

Microporella, new species of, 105.

Miniopterus, new species of, 654,

Minolia, new species of, 499.

Miodon, new species of, 554.

Mitra, new species of, 508.

Mollusca, new, 289, 496, 595.

Molytria, new species of, 274.

Mongoliulus, characters of the new

genus, 022.

Morice, F. D., on new hymenoptera

from Egypt, 610,

Mormula, new species of, 304.

Munnopsis, new species of, 227.

Murex, new species of, 808, 496,

Mus, new species of, 188.

hypoxanthus, on the subspecies

of, 342.

Myiophanes, new species of, 253,

new

INDEX.

Myoprocta, definition of the new

generic name, 464,

Myriotrochus Rinkii, note on, 415.

Nannocharax, new species of, 437,

Nassa, new species of, 306.

Naupheeta, new species of, 378.

Neaxius, characters of the new sub-

genus, 537.

Neodius, new species of, 469.

Nerita, new species of, 498.

Ninoe Kinbergi, note on, 143, 159.

Nomada, new species of, 208, 444,

Nomia, new species of, 51, 610.

Norman, Canon A. M., on the natural

history of East Finmark, 87, 280,

406,

Notodoma, new species of, 425,

Nycteris, new species of, 633.

Nyctinomus, new species of, 501,

634,

Odynerus, new species of, 613,

Olfersia, remarks on species of, 264.

Omphalius, new species of, 499.

Oncometopia undata, new subspecies

of, 453.

Onuphis, remarks on species of, 133,

149.

Onus, new species of, 346.

Opeas, new species of, 604.

Ophichthys, new species of, 622.

Ophryophryne, characters of the

new genus, 186.

Opisthotropis, new species of, 350.

Orectoscelis, characters of the new

genus, 426.

Ornithoica, notes on species of, 263.

Ornithomyia, remarks on the genus,

261.

Orphinium, characters of the new

genus, 419,

Orthoptera, new, 273, 373.

Orygia, new species of, 194.

Oryzomys, new species of, 240.

Ostracoda collected during the cruise

of the ‘Oceana,’ list of the, 337.

Papilio, new species of, 221.

Pectunculus, new species of, 501.

Pelmatochromis, new species of, 59,

44],

Pelmatosilpha, new species of, 375.

Pentadactylus, new species of, 496.

Pentila, new species of, 325.

Pericallia, new species of, 193.

Peristernia, new species of, 308.

Petalosoma, characters of the new

genus, 418,

Petersius, new species of, 436.

643

Petrodromus, new species of, 339.

Phatnoma, note on the genus, 474.

Philia, new species of, 249.

Phractura, new species of, 439.

Phragmantobia, new species of, 222.

Phyllopus bidentatus, description of

the male of, 29.

Physa, new species of, 606.

Phytala, new species of, 328,

Piabucina, new species of, 622.

Pimelodus, new species of, 625,

Planorbis, new species of, 607.

Plastica, characters of the

genus, 563.

Pleurotoma, new species of, 310.

Pocock, R. I., on the morphology

and systematics of certain Chilo-

gnathous Diplopods, 515.

Pcecilopholis, characters of the new

genus, 352.

ene of East Finmark, on the,

280.

Polydesma, new species of, 199.

Polyzoa of East Finmark, on the,

87.

Ponsonby, J. H., on new 8. African

mollusea, 595.

Porella, new species of, 114.

Porizon, new species of, 200.

Pristigaster, new species of, 621.

Prosopis, new species of, 49.

Prosoplecta, new species of, 379.

Prosoplismus, on the generic name,

288.

Pseudomops Walkeri, definition of

the new name, 273.

Pseudophoraspis, characters of the

new genus, 275.

Pydna, new species of, 199.

Rajacoa, new species of, 194.

Rana, new species of, 187, 219, 555.

Regan, C. T., on fishes from the

Azores, 344; on the genus Lichia,

Pe on new 8. American fishes,

Reptiles, new, 216, 350, 429.

Retusa, new species of, 321.

Rhabdoblatta, characters of the rew

genus, 276.

Rhacophorus, new species of, 188.

Rhagovelia, new species of, 472.

Rhynchium, new species of, 612.

Rhyparobia, new species of, 377,

Riissoina, new species of, 302.

Saprinus, new species of, 428,

pangel, characters of the new genus,

77,

new

644

Scala, new species of, 305.

Scalaria, new species of, 497.

Scapholeberis aurita, 630.

Scissurella, new species of, 300.

Sciurus, new species of, 463.

Scolecithrix, new species of, 21.

Sepontia, new species of, 474.

Setanta, new species of, 577.

Simotes, new species, of, 351.

Siphonotus, new species of, 531.

Smittina, definition of the new

generic name, 120.

Solariella, new species of, 295.

Solarium, new species of, 297, 322.

Sollas, Miss I., on Haddonella

Topsenti, 557.

Sowerby, G. B., on new Japanese

mollusca, 496.

Sparassus, note on the genus, 492.

Sponge, new, 557.

Standen, R., on new Gastropoda

from the Persian Gulf &c., 289.

Stephanorhynchus, new species of,

Sterrha, new species of, 199.

Stizus, new species of, 614.

Swinhoe, Col. C., on new Eastern

moths, 193.

Syrnola, new species of, 304.

Syrphetodes, new species of, 69.

Techmessa, new species of, 70.

Tellina, new species of, 500.

Terebra, new species of, 310.

Testudo, new species of, 216.

Thalassinidea, on the classification

of the, 534, 638.

Thelyphassa, new species of, 70.

Thomas, O., on new Muride from

Smyrna, 188; on new neotropical

mammals, 234; on new African

mammals, 3839; notes on S.

American monkeys, bats, carni-

vores, and rodents, 455; on a new

mungoose from Namaqualand,

465; on new species of Nycti-

nomus, 501; on three new bats,

633.

INDEX.

Thomisus, note on the genus, 491.

Thompson, I. C., on the Copepoda

obtained during the cruise of the

‘Oceana,’ 1.

Thysanoblatta, characters of the new

genus, 380.

Tilapia, new species of, 42.

Tomes, R. F., on a species of Heter-

astreea from Gloucestershire, 192.

Trachycystis, new species of, 602.

Tretanorhinus, new species of, 350.

Tribelocephala, new species of, 473,

475.

Trichomycterus,

623.

Triforis, new species of, 498.

Tritonidea, new species of, 306.

Tropidophora, new species of, 608.

Typhlosaurus, new species of, 454.

Ulesta, characters of the new genus,

582.

Upogebiine, characters of the new

subfamily, 542.

Urenchelys limhamnensis, a fossil

eel, note on, 254.

Vaucheria resting-spores, on some

points in connexion with the

development of, 166.

Waite, E. R., on a matter of nomen-

clature, 288.

Walker, A. O., on the Isopoda and

Amphipoda obtained during the

cruise of the ‘ Oceana,’ 223.

Waterhouse, C. O., on a new genus

of heteromerous coleoptera, 563.

Woodward, Dr. A. S., on a fossil

eel from the Scandinavian chalk,

254.

Xanthocalanus, new species of, 22.

Xanthojoppa, new species of, 367.

Xenoglossodes, new species of,

448.

Xenojoppa, new species of, 569.

Xerostygnus, characters of the new

genus, 79.

Xestojoppa, new species of, 568.

Zonitoides, new species of, 601.

new species of,

END OF THE TWELFTH VOLUME.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,

RED LION COURT, FLHET STREET,

- WORKS PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine.

Monthly. 'Qs. 6d.

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Monthly. 2s, 6d,

a The Observatory, Monthly Review of Astronomy. ls,

_ Aelfric Society’s Publications. 15 parts. 37s. 6d.

_ A€ronautics, by Brewer and Alexander. 6s.

_ Ajitchison’s Catalogue of Plants of the Punjab and Sindh. 10s. net.

_ Anderson’s Fauna of Mergui Archipelago. Vol. I. 30s., Vol, I. lis.

' SBaird’s Manual for Tidal Observations. 7s. 6d.

_ Belville’s Manual for Thermometer. 1s.

_Blakesley’s Table of Hyperbolic Sines and Cosines. ls,

_ Chimmo’s Natural History of Euplectella aspergillum. 4s.

_ Cooke’s Flora of the Presidency of Bombay. Part I. 8s., Part I. 9s.,

. Part III. 10s.

Cunningham’s Binary Canon, 15s,

Daubeny on Volcanos. 21s.

Davis's Crania Britannica, £6 10s. Thesaurus Craniorum, 20s,

- Denning’s Great Meteoric Shower of November. ls.

-Denning’s Telescopic Work for Starlight Evenings. 10s.

Douse’s Introduction to Gothic of Ulfilas. 10s. 6d.

English Poetry in use at Charterhouse School, 3s. 6d.

Examination Papers set by Examining Board of Physicians and

Surgeons. 6d.

Ditto for Diploma in Public Health. 6d.

Faraday’s Experimental Researches in Chemistry and Physics. lds.

Fauna of British India. Edited by W. T. Buanrorp, F.R.S, :

Mammalia. 20s.— Fishes. 2 vols. 20s. each.— Birds. Vol. I. 20s.

Vols. II., IIL, and IV. 15s. each.—Reptilia and Batrachia. 20s.—

Moths, 4 vols, 20s. each.— Hymenoptera. Vol. I.: Wasps anbD

Bers, 20s. Vol. Il.: Anrs anp Cuckoo-Wasps. 20s,— Arachnida. 10s.—

Rhynchota. Vol. I.: HprHRoPTHRA. 20s.

Geological Record. 1874-1884. 8vols. 20s. net.

_ Glaisher’s Barometer Tables, ls. Diurnal Range Tables, Is. 6d.

_ Glaisher’s Hygrometrical Tables. 2s. 6d,

' Glaisher’s Factor Tables for Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Millions. 20s. each.

Hopkins’s Geology and Terrestrial Magnetism. 8yo. Cloth. 16s,

Ditto. Illustrated Introduction to. 8vo. Cloth. 4s,

Joule’s Scientific Papers. Vol. I. 20s. Vol. II. 12s.

- Kelvin’s (Lord) Tables for facilitating Sumner’s Method at Sea,

10s.6d. Forms for ditto. Sun,ls. Stars, ls.

Kennedy, C. A few Chaptersin Astronomy. 2nded. 3s. 6d.

Lehfeldt, R.A. A List of chief Memoirs on Physics of Matter. 2s. 6d.

Lewis's Catalogue of Japanese Coleoptera. 2s.6d.; on one side, 3s, 6d.

London Hospital Pathological Catalogue. 7s. Gd. ‘net.

M‘Intosh’s Marine Invertebrates and Fishes of St. Andrews. 2]s,

Phillips’s Geology of Yorkshire. 2 vols. 30s.

Physical Abstracts. Vols. 1lto 3. 17s. 6d. each.

Physical Memoirs, translated from foreign sources. Vol. I. Part I. 4s,,

Part II. 7s. 6d., Part LI. 6s.

Reade’s Origin of Mountain-Ranges. 21s,

Royal College of Surgeons :

Calendar. ls, net.

Catalogue of Specimens illustrating the Osteology of Vertebrate

Animals in Museum. Part 3. Aves. 12s. net,

Catalogue of Teratological Series. 5s. net.

Dermatological Collection. 38rded. 4s. net.

Physiologica] Series. Vols. I. andII. 2nded. 12s. net each.

Appendices 5, 6, 7,8,and 9 to the Second Edition of Descriptive

Catalogue of the Pathological Specimens in Museum. 2s. each.

Examination Papers for Diploma of Fellow and Licence in Dental

Surgery. 6d.

_ $harp’s Staphylinide of Japan, 33s. 6d,

_ Taylor’s Scientific Memoirs. Ser. 1, £6 6s.; Ser. 2, £1 4s.

e Univ. Coll, London Calendar, 2s. 6d. Pathological Catalogue, Parts 1

to 3,28, each; Part 4, 1s. Library Catalogue, 3 Vols. 7s, 6d,

Univ. Coll, Medical and Biological Catalogue. 2s, Gd.

ie ‘Wheatstone’s Scientific Papers. 1és.

Ww ollaston’s Notes on Lepidoptera of St. Helena. 33s. 6d.

ee 4 RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, LONDON, E.c,

ptera from the Khasia Hills, Assam. By P. Cameron .

LYIII. On the Occurrence of Gobius capito, C. Ves at Cardgealeh

-By FRepERick Se eee B.A., F.Z.8. ‘(Plate XXX Jee

iy ment

LIX. On a new Species of Helictis. _ ‘By J. Lewis Bonwore, M. Ale 592 at

LX. Description of a new West-African Fish of the Genus Aleste

By G. A. Bovrenecer, F.R.S.

sits idol

LX Descriptions of Thi tjane Terrestrial and Pluviatila Mottusea. ae ay

from South Africa. By Jamzs Cosmo Metyiitt, M.A., iS. . a ph se

Joun Hunry Ponsonsy, F.Z.8. (Plates XXXI. & XXXIL ie

‘LXIL New Pec uanier Aculeata taken by the Swedish oul Ky

gical Expedition to Egypt and the White Nile in the Ponte of 190:

By F.D. Morten, M.A., FLEAS. .......-.... cctoyecteer nie ores evienaas

LXIII. Notes on some Medusze from Japan. By RB: ae Ky

F.Z.8. (Plate XXXII. )

eeseeeete ee cee eee ee eee eee eee ee

LXIV. Descriptions of new South-American Fishes j in ‘the 2 Cale We

tion of the British Museum. By C. Tare Ruean, B.A.

LXY. Notes on Scapholeberis aurita (8. Fischer), a Cladoceran

new to Britain. By Roserr Gurvey, B.A., Sutton Broad ee

Mr, G. q,. Bates. By Geserns THOMAS

LXVII. Description ‘of a new Species of African Hesperiina,

Hamitton H. Deuce, F.Z. Bs F.E.S. ..

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

J. H. Fasre. Souvenirs Entomologiques (Huitiéme Série) + “Bindes

sur l’Instinct et les Meeurs des Insectes

a aes :

Index Animalium, 1758-1800. A Carozo Davies Supnnons cons i

fecbus 4c. % t/t aie atels

MISCELLANEOUS. hee Ce

On the Classification os the Thalassinidea. By L. A. Bonnaparna, se

M.A. &e. . .. 638

*,* Itis requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed,

post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and aah YTS, Oe,

Red Lion Court, Fleet hour London,

Anw.& Mag. Nat. Hist. 8.7 VolXIL PLL.

ane |

Mantern Bros ith.

Anw, & Mag. Nat. Hist.S.7. Vol. XH. PUA.

SS SS SSS S dX

TESS N

: cont ])

Ana. be Mag. Net. Hist.S.7 Vol.XI.PU IL

ieee

a ee en

(Ss

010

7G,

Mintern Bros, lith.

Ns Ceeleiclelles

Ann. & Mag. Nat.Hest. S.7 Vol XI. PLA.

iG adel.

Anw. & Mag 1 Nat Teste Sf. Vol, NU PU

TG A ley Manterrn Bros .dith.

Anw. & Mag. Nat. Hist. §.7 Vol. XT. PU.VI.

LG t,.del: MinternBros.Jith.

3 3 ies ie

prs Nts oS tS nee

Any. d= Moy.Nat. Hist, S.7 Vol XL PLVIE

IT del. Mintern Bros.lith.

Aniw.& Mag. Nat. Hist... 7 Vol. XI. PUVHI.

—

Ser al

bin

Mintern Bros ith,

E.Popple del.

Ann. & Mag. Not. Hist.S.7. Vol XI. PU. IX.

E.Popple del. MinternBros-hth.

Arov.de Mag. Nat.Hist.S.1 Vol X.PLY,

eee Ee

WCM&AW. del. - MinternBros.sc.

W.C.M.& A.W. del.

WOM. &AW. del.

W.C.M.&A,W.del.

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 7. Vol. XII. Pl. XTV.

Fie. 1.

Tie. 2. Fie. 3.

f vol

2 + nat P

i w

‘ On ”

iq * y

FT . ¥

‘

1t 5

Ars) alt ved - ‘ Se ne Le

1 WvarevirethAthangand is, + ana Nea eer ative

F} Syeg, y i

Leen EEE ear ena Nhe tote peace SARTRE tito cm

pa aie

cee

Ae seemed &

i ie

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 7. Vol. XIT. Pl, XV.

Fie. 2.

jf gre aes oo Na co

Anw. & Mag.Nat.Hist.S.7 Vol XM. PUXVI.

Mire tench. EG ican Ri Ceara:

BUFO GRANTI.

Anw.b Mag. Not. Hest. 8.7. Vol XM. PUXVIL

J.Green del.et hth. Mintern Bros .imp

TESTUDO SEIMUNDI.

Ann .& Mag Nat. Hist.S.7. Vol. XH. PUXVUT.

~ y

WkHdel. Highley lith . Mintern Bros .isp-

a bad ue

6.5 .7.Vob. XU. PUXIX.

(. LIS

Nat. He

Ann. & Mag.

Mantern Bros .imp.

W&Hdel. Highley lith .

rst. 5.7 Vol. AM. PUXX.

Anw.& Mag .Nat. He

Mintern Bros.imp.

J.Green del.et lth.

Anak Mag. Nat. Hist.S.7 Vol. XM. PUXXT.

J.Green del.et lth. Mintern Bros imp.

‘J. Green del. et lith,

Anv.& Mag. Nat. Mist.S.7 Volt AU LCXXL,

Minteon Bros jmp.

Aniu.é Mag.Neb.Hest.S.7Vol.XIL Pv. XXII.

Mintern Bros.imp-

J.Green del, et hth.

Anw & Mag. Nat, Hest.S.7.Vol XM. PL, XXIV.

TABLE EXHIBITING SIZE & DISTRIBUTION OF MID-WATER CHATOGNATHA.

We Length in Milimetres.

012 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10m 12 1 14 J5 16 17 18 19 20 1 22 23 2425 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 4 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 a9 50

Sur ap as ag

ft aa EEE BSS Eee eae ea | HHH H

| I

100

500 } Anne fe a | [

600 ae

Depth in fathoms

S a

a i

Beacon

1000 — — iz : To

iL a | IL |_|

HA 4

iz i

1100 aa Li ‘am a T

1200 =reere ie: me stesettenratocct 5

1 | ace FH LEH

1400 | ~ y

T i W4 i | tt

ao ! + al

+ a ml

1500 —— ct all ISBHe! {Eee HH

1600 [

[

1700 [ jee oI isi

Lt - ENE

RG. del®

ManternBros. lth

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Mist. S. 7. Vol. XIF. Pl. XXV.

VIG.

Fie. 1.

1G. 6,

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 7. Vol. XI. Pl, XXVI.

Fre. 8.

a S Ln

san

j e

is A a. at

as F,

7 ‘

* 7

Dy ‘

x S

wv ur

—-

no oes. oom

«J

‘

, a - _f .

+ = ‘x

= 3 oe!

nes

ss oF

i Ca y

Pe -

hd “ =

s .

= *

i a

me oles ~ en

. oe

son)

Sy)

FPN) Si

Ann. de Mag. Nat. Hist.S 7 Vol.XIPU.XXVIL.

Se.

so,

Bee

E.Popple del. Mintern Bros. lth.

’

tye

eshee

Mintern Bros hth .

I.Scllas del.

cere. | Ana. & Mag Not. Hist.S.7.Vol.XH.Pu. XXIX .

a a

_—— ees. ee

Kes

].Sollas del. Mintern Bros. lith.

Arav.de Mag. Nat. Hist.S.7.Vol.4IL. PUXX .

Mantern Bros .imp.

J.Green del.et lth.

GORWUS, CAP Lr OQ,

Arn. be Mag. Nat. Hist.S.7Vol. XM. PU. XXX.

J.Green del. et hth. Nontern Bros imp.

Ara. b& Mag. Nat. Hist .S.7 Vol. XM. PU. XXAI.

J.Green del.et hth. Mantern Bros .imp.

1 i

rh gar

- wee

Mintern Bros mp:

Aruv.b Meg. Net. Hist. 8 7.Vol. XID PU.XXXMIL

t ie We nee Sh ka a aa ck on cc snes

Seek. 7" > * : : SSS z

< ‘ ane See eel < : i SATS

Nohstates es = se a cree Wintec en soe

PHighley del.et lth.

pager Lo eae

cepereat he ne :

ee . a

there

sire shane

ran lapels ros ;

idl 7 : :

ergy!

Hi ca Ret er 7 ;

1 Hare Hi be fi eu y :

f Wintec iit " wet ytety ' to '

hist abt siebpat Tipp PevTaai tere! “ i ' fv "

a Ma sitet unter e tite cay LOTEG yeente! t :

* VE tskiogreyy tapeuites tee freshen : *

riDite Pevnt ate steterere tbe letety taken ghee : yee y »

apeebe cg int hgelateh yet abe vote kt 4

a Popetns ewe yedePae tke TE WS ON Jey .

vege Wet epirreatat pergie ve Baten ce ‘ =

astegere a ete tr ge dels Qelete : om

tied Latetete ‘ . :

feteeroGrve deve « . 7 .

fawscte-dettsgym y +5} oni aft " i’ re ae t *

et vie tee pete barherebt *- 9 ibe

dblaps tans . tae ¥

ayrbeat bbe trp ou / tae

Thaapeete ee dagaes y ’ a WY 2

rats eri tt AO Le \ air % re . :

ieee yh Vyat ' i i be ae '

a ten be. teb os,

7 Paya ae dae

tye ; Le ae rs i ee

: ys ia {oo ¢.3 are .

i Vt ce el

eet we BS pte.

Ube ugsedcorhLsy vee wd dee yeate toug ier some

eae acres! : Prot hoes er « a" :

‘ : ‘ ' F y

‘ '

‘

Pall

‘

”

7 .

7 . .

te o& wie

b ie

“ym ee . ”

: a

aw a

. « rt . oe

« git uee

’ :

Pe ee A bd

Mperne-rhy Mer cn mr

' , i ,

‘ }

BORO + bay

ats ‘ph! ti ra . ’ *

ON renee bisepen hte - P a

Ret aoe

F (ineetegyetar : A

beeet CALs

i ree ea Sachlensuapentys : : :

pratenielite dale ey " ot

gerbil ter afer :

ta Seana & ’

ast +o ‘ .

aa i :

Mets ; ‘ : :

HitaSe there bconrs ” nary) :

we ieeeed ry ipaey 10 ‘ t

WP REAE ree eee E ur Bet nee the Ary abe ‘ eee ¥ t

Deed Cop lererpeertye Cr ae atten ‘ var

vrreey eed ee ta ‘ ' "

(ome Test Ah eae uh eebete F Spite. tite . ' J

vlepebare, Hae : 8 fivv '

an } 1

“tte ” ereth nent i et uA

At iat aan ke tor A

bie HOP D Eyer t pe Tebee i ' "

beeen Ht tay ire ' "

pital He CM SPS tate : eT ;

rT nanos co epriate ribo i pee kh Cane eben d whe sat oh eo is

Bi ne pe ae aia 1% : ‘ '

ritenhan ie Egan! ia ii Me I , ”

ate titan ope Pree "

‘3 6 * : re

i rags i '

+ .

et te a abayee Be ee eee ng fiadoct " J ;

suk fdehecrben! lepeat st 6 yn 6

eo hel a ienobi pereere kere fe beet ‘ a 7

Me ete or es Pe powhe re ‘

at hateberredtar ek terre ote te @ . ,

teat! Phos irhenctat Pa) 1 bara, 2b i Meat

Wi wine ® ' eee her i 8 '

iw oh, ot. ba ae ye lte « ‘ p .